ACADEMIC NEW BOOKS April - June 2026
Have you heard about
BLOOMSBURY OPEN COLLECTIONS? A progressive open access model for books BLOOMSBURY OPEN COLLECTIONS is a collective-action approach to funding open access (OA) books. Through this model, we aim to make OA publication available to a wider range of authors by spreading the cost across multiple organisations, while providing additional benefits to participating libraries. By prioritising authors that are often underrepresented in scholarly publishing, including early-career and unaffiliated researchers and those based in/writing about low- and lower-middle- income countries, we hope to engage a more diverse author base, bringing their work to a wider global audience.
THE BOOKS Following the success of the previous three years, in 2026-27 we will continue to offer three collections of 20 titles each in: • African Studies & International Development • Environment & Climate Change • Gender & Sexuality
BENEFITS TO LIBRARIES • Contribute to a progressive OA funding model that aims to make 60 research titles available open access immediately on publication at no cost to the authors • Receive guaranteed perpetual access to the 20 titles in each Open Collection you participate in • Receive 1 year’s access to ~150 backlist titles in related areas for each Open Collection you participate in • Be publicly acknowledged on our website
HOW TO PARTICIPATE For more information and to discuss participating in the 2026-27 programme, contact our Online Sales team: In the UK, Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia: OnlineSalesUK@bloomsbury.com In the Americas: OnlineSalesUS@bloomsbury.com Australia and New Zealand: OnlineSalesANZ@bloomsbury.com
FIND OUT MORE bloomsbury.com/bloomsbury-open-collections
CONTENTS HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Study Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 African & Africana Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Asia Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Business & Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Classical Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Communication Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Computer & Information Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Counselling & Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Creative Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Cultural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Drama & Performance Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Film & Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Food . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Gender & Sexuality Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Health & Wellbeing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 International Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Latin American & Caribbean Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Law - Hart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Library & Information Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Literary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Museum Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Music & Sound Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Nursing Health & Medical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Politics & International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Religious Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 Slavic & Eastern European Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496 Social Work & Social Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 Sport, Exercise & Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518 Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Biblical Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Ebooks ePub and ePDF availability is listed under each book entry.
Review Copies Email academicreviewus@bloomsbury.com (Americas) academicreviews@bloomsbury.com (UK / Rest of World).
Standing Orders Many series are available on standing order. Please contact our trade ordering departments (see page 574).
Translation Rights Available unless otherwise indicated.
Key to Symbols BOR
Online resources available. COLLECTIONS
Available for institutions to purchase on www.bloomsburycollections.com
Bloomsbury Open Access OPEN ACCESS
Selected research publications are available on open access. For our policy or to publish OA, see www.bloomsbury.com/openaccess
Proposals See www.bloomsbury.com/discover/bloomsburyacademic/authors
Pricing and Availability Whilst we try to ensure that prices, publication dates and other details are correct on going to press, they are subject to change without further notice.
Your Data For information on how we process your personal
VISUAL ARTS
data please read our Privacy Policy located at
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551 Interior Design & Interior Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552 Art & Visual Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558 Fashion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
www.bloomsbury.com/privacy-policy. You can unsubscribe or manage your preference at any time via www.bloomsbury.com/newsletter or by emailing us at academic@bloomsbury.com
Major Reference Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 Representatives, Agents & Distributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Bloomsbury Academic is a division of Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. Registered in England No. 01984336.
We want students to make the most of their time at university; to discover opportunities, succeed in their studies – and to enjoy the journey. Our books and resources support students in developing essential skills and empower them to achieve their goals.
FAVOURITES 13
NE
TH
9781350421271
W
ED
ITI
ON
9781350477261
9781350322585
NEW
9781350517417
9781350473652
9781350466838
9781350507692
For time-pushed students, the Pocket Study Skills pack a lot of advice into a little book. Each guide focuses on a single crucial aspect of study, providing step-by-step guidance, handy tips and clear advice.
POCKET STUDY SKILLS
Explore the full series at www.bloomsbury.com/pocketstudyskills
STUDY SKILLS COLLECTIONS
6TH EDITION
Colleges Worth Your Money
A Guide to What America's Top Schools Can Do for You Andrew Belasco, Dave Bergman, Michael Trivette & Kelsea Conlin Colleges Worth Your Money: A Guide to What America’s Top Schools Can Do for You is an invaluable guide for students making the crucial decision of where to attend college when our thinking about higher education is changing radically. At a time when costs are soaring and competition for admission is higher than ever, the college-bound need to know how prospective schools will benefit them both as students and as graduates. Colleges Worth Your Money provides the most upto-date, accurate, and comprehensive information for gauging the ROI of America’s top schools.
UK June 2025 • US June 2025 464 Pages PB 9798881806828 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798765154311 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9798881806835 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Uncommon College Essay
An Approachable Guide to an Intimidating Process Stacey Brook BRAND NEW GUIDE FOR 2025! Write a College Essay That Gets You Accepted Using a Time-Tested Approach from the Leading College Essay Expert. It’s no secret that the college application process—especially the personal statement—can feel overwhelming. That’s why Stacey Brook, renowned essay expert and the founder and chief advisor at College Essay Advisors (CEA), created The Uncommon College Essay: An Approachable Guide to an Intimidating Process. The book offers students and parents a clear understanding of the essay’s purpose and potential, along with a structured, step-by-step approach to help transform a daunting task into one that is not only manageable, but maybe even (dare she say?) fun. UK October 2025 • US October 2025 160 Pages PB 9798765151051 • £16.99 / $22.00 ePDF 9798765151068 • £15.29 / $19.80 ePub 9798765151075 • £15.209 / $19.80 Bloomsbury Academic
Step by step, Stacey breaks down her strategies and suggestions with detailed explanations, engaging exercises, real college essay examples, and (fair warning!) a generous dose of parenthetical asides. (She just can’t help herself.) Using this guide as a reference, readers will gain the tools and confidence to tackle everything from the Common App personal statement to those tricky (and seemingly endless!) school-specific supplemental essays.
2ND EDITION
Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide
Stella Cottrell, Writer, UK Colleges Worth Your Money: A Guide to What America’s Top Schools Can Do for You is an invaluable guide for students making the crucial decision of where to attend college when our thinking about higher education is changing radically. At a time when costs are soaring and competition for admission is higher than ever, the college-bound need to know how prospective schools will benefit them both as students and as graduates. Colleges Worth Your Money provides the most upto-date, accurate, and comprehensive information for gauging the ROI of America’s top schools.
Bloomsbury Study Skills UK April 2026 • US July 2026 256 Pages • Tables, figures, illustrations throughout PB 9781350580541 • £18.99 / $25.95 ePDF 9781350580558 • £17.09 / $23.35 ePub 9781350580565 • £17.09 / $23.35 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
3
STUDY SKILLS
Doing Your Literature Review Vanessa van der Ham, Massey University, New Zealand & Josta Heyligers, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand Whether students are completing a stand-alone assessment or doing a literature review as part of a report or a dissertation, this handy pocket gives them the knowledge and skills to get started with the task at hand. Students need to read and reflect on a wide range of academic sources in order to successfully complete a literature review, but many find this form of assessment to be particularly challenging. This compact and accessible guide takes the reader step-by-step through the process of completing a literature review, from understanding the brief and finding and selecting sources through to reading strategically, bringing the literature together into themes, and completing the writing. The authors use examples drawn from a wide range of disciplines and the text is enlivened by helpful diagrams and illustrations to facilitate learning. This is the ideal resource for students who are looking for a practical guide to what’s involved in completing a high-quality literature review.
Pocket Study Skills UK March 2026 • US February 2026 152 Pages • 15-20 illustrations PB 9781350456617 • £7.99 / $10.95 ePDF 9781350456600 • £7.19 / $9.85 ePub 9781350456624 • £7.19 / $9.85 Bloomsbury Academic
From English Language Test to University Success Jeanne Godfrey, University of Leeds, UK This short and pithy guide helps readers to understand the differences between English language tests and university-level work. It covers the study and language skills directly connected to using (English) language successfully in an academic context. It also covers critical thinking, disciplinary knowledge, styles and genres, useful skills for reading, making notes, writing assessments (particularly use of language) understanding lectures and seminars, and speaking in seminars. This Pocket gives readers the tools and information needed to not only cope with university study, but to excel and produce top-level work. It encourages the reader to see themselves not just as a ‘student’ but as a researcher, an original and creative thinker, and as someone who can share their ideas and insights with others in order to add to the knowledge of their field. Pocket Study Skills UK May 2026 • US July 2026 120 Pages PB 9781350517141 • £7.99 / $10.95 ePDF 9781350517158 • £7.19 / $9.85 ePub 9781350517165 • £7.19 / $9.85 Bloomsbury Academic
3RD EDITION
Referencing, Understanding Plagiarism and Ethical AI Kate Williams, Oxford Brookes University, UK & Mary Davis, Oxford, UK This concise and user-friendly guide explains why referencing is an essential part of good writing and shows students how to reference correctly. It also develops students' understanding of what plagiarism is and how they can avoid it in their work. Featuring clear explanations and examples throughout, this book will help students to draw on the work of others in their field in a responsible and ethical way. This is an indispensable resource for all students that need to get to grips with referencing. New to this edition: Pocket Study Skills UK May 2026 • US July 2026 168 Pages • 15 colour PB 9781350561502 • £7.99 / $10.95 ePDF 9781350561519 • £7.19 / $9.85 ePub 9781350561526 • £7.19 / $9.85 Bloomsbury Academic
4
UK, Europe, ROW
- Extensively revised and updated, with brand new examples and extracts - Features new guidance on how to work with AI tools whilst ensuring that work remains your own - More guidance on how to check the authenticity, reliability and bias of sources
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Daughters of the Goddess, Daughters of Imperialism African Women, Culture, Power and Democracy Ifi Amadiume, Dartmouth College, USA Ifi Adadiume contrasts the collectivist, humanist culture of traditional African matriarchal heritage with the corrupt and oppressive culture of the imperialism that is the heritage of contemporary elite-led women's organizations. Amadiume examines the activities of such organizations in Nigeria, making comparisons with those in Britain and South Africa as well as in international movements; looking at Beijing International Women‘s Conferences, she explores internationalism as an instrument of class reproduction. Here Amadiume provides a detailed account of the structures and workings of local government in Nigeria and Britain as she raises theoretical and policy issues about civic groups, civil society and the nature of the late twentieth-century state. Finally, she draws lessons from her own experiences working in local government to suggest measures for true gender equity and the democratisation of politics in our increasingly Essential Amadiume
multicultural and multiethnic societies. Bringing Amadiume's groundbreaking insights to a new generation of readers, this
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages HB 9781350509115 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350509085 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350509146 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350509139 • £19.79 / $26.95 Zed Books
Essential Amadiume edition asks hard questions of modern feminist movements that are still too-often sidelined in Westerncentric debates.
COLLECTIONS
Male Daughters, Female Husbands Gender and Sex in an African Society Ifi Amadiume, Dartmouth College, USA Winner of the Choice Outstanding Academic Book of the Year In 1987, more than a decade before the dawn of queer theory, Ifi Amadiume wrote Male Daughters, Female Husbands to critical acclaim. Here Amadiume boldly argues that the notion of gender, as constructed in Western feminist discourse, did not exist in Africa before the colonial imposition of a dichotomous understanding of sexual difference. This new Essential Amadiume edition illustrates for a new generation of readers the specifically Western origins of the gender essentialisms to which much current gender theory reacts. In showing how those notions have been projected onto other cultures through colonialism, and in exploring traditional west African practices that conceive of gender otherwise, it re-opens other alternatives to them. Essential Amadiume UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages HB 9781350507784 • £45.00 / $61.00 PB 9781350507791 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9781350507814 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781350507807 • £13.49 / $17.95 Zed Books
COLLECTIONS
Re-Inventing Africa
Matriarchy, Religion and Culture Ifi Amadiume, Dartmouth College, USA Now in this Essential Amadiume edition designed to bring Amadiume's groundbreaking ideas to a new generation of readers, this extraordinary book issues a clarion call for a new understanding of Africa, one made and written by Africans. Here Amadiume issues a seminal challenge to Western anthropologists to recognize their own complicity in producing a version of Africa that is often little more than a reflection of their own class-based, patriarchal thought. Amadiume explores how imperialism, violence, patriarchy and class-based social structures - originally imposed by colonialism - have become internalized to result in a contemporary Africa cursed with neo-colonial states. She uncovers the hidden matriarchal history of Africa, which continues to empower women in political struggle throughout the continent. She looks at the masculinization of indigenous African religions, effected largely by the imposition of Christianity and Islam. Essential Amadiume UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages HB 9781350509214 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350509207 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350509238 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350509221 • £19.79 / $26.95 Zed Books
Ultimately, she provides a guide to the main Afro-centric social theorists, writing a new social history of their continent. Dedicated to the diasporic African communities in their struggle to construct alternative, anti-racist and anti-imperialist epistemologies of self-representation and self-generated ideals, this is a radical vision of Africa from the powerful voice of an African woman.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
5
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Southern African Queer and Trans Narratives in Digital Landscapes Princess A. Sibanda, University of the Western Cape & Gibson Ncube, Stellenbosch University Focusing on Southern African perspectives, this groundbreaking book explores how digital spaces offer alternative avenues for queer and trans visual cultures in Africa as manifested and shared through popular social media platforms. In its analysis of the dynamic intersection of queerness/transness, African identities, and social media, this book sheds light on the complexities, challenges and transformative potential of these emerging digital platforms and cultures. Through close textual and semiotic readings of content on sites like Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube and X (formerly Twitter), the authors demonstrate how queer and trans content creators harness visuality, performance and algorithmic visibility to Gender and Sexuality in Africa and challenge heteronormative scripts and narratives of gender and sexuality. the Diaspora UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781666961508 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666961485 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666961492 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978767102 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Providing an in-depth analysis of how visual cultures function as archives, sites of protest, and spaces of worldmaking for gender and sexual minorities, this book rejects colonial epistemic frameworks to advance a decolonial queer and trans project which foregrounds fluidity, embodiment and diasporic interconnection. The authors explore this important intervention in African queer studies and digital media scholarship, highlighting both the transformative power and precarity of online queer and trans lives in repressive, unaccommodating and unequal contexts.
COLLECTIONS
Mediating Gender in African Social Media Representation, Commodification, and Sexuality
Edited by Shepherd Mpofu, University of South Africa & Kealeboga Aiseng, University of the Witwatersrand Through African case studies, this book explores how gender and sexuality are articulated on social media. While the representation of gender in mainstream media has been studied for many decades, this book fills a gap by focusing on social media platforms like Facebook, X, Instagram, and Tik Tok, and examining representation, commodification, and sexuality on these platforms. The contributors hold a mirror to society and reflect on the issues in our current world of empowerment, where sexuality and gender preferences are respected, and sexual rights are protected by constitutions in progressive democracies. Through their research, Shepherd Mpofu, Kealeboga Aiseng, and the contributors strive to alter the male gaze, commercial benefits of commodification, and African culture as benefited and influenced by patriarchal societies. Gender and Sexuality in Africa and the Diaspora UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages • 2 tables PB 9781666954074 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666954050 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781978749313 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666954067 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
History of Black Women Deans, College Alumnae Organizations, and Activism Ashla C. Hill Roseboro, Alabama State University This historical account uncovers the lived experiences and history of pioneering Black women deans. Few scholars have studied the origins of Black deans of women and college graduates who were at the intersection of race and gender. Ashla C. Hill Roseboro’s History of Black Women Deans, College Alumnae Organizations, and Activism fills this gap by sharing the lived experiences of pioneering administrators at historically Black colleges and universities (HBCUs) and college alumnae who overcame barriers by forming their own professional circles. She investigates newspaper reports, articles, and artifacts from 1910 to the 1960s to provide insights on how these educated women advocated for higher education standards through the collective work of awarding scholarships to students, strategy meetings, and enrichment programs. This sisterhood emphasized how they took creative approaches to gain members, improve education, and The Africana Experience and Critical Leadership Studies UK July 2025 • US July 2025 200 Pages • 2 tables PB 9781666963663 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666963649 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154458 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666963656 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
6
UK, Europe, ROW
promote equality. Past successes and struggles of these trailblazers illuminate how progress was made despite limitations and setbacks. This book points to the path taken by these mentoring leaders who sacrificed for the greater good of their communities. Leaders today can be inspired through these writings to continue being beacons of hope for greater equity towards a just society.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Ife-Modakeke Conflict
Historical Legacies, Cultural Divergences, and Sociopolitical Tensions Bukola Adeyemi Oyeniyi Bukola Adeyemi Oyeniyi examines the complex interplay of history, culture, and politics that have shaped the longstanding conflict between the Ife and Modakeke communities in Nigeria. This book argues that the roots of this conflict extend beyond immediate sociopolitical grievances and are deeply entwined with historical legacies and cultural divergences that have evolved over centuries. Using archival materials, oral histories, and contemporary narratives, Oyeniyi illustrates how colonial legacies, ethnic identities, and local power dynamics have contributed to ongoing tensions. The analysis reveals how historical grievances are often reframed in contemporary contexts, influencing community relations and political alignments. Ultimately, this book sheds light on the necessity of understanding historical contexts to address current conflicts, offering insights into conflict resolution and peacebuilding strategies that are informed by a nuanced grasp of local UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages • 1 table and 3 bw illus PB 9781666971170 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971156 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765155196 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666971163 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
histories and cultural identities. This book contributes significantly to the broader discourse on conflict in Nigeria and Africa, emphasizing the importance of historical awareness in contemporary sociopolitical landscapes.
COLLECTIONS
Kwame Nkrumah's Quest for Restoration Nkrumaism and Pan-Africanism in Exile Tunde Adeleke, Iowa State University Examining Kwame Nkrumah’s time in exile, Tunde Adeleke challenges existing and popular understandings of Nkrumah’s ideas and struggles. In Kwame Nkrumah’s Quest for Restoration: Nkrumaism and Pan-Africanism in Exile Tunde Adeleke examines Kwame Nkrumah’s life and the six years he spent in exile in Conakry, Guinea, exploring the extraordinary efforts and resources he invested on attempts to return and regain political power. Adeleke contends that Nkrumah’s overthrow and exile compelled him to reimagine, revise, and fundamentally alter the essence of Pan-Africanism. This book shows how Nkurmah spearheaded the Pan-Africanist movement for greater continental unification, deviating from some of the essential values and principles of Pan-Africanism. His time in exile exposed a personality in sharp contrast to the consummate Pan-Africanist memorialized in Black Nationalist discourses. Through textual analysis of Nkrumah’s letters UK September 2025 • US September 2025 232 Pages PB 9798765166918 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666972382 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765166901 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978761001 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and political writings, Adeleke argues that Nkrumah’s fundamental change and redirection on Pan-Africanism not only shaped the movement’s new purpose but also impacted Ghana.
COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionary of North Sudan Robert S. Kramer, St. Norbert College & Ahmed Ibrahim Abushouk, Qatar University Sudan split into two countries in 2011, with the secession of South Sudan. This volume covers the history of the region, starting in 5,000 BCE and continuing up to 2025. Historical Dictionary of North Sudan contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography. The dictionary section contains cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about North Sudan.
Historical Dictionaries of Africa UK June 2026 • US June 2026 606 Pages PB 9798216461098 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9781538159811 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9798881857141 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781538159828 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
7
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
French in Multilingual Anglophone Africa Language, Literature, and Translation in Nigeria
Edited by Michael Akinpelu, University of Regina & Tunde Ajiboye, University of Ilorin Examining the impact of French language in Nigeria, this book discusses the prospects of French language use for development as well as its connection to literature and translation. Despite its ambiguous and indistinct official status in the country, French remains the preferred foreign language in Nigeria and academia. Michael Akinpelu and Tunde Ajiboye’s, French in Multilingual Anglophone Africa: Language, Literature, and Translation in Nigeria discusses how the French language is not only taught as a foreign language in Nigerian higher education, but is also an important linguistic code for literary creation, translation, and interpretation, blending local and international francophone cultures. Part I explores issues related to bilingualism, language resource management, and comparison between French and local languages. Part II considers the French language’s exploitation in relation to translation and interpretation with particular interests in cultural UK September 2025 • US September 2025 232 Pages • 9 bw illus & 14 tables PB 9781666971415 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971392 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765163849 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978771499 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
challenges. Part III provides historical context tracing the evolution of literary engagement of Nigerian writers’ contact with French and evolving perspectives on the language in Nigerian literature from the 1930s to present day. Using case studies, classroom fieldwork, and policy analyses, this book shows how French in multilingual Africa is not just a mode of communication, but a powerful instrument of socio-economic integration and mobility in a globalized world.
COLLECTIONS
Hausa Cinema of Northern Nigeria Cultural Imperialism and Censorship Abdalla Uba Adamu, Bayero University This historical account of cinema in Nigeria explores the transcultural transfer of media from India to Africa through films. Hausa Cinema of Northern Nigeria examines how the Hindi Cinema of India became the template for storytelling in the Hausa regional cinema of Northern Nigeria and explores the emergence of Indigenous language within cinema in this region. Such emergence created points of divergence with the Islamic public culture leading to censorship both within the entertainment industry and the newly re-introduced Shari’a government of Kano. Throughout this book, Abdalla Uba Adamu explores the tension between Islamic society and the intrusion of transglobal media influences in cinema in Kano. He provides a deeper understanding of global media transnationalism and its impact on Muslim African popular culture. This book also discusses how the Muslim Hausa youth used the agencies of transglobal media technologies to transform the UK June 2025 • US June 2025 Hausa narrative style from a linear and didactic format to a complex configuration. By examining the Hausa film industry’ s 424 Pages • 17 tables, 1 bw illus, and 2 bw history, Adamu challenges the notion of cultural and media imperialism and the dominance of media consumption in photos PB 9781666962468 • £28.99 / $39.95 contemporary African societies. HB 9781666962444 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765154434 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781666962451 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Humor as Social Critique
Widening the African Perspective Edited by Jennalee Donian, Nelson Mandela University & Andrea Hurst, Nelson Mandela University This interdisciplinary collection by Jennalee Donian and Andrea Hurst brings together insights from various humanities disciplines to examine humor’s role in navigating complex political, cultural, and personal landscapes. Humor as Social Critique: Widening the African Perspective explores how humor functions as a powerful tool for social critique in the African context. Part I delves into humor's relationship with political critique, analyzing how comedians, writers, and artists use humor to resist oppressive power structures and foster dialogue. Part II examines humor’s potential for sociocultural critique, exploring how it reflects and shapes cultural norms, identities, and power dynamics. Part III investigates the role of humor in self-critique, highlighting its therapeutic potential and ability to promote humility and self-awareness. By centering African perspectives while engaging with global voices, Humor as Social Critique challenges the notion that humor UK September 2025 • US September 2025 272 Pages • 1 table, 15 bw photos, 1 bw illus PB 9781666969795 • £19.99 / $26.95 HB 9781666969771 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781978749320 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781666969788 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
8
UK, Europe, ROW
is a uniquely localized phenomenon. Instead, it celebrates humor’s ability to transcend geographical and cultural boundaries, enriching the tapestry of human experience. This book offers valuable insights for scholars and readers interested in the intersections of humor, culture, and social justice.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Musicking and Dancing Politics in Africa Power, Activism, and Elections
Edited by Solomon Gwerevende, University of Music and Performing Arts, Trust Matsilele, Birmingham City University & Wonder Maguraushe, Midlands State University Bringing together interdisciplinary scholars, this book explores how African musical traditions and dance act as political commentary and forms of resistance in Africa. The volume draws on Christopher Small's concept of "musicking" to explore the intersection between music, dance, and politics across the diverse cultural landscapes in Africa, particularly South Africa, Malawi, Nigeria, and Zimbabwe. Chapters cover case studies of how music and dance have been used as tools of political messaging and means of performing, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages • 1 b&w illus PB 9781666979183 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666979169 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666979176 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978766198 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
visualizing and localizing activism, resistance, propaganda, and power in politics. It is structured into three main parts. The first part examines how music and dance serve as vessels for communal memory and heritage. Part two explores the role of music and dance as a tool to fight for democracy and justice. Part three highlights the role of dance and music in elections.
COLLECTIONS
Silence and Silencing in Selected African Novels Power Dynamics and Transformative Voices Oumar Chérif Diop, Kennesaw State University Through literary analysis, this book examines how African writers address silence and oppression in novels and poetry. Silence and Silencing in Selected African Novels: Power Dynamics and Transformative Voices by Oumar Chérif Diop explores representations of rhetorical, sociocultural, and gendered silence and silencing within selected African literature. He examines how African writers deconstruct normative discourses and use aesthetic forms and narrative techniques to confront silencing systems. Within these literary works, characters express their thoughts, emotions, fears, anxieties, and protest through their silence. Through textual analysis, Diop explores the spaces where silence and silencing occur and how they highlight power dynamics and enforce oppressive structures. These texts also reveal the transformative potential of silence to illustrate the resilience of marginalized characters and their inspiring struggle against the censoring mechanisms UK September 2025 • US September 2025 168 Pages PB 9781666918489 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666918465 • £75.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154878 • £67.50 / $99.00 ePub 9781666918472 • £67.50 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
of repressive institutions. Breaking the silence becomes an act of reclaiming agency and challenging oppressive forces. Diop shows how the importance of voice in the struggle for justice and the potential for individual actions inspires broader movements for change.
COLLECTIONS
Songs of the South African AIDS Crisis Gavin Robert Walker, Minjiang University Using the concept of musical effervescence, a collective state of synchronized and focused intersubjectivity through music, Gavin Robert Walker reveals how and why songs have become such a ubiquitous and formidable force within the AIDS epidemic in Africa. Drawn from a rich and powerful cultural history, music has been used to inspire HIV/AIDS activism and advocacy, facilitate local psychosocial healing, communicate life-saving health information, motivate communities towards healthy behaviors, and promote acceptance of individuals living with HIV. In this book, Walker introduces musical effervescence, a collective state of synchronized and focused intersubjectivity through music, to reveal how and why songs have become such a ubiquitous and formidable force within the AIDS epidemic in South Africa. He situates music at the core of human experience, unpacking how collective singing embodies a shared sense of humanity. This compelling analysis engages deeply with interpersonal musical encounters, asking: what makes these experiences both UK September 2025 • US September 2025 264 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9781666928549 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666928525 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154915 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666928532 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
deeply personal and fundamentally social?, how can music be relevant to such a diverse range of outcomes?, and what can musical effervescence contribute to our understanding of the arts and social, emotional, or physical wellness? Challenging conventional assumptions about the universality of music, Walker explores the relational bonds it cultivates through movement, perception, experience, and perspective to reveal music’s role in shaping the South African AIDS crisis.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
9
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Cooking Culture
Women’s Culinary Agency and Everyday Creativity in Rural Mali Stephen Wooten, University of Oregon, USA In this open access book, Stephen Wooten offers a holistic historical ethnography of cooking and female agency in West Africa, and of the broader cultural and historical significance of women’s culinary agency. Drawing on archaeological evidence, historical accounts, and extensive ethnographic research, Stephen Wooten documents and theorizes Malian women’s culinary agency. He finds that their cooking not only transforms raw ingredients into cooked fare, providing essential physical nourishment, but also helps foster fundamental values, facilitate elemental family and community dynamics, and reproduce gender identities and relations. These findings shed light on the cultural productivity of cooking within a specific African context and foster a deeper appreciation for the significance of culinary dynamics more UK April 2026 • US April 2026 200 Pages HB 9781350382459 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350382497 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350382473 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350382466 • £0.00 / $0.00 Zed Books
broadly. The study makes important contributions to the fields of African studies, anthropology, and “everyday studies”. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.
COLLECTIONS
Ahmadu Bamba and Decolonization The Power of Faith and Self-Reliance Cheikh M. Ndiaye Like Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther King Jr., and Nelson Mandela, Shaykh Ahmadu Bamba MBacké was a leader of his time, championing non-violence and pioneering decolonization through the Murid project, which was a Sufi religious dimension and a deconstruction of colonial and local (psychic) alienation. Cheikh M. Ndiaye’s, Ahmadu Bamba and Decolonization: The Power of Faith and Self-Reliance, examines Bamba’s legacy as a man of unshakable faith, a humanist, a socio-cultural reformer, and a key agent in the decolonization of minds and spaces. Ndiaye shows how Bamba distinguished himself from the violence around him by choosing nonviolent forms of resistance, such as, founding and marking new villages with original signs, revaluing the local Wolof language, inspiring self-reliance and preaching about khidma (service). Providing historical background on Senegambia and the history of Islam in the area, this book examines UK April 2025 • US April 2025 164 Pages • 2 BW Photos PB 9781666923445 • $39.95 HB 9781666923421 • £81.00 / $105.00 ePDF 9781978783270 • £72.90 / $94.50 ePub 9781666923438 • £72.90 / $94.50 Lexington Books
Bamba’s actions and legacy through an interdisciplinary lens to show how the Sufi leader challenged established power structures, including local African aristocratic states, Islamist jihadism, and French colonialism.
COLLECTIONS
Disinformation Campaigns in Africa Actors, Consequences, and Responses
Admire Mare, University of Johannesburg, South Africa & Allen Munoriyarwa, Walter Sisulu University, South Africa Centering disinformation campaigns in Africa, this book examines typologies of false and misleading information and assesses the devastating consequences of disinformation. Admire Mare and Allen Munoriyarwa cover the key actors, consequences of, and responses to combat disinformation campaigns that have been orchestrated by both domestic and foreign forces. This includes the spread of misinformation around elections, public health, migration, climate, and conflicts. This book provides historical analysis, examines the nexus between journalism and disinformation, and foregrounds UK May 2026 • US June 2026 262 Pages • 4 tables and 5 bw illus PB 9781666945348 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666945324 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666945331 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978771758 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
10
UK, Europe, ROW
conspiracy theories implicated in disinformation campaigns. The authors shed light on how these campaigns have been amplified in the digital age. It unpacks how everyday Africans’ dependence on both analogue and digital media platforms have contributed to the pollution of their communicative and information ecosystems. This book highlights the interconnectedness of offline and online, domestic and foreign, as well as human and non-human typologies of disinformation.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Crises, Displacement, and Foreign Aid in the Horn of Africa Dolapo Fakuade, University of Derby & Erman Akilli, Ankara Haci Bayram Veli University Analyzing the ongoing regional crises across Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, and Somalia, this book examines crisisinduced displacement and the role of foreign aid and diplomacy in shaping responses to crisis. Delving into the root causes of displacement, including but not limited to, socioeconomic inequalities, governance issues, and environmental degradation, Fakuade and Akilli provide invaluable insights into the systemic crises that define each region. By addressing these often overlooked aspects, the authors provide critical insights into the regional, geopolitical, and humanitarian dynamics of external engagement. Not only does this book highlight the region’s vulnerabilities and complexities, it also presents actionable pathways for fostering resilience, inclusive development, and sustainable peace. By integrating localized expertise with international resources and fostering genuine partnerships, the authors institute a holistic approach focusing Migration, Displacement, and Development
on conflict resolution, governance reform, and community resilience.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages • 6 tables PB 9781666971590 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971576 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216253303 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978768390 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Youth Entrepreneurship Recentering the Voices of Marginalized Communities in Africa Edited by Samuel Ojo Oloruntoba, Inocent Moyo & Lethiwe Zondo This open access book analyzes the limitations of top-down intervention programs designed by the state to address the problem of unemployment among marginalized communities in Africa and foregrounds the centrality of IKS in fostering entrepreneurship. Samuel Ojo Oloruntoba, Inocent Moyo, and Lethiwe Zondo examine the solutions to these problems within the ongoing debate on decolonization of knowledge and epistemic justice. The contributors argue that when the voices of the marginalized communities are taken into consideration in the design of employment and entrepreneurship policies, such policies would be more effective, affirming the agency and rights within these communities. Using case studies and theoretical research, this book investigates how a better engagement with marginalized communities and indigenous knowledges in the design of entrepreneurship and employment policies could foster more positive outcomes in Africa. This UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages • 4 BW Illustrations, 3 BW Photos, 10 Tables PB 9798216396307 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666952049 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978779044 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781666952056 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
book recenters the voices of Indigenous youth within entrepreneurship programs to highlight the interests, priorities, and challenges of these communities. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Mastercard Foundation.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
The Political Economy of Mobile Telephony in South Africa MTN, Vodacom and the State
Odilile Ayodele, University of Johannesburg, South Africa Telecommunications are an essential part of the global political economy, and the private telecommunications sector is driving much of the transformation across Africa. Yet the regulatory frameworks governing the relationships between African governments and these corporations remain hazy. Focusing on South Africa’s flagship mobile network operators (MNOs), MTN and Vodacom, this open access book provides unique insights into this thin boundary between corporatism and many African states’ global relationships. Drawing on rich archival research, company data, and reports from the South African parliament and Department of International Relations and Cooperation, Odilile uncovers how information and communications technology (ICT) companies have taken UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages HB 9781350411777 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350411814 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350411791 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350411784 • £0.00 / $0.00 Zed Books
advantage of epoch-shifting periods in South Africa’s history, from the end of the Cold War to the end of Apartheid. In so doing, she sheds new light on the wider issues of the politics of the multinational corporation, of foreign investment, and of state-corporation relations across Africa and beyond. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
11
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Foreign Intervention and Radicalization in Somalia (2001-2009) How and When Does Conflict Evolve into Violence Halil Ibrahim Alegöz Foreign Intervention and Radicalization in Somalia: How and When Does Conflict Evolve into Violence (2001 -2009) analyzes political violence within a broader political context in which the mobilization of social movements takes place. The central focus of this book is to explain the social mechanisms through which the radicalization processes unfolded on the part of al-Shabaab between 2001 and 2009 in Somalia. H. Ibrahim Alegöz traces the intricate interactions of social mechanisms that gave rise to the steady escalation of more militant forms of conflict from a relational, dynamic, and processoriented perspective. The book offers an alternative approach to the existing models linking violence to ideological preferences, cultural templates, or ethnic and state-centric pathologies. Alegöz argues that historical and contentious political interactions play a crucial role in explaining violence. The author demonstrates how the interests of local, regional, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 and international actors have overlapped within the Global War on Terror framework. The book finds that radicalization 200 Pages • 10 b/w Figures (4 line drawings dynamics have undergone two consecutive episodes of contentious social interactions that, at the onset, were related to the and 6 halftone) PB 9798881893309 • £26.99 / $39.95 formation of the Mogadishu-based warlord alliance and escalated following the Ethiopian military intervention in Somalia. It HB 9781666964851 • £80.00 / $110.00 prompted a power vacuum which allowed al-Shabaab to expand its tactical repertoire of action and modify its target ePDF 9798216201373 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771352 • £72.00 / $99.00 preferences into a relatively institutionalized, aggressive, and clandestine character. Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Decolonizing NGO Peacebuilding and Liberal Peace Agenda in Northern Uganda Elias O. Opongo, Hekima University College Critically examining how Western-funded NGO interventions have shaped post-conflict recovery in Northern Uganda, Elias O. Opongo argues that the liberal peace agenda—focused on democracy promotion, market reforms, and human rights—often marginalizes local agency and undermines culturally rooted approaches to peacebuilding. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and grounded theory, Opongo explores how these externally driven models disconnect from the lived realities of conflict-affected communities. He introduces relational constructionism as a framework that emphasizes participatory, context-sensitive, and indigenous approaches—such as the Acholi Mato Oput ritual—that center dialogue, reintegration, and restorative justice. The book also critiques the role of international actors, particularly the International Criminal Court (ICC), whose UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 1 table PB 9781666966077 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966053 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666966060 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978768796 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
interventions can clash with local reconciliation efforts. Opongo’s findings in Northern Uganda offer critical insights for other post-conflict African contexts dominated by donor-driven peacebuilding. He calls for a decolonial shift toward frameworks that restore African agency, reduce dependency, and prioritize community-led solutions for sustainable peace. This book is essential reading for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers seeking more inclusive, grounded, and transformative peacebuilding models in Africa and beyond.
COLLECTIONS
Practices of Disciplinary Refusal for New Futures On Critique and Humanism
Edited by P. Khalil Saucier, Bucknell University Breaking from Western disciplinary status quo, this book explores the politics of disciplinary refusal and presents alternative ways of seeing the world. Drawing from the Black radical tradition, P. Khalil Saucier and the contributors challenge normative assertions about power and develop alternate ways of conceptualizing society. The chapters create onto-epistemological grounds for discovery and by extension a domain to experiment with living differently. The authors illustrate how political typologies, often indebted to Enlightenment thought and frequently used to shape discourses of sovereignty, nationalism and globalization, are organized New Critical Humanities UK May 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages PB 9798765152379 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765152362 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765152393 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765152386 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
12
UK, Europe, ROW
by violence and sentient disavowal. While each chapter works with specific themes and topics, each labor in speculative solidarity with one another in order to identify key issues within racial politics, cultural criticism, and the conceptions of historiography.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
AFRICAN & AFRICANA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Backtime Religion in the Danish West Indies Africana Heritage Religion Beyond Obeah Gregory Carter, Illinois State University During the era of slavery in the Danish West Indies, a distinct Africana heritage religion was developed by the enslaved population that relied on performative expression, and Gregory Carter traces this heritage. This spiritualty shared many attributes with other African heritage religions throughout the African Atlantic, including belief in spirit powers, the veneration of ancestors, polyrhythmic music, dance, costumed masquerade performance, reliance on herbalism and spirit mediumship. Simultaneously, they also incorporated Evangelical Lutheran/Moravian Christianity and the practice of altaration. Backtime Religion in the Danish West Indies: Africana Heritage Religion Beyond Obeah contends that the altaration of the human body is key to conceptualizing how enslaved Africans and their descendants contended with the terrible conditions inherent to slavery, the dislocation of spiritual connections from Africa, and built a renewed and living spiritual understanding on the Danish islands. To prevent loss of cultural knowledge and spirituality, the Danish West Indian enslaved community adapted to life on the islands with immediate pragmatism and took in every available means to regain The Black Atlantic Cultural Series: Revisioning Artistic, Historical, Literary, Psychological, and Sociological Perspectives
connection to spiritual power available, containing and hiding this spirituality within living human bodies. Through in-depth research, Carter provides insight into how this religious practice, African heritage, and culture continue to impact the present-day Virgin Islands.
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 258 Pages • 5 bw photos PB 9798765164723 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666963229 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765165089 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978767119 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
13
All Middle East Studies & African Studies books are now published under the Bloomsbury Academic brand
LEARN MORE ABOUT THE TRANSITION ZED FAQs
I.B. TAURIS FAQs
bit.ly/ZED-FAQs
bit.ly/IBT-FAQs
ANTHROPOLOGY 4TH EDITION
BOR
Introducing Health Anthropology A Discipline in Action
Merrill Singer, Hans A. Baer, Debbi Long & Alex Pavlotski With a new title that reflects the broad scope and primary concerns of the field, Introducing Health Anthropology: A Discipline in Action, Fourth Edition, provides students with a first look at the dynamic discipline of medical and health anthropology. The narrative is guided by four unifying themes. First, health anthropologists are heavily involved in the process of helping to better understand and change the world through their work in applied projects, policy initiatives, and advocacy. Second, the book presents the fundamental importance of culture and social relationships in health and sickness by demonstrating that experienced illness and diagnosed disease involve complex biosocial processes and that resolving them requires attention to a range of factors beyond biology. Third, through an examination of health inequality, the book highlights the need for research and analyses that move beyond cultural or even ecological models of health toward comprehensive and holistic biosocial frameworks. Finally, the authors emphasize that physical and mental health are intimately related to the health of the environment on which humans depend for air, food, and the other resources that make UK March 2025 • US March 2025 342 Pages • 24 BW Photos, 7 Tables, 12 Textboxes HB 9781538187272 • £115.00 / $150.00 PB 9781538187289 • £42.00 / $54.00 ePDF 9798881860684 • £37.80 / $48.60 ePub 9781538187296 • £37.80 / $48.60 Rowman & Littlefield
life possible. Introducing Health Anthropology gives students the tools to rethink how to achieve healthier populations, effective and fully accessible healthcare systems, and a sustainable world. New to this Edition: · New Chapter 4, “Human Evolution and Health,” examines the respective roles of genetics and sociocultural factors in health to navigate the welter of public misinformation on genetic determinism, race, and sex and gender minorities · Significantly expanded discussion of reproductive health, sex and gender, and gender equity throughout the book reflects current and controversial issues in the U.S. · Up-to-date examination of the relationship of climate change to health and social wellbeing offers students insights on how our physical world is changing and the causes of those changes · Discussion of the global impact of COVID-19 throughout the text explores the enduring changes wrought by the pandemic on human societies
COLLECTIONS
9TH EDITION
Language, Culture, and Communication The Meaning of Messages Nancy Bonvillain Language, Culture, and Communication introduces students to the topics and theories of the broad field of linguistic anthropology by examining the multifaceted meanings and uses of language. It emphasizes the ways in which language encapsulates speakers' meanings and intentions. Through language structure and language use, speakers convey messages about their own identities, their understandings of the world and their place in it. The book includes discussion of cultural and symbolic meanings conveyed by language and the social and political dimensions of language use. New to the Ninth Edition: - New Chapter 7, “Digital Communication,” discusses technological change, social media, artificial intelligence, and the rapid development of various systems and platforms for communication UK February 2026 • US February 2026 464 Pages • 30 bw illus, 5 bw photos HB 9798216200604 • £140.00 / $185.00 PB 9798216200611 • £54.99 / $75.00 ePDF 9798216200642 • £49.49 / $67.50 ePub 9798216200635 • £49.49 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
- New Chapter 6, “Signed Languages,” offers an expanded discussion of ASL vocabulary and grammar as well as language practices in Deaf communities with an emphasis on a global and international perspective - New discussion of African American Vernacular English (AAVE) stresses the intersection of language and lived experience - New case studies in every chapter highlight central concepts so that students can focus directly on understanding the many faceted goals of language in use - Expanded discussion of language and nation building in multilingual communities (including code switching and translanguaging) emphasizes how our speaking styles are “borderless”
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
15
ANTHROPOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Traditional Seafaring in Oceania
A New Theory of Maritime Resistance and Advocacy Hunter H. Fine In this book, Hunter H. Fine examines traditional seafaring practices in Oceania to establish a fuller understanding of the ways in which our everyday practices can illuminate aspects of power, representation, social advocacy, and truth. Fine considers how circulatory maritime voyages resulted in a shared network of practices and knowledge that have been passed down to the descendants of these seafaring cultures, who still engage in and teach them in present day, most prominently in Micronesia. Positioning the voyages themselves and the practices that enabled them as embodied forms of UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages • 5 tables PB 9798216383413 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666937671 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216261261 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978760479 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
writing and theory—both in everyday life and as public performances of social advocacy—Fine proposes a critical theory based in both traditional seafaring and poststructuralist rhetorical theory. Through this new framework, the book illustrates how an Indigenous body of knowledge has formed the foundations for contemporary maritime practices, how it has functioned as both domestic and international advocacy and resistance, and how these various practices work together to provide an epistemological alternative to Western modernity/coloniality.
COLLECTIONS
Anatomy of Resettlement
Ethnographic Accounts and Stories in Retrospect Mohammad Zaman Anatomy of Resettlement: Ethnographic Accounts and Stories in Retrospect examines resettlement as a development strategy and the ongoing controversies and debate on resettlement as a development model. It chronicles the author’s views and experience gathered over a period of three decades in this highly problematic and much debated field. The narratives, based on his work in many countries, examine the state of resettlement and development policies and practices in four selected countries – Bangladesh, China, India, and Pakistan. The book demonstrates that resettlement works and that the affected people, including the marginal and vulnerable groups, benefit more from project development. The overall findings from the case studies lend strong support to the resettlement with development (RwD) paradigm, with an attempt to reframe the debate more toward the management of resettlement for better outcomes. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 168 Pages PB 9798216276869 • £29.99 / $39.99 HB 9781666975956 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216251354 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978766839 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Home Is Where the Rajawala' Are
Living in Time and Space the Highland Maya Way Judith M. Maxwell & Ajpub’ García Ixmata’ The Mayan peoples of highland Guatemala live within an animate world, where the physical environment, ancestors, and surrounding people, plants, and animals are infused with spirit and presence. At the heart of this daily engagement are the ajq’ija’, Mayan spiritual guides who serve as mediators between human communities and the rajawala’—the vital, living energies of the world. This book offers insight into the foundational knowledge ajq’ija’ use to communicate with the rajawala’, revealing how the sacred becomes visible through time and space, shaping and protecting the landscapes where Maya communities live. Each community is surrounded by its own constellation of guardian energies and sacred altars. The authors also confront the modern threats facing these sacred spaces: restricted access by private landowners, the loss of traditional roles, vandalism, religious opposition, environmental degradation, and violence against UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 19 bw figures, 3 tables PB 9798216390947 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666933925 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216256250 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978770133 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
16
UK, Europe, ROW
spiritual practitioners. Structured like a ritual itself, the book embodies the ongoing creation of sacred space and the deep dialogue with spiritual forces that sustain it. Through this work, the authors aim to share Mayan perspectives and practices for living within a sacred, interconnected world.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ANTHROPOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Canine Death in Canonical American Fiction Amelia (Molly) Labenski Canine Death in Canonical American Fiction investigates the presence of dogs in literature through an analysis of classic and popular novels. The author interrogates the “man’s best friend” trope and questions its validity by turning to fiction as a telling source of cultural attitudes towards animals and questions why dog death, specifically, is such a pervasive trope in literature. From sentimental tearjerkers like Fred Gipson’s Old Yeller to canonical classics like Toni Morrison’s The Bluest Eye and John Steinbeck’s The Grapes of Wrath, this book examines the wealth of human-dog relations that the literary archive does not currently address and complicates prevalent assumptions of this relationship as inherently altruistic and symbiotic. Amelia Labenski argues that dogs carry a heavy symbolic weight in and outside of literature, where they often function as moral alibis or romantic stand-ins for our other, more explicitly harmful, relationships with animals. These Ecocritical Theory and Practice UK October 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages HB 9781666980189 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216252290 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978767973 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
arguments bring to bear a useful discussion about the role fiction can play in how we re-envision our relationships with animals of all kinds and the environment which we all share.
COLLECTIONS
Animal Oppression and Malev(i)olence
Hunting, Domesecration, Capitalism, and the Deformation of Human Society David Nibert While the dominant cultural narrative depicts the history of hunting, capturing, and killing of other animals as beneficial for human development, historical and contemporary evidence shows otherwise. Animal Oppression and Malev(i)olence: Hunting, Domesecration, Capitalism, and the Deformation of Human Society reveals the human practice of stalking, killing, exploiting, and eating other animals that led to the social construction of a malevolent, violent, and predacious form of masculinity and the start of human social stratification and oppression. Thereafter the course of human social development was placed on a deformative trajectory, leading to warfare, the emergence of deadly zoonotic disease, and terrorist-based colonial and imperialist orders. Primarily spread throughout the world by way of European conquests, and leading to the rise of capitalism, hunting and this violent and rapacious form of masculinity is continually promoted as Critical Animal Studies and Theory ideal training for warfare and global domination, especially in the United States. As U.S.-driven global violence, destruction, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 360 Pages PB 9798216388586 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216388593 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216388562 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216388579 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and deprivation accelerates in the 21st century, recognition of, and challenges to, this dominant form of masculinity and its caustic capitalist progeny, and the longstanding mutually constitutive violence between humans and other animals, are essential for creating a peaceful and sustainable world.
COLLECTIONS
Mysterious Creatures
The Truth Behind the Legends David Alderton, Author & Akara Heart, Writer, artist, dancer A captivating exploration of the world’s mysterious creatures Legendary creatures capture our imagination in a way quite unlike those known with certainty to exist. In Mysterious Creatures, David Alderton and Akara Heart bring readers into a shadowy, uncertain realm where myth and reality collide. Their enthralling investigation unveils the tantalizing truths behind the world’s most enigmatic creatures, and how they have become etched in our minds and imaginations. With meticulous research and gripping storytelling, Alderton and Heart unravel the legends of unicorns, dragons, werewolves, and more. Each chapter weaves together historical accounts, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages • 20 BW Photos HB 9781538193860 • £25.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881861735 • £22.50 / $27.00 ePub 9781538193877 • £22.50 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
eyewitness testimonies, and cultural lore, inviting readers to question what lurks just beyond the veil of the known. Dive beneath the waves to uncover the seductive secrets of mermaids. Trek through misty, isolated forests in search of Bigfoot or Sasquatch. Soar with the thunderbird, whose wings are said to summon storms. A perfect blend of science and wonder, skepticism and belief, Mysterious Creatures breathes life into the myths that have captivated our thoughts for generations.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
17
ANTHROPOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Pills and Protest
Abortion Access in Ireland Brenna McCaffrey The Republic of Ireland lived under one of the strictest abortion bans in Europe for decades, then in 2018, their voters passed one of the most liberal abortion provision schemes in the world. Pills & Protest: Abortion Access in Ireland tells the story of how feminist activists strategically used abortion pills to help people while abortion was illegal and to influence the legal and medical changes to come. Drawing on three years of interviews with activists, doctors, and politicians in Ireland, Brenna McCaffrey illuminates the story of how the abortion pill transitioned from a controversial object to a legally recognized medical solution. The result is an energizing story – one of creative protest, passion, and activism in pursuit of reproductive freedom. Pills and Protest demonstrates how understanding medication abortion is essential to understanding reproductive healthcare in Ireland – and globally – today. UK June 2025 • US June 2025 192 Pages • 9 b/w photos HB 9798881807979 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798881807986 • £26.99 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765150931 • £24.29 / $31.50 ePub 9798881807993 • £24.29 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Spatial Residue
Plastic Affects and Configurations of Place Mauve Perle Tahat Spatial Residue: Plastic Affects and Configurations of Place explores how places, whether abandoned malls, haunted swamps, or vintage video games, hold residues of history, feeling, and imagination. Mauve Perle Tahat traces how plastic, as both material and metaphor, shapes our environments and our inner lives, linking the persistence of pollution to the persistence of memory. The book moves across cultural terrains while grounding its analysis in real spaces. Combining autotheory, spatial critique, and cultural analysis, Spatial Residue uncovers how sites of ruin, spectacle, and play reveal deeper truths about survival, resilience, and belonging. It is a book about how we navigate the strange and often dissonant worlds we inherit, and how we might imagine alternative futures from their residues. Environment and Society UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages PB 9798216378167 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216378150 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216378181 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216378174 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Milk on the Side
Extended Chest/Breastfeeding in the United States Cassandra White, Georgia State University What does it look like for a child to be nursing beyond an age that is perceived as “normal”? Chest/breastfeeding is a fraught topic both in the U.S. and in many other countries, particularly when parents continue nursing beyond a few weeks. Popular media representations and opinions of chest/breastfeeding are polarizing: parents who struggle to produce breastmilk are often made to feel inadequate by public health and media suggestions that “breast is best”. At the same time, those who practice extended nursing are often told that they are damaging their child’s physical and psychological development.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages HB 9798216277224 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798216277217 • £24.99 / $35.00 ePDF 9798216277248 • £22.49 / $31.50 ePub 9798216277231 • £22.49 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
18
UK, Europe, ROW
Based on over a decade of research, Milk on the Side unfastens harmful myths about extended nursing— breastfeeding or chestfeeding a child beyond two years— while touching on the challenges and stigmatizing ideas that are associated with all chest/breastfeeding. The book explores the issue of chest/breastfeeding from many different contexts, including medical, policy, and familial pressures. Ultimately, readers will better understand why some parents practice extended nursing and how stigmas regarding child feeding impact all parents.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ANTHROPOLOGY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Encyclopedia of Hair A Cultural History
Victoria Sherrow, Independent Scholar, USA This popular volume on the culture of hair through human history and around the globe has been updated and revised to include even more entries and current information. How we style our hair has the ability to shape the way others perceive us. For example, in 2017, the singer Macklemore denounced his hipster undercut hairstyle, a style that is associated with Hitler Youth and alt-right men, and in 2015, actress Rose McGowan shaved her head in order to take a stance against the traditional Hollywood sex symbol stereotype. This volume examines how hair — or lack thereof — can be an important symbol of gender, class, and culture around the world and through history. Hairstyles have come to represent cultural heritage and memory, and even political leanings, social beliefs, and identity. This second edition builds upon the original volume, updating all entries that have evolved over the last decade, such as by discussing hipster culture in the entries on beards and mustaches and recent medical breakthroughs in hair loss. New entries have been added that look at specific world regions, hair coverings, political symbolism behind certain styles, and other topics. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 640 Pages • 120 bw illus HB 9781440873485 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216452164 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440873492 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216171683 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
19
ARCHAEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Empires of the Southern Ocean
Early Civilizations of Mainland and Insular Southeast Asia Dougald J.W. O'Reilly, Australian National University Drawing on recent archaeological and historical research, this book presents the fascinating developments in the archaeology of prehistoric societies of mainland Southeast Asia. Empires of the Southern Ocean offers a sweeping and authoritative account of the emergence, expansion, and transformation of early state-level societies across the regions that today encompass Myanmar, Malaysia, Indonesia, Cambodia, Thailand, and Vietnam. Spanning from the late prehistoric period to the mid-15th century, the book traces the dynamic rise of polities that shaped Southeast Asia's early urban and political landscapes, including the Pyu and Pagan in Myanmar; the entrepôt settlements of peninsular Malaysia; Srivijaya, Sanjaya, and Majapahit in Indonesia; Funan, Chenla, UK April 2026 • US February 2026 416 Pages • 68 BW photos HB 9781538190203 • £130.00 / $175.00 PB 9781538190210 • £54.99 / $74.95 ePDF 9798216383123 • £49.49 / $67.45 ePub 9781538190227 • £49.49 / $67.45 Bloomsbury Academic
and Angkor in Cambodia; Dvaravati in Thailand; and Linyi, Champa, and Ðai Viet in Vietnam. Drawing on the most current archaeological, epigraphic, and paleoenvironmental research, the book challenges outdated, India-centric narratives and instead presents a nuanced understanding of Southeast Asia's indigenous political developments, cross-cultural exchanges, and technological innovations. It highlights the region’s participation in longdistance trade networks across the Indian Ocean and South China Sea, and examines the role of religion, writing systems, and monumental architecture in legitimizing early power structures.
COLLECTIONS
BOR
Roman Britain in Twenty Towns A Visitor's Guide
Richard Hingley, Durham University, UK Illustrated by Christina Unwin, Independent Scholar, UK From Hadrian’s Wall to Sulis Minerva’s spa at Bath and the public buildings and walled circuits of other towns, Britain has a wealth of Roman urban remains to examine. Designed for visitors wishing to explore the archaeological landscape, this user-friendly guide sets out a plan of 20 Roman towns – explaining how visitors can find the site and what they may expect to see. Where appropriate, this book explores how the town developed from an Iron Age settlement or where it began life as a military fortress or fort. Written by an expert in the field, each chapter addresses the following: UK April 2026 • US April 2026 352 Pages • 42 colour maps and 20 bw illus - An introduction to the history of the settlement, its origins and significance. PB 9781350520110 • £19.99 / $26.95 - An outline of the main ancient sites and monuments, with concise information on museums. ePDF 9781350520127 • £17.99 / $24.25 - Accessible maps of the archaeological features of each town. ePub 9781350520134 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic - An up-to-date summary of the recent work on each Roman town, supported by further reading.
COLLECTIONS
Aquileia
A Frontier Colony between the Mediterranean and Europe Jacopo Bonetto, University of Padova, Italy & Andrea Raffaele Ghiotto, University of Padova, Italy Aquileia is the largest archaeological site in Northern Italy, which once stood at the geo-political crossroad of cultural exchanges between Italy, the central-eastern Mediterranean and continental Europe. This book explores its beginnings as a Latin frontier colony which, over time, became a flourishing commercial center of a cosmopolitan nature. By the end of the imperial age, it once again became the gateway to Italy, reaffirming its strategic and military role at the time of the barbarian invasions and the spread of Christianity. The archaeological discoveries and results of scientific research made over the last 30 years offer the reader an accessible and engaging history of the site that has existed from the eighth century BC to the present day. The concluding chapters are Archaeological Histories
dedicated to the rediscovery of the ancient city, its political use during Fascism and the modern investments that transformed
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages • 40 bw illus HB 9781350440920 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350440937 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350440944 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350440951 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
Aquileia into one of the major archaeological tourism centers in Italy.
20
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ARCHAEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Disrupting Archaeology and Art
Excavation and Contemporary Painting Doug Bailey, San Francisco State University, USA & Simon Callery, Independent Scholar, UK There is a long history of interaction and collaboration between artist and archaeologist. However, recent provocative work in the field, studio, museum and gallery, has opened new possibilities for radical alliances and creations. Disrupting Archaeology and Art presents the work and conversation of an archaeologist and a contemporary painter who have moved into experimental territories beyond the traditional boundaries of their disciplines. This book presents detailed descriptions of six important works made by the authors. Doug Bailey’s aim is to change the ways that archaeologists engage with the materials of the past. His montages, films, and performance destructions (such as Releasing the Archive) undermine traditionally unquestioned tenets of archaeological UK May 2026 • US May 2026 176 Pages • 90 bw illus HB 9781350507517 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350507500 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350507524 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350507531 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
action and of the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ancient remains. In Disrupting Archaeology and Art, Bailey describes his reasoning and methods of making three of his more provocative works. Simon Callery sets out to find new forms and functions for landscape-based painting. His contact paintings, pit paintings and large-scale sculptural work (Trench 10) produced in direct response to archaeological excavations in England and Wales, provoke significant debate over issues of time, image, and materiality. In Disrupting Archaeology and Art, Callery presents detailed accounts of how and why the excavation site has shaped his thinking and ambitions for contemporary painting.
COLLECTIONS
Public Dialogues in Archaeology New Methodologies from Turkey
Isilay Gürsu, British Institute at Ankara, Turley Offering a study of archaeological heritage in Turkey, this book shows the alternative ways that the public relates to the past and its remains. Within the theoretical framework of public archaeology, Isilay Gürsu brings together the results of decade-long projects – based on quantitative and qualitative research – to show how communities interact with the archaeological past. Generally speaking, the public is viewed as an obstacle to be overcome by the experts and authorities, but Gürsu shows how local communities can be potential allies in the safeguarding of heritage assets. Furthermore, Public Dialogues in Archaeology challenges the notion that intellectual knowledge is a prerequisite for the appreciation of archaeological history, and presents an understanding of the past that works at a somatic, sensory and UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages • 60 bw illus PB 9781350547346 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350547308 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350547315 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350547322 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
emotional level. The result is a study that gives voice to different social groups that have often been silent, silenced or misunderstood in official reports and authorised publications. In this novel approach, Gürsu concentrates on the ‘public’ within public archaeology.
COLLECTIONS
Prehistoric Europe 50 Great Discoveries
Julian Heath, University of Liverpool A full-color examination of 50 fascinating and important archaeological discoveries from prehistoric Europe. Countless archaeological sites and artefacts relating to the diverse prehistoric peoples who occupied the landscapes of Europe thousands of years ago, have been unearthed, either by archaeologists, or by lucky individuals who stumbled across them by chance. Prehistoric Europe: 50 Great Discoveries examines a small, but carefully chosen selection of sites and artefacts from among this abundance of archaeological evidence, all of which are remarkable, and provides fascinating insights into Europe’s distant past and its long-lost prehistoric societies. These 50 discoveries cover some sixty thousand UK August 2025 • US August 2025 288 Pages • 50 Color photos HB 9781538192443 • £35.00 / $45.00 ePDF 9798765154762 • £31.50 / $40.50 ePub 9781538192450 • £31.50 / $40.50 Bloomsbury Academic
years of European prehistory, beginning in the Middle Paleolithic (‘Old Stone Age), the time of our enigmatic ancient cousins, the Neanderthals, and ending in the Iron Age, the time of ‘Celtic’ society, and marking the last chapter in the remarkable story of prehistoric Europe. Lying between the Middle Paleolithic and the Iron Age discoveries are those from Mesolithic (‘Middle Stone Age’), Neolithic (‘New Stone Age’), Chalcolithic (‘Copper Age’), and Bronze Age Europe. The Mesolithic, Neolithic, Chalcolithic and Bronze Age, mark the time of Europe’s final hunter-gatherer societies, its first farming communities, and the emergence of metalworking, respectively.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
21
ARCHAEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Writing Matters
Italy in the First Millennium BCE Ruth Whitehouse, UCL Institute of Archaeology, University College London, UK The epigraphy of 1st-millennium-BCE Italy has been studied for many years, but these studies have largely concentrated on the languages encoded in the inscriptions and their semantic meanings. This book takes a more holistic approach that looks not only at content, but also the archaeological contexts of the inscriptions and the materiality of their 'supports': the artefacts and monuments on which the inscriptions occur. The first writing in Italy was not a local invention, but was introduced by the Phoenicians and Greeks in the 9th–8th centuries BCE. It was taken up by number of indigenous communities over the subsequent centuries to write their own languages, before these were eventually submerged by the spread of Latin. UCL World Archaeology Series UK April 2026 • US April 2026 296 Pages • 62 bw illus HB 9781350412514 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350412521 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350412538 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350412545 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Ruth Whitehouse explores what can be learned about how writing was used by these communities and what it meant to them. The bodies of data considered relate to Venetic and Raetic (the northeast), Lepontic (the northwest), Messapic (the southeast) and Etruscan (west central Italy, extending also into Campania in the south and the Po plain in the north). While not a comprehensive survey, there are enough different groups to allow a comparative approach to be adopted. Analysis of the datasets is able to reveal the similarities and differences between them, as well as identify features that were widespread in 1st-millennium-BCE Italy and others that were more idiosyncratic and specific to particular cultural groups.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
East Germanic Ironmaking in the Roman Period
Archaeometry of Slag and Ore Finds in the Przeworsk Culture Grzegorz Zabinski, Jan Dlugosz University, Poland, Marcin Wozniak, Museum of Ancient Masovian Metallurgy, Poland, Jaroslaw Gramacki, University of Zielona Góra, Poland & Artur Gramacki, University of Zielona Góra, Poland Making a study of East Germanic iron smelting in the Roman period, this open access book gives an in-depth account of the development of metallurgy in the Przeworsk Culture. Its two main ironmaking centres – the Holy Cross Mountains and Masovia – were the largest iron production regions beyond the borders of the Roman Empire. Apart from serving local demand – where it was used for artefacts of many kinds, which are abundantly found in grave furnishings – a considerable part of Przeworsk Culture iron is likely to have been exported to other territories. This is the first book to carry out smelting slag and ore analyses using the most up-to-date methods available in UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 40 bw illus HB 9781350535480 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350535510 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350535497 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350535503 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
archaeological science. Offering an overview of statistical approaches used in iron provenance studies and a detailed stepby-step research methodology, this book paves the way for future studies, including artefact provenance analyses using the latest archaeometric methods. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Research reported in this book was funded by the National Science Centre Poland. Open access was funded by Grzegorz Zabinski.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Unruly Heritage
Archaeologies of the Anthropocene Edited by Bjørnar Julius Olsen, Arctic University of Norway, Norway, Stein Farstadvoll, The Arctic University of Norway, Norway & Geneviève Godin, The Arctic University of Norway, Norway Heritage is almost univocally conceived of as valuable and good, something we care for and preserve for ourselves and future generations. Although traditionally associated with the unique and monumental, heritage has over the last decades been broadened in response to claims to incorporate more diverse and globally representative legacies. While such claims are of course welcome, they do not embrace the bulging unruly and obnoxious legacies that now haunt us; legacies that have become so conspicuously manifest that they are claimed as diagnostic of a new epoch, the Anthropocene. This book targets this exclusion. It claims that the current ‘clash’ between prevailing conceptions of heritage as something UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 55 bw and 30 colour illus HB 9781350426368 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350426405 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350426375 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350426382 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
confined, wished for and thus worth saving, and the unruly legacies ignoring such work of purification, urges a reconsideration of strategies and rationales for how to ‘deal with’ heritage. Through multidisciplinary approaches, ranging from archaeology and heritage studies to philosophy and environmental politics, the contributions bring heritage into dialogue with a wide range of topics including industrialisation, material profusion, modernist architectural material, coastal reclamations, barbed wire, and naval mines. The result is a volume that profoundly challenges traditional understandings of heritage as an exclusive reserve of things selected and managed by us.
22
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ARCHAEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
The Tobacco Takers
Puritanism, Smoking, Health, and the Archaeology of Bodily Care Diana DiPaolo Loren, Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University Utilizing archaeological, archival, and visual sources, this book reconsiders tobacco and smoking in the 17thcentury Puritan colonies through the lens of religious beliefs and medical care. Indigenous to the Americas and cultivated by Indigenous people for thousands of years, tobacco was introduced to Europeans in the 16th century. By the early 17th century, tobacco was found all over the globe. Archaeological records document the popularity of smoking throughout 17th-century North America. In fact, tobacco pipes are ubiquitous in archaeological sites in the Atlantic East. The assumption has been that smoking during this period was a UK February 2026 • US February 2026 200 Pages • 37 bw illus PB 9798216392286 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781538189344 • £70.00 / $95.00 ePDF 9798881859848 • £63.00 / $85.50 ePub 9781538189368 • £63.00 / $85.50 Bloomsbury Academic
leisure activity, but in the 17th-century Puritan world, smoking tobacco was often prescribed to alleviate illnesses, as evidenced in the writings of physicians and ministers as well as pharmacopeia. In this book, the presence of white clay tobacco pipes found in the archaeological record of Puritan colonies receives further scrutiny. While laws in the Puritan colonies and the laws of Harvard College prohibited smoking as a form of licentious selfindulgence they did permit the medicinal use of smoking tobacco. When viewed through this lens, tobacco pipes can be viewed as an item of bodily care that addresses physical and metaphysical ailments.
COLLECTIONS
Human Identities in the Archaeological Record
Interdisciplinary Perspectives from Late Antiquity to the Modern Period Edited by Annamaria Diana, Independent Scholar, Romania, Daniela Marcu Istrate, Vasile Pârvan Institute of Archaeology, Romania & Alice Toso, University of Bonn, Germany Retracing the origin, development and survival of individual and collective identities of past human societies, this volume features a global and interdisciplinary range of case studies from Late Antiquity to the early modern period covering regions such as England, Romania, Ireland, Portugal, the Horn of Africa and Australia. The contributors delve into the archaeological record to detect not only biological and cultural affinity, but also evidence of diversity and ‘otherness’ in past human landscapes. Organised chronologically, this volume draws together perspectives from various disciplines such as archaeology, bioarchaeology, zooarchaeology, forensic anthropology, archaeosciences, anthropology and historical archaeology. Through the lens of burial customs, dietary habits, life-style changes, paleopathological evidence, everyday UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 46 bw illus PB 9781350536272 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350536241 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350536258 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350536326 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
use objects and belief systems, this book highlights archaeology’s crucial role in unearthing forgotten – and even obliterated – identities.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Application of GIS Technologies in the Roman Period Spatial Analysis, Historic Modelling and Reconstructions Pedro Trapero Fernández, University of Cadiz, Spain Using a selection of archaeological cases studies from the Roman period in the Mediterranean region, Pedro Trapero Fernández shows how GIS technologies can be employed in the creation of spatial models to reproduce historical realities. An increasing number of researchers use this digital humanities tool as a means to model both territory and landscape. This book compiles different spatial models under a unified methodology described in separated chapters, such as mobility and visibility models, and discusses their limitations and potential for implementation in archaeological contexts. The result is a detailed analysis of each method, which consequently results in an accessible manual for understanding GIS technologies. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 27 bw illus HB 9781350433700 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350433748 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350433717 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350433724 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Designed for students and scholars with varying degrees of training in GIS, who intend to carry out spatial analysis and historical models, the approach of this book establishes a reference framework to work with GIS technologies in other historical periods. Trapero concludes by discussing the future of GIS and spatial analysis, and how it can be studied and used as a methodological approach in archaeological practice and research.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
23
ARCHAEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
The Transmission of the Book of the Dead in New Kingdom Tombs at Saqqara H.P.R. Twiston Davies, University of Manchester, UK Texts and images from the Book of the Dead were widely used to decorate the walls of tombs during Egypt’s New Kingdom (c. 1550-1077 BCE). Prior research has tended to focus on either individual tombs, or on the contents of papyrus copies of the Book of the Dead. This open access book focusses on the adaptation of parts of this funerary corpus in individual tombs from the New Kingdom necropolis at Saqqara, with the aim of showing how each tomb’s decoration was tailored to the ends of their builders. In doing so, it builds up a picture of the ways in which these developments changed over time, and captures the dynamic and shifting ways in which ancient Egyptians interacted with their funerary texts. This contrasts with the popular image of Egyptian religion as centrally administered and directed, and essentially unchanging over millennia. In fact, choices and forms of texts and images used in tombs changed even within a single generation. Some forms remained popular over long periods, being constantly reused and re-adapted, while others achieved specific and local popularity, or else were abandoned after only a short period of time. This book argues powerfully for the human dimension in ancient Egyptian religion, revealing the ways in which individuals and groups continually reshaped their tradition even as they Bloomsbury Egyptology UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages • 41 bw and 6 colour illus HB 9781350350571 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350350588 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350350595 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350350601 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
24
UK, Europe, ROW
worked within it. Produced as part of the research project The Walking Dead at Saqqara: The Making of a Cultural Geography, this book is kindly funded by the Dutch Research Council (NWO). The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Dutch Research Council (NWO): 276-30-016.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ASIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Transnational Cooperation and the Christian Women’s Community in Canton, 1847–1951 Wai-Yin Christina Wong Transnational Cooperation and the Christian Women’s Community in Canton, 1847–1951 is a groundbreaking investigation into the work of missionary women during a transformational period in the history of China. Focused on women’s work in Guangzhou (Canton) this book demonstrates the dynamic intercultural cooperation between Chinese Christian women and western missionaries. Significantly, it affirms that women missionaries and newly empowered Chinese Christian women created a common space that provided educational, social, and medical services in addition to the evangelizing work of the mission. This study demonstrates the multiple agencies within this women’s network as women responded to changing US and Chinese societies.
Studies in Christianity in East Asia UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages PB 9781611466362 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781611463682 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781611465235 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781611464481 • £90.00 / $121.50 Lehigh University Press
COLLECTIONS
Shanghai Mundane
Survival and Revival of Bourgeois Sentiments under Chinese Socialism Lei Ping This book offers a new critical intervention into the studies of the paradox of Chinese socialism. Centering on the “unremodable” Shanghai bourgeoisie and middle class, the book brilliantly discovers Chinese society’s persistent aspiration to bourgeois lifestyle and remarkable resistance to socialist ideology from the Mao era to the Xi era. Shanghai Mundane offers a new critical intervention into the studies of the paradox of Chinese socialism. Through the lens of contested state-society relations, the book challenges conventional China Studies by repositioning Shanghai as the key to decode the protracted ideological warfare between socialism and capitalism. Based on significant archival, ethnographic, and theoretical evidence unearthed from the distinct cases of Shanghai bourgeoisie and middle class, Lei Ping discovers the city’s persistent aspiration to bourgeois lifestyle and remarkable resistance to socialist ideology throughout the entire history of the People’s Republic of China. Ping argues that despite the socialist remolding of capitalist industry and commerce, the post-1949 Chinese state failed to eradicate bourgeois heritage in the domain of everyday life in the Mao era, Challenges Facing Chinese Political which ironically contributed to its controversial policy reversals in the post-Mao era, from Deng to Xi. What lies at the heart Development UK September 2025 • US September 2025 of the major intellectual conundrum, namely the survival and revival of bourgeois sentiments, is what Ping calls the 336 Pages • 14 b&w photos and 4 tables PB 9781666951400 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666951387 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216201496 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978763166 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
“unremodable Shanghai mundane.” This captivating and provocative account sheds new light on understanding the larger questions as to the crisis-ridden practices of Chinese socialism and the raison d'être of the Chinese Communist Party in the twenty-first century.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
25
ASIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Queer Literature in the Sinosphere Edited by Hongwei Bao, University of Nottingham, UK & Yahia Zhengtang Ma, University of Melbourne, Australia Queer Literature in the Sinosphere is the most up-to-date English-language study of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer (LGBTQ+) themed literature and culture in the Chinese-speaking world. From classical homoerotic texts to contemporary boys’ love fan fiction, this book showcases the richness and diversity of queer Chinese literature across the full spectrum of genres, styles, topics and cultural politics. The book features authors and literary works from mainland China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Singapore and the global Chinese diaspora. Featuring chapters by leading scholars from around the world, this book rewrites literature, history and culture from a queer lens in China and globally.
Queering China: Transnational Genders and Sexualities UK May 2026 • US May 2026 296 Pages HB 9781350415331 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350415379 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350415355 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350415348 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Feminist Activism in the Post-2010s Sinosphere
Identifying Issues, Sharing Knowledge, Building Movements Edited by Elisabeth L. Engebretsen, University of Stavanger, Norway & Jinyan Zeng, Lund University, Sweden Bringing together scholars and scholar-activists from a wide range of disciplines, this groundbreaking book delves into the diversity and vibrancy of feminist activism in Xi-era China. Feminist Activism in the Post-2010s Sinosphere examines a variety of urgent feminist issues in 21st-century China, including the #MeToo movement, online misogyny, feminism in popular media, and the experiences and rights of queer, trans and ethnic minority groups. The chapters explore shifting dynamics between state feminism, NGO and grassroots movements, the intersection of academia and intellectual discourse, the interplay of art and activism, the increasing reliance on digital media platforms, and the evolving (re)formations of transnational and diasporic alliances, alongside their creative strategic Queering China: Transnational Genders and Sexualities UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350419704 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350419742 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350419728 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350419711 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
practices. Drawing on timely research and situated knowledges, the contributors offer innovative and provocative perspectives, supported by nuanced conceptual frameworks and rich empirical data. What are the specific characteristics of feminist activism grounded in the Sinosphere and Chinese contexts today? How is violence analyzed through an intersectional lens, and how do feminist engagements respond to precarity in the context of a pandemic and authoritarian governance? This anthology is an insightful and stimulating read for anyone interested in intersectional feminist mobilizations, contemporary Sinophone and Chinese society and politics, and LGBTQ+ studies.
COLLECTIONS
The Identity and Emergence of K-pop Jimmyn Parc By analyzing the various factors contributing to K-pop’s unprecedented global rise, this book delves into key elements such as cultural hybridity, digital connectivity, and the role of fan engagement, while also interrogating the ways these factors have shaped K-pop's unique position within the global music industry. In addition to exploring K-pop's identity, the book addresses the often overlooked competitive landscape in which it has flourished, including a detailed analysis of K-pop’s strategic innovation and its ability to resonate across diverse cultural contexts. This book provides a thorough and compelling account of the multifaceted forces behind its international success. For readers seeking a deeper understanding of the true drivers behind K-pop’s global phenomenon, this work offers critical insights into its cultural, economic, and artistic dynamics. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 216 Pages • 5 b/w illustrations PB 9781666946154 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666946130 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765165010 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765160053 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
26
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ASIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
North Korea’s Nuclear Cinema
Simulation and Neoliberal Politics in the Two Koreas Elizabeth Shim North Korea’s Nuclear Cinema examines why and how North Korea has transitioned to an image-based nuclear power in the changing context of a post-Cold War world. What exactly is the North Korean nuclear threat? Why is North Korea engaging in hostilities when its erstwhile adversaries have offered a diplomatic exit ramp? Chapter by chapter, it explains how North Korea’s footage-based nuclear politics is presented as military practice, but ultimately traces its lineage to cinematic propaganda, a tradition that blurs the line between image and reality. By leveraging cinematic resources in place of physical military mobilization, North Korea continues to move international political actors with the mere suggestion of nuclear power. At a moment when North Korea is enhancing media UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages HB 9781350259485 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350259522 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350259508 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350259492 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
representation, this book dives into a timely exploration of how the regime is projecting state power as South Korean televisual media challenges the North Korean communist spectacle that has held a captive audience for decades.
COLLECTIONS
Challenges Facing Integration in Southeast Asia Reflections on ASEAN Community Initiatives
Edited by Ravichandran Moorthy, Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia The edited volume investigates the 'issues and challenges' of the ASEAN Community initiatives. This initiative is a regional integration project that began in 2015 and involves all ten ASEAN nations. Through this project, ASEAN leaders envision a region that is peaceful, stable, and resilient within a global community of nations. This volume contains a collection of eight papers written by Malaysian and Indonesian scholars working on various aspects of the ASEAN Community initiatives. The various chapters argue that, despite the novelty of these initiatives, there are many challenges facing the implementation of this regional integration project.
Modern Southeast Asia UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 5 b&w illus PB 9798216276135 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765150085 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765150108 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765150092 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Emerging Dynamics in Contemporary India–Malaysia Relations Edited by Ravichandran Moorthy, Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia & Sarjit S. Gill The primary goal of this book is to capture the many facets of Malaysia-India bilateral relations from both historical and contemporary perspectives. Relations between these countries are significant because they have shared ethnoreligious and sociocultural bonds through trade, conquest, and migration for centuries. Hindu-Buddhist traditions have dominated the Malay world through government structures, ideas and philosophy, religious pursuits, and civilizational influences before the arrival of Islam in the 15th century. In the post-colonial period, India and Malaya (later Malaysia) established diplomatic relations in 1957 against the backdrop of an unstable world characterized by colonial baggage, rampant poverty, and geopolitical instability. Notwithstanding this, relations between the two countries have remained relatively close over the last 65 years, owing to the dynamic people-to-people connections, mutual history, and strong trade ties. Although there were Modern Southeast Asia UK November 2025 • US November 2025 144 Pages • 3 tables; HB 9781666936988 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798216380214 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978780828 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666936995 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
several diplomatic spats between India and Malaysia, especially towards the end of Mahathir’s second administration, relations bounced back rather strongly due to strong trade interests. In this edited volume, the authors present and argue the dynamics in bilateral relations from the perspectives of contemporary economy and trade relations, people-to-people connection through tourism, security cooperation, ethnic identities, comparative religiosity, and revisiting the historical links between these countries.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
27
ASIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Ethnomedicinal Practices and Application of Traditional Medicinal Plants in Contemporary Indian Society Edited by Arun Makal & Gour Gopal Satpati Ethnomedicinal Practices and Application of Traditional Medicinal Plants in Contemporary Indian Society provides a significant contribution to the broad academic fields of ethnomedicine, environment, and sustainable development. It presents empirical studies, theoretical understandings of ethnobotanical knowledge, benefits of traditional medicinal plants, and ethnomedicinal values of various Indigenous communities across India in the context of the current healthcare system. This collection presents diverse applications of traditional medicinal plants by different groups of Indians, contributing a complete overview of folk therapeutic practices by selected contemporary Indian Indigenous communities (Onges, Tai, Andamanese, Nicobarese, Rabhas, and Limbu). This book is distinctive in its rich contents from experts who present diverse viewpoints on significant themes related to medicinal plants, concepts of health of Indigenous communities, and Critical Plant Studies
ethnomedicinal values in contemporary Indian society.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 528 Pages • 52 b/w PB 9798216390862 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666982077 • £80.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216254591 • £72.00 / $117.00 ePub 9781978771727 • £72.00 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Sport and the American Occupation of the Philippines Bats, Balls, and Bayonets Gerald R. Gems This interdisciplinary case study invokes historical, sociological, and anthropological means to examine the ascendance of the United States to a world power in its first imperial venture. In the aftermath of the Spanish-American War of 1898 the U.S. acquired and occupied the Philippine Islands for nearly a half century in an attempt to install a democratic form of government, a capitalist economy, the Protestant religion, and a particular value system. Sport became a primary means to achieve such goals, fostered initially by the military, and then widely promoted in the schools and the YMCA. Competitive programs, including international athletic spectacles, channeled Filipino nationalism against Asian rivals rather than the American occupiers as guerrilla warfare ensued in the islands. The strategies learned in the Philippines, now known as “soft power” remain prominent factors in current American foreign policy. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 210 Pages HB 9781498536653 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216396277 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216213796 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781498536660 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
A. H. Nasution and Indonesia's Elites
"People's Resistance" in the War of Independence and Postwar Politics Barry Turner This is an account of the military, political and personal life of Abdul Harus Nasution who was a seminal figure in modern Indonesian history in the years prior to his effective sidelining in the 1960s. He was an important commander during Indonesia’s struggle for independence, who rose to become a key leader of the Indonesian armed forces under the first president, Sukarno. Perhaps more significantly, he developed ideas about guerrilla warfare that developed into a sophisticated and socially conservative doctrine for the mobilising of civilian communities. This, in turn, became the underpinning of the repressive, military-backed New Order regime of Indonesia’s second president, Suharto, who ruled from 1966 until 1998, and which Nasution initially supported. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 294 Pages • 5 BW Photos, 1 Table HB 9781498560115 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9798216396284 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216294368 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781498560122 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
Understanding Nasution’s thinking about ‘total people’s resistance’ is therefore very important for understanding the broader trajectory of Indonesian political history. That includes both the New Order and the emerging democratic regime that developed after its collapse. As this book shows, Nasution’s legacy still looms large today in Jokowi’s Indonesia. The author’s thorough investigation of Nasution’s relationship with Sunarti and her father offers important new insights into how Nasution’s ideas evolved, as does the translations of important extracts from Nasution’s own voluminous writing included in the text.
28
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ASIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Malay Kingship in Kedah Religion, Trade, and Society Maziar Mozaffari Falarti The book probes and examines traditional sources of royal power and control, as well as indigenous socio-political systems in the Malay world. It is focused on the north-western Malaysian Sultanate of Kedah which is acknowledged as the oldest unbroken independent kingship line in the ‘Malay and Islamic world’ with 1,000 years of history. Little scholarly attention has been paid to its pre-modern history, society, religion, system of government and unique geographic situation, potentially controlling both land and sea lines of communication into the remainder of Southeast Asia. It will thus provide the first comprehensive treatment in English, or other languages, on Kedah’s pre-modern and nineteenth century historiography and can provide a foundation for comparative studies of the various Malay states which is presently lacking. The proposed book also sheds much needed light on a range of important topics in Malay history including: Kedah and the northern Melaka Straits history, colonial expansion and rivalry, Southeast Asian history and politics, interregional migration and the influence of the sea peoples or orang laut, traditional Malay socio-political and economic life, Islamic influences and the course of AsiaWorld UK December 2025 • US December 2025 252 Pages HB 9780739168424 • $128.00 PB 9798216396291 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216312079 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9780739168431 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
Thai-Malay relations. The book attempts to offer a new understanding, not only of Kedah, but of the political and cultural development of the entire Malay world and of its relationships with the broader forces in both its continental and maritime settings. It argues that Kedah does not seem to follow, and in fact, often seems to contradict what has been commonly been accepted as the “typical model” of the traditional Malay state. Thus it concludes that the ruling dynasty has historically exploited a wide range of unique environmental conditions, local traditions, global spiritual trends and economic forces to preserve and strengthen its political position.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
29
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT COLLECTIONS
Buy, Run, Build
A guide to Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition Charles Skinner ‘This book is fun to read, exciting to apply, and profitable to implement.’ Sir John Kay, economist Buying an established company – rather than creating a start-up from scratch – is an increasingly popular path to success for many entrepreneurs. So what’s stopping you? Let’s face it – starting a business is stressful, time-consuming and often ends in failure. Buying into an existing business (known as Entrepreneurship through acquisition or ETA) is becoming a popular alternative, and it’s not surprising. An UK January 2026 • US January 2026 208 Pages HB 9781399427128 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399427098 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9781399427104 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Business
existing business already has customers, suppliers and staff; from day one, you can make a positive impact on the company and the people you are working with, rather than risking everything on a new venture. Whether you are an MBA graduate, a successful corporate manager looking to strike out on your own, or someone who would rather run a business than work for one, Buy, Run, Build is your go-to guide on how to do ETA yourself, and contains all the tools you’ll need to embark on this new chapter of your life.
COLLECTIONS
Organize Your Business Like a Boss
An Entrepreneur's Six-Step System to Gaining More Time, Money, and Freedom Jane Stoller Use the power of organization to transform chaos into efficiency so you can run your business instead of letting it run you The entrepreneurial struggle is all too real for business owners who find themselves wearing multiplehats, strapped for time, and pulled away from the passion that drove them to start their business in the first place. Swapping the daily grind to work smarter, not harder, requires a shift in mindset and a new vision for business processes. In Organize Your Business Like a Boss: An Entrepreneur’s Six-Step System to Gaining More Time, Money, and Freedom, UK September 2025 • US September 2025 272 Pages • 15 BW Illustrations HB 9781538199251 • £19.99 / $27.95 ePDF 9798765154984 • £17.99 / $25.15 ePub 9781538199268 • £17.99 / $25.15 Bloomsbury Academic
author Jane Stoller helps readers eliminate hidden timewasters, streamline business processes, and organize their finances to gain control over their work and personal lives. Full of worksheets, templates, and actionable tips, this book allows entrepreneurs to come to grips with the current state of their business, taking it from a disorganized mess to a laser-focused operation without overwhelming levels of stress and the inevitable burnout that follows. While individuals and businesses are unique, the means for making positive change are not. This book’s six-step system will take every entrepreneur from chaos to efficiency, with the ultimate goal of enjoying more time for their passions and loved ones.
COLLECTIONS
Why Start-Ups Fail
Avoiding the traps on the path to commercial success Bernie Bulkin A shocking 90% of start-ups fail. Many of these failures are preventable, but you need to understand the causes and how to avoid them – both as an entrepreneur and an investor. From technology to the market, from leadership to money, there are numerous reasons why your start-up will fail. Bernie Bulkin – who has been at both sides of the investment table – guides you through the six major reasons why start-ups fail, and how to avoid them. Instead of accepting failure as inevitable, this book breaks down the main reasons why start-ups fail and how to turn them on UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages HB 9781399430227 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399430234 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9781399430210 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Business
30
UK, Europe, ROW
their head. Whether you’re a founder or an investor, if you’re going to put in the time, money, and effort to ensure a company succeeds, you should go in with your eyes open. Using real-life examples, and applying behavioural economics to venture decision-making, Why Start-Ups Fail spotlights what founders most often lack, and shares the who, how, and why of making a start-up succeed and avoiding the traps blocking your path to commercial success.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT
How to Change the World
How social entrepreneurs can go from initial ideas to global impact Jo Owen The world can be a challenging place. It is often tempting to say ‘why doesn’t someone do something about it?’ But why shouldn’t that ‘someone’ be you? You don’t have to be rich, powerful or a genius to make a profound and lasting difference to our world. All you need is an idea and the determination to make it happen. How to Change the World is the springboard to help you impact the world in the way you’ve always wanted. From finding the money, to identifying the best people with whom to join forces, Jo Owen will help you launch, develop and UK August 2025 • US August 2025 240 Pages HB 9781399424493 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399424516 • £17.50 / $24.50 ePub 9781399424509 • £17.50 / $24.50 Bloomsbury Business
scale an idea so that it has the most effective and meaningful social impact, and benefits as many people as possible. Jo Owen champions that anyone can turn an idea into something that can have a meaningful and lasting impact on people’s lives and can perform the miracle of creating something great out of nothing.
A Talent for Giving
Creating a more generous society that benefits everyone John Studzinski Reclaim your individual impact with ‘entrepreneurial giving’. It's time to democratize generosity and impact so YOU can make a difference. Philanthropy isn’t just about wealth - it’s about creativity, passion, and using your unique talents to contribute to what you believe in. Visionary investor and humanitarian John Studzinski challenges the traditional notion that philanthropy is reserved for the ultra-rich, revealing how anyone, regardless of financial means, can become a force for change. This groundbreaking book introduces entrepreneurial giving - a hands-on approach to philanthropy that harnesses skills, UK November 2025 • US November 2025 208 Pages PB 9781399428361 • £10.99 / $14.95 HB 9781399418799 • £16.99 / $26.00 ePDF 9781399418782 • £11.89 / $18.20 ePub 9781399418805 • £11.89 / $18.20 Bloomsbury Business
expertise, and resources. Through thought-provoking insights, A Talent for Giving offers a powerful new roadmap for impact. More than a guide, this book is a call to action. Whether you're an executive, an artist, a teacher, or an activist, your talents have the power to transform lives. The future of giving isn’t about writing cheques - it’s about reimagining what’s possible. And it all starts with you.
Sacred Business
Nine principles to transform yourself, redesign business & impact the world Nikki Trott ‘A must-read for every leader who dares to create real impact.’ Jayn Sterland, Managing Director of Weleda UK ‘A masterclass in harnessing personal growth and life-affirming strategies.’ Riccardo Bellini, Managing Director of Mayhoola for Investments, formerly CEO of Chloé ‘A must read for any changemaker. In this very decisive decade, Nikki offers a powerful lens for leading with consciousness.’ Isabelle Grosmaitre, CEO & Founder of Goodness & Co UK September 2025 • US September 2025 320 Pages HB 9781399423274 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399423243 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9781399423267 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Business
Are you ready to redefine success and build a business that thrives in harmony with life? Whether you want to create a thriving business with purpose, attract aligned opportunities, flourish financially and ethically or create lasting impact while staying true to yourself, Sacred Business will show you exactly how to get there – transforming yourself and your business in the process.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
31
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT COLLECTIONS
Cannabis Careers
The Insider's Guide to a Budding Industry Rob Mejia Cannabis Careers: The Insider's Guide to a Budding Industry is a comprehensive resource for individuals interested in entering the rapidly growing cannabis industry. This book provides an accessible introduction to key cannabis topics, including history and culture, to equip readers with essential knowledge. The cannabis industry is expanding rapidly in the U.S., with medical cannabis legal in 38 states and adult-use cannabis in 24 states. Public support for legalization is at an all-time high, and national legalization appears imminent. This burgeoning industry has already created over 400,000 full-time jobs, with projections valuing the industry at $72 billion by 2030. Cannabis Careers is structured around five vital touchpoints: Cannabis Basics: Essential terms, definitions, and history UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages • 4 BW Photos, 7 Tables HB 9781538196533 • £30.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798881865733 • £27.00 / $31.50 ePub 9781538196540 • £27.00 / $31.50 Rowman & Littlefield
provide a foundation for understanding the industry; State of the Union: Coverage of the cannabis and hemp industries, the legalization movement, and future prospects. Career Pivot: Guidance on leveraging current skills to transition into the cannabis industry, including researching and finding job opportunities. Employment Opportunities: An exploration of various careers, both plant-touching (e.g., budtenders, growers) and ancillary (e.g., marketing, legal services), with insights from industry leaders. Career Resources: Practical tools including sample job descriptions, job search websites, resume and cover letter samples, and interview tips.
COLLECTIONS
The Pricing Sprint
12 Steps to Unlock the Power of Pricing Jenny Millar & Ann Padley Have you ever felt that your business is leaving money on the table? Discounting under pressure, hesitant to raise prices, or struggling to articulate your value? If so, you’re not alone. Jenny Millar and Ann Padley have seen companies lose out on millions. Not because their product is wrong or their costs are too high, but because they’ve misjudged something far more complex: what people value. In 12 actionable steps, The Pricing Sprint transforms pricing from a ‘guessing game’ and a ‘black box’ into a collaborative and inspiring conversation UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages HB 9781399430807 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399430814 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9781399430838 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Business
about value and growth; it fuels a repeatable, evidence-driven process to design, test, and optimize pricing. Packed with practical tools and case studies, you’ll discover a new approach to pricing that’s as grounded in human behaviour as it is in commercial insight. The result? Pricing strategies that are customer-focused, market-aligned, and designed for growth – and a team that is engaged and ready to implement them.
COLLECTIONS
For the World’s Profit
How Business Can Support Sustainable Development Edited by Homi Kharas, Koji Makino, John W. McArthur & Jane Nelson This edited volume brings together a remarkable array of distinguished corporate, investor, government, academic, and nonprofit perspectives to consider how the targeted pursuit of business profits can better add up to the world's profit, broadly defined. Chapter authors tackle such questions as how businesses can work more effectively with governments, financial institutions, and civil society to mitigate their own enterprise risk alongside risks to people and planet; how private resources, innovation, and networks can be mobilized to create value in solving major social and environmental challenges; and what types of accountability structures are needed to set boundaries, provide oversight, and create positive incentives for business UK July 2025 • US July 2025 304 Pages HB 9780815741015 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9780815741022 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780815741039 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780815741046 • £19.79 / $26.95 Brookings Institution Press
32
UK, Europe, ROW
performance. Their perspectives offer insights into how sustainability can be introduced into business practices, finance, and policymaking in a way that expands market opportunities and accelerates progress towards global sustainable development.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 4TH EDITION
Safety Metrics
Tools and Techniques for Measuring Safety Performance Dr. Christopher A. Janicak This completely updated and practical guide will help you evaluate your company’s current safety and health processes and make fact-based decisions that continually improve overall performance. Written for professionals with limited exposure to statistics and safety-performance-measurement strategies, Safety Metrics: Tools and Techniques for Measuring Safety Performance shows you how to assess trends, inconsistencies, data, safety climates, work with data, and help with training in your workplace so you can identify areas that need corrective actions before an accident or injury occurs. Safety Metrics: Tools and Techniques for Measuring Safety provides the reader with a framework for developing and implementing a safety performance measurement program in the workplace. From defining performance goals and UK August 2025 • US August 2025 240 Pages HB 9798892050753 • £96.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765154854 • £86.40 / $117.00 ePub 9798892050760 • £86.40 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
objectives to establishing ways to quantify and measure performance, this book is designed for working professionals who are responsible for demonstrating the effectiveness of a safety program. Beyond the techniques for developing the program, this book presents content on commonly used methods for tracking safety performance based upon the potential loss perils including injured employees, liability losses, and property losses to name a few. Statistical analysis and data presentation methods are included as strategies that can be used to demonstrate the effectiveness of the organization’s safety performance.
Resurgent
How established organizations can fight back and thrive in an age of digital transformation Julian Birkinshaw & John Fallon A practical handbook examining how established businesses can use their unique advantages to fight back and win in a digital arena too often dominated by tech start-ups, disruptors and unicorns. The big tech companies (Alphabet, Amazon, Apple, Meta, Microsoft) have had an enormous impact on our everyday lives. A new wave of start-ups in the tech sector has dominated the press and swallowed up huge amounts of investment. But what about those established companies in the traditional parts of the world’s economies, from energy, industrial and consumer goods to travel and health? They rarely got a mention. Everyone was talking about the disrupters – the start-ups and the UK October 2025 • US October 2025 240 Pages HB 9781399422017 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399422031 • £17.50 / $24.50 ePub 9781399422000 • £17.50 / $24.50 Bloomsbury Business
entrepreneurs – and not about the incumbents. This book is a call for a reality check. For at the core of our established companies are capabilities and qualities that remain highly relevant in the digital age. They are often market leaders for very good reasons – they know their customers and markets well, and they have great product, sales and marketing expertise. They are operationally savvy and financially strong, with deep insights into areas of expertise that no one else has, giving them a unique advantage.
2ND EDITION
How to Fund the Life You Want
What everyone needs to know about savings, pensions and investments (Second Edition) Robin Powell & Jonathan Hollow *WINNER OF THE WORK & LIFE BUSINESS BOOK AWARD 2023* An accessible guide to personal finance that busts myths, clarifies jargon and provides the best options for building your wealth - updated with the newest tax and pension guidelines. Increasingly more people are reassessing their lives as a result of the pandemic, with many resolving to work only as long as they must - retiring early to focus on families and friends, hobbies or travel. Making the most of these choices requires having and growing enough money to enjoy your future life, without needing to worry about it running out. UK May 2026 • 288 Pages PB 9781399427906 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781399427913 • £13.59 / $18.36 ePub 9781399427890 • £13.59 / $18.36 Bloomsbury Business
This book is designed to provide clear, objective guidance that cuts through the jargon, giving you control over your financial future. The authors strip away the marketing-speak, and through simple graphs, charts and diagrams, provide an evidencebased money manual that you can use again and again. They also alert you to myths and get-rich-quick schemes everyone should avoid. It’s a highly practical and refreshingly honest book, written by two independent experts who have seen how the investment industry works from the inside, and how it profits from complexity, ignorance and fear.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
33
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT
Smart Careers
How to turn a mid-career crisis into a rewarding work life Jess Annison Mid-career crises are on the rise. It’s no wonder: working lives are getting longer, 'jobs for life' are a thing of the past, and there’s more opportunity than ever before to change role, companies or careers. As a result, more people are questioning whether their work is truly serving them – in emotional, spiritual, and practical terms.
Yet mid-career crises can also become the springboard to finding greater meaningfulness at work, resulting in huge psychological and performance benefits. In Smart Careers, Jess Annison shows you how to craft your career by designing and sustaining a work life that is deeply satisfying and fulfilling. UK November 2025 • US November 2025 176 Pages PB 9781399428378 • £14.99 PB 9781399425728 • £14.99 / $19.00 ePDF 9781399425711 • £11.99 / $15.20 ePub 9781399425698 • £11.99 / $15.20 Bloomsbury Business
Blending real stories, science, and exercises to provide an accessible, hands-on guide, the book deals with the deepest questions of meaning and purpose, and how they impact both what we do and how we work. Once you understand your personal sources of meaning at work, you can make changes that boost and amplify those experiences, from small day-today tweaks to a complete career change, and everything in between. Importantly, these adjustments are unique to you and dynamic over time.
Governing the Machine
How to navigate the risks of AI and unlock its true potential Ray Eitel-Porter, Paul Dongha & Miriam Vogel ChatGPT gained 100 million active users just two months after launch and has been described as the “fastest-growing consumer application in history” [UBS]. In comparison, TikTok took nine months to reach 100 million users and Instagram took around 2.5 years. This increased awareness has been the centre of headlines, stirring panic surrounding the dangers of AI, such as: disinformation, job losses, and widening the digital and wealth divide. But how can businesses actually use AI safely and ethically, and to its full potential? Despite AI’s transformative potential for people and their organizations, public trust in AI is low. If companies wish to take full advantage of AI within their business, they must adopt and communicate a responsible approach to AI in order to build UK October 2025 • US October 2025 384 Pages HB 9781399426299 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781399426268 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9781399426275 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Business
consumer, employee and stakeholder confidence. In Machines We Trust provides business leaders with practical steps to ensure that AI is created and used responsibly, minimizing the potential harm to people, society or the environment. Governing the Machine provides a practical guide for business leaders on implementing an effective AI compliance program, addressing the gap left by existing literature that often overlooks practical applications in favour of more theoretical discussions.
34
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CLASSICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Aeschylus, Character, and the Yoke of Necessity Mark Ringer Aeschylus, Character, and the Yoke of Necessity considers the works of Aeschylus in the context of the playwright’s handling of dramatic character and the conflict between freedom and compulsion. Aeschylus was an Athenian citizen during the first generation of that polis’s democratic system. As such, he and his contemporaries were encountering a kind of free agency unknown before in history. Aeschylus presents the archetype of the “tragedy of character” that will resonate throughout world literature. It is a fascinating and essential component to the conception of his drama that his protagonists each of the six plays find ways of escaping freedom in exchange for a self-imposed spiritual bondage. They “slip [their] necks into the yoke of necessity,” to borrow a pivotal line from the Agamemnon. Caught between their individual motives and the unavoidable necessity of their situation, each protagonist handles this conflict in a way that defines the specificity of their character and results in the development of the plot. This book also explores the frequently dominant position of the Aeschylean chorus. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 224 Pages PB 9781666939101 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666939088 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216201298 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978767942 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Aristophanes: Women in the Assembly Erin K. Moodie, Purdue University, USA This is the first book for a general audience about Women in the Assembly (Ekklesiazousai), whose central themes – gender, politics, theatre – still resonate today. Fed up with Athens’ political dysfunction and involvement in yet another war against Sparta, the women of the city don ridiculous disguises and vote themselves into power. Under female leadership Athenian society is completely reorganized when both private property and marriage are abolished. What happens when a few citizens are slow to embrace the changes? Whose side was the audience on? The Athens that these women create has been interpreted in both utopian and near-dystopian terms, but Moodie argues that Aristophanes does indeed depict a utopia where everyone’s needs can be met. Bloomsbury Ancient Comedy Companions UK June 2026 • US June 2026 200 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350378247 • £19.99 / $26.95 HB 9781350378209 • £70.00 / $95.00 ePDF 9781350378216 • £63.00 / $85.50 ePub 9781350378223 • £63.00 / $85.50 Bloomsbury Academic
With new analysis of pottery and figurines depicting Old Comedy, coupled with a thorough exploration of Aristophanes’ metatheatrical plot and its relation to his earlier fantastic comedies, Moodie reveals how the comic poet promotes the ideas of his female reformers and blunts the complaints of their critics as he urges collective action for the good of the city.
COLLECTIONS
Lost Plays of Old Comedy Matthew C. Farmer, Haverford College, USA This is the first accessible volume exploring and analysing evidence for Greek Old Comedy through what remains only in the form of fragments of plays. Hundreds of comedies were written and performed in Athens during this period (roughly 486-386 BCE), but only eleven survive intact from this era; all eleven are by the same author, Aristophanes. We are fortunate, however, to possess a substantial trove of evidence about the many other plays written before and during Aristophanes’ career, in the form of what we call fragments: excerpts, summaries, and quotations preserved in later Greek authors, as well as scraps harvested from the Greek papyri of Egypt. These materials are difficult to read, but can wonderfully enrich our sense of what was possible on the Greek comic stage.
Bloomsbury Ancient Comedy Companions UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages PB 9781350378919 • £24.99 / $34.95 HB 9781350378926 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9781350378933 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781350378940 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
This book introduces readers to the nature of comic fragments, equipping them with methodological and interpretive tools to engage with this challenging but exciting material. It then presents a survey of important fragments in two parts: in part one, it reconstructs a set of three plays where the surviving material is sufficient to give us a broad sense of the plays’ content and staging; in part two, it charts a path beyond play-reconstruction by grouping fragments around key themes to build up a picture of the world created by the shared labour of the lost poets of Greek comedy.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
35
CLASSICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Classical Reception and Impact of Wonder Woman in Comics and Film Edited by Amanda Potter, University of Liverpool, UK, Natalie J. Swain, Acadia University, Canada & Connie Skibinski, University of Newcastle, Australia Employing a wide range of scholarly approaches, such as reception studies, feminist studies, racial studies and posthumanism studies, this volume examines the classical influence on the character of Wonder Woman. In particular, the contributors look at the cultural phenomenon of this female superhero across comic books and film. The result is an in-depth study that examines the influence ancient Greek mythology has on popular culture and, reversely, how modern media shapes contemporary views of the ancient Mediterranean world. Introduced to the world via Sensation Comics in 1941, Wonder Woman remains one of the most identifiable superheroes today, and her narratives that frequently involve love, inclusion and empathy continue to speak to readers and viewers
IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in around the world. Engaging with her long and complex history, the chapters examine the history of this influential character the Visual and Performing Arts and her associates, alongside her relevance within the field of classical reception, and her gender identity. As such, this book
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages • 30 bw illus PB 9781350439405 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350439368 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350439375 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350439382 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
presents Wonder Woman as the complex heroine that she is, and one who has both influenced and been influenced by our understanding of the ancient world.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Playful Classics
Classical Reception as a Creative Process Edited by Juliette Harrisson, Newman University, UK, Martin Lindner, University of Göttingen, Germany & Luis Unceta Gómez, Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain This is the first book to deal exclusively with ludic interactions with classical antiquity – an understudied research area within classical reception studies – that can shed light on current processes of construction and appropriation of the Greco-Roman world. Classical antiquity has, for many years, been sold as a product and consumed in a wide variety of forms of entertainment. As a result, games, playing and playful experiences are a privileged space for the reception of antiquity. Through the medium of games, players, performers and audiences are put into direct contact with the classical past, and encouraged to experience it in a participative, creative and subjective fashion. IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in The chapters in this volume, written by scholars and practitioners, cover a variety of topics and cultural artefacts including the Visual and Performing Arts toys, board games and video games, as well as immersive experiences such as museums, theme parks and toga parties. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 54 bw illus HB 9781350418622 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350418660 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350418639 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350418646 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The contributors tackle contemporary ludic practices and several papers establish a dialogue between artists and scholars, contrasting and harmonising their different approaches to the role of playfulness. Other chapters explore the educational potential of these manifestations, or their mediating role in shaping our conceptions of ancient Greece and Rome. Altogether, this edited collection is the first to offer a comprehensive overview of the ways we can play with antiquity.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Wole Soyinka
Tragic Classicism Adam Lecznar, University College London, UK This book presents a new way of looking at Wole Soyinka’s engagement with the classical past. Nigerian author and activist Wole Soyinka was the first Black African author to win the Nobel Prize for Literature (1986), and his oeuvre has become seminal to postcolonial literature. The frequent references to Greece and Rome that appear across Soyinka’s writings, most explicitly in his 1973 play The Bacchae of Euripides: A Communion Rite, have often received short shrift in scholarship on the author. At best, these references have been understood as elements of Soyinka’s prodigiously inclusive humanism. At worst, Soyinka’s critics argue that the invocations of a Graeco-Roman past testify to the neocolonial cultural affinities that make Soyinka a problematic figure in postcolonial literary history. Classical Receptions in TwentiethCentury Writing UK April 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages HB 9781350249042 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350249080 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350249059 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350249066 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
36
UK, Europe, ROW
Adam Lecznar challenges these readings, arguing that Soyinka’s authorial outlook is informed by a hybrid form of classicism in which he aligns the legacy of Greece and Rome with the African cultural heritage to form a narrative of literary and cultural value that looks beyond the ancient Mediterranean. This book turns a spotlight on how Soyinka's appeals to Greece and Rome inform his reflections on Africa’s ancient past, Yoruba belief, and the modern significance of tragedy. Lecznar contends that Soyinka’s notion of classicism is not solely dependent on the memory of the Graeco-Roman past. Rather, it draws innovatively on a global cultural heritage to advance revolutionary and futural narratives of history and identity.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CLASSICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Persephone Myth in Young Adult Fiction From Girl to Woman
Cristina Salcedo González, Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain Investigating the widespread but understudied presence of the Persephone myth within 21st-century young adult literature, Cristina Salcedo González analyses six young adult novels which incorporate a reworking of this ancient Greek myth. Through the identification of mythic themes (‘mythemes’) and patterns within these novels, González shows that these works evoke the female life cycle and develop current perceptions of the female maturational experience. As a result, Salcedo González makes an important contribution in establishing the cultural significance of young adult literature in the world of classical reception. These novels, all written by women, also inflect or interpret the myth in ways influenced by their contemporary contexts, specifically the impact of the novels’ target readership on the aspects of the myth that are either emphasised (e.g. Persephone’s descent into the underworld; her existence there; and her re-ascent) or de-emphasised (e.g. Bloomsbury Studies in Classical Reception UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350401198 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350401235 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350401204 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350401211 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the mourning and wanderings of Demeter). This book makes original methodological contributions – through its innovative dual perspective of myth criticism and classical reception – to our understanding of the academically neglected genre of young adult literature and the reception of the myth of Persephone. As a result, Salcedo González significantly contributes to establishing the cultural significance of young adult literature within the realm of classical reception.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Leading Rome from a Distance, 300 BCE–37 CE Asserting Autocracy through Absence
Ralph Lange, Independent Scholar, Luxembourg Roman political leaders used distance from Rome as a key political tool to assert pre-eminence. Through the case studies of Caesar’s hegemony, Augustus’s autocracy, and Tiberius’s reign, this book examines how these figures’ experiences and manipulations of absence established a multipolar focus of political life centred less on the city of Rome, and more on the idea of a single leader. The Roman expansion over Italy and the Mediterranean put the political system under considerable stress, and eventually resulted in a dispersal of leadership and a decentralization of power. Absent generals rivalled their peers in Rome for UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350325401 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350325449 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350325418 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350325425 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
influence and threatened to surpass them from the provinces. Roman leaders, from Sulla to Tiberius, used absence as a mechanism to act autonomously, but it came at the cost of losing influence and control at the centre. In order to hold influence while being split off from the decision-making powers of the geographical nucleus that was Rome, communication channels to mitigate necessary absences were developed during this period, such as travel, intermediate meetings, letters (propaganda writings) and a complex network of mediators, ultimately forming the circle from which the imperial court emerged. Absent leadership, as it developed throughout the Late Republic, a hitherto neglected issue, eventually became a valuable asset in the institutionalising process of the autocracy of Caesar, Augustus, and Tiberius.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Politics of Language
Foreign Nativeness and Identity in the Roman Empire Eleni Bozia Examining the identity and belonging of native and non-native speakers of Greek during the time of the High Roman Empire, Eleni Bozia closely studies grammarians, lexicographers and literary writers who used Attic Greek. Bozia argues that transculturalism and translingualism created a new space for both the naturalised and native citizenry. In the act of imitating, emulating and recreating Attic Greek, speakers formed a socio-politically distinct and nuanced mode of expression in the social echelons of the Roman world. Additionally, this is the first book to explore Greek and Latin texts from both a philological and a computational linguistics UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 29 bw illus HB 9781350430273 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350430327 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350430297 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350430303 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
perspective. The result is a consideration of how imitation and innovation affect the social positioning of native and bilingual speakers. As such, this combined reading of data derived from classical studies in conjunction with computational linguistics, offers the context of how to serve a new interpretation of our understanding and appreciation of identity.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
37
CLASSICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Cleophilus’ De coetu poetarum and Iustus Lipsius’ Somnium Dreaming of the Literary Tradition
Edited by Gesine Manuwald, University College London, UK & Cédric Scheidegger Laemmle, University of Basel, Switzerland Providing the first edited text, translation and commentary of two Renaissance dream-narrative satires, this edition sheds light on the period's literary history and reception of classical texts. Cleophilus' De coetu poetarum(first printed 1483–1485) and Iustus Lipsius' Somnium (first printed 1581) are both framed as dreams in which their authors encounter ancient authors and compare ancient literary works to the deplorable state of literature in their own times. They belong to a tradition of reflections on the characteristics of literature and the value attached to it over time, while also themselves imitating ancient poetic structures. Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Lipsius' Somnium, written in a mixture of prose and verse that characterises the so-called Menippean satire, has attracted Modern Texts and Anthologies much scholarly attention as a central text in the tradition of satirical dream narratives that held sway in Humanist circles from
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 5 bw illus PB 9781350468733 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350468740 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350468757 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350468764 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the late sixteenth century onwards. By contrast, Cleophilus' elegiac poem has failed to make its mark in scholarship even though it was an important forerunner of this tradition and enjoyed widespread popularity at the time, contributing, among other things, to the impact of Dante’s Divine Comedy on Neo-Latin literature.
COLLECTIONS
The Latin Poems of Christian Wedsted A Moravian in 18th-Century Pennsylvania
Aaron Palmore, Loyola University Maryland, USA On June 13, 1753 the Irene set sail from London to New York. One of her passengers was Christian Wedsted, a Moravian missionary headed to his post in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. While many travelers would chronicle their transatlantic journeys, Wedsted chose to recount his in 200 lines of Latin poetry, imitating the preferred form of the ancient Roman poet Ovid. This poem is one of about forty-five Latin poems that Wedsted composed in Germany, England, and Pennsylvania, all of which are presented here together for the first time alongside translations into English. A critical introduction and commentary provide historical, literary, and religious context for Wedsted’s poetry, across an oeuvre containing birthday poems, impassioned religious verses, and personal anecdotes about life in colonial Pennsylvania. At around 1,200 lines, the Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early poems make up one of the largest extant collections of 18th-century Latin poetry from the Americas. Modern Texts and Anthologies UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages PB 9781350261457 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350261440 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350261464 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350261471 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Moravian piety is central to Wedsted’s identity, and he exchanges poems with important Moravian personalities, weaving together classical material and Christian material to create an original and unique project in colonial America. Many of the poems are experiments in genre that put ancient models and meters to work in new contexts. Half of the poems were written after his arrival in America, and as such they offer a rare window into life on the colonial frontier.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Latin Poetry of Thomas Gray
Edited with Introduction, Translation and Commentary Estelle Haan, Queen's University Belfast, UK In the first full-scale edition of Thomas Gray’s Latin poetry, the Latin text and facing English translation are complemented by a detailed introduction and comprehensive commentary that situate Gray’s Latin verse in relation to his vernacular poetry, epistolary correspondence, and, especially, his appropriation of classical and Neo-Latin literature. This book also traces hitherto unlocated manuscripts of several of his Latin poems, and includes an editio princeps of recently discovered Latin verses pertaining to his Neapolitan sojourn. Gray’s Latin poetry presents an illuminating portrait of the artist as a young man, mapping his growth and development from his Etonian days to his undergraduate years at Cambridge University, to his continental journey and his return to England. Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Impressively eclectic in its scope and tone, it ranges from experimental renderings of English, Greek and Italian verse to Modern Texts and Anthologies more strikingly original pieces, including poetic reinterpretations of Alexander Pope’s Essay on Man and John Locke’s An UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages HB 9781350419872 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350422322 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350419889 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350419896 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
38
UK, Europe, ROW
Essay Concerning Humane Understanding. Gray looks back to a classical past, offering imaginative re-readings of Lucretius, Virgil and Horace. At the same time, his Latin verse is firmly rooted in a postclassical world. At its heart is the theme of presences, whether sacred, imagined, absent or remembered, conveyed with a linguistic ingenuity that facilitates the encoding of homoeroticism in a Neo-Latin language of sensibility.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CLASSICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Conversing with Chaos in Graeco-Roman Antiquity
Writing and Reading Environmental Disorder in Ancient Texts Edited by Esther Eidinow, University of Bristol, UK & Christopher Schliephake, Augsburg University, Germany How did ancient Greeks and Romans perceive their environments: did they see order or chaos, chance or control? And how do their views compare to modern perceptions? Conversing with Chaos in Graeco-Roman Antiquity challenges prevailing ideas that ancient perceptions of the non-human world rested on a profound belief in universal order, and that the cosmos was harmonious and under human control. Engaging with the concept of chaos in both its ancient and modern meanings, and focusing on the ancient Mediterranean and Near East, this book reveals another sense of environmental awareness, one that paid equal attention to chance and chaos, and the sometimes-fatal consequences of human interventions in nature. Bringing together a team of international scholars, the volume investigates the experience of the interaction of humans with Ancient Environments
the environment, as reflected in ancient evidence from myths and philosophical treatises, to epigraphic evidence and
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages HB 9781350344198 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350344235 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350344204 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350344211 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
archaeological remains. The contributors consider the role of the human in the formation of perspectives about the natural world and explore themes of agency, affordances, ecophobia, gender and temporality. Overall, the volume reveals how, in ancient imaginations, environments were perceived as living entities with their own agency, and respondent (or even vulnerable) to human actions and decision-making. It highlights how modern insights can enrich our understanding of the past, and demonstrates the increasing relevance of ancient historical research for reflecting on current relations to the natural world.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
New Perspectives on the Hellenistic Peloponnese History, Politics and Material Culture
Edited by Manolis Pagkalos, Zhejiang A&F University, China & Andrea Scarpato, De Montfort University, UK This volume fills a gap in current research on the Hellenistic Peloponnese, complementing and challenging traditional interpretations by adopting new perspectives on its complex social and political history. The resurgence of interest in the Hellenistic period brings the Peloponnese to the front in response to emerging trends in research. By examining aspects of the region's interstate relations, contemporary politics, and modes of representation, this volume explores current research on the region, creating a much more well-rounded picture of the Hellenistic Peloponnese and a rich basis for invigorating scholarly debate and inspiring further research. The chapters adopt interdisciplinary approaches, analysing a wide array of ancient evidence and material culture. As a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages • 26 bw illus HB 9781350228900 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350228917 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350228924 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350228931 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
result, the volume offers a renewed understanding of how socio-political transformations unfolded within the region. The contributors illuminate critical agents of the period, their interactions, material evidence, and political history both in and beyond the Peloponnese: from the Macedonian influence over the region since the 3rd century BCE and the rise of the Achaian Koinon to strategies of identity construction and memory politics wielded by local elites, and their manifestation in the material evidence. This volume will be a crucial reference point for graduate students and scholars interested in the region.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Revenge, Punishment and Anger in Ancient Greek Justice Joe Whitchurch, Independent Scholar Anger was the engine of justice in the ancient Greek world. It drove quests for vengeance which resulted in a variety of consequences, often harmful not only for the relevant actors but also for the wider communities in which they lived. From as early as the seventh century BCE, Greek communities had developed more or less formal means of imposing restrictions on this behaviour in the form of courts. However, this did not necessarily mean a less angry or vengeful society so much as one where anger and revenge were subject to public sanction and sometimes put to public use. By the fifth and fourth centuries, the Athenian polis had developed a considerably more sophisticated system for the administration of justice, encompassing a variety of laws, courts, and procedures. In essence, the justice it meted out was UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350451544 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350451582 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350451551 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350451568 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
built on the same emotional foundations as that seen in Homer. Jurors gave licence to or restrained the anger of plaintiffs in private cases, and they punished according to the anger they themselves felt in public ones. The growing state in ancient Greek poleis did not bring about a transition away from angry private revenge to emotionless public punishment. Rather, anger came increasingly to move into the public sphere, the emotional driver of an early state that defended its community, and even itself, through its vengeful acts of punishment.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
39
CLASSICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Dynamics of Paratextuality in Late Antique Literature Stumbling Texts
Edited by Christian Guerra, University of Basel, Switzerland, Markus Kersten, University of Basel, Switzerland & AnnKathrin Stähle, University of Basel, Switzerland Through an examination of paratextuality in late antique literature, this collection of essays reconsiders the importance of the written material that appears in the margins of ancient poetic texts. Paratexts such as headings, prefaces, letters et al. have largely been skimmed over or completely disregarded in favour of the main ancient work. However, there is now a new wave of scholarship that takes into consideration the reading of books in line with the different ‘margins’, or ‘frames’, and the structures (de-)constructed by them. A salient feature of late antique poetry is the presence of the paratextual. For example, the prefaces of Ausonius, Claudian, Avianus, Sidonius Apollinaris, and Venantius Fortunatus are studied in their own right by the contributors, who present new sera tela: Studies in Late Antique Literature and Its Reception UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages HB 9781350434882 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350434912 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350434875 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350434899 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
40
UK, Europe, ROW
understandings and interpretations of the aims of these late antique writers. In keeping with its subject matter, this volume presents a multitude of approaches intended not only to look at, but rather to read and take seriously the paratextual material. The result is a reframing of our appreciation of the marginal matter, which has up until this point been overlooked.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
3RD EDITION
Strategic Copywriting
How to Create Effective Advertising Edd Applegate, Middle Tennessee State University, USA When it comes to attracting consumers through advertising, which words, phrases, and techniques are most effective? Strategic Copywriting, a detailed how-to guide, introduces students to time-tested strategies for writing and designing successful ads. In this third edition, Edd Applegate explains core principles that have guided advertising for decades and introduces how to identify target markets and employ tests before and after an ad runs. The book discusses the impact of artificial intelligence and the numerous AI tools being used by advertising agencies. It also addresses corporate advertising and public relations, especially the various communications tools, such as news or press releases. Throughout, students learn the principles and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 336 Pages • 28 bw illus HB 9798881806767 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881806774 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881867638 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881806781 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
processes of producing creative advertising for different media, including the internet, social media, television, radio, magazine, newspaper, and outdoor. Real advertisements from agencies of all sizes across the United States illustrate what works—or doesn’t—and why.
5TH EDITION
BOR
Social Media
How to Engage, Share, and Connect Regina M. Luttrell, Syracuse University, USA Reflecting the latest technological innovations and challenges of the social media landscape, the fifth edition of Social Media: How to Engage, Share, and Connect helps students build success in integrated PR practice. Regina Luttrell presents a thorough history of social media and pioneers of the field within chapters on specific subjects such as content-sharing, crisis communication, ethics, “sticky” social media, and strategic campaigns. This book will become your go-to reference guide for all things social media–related as it applies to public relations and the everyday duties of PR professionals. New features of the fifth edition include: UK August 2025 • US August 2025 336 Pages • 44 bw illus HB 9781538186725 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538167120 • £22.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765154892 • £20.69 / $34.20 ePub 9781538167137 • £20.69 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
· Chapter 4: Generative AI covers the technology’s uses and implications for strategic communication · Chapter 7: Storytelling in Social Media emphasizes the art of crafting narratives that resonate with audiences · Sticky Social Media boxes apply chapter concepts to real brand cases · ROSTIR (Research, Objectives, Strategy, Tactics, Implementation, Reporting) Campaigns in Action boxes feature case studies of strategic, integrated PR, social media, and digital campaigns · Storytelling: Communicate, Captivate, Connect boxes provide insight into how storytelling enhances communication strategies
COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Ethics in the Digital Domain Robert S. Fortner, University of Illinois, USA Fortner’s introduction to media ethics challenges students to confront the impact of the digital world on their lives. Ethics in the Digital Domain addresses the principal ethical issues created or enhanced by life increasingly conducted in digital environments. Chapters discuss social media, the construction and maintenance of identity, the incursion of robots into the workplace and their replacement of work, the increasing reliance on artificial intelligence and the likely future of its implementation, the arrival of alternative realities, such as virtual and augmented reality, even reality after death. Fortner explores what constitutes truth in what many consider a post-truth world, and the implications of our new digital age for the maintenance and conduct of democracy. This book raises significant questions about how the digital age may change our conception of our selves, our friendships UK September 2025 • US September 2025 360 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9798881803391 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881803407 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765165140 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881803414 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
and marriage opportunities, our conception of the value and concept of work and career, along with the necessity of navigating through both physical and digital (or artificial) life quickly becoming dominant in the human experience. The second edition includes expanded treatments of truth, politics, identity construction and maintenance, and social change resulting from our increasing existence within digital realities.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
41
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
3RD EDITION
Media from Chaos to Clarity and Back Again Judy Ungar Franks, Northwestern University, USA An essential guide to how today's media ecosystems work and why they matter. Exploring the evolution of media from the analog to the digital world, this book applies established theory and time-tested frameworks such as the Five Global Truths and the 3Cs (Consumers, Content, and Channels) to help readers make sense of today’s turbulent media landscape. The digital media landscape is more complex than ever, with platforms becoming dominant gatekeepers, audience attention increasingly fragmenting, and business models under stress. Judy Ungar Franks unpacks these issues and challenges readers to consider whether the industry will regain clarity or fall into deeper chaos. The third edition features new sections on the business of media and on future media transformations from individualized UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages • 13 bw illus HB 9798216367383 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216367376 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216351436 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216351429 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
chaos to consolidated clarity. In a world where such clarity is fleeting, this book empowers readers to cut through the noise and anticipate what comes next. Established theory comes alive with dynamic case studies and engaging discussion questions to fuel understanding for students in the classroom and media professionals worldwide.
COLLECTIONS
God's Angry Men
The Political Legacy of the John Birch Society Carmen Celestini God's Angry Men examines a historical timeline from the 1930s through the early 1980s of the communications and interactions between corporations, religious leaders, and wealthy individuals, wherein both individuals and societal forces strategically planned to politically mobilize a percentage of conservative Christians in support of a form of Christian nationalism and libertarianism. The John Birch Society (JBS) well known for its conspiracy theories is often dismissed for its political impact in the United States. Far from just an organization that utilized fear-based conspiracies, the JBS was a political movement that stemmed from the political aspirations of industry leaders, wanting to ensure a far-right, Christian, free-enterprise supporting UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages PB 9798216452485 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666973587 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216255680 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978770652 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
mobilization that would ensure the election of a Conservative Messiah to the White House. Celestini explores the eternal battle for the Christian foundations of the nation via culture war issues and the political legacy of the JBS in the 21st century. Celestini focuses on PR campaigns and other forms of media and propaganda from groups like the John Birch Society and the National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) to demonstrate how this historic political and religious communication can be tied to aggressive alt-right groups, the New Christian Right, and the contemporary ‘culture wars.'
COLLECTIONS
Community Media, Sustainability and Crisis Lessons from Covid and Beyond
Edited by Andrew Ó Baoill, University of Galway, Ireland & Salvatore Scifo, Bournemouth University, UK Community Media, Sustainability and Crisis examines how community media responds when existing structures and normal expectations are upended, across a global set of perspectives. This original collection draws on a truly global set of perspectives, with authors from Asia, Europe, Africa, and both North and South America, who explore a range of ideological, political, economic, and cultural factors that shape how community media projects respond to crises. Contributors analyze how to evaluate the sustainability and operation of community media, using case studies centered on community radio station responses from across a range of geographical settings during the COVID-19 pandemic. Through broadening focus to discuss community radio with other forms of crisis such as communities UK January 2026 • US January 2026 214 Pages • 4 bw illus, 11 tables, 4 textboxes PB 9798216375036 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781538181546 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798881855529 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781538181560 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
42
UK, Europe, ROW
rebuilding after earthquakes and natural disasters, the authors describe how community media can be an important resource for community resilience and recovery.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Propaganda in the Digital Age
Global Conflicts, Media, Politics, and Fake News Edited by Yahya R. Kamalipour, North Carolina A&T State University, USA Exploring the highly interconnected global media landscape and the rapidly changing modes of communication and human interaction, Propaganda in the Digital Age presents a multi-faceted, global discussion and analysis of propaganda, war, media, information, misinformation, and disinformation. Twenty-six accomplished scholars and media professionals come together to investigate and report on ways in which global media coverage of conflicts affect human affairs, communication, and cultural-political implications in the U.S. and around the world. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 360 Pages • 21 bw illus HB 9798881801120 • £90.00 / $140.00 PB 9798881801137 • £32.99 / $44.95 ePDF 9798765145937 • £29.69 / $40.45 ePub 9798881801144 • £29.69 / $40.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Propaganda in the Digital Age makes a significant contribution to the literature on media’s role in global conflicts, intercultural relations, international relations, and international communication.
COLLECTIONS
At Home with Political Portraits
Photographs of the Domestic Display of US Presidents Jennifer Wingate, St. Francis College, USA At Home with Political Portraits focuses on photographs of the domestic display of three U.S. presidential icons: Franklin Delano Roosevelt, John F. Kennedy, and Barack Obama to examine everyday expressions of national pride and belonging as well as tensions these displays signal about the state of democracy. Even though keeping political portraits in the home has traditionally been associated with authoritarian regimes, the United States has a long history with the practice, and Wingate analyzes how photos of three 20th- and 21-century U.S presidential icons plays into this history. With radio, television, and social media, respectively, Roosevelt, Kennedy, and Obama entered the intimate spaces of people’s daily lives in new and unprecedented ways. Exhibiting presidential portraits at home was, UK April 2026 • US April 2026 168 Pages • 28 bw illus PB 9798216449911 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666926545 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216251576 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978766624 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and is, a patriotic and commemorative act. But the photographers and artists who draw our attention to these expressions of pride and belonging, such as Jack Delano, Gordon Parks, Louis Carlos Bernal, Bruce Davidson, Jordan Casteel, and An Rong Xu, also reveal the tensions they signal. Wingate argues how both the artists and their subjects strive to make meaning from national symbols and to locate one’s place within the imagined community of nationhood. In doing so, they invite reflection on U.S. citizens’ hopes and anxieties about the state of the nation’s democracy.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Jewish-American Identity and Critical Intercultural Communication Never Forget, Tikkun Olam, and Kindness to Strangers Miriam Shoshana Sobre Jewish-American Identity and Critical Intercultural Communication: Never Forget, Tikkun Olam, and Kindness to Strangers explores what it means to be Jewish on a personal, sociocultural, and global-political level. This book employs 50+ interviews with diverse Jewish voices to provide a history of Jewish migration to the US and to privilege voices that are not necessarily White and Eastern European/Ashkenazic. Sobré argues for a more inclusive form of intercultural theorizing that favors intersectionality and allyship over oppression Olympics (stereotypes between members of different nondominant groups) and colorism (within nondominant group discrimination). Such siloing of differences, and further competing about whose differences are the most egregious, minimizes critical intercultural coalition opportunities allowing for such groups as those who gave power to Trump and Netanyahu to connect while inclusive progressives engage in in-fighting and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 364 Pages HB 9781793605184 • £100.00 / $130.00 PB 9781793605207 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978779235 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781793605191 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
separatism. The author calls for transversal dialogic politics, racially and historically accurate school curriculum, intersectionality and more inclusive intercultural communication scholarship and practice as various means of working together against white nationalism and white supremacy in the US and the world. Scholars of religious studies, cultural anthropology, and intercultural communication will find this book of particular interest.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
43
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The PR Writing Workshop Carrie T. Welch, Syracuse University, USA In today’s tech-infused workplace, human creativity is the key to public relations writing that will set you apart from the crowd. Effective PR writing goes beyond templates and traditional techniques to focus on purposeful messages that build trust, foster human relationships, and resonate across diverse audiences. Using AI as a coworker can speed execution and assist with editing, but you are still in charge of the uniquely human elements of empathy, storytelling, and judgment. From press releases to modern AI-powered skills, this hands-on guide gets you writing from day one, crafting clear, strategic, and persuasive content tailored for specific platforms. A pantry of "What" and "How" essentials includes: -How PR campaigns work -Giving and receiving writing feedback UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages • 25 b/w illus, 2 textboxes HB 9798765149607 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798765149591 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765149621 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798765149614 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
-AP style tips and helpful AI terms -Writing SMART Objectives -PESO model for Paid, Earned, Shared, and Owned Media Learn to find your creative voice by optimizing copy for different platforms, leveraging keywords, and growing your confidence, creativity, and adaptability. Whether you’re writing press releases, pitches, and fact sheets or perfecting social media copy, long-form pieces, or speeches, your human-centered skills make you the problem-solver for any team.
2ND EDITION
The PR Agency Handbook Regina M. Luttrell, Syracuse University, USA, Luke W. Capizzo, Michigan State University, USA & Adrienne A. Wallace, Grand Valley State University, USA An exciting introduction to agency life, this insider’s view of professional PR firms equips you to create a successful career in the industry. The book introduces many of the sub-fields of integrated communication practice, including traditional public relations and corporate communication, marketing, social media, creative production (print, digital, video, audio), web and user experience design, and search engine optimization (SEO). The second edition integrates current industry trends and technological advancements that have transformed agency life and public relations strategies. Key updates include -The impact of remote and hybrid work structures on agency culture and client communication -The rise of AI and automation in content creation and project management -The importance of inclusivity, diversity, equity, and accessibility in both internal operations and client work. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 264 Pages • 50 bw illus, 60 textboxes, 2 tables HB 9798765152263 • £110.00 / $140.00 PB 9798765152270 • £32.99 / $44.95 ePDF 9798765152294 • £29.69 / $40.45 ePub 9798765152287 • £29.69 / $40.45 Bloomsbury Academic
-New sections within the chapters highlight the increasing role of brand activism and purpose-driven campaigns, as well as the expanding consultancy role of agencies
COLLECTIONS
Public Relations in Times of Dissensus
Narratives, Artifacts, and the Challenges of Meaning Edited by Saima Kazmi, Joshua Foust & Burton St. John III Public relations are entering an era marked by increasing societal dissensus, where shared narratives are breaking down and contentious communication defines the public sphere. This edited volume argues that public relations must move beyond consensus-seeking models to engage with dissent as a critical feature of modern communication. The traditional public relations approaches that pursue collective agreement are increasingly out of step with the contemporary dynamics shaped by political polarization, digital framing, and postmodern challenges to metanarratives. Instead of fighting against the grain, contributors explore how public relations can evolve to effectively function amid conflict, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 312 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216396239 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666967760 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216260042 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764545 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
44
UK, Europe, ROW
contradiction, and competing values. Various case studies and critical analyses including non-profit organizations, government crisis communication, corporate social advocacy, global diplomacy, and historical movements provide interdisciplinary insights into how public relations can strategically navigate dissents. By repositioning dissensus as a productive condition that requires engagement, this book invites scholars and practitioners to reconsider public relations as a field shaped not solely by consensus but by contestation, complexity, and plurality.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
An Invitation to Debate
Reasoning and Argument as a Framework for Civil Society Ben Voth, Southern Methodist University, USA This comprehensive introductory textbook gives students the framework and tools to become great debaters and use those skills to further civil and respectful responses on contentious topics. Focusing on core concepts and skills of research, reasoning, and argumentation with a special focus on debate rhythms, the book builds students’ ability to express ideas and respectfully dissent, ultimately improving their individual resilience in adverse circumstances and encouraging the emergence of communal values in society. An Invitation to Debate takes students on a step-by-step preparation of case research, speech composition, rebuttals, and resolutions. It is not specific to a particular debate style, allowing professors to use the book across a variety of procedural UK August 2025 • US August 2025 304 Pages • 41 bw illus HB 9781538196700 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538196717 • £19.99 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765160800 • £17.99 / $28.80 ePub 9781538196724 • £17.99 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
types, including policy, British Parliamentary, Lincoln-Douglas, International Public Debate Association, world schools, and Coolidge. As the most up-to-date debate textbook, An Invitation to Debate will show students how to use AI technologies to aid (but never replace) their own case preparation.
COLLECTIONS
Rhetoric, Intersectionality, and Black Women in Pittsburgh Living Enough for the City Tahirah J. Walker In this book, Tahirah J. Walker provides an analysis of how Black women in Pittsburgh navigate the public sphere through an examination of the ways that intersecting identities shape discourse, silence, and reclamation. The author draws from historical events, personal narratives, and community case studies to take a deep look at the intersectional marginalization, resistance and transformation journeys of Black women in a city deemed most unlivable for them. Walker amplifies unique presentations of language, silence and reclamation as they are negotiated via race, gender, and class. The book serves as testimony to the way intersectionality is turned on its head in Pittsburgh to create spaces of love and freedom through fearless speech (parrhesia), strategic listening, and community engagement practices. At its heart, UK August 2025 • US August 2025 144 Pages PB 9781666961980 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666961966 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798881866662 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978766914 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
this project is a love letter to every Black woman who has lived in Pittsburgh and asked herself why, affirming that while so much research exists on the struggles of being a Black woman in this city, it is equally important to recognize the innovations and triumphs.
COLLECTIONS
Discourses at Play
A Rhetorical Exploration of Historical Crises Using the Language of Games Todd S. Frobish Todd Frobish explores a diverse set of historical crises through the lens of "rhetorical gameplay", an approach that serves as the intersection between rhetorical theory and game studies. The field of rhetorical studies has yet to embrace the subject of gaming and play. While previous methods, such as dramatism, narrative analysis, fantasy theme, and more, are still powerful and useful as critical methods, Frobish argues that rhetorical events can be analyzed as games of persuasion, choice, and play. Testing this model through a textual examination of four large-scale rhetorical events (The Salem Witch Trials, the Covid Pandemic, Fall of the Berlin Wall, and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages • 13 b/w illustrations PB 9798216391661 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666970012 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216255390 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771017 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
the Bombing of Hiroshima), Discourses at Play argues that these major events constitute rhetorical games with Players, Rules, Match turns, and Outcomes, and focuses on the persuasive choices that guide these games toward eventual resolution. Through these events, readers will become familiarized with effective and ineffective communication strategies while employing the vocabulary of gaming to comprehend the persuasive mechanisms behind them.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
45
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Food Justice Rhetorics and Literacies Eileen E. Schell Presents an argument for a food justice-oriented rhetoric and literacy that shifts the emphasis in the local food movement from individualized conscious eater literacies to addressing the broader social, political, and cultural implications, histories, and power relations embedded in the food system. Food Justice Rhetorics and Literacies provides a critical examination of the dominant rhetorical tropes and arguments of local food discourse and their exclusions. The author addresses that through understanding complex patterns of discrimination and social action in relation to land ownership and food production, we can begin to imagine and enact a more just and sustainable food system. This book explores and assesses periods in history when the U.S. public took an active role in agriculture through publicly-promoted, often federal and state subsidized gardening projects and widescale grassroots UK October 2025 • US October 2025 216 Pages • 15 b/w illustrations PB 9781666974324 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974300 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216201366 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771338 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
gardening efforts in times of crisis, thus building alternative agrarian literacies among the U.S. publics and ensuring a stable food supply during times of crisis. The shift to a food justice-oriented rhetoric centers food activists, BIPOC farmers, community gardeners and policy advocates who are seeking to change systems of food production and distribution so that all can eat well.
COLLECTIONS
Beyond Consensus
How Everyday Citizens Advocate for Local Environmental Issues Kelly Scarff By better understanding the "genre" of environmental public hearings, one can challenge ideas of effectiveness and consensus so that citizens can learn to advocate more effectively for their concerns about environmental issues. This book addresses how public hearing genre conventions are established and how those conventions inform and often govern tensions that arise in public discourse about a contested environmental project. The two questions driving the author's inquiry are: one, how do citizens and institutions interpret, prepare for, respond to, and engage with the public hearing genre? And two, what role and effect do public hearings have on both the community and the contested project’s overall process? The case study delves into public comments from two Mountain Valley Pipeline (MVP) 401 Water Quality UK January 2026 • US January 2026 152 Pages • 4 b/w illus PB 9781666981018 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666980998 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216251835 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978766303 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Certification public hearings that were held in August 2017 and hosted by Virginia Department of Environmental Quality (VA DEQ). The author argues that there are ways we might reimagine ideas of effectiveness, consensus, and the public hearing genre, specifically in the case of the 401 Public Hearings and more generally in other public hearings where public discourses center on a contested environmental project like the MVP.
COLLECTIONS
Rhetorics of Fairness and the Politics of Trans Exclusion
The Rhetorical Weaponization of Fairness to Exclude Transgender Women Dakota Park-Ozee & Jason Jordan In this rhetorical examination, Dakota Park-Ozee and Jason Jordan delve into the contemporary panic surrounding transgender women in sport and reveal that fairness is not a rhetorical value that promotes equality or justice, but one that further subjugates the most vulnerable in service of privilege. Rhetorics of Fairness and the Politics of Trans Exclusion addresses how the rhetorical subjugation and repression enacted by weaponizing fairness against trans women athletes contributes to material, psychological, and physical violence against not only trans people, but against anyone that must conform to the narrow grids of competition and gender proscribed by UK February 2026 • US February 2026 208 Pages • 13 tables PB 9781666981070 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666981056 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216258872 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978765153 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
46
UK, Europe, ROW
advocates for fairness. Park-Ozee and Jordan trace the uses, influences, and implications of the rhetorical weaponization of the value of fairness across discursive arenas. The authors argue those wishing to promote trans rights or other inclusive efforts should leave fairness as a key value behind, instead favoring access, opportunity, and justice. Such a reorientation serves as a reminder that the value of sport has very little to do with competitive outcomes and far more to do with community, public health, and the thrill of the game.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
A Multi-Perspective Approach to Narratives in Health Communication Edited by Julie E. Volkman This edited volume offers an accessible avenue for improving health and well-being by demonstrating the power of narrative in advocating for yourself, your family, and your community. Leading scholars of health communication draw on a variety of perspectives, theories, and methodologies and incorporate their own personal experiences of narratives to demonstrate the compelling reasons why narratives should be studied and applied in a wide range of health contexts. Each chapter contains future directions for advancing research and applying narratives to encourage readers to explore what narratives for health mean for themselves and others.
Bloomsbury Studies in Health Communication UK July 2025 • US July 2025 282 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216370758 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666928556 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154137 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666928563 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
From Surviving to Metaviving
A New Rhetorical Formation in Metastatic Breast Cancer Patient Discourse Julie Mengert As treatments have advanced, metastatic breast cancer has become a disease that some women can live with for years, which has changed the language that women use to discuss living with this form of breast cancer as discussed in this book. Using the framework of Celeste Condit’s rhetorical formations, which includes uses of metaphors, topics, and values, among other rhetorical features, the author examines how language has shifted from one of war and survivor rhetoric to that of metavivor rhetoric, which includes metaphors of water and prison, among others. Another hallmark of this emerging rhetorical formation is existing in a state of liminality where the cancer neither progresses nor retreats, leading to women experiencing time differently. By examining how women discuss living with cancer in an online breast cancer support group, Bloomsbury Studies in Health Communication UK September 2025 • US September 2025 136 Pages PB 9781666973129 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666973105 • £67.5 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216201380 • £60.75 / $90.00 ePub 9781978770942 • £60.75 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
the author analyzes the language shifts taking place and argues that women have moved from the dominant war/survivor rhetorical formation to one grounded in metavivor rhetoric. Within this evolution comes an understanding of what it means to live with a chronic, yet ultimately, terminal, illness and an acknowledgment of the impact that their lives’ perceived time has on these language choices.
COLLECTIONS
Postpartum Depression and the Communicative Construction of Maternal Identity Motherhood in Tension Kelly M. Weikle In this book, Kelly M. Weikle contends that foregrounding lived experiences and applying identity as a lens to the study of postpartum depression provides a uniquely powerful perspective through which we can better understand both the condition and how to effectively support mothers during the postpartum period. Using the Communication Theory of Identity as a sensitizing framework, Weikle incorporates interviews with women who have experienced postpartum depression and autoethnographic insights from her own experience to demonstrate how expectations from others, close personal relationships, and dominant ideologies of “good” and “bad” motherhood can coalesce with mental health to shape each mother’s postpartum experience on an individual level. While these tensions and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 128 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216389392 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666961126 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216269601 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978767454 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
challenges are not strictly medical and are thus more easily overlooked, they can manifest through devastating health crises including extreme anxiety and obsessions, intrusive thoughts of escape, bouts of insomnia, and intense feelings of overwhelm and maternal failure. Ultimately, Weikle’s analysis contributes to scholarship across fields and disciplines through its investigation into how and why loss of control and loss of self can manifest—and the significance of those manifestations—in the postpartum context. This work thus sets a foundation and an impetus for researchers and practitioners to take these factors into consideration as they work to develop more impactful support for postpartum mothers.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
47
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Media Literacy and Mental Health Care Access
The Communication that Connects Those in Need and the Care They Need Jesse Scaccia In this book, Jesse Scaccia argues that while courses that teach students how news, media, and social media might cause or worsen mental health issues are a promising start, media literacy education also needs to teach young adults how to reach mental health care when they need it. Drawing from both scholarly research and personal experience, Scaccia explores the critical role of media literacy in helping young adults navigate the often-confusing path to mental health care, demonstrating that media is not just a potential cause of mental health challenges—it is also a crucial part of the solution. Through original interviews with young adults and mental UK February 2026 • US February 2026 200 Pages • 5 tables PB 9798216393603 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666965094 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216263869 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978762862 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
health care providers in California’s Central Valley, he examines how media messaging, platforms, and literacy levels affect whether and how young people access care. The book also incorporates empirical data and theoretical frameworks from health communication to reveal barriers to care like stigma, functional impairment, and misinformation. Ultimately, this book calls on educators, legislators, and health professionals to treat media literacy as a public health imperative that must equip young adults with the skills to both understand the media around them and use it to reach the help they need.
COLLECTIONS
Communication Myths
What We Know That Isn't So and What We Need to Know J. Dan Rothwell, Cabrillo College, USA Stop stereotyping. Avoid conflict. Skip small talk. Be open-minded to everyone’s opinions. These sound like good rules for life, but what if they are based on myths that actually prevent us from communicating effectively and appropriately with each other? In Communication Myths: What We Know That Isn't So and What We Need to Know, J. Dan Rothwell debunks common misconceptions about our interactions with others that can easily result in embarrassment, insult, or catastrophe. These myths come from underappreciating the complexities of communication and relying on bad information from unqualified and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 224 Pages • 1 table HB 9798881806262 • £20.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881866976 • £18.00 / $28.80 ePub 9798881806279 • £18.00 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
sensationalist sources, especially those peddling misinformation on social media. With clear insight and a good dose of humor, Rothwell explores how human communication really works and provides a critical antidote to the damage caused by these pervasive and pernicious myths. As the only book dedicated extensively and incisively to communication myths, this guide to interpersonal, group, and organizational communication, plus public speaking excellence is an invaluable resource for readers of every age, profession, and background.
COLLECTIONS
Critical Approaches to Crisis Communication in the Classroom and Higher Education Contexts Edited by Mark J. Congdon Jr. & Ahmet Atay, College of Wooster, USA This edited volume both provides and examines different ways of engaging with critical communication pedagogies in an age of crisis acceleration, where crisis communication impacts social systems including political, economic, educational, cultural, and environmental systems. Building on the frameworks of critical communication pedagogy and critical/social constructionist approaches to crisis communication, contributors to this volume demonstrate the critical importance of communication in the higher education context, a particularly ripe breeding ground for these crises. Contributors address a broad range of topics relating to higher education divided into three major categories - interpersonal and community crises; social, political, and institutional crises; Critical Communication Pedagogy
and the development of pedagogical strategies and technologies in response to crises - in order to provide a thorough, well-
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 296 Pages PB 9781666905465 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666905441 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216201342 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768413 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
rounded examination that will be of interest to a widely interdisciplinary audience. This book is not just about weathering
48
UK, Europe, ROW
crises; it's about reimagining higher education as a space where crises become opportunities for transformative learning and systemic change.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMMUNICATION STUDIES 11TH EDITION
BOR
Media Ethics
Issues and Cases Chad Painter, University of Dayton, USA, Lee Wilkins, University of Missouri, USA, Erin E. Schauster, University of Colorado Boulder, USA & Philip Patterson The eleventh edition of this authoritative book focuses on the most pressing media ethics issues, including coverage of the 2024 elections and the emergence of AI. Enabling students to make ethical decisions in an increasingly complex environment, the book focuses on practical ethical theory for use across the media curriculum. Twenty-three new cases address events from the Israel-Hamas war, AI-generated authors, privacy for underage influencers, Fox News election fraud claims, social media whistleblowers, threats to student-run media outlets, police posing as UK August 2025 • US August 2025 488 Pages • 26 bw illus HB 9798881802387 • £130.00 / $180.00 PB 9781538167144 • £39.99 / $85.00 ePDF 9798765154656 • £35.99 / $76.50 ePub 9781538167151 • £35.99 / $76.50 Bloomsbury Academic
journalists, the Bud Light transgender ad uproar, the use of generative AI in advertising, the publication of graphic war images (focusing on the Ukraine-Russia and Israel-Hamas wars), deep fakes in sexually explicit media, the impact of Taylor Swift on the NFL, video games requiring in-game purchases to win, and more.
COLLECTIONS
Free Speech in the American Workplace
From the Dawn of Workers' Rights to the Rise of Social Media Randy Bobbitt This book examines the legal and ethical issues that can result when employees express opinions that conflict with those of their employer. It covers seven areas of employment - corporate; government (local, state, and federal); military; law enforcement; K-12 education; college professors and administrators; and sports - to look at case precedent and interrogate how technology has complicated this area of the law and employee-employer relations. Randy Bobbitt argues that, while free speech in the workplace has always been considered controversial, the phenomena of social media has coincided with a sharp increase in cases over the past decade, as disgruntled employees take to online forums to criticize their employers or express controversial opinions. By exploring these cases in both the private and public sectors, Bobbitt also highlights the difference in legal obligation to the protection of free speech between the two and demonstrates how employers in both UK July 2025 • US July 2025 344 Pages PB 9781666951103 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666951080 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765152157 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781666951097 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
sectors deviate from these obligations in certain cases. Scholars of communication, media law, labor law, US policy, history, and the first amendment will find this book of particular interest.
COLLECTIONS
Clever Design in Critical Times Conceptualizing the Callidocene
Edited by Milena Radzikowska, Stan Ruecker, Guilherme Meyer & Teresa M. Dobson This edited volume identifies and establishes the idea of the Callidocene, which the authors position as an epoch that both includes and extends beyond the current conception of the Anthropocene. While the word ‘Anthropocene’ has become strongly associated with concerns over humanity’s impact on the planet, contributors turn instead to the Callidocene—intended to encompass human, machine, and system cleverness— to emphasize the hopeful and positive aspects of human influence on the world. Contributors posit that designers in particular have increasingly attempted to consider the impact of their work on society, culture, and the environment, and this book will UK August 2025 • US August 2025 232 Pages • 12 tables PB 9781666962314 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666962291 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978790179 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666962307 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
contribute to this conversation through its analyses of a wide range of topics, including complexity in design, media toxicity, and community innovation in sustainability. Collectively, contributions to this volume highlight the potential of human cleverness to address - or even reverse- the damage we’ve inflicted on both ourselves and our planet. Scholars of sociology, environmental studies, cultural studies, media studies, and communication will find this book of particular interest.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
49
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Digital Game Culture in Korea The Social at Play Florence M. Chee Digital Game Culture in Korea: The Social at Play is a critical ethnographic investigation of media discourses surrounding online game addiction and the sociocultural roles fulfilled by games in everyday life. Florence M. Chee argues that the casting of online games as singularly problematic or addictive largely ignores the socially generative and, at times, pivotally important means of connection among games, players, and the communities they foster. Through focusing on Korea’s sociohistorical and technocultural context, this work celebrates and recognizes the foundational role of Korean game culture in shaping global games and play. Scholars of game studies, communication, and technoculture will find this book of particular interest. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 144 Pages HB 9781793601391 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781793601414 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765184752 • £63.00 / $85.50 ePub 9781793601407 • £63.00 / $85.50 Lexington Books
COLLECTIONS
Free Speech and Neoliberalism Art, Culture, Education
Asbjørn Skarsvåg Grønstad In this book, Asbjørn Skarsvåg Grønstad challenges us to reconceptualize the notion of free speech. Focusing on the domains of cultural production, aesthetics, and education, Grønstad contends that neoliberalism currently poses the greatest threat to our freedom of expression. Crucially, the book argues that freedom of speech should no longer be considered merely as parrhesia–understood as the license to offend–but also as isegoria, the equal right to speak. The latter denotes the original meaning of free speech, Grønstad posits, and should be restored as the conceptual ambit of the term, despite being largely overlooked after Greek Antiquity. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages PB 9798216365563 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765167823 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765167847 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765167830 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Grønstad examines a variety of texts across formats including Fahrenheit 451, Alphaville (1965), Severance, the performance art of Jingyi Wang, and the films of Yorgos Lanthimos to conduct a multi-faceted engagement with cultural works and discourses spanning both genre and historical period that grapple with issues of free speech, censorship, and neoliberal politics. Ultimately, these analyses highlight how art and aesthetics represent a particular case of isegoria, and more broadly, how neoliberal rationality operates to delimit the space of the sayable and the expressible.
COLLECTIONS
Threats, Disinformation, and Regulations in the European Digital Environment The Inseparable Issues
Edited by Katerina Turková & Veronika Macková In this edited volume, contributors explore the various threats—both security- and (dis)information-related—that are present within the European digital environment, along with the subsequent regulations imposed across the region in response to these threats. Due to the fluctuating evolution of EU-wide and national regulatory approaches to the digital sphere and the differences in each approach, it is crucial to examine the current state of that regulation on both levels to better understand each approach and its consequences. Thus, contributors analyze these phenomena from both European and national perspectives to identify best and unsuccessful practices. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9798216392293 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666972085 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216265269 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978759695 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
50
UK, Europe, ROW
The volume is divided into four sections – first, it maps threats and trust around disinformation in the European digital environment. The second part goes on to identify examples of successful approaches to these threats and to combatting disinformation, while the third section focuses on regulations that have been put in place by specific countries or the EU as a whole. Finally, the fourth section of the book identifies current and ongoing challenges relating to disinformation in the European digital environment, providing practical suggestions and directions for future research in this area.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Digital News Literacy and Participatory Journalism
A Guide to Navigating Truth and the Information Landscape in the Digital Age Mirjana Pantic Mirjana Pantic investigates key challenges of the digital news ecosystem with a focus on false and misleading information, highlighting journalism’s vital role in democratic societies and emphasizing the importance of understanding journalistic standards in cultivating digital news literacy in an era defined by information overload and questionable content. Using clear definitions and examples of misinformation, disinformation, and malinformation, Pantic demonstrates how audiences can strengthen their ability to identify relevant sources and differentiate between facts, opinions, and false information, ultimately learning to both recognize and resist instances of unreliable content through critical thinking and informed media consumption. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 168 Pages PB 9798216392408 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964400 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216253761 • £72.00 / $90.00 ePub 9781978768963 • £72.00 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
With an increase in the exchange of polarizing viewpoints online and the proliferation of opinion journalism and argument culture, Pantic positions participatory journalism—in which citizens contribute to the production and dissemination of news— as a potential solution. Increased participation in storytelling, she contends, can encourage greater public engagement and accountability in a digitized media ecosystem.
COLLECTIONS
News Media and the Positioning of the Dakota Access Pipeline Representing Protest Aubrey Crosby In News Media and the Positioning of the Dakota Access Pipeline: Representing Protest, Aubrey M. Crosby examines the structural and institutional forces governing the socialized practices of news production to provide a constructive critique of how news media frame events and participants in their protest coverage. Crosby utilizes original data and the frameworks of critical discourse analysis, systemic functional linguistics, and the protest paradigm to perform critical analysis of mainstream news reporting of the Dakota Access Pipeline (DAPL) protests in 2016. She argues that news media significantly reduced the scope of the movement and (re)framed the reality of the #NoDAPL protests by fixating only on select key events and by painting participants as a collective monolith of “protestors,” a functional UK February 2026 • US February 2026 120 Pages PB 9798216389125 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666954586 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216268833 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978765054 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
term which highlights their civil disobedience and erases their individual identities. Through rigorous analysis, Crosby demonstrates how “protestors” were aligned with negative actions associated with emotional and destructive intent and juxtaposed with law enforcement, whose aggressive and ethically ambiguous actions were reframed as attempts to maintain law and order. Ultimately, by identifying and drawing attention to both problematic and productive practices of coverage, this work promotes constructive change regarding how power is wielded, maintained, and produced in organizations and in the social realm.
COLLECTIONS
Silencing Journalism by Murder?
An Overview of Six Global Case Studies Amani Ismail & Gayane Torosyan As journalists increasingly face growing threats of violence worldwide, Silencing Journalism by Murder? presents six global case studies of high-profile journalists who were assassinated for reporting on controversial topics that they felt ethically bound to share with the public. In doing so, Amani Ismail and Gayane Torosyan raise critical questions surrounding democracy, censorship, and the varying power dynamics between the media, the government, and the public. Ismail and Torosyan situate each case within both local and global contexts to examine the factors that led to these murders. While each of the six selected cases is uniquely horrific and condemnable in its own right, the authors identify parallels and contrasts across them to consider how they fit into a larger, grim picture of violence against journalists and how the evolution UK February 2026 • US February 2026 184 Pages • 9 bw illus PB 9798216391807 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964318 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216261490 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978763234 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
of the broader media landscape toward digital journalism has impacted these perils. These stories of slain journalists from Russia, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Venezuela, Palestine, and Malta are illustrated not just as tributes to their ultimate sacrifice for a noble cause, but also to serve as a call to action that urgently argues for the implementation of violence prevention measures for journalists around the globe.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
51
COMMUNICATION STUDIES COLLECTIONS
When Migrants Become Political Pawns Decoding the American Migrant Busing Crisis Sumana Chattopadhyay “Sumana Chattopadhyay provides a thoughtful and passionate perspective on the busing phenomenon which treated migrants as political pawns in the highly charged debates about US immigration policy. In doing so, she creates compelling evidence about the prominence of nativism narratives in the media coverage of immigration. I highly recommend this book to anyone interested in understanding how the media impacts how the audience thinks about specific conflicting issues.” – Olatunji Ogunyemi, Professor of Journalism, University of Lincoln, UK In this book, Sumana Chattopadhyay analyzes the US migrant busing crisis of 2022 as a case study to examine ideas of nativism, identity politics, divisive rhetorics, and the red-blue-purple political divide in the context of how these divides are UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 5 tables PB 9798216453185 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666957433 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216268185 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978759947 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
reflected in the media coverage of immigration issues. Ultimately, Chattopadhyay foregrounds the real human beings who have borne the consequences of such political maneuvering to explore the effects of this media coverage on both national and local levels and to illuminate the forces and long-term implications at play in this dynamic.
COLLECTIONS
Teaching Sports Media
Classroom Strategies for Getting Your Students in the Game AEJMC Sports Communication Interest Group Edited by Welch Suggs, University of Georgia, USA & Lauren Reichart Smith, Rowan University, USA As the latest volume in the Master Class series from AEJMC, this book introduces innovative best practices for teaching in the rapidly growing fields of sports media and communication. This practice-oriented guide equips instructors with proven strategies and activities for teaching a wide variety of sports media courses. Contributing authors include experienced scholars and practitioners who have taught students both in the field and in the classroom. Master Class: Resources for Teaching Mass Communication UK June 2026 • US June 2026 200 Pages • 2 b/w illustrations HB 9798216278023 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216278030 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216278054 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216278047 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
52
UK, Europe, ROW
The book covers general topics applicable broadly across subject matter, such as ethics, online teaching, accessibility and diversity, experiential learning, campus and local newspaper engagement, broadcasting, sports journalism, esports, and personal branding. Published in partnership with the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, the Master Class series gathers the teaching wisdom of leading faculty across the Communication discipline to promote excellence in teaching today’s students and future practitioners in mass communication and journalism field.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
COMPUTER & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
Human Edge in the AI Age
Eight Timeless Mantras For Success Nitin Seth What remains uniquely human when AI can do almost everything? We can thrive by unlocking our human edge through eight timeless mantras. "Nitin Seth’s POSSIBLE framework is a powerful guide to thriving in the AI era." — Lou Maiuri, Chairman & Group CEO, AssetMark "A grounded, human-centered approach to navigating AI disruption." — Gurudev Sri Sri Ravi Shankar If you’re wondering how to stay relevant in a world where AI seems to be mastering capabilities once thought to be uniquely human, from cognitive tasks to emotional intelligence, Human Edge in the AI Age is your answer. This is not another book UK December 2025 • US December 2025 496 Pages HB 9798216391746 • £26.95 / $35.00 ePDF 9798216391760 • £24.26 / $31.50 ePub 9798216391753 • £24.26 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
about what AI can do. It’s about what you can do to thrive alongside it. As AI disrupts industries and job roles and the possibility of job displacement looms, it may also herald a new human renaissance---an Era of Entrepreneurs---where individuals take charge of their destinies, innovate fearlessly, and create value grounded in timeless human strengths such as creativity, empathy, and leadership. To navigate this seismic shift, Nitin Seth introduces the POSSIBLE framework, an original eight-dimensional guide to rediscovering the human edge: Problem-Solving, Openness to Change, Spirituality, Sports, Impact, Balance, Leadership, and Entrepreneurship. By transforming anxiety into action, this framework empowers you to cultivate your inherent strengths and shape a future where your humanity remains firmly in the lead.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
53
COUNSELING & PSYCHOTHERAPY 2ND EDITION
Ecotherapy
Theory, Research, Practice & Education Edited by Joe Hinds, University of Greenwich, UK, Hayley Marshall, Red Kite Training, UK & Martin Jordan, School of Applied Social Science, Brighton, UK Building on the success of the first edition, this thought-provoking volume provides a comprehensive exploration of the developing field of ecotherapy, exploring our reciprocal relationship with nature and the therapeutic benefits of contact with natural spaces. Expanded into four parts, it offers a unique examination of a range of theoretical perspectives, unpacks the latest research and provides a wealth of illuminating practice and training examples. New to this edition: Fresh insights and updated research integrated throughout every chapter New contributing authors from the UK, Israel, Sweden and the US, adding a wealth of international experience and knowledge to the core areas of ecotherapy UK June 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages HB 9781350459847 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781350459854 • £31.99 / $42.95 ePDF 9781350459878 • £28.79 / $38.65 ePub 9781350459861 • £28.79 / $38.65 Bloomsbury Academic
A brand-new section on education, exploring how ecotherapy principles can be incorporated into training programmes and supervision Expanded material on rewilding therapy, spiritual ecological practice, systemic practice and exploring the self in nature Written by a team of international experts in the field, Ecotherapy remains an essential introduction to this fast-growing area of therapeutic practice.
2ND EDITION
Good Goodbyes
Termination in Therapy from Beginning to Ending Jack Novick & Kerry Kelly Novick Good Goodbyes offers a comprehensive model for ending therapy well. Bad "goodbyes" in therapy can contribute to therapist burnout and pessimism regarding the efficacy of therapy. Within the framework of the therapeutic relationship and a clearly articulated set of goals for therapy, Jack Novick and Kerry Kelly Novick describe how to recognize and respond to termination themes from the very beginning of treatment. Each phase of treatment brings its own challenges, as well as the risk of premature ending by patient or therapist. Each chapter in this book addresses specific danger signals to look out for and helpful techniques to support treatment. Organized in a pedagogical question-and-answer formant and with vivid clinical examples from all diagnostic groups and all stages of development, Good Goodbyes is a fundamental text on termination for psychodynamic and psychoanalytic therapists.
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 128 Pages • 3 Tables HB 9781538195765 • £65.00 / $85.00 PB 9781538195772 • £30.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798881861070 • £27.00 / $31.50 ePub 9781538195789 • £27.00 / $31.50 Rowman & Littlefield
54
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CREATIVE WRITING COLLECTIONS
Creative Writing and the Critical Commentary Reflection, Influence, Process
Edited by Karen Stevens, University of Chichester, UK & Jonathan Taylor, University of Leicester, UK In this unique collection of essays, published writers offer an intimate view of how their work has been informed, shaped and transformed by their literary, political, philosophical or personal influences. Providing models of the critical commentaries that all students of creative writing must write, each essay from contemporary authors of fiction, creative non-fiction, poetry, scripts and digital writing demonstrates how what writers write is determined by what they have read, and what they read is then determined by what they are writing. As writers reflect on their process of moving from sources of inspiration to a finished and original piece of writing, they reveal their anxieties, passions, discoveries and motivations, offering fascinating insights into the imagination’s journey. With opening chapters exploring the importance and wider contexts of why writers reflect on their own work, the book also offers theoretical frameworks for understanding influence and inspiration. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350439887 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350439894 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350439900 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350439917 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
As illuminating for aspiring writers as it is for students reflecting on their research and process as part of writing courses, Creative Writing and the Critical Commentary will change the way writers talk about and engage with other texts.
COLLECTIONS
Divergent Writers
Disability, Illness, Neurodivergence, and Ableism in Creative Writing Edited by Christie Collins, Mississippi State University, USA & Saul Lemerond, Hanover College, USA Bringing together essays from neurodivergent and disabled writers, and writers with chronic illnesses, this collection explores the impact of these experiences and the struggle against such biases within the field of creative writing. Whilst neurodivergent and disabled writers publish world-class poetry, prose, and drama that moves readers and wins awards, they face many difficulties accessing these achievements — difficulties which often go unnoticed, unmentioned, and underappreciated. Visibility, insight, alternative approaches, and thorough research are all needed to create more inclusive writing environments. This book confronts these issues head on, calling for diversity in the creative writing field, community, and industry, and more equitable spaces in adjacent arenas from academia to publishing. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages HB 9781350501874 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350501867 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350501881 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350501898 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
With essays and excerpts written by authors and educators from across seven countries, who are each impacted by a wide range of disabilities, including ADHD, autism, blindness, dyslexia, dyspraxia, stroke aphasia, cerebral palsy, bipolar, fibromyalgia, and rheumatoid arthritis, this collection informs, deconstructs and re-imagines to reform and revolutionize normative structures within writing institutions and communities.
COLLECTIONS
A Practical Guide to Teaching Creative Writing Supporting Inclusive Pedagogy
Bronwen Tate, University of British Columbia, Canada & John Vigna, University of British Columbia, Canada Grounded in progressive pedagogy, this essential resource leads creative writing instructors through each step of designing, teaching, and trouble-shooting a course. A Practical Guide to Teaching Creative Writing offers applied strategies and innovative insights equally valuable for novice and seasoned instructors. Tate and Vigna share tried and tested approaches to online, in-person, and hybrid classes from 6 to 300+ students, attentive to the specific opportunities and challenges of genres from fiction to comics, poetry to TV, creative nonfiction to lyric writing. A Practical Guide to Teaching Creative Writing provides: - Interviews with guest authors and instructors who share classroom strategies, pedagogical provocations, and proven UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 41 bw illus HB 9781350427716 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350427723 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350427730 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350427747 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
practices—including Felicia Rose Chavez on inclusive course design, Liz Lerman on developing Critical Response Process, Nalo Hopkinson on research and speculative fiction, and many more. - Approaches to active learning in undergraduate and graduate classrooms ranging in size and institutional context. - Guidance on creating effective and meaningful assignments in writing, reading, research, and revision that scaffold learning and build capacity. - Best practices for creating community and navigating the ever-evolving needs of students.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
55
CRIMINOLOGY 2ND EDITION
Finding the Truth with Criminal Investigation Suspect, Subject, Defendant
Daniel A. Reilly, George Mason University What is the process for a successful criminal investigation? Finding the Truth with Criminal Investigation is intended to answer all of the questions of who, what, where, when, why and how a violent crime occurred and/or was committed. It is intended for students in the field of criminal justice who wish to become criminal investigators—exposing them to the tools and processes needed to conduct a proper criminal investigation, but also the reality of working to support others as a team. Author Daniel A. Reilly spent a great deal of his professional life working on homicide cases, and he offers students his expertise in criminal investigation by successfully incorporating real-world context throughout this book. Updates to this Second Edition include: UK June 2026 • US June 2026 - Updated illustrative cases reflecting current police investigations, to support theories and opinions about investigative steps 464 Pages • 51 bw photos, 5 bw illustrations and best practices HB 9798881801649 • £150.00 / $170.00 PB 9798881801656 • £43.99 / $59.95 - Additional content on crime scene investigation ePDF 9798216380665 • £39.59 / $53.95 - Updated scholarship and supporting data ePub 9798881801663 • £39.59 / $53.95 Bloomsbury Academic - New images, charts, and graphs
BOR
Inside America's Opioid Crisis
12 Hard Lessons for Today’s Drug War Richard J. Baum, Georgetown University The country has been buffeted by four deadly overlapping waves of the opioid crisis, starting with prescription painkillers followed by heroin, fentanyl, and now dangerous drug combinations of opioids with methamphetamine, cocaine, and other substances, often sold as pills via social media. Fatal overdoses, reduced from peak levels, is still disturbingly high. Further, drug addiction, which impacts 28 million Americans, remains unchanged. Why are the country’s efforts to reduce overdoses, addiction and drug-related crime not working better? What can be done to get us back on track? This bold new book answers these questions—not with glib rhetoric or easy solutions—but with straight talk and a clear roadmap to take on the crisis. Major reforms are urgently needed, innovations in public health, justice and social policies are UK February 2026 • US February 2026 408 Pages • 30 b/w photos HB 9781538186404 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538186411 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9798881865832 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9781538186428 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
spelled out throughout this book which address the opioid crisis and prepare us for whatever comes next. Each chapter focuses on a hard lesson, detailing past failures and then outlining a path forward based on the author’s lived experiences working on drug policy for over three decades, through both the crack cocaine and opioid epidemics and five administrations at the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP).
19TH EDITION
Crime in the United States 2025 Edited by Shana Hertz Hattis Crime in the United States contains findings from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) of the offenses known to law enforcement. This reference is the most comprehensive official compilation of crime statistics in the United States and is an important addition to your library's collection. While the FBI no longer prints these findings, Bernan Press continues to provide this practical information in convenient book form. In this detailed source, legal and law enforcement professionals and researchers will find violent and property crime statistics for the nation as well as for regions, states, counties, cities, towns, and even college and university campuses. Crime in the United States includes statistics for: Crime in the United States UK December 2025 • US December 2025 676 Pages HB 9798892050937 • £115.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9798765154328 • £103.50 / $171.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Offenses known to police Violent crime offenses: murder, forcible rape, robbery, and aggravated assault Property crime offenses: burglary, larcency-theft, motor vehicle theft, and arson Clearance data: crimes solved by police or cleared by exceptional means Persons arrested Police employees: sworn officers and civilian law enforcement personnel
56
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CRIMINOLOGY
Disrupting the Nexus of Neoliberalism and Carceral Reach Pursuing Contemporary Social Change
Edited by Sarah Gaby, University of North Carolina & Amy Magnus, California State University Neoliberalism fundamentally shapes how carceral systems and ideology emerge in our everyday lives. This volume illustrates not only the major frameworks at play, but the lived realities of how the carceral state insidiously infiltrates social institutions through neoliberal means. The authors evaluate and propose the ways that activism and other mechanisms of social change may reduce the damaging effects of these systems of power. The book features an interdisciplinary set of contributions from scholars, activists, and professionals with intimate knowledge of how the intersection of neoliberalism and carceral reach takes shape. The book will capture how these realities impact education, reproductive health and rights, housing justice, prison proliferation, and racial violence. The authors extend the UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 1 bw illustration HB 9781538188033 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538188040 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9781538188057 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9798216389835 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
frameworks of neoliberalism and carceral reach into other social institutions where we see hyperpunitiveness, targeting, and extreme social control of vulnerable groups. It explicates concrete strategies to disrupt these connections from people who have studied and worked in these institutions for decades.
The Ripple Effects of College Prison Programs Hope, Humanity, and Transformation Taffany Lim Thirteen men sentenced to die by incarceration at a maximum-security prison pushed themselves to enroll in the first faceto-face bachelor’s degree completion program for incarcerated students in the state of California. Sentenced to life without possibility of parole, they pursued higher education as the path toward rehabilitation and transformation, changing the trajectory of their lives. Based on in-depth interviews, each journey is at times heartbreaking, infuriating, and deeply inspiring, as the men work through early childhood traumas, learning disabilities, failures, and guilt. Author Taffany Lim also explores her own growth and evolution as a result of years of investment in each student’s personal success.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 240 Pages • 26 bw photos HB 9781538195796 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781538195802 • £24.99 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765155233 • £22.49 / $31.50 ePub 9781538195819 • £22.49 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Learn more at www.hopethroughhighered.com
COLLECTIONS
Waiting to Die
One Man’s Journey on Death Row Feltus Taylor, Jr. Edited by Monique Morrison In his raw and unflinching memoir, Waiting to Die: One Man’s Journey on Death Row, Feltus Taylor, Jr., a young man from Louisiana, recounts the circumstances shaped by early trauma, instability, and devastating choices that led him to violence and ultimately to Louisiana State Penitentiary’s death row. Abandoned as an infant by a drug-addicted mother in and out of prison, Taylor’s first three years of his life remain mostly unknown, but what is known reveal clear signs of neglect and abuse. He was bow-legged, had a severe developmental disability, and a speech impediment. He lived with major depression, experienced dissociative seizures, and struggled to make sense of a world that often failed to make sense of him. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 5 bw photos HB 9798765157299 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765157312 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798765157305 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
Waiting to Die is not only the story of a convicted murderer; it is a rare and intimate portrait of a life, whom most would dismiss, seen in its entirety. Taylor embarks on a journey of self-discovery and personal growth through writing and spiritual healing. His words, written up to the morning of his death in 2000, reveal the quiet humanity that survives inside confinement and invite readers to sit with the life behind the sentence, challenging us to mourn the man he became just as he mourned the lives he forever harmed, even when redemption comes too late.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
57
CRIMINOLOGY
Murder in the Fourth Estate
The Assassination of Investigative Journalist Don Bolles Jeremy Duda, Journalist and Author “They finally got me… Emprise…the Mafia…John Adamson. Find him.” Investigative reporter Don Bolles used his final words to name the people he believed had set the car bomb that had left him dying in a hotel parking lot in midtown Phoenix. In his fourteen years as one of Arizona's top reporters, Bolles took on the Mafia, land fraud kingpins, and corrupt politicians. And someone wanted him silenced. Murder in the Fourth Estate is the first definitive account of the case, which is the most infamous assassination of a journalist in American history. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 344 Pages • 15 bw photos HB 9798881805128 • £30.00 / $40.00 ePDF 9798216382454 • £27.00 / $36.00 ePub 9798881805135 • £27.00 / $36.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Crime Films of the 1970s Contemporary Perspectives
Edited by David A. Mackey, Eric S. See & Sarah A. See The 1970s was a pivotal era for crime and criminal justice films in the United States. Many films produced during this period provocatively captured the tumultuous spirit of the era, while also shaping cinematic representations in the decades that followed. This edited volume offers a captivating exploration of the intricate connections between these films and the administration and social perceptions and attitudes toward justice, marginalized individuals, and the complexities of the criminal justice system. Each chapter delves into the intricate connections between these films and the administration of justice, the social construction of justice, as well as the social constructions of marginalized individuals and groups based on race, ethnicity, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 218 Pages PB 9798216383406 • £28.99 / $29.95 HB 9798881806620 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798881867737 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798881806637 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
gender, and sexuality. By examining these crime-based films through a critical lens, this book sheds light on how they have shaped societal perceptions and attitudes towards justice, marginalization, the complexities of the criminal justice system, and the views towards the larger political establishment.
COLLECTIONS
Jersey Boss
The Rise of Mafia Power Jerry Catena Scott M. Deitche, Author Jerry Catena propelled up the ranks, becoming the first New Jersey mobster to lead a New York crime family, and his decades-long reign left an unparalleled legacy of crime, violence, and corruption. Gerardo “Jerry” Catena was the boss of New Jersey. His reign lasted for decades, and he left an unparalleled legacy of crime and power and corruption. He was part of major moments of twentieth century America, from the founding of one of the biggest gaming companies in the world, to the mob’s infiltration of labor unions, to the mob control of Las Vegas and preCastro Cuba. Jersey Boss: The Rise of Mafia Power Jerry Catena is fast-paced and deeply researched look into the life of this enigmatic Mafia powerhouse. This book draws from law enforcement reports, interviews with former law enforcement UK April 2026 • US April 2026 248 Pages • 17 bw photos HB 9781538194607 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881865924 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538194614 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
58
UK, Europe, ROW
and underworld figures, as well as people who knew Jerry personally.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CRIMINOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Power Corrupts
Cleaning Up America's Biggest Industry Richard Munson, writer Electric utilities have faced a few scandals over the past century or so, but corruption is growing as the power industry’s conventional business model is falling apart. Modern technologies challenge their monopoly mindsets and outmoded generators. Threatened utilities, in turn, gun for taxpayer- and ratepayer-funded subsidies, which they increasingly seek through fraud-filled, underhanded schemes. Corruption, however, can be challenged. In Power Corrupts: Cleaning Up America’s Biggest Industry, Richard Munson reports on blocked bailouts and options for increased transparency and ethics by exploring scandals that have dominated headlines. Munson highlights how power corruption proliferates, enabling outmoded generators to waste money, spew pollution, and block clean-energy innovations. UK June 2025 • US June 2025 184 Pages HB 9781538199398 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798765154724 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538199404 • £22.50 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
Legal cases profiled include Chuck Jones of FirstEnergy, Anne Pramaggiore of Commonwealth Energy, and more. Munson argues misconduct is on the rise because modern technologies threaten power monopolies’ reliance on large nuclear and coal units. As solar and wind costs fall, power monopolies use bribes to survive. Customers and citizens are paying not only for the electricity they use but also the taxes that pay to regulate, subsidize, and investigate utility companies. Power Corrupts calls for competition and transparency, serving as an essential primer for readers interested in the dark history of the electric industry.
COLLECTIONS
The Future of Hacking
The Rise of Cybercrime and the Fight to Keep Us Safe Laura S. Scherling In a world, where cyber threats evolve daily, the line between hacker and hero is thinner than you think. Hacking is no longer just a shadowy underground activity—it’s an essential part of our digital world. The Future of Hacking explores the evolving landscape of cybersecurity, ethical hacking, and digital defense, revealing how hackers protect as much as they attack. Drawing on extensive research and expert interviews from around the world, Laura Scherling uncovers the real-world impact of cybercrime, internet freedom, and digital policy. This accessible yet deeply researched book challenges misconceptions about hacking, highlights the work of those defending our digital future, and helps readers UK July 2025 • US July 2025 232 Pages HB 9781538186619 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798765160541 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538186626 • £22.50 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
understand why cybersecurity is now everyone’s concern. The future of hacking is here.
COLLECTIONS
Global Perspectives on Sex Offending Edited by Abiodun Raufu, Southern University and A & M College & Jiseun Sohn Sex offending is a multifaceted and pervasive phenomenon with far-reaching implications for victims, society, and the global community. This book examines the global and comparative perspectives on sex offending, particularly with regard to cultural variations and plurality of legal outlook that pose challenge to a global action. It offers a comprehensive exploration of the causes, prevalence, consequences, and the differential responses to sex offending across the world. With contributions from leading experts in psychology, law, sociology, and criminology, this multidisciplinary edited volume encompasses such disciplines as criminology, gender studies, law, psychology, cultural studies, and sociology. It is a compelling and timely resource for policymakers, practitioners, students, researchers, and anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the complex dynamics of global sex offending. Global Perspectives on Sex Offending serves as a beacon of hope in the fight against this silent epidemic, urging us to shine a light into the shadows and stand in solidarity with UK January 2026 • US January 2026 306 Pages • 1 bw illustration PB 9798216377078 • £30.00 / $39.95 HB 9798881807290 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798881867546 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798881807306 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
survivors around the world.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
59
CRIMINOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Race, Crime, and Criminal Justice
Breaking the Cycle of Black Overrepresentation in Crime Statistics Anita Kalunta-Crumpton One of the most controversial topics on the subject of race, crime, and criminal justice is the disproportionate representation of Blacks in the criminal justice system as offenders and prison inmates. Rather than portraying Blacks as perpetual victims of racism in which societal institutions are solely responsible for reform, this book seeks to put the power of change in the hands of Blacks. It focuses on the preventative role that Blacks might play and considers solution-oriented ways to stop this vicious cycle.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 208 Pages PB 9798216383383 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781538185209 • £60.00 / $85.00 ePDF 9798765154793 • £54.00 / $76.50 ePub 9781538185216 • £54.00 / $76.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Justice at Trial
Courtroom Battles and Groundbreaking Cases James J. Brosnahan Follow a trial lawyer’s career through the demanding, often controversial, and suspenseful world of jury trials, tension-filled appeals and the different worlds of courtrooms, jail cells, corporate boardrooms, and law firms. Each of the cases in the nineteen chapters were selected from a total of his 150 jury trials to reflect issues of current importance, including refugees on the Mexican border, gargantuan gender battles inside one of the largest corporations in the world, sexual taboos on national television, accusations of terrorism, government agents who cheat, innocent prisoners in our jails, the constitutional right to speak and print the truth, bringing law to a war zone, poverty and murder on Native American Reservations, current problems of hunger in America, and more. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages • 16 b/w photos HB 9781538174432 • £32.00 / $38.00 PB 9798216368762 • £15.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798765172629 • £14.39 / $19.75 ePub 9781538174449 • £14.39 / $19.75 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Mass Incarceration in America A Reference Handbook
Rachel M. Durso, Washington College, USA On a per capita basis, the United States incarcerates a higher percentage of its population than any other nation in the world. This book explains the social, economic, and political forces that account for this controversial distinction through features that include context-setting introductory chapters, illuminating primary documents, informative biographical and organizational profiles, a detailed timeline of events and trends related to incarceration in the USA, and personal essays contributed by administrators, researchers, educators, and people with firsthand experience of life behind bars.
Contemporary World Issues UK April 2026 • US May 2028 288 Pages HB 9781440881428 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798765116753 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440881435 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798765116739 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
60
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CRIMINOLOGY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Murder of Angela Mischelle Lawless
An Honest Sheriff and the Exoneration of an Innocent Man Stephen R. Snodgrass In a small Missouri town in 1992, the body of 19-year-old Mischelle Lawless was found in her car, stalled on the side of a road. 18-year-old Josh Kezer was arrested and charged for her murder—even though he was in a different state at the time, as proven by witnesses—and spent the next 16 years of his life in prison. How was Josh imprisoned for a crime he didn’t commit? Author Stephen R. Snodgrass expertly unveils the web of manipulation and corruption that led to Josh’s conviction. Everything that could go wrong in the American criminal justice system did, from witnesses who were coached by law enforcement to lie, to withheld exculpatory evidence, and an UK September 2025 • US September 2025 320 Pages • 10 b/w photos HB 9781538172063 • £32.00 / $38.00 PB 9798216369028 • £15.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798765177723 • £14.39 / $19.75 ePub 9781538172070 • £14.39 / $19.75 Rowman & Littlefield
unscrupulous prosecutor knowingly using false, recanted testimony. Snodgrass draws on interviews with Josh himself, the research of Sheriff Rick Walter, the first responder to the scene, and his own legal analysis, to reveal the truth behind the case, the conviction, and the exoneration. This book is a timely, compassionate work of true crime that calls for better and more equitable justice for all.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Crime, Punishment, and Video Games Kristine Levan & Steven Downing Moving beyond discussions of potential linkages between violence and video games, Crime, Punishment, and Video Games examines a broad range of issues related to the representation of crime and deviance within video games and the video game subculture. The context of justice is discussed with respect to traditional criminal justice agencies, but also expanded throughout to include issues related to social justice. The text also presents the potential cultural, social, and economic impact of video games. Considering the significant number of video game players, from casual to competitive players, these issues have become even more salient in recent years. Regardless of whether someone considers themselves a gamer, video games are undoubtedly relevant to modern society, and this text discusses how the shift in gaming has impacted our perceptions of deviance, crime, and justice. The authors explore past, present and future manifestations of these connections, considering how the game industry, policy makers, and researchers can work toward a better understanding of UK September 2025 • US September 2025 244 Pages • 3 textboxes; HB 9781793613370 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781793613394 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978759145 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781793613387 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
how and why video games are an important area of study for criminologists and sociologists, and how games will present new promises and challenges in the years to come.
COLLECTIONS
Backbeat Gangsters
The Rise and Decline of the Mob in Rock Music Jeffrey Sussman During the early days of rock and roll the mob used every tactic they could, from creating their own record labels, bribing radio DJs and stacking jukeboxes with their own artists, to exploiting and intimidating performers, and creating their own black market of bootlegged records, to make millions. In the 1950s, when rock and roll music burst upon the scene, the major established record companies thought that the new music was a passing teenage trend, but mobsters were there and pounced on the new business opportunity. They opened small independent record companies, signed ambitious young singers and musicians, and produced truckloads of 45 rpm records. To make sure that their records would be successful, the mob bribed disc jockeys in major cities to play the records UK April 2025 • US April 2025 190 Pages • 1 BW Photo, 1 Table HB 9781538190265 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881855307 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538190272 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
and made sure jukeboxes, which were already mob-controlled, were filled to capacity with the new music. Whatever it took to gain airtime and repeated plays of their songs, the mob made sure it happened. Backbeat Gangsters includes the stories of the most sinister people who took control of the record business during the early days of rock and roll, as well as those of the numerous, young performers who were exploited and received threats and beatings instead of the compensation they were promised. In yet another well-researched and thorough account, Jeffrey Sussman, details how the mob was able to infiltrate and control another aspect of American culture with devastating results.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
61
CRIMINOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Brooklyn's Jane Doe
The Mishandling of a Sexual Assault Investigation S. A. Mathers “I have had the misfortune of being raped twice—once in the park and again in the media,” wrote “Jane Doe,” the victim of an infamous stranger rape in Brooklyn, New York. Two decades later, detective S. A. Mathers reopened Doe's case to bring her justice. In April 1994, the horrific details of Jane Doe’s assault were widely covered by New York City newspapers following misleading information from NYPD officials to Pulitzer Prize-winning crime reporter Mike McAlary. Convinced that Doe, a queer woman of color, was fabricating her account for political amplification, McAlary launched a journalistic smear UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages • 4 bw photos HB 9798881808198 • £20.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881848927 • £18.00 / $27.00 ePub 9798881808204 • £18.00 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
campaign against her. Permanent harm was done to Jane Doe, who was ridiculed and gaslighted publicly, and thus to all survivors who faced the silencing specter of being disbelieved. Twenty-three years later, as the lead investigator on the case, retired detective S. A. Mathers helped Doe achieve the apology and closure she had long desired when her case was finally allowed to be reopened and reinvestigated. Brooklyn’s Jane Doe tells her story and highlights the struggle for justice that so many survivors face.
COLLECTIONS
Chase the Devil
Murder and Obsession on Florida's Gulf Coast Tony Adame A police detective and an investigative journalist team up in secret to try and solve a series of rapes and murders from the early 1980s on Florida’s Gulf Coast, hoping to crack the cold case that has passed through generations of detectives. On December 31, 1984, Tonya Ethridge McKinley was out with friends celebrating New Year’s Eve and the start of her new life in Pensacola, Florida. Finally free from an abusive relationship, she was just weeks from her 24th birthday and moving toward becoming the person she’d always wanted to be. When Tonya’s body was found dumped on the side of the road, half-naked, raped, beaten, and choked to death in the early-morning hours of New Year’s Day, it was the first of two unsolved rapes and murders in the same area in the first two months of the year. UK May 2025 • US May 2025 198 Pages • 8 b/w photos HB 9798881805265 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881863012 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798881805272 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
Chase the Devil takes readers back to that rainy December night in 1984 and barrels forward like a freight train, moving across the decades and diving into the details of the crime and inside the lives of the victims and their families, the suspects, and the law enforcement officers who kept the case alive. With original reporting and unprecedented access to investigators, case files, and FBI reports kept hidden for decades, investigative journalist Tony Adame immerses readers in the investigation and tries to answer the questions of what really happened to Tonya that night and who took her life.
COLLECTIONS
The Practice Run
How a Failed Art Heist Provided a Blueprint for the World's Largest Art Robbery Frederick J. Fisher On Saint Patrick’s Day, 1990, one of the largest art thefts in the world took place—the heist of Boston’s Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum in which thirteen works of art, worth over half a billion dollars, were stolen by two thieves posing as policemen. Had there been a prior practice run for this theft? Ten years earlier two thieves who posed as delivery men, after hijacking a FedEx van and etherizing its female driver, were thwarted in their attempt of a nearly identical robbery at The Hyde Collection in Glens Falls, New York—an art museum modeled after a one in Boston. The mastermind of these crimes was Brian McDevitt of Massachusetts. Prior to his failed heist he spent two months ingratiating himself to the museum’s director, the author of this story, in hopes of extracting vital UK May 2025 • US May 2025 230 Pages • 8 b/w photos HB 9798881805951 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881858810 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9798881805968 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
information that would aid in his crime. The book investigates the planning and execution of The Hyde’s attempted robbery and traces McDevitt’s various escapades following his jail sentences in New York State and one in Massachusetts over a previous bank heist. This story also explores the history of these two sister museums that were jolted into the recognition of their vulnerabilities, following one thwarted and one actual theft. And even more fascinating is the possibility that a single individual might have been the mastermind of both crimes.
62
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CRIMINOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Vanishing Act
A Crashed Airliner, Faked Death, and Backroom Abortions Jerry Jamison, Advertising Copywriter Over a span of 39 years, 25 aliases, 28 arrests in 20 cities, and nearly a dozen imprisonments, Robert Spears lived a con artist's life of unparalleled adventure and intrigue. But that is far from the end of his story. Shortly before Thanksgiving Day in 1959, a plane exploded in mid-air, killing all forty-two passengers and crew and leaving scattered debris and bodies across the otherwise tranquil Gulf waters. Listed on the manifest was Dr. Robert Spears—once the highly regarded president of the Texas Naturopathic Association. Father of two small children with a lovely, societyminded wife and an elegant home in an exclusive neighborhood, it was a monumental tragedy for his family as it was for all the souls lost that day. Less than two months later, Robert Spears miraculously “rose from the dead” in Phoenix where he UK April 2025 • US April 2025 288 Pages • 31 BW Photos HB 9798881802936 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881865269 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9798881802943 • £27.00 / $32.40 Rowman & Littlefield
was promptly arrested. Headlining newspapers nationwide—“Man Downs Airliner to Fake Death”—Spears was discovered to have cleverly switched identities and persuaded a friend, Al Taylor, to fly with his plane ticket. Asking him to carry “a package” on board, Spears drove away in his buddy’s car with his wallet and driver’s license. As the FBI began to investigate, they uncovered a stunning, mind-bending tale of murder, abortion rings, and false identities, as well as insurance scams and medical fraud that stretched over decades. Methodically and carefully researched through FBI records, Vanishing Act fully tells the complete and shocking story of con man Robert Spears for the first time.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Jukebox Empire
The Mob and the Dark Side of the American Dream David Rabinovitch An aspiring tycoon partners with a racketeer to build a jukebox that makes millions, then takes the fall for the largest money laundering scheme in history. Caught between the Mob and the feds in a plot to save the casinos in Havana from Castro’s revolution, Wolfe Rabin pulls the biggest money-laundering scheme in history, but his hubris leads to the conspiracy unraveling in a sensational trial. At a time when there was a jukebox in every restaurant, diner, bar, barracks, arcade, and canteen, Rabin’s trajectory from inventor to promoter to outlaw is set against the Mob’s growing infiltration of the jukebox industry. In a world of music, machines, and money, popular culture and organized crime collide in an epic drama of invention and greed. David Rabinovitch’s UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages • 18 b/w photos HB 9781538172599 • £18.99 / $24.95 PB 9798216369189 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798216257202 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781538172605 • £13.49 / $17.95 Rowman & Littlefield
investigation into his own family history pieces together an epic puzzle that begins in Chicago with the invention of a jukebox and spans the casinos of Havana and the financial giants of Europe, leading to what the FBI called “the biggest bank robbery in the world.”
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Sin City Gangsters
The Rise and Decline of the Mob in Las Vegas Jeffrey Sussman Sin City Gangsters is a whirlwind account of how the mob created Las Vegas, building and controlling gambling casinos and buying the favors of influential politicians. The book features such mobsters as Bugsy Siegel, Meyer Lansky, Moe Dalitz, Sam Giancana, Tony Accardo, and Nick Civella, along with their agents and hired guns: Tony Spilotro, Lefty Rosenthal, and Donald Angelini. The casino owners transformed Vegas into an entertainment capital by building billion-dollar-plus resorts and hiring entertainers, such as Frank Sinatra and Elvis Presley. Sin City Gangsters is the only book that charts Vegas from early mob-owned casinos to billion-dollar resorts; its cast of characters were exceedingly ambitious risk takers who created a glittering mecca of sin and pleasure. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 240 Pages • 11 b/w photos HB 9781538161234 • £30.00 / $40.00 PB 9798216368618 • £15.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798765180266 • £14.39 / $19.75 ePub 9781538161241 • £14.39 / $19.75 Rowman & Littlefield
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
63
CRIMINOLOGY NEW IN PB
The Berman Murders
Unraveling the Mojave Desert's Most Mysterious Unsolved Crime Doug Kari For true crime readers obsessed with learning the full story, get the book that Publishers Weekly calls a "stirring account," and says, "dogged reporting and expert pacing make this a good bet for true crime fans." At daybreak on January 6, 1986, a couple on a camping trip in the Mojave Desert set out for a stroll and never returned. The local sheriff eventually discovered that Barry and Louise Berman had been murdered. As years passed and the double homicide remained unsolved, the Berman case spawned speculation and conjecture. To date there’s never been an arrest in the case—let alone a conviction. This is the first book to tell the full story of the Berman murders and uncover a likely suspect.
UK February 2026 • US January 2026 264 Pages • 10 bw photos HB 9781538186381 • £26.00 / $35.00 PB 9798216392224 • £15.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798216332206 • £14.39 / $17.95 ePub 9781538186398 • £14.39 / $17.95 Rowman & Littlefield
64
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
CULTURAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Microphone Ralph Jones, Freelance Writer, UK Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things. Since its invention more than 150 years ago, the microphone transformed the world in an instant. Yet its evolution and integration into our daily lives has been comparatively gradual – so gradual, crucially, that it is easy to forget just how much we take it for granted. Every phone has a microphone. Every laptop has a microphone. We are surrounded by microphones. The microphone wields enormous power. But when we're ‘on mic’ we aren't just powerful, we're vulnerable. Microphones can destroy careers as quickly as make them. The microphone is inextricable from our need to be heard. This book takes a curious, always humorous look at this object as a metaphor for power and how the fulfillment of our desire to be heard has
Object Lessons UK April 2026 • US April 2026 152 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9798765126011 • £9.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765126035 • £8.99 / $13.45 ePub 9798765126028 • £8.99 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
created a multi-headed beast we are still learning how to tame.
COLLECTIONS
Ballot Anjali Enjeti- Sydow, Reinhardt University, USA Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things. Ballot examines the psychological, cultural, and political significance of voting in an increasingly anti-voting climate. Armed with her personal experiences as a poll worker, electoral organizer, and activist, Anjali Enjeti unspools a timely narrative about the precarious state of the ballot during one of the most tumultuous political eras in US history, and recounts the astonishing events leading up to the 2024 presidential election. Enjeti lays out the growing challenges for voters in battleground states, where rightwing legislatures have introduced staggering numbers of voter suppression bills and redrawn district lines, all to disenfranchise as many Black and other Object Lessons UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9798765126196 • £9.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765126219 • £8.99 / $13.45 ePub 9798765126202 • £8.99 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
marginalized voters as possible. As her account of the history and stakes of election integrity shows, the aftershocks of the Capitol insurrection on January 6, 2021 have manifested most egregiously on the four corners of the ballot.
O B J E C T L E S S O N S Explore the hidden lives of ordinary things
9798765108840
9798765108901
9798765126196
9798765135587
9781501376634
bloomsbury.com/objectlessons
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
65
SHAKESPEARE’S
£40 | Clothbound hardback 9781350319967 2552 pages | 40 colour and 20 bw photographs
A must-have for students, theatre makers and readers everywhere. The RSC Shakespeare is an imprint of Bloomsbury, available via www.bloomsbury.com and through the Bloomsbury Academic sales team. RSC Shakespeare titles are not available in North America.
www.bloomsbury.com/RSCCompleteWorks
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Queer Shakespeare
Desire, Sexuality and Embodiment Edited by Goran Stanivukovic, Saint Mary’s University, Canada The go-to resource for understanding desire, same-sex and trans eroticism in Shakespeare's texts, as well as in stage performance and in textual criticism, this second edition features revisions to the original chapters and an additional 5 new chapters. The plays and poems of Shakespeare overflow with sexual and erotic discourses, languages, and representations concerning eroticism and sex, and they display forms of embodiment that intersect with the erotic. This preoccupation with sex and desire often disrupts on page and stage the otherwise heavily regulated worlds of sexuality and desire in UK June 2026 • US June 2026 384 Pages HB 9781350527485 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350527478 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350527508 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350527492 • £22.49 / $31.45 The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare’s society. The updated chapters take stock of the ideas and arguments explored in queer Shakespeare scholarship since the first edition in 2017. Five new chapters expand the scope of the book and trace further lines of enquiry: queerness in stage performance, and in the original intersection between textual and trans analysis; queerness and race; queerness and critical disability studies in the narrative poetry, and trans theory of queer Shakespeare. Together with a new introduction, Queer Shakespeare expands the possibilities for teaching both Shakespeare and queer theory in all of its manifestations.
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare and Trauma Theory Kelsey Ridge, Alvernia University, USA Kelsey Ridge provides a thorough overview of how we can use trauma theory to understand Shakespeare through its intellectual and practical application. Ridge covers the history of trauma theory from Freud to Holocaust studies and PTSD by drawing on psychoanalytic theory, feminist theory, post-colonial theory and disability studies. The Rape of Lucrece, Titus Andronicus, and Merchant of Venice provide initial case studies of trauma-informed analyses of Shakespeare, whilst a focus on adaptation furthers our understanding of key plays and productions. These include The Tempest, The Percys’ Opera inspired by Henry IV, Part 1, and Cry Havoc!, a production by the trauma-focused theatre company De-Cruit, which together suggest how trauma theory can be used as a tool for analysing Shakespeare as well as engaging with the lived experience of trauma itself. In communicating these interpretations, Ridge provides a set of tools for Shakespeare and Theory UK February 2026 • US April 2026 184 Pages PB 9781350439146 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350439108 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781350439122 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350439115 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
those wanting to conduct their own trauma theory analyses of Shakespeare, productions and adaptations themselves. A dynamic resource for academics, students, and theatre practitioners, Shakespeare and Trauma Theory includes suggested readings and resources as well as a glossary of key terms to support understanding of an important and growing field in Shakespeare studies.
COLLECTIONS
Twelfth Night, or What You Will: The State of Play Edited by Emma Smith, University of Oxford, UK Offering new insights from a range of experienced and emerging scholars, this volume analyses Shakespeare’s Twelfth Night, or What You Will through a variety of critical lenses. Shakespeare’s comedy of gender confusion and unrequited love was a critical play for feminist readings and ideas related to cross-dressing, gender fluidity and relationships in the 1980s. Since then, it has been somewhat critically adrift. Smith’s collection of essays resets the critical conversation that surrounds this play to a more contemporary idiom and provides an up-to-date reader for both professors and their students.
Arden Shakespeare The State of Play UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 6 bw illus PB 9781350456440 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350456402 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781350456426 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350456419 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
An interdisciplinary volume, this book gathers a range of voices and views in order to assess how transformative work on texts, identity and race has impacted Twelfth Night’s standing in current Shakespeare conversations. Scholars from across the globe utilize viewpoints stemming from transgender studies, environmental studies, racial studies and queer theory, in order to provide a present-day exploration of the play’s critical framework, and stimulate future conversations that arise from recent adaptations and performance traditions from beyond the anglophone sphere.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
67
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE COLLECTIONS
Rethinking Science and Religion in Early Modern Culture Edited by Aaron Kitch, Bowdoin College, USA & Jennifer R. Rust, Saint Louis University, USA Early modern Europe provides a rich context from which to challenge the rigid opposition between science and religion in this bold new edited collection. Contributors reveal how modes of science or natural philosophy, and religion, were mutually interdependent, even if they were also fluid and contested. Essays break new ground by situating texts and artefacts of early modern science and religion in terms of contemporary scholarly developments, including ecocriticism, postcolonial, race and affect studies. By foregrounding questions of gender, embodiment, evidence and the historical formation of scientific colonialism, this collection locates the early modern body and its empirical study as a source of both religious and scientific knowledge. Essays cover the soteriological body at the heart of Andreas Vesalius’ seminal studies of anatomy, depictions of the hymen UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages PB 9781350511668 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350511620 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781350511644 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350511637 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
in Shakespeare and medical texts and forms of empiricism in John Donne. Where some of the essays address non-literary works, many chapters explore the role of imaginative literature and aesthetics more broadly. Beyond the centrality of Protestant Christianity to early modern European science, some contributors consider the influence of hermetic writings on Francis Bacon and read the Mayan K’iche’ epic of creation known as the Popul Wuj alongside Milton’s Paradise Lost. These inquiries demonstrate the value of comparative perspectives in a period in which radical social, political and religious changes caused a series of epistemic ruptures.
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare in the Theatre: Phyllida Lloyd Elizabeth Schafer, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK & David Bullen, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK Part of the series Shakespeare in the Theatre, this book examines the work of Phyllida Lloyd who has transformed and revolutionized 21st century Shakespeare by her all female productions. It begins with the Globe Taming of the Shrew in 2003 and then, later, with her Shakespeare Trilogy: her Donmar Theatre productions of Julius Caesar (2012), Henry IV (2014) and The Tempest (2016). While critical response to The Shrew was divided, with some seeing all female approach casting as evocative of ‘girls’ boarding school’ Shakespeare, by the time of Lloyd’s 2016 season of Julius Caesar, Henry IV and The Tempest at King’s Cross, most critics appeared to be won over or at least accepting. Shakespeare in the Theatre UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9781350613898 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350106345 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781350106369 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350106352 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
The book explores the significance of Lloyd’s ongoing working relationships with key performers – Janet McTeer, Meryl Streep, Harriet Walter – while acknowledging the importance of Lloyd’s success with Mamma Mia! in freeing her to pursue high risk theatrical ventures – such as the all female Shakespeare productions - without needing to worry unduly about what the reviewers thought. Schafer illustrates how Lloyd’s ability to hold realism and the non real in creative tension - an ability on display in Mamma Mia! in the all female productions and in her opera productions - is particularly critical when she is working with Shakespeare’s (mostly) anti-illusionistic dramaturgy.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Antony and Cleopatra
Shakespeare: The Critical Tradition Edited by Marga Munkelt, University of Munster, Germany This new volume in the Shakespeare: The Critical Tradition series increases our knowledge of how Antony and Cleopatra has been received and understood by critics, editors and general readers. The volume provides, in separate sections, both critical opinions about the play across the centuries and an evaluation of their positions within and their impact on the reception of the play. The chronological arrangement of the text-excerpts engages the readers in a direct and unbiased dialogue, and the introduction offers a critical evaluation from a current stance, including modern theories and methods. This volume makes a major contribution to our understanding of the play and of the traditions of Shakespearean criticism surrounding it as they have developed from century to century. Shakespeare: The Critical Tradition UK May 2026 • US May 2026 504 Pages HB 9781474257008 • £140.00 / $190.00 PB 9781350442924 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9781350321434 • £126.00 / $171.00 ePub 9781350321441 • £126.00 / $171.00 The Arden Shakespeare
68
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
A Comprehensive Guide to Shakespeare’s Sonnets Roland Weidle, Ruhr University, Germany This book provides readers with the tools to unravel the complexities of one of the most difficult sonnet sequences, introducing them to the literary tradition, themes, stylistic features and cultural contexts of the genre and the collection, and offering close readings of more than 100 sonnets. This combined approach enables readers not only to disentangle the complex relationships of the poems’ characters but also to appreciate their philosophical, sensual, topical and subversive qualities. Of the book’s two sections, the first, ‘Contexts and Forms’, includes chapters on the sonnet tradition, early publication history, the structural features of the sequence and the Shakespearean sonnet, as well as the main characteristics of the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9781350382831 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350382879 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350382855 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350382848 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
dramatis personae. The second section, ‘Themes’, consists of 5 chapters and explores the theme clusters that can be identified throughout the sequence (preservation, writing, desire, deception, imagination). Additional features of the book include a step-by-step approach to a Shakespeare sonnet, a model interpretation of a sonnet, as well as charts and tables identifying and summarizing the sequence’s mini-narratives, groups, addressees and themes. For easy reference, the sonnets discussed in the book are cross-referenced and listed in the index, which also includes key terms and names of works and people. Suggestions for further reading are provided at the end of each chapter, and the annotated bibliography includes brief descriptions of the most useful works for further study.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Shakespeare and Comics Negotiating Cultural Value
Edited by Jim Casey, Independent scholar, USA & Brandon Christopher, University of Winnipeg, Canada From their inception, ‘low culture’ comics have intersected with the ‘high culture’ of Shakespeare. This is the first book-length collection dedicated entirely to the exploration of this collision. Its chapters illuminate the ways in which different texts, time periods, politics, authors, media, approaches and forms interact. Ranging from Classic Comics to Marvel, from tebeo to manga, from independent to mainstream comics, texts explored include Y: The Last Man, Neil Gaiman and Charles Vess’s 'A Midsummer Night’s Dream' (The Sandman #19), The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, I Am Alfonso Jones, Marvel 1602, Doom 2099, and manga adaptations of The Tempest and Macbeth, among many others. Shakespeare and Adaptation UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages • 14 bw illus HB 9781350401341 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350401389 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350401365 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350401358 • £76.50 / $103.50 The Arden Shakespeare
As comic books and their big-screen progeny dominate mainstream popular culture, the association of Shakespeare with comics offers creators and critics tools with which to interrogate the place of Shakespeare within the English and global literary and cultural traditions. Shakespeare and Comics argues that, at a moment when the reassessment and reimagining of literary canons has become more urgent than ever, thinking about Shakespeare through the lens of comics invites us to imagine a literary and cultural landscape in which so-called ‘great works’ exist alongside and in equal conversation with marginalized writers, topics and forms.
COLLECTIONS
Book Culture in Shakespeare’s Stratford The Quiney Connections
Marlin E. Blaine, California State University, Fullerton, USA, Lena Cowen Orlin, Georgetown University, Robert Bearman, University of Birmingham, UK & Alan H. Nelson, University of California, Berkeley, USA The recent discovery of two Latin books that once belonged to the Quiney family of Stratford-upon-Avon expands our understanding of Shakespeare’s grammar school education and of the social, material, and learned networks that operated in his hometown. One of these books, the Apophthegmata of Erasmus, belonged to Shakespeare’s friend and neighbour, Richard Quiney, while the other, a commentary on Aristotelian logic, was owned by a different Richard Quiney, who was Shakespeare’s grandson.
Arden Studies in Early Modern Material Culture UK December 2025 • US December 2025 288 Pages • 21 b/w illus PB 9781350558564 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350558526 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781350558540 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350558533 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
Building from a simple account of these findings, Book Culture in Shakespeare’s Stratford: The Quiney Connections sheds new light on the use of Latin in the market town that produced the world’s most famous playwright. The story it tells weaves together analysis of letters, sermons, wills, public monuments and other printed books owned by local residents. Complementing these cultural explorations, biographical studies of Quiney family members and influential clergymen and teachers in Stratford evoke the impact of this learned culture on the lived experience of individual people. This study breaks new ground in our understanding of the rich educational environment that would enliven the plays and poems of William Shakespeare.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
69
ARDEN EARLY MODERN DRA M A Scholarly editions of Renaissance and Restoration plays
9781408133453
9781350115422
9781474277549
9781472532596
9781474289290
9781904271758
9781904271741
9781904271512
9781904271604
9781472520456
9781904271628
9781904271505
Discover more at www.bloomsbury.com/ardenearlymoderndrama
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE COLLECTIONS
Theatre of Fire
Special Effects in Early English and Scottish Theatre Philip Butterworth, University of Leeds, UK This revised edition investigates first-hand evidence of the use of special effects in fire and flame in medieval and Tudor theatre. Evidence concerning the use of special effects in fire and flame in medieval and tudor theatre points to some hazardous, exciting and spectacular theatrical activity. The effects range from the simple use of candles to impressive ‘set-pieces’ for dramatic firework events. Although the term ‘special effect’ is not a medieval one, it is a useful modern term to draw together activity through the production of flame and fire in addition to that produced by the actions of players. Examining the production of pyrotechnic devices and approaches to their construction, provision and creative use, this book considers five major forms of evidence: guild, civic and ecclesiastical records, firework writers’ recipes, eye-witness UK April 2026 • US April 2026 304 Pages • 32 bw illus PB 9781350565470 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350565432 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781350565456 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350565449 • £72.00 / $99.00 The Arden Shakespeare
accounts, recipes in Books of Secrets and explicit stage directions in plays. This edition reidentifies one of the five forms of evidence, the ‘explicit stage direction’ in use before 1560, as the ‘record of performance’, and reassesses it in this new light. This revised edition makes use of related research that has been produced since 1998, when the first edition was published by The Society for Theatre Research, and includes further discussion of the extent to which interpretative weight may be put on to the evidence produced by financial accounts and other civic documents. It also includes wider reflection on the authority of some post-1560 stage directions, improved discussion on the evidence concerning performances of travelling players in taverns, and consideration of subsequent work on special effects. The work concludes with an extensive set of appendices drawing together primary materials - some published here for the first time - including eye witness accounts and extracts from manuals and recipe books. A substantial expanded Glossary and numerous illustrations completes this uniquely illuminating resource. Features a new foreword by Peter Meredith (Emeritus Professor of Medieval Drama, University of Leeds, UK).
Edward II Christopher Marlowe Edited by Jeffrey Masten, Northwestern Univeristy, Illinois Vivid and daring in Marlowe’s time and ours, Edward II has captivated generations of readers, audiences and performers with its evocative portrayal of passionate friendship, kingly power and brutal retribution. Leading scholar Jeffrey Masten’s new edition of Marlowe’s great tragedy distils its importance for the history of queer sexuality, historical drama and modern performance alike. Drawing on new research into Edward’s earliest readers, as well as modern stage, film and operatic adaptations, Masten unpacks the play’s early meanings and modern resonances to spotlight its radical potential across a span of 400 years. This edition gives students a modernised, comprehensively annotated text with a detailed, illustrated introduction addressing Marlowe’s life and education, the play’s influence as a history play and its sexual, religious and national politics. Highlighted as well are Derek Jarman’s landmark queer film adaption of Edward II and celebrated performances by Ian McKellen, Derek Jacobi and Tilda Swinton. Arden Early Modern Drama UK May 2026 • US May 2026 456 Pages • 22 bw illus HB 9781408133460 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781408133453 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781408140109 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781408140116 • £15.209 / $20.65 The Arden Shakespeare
Arden Early Modern Drama editions offer the best in contemporary scholarship, providing a wealth of helpful and incisive commentary to guide the reader through a deeper understanding and appreciation of the play. This edition provides: - A clear and authoritative text - Detailed on-page commentary notes - A comprehensive, illustrated introduction to the play’s historical, cultural and performance contexts - A guide to reading an original printed page of the 1594 text - A bibliography of references and further reading
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
71
THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE FOURTH SERIES
The next generation of Shakespeare’s plays, poems & sonnets
May 2026 | 9781350110861
October 2026 | 9781350144422
May 2026 | 9781350078406
December 2026 | 9781350046757
December 2026 | 9781350065598
Find out more at www.bloomsbury.com/ArdenShakespeareFourthSeries
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE
Titus Andronicus William Shakespeare Edited by Curtis Perry, University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, USA & Ayanna Thompson, Arizona State University, USA The bloodiest and brashest of Shakespeare’s plays, this revenge tragedy begins with war and ends in mutilation and cannibalism. Acts of war and sexual violence across borders and within families highlight the importance of empire, Blackness and gender, alongside the familial and literal blood which characterise early modern and contemporary performance. The Arden Shakespeare Fourth Series Titus Andronicus provides: - A critical introduction to the textual, cultural and performance history - An edition that is rooted in a Jacobean revival performance of the play The Arden Shakespeare Fourth Series UK May 2026 • US May 2026 352 Pages • 22 bw illus HB 9781350078413 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350078406 • £10.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9781350078437 • £9.89 / $13.45 ePub 9781350078420 • £9.89 / $13.45 The Arden Shakespeare
- Detailed on-the-page notes explaining language, character and performance - A clear page layout with an easy-to-read font and single-column notes - Images of relevant productions, paintings and texts The Arden Shakespeare Fourth Series includes a new edition of every Shakespeare play, the poems and sonnets. Each volume is edited afresh by a leading scholar specialising in cutting-edge research on performance, gender, sexuality and race. These editions cover everything you need to know as a student, teacher, researcher, theatre-maker or performer of Shakespeare’s works today.
Julius Caesar William Shakespeare Edited by Andrew James Hartley, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, USA Tyranny, imperialism and political authority define Shakespeare’s enduring dramatic depiction of ruling power and regime change in ancient Rome. A touchpoint for characterising tyrannical leaders throughout the world, Julius Caesar has told a cautionary tale of the uneasy relationship between political leaders and citizens from the time it was first performed up to the 21st century. The Arden Shakespeare Fourth Series Julius Caesar provides: - A critical introduction to the play's textual, cultural and performance history - An edition that is rooted in the first known performance of the play in London, 1599 - Detailed on-the-page notes explaining language, character and performance The Arden Shakespeare Fourth Series UK May 2026 • US May 2026 384 Pages • 18 bw illus HB 9781350110854 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350110861 • £9.99 / $12.95 ePDF 9781350110847 • £8.99 / $11.65 ePub 9781350110878 • £8.99 / $11.65 The Arden Shakespeare
- A clear page layout with an easy-to-read font and single-column notes - Images of relevant productions, paintings and texts The Arden Shakespeare Fourth Series includes a new edition of every Shakespeare play, the poems and sonnets. Each volume is edited afresh by a leading scholar specialising in cutting-edge research on performance, gender, sexuality and race. These editions cover everything you need to know as a student, teacher, researcher, theatre-maker and performer of Shakespeare’s works today.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
73
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Julius Caesar Edited by Paul Sugarman Shakespeare for Two by John Russell Brown, Once More unto the Speech, Dear Friends by Neil Freeman, The Applause Shakespeare Library, and Applause First Folio Editions, we've created the must-have workbook series for Shakespeare plays. Along with tips on approaching and working on the play and tackling the speeches, Applause Shakespeare Workbook: Julius Caesar includes highlighted essential passages.
To fully appreciate Julius Caesar, it is essential to understand the play as a living text that must be spoken aloud to be fully understood. This workbook provides the tools to more fully explore the text through commentary and understand the rhetorical tradition that Shakespeare was part of, as well as clues offered from the First Folio. Applause Shakespeare Shakespeare Workbook Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 92 Pages PB 9781493057023 • £14.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765158050 • £13.49 / $22.45 ePub 9781493057030 • £13.49 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Workbook: Julius Caesar includes Marc Antony's forum speech and the Brutus/Cassius scene. This workbook will open your appreciation for the many diverse possibilities of interpreting the text, which is the key to Shakespeare's longevity.
COLLECTIONS
Othello Edited by Paul Sugarman Curating material from Applause's Shakescenes: Shakespeare for Two by John Russell Brown, Once More unto the Speech, Dear Friends by Neil Freeman, The Applause Shakespeare Library, and Applause First Folio Editions, we've created the must-have workbook series for Shakespeare plays. Along with tips on approaching and working on the play and tackling the speeches, Applause Shakespeare Workbook: Othello includes highlighted essential passages.
To fully appreciate Othello, it is essential to understand the play as a living text that must be spoken aloud to be fully understood. This workbook provides the tools to more fully explore the text through commentary and understand the rhetorical tradition that Shakespeare was part of, as well as clues offered from the First Folio. Applause Shakespeare Shakespeare Workbook Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 78 Pages PB 9781493057061 • £14.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765158067 • £13.49 / $22.45 ePub 9781493057078 • £13.49 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Workbook: Othello includes essential speeches from Othello and Iago as well as the Desdemona/Emilia scene. This workbook will open your appreciation for the many diverse possibilities of interpreting the text, which is the key to Shakespeare's longevity.
COLLECTIONS
The Tempest Edited by Paul Sugarman Curating material from Applause's Shakescenes: Shakespeare for Two by John Russell Brown, Once More unto the Speech, Dear Friends by Neil Freeman, The Applause Shakespeare Library, and Applause First Folio Editions, we've created the must-have workbook series for Shakespeare plays. Along with tips on approaching and working on the play and tackling the speeches, Applause Shakespeare Workbook: The Tempest includes highlighted essential passages. To fully appreciate The Tempest, it is essential to understand the play as a living text that must be spoken aloud to be fully understood. This workbook provides the tools to more fully explore the text through commentary and understand the rhetorical tradition that Shakespeare was part of, as well as clues offered from the First Folio. Applause Shakespeare Shakespeare Workbook Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 110 Pages PB 9781493057108 • £14.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765155431 • £13.49 / $22.45 ePub 9781493057115 • £13.49 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
74
UK, Europe, ROW
Workbook: The Tempest includes speeches from Prospero, Caliban, and Miranda, as well as the Antonio/Sebastian scene. This workbook will open your appreciation for the many diverse possibilities of interpreting the text, which is the key to Shakespeare's longevity.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Zoomers and Other Plays Matthew Gasda With his breakout hit play Dimes Square, dramatist Matthew Gasda was instantly anointed as the chronicler of the downtown set, a satirist-cum-anthropologist of TikTok microcelebrities, reactionary edgelords, and hapless hangers-on. But what happens after the party’s over, after talent is celebrated, envied, mocked, and memed? Where do you go from there? In Zoomers and Other Plays, Gasda serves up sharply observed, richly ambivalent depictions of a perpetually hungover present. Across these four new plays—One-Winged Dove, Morning Journal, the Dimes Square sequel Afters, and the collection’s title play—spiritual longing and unbearable loss sit uneasily alongside meretriciousness and naked cruelty. Through a generational haze of pot, porn, and video games, Gasda memorably captures our era in all its glory and UK October 2025 • US October 2025 320 Pages PB 9781493090228 • £17.99 / $27.95 ePDF 9798765161234 • £16.19 / $25.15 ePub 9781493090235 • £16.19 / $25.15 Bloomsbury Academic
confusion.
David Auburn Collected Plays
Proof; The Columnists; Lost Lake; The New York Idea; Summer, 1976 David Auburn Pulitzer Prize and Tony Award-winning author David Auburn is an American dramatist who never fails to write astute and compelling dramas that grapple with large questions. In this collection of his work spanning 23 years his celebrated plays are anthologised together for the first time, showing him to be one of the most important contemporary dramatists of his generation. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning Proof (2000) to his latest Broadway smash-hit Summer 1776, published for the first time, this collected works offers a comprehensive overview to Auburn's work for Broadway and beyond. Methuen Drama Play Collections UK April 2026 • US April 2026 304 Pages HB 9781350439061 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350439054 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350439085 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350439078 • £22.49 / $31.45 Methuen Drama
The Methuen Drama Book of Trans Plays Volume 3 Young Adult Edition
Edited by Leanna Keyes, Lindsey Mantoan, Linfield College, USA & Angela Farr Schiller, Cobb Energy Performing Arts Centre, USA Playwrights in Volume 3 agree: “These are the plays we wish we had.” The third volume in the Methuen Drama Book of Trans Plays series offers nine new plays by trans playwrights featuring trans characters. This volume focuses on young characters whose ages range from twelve to late twenties. Following the critical and commercial success of the first two volumes, this edited collection supports the expanding landscape of contemporary American trans theatre, which represents a variety of performance modes and genres. These plays address themes such as coming of age, parents and family (found and biological), athletics, dating , and navigating hostile political Methuen Drama Play Collections
and social terrains. This third volume also includes short introductory essays that accompany each of the plays to support a
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 512 Pages HB 9781350514867 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350514874 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350514898 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350514881 • £22.49 / $31.45 Methuen Drama
deeper understanding of the work. The Interrobangers by M. Sloth Levine; Magic Girl!... And Her Demons by Charlotte Snow; t4t by Jessica Scott; The Brunch Crowd by Dillon Yruegas; The More The Man by Jameson P. Murray; Man and Moon by Siena Marilyn; Caeneus by Samuel Achilles; Unfair Advantage by Tyler Rocio Ecoña; Tides by Eliana Rubin.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
75
Discover drama from around the world with
Methuen Drama Play Collections
9781350335912
9781350547353
9781350542266
9781350383302
9781350460041
9781350537118
9781350465268
9781350547261
9781350564022
9781350439207
9781350458093
9781350370456
Discover more at www.bloomsbury.com/playcollections
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Sound of the Moon and Other Plays by Myung-Wha Kim Myung-Wha Kim, The Nanhee, Korean Theatre company Edited by Walter Byongsok Chon, Ithica College, New York, USA Translated by Walter Byongsok Chon, Ithica College, New York, USA Myung-Wha Kim is an acclaimed playwright, critic, and director. In this book, the first English language play collection by a female Korean playwright, her individual style and powerful drama is captured across different performance texts. This collection contains four plays by contemporary Korean playwright Myung-Wha Kim, translated into English by Walter Byongsok Chon, in collaboration with English language consultant Anne M. Hamilton. Birds Don’t Use a Crosswalk (1998) explores the role of theatre in society, wherein the protagonist is a director who returns to his college to helm a production. It navigates the generational conflicts in Korean society between the 1980s and the end Methuen Drama Play Collections UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages HB 9781350572720 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350572713 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350572737 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350572744 • £19.79 / $26.95 Methuen Drama
of the century, which is still reflected in the present day. Oedipus: The Fate of the Story (2000) is a reimagination of Sophocles’ Oedipus and explores the political and personal affairs that might have occurred behind closed doors. Sound of the Moon (2006), set in the late sixth century during Korea’s Three Kingdoms period, portrays the romance between an aspiring gayageum musician and the Princess of Silla, which creates intrigues with diplomatic, cultural, and socio-political implications. And The Wind’s Desire (2007) tells the story of a middle-aged television writer in crisis in modernday Seoul, who financially supports her family abroad and starts an affair with a young photographer, which reignites her passion for life.
David Eldridge Trilogy Beginning; Middle; End David Eldridge "Eldridge combines a hugely sympathetic sensibility with rare dramatic power, and one leaves this exceptional play rejoicing in his talent and impatient for his next." Telegraph Written and produced over a decade, this critically acclaimed trilogy of plays explores the loneliness that exists both in and out of relationships over time with poignancy and humour. First presented at the Royal National Theatre between 2017 and 2025 these sharp and astute two-handers track the movement of love in real-time, in all its fragility and beauty. Beginning: Every story starts somewhere. It’s the early hours of the morning and Danny is the last straggler at Laura’s party. Methuen Drama Play Collections UK February 2026 • US January 2026 240 Pages PB 9781350609471 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350609488 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350609495 • £17.99 / $24.25 Methuen Drama
The flat is in a mess. And so are they. One more drink? Middle: Every relationship reaches a crossroads at some time. As dawn breaks, Maggie is heating some milk and Gary wonders what she’s doing out of bed. Maybe it’s time for an honest conversation – but how much honesty can this marriage take?
Christopher Shinn Plays 3
Teddy Ferrara; An Opening in Time; Against; The Narcissist Christopher Shinn Christopher Shinn is one of America’s most fearless and incisive playwrights, known for his nuanced explorations of power, identity, and human connection in an uncertain world. This third collection of his contemporary plays brings together four of his most provocative works each grappling with the tensions between public and private lives, personal responsibility, and the shifting dynamics of modern society.
Contemporary Dramatists UK June 2026 • US June 2026 384 Pages PB 9781350573871 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350573895 • £19.79 / $26.95 Methuen Drama
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
77
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Australian One-Act Plays for Young Adults Brady Lloyd, Teacher in Adelaide, Australia Five compelling and theatrically dynamic plays that celebrate the strength of the human spirit, blending hope, humour and heart. Australian One-Act Plays for Young Adults is a collection of original plays has been crafted to serve as a valuable and pragmatic resource for educators and theatre-makers seeking engaging and adaptable scripts for young people. In each story are universal themes and strongly defined characters, offering young actors ample stage time and the opportunity to showcase their skills. From kooky wellness expert hiding a secret to a corrupt prison guard thwarting the Plays for Young People UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350588738 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350588721 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350588745 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350588752 • £17.99 / $24.25 Methuen Drama
system, each play provides a platform for young actors to shine. Originally written for, and tested by, senior drama classes, the plays can be utilised as standalone pieces or as part of the anthology and are all largely flexible, accommodating varying cast sizes, gender and cultural demographics and the diverse skills and abilities of the group. Each play also contains a set of questions, prompting discussion around central themes, key characters and significant moments in the script to guide young people to think critically about dramaturgy, representation and theatricality.
Dweeb-A-Mania Sarah Middleton If we sneak in to Bentley’s party and present an undeniable routine of wrestling excellence, everyone will see. We’ll lay the foundations for the rest of our lives. Not as dweebs, but as heroes. Kemi and Norah are mega-nerds through and through. They think they know a lot about... everything! But when popular boy Bentley refuses to invite them to his wrestling-themed party, they discover, to their horror, that he thinks they are dweebs! It Plays for Young People UK November 2025 • US November 2025 64 Pages PB 9781350598195 • £9.99 / $12.95 ePDF 9781350598201 • £8.99 / $11.65 ePub 9781350598218 • £8.99 / $11.65 Methuen Drama
turns out that they have a lot to learn – especially about wrestling. Together, they secretly launch a plan to become champion wrestlers, crash Bentley’s party, and prove to everyone that they are, in fact, extremely cool. Dweeb-A-Mania is a punchy, powerful new comedy for ages 8-13 years which celebrates being exactly who you want to be. Get ready for flying kicks, body slams and a mind-blowing number of barbecued chickens!
COLLECTIONS
Three Sisters After Chekhov
Anton Chekhov Edited by Oladipo Agboluaje, University of East London, UK Adapted by Inua Ellams Owerri, Nigeria, 1967, on the brink of the Biafran Civil War. Sisters Lolo, Nne Chukwu and Udo are grieving the loss of their father. Months before, two ruthless military coups plunged the country into chaos. Fuelled by foreign intervention, the conflict encroaches on their provincial village, and the sisters long to return to their former home in Lagos. This Student Edition of Inua Ellams’s adaptation looks at how Anton Chekhov’s original play has been transposed to an African context, the background to the Biafran War and how its politics and people’s experiences are represented in the play. Student Editions UK April 2026 • US April 2026 152 Pages PB 9781350473188 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781350473195 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781350473201 • £11.69 / $16.15 Methuen Drama
78
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
METHUEN DRAMA
STUDENT EDITIONS 100+ PLAYS IN THE SERIES
Expertly annotated texts of modern and classic plays
9781350473188
9781350245013*
9781350237988*
9781350470590*
9781350386198
9781350110069
9781350235762
9781350187955
9781350523722
9781350367098
9781350435025
9781350497726
Discover more at www.bloomsbury.com/student-editions *Not available in North America
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
The Constant Wife W. Somerset Maugham & Laura Wade, British playwright I can’t help it if you were careless with your cigarette case. I was extremely careful with your heart Constance has everything. A loving family, a beautiful home, a fulfilling career, and a husband as devoted to her as he is to his mistress. When her perfect set up is threatened, Constance fights back but refuses to play by the rules. Can she withstand society’s expectations? And can society withstand the force of a woman determined to do things her own way? Laura Wade (Posh, Rivals) reunites with RSC Co-Artistic Director Tamara Harvey (Pericles) after their Olivier Award-winning collaboration, Home, I’m Darling, to reimagine Somerset Maugham’s subversive comedy, The Constant Wife, in a sparkling Modern Plays UK August 2025 • US August 2025 112 Pages PB 9781350584594 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350584600 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350584617 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
new version. This edition was published to coincide with the RSC production at the Swan Theatre, Stratford-upon-Avon, in June 2025.
Bacchae Nima Taleghani & Euripides This ain’t no classic play. The Bacchae aren’t standing on the sidelines whilst the men have all the fun. These fangirls may be a pack but they’re not animals… They are stage-storming powerhouses ready to cause chaos in Thebes. Whilst the Bacchae maraud in the mountains, their god Dionysos is taking part in his own f*cked-up family Olympics. He’s here to bring down his cousin King Pentheus. All to prove to the chorus of women that he’s more than just the god of rhyme, wine and a good time. Modern Plays UK October 2025 • US October 2025 128 Pages PB 9781350592605 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350592612 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350592629 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
The first ever playwright debut on the National Theatre's Olivier Stage, Nima Taleghani’s exciting new version of Euripides’ ultimate tragedy is brought to life through rhythm, movement and music. This edition was published to coincide with the world premiere production in September 2025, directed by Artistic Director of the National Theatre Indhu Rubasingham.
Hedda Tanika Gupta & Henrik Ibsen Finally, I'm being brave. London, 1948. The war is over, India is newly independent, and Hedda Gabler has retired: early, elegantly, and with secrets. Once a Hollywood star, now the wife of rising British film director George Tesman, Hedda lives in Chelsea, hiding behind drawn curtains. But the past is beginning to stir. An old friend has written a screenplay that cuts too close to the truth. And there’s a powerful producer in town who never takes no for an answer. Modern Plays UK November 2025 • US November 2025 112 Pages PB 9781350597679 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350597686 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350597693 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
Inspired by the story of screen legend Merle Oberon, Hedda is a bold new version of Henrik Ibsen’s classic drama about blackmail, secrecy and power. Written by Tanika Gupta (Tupperware of Ashes) this edition was published to coincide with the Orange Tree Theatre production in October 2025, directed by BAFTA-winning director Hettie Macdonald (Normal People) and starring Pearl Chanda (I May Destroy You) in the title role.
80
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
The Line of Beauty Alan Hollinghurst Adapted by Jack Holden I can’t explain it. I can’t explain any of it to you. The line of beauty which led me to him… to here. London. Summer, 1983. Nick Guest moves into the grand Notting Hill home of his university friend Toby — and into the dazzling world of Toby’s father Gerald, a newly elected Tory MP, his elegant wife Rachel, and their troubled daughter Cat. From private gardens to country estates, glittering parties to political dinners, Nick is swept up in a world of money, power and privilege. A world that promises everything — and exacts a cost. Modern Plays UK December 2025 • US December 2025 144 Pages PB 9781350603073 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350603080 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350603097 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
As he pursues beauty in all its forms, Nick finds himself caught between the freedoms of desire and the rigid boundaries of class, sexuality and public image in a rapidly changing Britain. Olivier Award nominee Jack Holden’s (Cruise; Kenrex) new adaptation of The Line of Beauty is a captivating portrait of Thatcher’s Britain at its most decadent and divisive, based on the Booker Prize-winning novel by Alan Hollinghurst.
End David Eldridge Every love story has a final chapter Alfie and Julie’s love story has been one of music, laughter, and heartache. On one early morning in June, they must write their ending. Following the critically acclaimed Beginning and Middle, End is the final play in David Eldridge’s trilogy exploring love and relationships. This edition was published to coincide with the National Theatre production in November 2025, directed by Rachel O'Riordan Modern Plays UK December 2025 • US December 2025 80 Pages PB 9781350609389 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350609396 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350609402 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
(Romeo and Julie) and starring Clive Owen (Closer) as Alfie and Saskia Reeves (Slow Horses) as Julie in this touching and funny play on a life well lived.
The Burning Cauldron of Fiery Fire Anne Washburn If you're not ready there's still hope for you. The change we aren't ready for transforms us. I'm ripping it down. Somewhere in foggy Northern California, an intentional community tries to live off the land and keep an unsteady world at bay. But when one of their own dies unexpectedly, ideals are tested and faith in their independence is rocked. The Burning Cauldron of Fiery Fire is a tender, funny, probing story about a death, a pageant, a rescue, a resurrection, pigs, and the act of saying grace. The kids may not be all right. Published to coincide with the world-premiere production at the Vineyard Theatre in New York, renowned American Modern Plays UK November 2025 • US November 2025 104 Pages PB 9781350625198 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350613867 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350613874 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
playwright Anne Washburn re-unites with Obie-Award winning director Steve Cosson, following their acclaimed collaborations on Mr. Burns, A Post-Electric Play (“downright brilliant”, NYT) and A Devil at Noon.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
81
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES 2ND EDITION
The Spy Who Came In From The Cold John le Carré Adapted by David Eldridge All cats are alike in the dark. For the first time ever, a novel by John le Carré is brought to life in a thrilling stage adaptation by award-winning playwright David Eldridge (Beginning, Middle & End). Alec Leamas is ready to come in from the cold but when Control, the Head of the British Secret Intelligence Service, presents one final mission he agrees to stay in the game. However, Leamas has committed a cardinal error: he’s fallen in love. And what is veteran spymaster George Smiley’s role in the operation? After a lifetime of deception and betrayal, can Modern Plays UK January 2026 • US January 2026 112 Pages PB 9781350618305 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350618312 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350618466 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
there be room for humanity in the ruthlessly manipulative world of international espionage? Following a sold-out run at Chichester Festival Theatre, this edition was published to coincide with the West End premiere production at @sohoplace in November 2025.
You Will Get Sick Noah Diaz A young man with a secret. An older woman who will listen. A predatory flock of birds. An upcoming audition for The Wizard of Oz. You Will Get Sick is a wildly imaginative new play that traces the hilarious and deeply moving saga of one man’s illness and his unlikely caretaker’s pursuit of her dreams. Admired as “lively, surreal and surprising” by the New York Times, Noah Diaz’s play is equal parts buddy-comedy, formbending experiment and sober meditation on mortality. Modern Plays UK January 2026 • US January 2026 128 Pages PB 9781350618725 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350618732 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350618749 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
After premiering off Broadway at the Roundabout Theatre in 2022, where it was a New York Times Critic's Pick, it has had numerous productions across America, including a run at Steppenwolf Theatre in Chicago in summer 2025. A finalist for both the Henry Award for Outstanding New Play and The John Gassner Award for New American Play at the Outer Critics Circle Awards, this is a dark comedy in second person about learning how to live within your body as you find your way home.
Private View Jess Edwards You’ve changed me. You’ve fundamentally altered the fabric of my existence. Two women collide and soon become so entangled it’s hard to tell where one starts and the other begins. It’s messy, magnetic, and disturbingly familiar. Private View offers an intimate look into a cataclysmic love that burns hot and fast – and leaves a mark. This edition was published to coincide with the original production at Soho Theatre in December 2025. Modern Plays UK January 2026 • US January 2026 96 Pages PB 9781350607354 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350607378 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350607385 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
82
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Before the Millennium Karim Khan A snowwoman from Pakistan – full of songs, hopes, and dreams… As the final days of 1999 draw near, Pakistani migrants, Zoya and Iqra, work side by side in Woolworth’s Oxford Cowley branch – anxious and excited for what’s to come in the new millennium. At their Christmas staff party, the pair encounter a mysterious new girl – Faiza – who threatens to alter everything they thought they knew about their friendship and their future. Magical, tender and quietly radical, Before the Millennium is a lyrical new play from award-winning playwright, Modern Plays UK January 2026 • US January 2026 112 Pages PB 9781350614055 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350614062 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350614079 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
Karim Khan – charting the joys of a lifechanging friendship, the icy bitterness of homesickness and the sacrifice of migration. This edition was published to coincide with the production at Old Fire Station, Oxford, in December 2025.
Dublin Gothic Barbara Bergin Finalist for the Susan Smith Blackburn prize 2026. Because everyone has a story to tell. Dublin Gothic is a loser’s history of the city and its people, told through a joyous mix of literary styles. This extraordinary tragicomedy follows three generations of residents in one Dublin 1 house across a century of social upheaval. Set against the backdrop of a transforming city and teeming with Dublin wit and character, generations of losers tumble through time, struggling against the villain of circumstance to create a shadow history of a city both strange and familiar. Modern Plays UK January 2026 • US January 2026 176 Pages PB 9781350620858 • £14.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350620865 • £13.49 / $14.35 ePub 9781350620872 • £13.49 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
This edition was published to coincide with the production at the Abbey Theatre in November 2025.
Liberation Ntombizodwa Nyoni Shortlisted for the Alfred Fagon Award 2025. To liberate anyone, you must first overthrow what you fear within yourself, Nkrumah. (Beat) It was never going to happen over one week in Manchester. (Beat) It is your life’s work. (Beat) It is a marathon. Modern Plays UK August 2025 • US August 2025 120 Pages PB 9781350586468 • £10.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350586475 • £9.89 / $14.35 ePub 9781350586482 • £9.89 / $14.35 Methuen Drama
It’s 15 October 1945, Manchester. Africa’s freedom and future is in the hands of her descendants at the Fifth Pan-African Congress at Chorlton-on-Medlock Town Hall. Emerging African & Caribbean activists and scholars offer new radical ideas of liberation. However, the organiser, Trinidadian activist George Padmore is unsure who to pass the baton to. Kwame Nkrumah is fuelled by an idealistic desire to become the first Black president of the Gold Coast. Resourceful Jamaican social worker Alma La Badie is grappling with who must be sacrificed for the cause. And what of the revered Amy Ashwood-Garvey how does she ensure the voices of Black women are heard? With generational shifts and gender politics added to a swirling mix of power dynamics, Liberation asks timeless questions about revolution, freedom, and what it means to be an activist.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
83
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Screen Actor's Audition
The Craft of Film & Television Auditioning in Any Medium Jay Scully, Casting director and teacher, Los Angeles, USA Few teachers in Hollywood bring the range of experience to their work that Jay Scully does. For decades, Jay Scully has worked with veteran and novice actors alike in virtually every area of today’s business. He's worked as a casting director for over 50 feature films and television shows. He's been an instructor of acting technique at the university level and in private one-on-one instruction. He's even worked as an on-set coach for feature films with acclaimed directors like J.J. Abrams (Super 8), James Wan (Furious 7), Judd Apatow (This Is 40), and Davis Guggenheim (Still: A Michael J. Fox Movie). The Screen Actor’s Audition is Scully’s brisk, practical handbook for screen actors at all career stages. It shares indispensable guidance on wowing directors, producers, and casting directors to land roles at a time of unprecedented UK February 2026 • US February 2026 208 Pages PB 9781493090181 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798765160640 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781493090198 • £13.49 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
technological and economic tumult in the industry. It covers: - How to quickly analyze audition sides for an effective self-tape. - How to brand and market yourself as a professional actor. - The critical differences between auditioning for stage and screen roles - How to read between the lines of casting notices, breakdowns, and appointment sheets to determine what directors are really looking for - How to field “curveballs” thrown at you in the middle of an audition - The essentials of navigating your career through every single audition. - And much more!
COLLECTIONS
BOR
The Integrated Actor
Imagination, Body, Breath, Voice Alex Taylor Combining work on physical and vocal embodiment with exercises in imagination and interpretation, this book facilitates a fuller, freer and more complete use of the self when it comes to creating a role. Building on established methodologies and existing research, such as the Alexander Technique, Estill Voice Craft, polyvagal theory and works by major practitioners – including Michael Langham, Niamh Dowling, Glen Park, Carolyn Serota, Sally Grace, Patsy Rodenburg, Cicely Berry, Kristin Linklater and Josephine Estill – this book offers a holistic approach to voice work and acting.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 3 bw illus HB 9781350441330 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781350441323 • £22.99 / $30.95 ePDF 9781350441347 • £20.69 / $27.85 ePub 9781350441354 • £20.69 / $27.85 Methuen Drama
84
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Discovering the Michael Chekhov Technique In the Studio with Ted Pugh and Fern Sloan Danielle Carter This book unpacks the Michael Chekhov acting technique as interpreted and taught by 2 of the great American teachers Ted Pugh and Fern Sloan - who have collectively taught the Michael Chekhov Technique for over 80 years across the world and who jointly founded the Michael Chekhov School in 2014. The author brings Pugh's and Sloan's own interpretations of, and first-hand access to, Michael Chekhov to the reader and, through doing so, makes the Technique fluid, simple, clear and concise. We come to understand key Chekhov methods and how to implement them in the classroom, in rehearsal and in performance. UK May 2026 • US March 2026 216 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781350320604 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781350320598 • £18.99 / $25.95 ePDF 9781350320628 • £17.09 / $23.35 ePub 9781350320611 • £17.09 / $23.35 Methuen Drama
The book is structured in 6 parts (Beginning; The Michael Chekhov Tools; Classes; When in Rehearsals and Performance; Teaching; and The Michael Chekhov Discussion). It offers an in-depth study - through the breathtaking work of these 2 master teachers - of the methods that Chekhov developed to inform the actor's process and which should become central to the reader's own acting toolkit, to be used in stage craft, camera work and voice-over and teaching work.
COLLECTIONS
The Anatomy of Art
Unlocking the Creative Process for Theatre and Dance Alexandra Beller The Anatomy of Art reconnects you with the creative current already moving through you. A choose-your-own-adventure for performing artists, it offers 1000+ questions, frameworks, and field-tested scores that reveal options, deepen rigor, and help you trust yourself. Twelve elements—Time, Space, Relationship, Meaning, Environment, Process, Facts, Faith, Communication, Material, Context & Culture, and Priorities—create a working map for practice and performance. Built from three decades in devised dance and theater, it fits complex rooms and real lives: a ten-minute spark, a day of practice, a season-long arc. This is a companion for the first step and the begin-again—listening to desire, doubt, and faith while calibrating environment, UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages • 20 b&w HB 9781350564183 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781350564176 • £18.99 / $25.95 ePDF 9781350564190 • £17.09 / $23.35 ePub 9781350564206 • £17.09 / $23.35 Methuen Drama
collaborators, and audience. When the work asks for more than you can name, these pages offer discerning questions, actionable practices, and grounded companionship—cultivating the courage to meet yourself, hear your voice, and make art that matters to you. With a preface by Marisa Tomei and contributions from Brenda Dixon Gottschild, Deborah Hay, Kate Hamill, Liz Lerman, Bebe Miller, and others, offering lenses on context, care, and craft.
COLLECTIONS
Kicking Up a Storm
The Living Theatre Troupe in 1970s New Zealand Ken Rea, Guildhall School of Music and Drama, UK The sex, drugs and rock ‘n’ roll frenzy of the counterculture movement is brought vividly to life in this often hilarious, uncensored account of a hippie theatre troupe in 1970s Aotearoa New Zealand. In their gaily painted old bus, the ‘troupies’ brought their disruptive, sometimes scandalous, brand of performance to parks and theatres, streets and beaches. The Living Theatre Troupe story, told by the people who made it happen, embraces political satire, psychedelic rock circus, nudity and an innocent optimism based on peace, love and flower power. But it also shows how theatre, as part of the anti-war protest movement, challenged social attitudes and helped change the politics of the time. Theatre Makers UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages • 32 bw illus PB 9781350569690 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350569683 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350569713 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350569706 • £81.00 / $108.00 Methuen Drama
Drawing on diary excerpts and interviews, this inspirational book gives a startling glimpse of Kiwi culture, ‘can do’ spirit and ancient Maori traditions set against a backdrop of The Lord of the Rings landscapes. The bigger story concerns the importance of belonging; how we build on what has gone before us and how we pass on a powerful legacy to those who come after us – as captured in the Maori concept of whakapapa (genealogy).
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
85
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Skolt Saami Dance
The Transformative Journey of Tradition, Resilience, and the Arctic Quadrille Petri Hoppu, Oulu University of Applied Sciences, Finland & Marko Jouste This is the first book in English exploring the quadrille as danced among the Skolt Saami, one of the indigenous Saami peoples in Northern Europe. The Skolt quadrille - the focus of this book - offers a fascinating case of transnational movement of dance forms, as well as insights on a living dance tradition in a specific indigenous culture. Today, the Skolts’ quadrille is a social dance with six figures, and it is most often danced by four couples. The dance resembles quadrilles in northern Russia, but its historical roots are in the imperial French quadrille. Dance in the 21st Century
This book traces the history of the Skolt Saami through the lens of their dance and what is known of the Skolt quadrilles from
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages • 58 bw illus HB 9781350249424 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350249417 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350249431 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350249448 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
historical sources. This is contrasted with contemporary narratives and practices, including interview materials with practitioners. The Skolt quadrille is examined as embodied action and as performance, taking place amid changing historical, social and cultural discourses. The book considers how the dance represents issues attached to the Skolt people's identity as a religious minority, both among the Finnish majority and the Saami; an evacuated community, living amid other Saami groups and Finns; and as Finnish citizens, most speaking Finnish as their first language.
COLLECTIONS
Choreographing Rebellion
Dance Practice from South Africa to Japan jackï job An auto-ethnographic account of a choreographic praxis developed outside of a Western framework, which engages with identity, decoloniality and transformation from a feminist perspective. Choreographing Rebellion details the methodologies and thinking-processes employed in the dramaturgy and performance of 24 choreographic works, produced by the author over almost three decades in South Africa and Japan. Drawing throughout on lived experiences and their socio-political contexts, the author's starting point is the crafting of a signature dance language to respond to the oppressive socio-political system of apartheid in their native South Africa. The second part speaks to choreographies to have come out of Japan, where elements of daily life and principles of Butoh UK May 2026 • US May 2026 184 Pages • 15 b&w PB 9781350452107 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350452060 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350452077 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350452084 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
are applied to making dance performance, and uniquely offers a first-hand understanding of Butoh in the line of Kazuo Ohno from a South African perspective. The book concludes again in South Africa, where the author's experience of Butoh in Japan assimilates into an already existent dance practice, with that synergy enabling new meanings of personhood in a post-apartheid context.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
(Post)Socialist Dance
A Search for Hidden Legacies Edited by Annelies Van Assche, Dunja Njaradi, Igor Koruga & Milica Ivic This book sets out to search for the Second World — the (post)socialist context — in dance studies and examines the way it appears and reappears in today’s globalized world. It traces hidden and invisibilized legacies over the span of one century, probing questions that can make viewers, artists, and scholars uncomfortable regarding dance histories, memories, circulations and production modes in and around the (post)socialist world. The contributions delve into a variety of dance practices (folk, traditional, ballet, modern, contemporary), modes of dance production (institutionalization processes, festivalmaking and market logics), and dance circulations (between centres and peripheries, between different genres and styles). The main focus is Eastern Europe (including Russia) but the book also addresses Cuba and China. The book’s historical examples make the reader aware, too, of the (post)socialist bodies’ influence in today’s dance, including in contemporary UK April 2026 • US April 2026 230 Pages • 22 bw illus HB 9781350408159 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350408197 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350408166 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350408173 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
dance scenes. The (post)socialist context promises to be a prosperous laboratory to explore uncomfortable questions of legitimacy. In view of reclaiming the Second World through dance, this book thus probes questions that should be asked today but are not easy to answer; questions that dance practitioners, facilitators, critics, and researchers, including ourselves, are often not at ease with either. In doing so, the cracks of dance history begin to be sealed, and neglected dance practices are written back into history, provided with the academic recognition that they deserve.
86
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Industry Guide to Musical Theatre Auditions
Interviews with West End Creatives on How to Get the Part Shaun Aquilina 'When we're seeing hundreds of hundreds of people, you just stood out, and now I'm intrigued.' Laurence Connor, director Be the one standing out in your next audition, through the insight and experience of an elite group of West End creatives who have cast hundreds of shows. In The Industry Guide to Musical Theatre Auditions, sixteen directors, musical directors, choreographers, and casting directors, reveal what the casting panel is truly looking for. They discuss the whole audition process from submissions and first rounds to recalls, finals, and casting. They explain what makes an effective self-tape, how to stand out in a dance call, what song to choose, and how to work with a director. And they reveal the values that matter most to them when casting a UK February 2026 • US February 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350573505 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350573499 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350573512 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350573529 • £17.99 / $24.25 Methuen Drama
performer so that you can be the artist and the professional they are looking for. Get first-hand guidance and advice from Sir Matthew Bourne, international directors Laurence Connor, Rupert Goold, and Sir Richard Eyre, three-time Olivier Award winning choreographer Stephen Mear, Tony Award-winning musical director Sarah Travis, casting directors Jim Arnold (Wicked), Pippa Ailion (The Lion King), Stuart Burt (Cabaret) and David Grindrod (Mamma Mia!), and more. This book is for anyone interested in performing in Musical Theatre, from students to professionals. It also gives valuable insight to teachers, coaches, and researchers, looking to shape Musical Theatre education to today’s industry standards. Shaun Aquilina is a writer, director, and performer. He has taught on the Musical Theatre degrees of many of the UK’s leading conservatoires and universities. He is also the author of Musical Theatre for the Female Voice: The Sensation, Sound, and Science, of Singing.
COLLECTIONS
Casting the Art of Rhetoric with Theater and Drama Taking Center Stage
Edited by Adrienne E. Hacker Daniels Casting the Art of Rhetoric with Theater and Drama: Taking Center Stage explores rhetoric and theater as they relate to one another, developing the understanding of rhetoric as theory and praxis. This book addresses rhetorical themes and cultural resonances, as well as the oft overlooked symbiosis of rhetoric and theater. Rather than addressing audiences as either observers of rhetorical artifacts or theatrical performance, this work demonstrates the intersection of the two, which strengthens theatrical events and their cultural significance. Overall, the volume showcases the many ways in which an understanding of the relationship between rhetorical and poetic theories can benefit dramatic convention and the breaking thereof.
UK June 2025 • US June 2025 456 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9781666942040 • £31.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666942026 • £100.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765154281 • £90.00 / $117.00 ePub 9781666942033 • £90.00 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
87
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
God's Fools
Saints, Prophets, Martyrs, and the Making of Modern Comedy Jason Crawford, Union University, Jackson, TN, USA Comedians play a complicated role in modern culture. They get up on public stages to talk about nothing in particular, with no expertise. They go out of their way to put their flaws, failures, and shabbiness on display. They break social taboos and orchestrate their own persecution. And through it all, they seem to be touched with a kind of spiritual charisma. Sometimes they seem like prophets, speaking truths that no one else would dare. Sometimes they seem like children, wide-eyed and innocent. We can’t stop listening to what they have to say. In God’s Fools, Jason Crawford tells the stories of these strange figures. He ranges over a motley crew of modern comedians, from the pioneers of early cinema to the provocateurs of contemporary stand-up. But he also follows the story of UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781493080595 • £26.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765161340 • £23.40 / $31.50 ePub 9781493080601 • £23.40 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the comedian further back, into a surprising history of holy fools, wild prophets, and mischief-making saints. In his account, comic performers from Charlie Chaplin to the present mingle with older figures like Francis of Assisi, Symeon the Fool, the laughing martyrs Perpetua, Lawrence, and Akiva, and the weird hermit Thecla of Iconium. As he uncovers the through-lines that connect these ancient lives to the world of modern comedy, Crawford asks how comedians still fashion themselves as prophetic and sacred characters.
COLLECTIONS
Rachel Crothers
Broadway Innovator, Feminist Pioneer John Bassett, president emeritus, Clark University This is the story behind one of the most important – yet largely forgotten – women in American theater during the early 20th century. Rachel Crothers was renowned for her ability to command all aspects of a stage production—unusual for playwrights and even more so for a woman of this time period. Rachel Crothers: Broadway Innovator, Feminist Pioneer celebrates her remarkable skill and feminism, from her experiences as a young actress in Illinois and New York to the success of her first play in 1906 and beyond. Crothers integrated themes of double standards, prostitution, and women’s rights in her work, and she went on to become President of the Stage Women’s War Relief Fund through both World Wars and the Great UK August 2025 • US August 2025 216 Pages • 10 b/w photos HB 9798881804916 • £25.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798765148730 • £22.50 / $32.40 ePub 9798881804923 • £22.50 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
Depression. Incorporating extensive archival material, this book also discusses each of Crother’s plays with careful consideration for her attention to detail, character influences, motivations for social justice, and creative vision.
COLLECTIONS
Physicality and Acting
Movement Training as a Catalyst for Change Shona Morris Movement teachers, from outliers to pioneers, have changed theatre and physical expression for ever. In recognition of the movement pioneers, this book is part-memoir and part-historical research as author Shona Morris traces the roots of her own pedagogy for movement training in drama schools from these radical beginnings. She acknowledges some of the shadows, which affected her own practice, the provenance of Laban in particular, and the current need for discourse to review these approaches, through practice-based research. The book includes exercises and approaches developed by the author in the classroom and the studio that illustrate how UK April 2026 • US April 2026 280 Pages • 12 bw illus HB 9781350369153 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350369146 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350369177 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350369160 • £22.49 / $31.45 Methuen Drama
actors can link their physicality to the craft of transformation and interpretation. The exercises accessibly cover both technical and expressive work, and offer principles for transformation through animal study, mask work, and character work. The book also includes numerous practical examples, interviews and cases studies of how to teach and apply movement to theatre making. It also offers ways to facilitate your own vision and actor’s movement course in response to the present moment.
88
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
The In-Between
Intimate and Candid Moments of Broadway Stars Jenny Anderson In a world of marquee names and big personalities, Jenny Anderson is a legend in her own right. As a celebrated Broadway photographer, she has worked with the most important performers in theatre and used the power of photography to tell the stories behind the stories: what happens backstage on a Broadway show.
The In-Between: Intimate and Candid Moments of Broadway Stars has been years in the making. It is Anderson’s personal ode to the theatre community, including more than 100 of her photographs taken behind the scenes of the most iconic shows UK May 2025 • US May 2025 144 Pages • 126 Color Photos HB 9781493088119 • £35.00 / $45.00 ePDF 9798765160664 • £31.50 / $40.50 ePub 9781493088126 • £31.50 / $40.50 Applause
of the last decade: Hamilton, Wicked, The Lion King, Kinky Boots, Sweeney Todd, Waitress, Hadestown, Phantom of the Opera, and many, many more. With a foreword from Tony Nominee and Oscar Winner Ariana DeBose and rare photography of performers like Patti LuPone, Hugh Jackman, Chita Rivera, Jonathan Groff, and Gavin Creel, this gorgeous book gives Broadway fans a privileged glance behind the curtains of the world’s most prestigious theaters and the stars who grace their stages.
COLLECTIONS
New British Drama in 15 Scenes Adventures in Theatre Criticism
Aleks Sierz, Freelance arts journalist, UK This is a wide-ranging and accessible account of new writing in British theatre during the 2010s, written in a boldly experimental style. A guide to the key plays and playwriting innovations, it enlightens, amuses and provokes in equal measure. Across 15 chapters, each written in a different form, it takes the reader on an engaging tour of new drama in British theatre from 2010 until the arrival of COVID-19. It considers mega hits such as Fleabag and Matilda the Musical, as well as offering accounts of some 250 plays that premiered in those years. Structured around the big concerns of the decade, it explores social issues, politics, Brexit, dystopias, experimental theatre, family, gender, race, history, adaptations and the West End. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 200 Pages HB 9781350567924 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781350567917 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781350567931 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781350567948 • £15.209 / $20.65 Methuen Drama
A decade of drama is thrown into sharp relief through the symphony of literary styles and voices that characterize the chapters: from dialogues, monologues, a diary and a listings magazine, to an experimental A to Z, informal notes, quotations from real-life interviews, a documentary script and a memoir. The variety of perspectives mirrors the richness of our contemporary culture and the innovations in theatre that are celebrated in New British Drama in 15 Scenes.
Nonconforming Criticism
Political Practices and Poetics at the Borderlands of Performance Diana Damian Martin Nonconforming Criticism examines forms of thinking at the borderlands of performance that defy, dispute and resist the category of criticism. Against the backdrop of forms of governance and regulation of thought under late liberalism, this open access book looks to those who refuse to reproduce colonial logics in criticism by investing in unruly experiments in thinking from, and through, performance. Focusing on the period between the early noughties and early twenty-twenties, the book analyses critical practices such as live writing, artist-led publications, zines, gatherings and experiments with video, sound and publishing from cultural workers and thinkers migrating across borders, knowledges and contexts. These practices are often peripheralized from established forms of criticism, yet they shape criticality as a form of political imagination. Thinking Through Theatre UK June 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages PB 9781350565906 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350178595 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350178618 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350178601 • £0.00 / $0.00 Methuen Drama
Unpacking the logics that shape professionalised criticism, and in dialogue with decolonial, abolitionist and feminist theorisations of politics and knowledge, the book focuses on nonconforming criticism as a practice of unlearning. Structured into three parts, the book constitutes a partial lexicon of Borders, Experiments and Practices. It moves through forms of thinking-in-public that reconfigure relations of sensing and meaning between criticism, performance and political life, against the imperial and separatist logics of criticism and its entanglements.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
89
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Pioneering Theatre-in-the-Round
The Victoria Theatre in Stoke-on-Trent, 1962-1986 Rachel Walker, Independent scholar, UK Offering a comprehensive examination into the Victoria Theatre in Stoke-on-Trent under its then director Peter Cheeseman, this book provides the first detailed history of a theatre-in-the-round and demonstrates its profound influence on the careers of prominent actors, directors and writers throughout the UK. As the longest serving director of a regional theatre and creator of verbatim theatre, Peter Cheeseman’s contribution to the arts is undeniable. He was a pioneering director, having been described as ‘the most influential practitioner of theatre-in-theround’, and yet his contribution has not received the attention it warrants. This book offers a comprehensive critical history of Cheeseman’s work at the Victoria Theatre in Stoke-on-Trent, and of the establishment of Europe’s first theatre-in-the-round Cultural Histories of Theatre and Performance UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9781350448001 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350447967 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350447981 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350447974 • £76.50 / $103.50 Methuen Drama
in the industrial region of 1960s Staffordshire. Offering an initial explanation of the formative years of the theatre under Cheeseman, right up until the establishment of the New Vic in 1986, Pioneering Theatre-in-the-Round provides a fascinating insight into the importance of the work that took place under Cheeseman’s direction. Drawing on largely untouched archival resources and original interview material, the book recovers Cheeseman's significance, the formation of theatre-in-the-round at the Victoria Theatre, and highlights the significance of work taking place in theatres outside London during the period 1962-1986.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Medicine as Theatre, Theatre as Medicine Edited by Marlene Goldman, University of Toronto, Canada, Alice Flaherty, Harvard Medical School, USA & Lawrence Switzky, University of Toronto, Canada This open access book argues there are deep connections between theatre and medicine which guide transformative insights in both disciplines. While contemporary theatre has embraced its links to the healing arts, doctors and patients may prefer to forget the relationship between theatre and medicine, but this book argues that understanding the performative aspects of caregivers’ and patients’ roles can actually help improve medical outcomes. It features chapters and interviews not only from scholars in the medical and health humanities and theatre, performance, and disability studies, but also from key stakeholders such as doctors, medical educators, disability activists, home caregivers and patients. The volume maintains that patients’ and doctors’ performances cannot be understood in isolation, nor does interpretation happen in only one direction. Performance and Science: Interdisciplinary Dialogues UK June 2026 • US June 2026 368 Pages • 24 bw illus PB 9781350460768 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9781350460720 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781350460744 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350460737 • £0.00 / $0.00 Methuen Drama
By analyzing the ensemble drama of illness, by proposing enhancements to medicine’s “hidden curriculum” through roleplay, dramaturgy, and actor-training in theatre and social performance theory, and by bringing patients into the conversation, the book offers rigorous research and real-world benefits. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
Performing the Radical India in the 21st Century
Edited by Ashis Sengupta, University of North Bengal, India This volume redefines the radical by exploring a range of contemporary theatre and performance produced in response to the politico-cultural climate of 21st-century India. Offering a critique of dominant power structures in India, this book showcases how the rise in censorship and intolerance of dissent has brought forth new forms of political and aesthetic radicalism. Theatre has found many ways to perform the radical as a form of resistance, intersecting with other art forms as well as the political itself in its performative articulations. Chapters include discussions of the performance of protest; creation of an alternative worldview through indigenous rituals Methuen Drama Agitations: Text, Politics and Performances UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350465657 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350465619 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350465633 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350465626 • £76.50 / $103.50 Methuen Drama
90
UK, Europe, ROW
and cultural festivals; world-making through transformative encounters; devised plays and documentary theatre as tools of dissent; radical imperatives of care in animated videos and short films; scenography and the actor’s body as sites of resistance, the performance of faith as survival in a hostile world and conversations with artists. The radical in contemporary Indian theatre and performance is shown to lie in creating a new ‘transgressive aesthetic,’ often formally hybrid, to project alternative perspectives and possibilities.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Metamodernism in Contemporary British Theatre A Politics of Hope/lessness
Tom Drayton, University of East London, UK Postmodern theatre is dead. A new theatre is rising – one that combines the well-worn postmodern aesthetics of irony, detachment, and deconstruction with a paradoxical interest in authenticity, engagement, and re-construction. Whilst recent scholarship has treated these evolving interests as unrelated shifts in performance aesthetics, this volume proposes a new understanding: that these are part of a wider emerging cultural paradigm – metamodernism. Metamodernism in Contemporary British Theatre is the first book to focus on metamodernism and performance, offering a pioneering framework by which to identify and understand metamodern theatre. By drawing critical links between the works of performance theorists such as Anne Bogart and Andy Lavender and the metamodern as defined by Timotheus Vermeulen and Robin van den Akker, this book makes a clear, vital, and urgent case for the use of the term metamodernism within mainstream theatre scholarship. Methuen Drama Engage UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350286429 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350286467 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350286443 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350286436 • £81.00 / $108.00 Methuen Drama
Focussing on small-scale theatre companies across the UK – including Poltergeist, YESYESNONO, Middle Child and The Gramophones, many of whom have not been documented in academia before – this book also provides a unique analysis of the theatre made by British millennials, a generation who have been distinctly affected by specific structures of contemporary precarity coinciding with this wider cultural shift. Through this, Metamodernism in Contemporary British Theatre makes a crucial contribution towards understanding emergent developments in post-millennial theatre practice across Britain and beyond.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Staging the Lyric
Modern and Contemporary Experiments with Verse Drama Sarah Berry, University of Dallas, USA Verse drama is not a dead form, but very much alive on the contemporary stage. Drawing on plays from throughout the English-speaking world, including the United States, United Kingdom, Ireland, and the Caribbean, Staging the Lyric seeks to explain the 21st-century resurgence of Anglophone verse drama, tracing it back to an experimental impulse that is present in the modernist verse drama of a century ago. Covering major writers including Derek Walcott, Seamus Heaney, Sylvia Plath, Samuel Beckett, Dorothy Sayers, Djuna Barnes, and Ntozake Shange, it also encompasses lesser known and more recent poets and playwrights. This modern verse drama differs from its ancient and Elizabethan antecedents as it is understood not as a genre in its own right, but as a hybrid of the lyric and the dramatic. Both modernist and contemporary writers take advantage of this hybridity as fertile ground for experimentation. While they differ in their ideology and form, this book contends that they are united by exploring Critical Companions UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages • 8 bw illus HB 9781350420380 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350420465 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350420403 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350420397 • £76.50 / $103.50 Methuen Drama
the relationship between lyric and dramatic elements on stage and what these two different modes afford. To demonstrate this continuity, it traces a genealogy from contemporary plays by Joanna Laurens, Joyelle McSweeney, and David Grieg back to W.B. Yeats, Gertrude Stein, T.S. Eliot, and W.H. Auden, to reveal that the tensions that animate verse drama have stayed the same, even as the strategies for staging them have evolved. The book is divided into three sections—‘Voice,’ ‘Words,’ and ‘Time’—each treating one feature that has been used to define the lyric. Within these sections, the chapters compare contemporary plays with modernist ones that experiment with the same point of tension between the lyric and the dramatic.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
91
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Harold Pinter, Fascism, and Outrage Aesthetic and Moral Implications Dennis Eugene Russell This book locates Harold Pinter’s controversial anti-fascism, overtly political plays not as revolutionary works designed to mobilize the masses, but as cries of moral outrage against the authoritarian forces of oppression. Displaying on stage the plight of political prisoners facing illegal detainment, brutal interrogation, and torture, Pinter employs an aggressive, graphic style seeking to shock spectators out of their apathy and denial, and encourage awareness of such documented realities of fascist rule. Russell argues that Pinter’s political plays are not propagandistic screeds, but rather reflect a level of quasi-journalistic facticity about the global rise of fascism. The author emphasizes that Pinter develops a fictional framework in an effort to reach a level of truth beyond the mere compilation of facts. Pinter seeks to abrasively drill UK September 2025 • US September 2025 200 Pages PB 9781666943962 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666943948 • £80.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216197836 • £72.00 / $90.00 ePub 9781978770522 • £72.00 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
down through the facts of political torture to expose the truth that lies at the rotting core of fascism. Russell interprets Pinter’s fascism plays as artifacts of anti-theatre that abandon conventional theatrical narrative in favor of a sensorial assault on spectators to raise consciousness of the rising threat of fascist rule. He argues that by compelling audiences to witness fascist brutality, Pinter paints spectators into a corner of moral perplexity.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Applied Puppetry
The Theory and Practice of Object Ecologies Matt Smith, University of Portsmouth, UK Drawing on thirty years of making theatre with objects, this field-defining book maps the terrain of applied puppetry. Through a range of case studies both personal and practical, Matt Smith offers a reflective and engaging study which provides makers, thinkers and students alike with a toolkit for thinking about and making puppetry in community settings. Through eight chapters, Smith muses on the nature of creativity, explores approaches to puppetry through ecology, and considers how puppets and objects affect the act of making and – in turn – how they affect those who make, use and experience them in performance. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 200 Pages • 20 bw HB 9781350279407 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350279445 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350279421 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350279414 • £81.00 / $108.00 Methuen Drama
Along the way, Applied Puppetry offers practical exercises in theatre-making, demonstrates the political power of puppetry beyond borders, and interrogates the limitations and possibilities of puppetry and object theatre in local communities, volatile contexts and difficult circumstances.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Placeness and the Performative Production of Space Aleksandar Sasha Dundjerovic, Royal Birmingham Conservatoire, Birmingham City University, UK & María José Martínez Sánchez, Robert Gordon University, Aberdeen, UK Marrying theory with a series of international case studies of performance practice and interviews with practitioners, this interdisciplinary study examines how space is performatively produced to create a sense of ‘placeness’. Offering multiple perspectives on space and place, this book investigates the connections between space and the construction of social and cultural narratives. It focuses on the multiple ways performative actions produce space, including theatre, installations, site-specific work, visual arts and digital performance. Combining interdisciplinary approaches to contemporary performance, architecture and digital media studies, this study UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages • 8 colour and 20 bw illus HB 9781350349810 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350349858 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350349834 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350349827 • £81.00 / $108.00 Methuen Drama
builds on a clear theoretical framework that draws on the work of Walter Benjamin, Michel Foucault, Henri Lefevre, Richard Schechner, Hans-Thies Lehmann, Lev Manovich and Slavoj Žižek. It offers themed sections comprising theory, studies of practice and interviews with practitioners. Case studies include site-specific work by Catalan collective La Fura Dels Baus, Barcelona, Spain, the Prague Quadrennial, community engagement in Praça Roosevelt in Sao Paulo, Brazil, the Portland Inn Project in Stoke-on-Trent, UK, Campo de la Cebada in Madrid, Spain, and digital spaces created by artists in India and Bosnia and Herzegovina.
92
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
A spotlight on plays and drama Supporting UK schools to make the teaching and learning of English literature and Drama more inclusive
Browse plays to study, hear from playwrights and discover inspirational classroom resources to support your English and Drama teaching Get involved at bloomsbury.com/LitInColour In collaboration with
ECONOMICS
New Pathways to Job Creation and Development in Africa The Promise of Industries without Smokestacks
Edited by Haroon Bhorat, Brahima Coulibaly, Richard Newfarmer & John Page Creating productive jobs for growing a labor force is both one of the world's greatest challenges as well as one of its greatest economic opportunities, and one of the most consequential global megatrends. Nowhere is the job creation challenge more acute than for young people in Africa. In response to this challenge and to also address Africa's structural economic transformation, the Africa Growth Initiative at Brookings has undertaken research on the prospects for large-scale job creation through the development of 'industries without smokestacks' including tourism, agro-processing, horticulture, and services that has revealed a promising path forward. This book is the first to document the potential for non-traditional industries to address the formal sector job creation that is critical for Africa to simultaneously harness its demographic dividend and achieve structural transformation. In the face of premature deindustrialization, many economists have voiced UK May 2025 • US May 2025 528 Pages • 83 BW Photos, 105 Tables HB 9780815740162 • £100.00 / $130.00 PB 9780815740179 • £54.00 / $70.00 ePDF 9780815741312 • £48.60 / $63.00 ePub 9780815740186 • £48.60 / $63.00 Brookings Institution Press
pessimism about Africa's ability to replicate past economic development models. The book also documents the potential of an alternative economic development model for Africa based on industries without smokestacks. Finally, the book suggests practical policy solutions to realize the potential of these industries.
COLLECTIONS
Applications of Public Choice Theory to Public Policy Edited by Brian Meehan, Jayme S. Lemke & Paul Dragos Aligica The contributors to this book utilize the Public Choice approach to interpret, analyze, and at times even predict policy outcomes from a variety of contexts around the world. Applications of Public Choice Theory to Public Policy emphasizes how much can be learned from studying real people in the process of navigating political processes and institutional change. The volume directly addresses what the Public Choice approach is, its relationship to policy analysis, and how both can be improved through the incorporation of a diversity of theoretical and empirical strategies. After establishing these strategies, Applications of Public Choice Theory to Public Policy puts this into practice to address issues such as educational reform in Ghana, policy responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, anti-trust policy, the political role of the Supreme Court in the U.S. and high courts in Latin America, the impact of taking a precautionary approach to energy policy, regulatory burdens as a form of time tax, and the looming uncertainty over how artificial intelligence will be governed as it continues to have an ever greater Economy, Polity, and Society UK October 2025 • US October 2025 312 Pages • 14 b/w figures; 5 b/w tables PB 9781666956375 • £28.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666956351 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154212 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666956368 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
impact on our lives.
COLLECTIONS
Agricultural Statistics 2025 Edited by U.S. Department of Agriculture Agricultural Statistics is published each year to meet the diverse need for a reliable reference book on agricultural production. It covers an extensive list of issues related to agriculture including livestock, farm values, crop production, and foreign trade. The estimates for crops, livestock, and poultry made by the U.S. Department of Agriculture are prepared mainly to give timely current state and national totals and averages. They are based on data obtained by sample surveys of farmers and of people who do business with farmers. The survey data are supplemented by information from the Census of Agriculture taken every five years. Being estimates, they are subject to revision as more data become available from commercial or government sources. Unless otherwise indicated, the totals for the United States shown in the various tables on area, Agricultural Statistics
production, numbers, price, value, supplies, and disposition are based on official estimates. They exclude states for which no
UK June 2026 • US April 2026 464 Pages PB 9798892050821 • £39.99 / $59.95 ePDF 9798765165317 • £35.99 / $53.95 ePub 9798765162699 • £35.99 / $53.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Professionals in farming, ranching, agricultural consulting, and animal science will find this most valuable.
94
UK, Europe, ROW
official estimates are compiled.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
ECONOMICS COLLECTIONS
12TH EDITION
Patterns of Economic Change by State and Area 2026 Income, Employment, and Gross Domestic Product Edited by Mary Meghan Ryan Patterns of Economic Change by State and Area: Income, Employment, and Gross Domestic Product is a special edition of Business Statistics of the United States. It presents data on personal income, employment, and gross domestic product for the United States as a whole, and by region, state, and metropolitan statistical area (MSA). Data on personal income and employment extends back to 1960 for the states and regions and to 1970 for the MSAs. Patterns of Economic Change complements contributes historical time-series measurements of key aggregates that show how the economies of regions, states, and metropolitan areas have responded over time to cyclical currents and trends.
Patterns of Economic Change by State and Area
Statistics at the state level provide a framework for analyzing current economic conditions in each state and can serve as a basis for decision making.
UK June 2026 • US April 2026 For example: 528 Pages PB 9798892050913 • £115.00 / $150.00 Federal government agencies use the statistics as a basis for allocating funds and determining matching grants ePDF 9798216368953 • £103.50 / $135.00 ePub 9798892050920 • £103.50 / $135.00 to states. The statistics are also used in forecasting models to project energy and water use. Bloomsbury Academic
State governments use the statistics to project tax revenues and the need for public services. Academic regional economists use the statistics for applied research.
COLLECTIONS
29TH EDITION
Business Statistics of the United States 2025 Patterns of Economic Change Edited by Mary Meghan Ryan Business Statistics of the United States is a comprehensive and practical collection of data from as early as 1913 that reflects the nation's economic performance. It provides several years of annual, quarterly, and monthly data in industrial and demographic detail, including key indicators such as: gross domestic product, personal income, spending, saving, employment, unemployment, the capital stock, and more. Of equal importance to the data are the introductory highlights, extensive notes, and figures for each chapter that help users to understand the data, use them appropriately, and, if desired, seek additional information from the source agencies. This edition continues to explore the dramatic impact that COVID-19 is having on U.S. and world economies. The data are predominantly from federal government sources, including: Business Statistics of the United States
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
UK August 2025 • US August 2025 472 Pages HB 9798892050609 • £160.00 / $220.00 ePDF 9798765154274 • £144.00 / $198.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Bureau of Economic Analysis Bureau of Labor Statistics Census Bureau Employment and Training Administration Energy Information Administration
COLLECTIONS
28TH EDITION
Handbook of U.S. Labor Statistics 2025
Employment, Earnings, Prices, Productivity, and Other Labor Data Edited by Mary Meghan Ryan The Handbook of U.S. Labor Statistics is recognized as an authoritative resource on the U.S. labor force. It continues and enhances the Bureau of Labor Statistics's (BLS) discontinued publication, Labor Statistics. It allows the user to understand recent developments as well as to compare today's economy with that of the past. This publication includes several tables throughout the book examining the extensive effect that coronavirus (COVID-19) has had on the labor market since 2020. In addition, it includes a completely updated chapter on prices and the most current employment projections through 2033. In addition to providing statistics on employment, unemployment, and prices, the handbook includes information on topics such as: Earnings; Productivity; Consumer expenditures; Occupational safety and health; Union membership; Working poor; Handbook of U.S. Labor Statistics
Recent trends in the labor force and much more!
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 In addition to over 215 tables that present practical data, the Handbook provides: 424 Pages HB 9798892050661 • £169.00 / $220.00 Introductory material for each chapter that contains highlights of salient data and figures that call attention to ePDF 9798765154960 • £152.10 / $198.00 Bloomsbury Academic noteworthy trends in the data
Notes and definitions, which contain concise descriptions of the data sources, concepts, definitions, and methodology from which the data are derived
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
95
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Borderless Education
A Pedagogical Framework for Cultural Responsiveness and Global Competence Edited by Christina Wright Fields, Novea McIntosh & Rochonda Nenonene The context is clear, educators must develop comprehensive global competencies that are grounded in culturally responsive foundations to create classrooms that are inclusive and offer a curriculum that is rich in identities, relevant, and borderless. This book builds on the work of scholars who have called for culturally relevant, responsive, and sustaining pedagogies while centering the importance of global competencies in education. The authors share a new integrative pedagogical framework that bridges the gap between culturally relevant and sustaining pedagogies and global teacher education. Contributing authors showcase various strategies proving the value of embedding Global Teacher Education UK March 2026 • US March 2026 272 Pages • 2 bw photos 7 bw line art HB 9781538193914 • £70.00 / $130.00 PB 9781538193921 • £30.00 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881854669 • £27.00 / $35.95 ePub 9781538193938 • £27.00 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
culturally centered global competencies in teacher preparation and classrooms. Each contributed chapter ends with a series of questions designed to elicit critical thinking; promote the development of human-centered pedagogies; and inspire work that supports inclusion, belonging, and acceptance.
Che Guevara, Paulo Freire, and the Pedagogy of Revolution, Classics Edition Peter McLaren, Chapman University, USA Che Guevara, Paulo Freire, and the Pedagogy of Revolution examines what is currently at stake—culturally, politically, and educationally—in contemporary global capitalist society. Written by one of the world's most renowned critical educators, this book evaluates the message of Che Guevara and Paulo Freire for contemporary politics in general and education in particular. Forcefully argued and eloquently written, Che Guevara, Paulo Freire, and the Pedagogy of Revolution is a clarion call for building a new social order premised on the ideas and philosophy of two of the most important revolutionary figures of this century. It is an indispensable reference point for building transnational alliances between the North American and Latin Culture and Education Series UK October 2025 • US October 2025 256 Pages HB 9798216368847 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798216368854 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798216368878 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9798216368861 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
American.Che Guevara, Paulo Freire is the best introduction available to the ideas and philosophy of these two iconoclastic figures.
Reimagining Educational Justice in the Face of Opposition Altheria Caldera This book invites readers to reimagine a movement for educational justice, one in which justice workers recognize imperialist white supremacist capitalist cis-hetero patriarchy as the broad, interlocking system of domination that continues to oppress historically marginalized students, whose rights are presently being vehemently opposed by those who fear an egalitarian society that no longer privileges whiteness. This work also examines bans on “wokeness,” illustrating the regressive and assaultive nature of current attacks. Important, too, it offers guidance for those seeking direction about how to advance educational justice for all students whose rights are being threatened.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages • 3 B/W figures, 19 textboxes HB 9798216381075 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216381068 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9798216381044 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9798216381037 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
96
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Unmasking the Experiences of Racialized Women in Academia Stronger Together
Edited by Sandra Dixon & Cecille DePass Showcases the lived experiences of racialized women in academia in their respective higher education institutions. Through a collection of comprehensive, accessible essays, this volume discusses the key challenges that women of color in academia—faculty, administrators, and graduate students—face. The arguments presented in these chapters are based on multi-disciplinary empirical research and theoretical frameworks rooted in a variety of disciplines such as Indigenous studies, social work, psychology, health sciences, and education. This volume offers tangible remedies and approaches to address systemic inequities and promote meaningful institutional change for educators, administrators, and stakeholders in higher education on a national level.
UK February 2026 • US January 2026 288 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9798216388678 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666956597 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216260165 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764682 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Pupil Premium Plus for Children in Care A Critical Social Justice Analysis
Benjamin Taylor, University of East London, UK Children in care (CiC), or looked after children, in England achieve less well than their non-looked after peers and as such they receive pupil premium plus funding. This book explores how the pupil premium plus is used to support the educational outcomes of CiC, with specific focus on professionals’ planning processes, the supports and interventions funded using pupil premium plus, and how the impact of the funding is tracked and monitored. It draws on empirical data from semi-structured interviews with designated CiC teachers, social workers, and school heads, and document analysis of 20 school pupil premium strategies. Ben Taylor uses educational theory to analyse the data, drawing on humanist theories, social pedagogy and critical pedagogy to identify key themes in the data including race and class. He argues that pupil premium plus is valued by professionals, who care deeply about CiC. He shows how it is seen as an important and supportive tool which goes beyond the academic to include social UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350380011 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350380059 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350380028 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350380035 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and emotional interventions and curriculum enrichment.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
97
EDUCATION BOR
Digital Learning for Young Minds
Equity, Access, and Engagement in PK–6 Classrooms Anne Tapp Jaksa & Alex St. Clair This is an essential and timely resource for preservice and in-service teachers. What distinguishes this text is its holistic, practice-based approach to integrating technology into P–6 classrooms. It bridges the gap between digital theory and classroom application, empowering educators to thoughtfully select and implement tools that enhance learning while meeting rigorous standards such as those from the ISTE and the Common Core State Standards. This book is additive in that it focuses exclusively on the pedagogical and developmental needs of younger learners rather than all K-12 learners, emphasizing design principles rooted in Universal Design for Learning, digital equity, and culturally responsive pedagogy. Readers will not only learn how to navigate Learning Management Systems and digital citizenship UK June 2026 • US June 2026 200 Pages • 14 b/w figures HB 9798216397045 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216397038 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216397069 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216397076 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
instruction but will also gain strategies for equitable access, ergonomic classroom design, and inclusive media use in platforms such as Google Classroom. By centering intersectionality, diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI), the authors equip educators with the frameworks necessary to engage all learners—especially those marginalized by socioeconomic status, disability, or cultural and linguistic differences.
The Perils of Social Media
Cyberbullying Shame and Fame Merve Basdogan The Perils of Social Media: Cyberbullying Shame and Fame provides an in-depth examination of cyberbullying, characterized by persistent hostile behavior conducted through electronic or digital media. Aimed at anyone interested in understanding and combating cyberbullying, it serves as a useful resource for both individual learning and as a textbook for structured training sessions. The book is organized into thematic chapters that cover various aspects of the digital challenges faced by teenagers, including self-presentation on social media, cyberdating abuse, online gaming, trolling, and harmful social media trends. Each chapter begins with learning objectives and ends with "Reflect and Reframe" questions, making it suitable for different age groups and educational settings. The final chapter offers practical prevention and intervention strategies to foster safer online environments. This comprehensive guide is essential for educators, parents, and UK April 2025 • US April 2025 88 Pages • 7 BW Photos, 6 Tables, 7 Textbpxes HB 9781475854213 • £58.00 / $75.00 PB 9781475854220 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881864606 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781475854237 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
anyone dedicated to improving digital safety and wellness.
COLLECTIONS
Creativity's Edge
Unleashing Humanity’s Greatest Advantage in the Age of AI Susan M. Riley In an AI world that can write, code, and design, what's left for humans? Everything that matters. The world is changing fast. Are you ready for what's next? Technical skills alone won't keep you ahead anymore. Creativity has now become the dividing line between those who will lead the future and those who will be automated out of it. This book shows you how to build the creative abilities AI can't touch: finding problems worth solving, linking ideas in new ways, and infusing work with meaning that only humans understand. These aren't vague ideas - they're real skills you can UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages HB 9798881806859 • £25.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881867645 • £22.50 / $27.00 ePub 9798881806866 • £22.50 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
start building today. Inside, you'll discover how your brain changes during creative work and learn to trigger the mental states where your best thinking happens. You'll master a simple system that turns you from someone waiting for inspiration into someone who creates it on demand. And you'll break free from systems designed to standardize rather than innovate, unlocking the irreplaceable human potential that defines our future.
98
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Anti-Authoritarian Curriculum Practice Powerful Theories for Teachers
Daniel J. Castner, Jennifer L. Schneider & James G. Henderson The pervasive politicization of education in the United States makes teachers’ work extraordinarily challenging. Decades of bi-partisan accountability-based reform policies and top-down instructional management have conceived of teachers as mere technicians who consume and implement prefabricated curricular plans. Such views fail to recognize the intimate relationship between curriculum and teaching and minimize educators’ professional authority. Anti-Authoritarian Curriculum Practice is for teachers exasperated by contemporary education’s politicized conditions. Instead of identifying specific authoritarian figures or ideologies, this book critiques authoritarian practices—actions that UK July 2025 • US July 2025 176 Pages HB 9781538193976 • £60.00 / $85.00 PB 9781538193983 • £18.99 / $31.00 ePDF 9798765154205 • £17.09 / $27.90 ePub 9781538193990 • £17.09 / $27.90 Bloomsbury Academic
undermine accountability for how power is exercised. It advocates for anti-authoritarian curriculum practices, emphasizing the intellectual and moral responsibilities of professional curricular decision-making. Appreciating that significant decisions are made at school, district, and policy levels without teachers’ meaningful involvement, the authors utilize practical curriculum theorizing to examine commonly overlooked elements of curriculum practice, emphasizing teachers’ direct roles in shaping what is experienced in their classrooms. Readers are introduced to the HI-STAR process, a three-part framework that invites educators to holistically imagine curricular visions (HI), engage in study and teaching activities (ST), and assess student outcomes while reflecting on their practices (AR).
Starting Small
Celebrating First Steps When Adopting Curricular Changes K–16 Lauren Madden Many teachers leverage their assets to adopt changes using small but meaningful changes that go beyond 'box-checking' and encourage authentic learning and engagement. This book celebrates teachers' small steps by sharing examples of these excellent small changes.
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 256 Pages • 27 BW Illustrations, 23 BW Photos, 23 Tables, 1 Textbox HB 9781538191668 • £73.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538191675 • £30.00 / $39.00 ePDF 9798881866389 • £27.00 / $35.10 ePub 9781538191682 • £27.00 / $35.10 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
Multilingual Learners in STEAM
Teaching Framework and Practical Tools for Elementary Grades Eun Kyung Ko & Xiaoning Chen As multilingual student populations grow in elementary classrooms, STEAM educators face the dual challenge of supporting English development and content mastery. Traditional STEAM curricula often overlook the cultural and linguistic assets multilingual learners bring. Multilingual Learners in STEAM: Teaching Framework and Practical Tools for Elementary Grades offers a solution through the Equitable STEAM Education for Multilingual Learners (ESEM) framework—an equity-focused, interdisciplinary, and culturally and linguistically responsive approach. Grounded in research on translanguaging, visual literacy, and integrated STEAM instruction, the book presents actionable principles to create inclusive, asset-based STEAM learning environments. Each chapter highlights practical strategies for designing culturally relevant curriculum, promoting linguistic justice, integrating technology, building community partnerships, and fostering teacher collaboration. It empowers UK September 2025 • US September 2025 216 Pages • 5 b/w photos, 22 b/w line art HB 9781538197479 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781538197486 • £18.99 / $29.00 ePDF 9798765154946 • £17.09 / $26.10 ePub 9781538197493 • £17.09 / $26.10 Bloomsbury Academic
educators to engage multilingual learners and advocate for just, transformative STEAM education.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
99
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Reclaiming the Artistry of Teaching Edited by Gert Biesta, Maynooth University, Ireland & Ramsey Affifi, University of Edinburgh, UK There is an ongoing tendency in contemporary research, policy and practice to see the teacher as a technician who, with guidance from scientific evidence about ‘what works,’ can become increasingly more effective in bringing about measurable learning outcomes. This book not only shows why a technical understanding of teaching is problematic, but also explores in detail what can be gained from understanding teaching as a situated art that requires the purposeful combination of craft – teachers’ ‘know how’ – and wisdom – the ability to make meaningful judgements about what needs to be done in the always concrete and unique situation of the classroom. The book asks what the artistry of teaching is, how it matters for teaching, what it looks like and feels like for both teachers and students, how the arts can help in deepening our understanding of teaching, who may benefit from the artistry of UK May 2026 • US May 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350506589 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350506572 • £26.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9781350506602 • £24.29 / $33.25 ePub 9781350506596 • £24.29 / $33.25 Bloomsbury Academic
teaching, and what this means for becoming and being a teacher, individually and collectively. The book seeks to provide a meaningful alternative in contemporary discussions about teachers, teaching and the future of teacher education. In addition, the idea of artistry highlights the aesthetic qualities and dimensions of teaching and opens up new ways for understanding teacher formation and teacher development.
How Good Teachers Thrive
Flourishing Long Term in a Noble Profession Ken Badley In How Good Teachers Thrive, the author explores the teaching career as a journey, offering hope and practical strategies to help educators stay grounded in their sense of vocation. While valuable for teachers at all stages, the book is especially helpful for those new to the profession. In the introduction and first two sections, the author examines the current educational landscape—both the external forces shaping schools and the inner lives of teachers. Drawing on Parker Palmer’s language, the text reflects on how educators make meaning of their work. Section III breaks the journey into three stages: early, mid, and late career. The author connects research on teacher flourishing with broader studies on living and aging well, and includes stories from over 100 teachers about what helps them UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages HB 9781475874716 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781475874723 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765160954 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781475874730 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
thrive. In Section IV, the book emphasizes the importance of community and encourages readers to build a personal support team. Finally, Section V steps back to reflect on the habits and mindsets that support long-term growth and joy in the profession.
The Extinction of Responsibility and Character Brett J. Novick This timely and provocative manuscript addresses a critical concern shared by many in today’s educational landscape. It offers a compelling argument for recalibrating the roles of educators, administrators, parents, and students by restoring clear boundaries and returning accountability to where it belongs—with the student. Especially in the wake of COVID-19, when traditional expectations and responsibilities have become blurred, this book urges a reexamination of what it means to be responsible in a school setting and beyond. Unlike character education programs that treat responsibility as a teachable trait, this work positions it as a systemic issue— one that must be tackled holistically across families, schools, and society at large. By confronting these hard truths, the book aims to inspire educators and stakeholders to reestablish shared responsibility in order to better prepare today’s students for the realities of the adult world. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 144 Pages HB 9781475875379 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781475875386 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9798881868291 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9781475875393 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
100
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Successful Research-Based Somatic and Linguistic Instructional Strategies for Multilingual K–12 and Adult Learners Maryann Hasso This book provides educators with the necessary tools and strategies to help English learners succeed. Drawing from feedback from dual-language learners and teachers on improving assessments, Maryann Hasso develops and details strategies for the education of English learners (ELs) and covers how educators can help students complete assignments and engage with lessons. The instructional strategies outlined in this book include offering students multiple options for taking tests, ensuring each assessment is translated into the languages represented in the classroom, and allowing students to take assessments in groups or pairs. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 192 Pages • 2 bw illus PB 9798216389286 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666947847 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765155035 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781666947854 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Re-imagining Gender in the Early Childhood Workforce Feminist and More-than-human Perspectives Sid Mohandas This book draws on feminist theorisations and more-than-human approaches to re-imagine gender in the early childhood workforce. Sid Mohandas presents new research carried out in a Montessori nursery in the UK looking the workforce’s interactions with everyday “objects” in the nursery such as tea, cameras and snot. Drawing on Donna Haraway’s situated feminist practice Mohandas reveals the many gendered and more-than-gendered forces, including those of race, caste and class at play in the relations, stories and worlds within the nursery setting. Debates, policies and practices around gender in the early Feminist Thought in Childhood Research UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350534629 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350534582 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350534599 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350534605 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
childhood workforce have predominantly focused on the under-representation of men and the recuperative outcomes promised through the inclusion of men. This book is concerned with the ways a gendered workforce can be re-imagined when the boundaries of research are stretched beyond mere human inclusion and attention is paid to ordinary and unassuming relationships that encompass everyday experiences in the nursery. By employing feminist theorisations that foreground materiality, affect, discourse, place and temporalities, the book demonstrates ways in which gender can be understood differently in the early childhood workforce.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Nurturing Young Children as Spiritual Beings in a Globalized World Edited by Elizabeth Rouse, Deakin University, Australia, Brendan Hyde, Deakin University, Australia & Tony Eaude, independent scholar, UK This book brings together leading academics and practitioners to provide research-informed strategies for nurturing young children as spiritual beings. Globalization and performativity have led to a narrowing of education in early years settings and schools, and this book considers the types of knowledge and capabilities children and educators need to address the challenges this presents. The chapters explore and critique existing practices in a range of areas including sustainability, inclusion, relationships with parents, ethics of care, and the role of the arts. Written by contributors based in Australia, Canada, Malta, the UK and the USA, the book offers theoretical discussion and practical strategies to help educators nurture young children’s spirituality emphasising holistic approaches and caring relationships as an antidote to current neoliberal discourse. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350411722 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350411760 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350411739 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350411746 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
101
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Dialectic Special Pedagogy
Supporting the Transitions of People with Disabilities and Atypical Development Edited by Louise Bøttcher, Aarhus University, Denmark & Charlotte Mathiassen, Aarhus University, Denmark This book offers theoretical and practical discussion on the inclusion of students with disabilities and learning impairments within the learning environments and beyond. It explores how social relations and social activities can support the personal and social transitions of children, young people and adults in need of specialized support. Written by academics based in Australia, Canada, Denmark, the Netherlands and the UK, the contributors take a cultural-historical and dialectical approach as a starting point for special pedagogy. This approach enables special pedagogy to rise above biological-essentialist, environmental-social-training and purely sociological approaches and to focusing on development as a psychological as well as a social phenomenon. The chapters cover a range topics including deaf education, primary and secondary disabilities, play, mediation, incarcerated youth and mental illness. The contributors draw heavily on psychologist Lev Vygotsky’s work Transitions in Childhood and Youth and his notion of the zone of proximal development. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350360570 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350360617 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350360587 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350360594 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Positive Youth Development Principles in Practice How Youth Service Organizations Help Youth Thrive Peter L. Samuelson, Thrive Foundation for Youth, USA This open access book tells the story of eight youth service organizations in the USA, using the voices of the impacted youth and the staff who accompanied them. Drawing on a series of structured interviews with young people and staff and informed by positive youth development (PYD), ideas the author proposes nine universal principles for working with youth from underresourced neighborhoods that can be applied to any youth organization. The principles include orienting youth towards a purposeful future, providing an opportunity to build academic and critical thinking abilities, and developing individual’s identity and sense of agency. The book contributes to the emerging methodology of principles-focused evaluation and draws on range of disciplines including psychology, education and youth studies. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350451407 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350451445 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350451414 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350451421 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Thrive Foundation.
COLLECTIONS
Introduction to Secondary Teaching
Blending Wisdom, Research, and Social Justice Anthony Johnston Drawing from social justice pedagogies, evidence-based instruction, the wisdom of experienced teachers, and adolescentbrain research, Introduction to Secondary Teaching: Blending Wisdom, Research, and Social Justice offers theories, practices, rationale, and actionable steps needed to be an effective secondary school teacher. Chapters cover building relationships with students, classroom management, creating authentic learning experiences, planning and providing instruction, fostering motivation and engagement in learning, and designing meaningful and just assessments. Written to help new teachers enjoy success early on in their careers, this book argues that we cannot wait for teachers to learn “from experience” alone. This book lays a foundation to help teachers sustain in this challenging profession and become the educational leaders we need. Rooted in this foundation is a new concept, TIPPS, referring to teacher identity, presence, UK November 2025 • US November 2025 232 Pages • 9 b/w figures HB 9781538199503 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538199510 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881866785 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781538199527 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
102
UK, Europe, ROW
passion, and stance—a conceptual framework that informs all aspects of a teacher’s work. Teacher educators will appreciate this course-friendly text, with its guiding questions, real-world examples, summarizing key points, and features by real teachers across a range of content areas, all bringing ideas and practices to life.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION 3RD EDITION
Destination Dissertation
A Traveler's Guide to a Done Dissertation Sonja K. Foss & William Waters Demystifying and charting a path from concept to completion, Destination Dissertation has helped thousands of doctoral students emerge on the other side of their dissertation as successful researchers. The third edition supplements the core 29 steps of the dissertation with new discussions of research technologies and now-popular dissertation sections like theoretical perspective, theoretical framework, and positionality statement. A new chapter looks beyond the dissertation to springboard researchers into future journal and book publishing opportunities.
UK April 2025 • US April 2025 480 Pages • 57 b/w illustrations; 1 b/w photo; 7 tables; 53 textboxes HB 9781538196335 • £69.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538196595 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881856151 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538196588 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
The Handbook of Peer Tutoring Edited by Daniel Sanford, Michelle Steiner & Russ Hodges The Handbook of Peer Tutoring is the authoritative resource on the emerging interdisciplinary field of peer tutoring in higher education. Addressing the multiple audiences of undergraduate tutors in advanced trainings, students immersing themselves in the research of learning and writing centers, professionals seeking to understand the history and current state of the field, and researchers specializing in peer-led learning, the book gathers in one volume the voices that define the current state of the field. In doing so, it brings authors and ideas from previously discrete areas of study (learning centers, writing centers, the scholarship of teaching & learning, communication, composition, developmental education, psychology, and others) into conversation with one another, and advances the case for a single, shared scholarship of post-secondary peer tutoring that spans numerous disciplines, professional communities, and continents. Each contribution establishes the state of the research with a respect to a specific question or topic, and proposes directions for future research. Collectively, the volume UK October 2025 • US October 2025 472 Pages HB 9781538190531 • £95.00 / $220.00 PB 9781538190548 • £45.00 / $67.95 ePDF 9798765155240 • £40.50 / $61.15 ePub 9781538190555 • £40.50 / $61.15 Bloomsbury Academic
both synthesizes and advances the state of the field, while also providing a roadmap for its future growth.
2ND EDITION
Navigating the Doctoral Journey
A Handbook of Strategies for Success, Second Edition Amanda J. Rockinson, Lucinda S. Spaulding & Jill Alexa Perry This co-edited book provides doctoral candidates with a practical, cross-discipline handbook for successfully navigating the doctoral process – from initial program selection to the final dissertation defense and preparing for the faculty interview. Invited chapters from established higher education experts cover topics ranging from university and program selection, preparing for comprehensive exams and dissertation research, self-care and self-management strategies, and recommendations for maintaining personal and professional support systems. Each chapter includes strategies for success and practical tips, including how to create a study guide for the comprehensive examination, how to create a professional support group, how to talk to your family about the doctoral process, how to select UK April 2026 • US March 2026 472 Pages • 5 B/W Figures HB 9781538197509 • £80.00 / $140.00 PB 9781538197516 • £29.99 / $42.95 ePDF 9798765154953 • £26.99 / $38.65 ePub 9781538197523 • £26.99 / $38.65 Bloomsbury Academic
and work with a chair and committee, how to identify an appropriate research design, how to navigate the IRB process, and how to master the research and writing process.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
103
EDUCATION
Using Data Analytics to Drive Transformational Change The Chapman University Model James L. Doti Using Data Analytics to Drive Transformational Change: The Chapman University Model opens with the statement, “Most strategic plans are a waste of time – a drain on precious resources.” An alternative planning approach is described in this book. It represents a paradigm shift in tackling transformational change. Rather than developing all-around strategies, the author presents a planning model that guided Chapman’s transformation that took place during James Doti’s 25-year presidency at Chapman University. Chapter 2 describes how data analytics were used to increase student selectivity by utilizing specific strategies relating to tuition pricing and discounting. Chapter 3 shows how the progress of competing universities can be identified and measured The ACE Series on Higher Education
in helping determine the optimal size for a university. Chapter 4 describes how analytical tools can be used to optimally
UK August 2025 • US August 2025 288 Pages HB 9798765151266 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9798765151273 • £30.00 / $44.00 ePDF 9798765151297 • £27.00 / $39.60 ePub 9798765151280 • £27.00 / $39.60 Bloomsbury Academic
invest in buildings and land. Chapter 5 explains how a unique budgetary system was developed to move Chapman’s faculty salaries into the 95th percentile for all professional ranks. Chapter 6 describes how the net income ratio can be used to assess the financial health of the institution as well as increase endowment growth and investments in buildings and land. The chapter also presents a unique strategy relating to succession planning.
Transforming Higher Education
How Bold and Innovative Leaders Entrepreneur the Future Mary Landon Darden & Joanna L. Kile In the face of an unprecedented and existential crisis in higher education, Transforming Higher Education: How Bold and Innovative Leaders Entrepreneur the Future presents specific, inspirational success stories on innovation, organizational change, emerging technologies, niche formations, revenue stream and partnership development, student and academic flourishing and more from a variety of institutions creatively overcoming even the greatest hurdles and emerging triumphant.
The ACE Series on Higher Education UK December 2025 • US December 2025 248 Pages HB 9798216202394 • £100.00 / $95.00 PB 9798216202387 • £34.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798216202400 • £31.49 / $31.45 ePub 9798216202431 • £31.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Land Your Dream Career in College The Complete Guide to Success
Tori Randolph Terhune & Betsy Hays After more than a decade of helping thousands of college students chart a path towards successful careers, Tori Randolph Terhune and Betsy A. Hays are back with a second edition of Land Your Dream Career in College full of updated strategies for today’s future leaders. Both the college landscape and the world of work have witnessed seismic shifts in the last decade, from the rapid advancement of digital technology to the global reshaping of the workplace caused by the pandemic. Now more than ever, it’s essential for students to consciously shape their college experience as a road to an immediate career. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 224 Pages • 2 bw illus HB 9781538196342 • £19.99 / $29.00 ePDF 9798765154564 • £17.99 / $26.10 ePub 9781538196748 • £17.99 / $26.10 Bloomsbury Academic
104
UK, Europe, ROW
The second edition meets students at the early planning stages for college, assessing interests to find a dream career that’s right for them, understanding the courses they need to take, the internships and opportunities they must seize, and the obstacles they’ll encounter. Key to the new edition is a focus on defining your dream career, using the latest tools and resources to build your portfolio of knowledge and experience, and how to pivot if your dreams or realities of life change.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Higher Education Is History
How the Legacy of Exclusion Impedes Socioeconomic Mobility Brendan Cushing-Daniels The legacy of exclusion within higher education shapes current perceptions and practices in academia; it is also the essential lens through which to view the present reactionary climate against efforts supporting diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in higher education and elsewhere. For centuries, access to higher education was reserved for wealthy white men. This book details and counters a number of the most strident criticisms of higher education and illustrates that many of these criticisms are inextricably tied to the opening of higher education to women, students of color, and others whose identities have historically been excluded. These expansions require addressing a host of needs—not merely financial but emotional, psychological, and social as well—to UK September 2025 • US September 2025 200 Pages • 13 bw illus PB 9781666964721 • £19.99 / $26.95 HB 9781666964707 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765154441 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781666964714 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
establish a true sense of belonging for all students. This includes acknowledging past injustices and actively creating environments that support all students. Brendan Cushing-Daniels advocates for a commitment to equity in education and promotes greater access to the intellectual and economic benefits of a college degree, indicating that a more inclusive approach will benefit both individuals and society as a whole.
COLLECTIONS
Free Speech and Academic Freedom on the Modern College Campus Necessary Conversations with our Internal and External Communities Perry R. Rettig Amidst a growing sense of distrust in formal education, this book argues for re-centering focus on the intent of higher education institutions. The shift in priorities on the modern college campus has resulted in universities removing tenure and cutting budgets. Perry R. Rettig reconsiders the history and evolution of American higher education and various forms of higher learning, and bridges these historical considerations with the state of contemporary higher education. By exploring the notions of academic freedom, freedom of speech, and academic tenure—their purpose, how they have manifested both historically and contemporarily, and possible changes to be made—Rettig conceptualizes the evolving societal role of higher education UK March 2026 • US March 2026 224 Pages • 4 bw illus PB 9781666970333 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666970319 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216255222 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978771444 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
institutions, how these institutions could change in the near future, and what the impact of these changes would mean for the landscape of higher education in America.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Creative Learning, Teaching, and Assessment for Arts and Humanities Higher Education Edited by Glenn Fosbraey, University of Winchester, Winchester, UK Higher education should be a place for students to innovate, create, and expand their horizons, and in order to create an environment which allows for all these things, tutors need to be able and willing to do the same. This practical and informative book explores how a diverse range of tutors working in the Arts and Humanities disciplines have succeeded in thinking creatively about their teaching, module design, and extra-curricular activities without losing sight of necessary academic rigour. The book explores: · experimental learning environments · student and lecturer collaborations UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 30 bw illus HB 9781350331495 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350331488 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350331501 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350331518 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
· the development of students’ employability and transferable skills · creative and imaginative assessment design · embedding mental wellbeing techniques into curricula The varied roles, subjects, and locations of the contributors enables rigorous and diverse international exploration of creative pedagogy in higher education and the book will particularly appeal to those looking to bring creativity to higher education.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
105
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Ethical Dilemmas in Educational Research
BERA Case Studies for Researchers by Researchers Edited by Alison Fox Drawing on the real voices and experiences of researchers, this book illustrates how the British Educational Research Association (BERA) Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research can be used to appraise research studies ethically. Researchers have choices when they design, conduct and report their research. These choices have consequences for others – funders, sponsors, those who facilitate access to research settings, those in the research settings, participants and the researchers. Sometimes the consequences can be anticipated and positive consequences can be maximised in the research design and negative consequences minimised. Sometimes the consequences only become apparent as the research unfolds. UK April 2026 • US February 2026 512 Pages • 40 bw illus HB 9781350450813 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350450820 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9781350450844 • £26.99 / $36.85 ePub 9781350450851 • £26.99 / $36.85 Bloomsbury Academic
This book presents a series of case studies following researchers in their decision-making through studies in a range of settings to consider different ways to deal with ethical dilemmas raised. The authors draw on their experiences to explain researcher thinking and how this relates to enacting values, pointing to relevant advice in the BERA ethical guidelines. They also explore choices not taken, considering the possible implications from such decisions, and how other researchers might have made different decisions based on different positionality. As well as thought provoking case studies, the book puts forward questions for readers to relate to their own research contexts and recommended reading for further thinking about the issues raised.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Loneliness in Our Time
Multidisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Axel Seemann, Bentley University, USA, Emily Hughes, Tom Roberts, University of Exeter, UK & Joel Krueger This open access volume is an interdisciplinary anthology on loneliness that brings together for the first time a variety of disciplines to provide a comprehensive overview of research into a defining condition of our age. The book brings together the contributions from leading researchers in philosophy, literature, psychology, cognitive science, history, anthropology, health science and business studies. Despite the wide scope of topics and differences in methodology, the contributors all investigate, in various forms, conceptual and empirical questions as they arise in the attempt to understand what loneliness is and whether we should think of it as the signifier of our time. The collection brings together chapters that investigate loneliness from a conceptual standpoint such as philosophy, psychoanalysis, or literature. They Bloomsbury Solitude Studies
prepare the ground for a second section in which loneliness is investigated as it manifests itself in old age and at the end of
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 376 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350493117 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350493018 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350493049 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350493070 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
life, as posing crucial problems for contemporary society. The contributions to the third section then research concrete manifestations of loneliness, such as loneliness amongst asylum seekers, in the workplace, and during the Covid-19 pandemic. Together these chapters offer a unique portrait of loneliness in our time that presents this hotly debated phenomenon in a multi-faceted, novel, and nuanced way.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Solitude, Silence and Loneliness in Adolescence The Teen who Stands Alone
Sandra Leanne Bosacki, Brock University, Canada This book explores adolescents’ (10-18 years) experiences of silence, solitude, loneliness within the school setting. Although many studies explore social withdrawal and loneliness in adolescence, little is known about young people’s experiences of solitude as a state of being alone. This book ties together cutting-edge research from developmental psychology and education on solitude in adolescence, and opens the way to a pedagogy of solitude and well-being. Sandra Leanne Bosacki explores concerns about how adolescents learn social and solitude skills and the extent to which such skills are harmful or helpful, including self-control and regulation, and self-compassion. The book further explores implications of solitude studies for practice and provides recommendations for future research and education. Holistic Bloomsbury Solitude Studies
models of education are encouraged to promote a balance of social and solitude skills that combines social management
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350345669 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350345706 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350345676 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350345683 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
with self-regulation and self-compassion.
106
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Identity Formation within Historically Black Colleges and Universities Spaces of Becoming
Edited by Anthony B. Pinn, Rice University, USA Drawing from institutional research, this book advocates for the ongoing importance of HBCUs and shows how their curriculum, programming, and self-understanding all point to education as a strategy for enhancing the whole person. Over the years, historically Black colleges and universities (HBCUs) have played a significant role in the formation of Black identity in a society that struggles to appreciate difference. Bringing the vitality of these institutions to a larger public, high profile donors and advocates have served to safeguard the ongoing necessity of what HBCUs represent. Drawing on scholars from various disciplinary backgrounds, Anthony B. Pinn and the contributors explore the intersections of race and higher education through the lens of self-awareness and community awareness. The chapters tackle areas such as how HBCUs have handled focusing on (or not focusing on) Black history and Black cultural production in their courses, identity UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages • 1 b/w illus and 3 tables PB 9798765167076 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666979794 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765167069 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978769892 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
formation of international students at HBCUs, HBCUs contribution to identity formation in a global context—promoting PanAfricanism, and how HBCUs promote healthy identity formation for Black students. Through institutional research, this book provides a uniquely layered and historical sensitive discussion of how HBCUs developed and their relationship to issues of Blackness and personhood.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Working-Class Kids and Visionary Educators in a Multiracial High School A Story of Belonging Karen V. Hansen In the 1960s and 1970s—when many communities resisted school integration and schools held low expectations for working-class kids and constricted teachers’ autonomy—educators and students at a multiracial public high school in California collaborated to achieve something remarkable: they created a cohesive community that gave students a powerful sense of belonging. Over its 25-year life, the student leaders of Sunnyvale High School worked with visionary staff to reduce violence, broaden and enrich the curriculum to include US Black history and Mexican American literature, and increase girls’ access to sports. Working together, they fostered a collective sense of pride, persistence, and possibility that fed the success of students and graduates in careers and in communities. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages • 16 BW Illustrations, 2 Tables HB 9781666959680 • £81.00 / $105.00 PB 9781350581845 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781978775749 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781666959697 • £17.99 / $24.25 Lexington Books
How did adults and youth forge such a powerful ethos of engagement and mutual responsibility, enabling so many to thrive? At a time when issues of racial and gender inequality are arguably as heated as they were half a century ago, what lessons does the school offer? In this book, the story of Sunnyvale High School is told by the students and educators who shaped it and made it meaningful. They attest to the lifelong impact of their shared experience.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Critical Perspectives on Refugee and Migrant Integration in Education Grassroots Narratives from Multiregional Settings
Edited by Marcus Otto, Georg Eckert Institute, Germany & Tania Saeed, Lahore University of Management Sciences, Pakistan This open-access book offers a critical appraisal, at the cross-section of theory and practice, of concepts of integration at work in education in diverse geopolitical settings. With chapters written by experts based in Cyprus, Ethiopia, Germany, Mexico, Pakistan, the UK and the USA, the book includes discussion of regions of conflict, post-conflict and also non-conflict societies in which a cultural hegemony has developed strategies to “integrate” groups perceived as “other”. The book challenges the idea of “integration” in education considering how it relates to inclusion and exclusion and considers the extent to which integration can be empirically studied or evaluated. By accommodating a diversity of voices and perspectives, the structure of this book critically questions the underlying hegemonic Global North-shaped assumptions that Peace and Human Rights Education have informed the integration debate. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 228 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350452343 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350452381 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350452350 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350452367 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Georg Arnhold Program.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
107
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
The Narrative Inquiry Primer
An Introductory Guide to Experiential Research Jacob Neumann The Narrative Inquiry Primer is an introductory guide to the philosophical roots, practical strategies, and writing conventions of narrative inquiry. This experiential, qualitative research method challenges technical-rational approaches to educational research by valuing context, experience, and relational engagement. The method utilizes long-term fieldwork and close researcher-participant relationships to explore how stories structure memory, identity, and meaning. It has gained prominence across a range of fields, including education, medicine, law, and many others and is essential for capturing and communicating the richness of human experiences within contexts. This book provides an introduction to narrative inquiry by addressing fundamental questions for conceptualizing, planning, conducting, and writing narrative inquiry studies, as well as offering examples that researchers can use to assist their own decision-making. Easy-to-read and highly practical, The UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages HB 9781538197943 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538197950 • £18.99 / $25.95 ePDF 9798881858025 • £17.09 / $23.35 ePub 9781538197967 • £17.09 / $23.35 Bloomsbury Academic
Narrative Inquiry Primer will help you feel confident in adding narrative inquiry to your research repertoire.
Data Ethics
How Educators Can Use Data Effectively and Responsibly Ellen B. Mandinach Data Ethics: How Educators Can Use Data Effectively and Responsibly describes the concept of data ethics, which has become an increasingly important topic in education practice, in part due to the proliferation of diverse data sources and the growing complexity of students. It is important for educators to know how to use data both effectively and appropriately. Educators are often faced with accountability pressures that may cause them to make decisions that are sometime problematic. This book describes what data ethics are and how new technologies, especially those based on artificial intelligence can challenge the appropriate use of data. It provides authentic scenarios that university instructors, professional development providers, in-service trainers, and individuals can use to help educators better understand data ethics. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 216 Pages HB 9798216376316 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798216376309 • £25.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798216376323 • £23.39 / $31.45 ePub 9798216376330 • £23.39 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
New Materialism and the Study of Classroom Practices
Using Actor-Network Theory and the New Literacy Studies as Methodology Ruth Unsworth, University of Glasgow, Scotland This book illustrates the application of socio-materialist theory to educational research contexts focused on the study of classroom practices. It explores the methodological opportunities, challenges and tensions the researcher faces in designing, conducting and analysing socio-materialist education research. Ruth Unsworth draws together two theoretical perspectives, actor-network theory (ANT) and the (new) literacy studies (LS), to offer a socio-material ‘way in’ to studying the complexity and dynamism of classroom practices. Drawing on an ethnographic study of teachers’ classroom practices in an English primary school, the author offers advice around research design, collecting and analysing data and the writing of ANT-LS accounts. This book Social Theory and Methodology in Education Research UK April 2026 • US April 2026 266 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350521025 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350520981 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350520998 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350521001 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
108
UK, Europe, ROW
contributes to the field of education research offering an in-depth exploration of the challenges and opportunities of social theory application, examining critical epistemological, practical and analytical aspects of socio-materialist theory as method.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Special Education Law, Policy, and Practice
Special Education Law, Policy, and Practice
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 312 Pages HB 9798216396895 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9798216396888 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216396918 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216396901 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK March 2025 • US March 2025 216 Pages • 29 BW Illustrations, 47 Tables, 39 Textboxes HB 9781538177464 • £69.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538177471 • £19.99 / $29.00 ePDF 9798881863463 • £17.99 / $26.10 ePub 9781538177488 • £17.99 / $26.10 Rowman & Littlefield
Case Studies in Special Education and Additional Learning Needs
The Classroom Teacher's Guide to Special Education Essential Knowledge, Skills, and Mindsets
Mary A. Houser, Tara S. Guerriero & Colleen E. Commisso
Dena D. Slanda, Lindsey Pike & Mary E. Little
Case Studies in Special Education and Additional Learning Needs is an allimportant resource containing 44 high quality case studies portraying students of different ages and abilities. Part I addresses both the disability categories under IDEA (e.g., learning disabilities and autism) and additional learning needs (e.g., impact of trauma, language and cultural differences, assistive technology, and gifted/talented). Part II exhibits case studies depicting processes and procedures associated with early intervention, collaboration, law, IEPs, student and parental rights, obtaining special education services, and accountability and documentation in the special education process.
The Classroom Teacher’s Guide to Special Education explores the transformative role the classroom teacher plays in the lives of their students, including the lives of students with disabilities. This book leads pre-service and in-service teachers on a journey of discovery, introducing foundational practices that are not just beneficial but essential for every student. This book serves as a core resource for learning about and understanding key components of special education from the classroom teachers’ role and perspective. More than a guide to special education in the general education setting, this book empowers teachers to embrace inclusive perspectives by building the knowledge, skills, and confidence to meet the diverse learning needs of all the students.
2ND EDITION
Special Education Law, Policy, and Practice
Special Education Law, Policy, and Practice
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 232 Pages HB 9781538199473 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538199480 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798881859923 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781538199497 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 224 Pages • 31 b/w figures, 7 tables HB 9798765162316 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798765162323 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9798765156544 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9798765160039 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
Specially Designed Instruction
The Essentials of Special Education Law
Margaret Weiss, Michael Faggella-Luby, Lisa Goran & David F. Bateman
Andrew M. Markelz, Ball State University, US & David F. Bateman
Specially Designed Instruction: The Definitive Guide is an indispensable tool for anyone invested in the education of students with disabilities. The distinctiveness of this book lies in its focused approach on SDI, providing evidence-based strategies, practical applications, and addressing legal and ethical considerations in special education. This book stands out by offering a step-by-step guide for determining SDI, examples/nonexamples, case studies, clear objectives, and key vocabulary. This targeted approach results in a practical guide educators, administrators, and families can use to improve outcomes for students with disabilities. Moreover, the book is designed to be inclusive and applicable across demographic spectra, emphasizing the intersectionality of students in special education, and ensuring content is relevant and applicable to all students entitled to a free appropriate public education. This book will ensure educators are well-equipped to meet the needs of their students effectively.
Special education law is reported by faculty and teachers as an intimidating topic that is often avoided in teacher preparation programs, leading to unprepared educators in the field. The Essentials of Special Education Law, Second Edition distills the legal complexities of special education into a practical resource for preparation programs and professionals alike.
The Definitive Guide
USA, Canada, Latin America
Second Edition
www.bloomsbury.com
Written and organized with college students and practicing educators in mind, this supplemental text covers the government’s role in establishing and defining special education. A historical context is explored through seminal court cases and legislative initiatives. Each of the six gears of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) are detailed, with key court cases and practical tips for legally compliant implementation. Additional essential legal topics are also examined such as discipline, confidentiality, and transition services. This indispensable book cuts through the complexity of law and is a clear and concise resource for understanding the essentials of special education law.
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
109
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
College Bound
A Family's Guide to Post-Secondary Options for Students with Disabilities Patricia S. Arter, Tammy B.H. Brown & Amy Paciej-Woodruff Navigating post-secondary educational opportunities for individuals with disabilities is a daunting task. Though recent changes in legislation have increased opportunities, many are unaware of the available resources and choices. This book will help parents and students find the post-secondary option that is most appropriate to reach their goals.
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 136 Pages • 10 Tables, 4 Textboxes HB 9781538195130 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881855543 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538195147 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
Skills and Behaviors for Student Teaching A Progress Monitoring Approach Bethany McConnell Skills and Behaviors for Student Teaching: A Progress Monitoring Approach is an interactive textbook designed to elevate the student teaching experience. With reflective activities, goal-setting tools, and practical strategies, this book highlights evidence-based practices across three essential units that contribute to success in today’s classrooms. It serves as a trusted companion for teacher candidates as they navigate the rewarding—and sometimes challenging—journey of student teaching. Focusing on self-care, classroom management, and collaboration, this resource empowers future educators to track growth, set purposeful goals, and build habits that lead to confident, effective teaching. Each chapter features storylines from student UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages • 99 Figures, 210 Textboxes HB 9798881805876 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881805883 • £25.99 / $35.95 ePDF 9798881867829 • £23.39 / $32.35 ePub 9798881805890 • £23.39 / $32.35 Bloomsbury Academic
teachers facing real-world challenges, along with goals that model how to strengthen practice. Readers will also find resources for integrating technology and culturally responsive approaches. More than a textbook, this guide provides encouragement, structure, and accountability. It supports teacher candidates as they grow into reflective, resilient, and collaborative educators prepared to thrive in the classroom.
COLLECTIONS
Understanding Judaism A Guide for Teachers
James D. Holt, University of Chester, UK This book explores the beliefs and practices of Judaism as a lived religion in the United Kingdom and addresses issues of representation. This book engages with Jewish beliefs and practices in a way that is accurate, accessible and engaging for teachers of all phases. Aspects of Judaism explored include the concepts that form the central beliefs of Judaism, and then the expression of these beliefs in worship, daily life, and the ethics of Jews in the modern day. Each chapter utilises the authentic voice of believers today and invites the reader to consider the concepts and how they can be taught in the classroom.
Teaching Religions and Worldviews UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781350477544 • £75.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350477537 • £23.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350477551 • £21.59 / $26.95 ePub 9781350477568 • £21.59 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
110
UK, Europe, ROW
One of the distinctive features of this book is its engagement with diversity in the Jewish world. How are the teachings of Judaism understood and lived in different circumstances in the UK today? Written by an expert in Religious Studies, this book provides immediate applicability for the classroom, and helps the reader deepen their knowledge of Judaism.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION
Preparing Culturally Informed Educators Examining Complexities in Practice Barbara Martin & Susan Foster Preparing Culturally Informed Educators: Examining Complexities in Practice aims to prepare mainstream educators to work effectively with diverse learners. Though not an exhaustive review of what is required for mastery of culturally informed instruction, this approach does equip educators with content knowledge, pedagogical skills, and professional dispositions necessary to provide diverse learners with equitable educational opportunities. Chapters explore theoretical foundations and challenges of culturally informed pedagogy, culturally informed reading education for English learners (EL) and all learners, and implications of recent neurological research.
UK April 2025 • US April 2025 72 Pages • 5 BW Photos, 2 Textboxes HB 9781475871531 • £58.00 / $75.00 PB 9781475871548 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881861513 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781475871555 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
Teaching Writing Through Journaling
Journaling as a Tool for Learning and Well-Being Kathleen Volk Miller Writing helps students identify, regulate, and express their emotions, which not only fosters emotional resilience but also improves writing skills and academic achievement. Journaling can increase students’ self-awareness, confidence, and ability to process complex thoughts. Research shows that students who write regularly perform better academically than those who don’t, as writing strengthens conceptual understanding and critical thinking. The first book in a new series on teaching writing, Teaching Writing through Journaling presents practices that make writing a daily habit, helping students internalize its value for learning and well-being. Instructors who engage in these practices benefit as well—emotionally and physically. It's time to flip the script: success doesn't create happiness; happiness fuels success. Teaching Writing Series UK October 2025 • US October 2025 160 Pages HB 9781475874686 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781475874693 • £22.99 / $30.95 ePDF 9798765161579 • £20.69 / $27.85 ePub 9781475874709 • £20.69 / $27.85 Bloomsbury Academic
Teaching Writing Through Poetry
Understanding Poetic Form and Its Power to Unleash Creative Expression Jason Schneiderman Poetry is experiencing a cultural renaissance in the United States, capturing attention in ways not seen since the days of Robert Frost and Rod McKuen. With Amanda Gorman's rise to fame and Rupi Kaur drawing stadium-sized crowds, students are engaging with poetry on social media and discovering it as an accessible and expressive art form. Teaching Writing through Poetry, the 2nd book in a new series on Teaching Writing meets this moment by offering a structural approach that demystifies poetic form and illustrates how poems make rhetorical demands through formal choices. Designed for both seasoned poetry lovers and hesitant beginners, the book provides clear, practical guides for reading and writing poems. It helps students move beyond the misconception that poetry is simply unshaped emotional expression and instead equips them to appreciate and create poetry with intention and craft. Teaching Writing Series UK December 2025 • US December 2025 96 Pages HB 9781475874778 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9781475874785 • £21.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798765160534 • £19.79 / $19.75 ePub 9781475874792 • £19.79 / $19.75 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
111
EDUCATION
Smart Writing
Demonstrable and Measurable Skills for More Sophisticated Writing John Mauk Writing teachers of all grade levels have been called upon to increase their students’ cognitive power. Outcomes across institutions, districts, and states emphasize the need for richness, depth, complexity, rigor, sophistication, or critical thinking in student writing. Yet that quality—no matter how it gets characterized—remains a challenge for both teachers and students. How can teachers most effectively explain, model, and assess such an evasive quality? Smart Writing: Demonstrable and Measurable Skills for More Sophisticated Writing offers a path forward. It details a range of powerful strategies that students can apply directly. The specifics offered here are not vague descriptors. They are moves that get worked out in written passages. They can be adopted and shaped according to assignment, topic, and each writer’s comfort level. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 176 Pages HB 9781475874747 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781475874754 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765161104 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781475874761 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
The goal in each chapter is to eradicate the mysteries of sophisticated writing—to offer samples, activities, and prompts that make student projects richer. In this sense, Smart Writing is not a book for those teaching only gifted, advanced, or highly prepared students. It’s for all teachers trying desperately to help students with something that seems now universally valued.
3RD EDITION
What Works! Successful Writing Strategies for National Board Certification Successful Writing Strategies for National Board Certification Bobbie Faulkner What Works! Successful Writing Strategies for National Board Certification leads National Board candidates through various strategies to help them write in the “National Board Style”. How a candidate writes about their teaching practice greatly impacts the success of their efforts to become a Board-Certified Teacher. Components the candidates submit depend on writing that is clear, consistent, and convincing. All the Scoring Rubrics are built upon those elements. This book gives many writing strategies, tips, and examples to lead candidates toward the goal of submitting work that meets the National Board Standards for accomplishment.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 136 Pages HB 9781475875164 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781475875171 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765155042 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781475875188 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
2ND EDITION
What Works! Successful Strategies for Pursuing National Board Certification Version 3.1, Components 3 and 4 Bobbie Faulkner This updated version reflects revisions and new information published by the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards. It includes dozens of successful strategies National Board Candidates have used as they pursue National Board Certification. The chapters chart a roadmap showing how to provide evidence of the National Board Standards by breaking the components into manageable pieces. There are tips for studying for the Component 1 Assessment Center Exercises and responding to the prompts. Component 2 includes strategies for understanding the prompts, writing about differentiation in instruction, and reflecting on one’s teaching practice. This volume also includes practical tips for writing successfully in the “National Board” style. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 128 Pages HB 9781475875195 • £55.00 / $68.00 PB 9781475875201 • £23.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765164914 • £21.59 / $26.95 ePub 9781475875218 • £21.59 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
112
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION
Leading with Intent
Lessons from the Field in School Leadership Andrew Dolloff Trust in public institutions has been on the wane since the 1960’s. While local schools have consistently enjoyed greater levels of trust than other public institutions, the recent political climate is contributing to significant challenges for school leaders throughout America. Fostering trust is a critical role of educational leaders, from the elementary school to the district office. This book will compile proven strategies from schools throughout the country – and beyond – that aim to deepen, or repair, the trust between schools and their constituents.
AASA The School Superintendents Association UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages • 2 b/w figures HB 9781475875256 • £120.00 / $130.00 PB 9781475875263 • £26.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9798881868093 • £24.29 / $33.25 ePub 9781475875270 • £24.29 / $33.25 Bloomsbury Academic
Resonant Minds
The Transformative Power of Music, One Note at a Time Sara Leila Sherman & Morton Sherman Resonant Minds: The Transformative Power of Music, One Note at a Time invites readers to reimagine music as a dynamic, interactive force that reshapes how we live, learn, and connect. By blending personal stories—recalling childhood car rides where “Ode to Joy” was joyfully reinvented with animal noises and made-up words—with cutting-edge research and practical insights, the father/daughter writing team, Sara Leila Sherman and Mort Sherman, PhD, help us understand how to use music intentionally. Featuring a distinct approach, this book includes interactive QR codes that bring the music to life. This immersive journey reveals how integrating mindful listening action—whether breathing with Bach or shaking it off with Taylor Swift—can reduce stress, boost creativity, and strengthen communities. With a foreword by Goldie Hawn and praise from thought leaders like Doris Kearns Goodwin and Bena Kallick, Resonant Minds is a call to transform our everyday musical AASA The School Superintendents experiences into a source of joyful, life-changing action, one note at a time. Association UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages • 36 b/w photos; 1 table HB 9781475874952 • £48.00 / $62.00 PB 9781475874969 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881859787 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781475874976 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
2ND EDITION
More Than an Ally
A Caring Solidarity Framework for White Teachers of African American Students Michael L. Boucher Jr. Division and acrimony have reached new heights that demand far-reaching structural solutions for White teachers committed to creating classrooms where all students thrive. The second edition of this inciteful and motivating book explores the Caring Solidarity framework with new, updated examples and, aspirational, descriptive guides for teachers and researchers. Plus, there are extensive revisions based on newly available research. This new edition includes new chapters on solidarity in the digital age and how to be in solidarity with communities when districts across the country are banning books and working to erase the identities of our students.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 1 figure HB 9781475875317 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781475875324 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881868277 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781475875331 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
113
EDUCATION
Teacher Education Online
A Practical Guide for Instruction Marla J. Lohmann & Kathleen A. Boothe Teacher Education Online: A Practical Guide for Instruction provides guidance on teaching high-quality online courses in teacher education programs. In the past few years, an increasing number of courses are being offered in the virtual classroom, and university faculty must be prepared to support student learning online. Teacher Education Online walks the reader through incorporating engaging, effective, and evidence-based instructional practices into their online teacher education courses. Through research, personal experiences and stories, and practical examples, Kathleen A. Boothe and Marla J. Lohmann guide readers through the development and implementation of high-quality online coursework for preservice and in-service teachers. Each chapter includes a case study for readers to practice implementing strategies described in the book, as well as space to create plans for incorporating those strategies into their own courses. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 240 Pages HB 9781538194522 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781538194539 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765155066 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538194546 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
Enacting Differentiation in the Teacher Education Classroom Practical Strategies for Modeling and Reflection Sarah E. Pennington Enacting Differentiation in the Teacher Education Classroom: Practical Strategies for Modeling and Reflection explores the vital role of Differentiated Instruction (DI) in teacher education programs, offering practical strategies for integrating DI into courses across the program. It provides actionable tools and strategies for preparing future educators to meet the diverse needs of all students through engagement with and reflection on inclusive teaching practices This book recognizes the challenges of teaching DI in higher education settings and offers practical, ready-to-use tools that can be applied across different content areas and program structures. Through a balance of theory, practice, and reflection, it supports teacher educators in both their individual courses and their broader programmatic efforts to foster inclusive UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages • 2 figures HB 9781538194553 • £60.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538194560 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798881856281 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781538194577 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
teaching practices.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Consulting Students on Classroom Practice, ‘Good’ Teaching and Teacher Performance A Critical Account of Student Voice in Contemporary Schools Craig Skerritt, University of Manchester, UK Consulting Students on Classroom Practice, ‘Good’ Teaching, and Teacher Performance is about the consultation of students on teaching and learning matters in schools, as part of typical school life as opposed to students being consulted as part of a project that includes some kind of external support. Craig Skerritt makes not only a conceptual contribution by providing new thinking tools and a new way of understanding and articulating student voice in relation to classroom practice, and by developing and presenting a heuristic device to aid research on student voice and classroom practice, but a series of empirical contributions by reporting on interview data with a range of school-based actors to spotlight existing views, practices and issues, and to call attention to hopes, desires, and fears for the future. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 184 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350445949 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350445970 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350445956 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350445963 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The book provides a critical account of student voice in contemporary schools. Student voice is not taken at face value or accepted as being undisputedly positive, nor are schools or the people in them treated as homogenous entities devoid of context. Significantly, researcher subjectivity is central vis-à-vis the generation, examination, interpretation, and presentation of the empirical data. There is no claim to objectivity in this book and it is subjectivity that comes to the fore — through what Skerritt coins the ‘I(nterest) behind this research’, major emphasis is placed on his own experiences shaping his outlook. Skerritt occupies a certain vantage point and sees student voice through a particular lens, and this is reflected in the contents of this book.
114
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Schooling Reimagined
Educating for a More Ethical Society David H Hargreaves, University of Cambridge, UK If the society that lies ahead is to be a better and more ethical one, schools play a key role in its realisation. Since the 1944 Education Act implemented at the end of World War II in Europe, schooling became dominated by the idea of a meritocracy for its function in promoting social mobility. In this book, David Hargreaves explores ways in which schooling might be reimagined to strengthen the moral and ethical base of schooling, to cultivate in students the excellences of intellect and character that underlie deep happiness. Hargreaves emphasises the importance of happiness, excellence and civic friendship to reframe the aims of schooling, drawing on works from Emile Durkheim and Aristotle, and the lesser known studies of Carol Gilligan and Sybil UK June 2026 • US June 2026 184 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350471351 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350471368 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350471375 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350471382 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Schwarzenbach. He explores how the rapidly changing nature of work is an important ethical ally by providing new time and space for building community cohesion and the growth of protest and social movements offers new opportunities by which young people can play active roles in the creation of an ethical society. Bringing together various areas of study usually kept apart, this book is novel in its exploration of schooling as a powerful source of change if we are to create a more ethical society that lies ahead.
2ND EDITION
Elementary Science Methods: An Assets-Based Approach to Teaching, Learning, and Advocacy, Grades K-6, Second Edition Lauren Madden Teachers and parents often remark that children make the world's best scientists. Skillful science teachers understand how to tune in and connect to children’s interests and observations to create engaging and effective lessons. This focus on the innate curiosity of children, or humans overall is celebrated and used to justify and support efforts around STEM teaching and learning. Yet, when we discuss elementary school teachers, we often hear many voices from inside and outside the classroom report that these teachers dislike, fear, and feel uncomfortable with science. This is exactly the opposite approach from what is universally recommended by science education scholars. The second edition of this textbook offers an up-to-date and practical guide to support excellent science teaching with even UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages • 48 B/W figures HB 9798216275664 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216275626 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216275640 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216275633 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
more ideas and tools to bring real-life authentic science into elementary classrooms.. This text meets the immediate, contextual needs of future and current elementary teachers by using an assets-based approach to science teaching, showing how to create inquiry-based lessons, differentiate instruction and lesson design based on children’s developmental ages and needs, and providing easy-to-use tools to advocate for scientific teaching and learning guided by the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). Updates in this book include strategies for addressing complex and sometimes controversial scientific issues such as vaccine hesitancy and climate change to ensure teachers are well prepared to support a scientifically literate populace.
6TH EDITION
Chemistry Rhobert Lewis, University of South Wales, Pontypridd & Wynne Evans, Physical Sciences, School of Applied Sciences, University of Glamorgan Ever popular and engagingly written, this book gives students a complete course in ‘chemical literacy’. It is especially suitable for those studying access/foundation courses at university – but it also meets the needs of students of other disciplines (namely Forensic Science, Engineering or Health Sciences) for whom chemistry is a subsidiary subject in their first year at university. Providing accessible and expertly written coverage of core topics, it starts students from scratch and assumes only a minimal experience of mathematics and science. Pedagogically rich, a key feature of each unit is the exercises which consolidate topics before the reader proceeds further. Readers will benefit from a wide range of pedagogical features which highlight key points and provide opportunities to test UK June 2026 • US August 2026 544 Pages PB 9781350566613 • £42.99 / $58.95 ePDF 9781350566620 • £38.69 / $53.05 ePub 9781350566637 • £38.69 / $53.05 Bloomsbury Academic
knowledge and understanding. The book incorporates a wide range of full-colour diagrams, photographs and visuals which make for an engaging and memorable reading experience. Direct references to the companion website are also included at relevant points within the text. The sixth edition will feature a more diverse range of leading figures in the field of Chemistry, including June Lindsay, Gertrude B. Elion, and Tu Youyou. The book also contains new units on Pollution, Drug Chemistry, and Climate Change and Decarbonization.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
115
EDUCATION
Adolescent Literacy
Integrating the Sciences of Reading and Writing in Grades 4-12 Shea Kerkhoff This book empowers teachers across content areas to help adolescents become confident readers and writers. Blending sociocognitive research and innovative strategies, the book shows how to foster inclusive literacy instruction, student agency, and meaningful engagement in today’s literacy-rich world. At the heart of the book is a commitment to researchbased literacy instruction that values the diverse languages and cultural practices students bring to the classroom and leverages scientific research to take literacy to new heights.
UK March 2026 • US March 2026 312 Pages • 47 b/w figures, 67 textboxes HB 9798765144510 • £78.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765144527 • £30.00 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765151310 • £27.00 / $35.95 ePub 9798765151303 • £27.00 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
STEM to STREAMS
Toward a More Equitable Vision of STEM Education Edited by Douglas Huffman, Kelli R. Feldman & Imogen R. Herrick In STEM to STREAMS the authors explore ways to create a more inclusive and equitable STEM world that opens new pathways for all students to enter and thrive in STEM. Using STREAMS as a metaphor they address the challenges of integrating the arts, humanities and social sciences into STEM. Using practical examples, this book aims to provide educators and educational researchers with new ways of thinking about how to merge disciplines to create a more equitable and dynamic vision of STEM.
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 164 Pages • 15 BW Illustrations HB 9781475874235 • £65.00 / $85.00 PB 9781475874242 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881863869 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781475874259 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
Informal Learning in Music Education Exploring Theory in Practice
Anna Mariguddi, Edge Hill University, UK Informal Learning in Music Education: Exploring Theory in Practice examines how informal learning pedagogy is understood, implemented and experienced in music education. It highlights some of the benefits and challenges facing the approach in practice, over twenty years after Green’s (2002) seminal publication that established the theory based upon How Popular Musicians Learn. The book draws on four in-depth case studies of secondary schools implementing the approach in England, in addition to interview data from three key figures who have played a key role in establishing, disseminating and promoting the approach. Informal learning is of international interest and values aspects such as increased student choice and autonomy, aiming to increase student UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350426894 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350426795 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350427006 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350426993 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
116
UK, Europe, ROW
motivation and widen participation and inclusion. This book is organised into key themes that have been generated to frame contemporary thinking about the informal learning approach, making a distinctive contribution to knowledge in this discipline area. This book draws attention to some of the barriers and enablers of informal learning in practice, offering implications for practice and policy to ensure the future sustainability of the approach.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Queers Teach This!
Queer and Trans Pleasures, Politics, and Pedagogues Adam J. Greteman, School of the Art Institute of Chicago, USA In this open access book, philosopher of education Adam Greteman offers commentary on five lessons queers teach: transparency, inconvenience, others, hatred, and coming into. Intentionally idiosyncratic, each of these lessons takes seriously the work of teaching, the work of teachers, and the complex realities that unfold around LGBTQ+ issues and lives as they enter educational conversations. These conversations are conditioned by contexts and communities that make bold proclamations difficult, but also point toward possibilities rooted in specifics. Combined, these five lessons provide commentary on an educational project that forefronts queers and their practices amid complex and changing realities. Recognizing the mutual importance of theory and practices, each chapter tacks between practical concerns that are part of education as it exists day to day and theoretical insights that intertwine and intervene in those everyday practical realities. Radical Politics and Education
Yet, Greteman offers no prescriptions for teaching, nor an overarching theory. Rather, Greteman takes up each “this” that
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 228 Pages HB 9781350149236 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350226906 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350149243 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350149250 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
queers teach so to offer commentary that may provide opportunities for further engagement with ongoing needs that schools, teachers, students, and communities have in their impossible work. Queers teach. These lessons are never ending yet vital to not only queer’s surviving in schools, but encountering an education that aids in their thriving alongside others. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Literature and Ethics in High School English Classes Reading Together with Moral Vision
Ross Collin, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA This book offers a defence of ethical reading in secondary school English classes at a time when reformers and policy makers are trying to reorganize English language arts around technical skills or politics. Ross Collin shows how students and teachers use literature as a venue for exploring their own and others’ ethical ideas and practices and argues that moral inquiry in English class is a distinctly social endeavour. The book draws ideas from English education and moral philosophy. From English education, Collin explores social reading, or what Louise Rosenblatt named ‘transaction’, looking at texts commonly taught in secondary school English, including Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet and Jacqueline Woodson’s Brown Girl Dreaming. From philosophy, he draws on arguments about moral vision and literature developed by Iris Murdoch, Martha Nussbaum, and Nora Hämäläinen, and develops ideas, tacit in English education, about reading with moral vision. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 160 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350380493 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350380530 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350380509 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350380516 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
He concludes by proposing a new theory of moral vision in transactional reading.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Postcolonial Education and National Identity An Arendtian Re-imagination
Rowena Azada-Palacios, Ateneo de Manila University, Philippines Recognizing the strategic role that national identities play in post-colonial struggles for justice, this book conceptualizes a new approach to teaching national identity that, following Hannah Arendt, emphasizes children’s ability to renew culture. The book uses the Philippine colonial experience as a case study, and includes a genealogy of Hannah Arendt’s concept of the ’social’, including an analysis of how she used this idea to explore the role that schools play within the political community. Azada-Palacios problematizes the way that national identity is valued as an educational goal in Philippine schools and the way that Philippine citizenship education continues to aspire towards a homogeneity of culture. Through an examination of colonial-era documents, she traces this characteristic of colonial history, and identifies this aspiration as an unreflective perpetuation of American colonial educational policy that has not been sufficiently criticized. Bloomsbury Inquiries in Philosophy and Education UK June 2026 • US June 2026 200 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350433311 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350433342 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350433335 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350433328 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
117
EDUCATION 2ND EDITION
Multicultural Literature for Latino Bilingual Children Their Words, Their Worlds, Second Edition
Ellen Riojas Clark, Belinda Bustos Flores & Daniel Alejandro González Multicultural Literature for Latino Bilingual Children: Their Words, Their Worlds, 2nd Edition makes a needed contribution to the field of children’s literature by addressing the social, cultural, academic, and linguistic needs of bilingual learners who continue to be underserved through current school practices. This 2nd edition presents a balance of theory, research, and practice. The authors conceptualize different forms of social knowledge that can serve as cultural resources for acquiring knowledge and transforming self and identity. This volume creates a heightened awareness of the cultural and linguistic capital held by the Latino community. The design of critical pedagogical practices enhances Latino students’ academic, cultural and social capital . Unique in this volume is the artwork that reflects the experiences of the Latino community. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 400 Pages • 8 b/w illustrations; 7 tables, 3 textboxes HB 9781538195505 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538195512 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765154939 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781538195529 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Virtual Synchronous Language Teaching and Learning The New Frontier in Language Acquisition
Edited by Slav Gratchev, Marshall University, USA & Larry Sheret, Marshall University, USA This book brings together the experiences of twelve language teaching professionals who experimented with and developed their own successful methods of teaching foreign languages during the COVID-19 pandemic, including through virtual synchronous classrooms. The methods presented are varied in nature, but have all proven to be successful in terms of learning outcomes and satisfying for both students and their teachers. The contributors disseminate their unique teaching methods and discuss their practical applications, across a range of Advances in Digital Language Learning and Teaching UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350497375 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350497337 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350497344 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350497351 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
language education contexts, offering insights into what could and should be in focus in post-pandemic learning and instruction environments.
COLLECTIONS
English Language Teacher Education in Latin America Autoethnographic Insights
Edited by Raúl Alberto Mora, Universidad Pontificia Bolivariana, Colombia & Luis Javier Pentón Herrera, University of Economics and Human Sciences, Poland This pioneering collection provides a space for Latin American English language teacher educators and leaders to share their innovative professional practices. Their autoethnographic contributions adeptly intertwine personal trajectories with wider societal and pedagogical narratives, elucidating crucial themes across the region’s terrains.
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher Education UK May 2026 • US May 2026 312 Pages PB 9781350524286 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350524248 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350524255 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350524262 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
118
UK, Europe, ROW
Latin America’s English language pedagogy still trails behind on the global stage despite countries like Argentina, Brazil, and Colombia bolstering their English teacher education and enhancing the delivery of English as a foreign language. This landscape demands a deeper scholarly inquiry, particularly at the crossroads of innovative pedagogies and their real-world applications within the distinctive milieu of Latin America. Spanning the entire continent and a vast variety of teaching and learning contexts, this book’s contributors tackle challenges including collaboration, professional identity and development, queer texts, democratizing access, social justice and materials design.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Teacher Education for Global Englishes Language Teaching Denchai Prabjandee, Burapha University, Thailand This book presents a model of transformative, empowering and critically oriented language teacher education to prepare English teachers to implement Global Englishes Language Teaching (GELT). GELT’s importance to learners’ needs for communication in the globalized world means that it receives tremendous interest from language teacher educators worldwide, underlining the risks posed by gaps in teachers’ knowledge of how to implement it. This book fills in those gaps, with accessible theoretical foundations and practical examples drawn from the successful work of the M.Ed. in Teaching English as a Global Language (TEGL) at Burapha University, Thailand.
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher Education UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350414754 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350414761 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350414778 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350414785 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Through critically oriented frameworks, the TEGL program equips in-service English teachers with a critical lens to examine their current practices, challenge the sociocultural and educational backgrounds that teachers bring into teacher education, and empower them in transforming their classroom practices to correspond with the GELT paradigm. The book highlights how the global spread of English impacts language teacher education, discusses the theoretical foundations underlying the design of teacher education for GELT, addresses the knowledge base for preparing teachers to use GELT and examines the applications of teacher education for GELT. It is vital reading for graduate students, teacher educators, and researchers in language teacher education and beyond.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Activism in Language Teaching and Language Teacher Education Edited by Amber N. Warren, Vanderbilt University, USA & Natalia A. Ward, East Tennessee State University, USA This open access book provides practical and theoretical perspectives for thinking about and promoting activism in language teaching and language teacher education. Featuring work from a range of global contexts, this edited volume showcases the innovative ways language education professionals engage in and embrace activism. Contributions detail practices and pedagogies to foster curricular innovation and activist stances within teacher education, professional development, and language teaching. Collectively, these chapters illuminate how educators engage with and enact activism to forge an equitable and socially-just education landscape. Readers will find theoretical frameworks and practical approaches to catalyze both reflection and action towards social change in language education. Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher Education UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350422131 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350422148 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350422155 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350422162 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Knowledge Unlatched.
COLLECTIONS
Latin America Writes Back
Praxiologies in Language Education Edited by Juliana Reichert Assunção Tonelli, Alex Alves Egido & Karina Oliveira de Paula In Latin America, and other historically exploited former colonies, people were told to unlearn their language and culture in order to acquire what some privileged voices classify as “valid” or “legitimate” ways of thinking. Throughout history, various teaching approaches and methodologies have emerged, each bringing unique insights to foreign language classrooms all over the world. These methods have played a pivotal role in shaping language pedagogy, enhancing learners' experiences, and fostering communication in an increasingly interconnected world. As societies become aware of the need for cultural inclusivity and equity, educators are recognizing the importance of adopting praxiologies that honor diverse languages and perspectives. UK October 2025 • US October 2025 224 Pages • 8 bw illus PB 9781666967425 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666967401 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216201397 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978769786 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
In the last couple of years, language educators have seen an unprecedented expansion of discussions related to the questioning of naturalized practices in language education. Nowadays, these questions are the core of language teacher education programs in Latin America. Educators have developed and implemented another way experiencing and assessing language education; one that is not focused on the mere application of predetermined methods and techniques, but that is born from—and sensitive to—the local contexts, and which considers context-dependent struggles, hopes, needs, and agency (or lack thereof). In such a manner, the concept of praxiologies seems to be central, as understood by Paulo Freire as the inseparable connection between action and reflection.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
119
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
The Fabrication of Traditional Language Teaching Barbara Schmenk ‘Traditional’ language teaching has come to be equated with old, dysfunctional, outdated, or backward pedagogies. But is that really all there is to it? This book breaks through the disinterest in tradition and challenges taken-for-granted assumptions about the realm of the traditional in language education, gradually revealing that the common and dismissal of traditional language teaching is inadequate and flawed – a fabrication. To disrupt this fabrication of traditional language teaching, The Fabrication of Traditional Language Teaching argues for the reclaiming and reframing of tradition as a crucial concept in language education and scholarship. It provides an in-depth investigation of applied linguistics scholarship and the knowledge that it has produced about traditions, relates this to interdisciplinary perspectives on tradition that have been advanced in the social sciences, philosophy, education, and cultural UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350567504 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350563254 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350563261 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350563278 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
studies. By tracing the ways in which traditional language education has been, and continues to be, fabricated, it reveals how this fabrication affects and impedes our understanding of language education and research.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Racialized Nature of Academic Language Disentangling the Raciolinguistic Power Structures
Edited by Sultan Turkan, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK & Jamie L. Schissel, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA This book explores the marginalization that English as additional language (EAL) learners, immigrant or languageminoritized people confront when learning to socialize into using the language of schooling. The authors examine racialized academic language not to dismiss it, but to scrutinize its presence and impact on individuals’ lives. Beginning with connections between eugenics, intelligence, whiteness, language, monolingualism and bilingualism, it then reviews current practices, and how the construction of academic language in various schooling and non-schooling contexts creates hegemonic structures that perpetuate deficit perspectives. The final section envisions what could help dismantle the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 264 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350349452 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350354524 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350349469 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350349476 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
power knots that academic language holds in systemic structures. This is a vital book for teachers, teacher educators, and policy makers who refuse the deficiency orientations placed on nonstandardized use of language at schools and want to deconstruct the power that academic standardized language holds in the lives of language-minoritized students.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Reimagining Literacies Pedagogy in the Twenty-first Century
Theorizing and Enacting Multiple Literacies for English Language Learners Edited by Leonardo Veliz, University of New England, Australia, Miguel Farias, Universidad de Santiago de Chile, Chile & Michelle Picard, Flinders University, Australia This book sheds light on the array of transformative literacies in the Global South, which English language teachers and educators seek to integrate within their pedagogical practices. In English language teaching (ELT), there is an increasing need for a shift away from dominant literacy thinking, knowledge and practices that originate in the Global North. This collection brings together contemporary research and practice on how literacies are theorized, challenged, embedded and enacted in ELT practice in the Global South. It showcases research that focuses on the intersections of multiple literacies and English language pedagogy, and how these fuse with the social, UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350413658 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350413665 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350413672 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350413689 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
cultural, historical and political realities of contexts where English is a foreign, second or additional language. The authors provide insightful examples of pedagogical research and practice that reinvigorate a wide range of literacies often invisible or silenced in both the ‘North’ and ‘South’. These include multicultural literacy, critical environmental literacy, digital multimodal literacy, the interplay of visual literacy and local culture, multiple literacies in ELT racializing practices, multiliteracies pedagogies for teacher agency and social justice.
120
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION
Pedagogy of Freedom
Ethics, Democracy, and Civic Courage Paulo Freire In Pedagogy of Freedom Paulo Freire travels ever more deeply into the territory where learning and activism are the essence of human life. This profound book shows why an engaged way of learning and teaching is central to the creation of the individual, culture, and history. Freire finds in today's emerging global society a new context in which education cannot be indifferent to the reproduction of dominant ideologies and the interrogation of them. He argues against "progressive" liberalism and its passive acceptance of a world where unemployment and hunger must inevitably co-exist with opulence. In so doing, he shows why an acceptance of fatalism leads to loss of personal and societal freedom-and how those individuals who think without optimism have lost Critical Perspectives Series: A Book Series Dedicated to Paulo Freire their place in history. UK October 2025 • US October 2025 184 Pages HB 9798216369158 • £50.00 / $80.00 PB 9798216369165 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798216369172 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9798216369745 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
This book displays the striking creativity and profound insight that characterized Freire's work to the very end of his life-an uplifting and provocative exploration not only for educators, but for all who learn and live.
COLLECTIONS
Freire and Drama
'Marília', a Play - Anti-Oppression and Healing in the Arts Rogério M. Pinto This book introduces Freire’s theoretical concepts as they relate to playwriting and theatre. User-friendly and concise, the book shows how anyone interested in social justice and self-healing can use drama/performance as an accessible vehicle for exploring the root causes and effects of oppression. It centres on the text of the author’s award-wining one-person play, Marília, about the death of his three-year-old sister during the Brazilian dictatorship (1964-1985), his gender identity, childhood trauma, and experiences as an undocumented immigrant in the USA. The play exemplifies many of Freire ideas and Augusto Boal’s Theatre of the Oppressed is also drawn heavily upon. Alongside the play is boxed commentary with definitions and explanations of key concepts, to clearly narrate Freire’s and Boal’s teachings. Also discussed in separate chapters are the themes of critical consciousness; art and mental health; the socioeconomic issues at the root of oppression; Freire in Focus
and drama for self-healing and advocacy.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 152 Pages HB 9781350474864 • £45.00 / $61.00 PB 9781350474871 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9781350474895 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781350474888 • £13.49 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Christ-Centered Education Post-Critical Pedagogy Steven F. Hyatt Without Christians discipling others, there is no Christ-centered education. In this book, Steven F. Hyatt argues that Christian education must move beyond the limitations of instrumentalism, worldview reductionism, and dualistic thinking to embrace a Christ-centered, transformative pedagogy rooted in six core biblical principles: worship, love, biblical faithfulness, community fellowship, responsible stewardship, and wisdom. Drawing on insights from philosophy, theology, sociology, and critical pedagogy, Hyatt critiques prevailing models of Christian schooling that prioritize doctrinal content and defensive cultural postures while neglecting the formative and relational dimensions of education. He contends that Christian education is a holistic process of discipleship that cultivates epistemic humility, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 192 Pages PB 9798216276043 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216276036 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216276067 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798216276050 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
wisdom, affirms creaturely existence, and prepares the next generation for vocational participation in God’s redemptive work. This ontological investigation focuses on the educator and proposes a post-critical approach that values presence, hospitality, and mutual transformation over control and certainty. Hyatt urges educators to reimagine their work through the lens of the incarnate Christ, advocating for a pedagogy that centers on embodied practices, dialogical relationships, and attentiveness to the Spirit’s work in everyday life. This work offers both a prophetic critique and a constructive vision for educators committed to nurturing faithful presence in a post-Christian, post-secular world.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
121
EDUCATION
Leading Toward Efficacy
Why Cognitive Coaching Persists Arthur L. Costa & Robert J. Garmston Leading Toward Efficacy: Why Cognitive Coaching Persists is a collection supporting leaders in a variety of endeavors in today’s workplace, such as health care, neurodiversity, and education. The principles of individual and collective efficacy needed in today’s world are presented by numerous leaders lending their expertise in their respective fields. This book is based on the core values of Cognitive Coaching which started with a small group of educators and grew to encompass an international network of coaches. Leading Toward Efficacy expands the skills and values of Cognitive Coaching which can lead to a more compassionate world.
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 192 Pages HB 9781538198223 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538198230 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765154601 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781538198247 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Leading for Tomorrow's Schools Today Michael Lubelfeld & Nick Polyak This book stands apart from others on the topic by offering the combined wisdom of two veteran superintendents who, together, bring over three decades each of hands-on leadership experience and nearly 60 years in education. Drawing from their careers “in the seat,” the authors demonstrate how challenging the status quo and embracing innovation can lead to meaningful, sustained change. While rooted in the context of K–12 education, the book’s leadership lessons extend far beyond schools, offering valuable guidance for leaders across sectors. Key features include: -Reflective Questions in each chapter to deepen understanding and application -Voices from the Field—practitioner essays offering real-world insights -Practical strategies to challenge the process with clear “why and how” explanations AASA The School Superintendents Association UK October 2025 • US October 2025 200 Pages • 35 Illustrations HB 9781475874860 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9781475874877 • £24.99 / $33.95 ePDF 9798765160398 • £22.49 / $30.55 ePub 9781475874884 • £22.49 / $30.55 Bloomsbury Academic
-A timely focus on Artificial Intelligence: How to Lead With It In an era of rapid change, this is a much-needed roadmap for school leaders—and all leaders—looking to navigate the future with courage, clarity, and vision.
Navigating the Superintendency
Lessons from the Field on Increasing Longevity and Success Derrick D. Jordan & Dionne V. McLaughlin Navigating the Superintendency: Lessons from the Field on Increasing Longevity and Success addresses the increasing challenges of the superintendency amid heightened accountability and leadership instability. Drawing on interviews with eighteen seasoned superintendents and leadership professionals, this book offers evidence-based lessons and strategies that promote success in the field. Designed for not only new and seasoned superintendents, professors and aspiring leaders in preparation programs will also find value from the insights and resources. The authors share practical, research-informed guidance to enhance leadership effectiveness, support longevity, and strengthen service to students, staff, and communities.
AASA The School Superintendents Association UK March 2026 • US March 2026 152 Pages • 2 b/w figures, 24 textboxes HB 9781475875287 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781475875294 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765164938 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781475875300 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
122
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION 2ND EDITION
Connecting the Dots of Accreditation
Leadership, Coherence, and Continuous Improvement Barry R. Groves & Marilyn S. George The second edition of Connecting the Dots of Accreditation offers a significant update, with approximately 35% new content and comprehensive revisions to the original text. This edition expands its scope with timely new chapters on generative AI and educational technology—featuring a contribution by Christian Talbot, CEO of the Middle States Association—as well as critical topics such as social-emotional learning, the politicization of accreditation, diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging (DEIB), international accreditation, and the rise of online and hybrid schools. As the only published book focused exclusively on K–12 school accreditation in the United States, this volume remains an essential resource for educators and school leaders navigating an evolving educational landscape. Co-authors Barry R. Groves, President of WASC and a seasoned superintendent with four decades in California public education, and Marilyn S. George, WASC’s Executive Vice President UK January 2026 • US January 2026 176 Pages • 6 b/w figures HB 9781475874839 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781475874846 • £19.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765160855 • £17.99 / $26.95 ePub 9781475874853 • £17.99 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
with over 40 years of accreditation leadership, bring unparalleled insight and expertise to this essential guide.
Advocacy for Educators A Roadmap to Action James L. Alouf Advocacy for Educators: A Roadmap to Action argues that advocacy within teacher education is more critical now than ever due to increasing attacks on public education. The book, created by the ATE’s Commission on Advocacy, emphasizes the urgent need for teacher educators to actively represent and address the needs of educators, students, and families at all levels—local, state, and federal. The text serves both as a call to action and a practical guide for developing effective advocacy plans tailored to specific educational concerns. Emphasis on Grassroots Advocacy: The book highlights the power and effectiveness of grassroots advocacy, demonstrating how diverse and flexible approaches can unite various stakeholders in support of public education. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 160 Pages HB 9798881807023 • £75.00 / $95.00 PB 9798881807030 • £28.99 / $39.00 ePDF 9798765154175 • £26.09 / $35.10 ePub 9798881807047 • £26.09 / $35.10 Bloomsbury Academic
Practical Guidance for Developing Advocacy Plans: The text goes beyond theory, offering practical, step-by-step guidance for creating effective advocacy plans. A Call to Action for Teacher Educators: The book serves as both a motivational call to action and a comprehensive guide, urging teacher educators to actively participate in advocacy efforts. Focus on Democratic Values and Community Engagement: Advocacy is framed not just as a professional duty but as a means of upholding democratic values and practices. Expert Insights from the ATE’s Commission on Advocacy: Authored by experienced leaders within the Association of Teacher Educators (ATE), the book provides expert insights and credibility, drawing on the collective knowledge and experience of those deeply involved in educational advocacy.
School Safety
A Practical and Tactical Resource Guide for Administrators David E. Johnson, Glenn G. Norling, Pamela M. VanHorn, Jeffrey Yarbrough & Shaun Hurtado School Safety confronts one of the most urgent and unsettling challenges facing American education today: the alarming rise of school rampage shootings. As these once-unthinkable tragedies become tragically common, the need for informed, courageous, and capable leadership has never been greater. This timely and essential book offers a comprehensive exploration of school safety, not merely as a set of protocols but as a complex, dynamic system requiring thoughtful coordination and decisive action. What sets School Safety apart is its unique approach—unpacking the intricate relationships among the many factors that influence safety in schools, and presenting practical, real-world strategies to manage and mitigate these risks. Equally distinctive is the expert team behind the book: a diverse group of professionals whose combined skills, education, UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages HB 9781475874891 • £50.00 / $120.00 PB 9781475874907 • £22.99 / $30.95 ePDF 9798881868147 • £20.69 / $27.85 ePub 9781475874914 • £20.69 / $27.85 Bloomsbury Academic
and deep experience in education, leadership, crisis response, and mental health create a richly informed and actionable resource. School Safety is a vital guide for school leaders, policymakers, educators, and anyone committed to creating safer, more resilient learning environments for all.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
123
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
Settling Conflict in Rural New York Schools Case Studies of Education Reform Casey Thomas Jakubowski This book examines the history of conflict in education through the lens of specific case studies from schools in rural areas of New York. Education has historically been a major source of conflict among citizens, voters, and residents in the United States. From the colonists in New England’s efforts to educate their children in the late 1800s, to the debates over mask mandates at schools emerging from Covid-19, the dissonance between pro-local democracy national narratives and the active suppression of community rights exists in every state. Contemporary conflicts in education and politics include the question Studies in Urban–Rural Dynamics UK February 2026 • US February 2026 186 Pages • 10 tables PB 9781666929959 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666968309 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216258339 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765818 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
of what and how to teach history, with some politically motivated groups demonizing critical race theory, inclusive civics, and history education. Utilizing local and state archives, newspapers, and eyewitness accounts, and challenging the consensus narrative that prioritizes the elite’s viewpoints, this book expands research on the history of educational reform post-World War II outside of the urban focus predominant in the field and challenges the traditional rural deficit narrative.
COLLECTIONS
Building Inclusive Scientific Communities and Leadership Case Studies from Professional Societies
Edited by Verónica A. Segarra, Mercy Mugo & Simone Soso Highlights scientific and professional communities as agents of change for more inclusive STEM communities and leadership. This volume focuses on organizations that nurture diversity and inclusivity, as well as their intentional efforts toward fostering inclusive environments and creating lasting cultural change. Each chapter features a case study spearheaded by a team of authors chronicling one aspect of a scientific community in their efforts to become a more inclusive and diverse collective. These case studies facilitate discussion and reflection, as well as provide powerful tools to reveal process and UK January 2026 • US January 2026 332 Pages • 6 bw illus PB 9798216386230 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666975833 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216252221 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978766976 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
implementation details that can help societies take action towards more inclusive STEM communities.
COLLECTIONS
Public Spaces, Politics, and Policy
Historical Entanglements with Irrational Momentism Edited by Todd Alan Price & Morna McDermott McNulty This books takes a deep dive into the historic, sociopolitical, and economic interests that have resulted in a frontal assault on the very governance of public education. Recent decades have seen dramatic changes in the landscape of American public education, including the closure of local schools, elimination of teachers’ unions, and local school board takeover attempts. In order to explore the social and political motivations behind these changes, the contributors address questions such as: What tactics are being used to drive this paradigm shift where teachers are the enemy, and schools are harming kids? What events in this sociopolitical moment right now make it ripe for dismantling the democratic experiment of public education? In an age of sound bites and instant news, how can the nuanced—and sometimes hypocritical—narrative supporting public education compete for attention with the UK October 2025 • US October 2025 298 Pages • 5 bw illus PB 9781666977714 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666977691 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216201458 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764552 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
124
UK, Europe, ROW
seductive, political pablum of reactionary groups? The voices in these chapters include those of curriculum theorists, policy analysts, education practitioners and leaders, and parents—all of whom engage in forms of activism at the local and/or national level.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
EDUCATION COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Problems and Possibilities of Neoliberal Education Reforms Accountability, High-Stakes Testing, and Inequality
Mustafa Toprak, Sharjah Education Academy in the United Arab Emirates Neoliberal education reforms promise (but often don't succeed) to improve student outcomes and provide more equitable educational opportunities to students with different backgrounds. They hold schools accountable for their performance through high-stakes testing and linking performance to rewards and sanctions, and by empowering parents. This book presents a critical and objective appraisal of these neoliberalist education reforms. Mustafa Toprak considers the practical elements of neoliberal reforms, including voucher systems, choice, accountability, competition within and between schools, educational inequalities, and high-stakes testing, and in doing this, contributes to social justice debates and the idea of education as a common good. He uses reforms in Chile as a case study UK June 2026 • US June 2026 200 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350375758 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350375796 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350375765 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350375772 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and offers a critique of its neoliberal educational reforms. Rather than discrediting all the central tenets of neoliberal education, Toprak considers the pros and cons of these reforms for students, teachers, schools, and societies and proposes new reforms to ensure that policies accurately and responsively address the needs of all stakeholders.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Global Education in Ireland
Critical Histories and Future Directions Edited by Eilish Dillon, Maynooth University, Ireland, Niamh Gaynor, Dublin City University, Ireland, Gerard McCann, St. Mary's University College, Northern Ireland & Stephen McCloskey This open access book brings together leading global education (GE) practitioners and academics to, for the first time, provide a history of GE in Ireland. Ireland is regarded as a leader in the field of GE worldwide, with a rich history going back to the 1970s. Despite this, there is a lack of reflection on its role and contribution to GE internationally. This book bridges this gap, critically exploring the history of global education policy and practice in the Irish context from different perspectives from across the education spectrum in Ireland, and internationally. The contributors explore the philosophical, pedagogical and globalisation influences on GE, as well as policy trends and curriculum developments. The range of topics discussed include: GE and the sustainable development goals; global citizenship education; activism; solidarity; and critical pedagogy. Advances in Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship UK April 2026 • US April 2026 302 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350380387 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350380424 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350380394 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350380400 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The role of institutions and other stakeholders are discussed as well as the challenges for transformative practice. Alongside thematic chapters, practical case studies are introduced which illustrate GE practice over time. Relevant to practitioners of global education in Ireland and beyond, the book puts forward a critical, radical and decolonial GE. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Maynooth University.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
125
Gain new perspectives on cinematic landmarks with BFI Film Classics
Die Hard
A Hard Day’s Night
When Harry Met Sally...
Groundhog Day
9781839026522
9781839029394
9781805750253
9781839029806
Jaws
Le Samouraï
Touki Bouki
Beau Travail
9781839023637
9781839029639
9781839029004
9781839027130
Velvet Goldmine
Double Indemnity
Easy Rider
if....
9781839027475
9781805750215
9781805750291
9781839029929
Discover more at www.bloomsbury.com/BFIFilmClassics
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
A Hard Day's Night Samira Ahmed How did a film made to capture a pop phenomenon become an enduring cinematic classic? With warmth, wit and precision, Samira Ahmed reveals how the Beatles’ first film changed both the band themselves and pop music’s relationship with the screen. In a vivid and personal exploration, she shows how this black-and-white gem, shot in a documentary style and brimming with youthful energy, captured Britain at a moment of social transformation, with a portrayal of celebrity, camaraderie and media frenzy that still resonates today. Drawing on her own experience of first discovering the film as a child and going on to work in the television industry, Ahmed shines a spotlight on the craft behind its enduring appeal. With insights from members of the cast and crew, including her own new interviews, Ahmed highlights A Hard Day’s Night’s class and sexual politics, and
BFI Film Classics UK June 2026 • US June 2026 128 Pages PB 9781839029394 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781839029417 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781839029400 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
COLLECTIONS
adds a delightfully original analysis of the women in the film. In these pages you will be transported to a time when four young men from Liverpool, via the mass medium of television, changed the way Britain saw itself and the way the world saw Britain, revealing how, and why, A Hard Day’s Night has become a landmark of modern cinema.
2ND EDITION
if.... Mark Sinker In his compelling study of if.... (1968), starring which stars Malcolm McDowell as an English public school student who leads a guerrilla insurgence, Mark Sinker traces director Lindsay Anderson’s depiction of the progress from repression, conformity and fusty ritual to anarchy and bloody revolt. The film’s title is a sardonic nod to Rudyard Kipling’s most famous poem, while its narrative explores how prankish rebels are groomed to police an Empire. Released at a time of unprecedented student uprisings in Europe and America, if.... provided a peculiarly English perspective on the battle between generations – the perennial war of the romantically passionate against the corrupt, the ugly, the old, and the foolish. Though its emotional surface is authentically anti-authoritarian, its intellectual substance, as Sinker argues, is rooted in a deep familiarity with the symbols of English ruling-class values. BFI Film Classics UK March 2026 • US March 2026 112 Pages • 60 colour illus PB 9781839029929 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781839029943 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781839029936 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
In his foreword for this new edition, Mark Sinker considers if.... ’s continuing relevance in respect of two contemporary phenomena (the ghastly commonplace of school shootings; urban terrorism) including the degree to which we somehow continue to feel sympathy toward this small gang of entitled schoolboys. Contemplating director Anderson’s ambivalence towards education, not least the jargons of academic film theory after the 1960s, Sinker reflects on how his own approach to the film was informed by the critical lingua franca of the 1980s music press.
COLLECTIONS
Le Samouraï Daisuke Miyao In this compelling study, Daisuke Miyao explores Jean-Pierre Melville's cult 1967 thriller Le Samouraï, a film that unfolds in a coolly stylised Paris where the paths of a contract killer, Jef Costello (Alain Delon), and the police commissaire pursuing him (François Périer) fatally intersect. Despite its title, Le Samouraï, is not a sword-clashing tale of feudal Japan. Rather, Miyao suggests that the film's philosophical framework draws on both existentialism and the samurai moral philosophy of bushido, or 'the way of the warrior', and considers how these philosophies may help explain Jef Costello's identity crisis and his concluding act of selfannihilation. In a close analysis of Melville's technical and aesthetic decisions, Miyao highlights the film's use of close-ups to BFI Film Classics
convey or mask emotion, the play of light and shadow, and the function of flashbacks and dream sequences in the narrative,
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 96 Pages • 60 colour illus PB 9781839029639 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781839029653 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781839029646 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
Setting Le Samouraï within the shifting landscape of post-war French cinema, Miyao traces its dialogue with Hollywood film
as well as the meanings of Costello's pet bullfinch.
noir and Japanese art cinema, particularly Kurosawa's Rashomon (1950), suggesting that both genres informed and influenced Melville's film-making.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
127
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Touki Bouki Rosalind Galt, King's College London, UK Djibril Diop Mambéty’s exuberant, inventive and urgent film Touki Bouki (The Journey of the Hyena) (1973) follows a young couple, Mory (Magaye Niang) and Anta (Mareme Niang), who dream of leaving their home in Dakar, Senegal for an imagined better life in Paris. Rosalind Galt’s insightful study analyses Touki Bouki’s cinematic worlds, from its narrative of postcolonial migration to its influence by international film style, both nonetheless grounded in African visual cultures and critical perspectives. Touki Bouki explores the intertwined histories of the postcolonial and the transnational, showing how the aesthetic and political ideas found in the experimentation of cinematic modernisms and New Waves are as African as they are European. BFI Film Classics UK April 2026 • US April 2026 104 Pages • 60 colour illus PB 9781839029004 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781839029066 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781839029028 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
Galt’s study interweaves a conceptual framework of world cinema studies and anti/decolonial theory with close analysis of Touki Bouki’s innovative audiovisual forms and its representations of desire and identity in postcolonial Senegal. Providing a detailed reading of the film’s themes and cinematic style, she argues for its classic status and for its long-lasting influence on world cinema.
COLLECTIONS
Beau travail Corinn Columpar, University of Toronto, Canada Beau Travail (1998) is Claire Denis' bold, sensuous masterpiece. Loosely based on Herman Melville’s Billy Budd, Sailor (1924), the film explores the complexities of desire, identity, and power within an all-male group of French Foreign Legionnaires stationed at a coastal outpost in the former colony of Djibouti, in East Africa. The film cemented Denis' position as a leading auteur and visual poet. In this book, Corinn Columpar positions the film as a cinematic bid for freedom. She examines its formal innovations - particularly the use of the gaze, voice, and movement - to explain how Denis produces exhilarating possibilities narratively, affectively, and ideologically, while also situating the film within the histories of art cinema and postcolonial filmmaking. BFI Film Classics UK June 2026 • US June 2026 96 Pages • 60 colour illus PB 9781839027130 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781839027154 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781839027147 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
COLLECTIONS
Velvet Goldmine Katherine Reed, California State University, Fullerton, USA It’s 1984, and investigative reporter Arthur Stuart is trying to locate Brian Slade, the glam-rock superstar who staged his own death and vanished from the spotlight ten years earlier. Todd Haynes’s Velvet Goldmine (1998) transforms that mystery into a vivid collage of memory, fantasy and desire, creating an alternative history of rock and a landmark of queer cinema. Velvet Goldmine divided opinion on its release, but Katherine Reed traces how the film’s fans have kept it alive through rewatches, relistens and fan fiction. Reed weaves in the history of the film with close readings of its cinematic references, songs and style. She re-evaluates Velvet Goldmine in light of Haynes’s other films, addresses its fraught production history and its allusions to David Bowie, Lou Reed and Iggy Pop, and the ways in which Haynes reshapes those figures into a new BFI Film Classics UK June 2026 • US June 2026 112 Pages • 60 colour illus PB 9781839027475 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781839027499 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781839027482 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
128
UK, Europe, ROW
mythology. Reed also analyses Velvet Goldmine’s soundtrack, and examines legendary costume designer Sandy Powell’s role in creating blends of fantasy and reality in each character’s wardrobe. Like the film itself, this is not a linear history, but an exploration of how Velvet Goldmine teaches us to create anew.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Double Indemnity Richard Schickel Richard Schickel’s study of Billy Wilder’s 1944 noir classic Double Indemnity traces in fascinating detail the genesis and realisation of the film: its literary origins in James M. Cain’s hard-boiled crime novel, the difficult relations between Wilder and his scriptwriter Raymond Chandler, the casting of a reluctant Fred MacMurray, and the late decision to cut the expensively filmed execution sequence from the final release. Schickel places Double Indemnity in the context of early 1940s Hollywood and the emergence of a new kind of crime thriller that later became known as film noir. The film was a cornerstone of the genre: its script creates two unforgettable criminal characters, the cynically manipulative femme fatale Phyllis Dietrichson (Barbara Stanwyck) and the likeable but amoral BFI Film Classics
Walter Neff (Fred MacMurray). Billy Wilder’s direction enmeshes them in dramatic chiaroscuro, as bright California sunlight
UK March 2026 • US March 2026 88 Pages • 60 bw illus PB 9781805750215 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781805750246 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781805750222 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
In his afterword to this new edition, James Naremore pays tribute to Schickel’s analysis of Double Indemnity and its
COLLECTIONS
casts Venetian-blind shadows across dusty rooms and harsh lamplight slices through the night.
contexts, and considers debates surrounding the film’s conclusion.
2ND EDITION
Easy Rider Lee Hill Easy Rider (1969) broke the mould of Hollywood studio production, making stars of Peter Fonda, Dennis Hopper and Jack Nicholson, and launching a new wave of radical and experimental American cinema. One of the key films of the late 60s, Easy Rider enshrined the ideals of the counterculture, but also foresaw their demise in the division and paranoia of a nation rocked by Watergate and the Vietnam War. Few films since have captured its particular blend of innocence and cynicism, hope and despair. In his illuminating study of the film, Lee Hill explores both the circumstances surrounding its making and the social and cultural forces that found expression in it. Hill argues that the role of the film’s primary screenwriter, Terry Southern, has been BFI Film Classics UK May 2026 • US May 2026 96 Pages • 60 colour illus PB 9781805750291 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781805750314 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781805750307 • £11.69 / $16.15 British Film Institute
neglected as the exact circumstances of production, filming and editing have become lost in myth-making. Drawing on archival research and first-person interviews with Southern, Hill questions some of the legends that surround Easy Rider. In his afterword to this new edition, Hill revisits the film from the perspective of a contemporary era of political strife, and traces the subsequent fortunes of its director, producer and stars Hopper, Fonda and Nicholson in a changing Hollywood.
COLLECTIONS
Film Sound Modernism Andy Birtwistle, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK Despite the key contribution of sound to the development of cinema as a modern (and modernist) art form, analyses of the relationship between film and modernism often overlook the key role played by sound in film. Film Sound Modernism addresses this critical neglect by exploring how speech, music and sound effects have been used by filmmakers to articulate the conditions and experiences of modernity. Through a wide-ranging analysis of international films, including those from Taiwan, Mexico, Poland and Hong Kong, Andy Birtwistle approaches modernism as both a transhistorical and trans-national phenomenon. He provides close readings of key examples of experimental and art cinema, including The Forgotten Village (1941), UK December 2025 • US December 2025 248 Pages PB 9781350382176 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350382169 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350382190 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350382206 • £76.50 / $103.50 British Film Institute
L'avventura (1960), Riddles of the Sphinx (1977), The Terrorizers (1986) and Perestroika (2009). He then goes on to tackle topics including the use of environmental sounds in the films of Michelangelo Antonioni, Tsai Ming-liang, and Edward Yang, the voices of non-actors and artist filmmakers, and the ways in which forms of creative noise challenge the traditional division of the soundtrack into dialogue, music and effects. In doing so, he investigates the forms of sonic and audio-visual experimentation that developed within the medium and re-examines cinema's place within the broader history of modernism.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
129
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Hitchcockian Thrillers
Must-See Films in the Style of the Suspense Master Stephen Rebello During Alfred Hitchcock’s five-decade reign as the screen’s internationally celebrated Master of Suspense, he directed 53 motion pictures. In such Hitchcock gold standard classics as The 39 Steps, Rear Window, Vertigo, North by Northwest, Psycho, and The Birds, he staked his claim as the architect, the O.G. of the thriller. He laid down the rules and rhythm of the genre, created an immediately identifiable visual style, experimented constantly with technique, pushed boundaries, tweaked censors, and shattered the expectations of his audiences -- along with their nerves. In exploiting his private fears and vulnerabilities, Hitchcock was as brilliant as making us think and feel as he was at making us scream and invading our nightmares. His films elevated the form and were among the biggest box-office successes and most influential of their time. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 54 b/w images HB 9781493079599 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9798765160749 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9781493079605 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
They were and are emulated for their fashion sense and, more lastingly, even nudged the culture forward by liberalizing attitudes toward cinematic violence and sexual frankness. Hitchcockian Thrillers: Must-See Films in the Style of the Suspense Master is a curated, opinionated, authoritative, highly personal, lavishly illustrated guide to nine decades of international moviemaking featuring films by directors – beginning in the era of Fritz Lang, Billy Wilder, and Sir Carol Reed and moving right up through today’s David Fincher, Steven Soderbergh, Paul Thomas Anderson, and Martin Scorsese – who have all tried to ‘do a Hitchcock.’
COLLECTIONS
You Can't Kill the Boogeyman
The Ongoing Halloween Saga—13 Movies and Counting Wayne Byrne You Can't Kill the Boogeyman: The Ongoing Halloween Saga - 13 Movies and Counting is a cultural and critical examination of the legendary Halloween film franchise, considering the style, themes, and development of the series within temporal and industrial contexts. Through candid conversations with author Wayne Byrne, a variety of directors, screenwriters, cinematographers, composers, and actors from across the Halloween films offer exclusive insights into their careers, their unique aesthetic approaches, and their experiences of working on one of the most celebrated horror franchises within the history of American Cinema.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 272 Pages • 20 colour and 44 bw illus HB 9781493079780 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9798765161241 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9781493079797 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
A Four-Eyed World
How Glasses Changed the Way We See David King Dunaway, University of New Mexico An engaging and informative cultural history of glasses that explores their origins, stigmas, future in technology, and more. A Four-Eyed World: How Glasses Changed the Way We See is the first book to investigate the experience of wearing glasses and contacts and their role in culture. David King Dunaway encourages readers to take a look at how they literally see the world through what they wear. He explores everything from the history of deficient eyesight and how glasses are made to portrayals of those who wear glasses in media, the stigma surrounding them, and the future of augmented and virtual reality glasses, highlighting how glasses have shaped, and continue to shape, who we are. Interwoven is Dunaway’s UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages • 26 bw photos HB 9798881804824 • £19.99 / $28.95 ePDF 9798881867867 • £17.99 / $26.05 ePub 9798881804831 • £17.99 / $26.05 Bloomsbury Academic
own experience of spending a week without his glasses, which he has used since childhood, to see the world around him and his newfound appreciation for his visual aids. This is the story of how we see the world and how our ability to see things has evolved, ultimately asking: How have two cloudy, quarter-sized discs of crystal or glass originally riveted together become so essential to human existence? Shakespeare famously said eyes are windows to the soul, but what about people who see only by covering theirs with glasses?
130
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Fandom, Feminism, and the Female Superhero on Film Lauryn Angel In this book, Lauryn Angel examines female superheroes through a feminist lens, emphasizing the pitfalls of postfeminist representation and the perils and backlash associated with toxic fandom dynamics. Angel takes a close look at the female superheroes that have taken a large role in the Marvel Cinematic Universe and the DC Extended Universe. Are these superheroines truly breaking boundaries and providing new models of female representation? By examining these characters via feminist criticism and comparing them with their comic book counterparts, we can see that many of these characters are stuck in the mire of postfeminist representation. Further complicating the matter is the protests of toxic fans (also called anti-fans) who feel that these female heroes are part of a “woke” agenda. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 136 Pages • 14 bw illus PB 9798216444961 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666927986 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216254911 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978770829 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
This book examines several heroines to uncover the relationship between truly empowering representation in superhero franchises and fan protests, with the conclusion that the more positive representations cause the loudest outcry from antifans.
COLLECTIONS
The Heroic Shift
Emergence of the Collective as 21st-Century Hero Priscilla Hobbs & Rebekah Lovejoy During the 21st century, the collective hero has emerged as the defining archetype in media, reflecting shifts in global society and the necessity of cultural evolution. Moving beyond the individualistic hero of Western myth, Priscilla Hobbs and Rebekah Lovejoy draw on contemporary popular culture and media to explore the challenges of today's world and propose a new heroic model characterized by thematic and ethical cores of collaboration and balance. Hobbs and Lovejoy present the collective hero as a dynamic and diverse group where individual identities intersect, adapt, and contribute to a greater purpose. By engaging with and considering contemporary texts like Avatar: The Last Airbender, Star Wars, and Star Trek alongside historic movements and trends including the Civil Rights Movement, Woodstock, and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages PB 9798216392156 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666951233 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216262848 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978761650 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Beatlemania, the authors analyze how collective heroes function both narratively and in reality. These examples demonstrate how archetypes are constructed within groups and how those groups mirror the complexity of real-world social dynamics. Ultimately, the authors assert that collective heroism is not utopian fantasy, but a necessary cultural evolution for navigating social complexity, building resilient communities, and envisioning more democratic, pluralistic, and environmentally conscious futures.
COLLECTIONS
Paranoia and Nostalgia in American Popular Culture, 1980-2020 Owen Cantrell In this book, Owen Cantrell examines politics and popular culture in the United States from 1980 to 2020 to argue that twin structures of feeling—nostalgia and paranoia—have structured American political and cultural life during this period. These structures have mirrored the changing political relationship to history, race, and culture in the United States, offering a pathway to address these changes, many of which were brought about by the backlash politics introduced in response to the gains of the civil rights movement(s). UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages PB 9798216393061 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666957259 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216258919 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978765184 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Building on Bifo Berardi’s contention that “the future is over,” Cantrell demonstrates how the concept of the future effectively ended in this era, effectively making this pathway eminently more desirable as a cultural response to political dilemmas. As the future lost its place as a locus of value, then, Cantrell posits that American society entered a state of what Mark Fisher calls “a failed mourning,” with paranoid and nostalgic narratives thus offering compensation for a future that no longer felt relevant or even possible. Through a range of compelling analyses of prominent films including Back to the Future, The Matrix, Get Out, and Black Panther, this book effectively demonstrates how paranoia and nostalgia have functioned in American popular culture as it reflected a collective failure to imagine the future.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
131
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Barbenheimer Syndrome
The Creation of Cultural Spectacle at the Box Office Edited by Carolyn Condon Jacobs, Anna Young & Karen A. Ritzenhoff In this edited volume, contributors engage with Barbie (Greta Gerwig, 2023) and Oppenheimer (Christopher Nolan, 2023) through the lens of the Barbenheimer fad, an online and in-person phenomenon — coined by critics and co-opted by fans — that celebrated the counterprogramming of these two divergent films. By framing Barbenheimer as a syndrome, the book revisits this moment in time to consider the elements that constituted the phenomenon on a global scale and to interrogate the logics through which this cultural spectacle may be symptomatic of larger cultural forces and social changes occurring at the time of release. Through the convergence of an interdisciplinary and global range of perspectives, Barbenheimer Syndrome interprets Barbie, Oppenheimer, and Barbenheimer within UK February 2026 • US February 2026 384 Pages • 25 bw illus PB 9798216391739 • £36.99 / $49.95 HB 9781666968637 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216251675 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978766709 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
different cultural contexts to demonstrate both the universal and specific iterations of the phenomenon that struck such a cultural nerve in the summer of 2023.
COLLECTIONS
Greta Gerwig’s Barbie
Popular Culture, Cinema, and Gender Edited by Hilary Radner, University of Otago, New Zealand & Rebecca Stringer, University of Otago, New Zealand This volume brings together an international array of contributors to analyse Greta Gerwig’s unprecedented success, Barbie (2023), exploring how a film released in a moment of industrial crisis for Hollywood became the highest-grossing film directed or co-directed by a woman. Contributors delve into the film's cultural context, exploring how it engages with the ambiguities of contemporary feminism, reproductive politics, race and representation, and contemporary ecological issues. They contrast the film’s commercial success against its lukewarm critical reception, considering why it was snubbed at the Academy Awards and criticised as a prime example of ‘Marketplace Feminism’. Chapters also examine the central significance of music within the film, as well as UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages • 37 colour illus HB 9781350523951 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350523968 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350523982 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350523975 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
the critical role played by male characters, particularly Ryan Gosling’s ‘Ken’. Placing Barbie within the wider context of Gerwig’s career, contributors trace her continuing exploration of gender, identity, and consumer culture. Finally, they assess Barbie as an ‘out-of-character’ event film that not only unsettles the boundaries of the media industries but may have permanently reshaped the landscape of cinema made for and about women.
COLLECTIONS
Irony and Sincerity in Contemporary Television Playing Nice in Aesthetics and Politics Edited by Sage Westfall & Owen Cantrell Irony and Sincerity in Contemporary Television: Playing Nice in Aesthetics and Politics argues that the 21st-century political landscape has shaped modern manifestations and interpretations of the New Sincerity aesthetic in televisual media. In the wake of the Golden Age of Television, and the emergence of the first Trump administration, television shows turned to the comfortable, the familiar, and the nice. This collection argues that the tension between sincerity and irony in these programs is essential to understanding what they are doing aesthetically—and politically. With a wide range of shows represented by a mix of established and emerging voices in various fields of scholarship, UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages PB 9798216447689 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666968606 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216261506 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763241 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
readers will come away from the book with an understanding of our modern television landscape and how creators are responding to their audience's overwhelming demands for sincerity. Some works discussed in this collection include Schitt’s Creek, Ted Lasso, Jury Duty, and The Bear; genres such as Indian soap operas and Hallmark TV films; and comedians such as Joe Pera and Nathan Fielder. Ultimately, each of these shows has a unique and important goal, and the edited collection analyzes niceness in relation to queerness, class, unlikability and character growth, traditional gender norms, and the comfort of sincerity.
132
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
King Kong
The History of a Movie Icon Ray Morton The 1933 KING KONG was not just a terrifying monster movie. It was also an epic fairy tale, a tragic love story, and a landmark piece of cinema that introduced one of the most beloved characters in motion picture history—a universally recognizable cultural icon whose legacy encompasses a vast multimedia universe consisting of more than ten feature films as well as numerous television shows, books, comics, toys, collectibles, and even a Broadway musical. In this extensively revised and updated edition of a classic book first published two decades ago, King Kong: The History of a Movie Icon is the definitive account of the most famous simian in pop-culture history. It spans the whole of the Eighth Wonder’s filmography, chronicling in detail the making of every Kong movie beginning with the 1933 original and continuing through the giant gorilla’s Japanese adventures and the epic Dino De Laurentiis and Peter Jackson remakes before concluding with the most recent films that place the great ape within an ever-expanding “Monsterverse.” Author and Kongophile Ray Morton also offers entertaining looks at the character’s appearances in other media, along with plenty of UK April 2026 • US March 2026 352 Pages • 168 B/W Photos PB 9781493076376 • £33.99 / $44.95 ePDF 9798765160756 • £30.59 / $40.45 ePub 9781493076383 • £30.59 / $40.45 Bloomsbury Academic
trivia and reflections on the franchise’s enduring appeal. Packed with photographs and based on extensive new research and exclusive interviews, this is by far the most complete and comprehensive guide to all things Kong. Included here are: The creation of the Kong character by Merian C. Cooper The development, production, and release of the original 1933 film and its many successors The Cartoon Kong: the giant gorilla’s animated incarnations. Kong on the Stage: theatrical productions featuring the Eighth Wonder. Kong on the Page: the many publications devoted to the great ape. The Sons of Kong: Kong variants, spoofs, and rip-offs such as Mighty Joe Young, Queen Kong, and A*P*E*. The Kongs that Never Were: Kong projects that never made it to the screen The innumerable Kong-related products generated over the past century
COLLECTIONS
Fashioning Hitchcock
Stories Behind the Costumes from The Lodger to Marnie Caroline Young, author A tribute to and examination of the contributions of costume designers to Hitchcock’s illustrious film career. With his keen artist’s eye, Alfred Hitchcock’s genius as a director lay in the visual universe he developed across a sixdecade career. In the many unforgettable moments from his movies, it’s the costume that enhances the storytelling; Tippi Hedren cowering from a mass of angry birds in her torn green dress, Cary Grant in a glen-check suit as he escapes a crop duster, and Kim Novak emerging from green mist in her ghost-like gray suit. In Fashioning Hitchcock, Caroline Young details Hitchcock’s relationships with his costume designers to create an identifiable aesthetic through clothing. Using archival material, Young paints the full picture of the use of costume in Hitchcock’s movies, and his key relationships with designers, producers, and actors to delve into the visual language, the UK June 2026 • US June 2026 296 Pages • 22 color photos HB 9798881807313 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798216394839 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9798881807320 • £27.00 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
obsessions, and the quest for beauty that defined his six-decade career. While the legendary Edith Head designed twelve of his fifty-five films, Hitchcock also worked with some of the most celebrated of costume designers. But with his clear focus, from the beginning of his career Hitchcock worked hands-on to shape the style of his leading ladies, heroes and villains. For Hitchcock, clothes were a tool for suspense. In North by Northwest, Eva Marie Saint’s shawl catches on brambles as she tries to escape pursuers. Tippi Hedren’s taupe shoe slips from her pocket in Marnie in her efforts to sneak out of an office after robbing the safe. Young also touches on how Hitchcock set out to appeal to a female audience, revealing his leading ladies’ wants and desires as they navigated their place in the world. This is an essential addition to any Hitchcock fan’s bookshelf and insightful exploration of the role of costume design in filmmaking.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
133
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Have Yourself a Movie Little Christmas Revised & Updated Edition Alonso Duralde Don't waste a second of your valuable holiday time on another boring Christmas movie. In this merry and informative guide, film critic Alonso Duralde takes us on a tinsel-bedecked tour of the best—and worst—films of the Yuletide season. Whether you're looking for the classics, family favorites, holiday horror, seasonally themed crime epics, or the most wonderfully awful cinematic lumps of coal, Have Yourself a Movie Little Christmas serves up delightful recommendations in prose as brisk as a winter sleighride. From White Christmas to Bad Santa, Eyes Wide Shut to Gremlins, you'll find a marvelously electic selection of holiday fare and a thorough breakdown of the many screen Scrooges, including Alistair Sim, Jim Carrey, and ...Tori Spelling? And get ready to encounter movies you may never have heard of, from the gritty noir Blast of SIlence (filmed UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages • 10 BW Photos PB 9781493087440 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765160725 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781493087457 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
in New York City over Christmas 1959 without a single permit), to the loony Santa Claus, a Mexican kiddie movie in which St. Nick teams up with Merlin to fight the devil! Fun facts abound—did you know the actor cast as Uncle Billy in It's a Wonderful Life was also in the running to play mean old Mr. Potter?—making this a stocking stuffed with goodies you'll turn to every Christmas season. This fully revised and updated edition includes all Christmas movies of note to have been released in the fifteen years since the first edition was published, as well as gems omitted from the first edition.
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Groovy Gothic Cinema
Trash, Horror, and the Hemispheric Sixties Antonio Barrenechea In Studies in Groovy Gothic Cinema, Antonio Barrenechea launches an inquiry into inter-American exploitation cinema—a horror cinema which captured the rise of ’60s counterculture and youth-oriented lifestyles—as it harnessed the cultural zeitgeist through gratuitous depictions of sex, blood, and music. Despite the genre’s cultural impact, Barrenechea argues, its association with vulgar taste, shoestring budgets, and cheap thrills makes it often overlooked in existing cinema history and scholarship. This book places film studies and comparative American studies into a new conversation involving exploitation cinema, targeting an American hemispheric tradition and considering how art and trash intersect in undisciplined ways. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 240 Pages • 13 bw illus PB 9798216390558 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666948868 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216258421 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978766044 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Barrenechea examines low-budget cinema produced in filmmaking capitals of the Western Hemisphere, including Mexican monster films, Brazilian psychedelia, Argentine sci-fi, Canadian splatter, and Hollywood grindhouse, ultimately yielding a new cinema history that is both messier and more inclusive.
COLLECTIONS
Genres of Rurality
Unsettling Affect and the Globalized US Rural Tjalling Valdés Olmos With globalization primarily perceived as an urban phenomenon, this book asks what kind of understandings of the 21stcentury US rural—and by proxy the urban and other non-urbanized spaces—emerge through popular reiterations of established rural genres like the idyll, the anti-idyll, the pastoral, and the frontier. Against the backdrop of a globalized present marked by a supposed increasing rural-urban divide, this book asks what kind of understandings of the 21st-century globalized US rural emerge through popular reiterations of established rural genres across television series and films like Yellowstone, Queen Sugar, Queer Eye, Nomadland, Interstellar, and Reservation Dogs. Genres of Rurality answers that question by analyzing the contemporary function of longstanding genres of rurality (such as the idyll, the pastoral, and the frontier), while also exploring what happens—politically and culturally—when such UK March 2028 • US June 2026 240 Pages PB 9798216388173 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216278634 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216278658 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798216278641 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
genres are challenged and transformed. Genres of Rurality is an interdisciplinary (pop) cultural critique that is ultimately interested in the kinds of collective and divergent attachments, fantasies of belonging and moments of discontent, affective investments and disinvestments, and political stakes that contemporary imaginations of US rurality manage, and for whom. Genres of Rurality focuses on the crucial role played by pop cultural imaginations in determining what aspects of contemporary rural life, as historically and differentially affected by globalization, do and do not become visible and felt, which, in turn, influences how the rural is mobilized politically.
134
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Spies, Lies, and Disguises
The 101 Best (and Worst) Spy Movies H. Keith Melton & Nigel West Spies, Lies and Disguises: The 101 Best (and Worst) Spy Movies is a definitive guide to the fascinating world of espionage cinema. This expertly curated collection explores 101 of the most impactful spy movies, dissecting their historical context, authenticity, and influence on the genre. Divided into thematic sections—ranging from prewar intelligence and World War II espionage to Cold War thrillers, contemporary spy films, and the iconic James Bond phenomenon. It offers a comprehensive analysis of each film’s plot, production, and connection to real-world clandestine operations. From the gritty realism of The Spy Who Came in from the Cold to the high-octane adventures of Mission Impossible, and the cultural significance of Austin Powers, this book covers a broad spectrum of spy films. Nigel West and H. Keith Melton Security and Professional Intelligence Education Series UK January 2026 • US October 2027 168 Pages HB 9798216196990 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216197034 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9798216197010 • £45.00 / $61.20 ePub 9798216197003 • £45.00 / $61.20 Bloomsbury Academic
provide fascinating insights, such as the portrayal of authentic tradecraft and the creative liberties filmmakers take. With additional chapters on comedic spoofs and less successful attempts in the genre, the book is an engaging and richly detailed homage to spy movies.
COLLECTIONS
Generation Tarantino
The Last Wave of Young Turks in Hollywood Andrew J. Rausch In iconic films like Reservoir Dogs and Pulp Fiction, Quentin Tarantino personified the spirit of ’90s filmmaking, boldly forging his own opportunities rather than waiting for the movie industry to come knocking on his door. He and his fellow travelers— directors like Richard Linklater (Dazed and Confused), John Singleton (Boyz n the Hood), Guillermo del Toro (The Devil’s Backbone), David Fincher (Seven), Robert Rodriguez (Desperado), Kevin Smith (Clerks), Noah Baumbach (Kicking and Screaming), Wes Anderson (Rushmore), Paul Thomas Anderson (Boogie Nights), Christopher Nolan (Following), Darren Aronofsky (Requiem for a Dream), and Sofia Coppola (The Virgin Suicides)—established their maverick-style careers by breaking norms, creating new standards, and building on the techniques of the films that preceded them, pushing the artistic UK July 2025 • US July 2025 288 Pages • 20 BW Photos HB 9781493079803 • £30.00 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765154533 • £27.00 / $31.45 ePub 9781493079810 • £27.00 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
boundaries of cinema to new heights. Breaking free from the blockbuster bloat of the 1980s, Generation Tarantino in some ways recalled the era of an earlier wave of pioneers—of Scorsese, Spielberg, Coppola, Altman, and De Palma. But they were uniquely of their time, capturing the attitude of young adults in the 1990s: breaking the rules, setting new standards, mixing tones and genres in a way that no one had before. These were directors who wouldn’t take no for an answer.
COLLECTIONS
Synecdoche, New York Movies Minute by Minute
Grant Maierhofer, Washington State University, USA A minute-by-minute analysis of Charlie Kaufman’s Synecdoche, New York (2008). Blending film criticism with creative nonfiction, each book in the Timecodes series focuses on one film, exploring it minute by minute beginning with minute one, and ending with the final minute before the closing credits. In the canon of Charlie Kaufman written/directed films, which include Being John Malkovich, Adaptation, and Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind, Synecdoche, New York is perhaps the purest distillation of his aesthetics as it follows the protagonist, Caden Cotard, a theater director who struggles with his work and women as he creates a life-size replica of New Timecodes UK June 2026 • US June 2026 152 Pages HB 9798765188453 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765188668 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765188699 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9798765188712 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
York City inside a warehouse as part of his new play. This book elevates this signature film to a higher place in the pantheon of Kaufman films with a nuanced, compassionate reading of a film that has a reputation for being removed and cold.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
135
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Re-viewing Hitchcock New Critical Perspectives
Edited by Robert E. Kapsis, City University of New York, USA Re-viewing Hitchcock approaches Alfred Hitchcock's prolific career in film and television from a reception focus, charting the changing fortunes of the master auteur's work from 1926's silent The Lodger to his penultimate film, the controversial Frenzy of 1972. Each of the chapters, written by eminent international film scholars, critics and historians, offers a detailed analyses of the historical reception of key Hitchcock films. These include films that have enjoyed consistent critical success, such as Rebecca (1940), Rear Window (1954), and North by Northwest (1959), as well as those that have received shifting degrees UK February 2026 • US February 2026 472 Pages • 150 colour illus HB 9781839026201 • £95.00 / $115.00 PB 9781839026195 • £29.99 / $37.95 ePDF 9781839026225 • £26.99 / $34.15 ePub 9781839026218 • £26.99 / $34.15 British Film Institute
of critical and scholarly praise, such as Sabotage (1936), Rope (1949), Strangers on a Train (1951), Vertigo (1958), Psycho (1960), and The Birds (1963). The contributors assess the significance of these changing critical perspectives and the extent to which they influence the meaning and significance of Hitchcock's films and filmmaking. The book also sheds light on Hitchcock’s lesser-known television work of the 1950s and the 60s, reassessing its relationship to his film career. In addition, it expands the focus beyond Anglo-American contexts to consider how Hitchcock’s films have been received and interpreted in Europe, Latin America, and Asia.
COLLECTIONS
The Metamodern Cinema of Taika Waititi Kevin Corbett In this book, Kevin Corbett demonstrates the prominent role of metamodern cinematic elements in Taika Waititi’s creative works, tracing their emergence over the course of his decades-long career in film and television. Analyzing a range of Waititi’s films and television shows including Jojo Rabbit (2019), Reservation Dogs, and What We Do in the Shadows (2014), Corbett highlights how the writer-director embraces the concept of oscillation that lies at the heart of metamodernism’s cultural logic by striking an intentional balance between elements that generate insincerity and disengagement and those that invite audiences to sincerely connect with the characters and story. This variation in tone within individual films and programs, he contends, is reflective of a broader cultural shift in the 21st century as we move Studies in Metamodernism: Theory beyond the limits of postmodernism. and Criticism across the Disciplines UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages PB 9798216394945 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666955750 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216263876 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978762886 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Terence Davies Screenplays, Volume II Adaptations
Terence Davies Edited by James Dowling This second volume of Terence Davies's screenplays brings together his adaptations of classic novels and plays, including his 1995 film of John Kennedy Toole's coming-of-age novel The Neon Bible; his adaptation of Edith Wharton's classic The House of Mirth, starring Gillian Anderson as the young New York socialite Lily Bart; his 2011 film adaptation of Terence Rattigan's play The Deep Blue Sea, and Sunset Song, his adaptation of the Great War novel by Lewis Grassic Gibbon. The screenplays are enriched by previously unpublished material from Terence Davies's personal archive, and there is an introduction to the screenplays by the film critic and curator Michael Koresky.
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 496 Pages • 40 bw illus HB 9781839029769 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781839029752 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9781839029783 • £26.99 / $36.85 ePub 9781839029776 • £26.99 / $36.85 British Film Institute
136
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Historical Dictionary of British Cinema Alan Burton, De Montfort University & Steve Chibnall, De Montfort University British filmmakers were among the pioneers of motion pictures, and British cinema has participated in all the great historical transitions of the medium, from black and white to colour, from talkies to sound, and from flat screen to 3-D and Imax. Many British performers, artistes and directors, after success in their home country, have been lured to Hollywood, including such giants as Charlie Chaplin, Stan Laurel and Alfred Hitchcock. Today, cinema in Britain remains vibrant, turning out films that appeal to a wide variety of audiences, and initiating and sustaining such popular and lucrative series as the James Bond, Harry Potter and Bridget Jones franchises. British studios and technicians are regularly first choice for the production of Hollywood blockbusters. Historical Dictionary of British Cinema contains a chronology, an introduction, appendices, and an extensive bibliography. Historical Dictionaries of Literature The dictionary section contains cross-referenced entries on significant actors, producers, directors and crafts people, leading and the Arts organizations and studios, important genres like comedy and horror, and for memorable films. This book is an excellent
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 792 Pages resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about British cinema. PB 9798216390855 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798216390817 • £200.00 / $270.00 ePDF 9798216390831 • £180.00 / $243.00 ePub 9798216390824 • £180.00 / $243.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Story of British Video Activism Ed Webb-Ingall, Independent scholar and filmmaker, UK The coming of videotape, cheaper and more flexible than film, transformed the production and distribution of moving images, and political activists were among the first to recognise its potential. The Story of British Video Activism is the first booklength account of this vitally innovative but unjustly neglected filmmaking. Ed Webb-Ingall traces the democratising impact of portable video recording technology from the late 1960s to the early 21st century. He introduces pioneering and dynamic videomakers from John ‘Hoppy’ Hopkins to Liberation Films and Ceddo Film and Video Workshop, showing how video played a powerful role in local and national campaigns on issues including housing, labour struggles and racial justice. This book reveals the grassroots radicalism of generations of video activists who put cameras in the hands of campaigners and marginalised groups to equip them to challenge authority and fight for tangible change. Close-Ups highlight innovative British Screen Stories UK April 2026 • US April 2026 184 Pages • 100 colour illus HB 9781839022241 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781839022234 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781839022227 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781839022210 • £26.09 / $35.95 British Film Institute
hardware and campaigns from the miners’ strike to AIDS activism. Webb-Ingall shows that the spirit of analogue videotape lives on in today’s digital video activism.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Leading Women in Spanish Cinema and Television in the Long 1970s Sally Faulkner, University of Cambridge, UK & Núria Triana-Toribio, University of Kent, UK This open access book offers a feminist cultural history of Spain of the 1970s, exploring the work of women in the audiovisual industries who joined the workforce in significant numbers over this decade of Transition from the Franco dictatorship, to a democracy that enshrined gender equality in its constitution of 1978. Leading Women in Spanish Cinema and Television, 1970-1980 seeks the work of women in new places and analyses it in new ways. Rejecting the director-auteur approach, which has endured for over seventy-five years in both Film and Television Studies - despite the fact that it tends to occlude the work of women - the authors look instead at below-the-line roles in cinema, and at television. In particular, they investigate editing, forgotten or overlooked areas of television broadcasting, such as children’s programming, and film activism in the period, such as in the co-operative Drac Màgic: in these places the UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages • 31 bw illus PB 9781501384936 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781501384967 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781501384943 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781501384950 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
work of women can be found. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The Arts and Humanities Research Council.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
137
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
World Cinema
World Cinema
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 304 Pages • 19 bw illus PB 9781350532144 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350532106 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350532120 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350532113 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 344 Pages • 40 bw illus PB 9781350561946 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350561953 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350561977 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350561960 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Women and Polish Cinema
"Elsewhere" in American Cinema
Edited by Malgorzata Radkiewicz, Jagiellonian University, Poland & Elzbieta
Edited by Julie Assouly, Université d’Artois, France & Esther Heboyan,
Ostrowska, University of Lódz, Poland
independent journalist and writer, France
Across Polish film history, the contributions of women have often been overshadowed by their male counterparts. While figures like Wanda Jakubowska, Barbara Sass-Zdort, and Agnieszka Holland have garnered recognition, many others remain marginalized and their work alarmingly underresearched. This open access book redresses this imbalance, providing a comprehensive analysis of women's engagement in Polish cinema from as early as the 1930s up to present day.
The foreign ‘elsewhere’ has long been depicted in American cinema as a site of fascination and fantasy, shaping how Western audiences view the world. 'Elsewhere' in American Cinema explores how these portrayals have also created long-persisting damaging stereotypes and reinforced troubling power dynamics.
Reclaiming the Frame
How Hollywood Represents the World
The volume provides an in-depth exploration of the careers and achievements of women both in front of and behind the camera. These include actresses such as Nora Ney, Jadwiga Smosarska, and Lena Zelichowska; producers like Maria Hirszbein; directors such as Maria Zmarz-Koczanowicz, Krystyna Janda, Natalia Koryncka-Gruz, Urszula Urbaniak, and Izabella Cywinskal; as well as scriptwriters, editors, and amateur filmmakers. In doing so, it challenges traditional film historiography, uncovering the systemic neglect and patriarchal structures that have long suppressed women's contributions to the industry. The case studies presented also revise the Western perspective on Polish and Eastern European cinema, challenging the misplaced notion that it is primarily a politically engaged, male-dominated auteur cinema. In doing so, the volume initiates the long-overdue process of rewriting the vernacular history of Polish cinema.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Bringing together a diverse group of international contributors, the volume explores depictions of the ‘elsewhere’ across various genres including musicals, westerns, war films, and romantic comedies. Drawing on theoretical frameworks such as Michel Foucault’s heterotopias, Edward Said’s Orientalism, and Homi Bhabha’s concept of in-betweenness, the eleven chapters offer fresh perspectives on films spanning from the silent era to contemporary Hollywood. Through close readings of films such as The Fugitive (1947), America America (1963), and Kingdom of Heaven (2005), they analyse Hollywood’s emphasis on patriotism and its problematic portrayal of conflict zones, the role of music in exoticising foreign lands, and the evolution of stereotypes into counter-models. As a result, the cinematic 'elsewhere’ emerges as a complex space that is simultaneously real and constructed, familiar and alien, onto which American filmmakers project cultural anxieties, fantasies, and ideologies, revealing the changing relationship between the United States and the rest of the world.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Global East Asian Screen Cultures
Global East Asian Screen Cultures
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 308 Pages • 40 bw illus HB 9781350362130 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350362178 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350362154 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350362147 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages • 30 bw illus HB 9781350370104 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350370142 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350370128 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350370111 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The Cinema of Stephen Chow
Contemporary Art Cinema Culture in China
Edited by Gary Bettinson, Lancaster University, UK., Vivian P.Y. Lee, Simon
Xiang Fan, Goldsmiths University of London, UK
Fraser University, Canada., Gary Bettinson, Lancaster University, UK. & Vivian
Contemporary Art Cinema Culture in China explores the dynamic networks of art cinema in China in the 21st century, highlighting the cultural practices of intermediaries such as independent programmers, internet critics, and fan translators.
P.Y. Lee, Simon Fraser University, Canada In the West, Stephen Chow is renowned as the ground-breaking director and star of global blockbusters such as Kung Fu Hustle (2004) and Shaolin Soccer (2001). Among Hong Kong audiences, Chow is celebrated as the leading purveyor of local comedy, popularising the so-called mo-lei-tau (“gibberish”) brand of Cantonese vernacular humour, and cultivating a style of madcap comedy that often masks a trenchant social commentary. This volume approaches Chow from a diverse range of critical perspectives. Each of the essays, written by a host of renowned international scholars, offers compelling new interpretations of familiar hits such as From Beijing with Love (1994) and Journey to the West (2013). The detailed case studies of seminal local and global movies provide overdue critical attention to Chow's filmmaking, highlighting the aesthetic power, economic significance, and cultural impact of his films in both domestic and global markets.
138
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
Offering insights gleaned from original ethnographic research, Xiang Fan reveals how these intermediary practitioners think about cinema, negotiate judgement and appreciation, construct a discourse of value and taste, and most importantly, constitute a coordinated and interrelated network for the sharing of art cinema. Fan argues that although their motivation was derived from a cinephilia seeking to forge an alternative mode of distribution and reception, the ‘new’ cinema culture they have produced simultaneously negotiates a subtly complicit relationship with authoritative and market forces. In doing so, she offers an original interdisciplinary perspective on contemporary art cinema culture in Chinese society.
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Artists’ Moving Image Cinema as Archive
Sarah Smith, The Glasgow School of Art, UK Artists have long been fascinated by film, but recent decades have seen an explosion in direct artistic engagements with mainstream cinema, particularly from the classical and post-classical eras of Hollywood filmmaking. Ranging from directly sampling film clips to imitating aspects of films, these engagements deploy highly recognisable examples of cinema to activate collective cultural memory. Artists’ Moving Image presents a diverse and wide-ranging body of works, from established artists such as Steve McQueen and Douglas Gordon to mid-career artists like Jesse Jones and Rachel Maclean, reinvigorating the existing ‘canon’ of cinematic artists’ films. Beyond discussing individual works, Sarah Smith categorizes and analyzes the trends in this expanding area of art practice, UK May 2026 • US April 2026 200 Pages • 19 colour illus HB 9781788313988 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350232327 • £24.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350160330 • £22.49 / $35.95 ePub 9781350160347 • £22.49 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
arguing that the point of interest is not cinema (and its history) per se, but what its evocation as cultural archive can illuminate about the legacies of the past in the present. Examining subjects such as found footage as feminist poetics, the documentary turn in contemporary art and the unfinished film, she shows how artists’ films interrogate dominant cinematic forms and their cultural meanings. For anyone interested in contemporary art, film studies or exhibition practice, this book is a defining exploration of how cinema operates as twentieth-century archive in recent artists’ moving image.
COLLECTIONS
Experimental Cinema
Structures, Systems and Strategies Simon Payne, Anglia Ruskin University, UK Experimental Cinema examines a range of structures, systems and strategies that film and video artists have developed from the late 1960s to the present. Over the decades, artists have responded to the ever-changing medium of cinema and its technological advances, as well as taking inspiration from painting, sculpture and music. Simon Payne argues that the evolution of methodical strategies in experimental cinema goes back to the first avant-garde films made a century ago, in the 1920s. He shows how key figures internationally have formed part of this picture since then, but suggests that the most thorough formal exploration of cinema can be credited to a generation of artists that began making films in Britain in the 1960s and 1970s. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 69 bw illus HB 9781839026478 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781839026485 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781839026508 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781839026492 • £26.09 / $35.95 British Film Institute
Payne analyses the work of numerous influential artists including Peter Gidal, David Hall, Malcolm Le Grice, Annabel Nicolson, Jayne Parker and Guy Sherwin. He discusses recent and lesser-known works as well as canonical films, videos and expanded cinema. He also pays close attention to younger artists including Jenny Baines, Neil Henderson, Jennifer Nightingale and Samantha Rebello.
COLLECTIONS
A Cinematic Mode of Existence Perspectival Analytic of the Image
Halbe Hessel Kuipers, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands A Cinematic Mode of Existence gives a new, perspectival analytic of the image attempting to break open and pluralize cinema’s monolithic, modern perspective and its ontology. Do cinema’s moving images have the affective capacity to shape our eyes anew? Does it, then, engender novel points of view and different perspectives? This ontogenetic proposition is what moves this book: can we imagine that we walk out of the cinema and see through Akerman’s Jeanne Dielmann a world restrained by patriarchy? Can we recall with Apichatpong’s monkey ghosts (li phi) past lives that each expresses its own world? Do we then breathe the warm air and feel the tranquility of Ozu’s universe? In short, does cinema move beyond itself; that is, beyond its supposed material conditions as well as its Thinking Media
given spectatorship? By ways of an ontological turn in film studies, A Cinematic Mode of Existence works out this
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages • 50 bw illus PB 9798216373100 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216373094 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216373124 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798216373131 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
proposition, giving a perspectival analytic of the image. Moving across a number of filmic works and oeuvres by different makers and of different types and engaging with concepts central to film studies, including spectatorship, the camera-eye, the cut, themes and motifs, the gaze, and self-reflexivity as well as more metaphysical concepts, such as the image, the Other, the bifurcation of nature, anthropocentrism – the filmphilosophical analytic seeks to rethink what cinema is.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
139
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Global Screenplay Theory Edited by Andrew Kenneth Gay, Southern Oregon University, USA & Ann Igelstrom, Independent Researcher, UK The Bloomsbury Handbook of Global Screenplay Theory offers a comprehensive introduction and overview of screenplay theory as applied in the analysis of numerous screenplays from an international, multi-author perspective, including both leading and emerging scholars in the field. Each section includes 6-8 case studies of theory applied in the analysis of a landmark screenplay. The sections are divided thematically, with sections addressing the Screenplay as Narration and Focalisation, the Screenplay as Narrative Structure, the Screenplay as Cinematic Language and the Screenplay as Creative Practice. With both theorists and practitioners contributing to this volume, the focus is on the actual screenplay as opposed to analysis of Bloomsbury Handbooks
the final film. The essays contribute to a new era in screenplay theory, providing valuable insights not only into the particular screenplays under analysis but also into the range of ways in which such analysis can be approached, representing a wide
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 range of theoretical perspectives. 536 Pages • 22 bw illus PB 9781501394102 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9781501394065 • £150.00 / $200.00 ePDF 9781501394089 • £135.00 / $180.00 ePub 9781501394072 • £135.00 / $180.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
A Poetic History
Islamic and Japanese Parallels in Film David Sander David Sander invites readers on a cinematic journey through Islamic and Japanese cultural and religious worlds. This unusual juxtaposition crosses boundaries established by a strictly linear view of history, revealing astonishing connections beneath the surface. Sander shows how certain films continue older poetic and mythic traditions, evoking archetypal moments of spiritual crisis that are both unique and universal. This filmic journey allows a meeting with countless lives, souls and stories that remain latent and uncelebrated in contemporary societies. As Sander traverses deep parallels and channels between these worlds, a landscape of poetic history is revealed. Poetic history, he contends, is an age-old mode of cognition, a nuanced alternative logic for understanding and metabolizing the past through juxtaposed images, rather than through linear cause-and-effect UK January 2026 • US January 2026 304 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9798216390565 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666931341 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216255000 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978770898 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
narratives. It preserves access to otherwise intangible relationships between the psyche and the whole. As the book unfolds, we can see film after film, with their subliminal spiritual and poetic roots, weaving together a subtle tapestry. An archetypal, border-crossing image of the human “wanderer” appears, an image that helps chart dangers of the collective journey. The cinematic wanderer, like the rest of us, faces profound trauma and the possibilities of ecological destruction and apocalyptic warfare, that may both hide and reveal the wellsprings of love, healing and renewal.
COLLECTIONS
Light Thoughts
Image, Reverie, Memory Murray Pomerance, Independent scholar, Canada Light Thoughts is about the interaction of thought between the spectator and the film in cinema; not just a matter of describing the play of a film as a thought process, but rather of formulating ideas about this interaction through detailed analysis of what is actually seen and heard in the cinema. The chapters include explorations of: gaffes in performance, harmonized activity, and so-called “unison” action; the sale of gender roles and attitudes surreptitiously; the viewer’s way of (relentlessly) traveling forward through film; human gesture and the variant forms of comprehension it inspires; the cinematic onlooker—she who sees another person onscreen while we watch her seeing without knowing in any way how and what she takes in; the editorial technique of making the viewer UK January 2026 • US January 2026 328 Pages • 21 bw illus PB 9798765167571 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765167588 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765167601 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765167595 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
140
UK, Europe, ROW
wait for an explanation of what is being seen now; to long discussions of Antonioni, pointing to his camera movement in space and our affiliation with it; the problem of secrecy in cinematic narrative; the function and variability of the close-up insert; the problem of reading the image and handing the obvious; various confusions of narrative time; surveillance, doubt, and point of view; expression, meaning, and the face; and much more.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
COLLECTIONS
KINO - The Russian and Soviet Cinema
NEW IN PB
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 29 bw illus HB 9798765108154 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765108147 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765108178 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765108185 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages • 40 bw illus HB 9781350269880 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350269927 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350269903 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350269897 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
A Siberian History of Soviet Film
Arthouse Crime Scenes
Caroline Damiens
Geoff King, Brunel University London, UK
Winner of the British Association of Film, Television and Screen Studies Best First Monograph Award.
How is crime represented in art cinema? And how can this be understood in the context of global sociopolitical and film-industrial trends? Crime might be shown or lurk only at the edges. It might be left unresolved or unexplained. Arthouse crimes can be petty and small scale or raise big questions associated with the arthouse sector: political issues, the nature of humanity, truth and knowability.
Manufacturing Visions of the Indigenous Peoples of the North
In A Siberian History of Soviet Film, Caroline Damiens explores how the depictions of the indigenous 'Peoples of the North' in Soviet cinema and television evolved between 1920 and 1980. Damiens combines a detailed analysis of key works such as Forest People (1928), Igdenbu (1930), Dersu Uzala (1961 & 1975), Tymancha’s Friend (1969) and The Most Beautiful Ships (1972), with primary sources like press articles, archives, and interviews, to reveal how these cinematic portrayals were created and negotiated, providing insight into the concepts of progress and authenticity in the Soviet context. She emphasises the role of indigenous individuals in shaping their cinematic image, both in front of and behind the camera, highlighting the works of lesser-known figures like Suntsai Geonka, Zinaida Pikunova, and Iurii Rytkheu. In doing so, Damiens emphasises the multifaceted nature of film, where interpretations differ based on the perspectives of those involved. Using a decolonial approach and drawing from extensive archival materials, Damiens prompts a re-evaluation of the Soviet cinematic past and present by centring indigenous voices in the narrative. In doing so, she provides a thorough exploration of the intricate relationship between culture, representation, and identity in Soviet cinema.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Art Film, Genre and Crime in Contemporary World Cinema
Arthouse Crime Scenes is the first book to address the relationship between art cinema and crime, contributing to the study of both categories. Case studies are provided of works by celebrated filmmakers including Lucretia Martell, Kleber Mendonça Filho, Bong Joon Ho, Nuri Bilge Ceylan, Hirokazu Kore-eda, Jia Zhangke, Andrey Zvyagintsez and Lee Chang-dong. Textual analysis is combined with focus on social and industrial contexts. A recurring theme is the situation of arthouse crime films within differing manifestations of broader processes of late-modern neoliberal globalization and cultural hybridity. Approaches examined range from the oblique to social realism and other mixtures of crime and arthouse tendencies.
COLLECTIONS
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages • 16 bw illus HB 9798765108529 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765108536 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765108550 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765108567 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
NEW IN PB
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 154 Pages HB 9781793648075 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798216437642 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216291596 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781793648082 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
Epidemic Films to Die For
The Monomyth Reboot
Tom Zaniello, Northern Kentucky University, USA
Nadia Salem
Epidemic cinema remains an enduring genre of contemporary film, ranging from medical dramas to post-apocalyptic thrillers. Using a vast filmography, Zaniello not only details the incredible variety of epidemics and their role in popular culture, but also demonstrates how epidemics, as a rule, have been confronted without proper preparation or deployment of resources in different forms of media. Therefore, Epidemic Films to Die For is the first and the only book that extensively analyzes the history and deployment of films and TV series towards a chronicle of epidemic films. In addition to providing an overview of how widespread disease and illness have been historically depicted via film and media, this book skillfully contextualizes the contemporary ongoing moment in which filmmakers and producers grapple with the cultural imaginary surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic.
In this book, Nadia Salem examines and questions the enduring relevance of the monomyth, or the hero’s journey, for storytellers and their audiences.
A Chronicle of the Covid-19 Plague Years
USA, Canada, Latin America
A Transmodern Update for Mythopoeia
www.bloomsbury.com
Created by Joseph Campbell and largely popularized by George Lucas, the hero’s journey has come to define mythic quests for all. However, in recent years, this genderless paradigm has lost its appeal as a repetitive Bildungsroman, and as a result, Salem argues for the inclusion of the heroine’s journey as a Künstlerroman and a voice of alterity. Where the hero’s journey reflects a coming of age, the heroine’s journey reflects a coming of middle age, which are arguably equally necessary for the complete fulfillment of character. Taking a fresh look at the monomyth, Salem analyzes the narratives of Eros and Psyche, Jane Eyre, and Titanic to argue for an emphasis on the integration of both the hero’s and the heroine’s journeys. Ultimately, this book demonstrates how the monomyth as rebooted turns monomythic mythopoesis into fertile ground for the kinds of epiphanies demanded by transmodernism. Scholars of film studies, communication, composition, and mythology will find this book of particular interest.
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
141
MARVEL AGE OF COMICS Uncovering the history of over 85 years of Marvel Comics
9798765141649 • 14 May 2026
9798765138762 • 11 June 2026
Featuring artwork from the original comics
9798765131633 • 11 June 2026
EXPLORE THE STORIES BEHIND THE LEGENDS www.bloomsbury.com/marvel-age-of-comics
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES
Spider-Man: Miles Morales Ytasha L. Womack, Independent Scholar, US Explore the Stories Behind the Legends First introduced in 2011 by Brian Michael Bendis and Sara Pichelli, Miles Morales reconceived Spider-Man as African American and Latinx, and his debut marked a new direction in the saga of a beloved character. Miles Morales as Spider-Man is a coming-of-age tale of a smart, affable teen coming into his power. From his reluctance to becoming a super hero to his desire to help others, to the rocky balance between his school life and super hero responsibilities, Miles is always at the precipice of making tough decisions—choices whose consequences are as weighted Marvel Age of Comics UK June 2026 • US June 2026 184 Pages • 25 color illustrations HB 9798765162934 • £17.99 / $24.95 PB 9798765131633 • £10.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765131657 • £9.89 / $13.45 ePub 9798765131640 • £9.89 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
in his personal life as they often are for the survival of the world. Illustrated with full-color art, Ytasha L. Womack’s entry in the Marvel Age of Comics looks at the hugely successful reimagining of one of the most popular super hero characters of all time.
Wolverine: Weapon X Jim Rugg, Writer and Artist, USA Explore the Stories Behind the Legends Naked, bloody, and screaming in pain - this is the Wolverine that faced readers in the story arc Weapon X. This was more than just the tale of how Wolverine got his adamantium skeleton and claws. Legendary creator Barry Windsor-Smith challenged fans’ expectations of super hero stories and created Marvel’s most brutal and beautiful comic. In 1991, when Weapon X was first published, Wolverine was one of Marvel’s most popular super heroes. For Weapon X, creator Windsor-Smith reimagined the super hero origin story as a cyberpunk horror story. A shadowy organization abducts Marvel Age of Comics UK June 2026 • US June 2026 192 Pages • 25 color illustrations HB 9798216391715 • £17.99 / $24.95 PB 9798765138762 • £10.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765138793 • £9.89 / $13.45 ePub 9798765138786 • £9.89 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Wolverine in order to create “the ultimate killing machine,” and we are plunged into a story of basic, animalistic survival. As Wolverine endures more and more trauma, the lines between reality and consciousness disappear. Illustrated with full-color art from this legendary storyline, Jim Rugg’s entry in the Marvel Age of Comics takes a deep-dive into one of Marvel’s most experimental and singular comics, and what many consider to be the definitive Wolverine story.
The Ultimates Ted Adams, Founder IDW Publishing and Clover Press, USA Explore the Stories Behind the Legends The 1990s and early 2000s were a time of intense change and experimentation for Marvel Comics. Out of this emerged The Ultimates—a comic that would have an explosive impact on Marvel and the broader pop culture landscape. Writer Mark Millar, with artists Bryan Hitch, Andrew Currie, and Paul Neary, reimagined the classic characters that made up Marvel’s premiere super hero team, the Avengers. Looking at them through a modern, post-9/11 lens, the creators treated Marvel Age of Comics
the characters as super soldiers who reported to the US government.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 168 Pages • 47 color illustrations HB 9798216391692 • £17.99 / $24.95 PB 9798765141649 • £10.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765141663 • £9.89 / $13.45 ePub 9798765141656 • £9.89 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Marvel Knights imprint, the creation of the Ultimate universe with Spider-Man and the X-Men, and finally the Ultimates
Illustrated with full-color art, Ted Adam’s entry in The Marvel Age of Comics takes readers through Marvel of the ‘90s: the themselves. With its unique blend of grounded realism and over-the-top action, The Ultimates ensured that comic books and pop culture would never be the same.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
143
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
You Know You Love Me
How Gossip Girl Changed Pop Culture as We Know It Lindsay Denninger Growing up is hard to do, but the kids on Gossip Girl sure made it look easy—and sexy, to boot. Set in the always-alluring penthouses and exclusive clubs of New York City, Gossip Girl followed, as its intro said, the “scandalous lives of Manhattan’s elite,” through the eyes of an omniscient narrator that had her eyes, ears, and hands in everything. Gossip Girl was enticing in a “lifestyles of the rich and famous” sort of way, but when you added on the fact that these pretty people had pretty problems and someone watching their every move, it was almost too good to resist. In You Know You Love Me, Lindsay Denninger gives an unprecedented inside look at how this icon of ‘00s pop culture captured the hearts, minds, and eyes of millions of viewers; influenced the worlds of fashion and media; and continues to reverberate in the culture today. Weaving together oral history interviews with all of the show’s key personnel—performers, crew, writers, and showrunner Josh Safran—Denninger doesn’t just reveal behind-the-scenes drama. She shows how UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 20 Color Photos PB 9781493088096 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798765165393 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781493088102 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
Gossip Girl was an early harbinger of the cultural landscape to come, spanning from the very dawn of social media to the fractious internet of today, and from the autumn years of broadcast television (it aired on the CW) to the streaming era. Packed with juicy tidbits, unvarnished accounts, and unapologetic nostalgia, this is a thrilling behind-the-scenes look at the show that New York magazine, with a casual brio befitting its subject, dubbed “The Greatest Show of Our Time.”
COLLECTIONS
Remaking the Monster
Transmedia Adaptations of Frankenstein’s Creature Alissa Burger, Culver-Stockton College In Remaking the Monster, Alissa Burger adopts an interdisciplinary approach to examine the continued influence of Frankenstein’s Creature on popular culture, demonstrating through close readings the necessity of reconsidering its role and meaning as it has changed over time. Since the Creature’s introduction to the horror genre’s canon, proliferating and evolving for over a century across a variety of media formats and genres, Burger posits that each new iteration of its appearance and impact encourages audiences to (re)consider critical questions about society and about ourselves. What are we capable of—both good and bad? What care, if any, do we owe to one another? And how might a monstrous appearance belie a deeper truth? Ultimately, Burger argues, wherever and however the Creature appears, part of its innate function—and perhaps, the key to its perennial resonance with audiences—is found in the approachable opportunity to engage with daunting concepts of life and death, choice, agency, and, above all, what it means to be human. Villains and Creatures: Critical Perspectives on Cultural Tropes UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages PB 9798216391579 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666970258 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216260561 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763623 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
144
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Star Wars
The Triumph of Nerd Culture Josef Benson Star Wars: The Triumph of Nerd Culture engagingly reveals how the most popular film franchise of all time sprang from the mind of a deeply insecure nerd, who then inspired and betrayed a generation of fans. In Star Wars: The Triumph of Nerd Culture, Josef Benson offers an unauthorized and provocative expose of the most popular film franchise of all time. Fueled by George Lucas’s insecurities and a fervent fan-base who felt betrayed when Lucas defiled the original films, Benson presents the conflict between Lucas and Star Wars fans as comparable to the twisted relationship between Darth Vader and Luke Skywalker. Just as there is a riveting saga within the Star Wars universe that centers on the rise and fall of Anakin Skywalker and the redemption of Darth Vader, so too has a saga unfolded in relation to George Lucas and Star Wars fandom. Star Wars fans both love and hate Star Wars and George Lucas. He is equally responsible for their pleasure and UK April 2025 • US April 2025 190 Pages • 44 b/w photos HB 9781538116203 • £36.00 / $42.00 PB 9798881808877 • £16.99 / $22.00 ePDF 9798881867508 • £15.29 / $19.80 ePub 9781538116210 • £15.209 / $19.80 Rowman & Littlefield
pain. Star Wars:The Triumph of Nerd Culture delves deeper into the Star Wars universe than any book has gone before, including an illuminating look into why Lucas sold Lucasfilm to the Disney Corporation and how the sale affected the franchise. After reading this book, fans will never be able to watch Star Wars in the same way again.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Kylie Minogue
Critical Insights into Pop Music and Media Celebrity Edited by Stephen O'Neill, Maynooth University, Ireland & Maria Pramaggiore, Appalachian State University, USA This pioneering study provides a critical appraisal of pop star Kylie Minogue. It argues that a study of this mononymous global pop icon and celebrity – as “Kylie,” she takes her place alongside Cher, Madonna and Beyoncé in the pop pantheon – is long overdue. Written by academics, music practitioners, and fans, this book argues that Minogue’s persona, performances and reception provide new critical insights into contemporary pop music culture, digital media, and celebrity. It further argues that dismissals of Kylie underestimate her accomplishments as a pop artist and singer-songwriter and undermine fans of pop music who form deep, affective bonds with performers, songs and albums. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9798765103760 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765103753 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765103784 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765103791 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Contributors draw on current perspectives in pop music studies, feminism, celebrity studies, fandom, and queer studies, a range revealing that to interpret Kylie is to engage compelling cultural frameworks. Across four parts (Pop Girlhood, Global Kylie, Dance Music, and Queer and Online Fandoms) the book demonstrates how Minogue herself makes important interventions into contemporary popular culture, with her career providing a micro-history of pop music, its myriad cultural meanings, and its fan practices. With this collection, Kylie Minogue studies has arrived.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Something Wicked
Witchcraft in Movies, Television, and Popular Culture Edited by Douglas Brode & Leah Deyneka, Independent Scholar, UK An anthology of essays that deal with Witchcraft and the figure of the Witch, as they have been presented in films, television, and popular culture, in order to understand how, why, and when the common anti-Witchcraft/ anti-Witch attitude evolved. Mainstream tales of Witchcraft, including modern movies, novels, TV series, and other examples of our popular culture, more often than not express the traditional notion of a Witch as a wild, dangerous, untamable, “nasty” woman, obsessed with a desire for power to control all around her, in most narratives such a hunger presented as a negative. In truth, The Witch is a symbol of ‘threatening evil’ only to those men and women who accept a conservative sensibility. For members of either gender who do not, The Witch is perceived as hero and role model. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 328 Pages HB 9798765122297 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765122303 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765122327 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798765122334 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This collection begins with the Biblical figure of Lilith, followed by Morgan le Fey from Arthurian legend/ myth in literature as well as in popular culture, followed by the more contemporary depictions of the Witch that start to appear in the 1960s; for example, in the Bewitched sitcom, the Star Wars franchise, Harry Potter, and even the television show Scooby-Doo. International depictions of the Witch are discussed, including Italy’s Dario Argento’s films, Suspiria and Inferno. The final section of this collection focuses on the most iconic depictions of the Witch produced during the 21st century, including A Discovery of Witches, Penny Dreadful, Game of Thrones and the history of the Witch in films by the Walt Disney studio.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
145
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Fractured Gaming Cultures
Marginalized Gamers and New Identities Christine Tomlinson Christine Tomlinson demonstrates how embracing and engaging with personal identity—both positively and negatively—has led gaming culture to evolve past the monolith of the stereotypical “gamer” image that exists within the popular imaginary to offer marginalized players safety and community online. In light of the dichotomy between the hegemonic ideals of who a “gamer” should be—stereotypically young, heterosexual white boys and men—and the reality of diverse gaming audiences, Tomlinson observes how marginalized players have formed their own communities grounded in shared identity and experience. These communities, she contends, allow players to produce new individual and shared gaming identities and cultures as acts of resistance and resilience, through which they can reclaim a position in an often-hostile environment and a slowly changing industry. Ultimately, Tomlinson argues that while these alternative communities should not need to exist, they have paved the way for a fracturing of gaming culture that provides marginalized players with safe and productive outlets for discussion and Emerging Insights into Esports
community.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 152 Pages • 4 bw illus PB 9798216392491 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666960228 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216261384 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978763142 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Video Games and Gender Assemblages Understanding #Gamergate and Beyond Sian Tomkinson In this book, Sian Tomkinson examines why, despite around half of gamers being female, highly-gendered stereotypical assumptions pervade the video game industry and communities of play, leading to toxic attitudes and events such as Gamergate and beyond. Tomkinson utilizes a Deleuzoguattarian lens through critique of categories to encourage a shift away from the binary oppositions that often lie at the root of this tension. Through the use of concepts including the assemblage, faciality, and the refrain, the book argues that the increased diversity of games, producers, and players have challenged traditional gamer identities. Gamers faced with this challenge, Tomkinson posits, can either embrace new experiences and affects – deterritorialising this identity – or become destructively reactionary by reterritorializing and refusing to meaningfully engage with difference. Ultimately, this book demonstrates how video game cultures and communities have a unique assemblage of influences while also functioning as a microcosm of broader social, cultural, and political tensions. Scholars of media studies, video game studies, women’s and gender studies, philosophy, and sociology Emerging Insights into Esports
will find this book of particular interest.
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 264 Pages • 6 BW Illustrations, 1 Table PB 9781666945911 • £0.00 / $0.00 HB 9781666945898 • £88.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781978797581 • £79.20 / $103.50 ePub 9781666945904 • £79.20 / $103.50 Lexington Books
146
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Feminist Film Philosophy Reader Edited by Lucy Bolton, Queen Mary, University of London, UK From Virginia Woolf to bell hooks, women have written, thought about and worked with film, images, and the visual in philosophical ways since the inception of cinema, and yet their names are generally missing from the discipline of film philosophy. This anthology brings together, for the first time, a collection of writings by women philosophers, writers and thinkers on philosophical aspects of film and visual culture. The collection of texts in this book demonstrates a century of women writing about the visual, considering aesthetics, politics, and challenging dominant ideologies. All can inspire us to think anew about film and visual cultures. The Feminist Film Philosophy Reader re-frames the body of work available to film philosophers in schools, universities, and cinema audiences, and stages a long-overdue intervention in the field, thereby enabling the development of the discipline in UK June 2026 • US June 2026 440 Pages HB 9781839026577 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781839026560 • £29.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781839026591 • £26.99 / $35.95 ePub 9781839026584 • £26.99 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
important and vital ways.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Pop & Postfeminism
Female Dandyism in Popular Music Nathalie Weidhase, University of Surrey, UK In Pop & Postfeminism, Nathalie Weidhase conceptualises the female dandy as a figure that simultaneously embodies and disrupts postfeminist notions of femininity, including maintaining a physique conforming to contemporary beauty standards, constant self-surveillance and self-improvement, and the naturalisation of gender difference and heterosexuality. Weidhase examines how music videos function as spaces in popular culture where the politics of the feminine can be articulated. These spaces allow female pop stars to be valued as artists with distinct contributions to popular music. Focusing on Amy Winehouse, Rihanna, Lady Gaga, and Lana Del Rey, she illuminates different characteristics of the postfeminist dandy in popular music. Amy Winehouse's work makes visible the commodification of the female spectacle in Library of Gender and Popular Culture UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 10 integrated B&W images HB 9781350158023 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350515895 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350158030 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350158047 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
popular culture, highlighting how her image and persona were marketed and consumed. Rihanna performs black femininity as postfeminism’s abject Other. Lady Gaga queers monstrous motherhood and celebrates female musical lineage. Lana Del Rey's work demonstrates how whiteness operates as a canvas for postfeminist and post-racial fantasies, offering a platform for their deconstruction and critique. Weidhase’s analysis provides a comprehensive understanding of how these pop stars navigate and challenge the intricate landscape of postfeminism, offering a nuanced perspective on contemporary femininity and its representations in popular culture.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Gender and Genre in 1990s Hollywood
Challenging Definitions of Sex, Women, and Femininity Patricia Di Risio, Monash University, Australia The 1990s was a decade of significant turmoil in Hollywood cinema, which resulted in a watershed moment in the interplay of gender and genre. Patricia Di Risio argues that cinematic representations of unconventional women had an important effect on traditionally male oriented genres, such as the crime thriller, road movie, western, film noir, war film, sci-fi, and horror. Di Risio analyses seven key films from the decade, including Blue Steel (1990), Thelma & Louise (1991), The Quick and the Dead (1995), Bound (1996), Jackie Brown (1997), G.I. Jane (1997) and Alien: Resurrection (1997), paying particular attention to their use of irony, allusion, and pastiche. She highlights how their female protagonists, a majority of whom are Library of Gender and Popular Culture UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages • 30 bw illus HB 9781350292833 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350292871 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350292857 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350292840 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
decidedly queer or gender questioning personas, produce an intense crossover in genre conventions, largely driven by their gender rebellion. She examines how a deconstruction of gender simultaneously allows genre hybridity and intertextuality, taking these films into unexpected new directions. In doing so, she delineates a clear line between the unconventional nature of the representation of the female protagonists and innovative changes to genre filmmaking practices.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
147
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Morphenomenal
How the Power Rangers Conquered the World Joshua Moore WHEN IT FIRST APPEARED ON AMERICAN TELEVISION SETS IN 1993, Mighty Morphin Power Rangers was like nothing else on TV. The brainchild of Israeli-American music producer Haim Saban, the show stitched together segments from the Japanese children’s program Super Sentai with newly recorded live-action footage, and its unexpected popularity quickly cemented the Fox Kids Network’s reputation as a pop-culture powerhouse. Garish, heartfelt, utterly strange, and bursting with irrepressible energy, the show was a dramatic departure from the animated fare that dominated kids TV at the time, and came closer than any program before—or since—to being a “live-action cartoon.”
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 256 Pages • 22 Colour Illustrations PB 9781493081615 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765160763 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781493081622 • £16.19 / $22.45 Applause
Three decades later, the Power Rangers are global icons and a billion-dollar business. In Morphenomenal, journalist and lifelong fan Joshua Moore delivers a deeply researched narrative history of Power Rangers—from its inception to today— and details milestone moments for the brand and show, as well as offering fresh looks at its thriving toy line and an adult fandom that can’t get enough of those “teenagers with attitude.” Drawing on original interviews, new research, and the kinds of insights that only a true devotee can bring, this is a bold and boisterous account of one of the most unusual and beloved franchises in pop-culture history.
COLLECTIONS
Capone's Vault
The Real Story of the Biggest Disaster in Television History William Elliott Hazelgrove, Author In 1986, more people watched The Mystery of Al Capone’s Vaults than either the Super Bowl or David Frost’s interview with Richard Nixon. It was a high-wire, high-reward, high-disaster broadcast that was meant to be a comeback for journalist Geraldo Rivera, who had been fired from ABC after fifteen years. On April 21,1986, at 9:15pm Eastern, Geraldo gave the signal at the midpoint of the broadcast to blow open with dynamite the subterranean vaults of the Lexington Hotel, ready to reveal to thirty million viewers at home the great secrets and treasures of legendary gangster Al Capone—but the live broadcast didn’t go to plan. In Capone’s Vault: The Real Story of the Biggest Disaster in Television History, William Elliott Hazelgrove weaves together UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 10 bw photos HB 9798216370079 • £23.99 / $32.00 ePDF 9798216370109 • £21.59 / $28.80 ePub 9798216370093 • £21.59 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
the stories of Geraldo Rivera’s career and the history of Al Capone, leading to the development of the infamous The Mystery of Al Capone’s Vaults broadcast. These stories merge on the night of the show with a play-by-play recalling of the disastrous two-hour program and its aftermath. The broadcast was a simple bet that Geraldo Rivera would open a vault in the basement of a nineteenth-century hotel and show the world something from Al Capone, but it would instead reveal basic truths about television that persist today. This is a wild and captivating true story for readers both new to the mystery and for those ready to relive what would be a crazy night that has defined live television for forty years.
COLLECTIONS
The Female Teacher on Television
Shifting Stereotypes on the Small Screen Edited by Rebecca Z. Grunzke & Andrew L. Grunzke This edited volume examines the ways in which the representation of female teachers on television has developed from the advent of the medium up to the present day. Despite the widely feminized nature of the teaching profession, the first depictions of female teachers on television did not occur until over a century later. Contributors analyze a variety of programs spanning time periods, audiences, and genre to provide insight into the past, present, and future trajectory of increasingly multidimensional portrayals of female teachers. Scholars of television, media, gender, women's, and cultural studies will find this book of particular interest.
Education and Popular Culture UK July 2025 • US July 2025 368 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9798216379683 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666916393 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765155141 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781666916409 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
148
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Doctor Who
A Cultural History Graham Gibson A nostalgic journey through sixty years of the cult-favorite television series Doctor Who and its cultural impact. From its first airing in the immediate wake of the assassination of John F. Kennedy, Doctor Who has been a fascinating portal through which viewers observe changing times and standards. For over sixty years it has told the story of not just the central protagonist, the Doctor, but also of humanity. To understand the Doctor is to understand ourselves through the eyes of a stranger. In Doctor Who: A Cultural History, Graham Gibson highlights the incredible impact of the long-running sci-fi series Doctor Who on television by guiding readers through the show’s history and evolution to remain a fixture of popular culture for over six decades. Investigating a range of topics from religion and politics to gender and technology and even the very nature of good and evil, Gibson demonstrates how the show reflects our society, sometimes showing a powerful prescience, The Cultural History of Television
sometimes not. Beginning with the first Doctor through to the fifteenth, this book covers everything from fan-favorite Doctors
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 224 Pages • 18 BW Photos HB 9781538192405 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881856137 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9781538192412 • £27.00 / $32.40 Rowman & Littlefield
played by David Tennant and Matt Smith to the introduction of the first female and Black Doctors, respectively, as well as iconic lore such as the Tardis’s origins, the Doctor’s essential companions, and key foes from the Daleks to the Master. A fun and informative look at one of science fiction’s most enduring shows, Doctor Who: A Cultural History is perfectly balanced for avid fans who want to better understand the history and societal impact of their favorite show while reliving the Doctor’s best moments throughout time and space.
COLLECTIONS
Law & Order
A Cultural History Bernadette Giacomazzo, freelance journalist Over the course of more than 20 years, nearly 500 episodes, and six spinoffs, Law & Order changed the way we view police procedurals, the American justice system, and the men and women of the NYPD. In the first-ever book of its kind, author and pop-culture critic Bernadette Giacomazzo celebrates the show and its creator, Dick Wolf, while providing a conscientious examination of the stories of the criminal justice system and the “two separate, yet equally important groups” that represent the people. Law & Order: A Cultural History follows the series’ origins from its old New York grit and grime to the twenty-first-century high-tech surveillance in a more sterile Manhattan, highlighting how United States law has evolved and the show along with it and exploring America’s fascination with the show that helped give The Cultural History of Television UK June 2025 • US June 2025 240 Pages • 20 BW Photos HB 9781538194812 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765154588 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9781538194829 • £27.00 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
birth to the true crime genre. Law & Order is more than just a police procedural: It is one of the few shows that effectively tackles the social, political, and economic issues that lead to crime. Moreso than its predecessors such as Dragnet and Hill Street Blues, Law & Order gives a first-hand, inside look at the police who investigate crimes and the district attorneys who prosecute the offenders. In so doing, it removes their mystique and gives them a humanity not seen before.
COLLECTIONS
Survivor
A Cultural History Joseph J. Darowski & Kate Darowski Celebrate the 25th anniversary of Survivor with a look back at one of history’s most popular and long-running reality shows. Premiering in 2000, Survivor altered the landscape of network television from its first season, popularizing reality shows for audiences in the 21st century and quickly growing to a semi-annual release slate that has resulted in more than 46 seasons and hundreds of contestants. Over twenty years later, the series remains popular and a ratings hit, maintaining a devoted fanbase even as the television landscape has evolved and shifted to streaming. In Survivor: A Cultural History, Joseph J. Darowski and Kate Darowski analyze how the iconic CBS show revolutionized television and has adapted and changed across decades of production. They explore the creation of the series and its surprising emergence as a ratings juggernaut, the evolution of gameplay for both the producers and the players, the series existence as a self-proclaimed “social The Cultural History of Television
experiment”, and much more. While the basic premise of the series has remained the same—survivors are marooned in the
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 224 Pages • 10 BW Photos, 1 Graph, 10 Tables HB 9781538196557 • £30.00 / $40.00 ePDF 9798881863739 • £27.00 / $36.00 ePub 9781538196564 • £27.00 / $36.00 Rowman & Littlefield
wild with few supplies and must vote someone out at a weekly tribal council with the goal of being the sole survivor to win $1 million—there are notable differences from where the game began to where it is now. From stylistic changes in the presentation of the show to new twists in the game rules, the transformations from season 1 to the present reflect real life, keeping the show fresh amid a stream of new reality competition shows. Survivor: A Cultural History details these cultural shifts while highlighting Survivor’s place as one of the most impactful television shows of this century. Featuring an overview of the key players and a ranking of the must watch-seasons, this is an essential guide for fans both new and old.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
149
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Apocalypse in Media, Literature, and Linguistics Narratives of Despair and Hope
Edited by Mohamed Mliless, Independent Researcher, Morocco, Latifa Belfakir & Hicham Laabidi Apocalypse in Media, Literature and Linguistics: Narratives of Despair and Hope argues that apocalyptic stories are not merely genres or headlines; they are cultural technologies that construct environmental crises and channel public response. The volume shows how language and narrative—metaphors, frames, and plotlines—shape ecological identity, moral urgency, and policy choices across fiction, film, journalism, and community activism. Contributors trace how alarmist framings can heighten attention yet also induce paralysis or denial, and how hopeful, justice-oriented discourse can motivate stewardship and collective action. Case studies range from McCarthy’s The Road and Atwood’s climate fiction to Swahililanguage media in Kenya, Brazilian news rhetoric, cinematic reception of The Day After Tomorrow, necropolitics in the Niger Delta, and critiques of anti-apocalyptic techno-optimism. Together, the chapters advance a clear claim: apocalyptic narratives UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages • 2 b/w PB 9798216380245 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216380252 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216380221 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216380238 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
do political work, distributing fear, responsibility, and possibility. The book offers practical analytic tools—drawn from ecolinguistics, critical discourse analysis, cultural studies, and media analysis—for diagnosing destructive framings and designing alternatives that inform without fatalism. It is a timely resource for scholars, educators, journalists, and advocates seeking language that moves audiences from dread to durable, justice-centered action.
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Communication and the Wild Image, Industry, and Technology
Edited by Phillip D. Duncan & Derek Moscato This edited volume brings together scholars, teachers, journalists, activists, and filmmakers engaged in environmental communication and media studies to explore the constructions of primitive and wild spaces in our cultural creations of film, television, advertising, social media, infrastructure, and new technologies, among other media. Contributors present close analyses of a number of examples - including Indigenous social media activism, National Geographic, #VanLife content, Japanese haikyo, and more - to examine the representation, commodification, exploitation, and politicization of primitive and wild natural areas in contemporary media and technology. Ultimately, this collection demonstrates that, while the media of wild representations have significantly changed since the days of our ancestors, the same themes of reverence, fear, beauty, power, and awe are still reflected and coopted. Scholars of environmental studies, communication, popular culture, UK July 2025 • US July 2025 360 Pages • 15 bw illus and 1 table PB 9798216376798 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666954647 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765154427 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781666954654 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
technology studies, and media studies will find this book of particular interest.
COLLECTIONS
Fabulating Ecologies
Screening Caution, Citizenry, and the Machinic Apocalypse Anik Sarkar Fabulating Ecologies: Screening Caution, Citizenry, and the Machinic Apocalypse undertakes a comprehensive exploration into the world of eco-fabulations within cinematic narratives. The chapters navigate speculative and futuristic possibilities in films, ideating entangled existences within domains that transcend the human experience. With such a framework, the work provokes a reassessment of established paradigms around environment, techno-apocalypse, citizenship, and anthropocentrism, all within the context of a fluid and evolving posthuman thought in contemporary science fiction cinema. Many recent films and media forms associated with the science fiction genre have effectively exhibited premonitions about impending planetary threats, and the ones explored in this book are a small part of a larger lineage of films. This book recognizes such films as “cautionary” forms of media because they create an instinctive feeling of urgency. Posthumanities and Citizenship Futures UK June 2026 • US June 2026 192 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216396246 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666921410 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216266662 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771222 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
150
UK, Europe, ROW
Cautionary cinema efficiently transmits narratives of foreboding, comprising the capacity to portray both fear and hope, through a combination of disruptive shock and empathetic resonance. The argument for machinocene being a logical supersedence to the Anthropocene is strengthened by the ubiquitous presence of heavy machinery and unrestrained technology in these ecologies that tilt us toward a calamitous vision of the future.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FILM & MEDIA STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Building Back Truth in an Age of Misinformation Leslie F. Stebbins How can we build back truth online? Here’s how. How can we build back truth online? In this book, researcher Leslie F. Stebbins provides solutions for repairing our existing social media platforms and building better ones that prioritize value over profit, strengthen community ties, and promote access to trustworthy information. Stebbins provides a road map with six paths forward to understand how platforms are designed to exploit us, how we can learn to embrace agency in our interactions with digital spaces, how to build tools to reduce harmful practices, how platform companies can prioritize the public good, how we can repair journalism, and how to strengthen curation to promote trusted content and create new, healthier digital public squares. New, experimental models that are ethically designed to build community and promote trustworthy content are having some early successes. We know that human social networks—online and off—magnify whatever they are seeded with. They are UK October 2025 • US October 2025 288 Pages HB 9781538163146 • £26.00 / $35.00 PB 9798216365501 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798881874292 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781538163153 • £19.79 / $26.95 Rowman & Littlefield
not neutral. We also know that to repair our systems we need to repair their design. We are being joined in the fight by some of the best and brightest minds of our current generation as they flee big tech companies in search of vocations that value integrity and public values. The problem of misinformation is not insurmountable. We can fix this.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
151
FOOD COLLECTIONS
San Francisco Seafood
A History from Ocean to Table Paul Stangl, Western Washington University, US In San Francisco Seafood: A History from Ocean to Table, Paul Stangl traces the development of San Francisco’s fisheries, seafood markets, cookery, and dining culture from the Gold Rush to the 1920s. Migrants from around the world imported fishing techniques and cuisines, then slowly adapted as they came to understand local resources and each other. Newcomers found the tastiest fish through trial and error and assimilated the “best” into a new cuisine. Different ethnic and occupational groups collaborated, fought, and learned from one another as they irreversibly altered the natural world around them. By the end of the First World War, San Francisco’s seafood cuisine scarcely resembled that of the 1850s, due to cultural adaptation, technological advancements, and changes to the natural environment. It was no longer derivative of New England and France, but included influences from the Southern states, Asia, and South America. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages HB 9798765145678 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765145692 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9798765145685 • £27.00 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
San Francisco Seafood chronicles the city’s transformation from a fish-barren town—where restaurants served canned, pickled, and dried fish from the East Coast—to a seafood-rich metropolis that harvested seafood from Mexico to Alaska. This is a thorough and insightful history of a once emerging, and now essential, cuisine for food and history buffs alike.
COLLECTIONS
Safar
Finding Home, History, and Culture through Punjabi Food in the American West Madhushree Ghosh, author Safar: Finding Home, History, and Culture through Punjabi Food in the American West is the journey of South Asian refugees, immigrants and their children—in particular, Sikhs, Jats and Muslims—who moved to the southwestern states of America over centuries as farmers, truck drivers, restaurant owners and dhaba/diner stall cooks. An expedition in search of the asli or real Punjabi food, Madhushree Ghosh explores how their food traveled from British India pre-partition (1947) to now. Interwoven in Safar is Ghosh’s own immigrant journey as a graduate student to America in 1993, her quest to find home through the food her Bengali refugee parents made which then translated to a physical journey she embarked on to visit the UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages • 22 bw photos HB 9798881842673 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765155769 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798765155752 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
different Punjabi communities in California, Arizona and New Mexico. The book is divided into parts, focusing on four Punjabi women, each a part of a different wave of South Asian immigrants to the American West, and the food and recipes they brought with them that connect them to their pasts. Safar shares stories of displacement, discrimination, community, and hope. Ghosh explores the universal question of immigrant journeys and the true meaning of home, of comfort food, and what constitutes a ‘true Punjabi’ meal. Featuring essential Punjabi recipes, this is a poignant reflection on what it means to find home and identity through food and culture as an immigrant to United States.
COLLECTIONS
Food Cultures of Spain
Cuisine, Customs, and Issues F. Xavier Medina, Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain There’s far more to Spanish food than tapas and paella. Discover the history and culture of Spain through its rich culinary traditions. Part of the Global Kitchen series, this book takes readers on a food tour of Spain, covering everything from daily staples to holiday specialties. In addition to discovering Spain’s long culinary history, readers will learn about recent trends, foreign influences, and contemporary food and dietary concerns. Chapters are organized thematically, making it easy to focus in on particular courses or types of dishes. These include influential ingredients, appetizers, main dishes, desserts, and street food, among others. The main text is supplemented by sidebars that offer interesting bite-sized facts, a chronology of The Global Kitchen UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages PB 9798765122518 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765122471 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765122495 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765122488 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
important dates in Spanish culinary history, and a glossary of key food- and dining-related terms. Spanish cuisine evolved over centuries, influenced by the country’s diverse landscapes and inhabitants. Rooted in the Mediterranean triad of olive oil, wheat, and wine, it emphasizes fresh, seasonal ingredients, often prepared simply to highlight their natural flavors. From the seafood-rich coasts to the cured meats and stews of the mountainous interior, each region boasts unique specialties. Social dining is central to Spanish foodways, and food remains a vital aspect of family, community, and heritage.
152
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
FOOD COLLECTIONS
The Future of Food
Issues and Innovations in the 21st Century and Beyond Honor May Eldridge, Food Standards Agency, UK How do we ensure that there is enough healthy and sustainable food to feed everyone in the world in the 21st century and beyond? The future of food is in peril. Food production around the globe is both a contributor to and a victim of climate change, while population growth and shifting consumption patterns threaten to outpace supply. The Future of Food examines the current issues facing our food supply and considers the potential solutions to those challenges. Chapters in Part 1 explore the plethora of challenges facing the global food system and highlight the interconnectedness of these issues. Part 2 addresses the future of protein, one of the most important and hotly debated topics in food and environmental sciences. Readers will UK June 2026 • US June 2026 344 Pages PB 9798765129890 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765129852 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765129876 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765129869 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
discover the many possible futures, from protein powders made from insects to burgers grown in a lab. Finally, Part 3 examines a variety of other low- and high-tech solutions, from vertical farming and regenerative agricultural practices to spoil-proof packaging, genetic modification, and the use of AI. The book presents a balanced and nuanced exploration of each possible solution, examining the strengths, drawbacks, and viability of each. Sidebars supplement the main text, offering illuminating real-world case studies that bring the text to life.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Food Inequalities Tennille Nicole Allen This book provides an accessible introduction to food inequality in the United States, offering readers a broad survey of the most important topics and issues and exploring how economics, culture, and public policy have shaped our current food landscape. Food inequality in the United States can take many forms. From the low-income family unable to afford groceries and the migrant farm worker paid below minimum wage to city dwellers stranded in an urban food desert, disparities in how we access and relate to food can have significant physical, psychological, and cultural consequences. These inequalities often have deep historical roots and a complex connection to race, socioeconomic status, gender, and geography. Health and Medical Issues Today UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages HB 9781440864308 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216445531 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440864315 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216085898 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This book explores different types of food inequality and highlights current efforts to improve food access and equity in the United States. It delves deep into a variety of issues and controversies related to the subject, offering thorough and balanced coverage of these hot-button topics. Readers are provided with a variety of useful supplemental materials, including case studies, a timeline of critical events, and a directory of resources.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Food Shortage Crisis
Origins and Global Impact Dawn M. Drake, University of Oklahoma, USA Discover the history, causes, impacts, and potential future of global food shortages—a problem for all of humanity, not just the developing world. This important reference work takes an in-depth look at the geographic nature of the problem of global food shortages, helping readers to understand that while this is not a problem that exists everywhere, it is a problem that touches everyone. The book begins with an introduction to the basics of global food shortages, moves through the history of the issue, and then explains the current state of affairs. From there, it examines root causes, proposes solutions, and takes a speculative look into the future. This organization moves readers through the problem in a systematic and easy-to-follow manner, while also UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages • 5 bw illus, 22 bw maps, 3 bw figures, and 5 bw tables HB 9781440858734 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798765121269 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440858741 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798216171560 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
allowing them to explore each aspect of the issue individually. A curated selection of further readings at the end of each chapter points readers toward resources for additional research and discovery. The book concludes with a selection of perspective essays written by expert contributors. Each explores a different facet of the topic, from the potential of GMO crops to the impact of food waste. Food Shortage Crisis illustrates that the problems of food scarcity and insecurity are neither new nor confined to the developing world. They are the result of a complex interplay of issues at every stage of the process of feeding humanity.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
153
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Feminist Intersectional Therapy Fourth Wave Clinical Applications
Edited by Joanne Jodry & Kathleen McCleskey Feminist intersectional therapy can be an essential tool for clinicians struggling through new territories of suffering under today’s oppressive cultural, social, and political norms and systems. Feminist Intersectional Therapy: Fourth Wave Clinical Applications is a foundational text that provides an advanced understanding of feminist and intersectional theories, and how they can be applied within the mental health disciplines. Editors Joanne Jodry and Kathleen McCleskey collaborate with other educators and clinical practitioners from a range of identities, professions, and theoretical orientations. Going beyond a single rigid framework, the author collective builds on feminist theory’s foundational roots, infused with intersectional theory, to conceptualize multiple, flexible clinical applications with original models and creative techniques. UK April 2025 • US April 2025 402 Pages • 3 b/w illustrations; 1 table HB 9781538179772 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781538179789 • £35.00 / $45.00 ePDF 9798881862008 • £31.50 / $40.50 ePub 9781538179796 • £31.50 / $40.50 Rowman & Littlefield
This book addresses fundamental topics across all clinical mental health disciplines, from ethics and human development to various clinical modalities—individual, relational, family, group therapy, and clinical supervision. Specialty areas that are covered include spiritual issues, crisis intervention and trauma, substance use, career counseling, and sexual topics. It also discusses specific individuals with diverse identities—children, adolescents, and older adults; disabled individuals; BIPOC individuals; individuals with nondominant gender and affectional identities; and those from other oppressed and privileged identity groups.
COLLECTIONS
Nonbinary Life An Autotheory Marquis Bey Nonbinary Life is an invitation to imagine the possibilities of life outside of gender. To write, to think, to imagine, to agitate, and to love without regard for gender is to lead a non-binary life. In this genredefying work of autotheory, Marquis Bey proposes a radical refusal: to relinquish gender as a framework we carry - for ourselves and for others - and to embrace modes of being that exist outside of its grasp. Spanning questions of pronouns, masculinity, love, family, language, and even the Redwood National Forest, Nonbinary Life Transgender Theory
blends memoir and theory to provide a philosophical meditation on what it means to live beyond the binary
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages HB 9781350588936 • £45.00 / $80.00 PB 9781350588943 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9781350588950 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781350588967 • £13.49 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Gender and Memory in Hungary
From the Siege of Budapest to Present Day Lisa Pope Fischer Gender and Memory in Hungary: From the Siege of Budapest to Present Day examines the life stories of elderly Hungarian women through a person-centered approach from an anthropological perspective. Each woman crafts her narrative against the backdrop of significant historical events: World War II, the post-war period, the 1956 revolution, the Kádár era, and the shifts of post-communism leading into Goulash populism. These narratives not only mirror large historical signposts but also shed light on cultural patterns and unofficial microhistories that form a Chorus of Experiences—an intricate tapestry of diverse lived experiences, identity, and memory. The author uses anthropology to explore the nuances of personal stories, revealing insights about our shared human condition. By adopting this view, the text draws interesting parallels between Goulash populism and neo-revitalization movements, highlighting that while our history shapes the present, today's societal UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages PB 9798216437444 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974270 • £80.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216255437 • £72.00 / $117.00 ePub 9781978771055 • £72.00 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
154
UK, Europe, ROW
context also influences how we reinterpret the past.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Women's Impact on Environmental Governance
Reclaiming the Commons through Knowledge, Care, and Culture Edited by Sarah A. Ebel & Katherine L. Reedy Women’s Impact on Environmental Governance: Reclaiming the Commons through Knowledge, Care, and Culture assembles geographically diverse analyses of case studies from around the world to demonstrate how women interact with global drivers of change to create new governance structures, subvert existing governance structures, or adapt their informal structures to reclaim their commons. Drawing upon case studies from Bangladesh, Peru, the United States, Tanzania and Kenya, and Chile, the book’s authors address the question: How do women reclaim their culture and resources from the impacts of global change by enacting processes of formal and informal governance? The authors argue that women are essential actors in processes of both environmental and economic governance. Yet, their labor often goes unrecognized as power dynamics between and across genders shape access, control, and care of a resource or property and both state-level Environment and Society
policymaking and international development frequently reinforce women’s marginalization. However, women’s work
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 168 Pages • 20 b/w PB 9798216454991 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666980097 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216268437 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978759558 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
underpins economic, environmental, and community sustainability and they persist to overcome, subvert, or circumnavigate forms of enclosure in the commons. As both an ode to women’s work and a call to policymakers and development agencies to recognize women's labor, this book illustrates how women draw upon knowledge, care, and culture to improve social, economic, and ecological well-being.
COLLECTIONS
Black Girlhood as Visual Oppositional Knowledge Narratives of Power and Resistance Lateasha Nicol Meyers In Black Girlhood as Visual Oppositional Knowledge: Narratives of Power and Resistance, Lateasha Meyers invites readers into an exploration of visual experiences, cultural narratives, and creative expressions of black girlhood. This work weaves together photographs, storytelling, and critical analysis to illuminate the rich tapestry of visuals. Through a blend of examining black girlhood, Black feminist theory, and photographs the book examines how societal visual perceptions and representations shapes the lives of Black girls. Furthermore, the author brings together these ideas to create Black girlhood as Oppositional Knowledge or BGVOK. A process and a product which is outlined throughout the narrative of the book. This book is an essential read for anyone who is interested in understanding the intersections of race, age, gender, and visual culture. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 160 Pages • 3 b/w illustrations PB 9798216463986 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666962321 • £90.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216251972 • £81.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978766464 • £81.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Visual Culture and Gender in Mexico Eli Bartra Visual Culture and Gender in Mexico opens by setting out a conceptual, political, historical, and personal framework that serves to anchor the Mexican visual culture it goes on to address. To this end, it also provides a brief overview of feminist thinking from the late nineteenth century to the present day, which has nourished these visual artists and the author herself. The notion of uprootedness runs through the entire work, as does the idea of nomadism and nomadic-critical subjects. The author addresses loosely defined traditional, modern and contemporary art, including photography and film, as components of the visuality of this corner of the Global South. The book goes beyond recognised figures such as Frida Kahlo, who have dominated Mexico’s visual culture almost exclusively, though it does not dismiss them. It thus offers a visual mosaic that presents the work of photographers, filmmakers and a few artists whose creativity has no qualms about crossing boundaries; one comes from China, another UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages • 44 b/w PB 9798216446286 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666982015 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216266150 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978759855 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
looks out over the Mediterranean, another is based in Guanajuato, another lives in Querétaro, and there is even a European who walks the desert in northern Mexico, unearthing wounds.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
155
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Gender and Identity in Arab Women's Literature Ink and Identity
Edited by Diana Obeid & Sonia Lamrani Gender and Identity in Arab Women's Literature: Ink and Identity follows the journey of Arab women from being silenced in male-authored texts to finding their voices in fiction, memoir, and theater. Whether writing from the streets, prisons, or within the broader socio-political world, Arab women have carved out spaces for themselves in areas once thought off-limits. The contributors analyze how these women challenge stereotypes, take back control of their stories, and push back against restrictive gender roles. Through the work of scholars like Foucault and Butler, the book looks at the dynamics of power, identity, and body politics in their writings. It offers a new understanding of how women’s voices continue to challenge and transform the narratives around them. This book is a must-read for anyone interested in understanding the powerful, ongoing role women play in shaping their own stories in the Middle East. Women, Gender, and Sexuality in the Arab World UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages PB 9798216375029 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974249 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216255413 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771031 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Exploring Death, Diaspora, and Gender in the Coptic Community Going Home
Mariam Youssef Exploring Death, Diaspora, and Gender in the Coptic Community: Going Home explores the dynamics of death and gender in diasporic Coptic communities. Theologically and socially, the Coptic community is obsessed with death—incorporating numerous musings on the afterlife into music, teaching, ritual, and art. This accompanies a fixation on martyrdom that pervades Coptic culture. Additionally, all of these aspects of Coptic life are deeply gendered in ways that communicate a theology of gender that bleeds into the world of the living. The author explores Coptic death rituals, paradigms of martyrdom, and representations of contemporary sainthood, providing an analysis of their impacts on Coptic women and queer Copts. Ultimately, these death practices reinforce theologies of gender and the body that promote problematic gender hierarchies. Women, Gender, and Sexuality in the Arab World UK September 2026 • US May 2026 176 Pages • 1 b/w PB 9798216460848 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781793650863 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216254737 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771161 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Islamic Feminism
Hermeneutics and Activism Mulki Al-Sharmani, University of Helsinki, Finland Shortlisted for the 2025 Muslim World Book Award. Mulki Al-Sharmani undertakes a close textual analysis of the hermeneutics of selected Islamic feminism scholars as they engage with the Qur’an, Hadith, and different textual genres in Islamic interpretive tradition. She focuses on the relevant works of nine prominent scholars located in North America, Egypt, Morocco, and South Africa. Bringing their works into conversation with one another, Islamic Feminism critically examines the epistemological and methodological contributions and challenges of these scholars. Al-Sharmani shows how these scholars’ engagements with UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages HB 9781783606344 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781783606337 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781783606351 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781783606368 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
156
UK, Europe, ROW
the question of gender also yields new insights into the interplay between Islamic theology, ethics, and law. Drawing on extensive multi-sited ethnographic research, Al-Sharmani examines the societal significance and limits of the studied scholarship and how it informs and is informed by multidimensional Muslim gender activism in both global and local contexts. Towards the latter aim, Al-Sharmani focuses on two case studies: the global movement Musawah, and Egyptian Islamic feminism in the aftermath of the 2011 Revolution.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Gender and Policy Analysis An Interdisciplinary Approach
Edited by Elena V. Shabliy, Dimitry Kurochkin & Kimarie Engerman Gender and Policy Analysis: An Interdisciplinary Approach presents a groundbreaking interdisciplinary exploration of how gender policy is shaped, implemented, and challenged in a rapidly evolving global landscape. The volume draws together leading scholars from sociology, political science, economics, law, and other fields to analyze the persistent barriers and emerging opportunities for gender equity. It addresses the challenges of integrating gender perspectives into policy-making, emphasizing the importance of intersectionality, representation, legal frameworks, and economic empowerment. Through focused case studies—from women’s labor force participation gender balance in civil aviation, to the gender pay gap in sports and barriers for women in STEM and renewable energy—the book illuminates the nuanced realities faced by women and marginalized groups across diverse societies. It also examines recent legal developments, such as the 2025 U.S. UK June 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages • 2 b/w PB 9798216440000 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978353 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216255444 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978771062 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
executive order defining gender in binary terms, revealing the contentious debates at the heart of contemporary gender policy. Aimed at academics, policymakers, and advocates, this volume offers practical insights and innovative approaches for designing and implementing inclusive, forward-thinking gender policies aligned with global Sustainable Development Goals. In doing so, it fosters a comprehensive understanding of gender equity as both an ethical imperative and a catalyst for sustainable societal advancement.
COLLECTIONS
Beyond the Hegemonic
A Global Exploration of Theory and Praxis of Men and Masculinities Edited by Rajni Singh & Debapriya Ganguly Beyond the Hegemonic: A Global Exploration of Theory and Praxis of Men and Masculinities critically examines the conceptualization of hegemonic masculinity, arguing against its reduction to a monolithic and inherently negative construct. Instead, it proposes a more nuanced understanding of hegemony as crucial for the development of effective strategies for gender justice. The volume investigates the complex interplay between globalization, postcolonialism, neoliberalism, and emergent technologies in shaping masculinities across local, regional, and global scales. It analyzes the dynamic relationship between hegemonic masculinity and a range of non-hegemonic masculinities, including complicit, subordinate, marginalized, and protest masculinities. Breaking Boundaries: New Horizons in Gender & Sexualities UK February 2026 • US February 2026 420 Pages • 2 b/w PB 9798216390930 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666981261 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216251897 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978766341 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Through a diverse range of case studies, encompassing topics such as the influence of Boys' Love media, the fragility of patriarchal masculinity as revealed in marginalized women's narratives, the cultural implications of the "geriaction" subgenre, the negotiation of metrosexuality within Indian contexts, and the intersection of violence and masculinity, the book explores the multifaceted ways in which feminism, globalization, and shifting gender roles have shaped contemporary masculinities, ultimately offering considered projections regarding their future trajectories.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Domestic Work in Postcolonial Tanzania Gender, Learning and Unlearning
Paula Mählck, Stockholm University, Sweden This open access book, Domestic Work in Postcolonial Tanzania, examines the dynamics of learning domestic and care work within affluent expatriate households, characterized by significant economic privilege and, at times, diplomatic immunity. Paula Mählck employs contemporary narratives from privileged female expatriate employers and Tanzanian domestic workers, colonial documents, analysis of the built space of expatriate households, as well as literary works and analytic autoethnography to investigate the continuities and changes in contemporary employment relations as compared to those during the British colonial era from the 1920s to the 1960s. This book provides valuable insights into the complexities of domestic work taking place in expatriate households in UK May 2026 • US May 2026 204 Pages HB 9781350277038 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350277076 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350277052 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350277045 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
postcolonial Tanzania. It offers a thought-provoking examination of learning, learning to cope, and unlearning within the context of privilege and power. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Stockholm University.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
157
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Exploiting, Enduring, and Resisting Ambiguous Sexual Consent in the Grey Area Taking It
Kristen Myers & Patricia Wallace For decades, feminists have been educating young people about healthy sexual interactions, promoting the benefits of affirmative consent. College students know that “Yes means yes!” Yet rates of sexual assault on college campuses remain stable. What’s going on? Despite concerted affirmative consent campaigns, coercive sexual intimacy and sexual assault persist, with some students (mostly men) still forcing sex on their partners—“taking it” from them. Facing ubiquitous sexual pressure, young people often relent to unwanted sex and “just take it.” Outsiders pass judgement on victim/survivors, demanding, “It’s just sex! Shut up and take it!” Survivors—despite their trauma—resist, “taking back” bodily empowerment. In Exploiting, Enduring, and Resisting Ambiguous Sexual Consent in the Grey Area: Taking It, Kristen Myers and Patricia UK February 2026 • US January 2026 280 Pages • 7 b/w PB 9798216390497 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666948264 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216252795 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978770454 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Wallace conduct an intersectional analysis of data provided by a diverse group of college students to explore these four meanings of “taking it.” They contextualize their analysis, examining the impact of sexual education in the U.S. as well as laws and policies aimed at reducing sexual assault. Using both sociological and social psychological lenses, they seek to illuminate the grey area surrounding sexual consent. The authors’ goal is to help spur changes in culture, practices, rules, and infrastructure to ultimately reduce sexual violence and increase sexual autonomy for all people.
COLLECTIONS
Fatness and Femininity
Negotiating Narratives of Girlhood Online Jennifer Almjeld Fatness and Femininity: Negotiating Narratives of Girlhood Online traces popular narratives of femininity, fatness, and body positivity available to girls on popular social media spaces Instagram and TikTok. Using rhetorical analysis of keyword searches, Jen Almjeld argues that social media positions successful femininity as fit, fashionable, agreeable, sexually alluring, and always striving and defines fatness as failure, specifically as unhealthy, lazy, irresponsible, unattractive, and humorous. With two decades of experience researching and working with girls, Almjeld argues that despite the promise of body positivity to resist such narratives, the movement has been co-opted and watered down and is now little more than another way to teach girls that their bodies are not good enough. While our culture has much to say about proper ways to be and do girl, there are few scripts available for acceptable ways to be fat, particularly in a body gendered feminine. This text UK June 2026 • US June 2026 200 Pages • 7 b/w illustrations PB 9798216460596 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974720 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216254928 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978770836 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
encourages more open, critical conversation of fatness via a “fat girl gaze” to better understand ways girls and women in particular write and are written by identity narratives around them. This book challenges the socially constructed and consumerist notions of fatness that lead to fatphobia.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Women and Sexuality Global Lives in Focus
Kelly Campbell, California State University & M. L. Parker, Florida State University This important volume offers readers an in-depth understanding of women's sexuality around the world, bringing to light a history that is often suppressed. What is reproductive health like for women in other countries of the world? How are marriage and love viewed in other cultures? This volume examines aspects of women and sexuality across the globe. Each chapter in this volume focuses on a different world region, including North America, Latin America and the Caribbean, Europe, North Africa and the Middle East, Sub-Saharan Africa, Central and East Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and Oceania. The topics covered in each chapter include sexual attitudes and practices, the influence of religion on sexuality, sexual violence, reproductive health, love and marriage, and the media and sexuality. Women and Society around the World UK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages • 27 bw illus HB 9781440873041 • £70.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216453512 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440873058 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216182948 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
158
UK, Europe, ROW
Specific country and cultural examples are interwoven such that readers come away with an understanding of the beliefs, practices, traditions, and customs that are common in each world region. Readers will be able to make cross-cultural comparisons, learning how the sexuality of women varies and yet is also the same from culture to culture. This volume is written in clear, jargon-free language, making it appropriate and useful for students and general readers.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Sandra Day O'Connor
How an Arizona Cowgirl Became the First Woman Supreme Court Justice Nancy Hendricks, Independent Scholar, USA A fresh look at the legacy of Sandra Day O’Connor from hardscrabble childhood in the Arizona desert, to facing adversity as a female in politics, to her work as the first woman Justice on the US Supreme Court. By being the first woman on the Supreme Court, O’Connor set the stage for future gender equity in America’s legal system, becoming one of the most significant people in US history. This accessible analysis of O'Connor's life, examines how her early beginnings in the remote desert of the American Southwest, where her family’s ranch was 32 miles from the nearest school, shaped her world view and in turn, decisions at the US Supreme Court that affect us today. At first, she aspired to be a cattle rancher, but instead, went on to enroll at California’s Stanford University at the age 16. This biography follows her Women Making History
determination as she overcame prejudice and made history by being appointed to the US Supreme Court in 1981; and it
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 12 bw illus PB 9798765131527 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765126356 • £50.00 / $68.00 ePDF 9798765126363 • £45.00 / $61.20 ePub 9798765126387 • £45.00 / $61.20 Bloomsbury Academic
places O’Connor in the context of her times by examining how her decisions on the Supreme Court helped to move the country forward and continue to impact us today.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Same-Sex Marriage Exploring the Issues
Scott A. Merriman, Troy University, USA This book outlines the history of same-sex marriage, explaining how politics and religion have intersected to decide and control who can legally marry. Marriage equality became law in the United States in 2015 with the Supreme Court ruling in Obergefell v. Hodges. Marriage is, strictly speaking, a secular ceremony, requiring only civil sanction. However, many couples also seek the blessing of a religious body upon their union, and not all religious bodies support marriage equality. Some oppose it outright and some support it outright, while others are divided. Religion in Politics and Society Today UK September 2025 • US September 2025 208 Pages HB 9781440875236 • £34.00 / $45.00 PB 9798216374626 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440875243 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216141464 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This work examines the issue of same-sex marriage in the U.S. and internationally. It surveys the attitudes of major religions towards same-sex marriage and also looks at leading and sometimes polarizing personalities, like politician Pete Buttigieg and Kentucky clerk Kim Davis, who exemplify both the religious and political sides of the issue. The book's A–Z organization makes it easy for readers to locate important court cases, individuals, religious bodies, and social movements at the center of the same-sex marriage debate.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
159
GEOGRAPHY COLLECTIONS
A Beginner's Guide to Burgundy Richard L. Chilton Jr., Hourglass Vineyard and Chilton Investment Company A Beginners Guide to Burgundy is an engaging and knowledgeable guide to demystifying the region of Burgundy for beginning and novice wine enthusiasts. Richard Chilton provides detailed information about the history of Burgundy, its geography, the art of making Burgundy and Beaujolais wines, the role of the negociant, how to navigate the producers and who are the new rising stars of Burgundy. A vineyard owner and lifelong lover of Burgundy wines and its region, Chilton encourages readers to learn about the historically complex nature of Burgundy in order to fully appreciate the seductive beauty of its wines. The book features a richly illustrated, reference section on the best group of producers from within Burgundy, describing their history, wine making philosophy, terrior, and top vintages. The characteristics of these best-in-class Burgundy producers provides an essential starting point in understanding the complex makeup of the region. Equipped with this easy-to-read UK July 2025 • US July 2025 328 Pages • 100 colour photos HB 9798881800529 • £25.00 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765154090 • £22.50 / $26.95 ePub 9798881800536 • £22.50 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
reference, readers will have all the tools they need in order to demystify Burgundy wines. Beautifully written and illustrated, this full-color book includes 100 photos of the region, its wines, and its winemakers.
COLLECTIONS
Borderlines and Bottlenecks
Global Supply Chain Geography in a Post-Pandemic World Xiang Zhang Borderlines and Bottlenecks features a rich collection of real-world examples and detailed case studies, highlighting how recent pandemic and geopolitical events, including the Sino-US trade war, the COVID pandemic, the Russia-Ukraine War, and the Red Sea Crisis, have disrupted and reshaped global supply chains. By exploring the complex interplay between political, economic, and social forces, readers gain a deeper understanding of the challenges and opportunities facing businesses and policymakers in the rapidly changing supply chain landscape. Zhang uses social media-based discourse analysis and pioneering work in GIS-based discourse analysis to offer fresh insights into global supply chain dynamics.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 25 b/w illustrations; 10 tables HB 9798881801564 • £90.00 / $125.00 PB 9798881801571 • £28.99 / $40.00 ePDF 9798881801588 • £26.09 / $36.00 ePub 9798881866617 • £26.09 / $36.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Sacred Landscapes
One Van Lifer's Six-Year, 175,000-Mile National Park Journey Sam Gennawey Sacred Landscapes chronicles Sam Gennawey’s remarkable six-year, 175,000-mile, van-life journey exploring over 380 sacred locations preserved by the United States National Park Service. These remarkable parks showcase the best of America—the stunning beauty of nature, historic sites of great significance, and the stories of inspirational people who have left lasting impressions. The National Park Service sites also serve as reminders of the country’s darker moments, including slavery, the Civil War, the attempted Indigenous genocide, Japanese concentration camps, and other tragedies. Sam Gennawey, a former urban planner and noted theme park historian, delves into crucial questions about “we the people” of the United States, reflecting on his experiences as he undertakes this journey through America’s national memory. He even volunteers in many parks along the way to gain a deeper understanding of their significance and fuller appreciation for how UK May 2025 • US May 2025 368 Pages • 35 b/w photos HB 9798881806491 • £25.00 / $33.00 ePDF 9798881864156 • £22.50 / $29.70 ePub 9798881806507 • £22.50 / $29.70 Rowman & Littlefield
160
UK, Europe, ROW
park rangers have carefully and creatively managed the environment to highlight their stories. Combining travel experiences, insightful commentary, historical accounts, self-reflection, and practical tips for van life, Sacred Landscapes will inspire exploration, encouraging readers to visit and appreciate America’s national parks’ diverse and rich heritage. Take the journey of a lifetime with Sam Gennawey to learn the secrets of a park you thought you knew, or find a new one to explore.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
GEOGRAPHY COLLECTIONS
Relics of Modernity
Theorizing Rhetorics and Performances of Ruins Edited by Andrew F. Wood This collection of essays expands upon an emerging topic within and beyond the field of communication studies that challenges students and scholars of the built environment to peer beyond the somewhat typical collection of monuments, museums, and memories often found in essays related to space and place, to consider the role of ruins as lenses upon modernity. These locales, which include economic ghost towns, industrial relics, prison sites, and other places associated with so-called dark tourism generally conjure feelings of melancholy, connotations of failure. While their assemblages of moldy floors, waterlogged walls, shattered windows, and sagging roofs do not make for traditional tourist snapshots, ruins possess a Bloomsbury Studies in Contemporary Rhetoric UK June 2025 • US June 2025 248 Pages • 20 tables PB 9781666942705 • £26.99 / $25.95 HB 9781666942682 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154809 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666942699 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
potential to inspire awe, an awareness of the tenuous nature of modern confidence, a reverence for the passing of things. In their inquiry and investigation, one may encounter oddly sublime traces and fragments of the contemporary age. Seeking to better understand the rhetoric and performances of ruins, contributors to this book have crafted chapters that are theoretically sophisticated and vividly authored. The resulting collection of nine essays surveys ruins within and beyond the United States to examine a unique and unexpected constellation of ideas related to authenticity, identity, memory, representation, and power.
COLLECTIONS
Geography and Disasters
Places, Processes and the Human Geographical Imagination Edited by Nathaniel O'Grady, University of Manchester & Gemma Sou, Monash University Drawing on global case studies, this is the first book to outline and elaborate on the ways that human geography has extended our understanding of disasters. Every chapter analyses disasters through the lens of a different theoretical framework common to geography, including assemblage theory, post-colonialism, urban political ecology, governmentality, affect theory and scale. The case studies in the collection range from hurricane risk in the Caribbean and volcano eruptions in Chile to floods in India and many more. Thinking of them as processes rather than individual events, each contributor conceptualizes disasters as always-already entangled in the continual making and remaking of collective life. UK May 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 9 b&w illus, 5 b&w photos, & 2 tables PB 9781666970906 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666970883 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666970890 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978769045 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Overall, the chapters present a “pluriversal” perspective that mirrors geography's methodological sensitivity to how disasters are shaped by the in-situ conditions in which they unfold. Following such a perspective, the volume both clarifies, and stays attuned to, the multiple, often cross-cutting, spatial and temporal registers upon which disasters are experienced. In doing so, the contributors also expand upon geography's appreciation for how disasters arise from, but also actively contribute to, the material configuration and reconfiguration of space over time.
COLLECTIONS
Wildfires in America A Reference Handbook
Jacqueline Vaughn, Northern Arizona University, USA Explore the many dimensions of wildfires and wildfire prevention in the United States, including fire and forest management policies, wildlife conservation considerations, economic implications, and heightened vulnerabilities stemming from climate change. How have agricultural and public land policies, past and present, responded to the threat of wildfires? What is it like to be a firefighter in the American West, where most of the nation's most devastating wildfires are concentrated? How many thousands of acres are burned up by wildfires every year? Is climate change increasing the severity and frequency of wildfires? This one-stop resource answers all these questions and many more about wildfire and its impacts on American lands and livelihoods. Contemporary World Issues UK March 2026 • US March 2026 248 Pages • 7 bw PB 9798765131374 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765131367 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765131398 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765131381 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
161
GEOGRAPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Water Recycling Revolution Tapping into the Future
Rosemarie Alley & William M. Alley A 2023 Choice Reviews Outstanding Academic Title Move past the “yuck factor” by learning the benefits and science behind recycling wastewater to beat climate change. In recent years, humans have begun to turn the age-old taboo against mixing sewage and drinking water on its head by using advanced treated wastewater to supplement a city’s drinking water supply. This increasingly widespread practice, known as potable reuse, qualifies as nothing less than a drinking water revolution. Water reuse offers a renewable, locally managed, and drought resistant water supply. The Water Recycling Revolution tracks the story of this development, examines the pros and cons, and explores its future potential. In this book, William M. Alley and Rosemarie Alley answer our most pressing questions: How do you get people to overcome the visceral reaction known as the “Yuck Factor” and not only drink, but appreciate, recycled water? What about UK April 2025 • US April 2025 248 Pages HB 9781538160411 • £32.00 / $36.00 PB 9798881808709 • £16.99 / $22.00 ePDF 9798881858674 • £15.29 / $19.80 ePub 9781538160428 • £15.209 / $19.80 Rowman & Littlefield
all those pharmaceuticals and personal care products that people casually flush down the drain? Will diverting discharges from a wastewater treatment plant damage downstream users or ecosystems that previously depended on that water? And what are the implications for climate change? These questions are answered by delving into the history of major water recycling projects from California to Virginia, each with a unique story of what led them to develop potable reuse, as well as the challenges they had to overcome. Additional concerns addressed include pathogens, contaminants of emerging concern, achieving acceptable risk, onsite and decentralized reuse systems, and directpotable reuse. Recycling wastewater can make for a bright future in the fight against climate change, and this book is a valuable resource to convince readers.
162
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
The Luckiest Unlucky Couple A Medical Love Story Alicia C. Shepard The story goes something like this: successful journalist and author, Alicia (Lisa), in her late 50s, is single and mostly happy but has given up on finding love again after her first marriage ended abruptly. Her friends convince her to at least try Match.com, and she finds the love of her life. Then out of the blue, he is diagnosed with melanoma, which has traveled to his brain. Through immunotherapy, he gets cured. And through the process of his illness, she and his children---not especially close before---become a family. That is the first half of the book. Not long after he is pronounced cured, she is diagnosed with lung cancer. That is the second half of the book, wherein she UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages HB 9798216270058 • £20.00 / $28.95 ePDF 9798216270072 • £18.00 / $26.05 ePub 9798216270065 • £18.00 / $26.05 Bloomsbury Academic
struggles with cancer, dying, surrendering to support, gets remarried, and ultimately finds deeper love for all things. The book not only details her emotional journey, it also contains a lot of useful information on cutting-edge immunotherapy techniques, and how to live in the moment when that is not your predisposition. The epilogue, written by her husband, shares life after Lisa's passing. In the appendix the couple shares helpful tips for patients and families wrestling with cancer.
COLLECTIONS
Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy
A Guide for Students, Patients, and Caregivers Nancy Liu-Sullivan, City University of New York College Easy to follow and medical jargon friendly, the book by Dr. Liu-Sullivan (with Foreword by Dr. Garippa of Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, MSKCC) guides readers through a journey on cancer basics, why it is tough to treat, and how cancer immunotherapy that unleashes patient inner cancer-combatting immune power has bestowed an inspirational ray of hope for cancer patients and their loved ones. A collection of 101 storied essays accompanied by context-rich images, Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy: A Guide for Students, Patients, and Caretakers serves as a goto source for gaining a good understanding of the intricate facets of cancer, the constant tug-of-war between host immune cells and cancer counterparts, and how the advent of cancer immunotherapy has offered a paradigm shift in cancer care. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages • 110 images PB 9798765167564 • £15.99 / $21.95 HB 9781538191569 • £65.00 / $90.00 ePDF 9798881855505 • £58.50 / $81.00 ePub 9781538191576 • £58.50 / $81.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy: A Guide for Students, Patients, and Caregivers helps readers understand the ins and out of cancer immunotherapy. This book contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and a dictionary section. Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy covers cancer-devouring viral therapy, tumor-infiltrating immune therapy, cytokine therapy, modified dendritic cell therapy, engineered T cell therapy, cancer preventive vaccines, and cancer therapeutic vaccines, companion topics on cancer basics, immunology fundamentals, and cancer risk reduction.
COLLECTIONS
Manufacturing My Miracle
One Woman’s Quest to Create her Personalized Gene Therapy Jill Dopf Viles Who lives? Who dies? Who decides? One woman's quest to save her family from a rare hereditary disorder and what it means for our collective genetic future In Manufacturing My Miracle, Jill Dopf Viles becomes her own researcher to solve the genetic mystery that has plagued generations of her family. She discovers a link to Olympic hurdler Priscilla Lopes Schliep and, as gene therapy costs $4.25 million per treatment, she miraculously develops her own for a mere $1,500. With her personalized cure stored in her freezer, the most critical decision becomes: should she risk her health to save her family or wait for an industry unlikely to UK July 2025 • US July 2025 224 Pages HB 9781538197226 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798765154649 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538197233 • £22.50 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
prioritize ultra-rare diseases?
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
163
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Sleep Disorders
Elements, History, Treatments, and Research Kathleen J. Sexton-Radek Ph.D. & Gina Graci This sourcebook presents the history of sleep disorders, from restless legs to insomnia to night terrors, alongside emerging research, illustrations of sleep disorders in society, and treatments. Part of the Health and Psychology Sourcebooks series, this compact volume offers concise information on an issue threatening human health and well-being: sleep disorders. The authors are established psychologists and researchers specializing in the study of sleep and sleep disorders, one an editor for the Journal of Sleep Disorders and Therapy and the other a certified behavioral sleep medicine specialist. Health and Psychology Sourcebooks UK February 2026 • US February 2026 184 Pages HB 9781440864452 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781350557703 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781440864469 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9798216145721 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
The book begins with an introduction that underscores how prevalent sleep disorders and the condition of sleep deprivation are in this nation and why they are considered a public health concern. Chapters explain and illustrate disorders including apnea, insomnia, narcolepsy, nightmares, night terrors, and sleepwalking, with each chapter providing an empirical review followed by a case study. For each disorder, history; signs and symptoms; incidence; theory; personal, familial, societal, and economic factors; treatments and solutions; and emerging research are included.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Addictions
Elements, History, Treatments, and Research Edited by Frances R. Frankenburg MD This book offers an accessible and comprehensive yet compact description of various forms of addiction, a disorder suffered by one in every 10 people in the United States. Now thought of as a brain disorder, addiction affects millions of individuals, their families, and society at large. Written by experts who treat people with addiction, this text provides an up-to-date explanation of different addictions with respect to their history, treatments, and related research. Readers will understand the causes, complications, and treatment of addictions after reading this text. Health and Psychology Sourcebooks UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages HB 9781440863394 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765151204 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781440863400 • £22.49 / $22.49 ePub 9798216042198 • £22.49 / $22.49 Bloomsbury Academic
Chapters cover the most serious addictions to drugs—alcohol, tobacco, opioids, stimulants, inhalants, and sedative hypnotics—and to highly addictive activity now recognized as a behavioral addiction, gambling. Research into these addictions and treatments for each specific addiction are reviewed. Chapters also consider rapidly changing issues related to addiction, including the increase in deaths due to the opioid epidemic, the evolving legal status of marijuana, and the use of hallucinogens in therapy. In addition to forms of addiction, the text addresses the neurobiology of addiction; brain pathways involved in addiction are just beginning to be understood.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Eating Disorders Jessica Bartley, U.S. Olympic & Paralympic Committee & Melissa Streno, EDCare Written in accessible language for teens and young adults — those most at risk for these potentially deadly mental disorders — this book provides readers with information to better understand eating disorders. Eating disorders, including anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and binge eating disorder, are some of the most commonly diagnosed mental disorders. They are also the deadliest; in the United States, an individual dies as the result of an eating disorder every hour. What You Need to Know about Eating Disorders is a part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series Inside Diseases and Disorders UK November 2025 • US November 2025 168 Pages HB 9781440862397 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216392644 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440862403 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164357 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
164
UK, Europe, ROW
profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easy-to-navigate structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering basics such as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book, accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about the Flu R. K. Devlin, Independent Scholar, USA What You Need to Know About the Flu offers readers a concise yet in-depth look at the influenza virus and the illness it causes, with both a historical perspective and a contemporary discussion of treatment, prevention, and controversies. Seasonal influenza strikes each winter, sickening millions, causing thousands of hospitalizations and deaths, and resulting in millions of dollars in health care costs and lost work productivity. The flu can also cause periodic epidemics and global pandemics. Experts fear the next public health emergency may be a new and deadly strain of influenza. This accessible guide helps readers understand why the influenza virus is so difficult to combat.
Inside Diseases and Disorders UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages HB 9781440870071 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216375357 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440870088 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164401 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This book is a part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easy-to-navigate structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering basics such as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and management options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book, accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Sleep Disorders John T. Peachey, Medical Psychologist, USA & Diane C. Zelman, Alliant International University, USA This book provides readers with the information they need to know about sleep disorders: the process and purpose of sleep, the importance of good sleep hygiene, and the impact of modern life on our quality of sleep. Good sleep is essential for optimal health, yet a number of sleep disorders can interfere with consistent, restful sleep. From insomnia to sleep apnea and from narcolepsy to restless legs syndrome, these conditions can have an enormous impact on both the quantity and quality of an individual's sleep. What You Need to Know about Sleep Disorders is part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge Inside Diseases and Disorders UK September 2025 • US September 2025 200 Pages HB 9781440873362 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216375791 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440873379 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164395 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
into concise, readable volumes. A list of "Top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easily navigable structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering such basics as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book and are accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Schizophrenia Romeo Vitelli, Psychologist in private practice, Canada Although often depicted as aggressive and unpredictable in movies, people with schizophrenia are actually far more likely to be the victims of violence than perpetrators of it. This book sheds light on the realities of this often misunderstood mental illness. Schizophrenia is a mental disorder characterized by delusions, hallucinations, and disordered thoughts and behaviors. Although schizophrenia requires lifelong treatment, early intervention can help individuals effectively manage their symptoms. Even so, it can be a challenging condition to navigate for both the patient and their loved ones.
Inside Diseases and Disorders UK September 2025 • US September 2025 208 Pages HB 9781440875298 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216375807 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440875304 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164388 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
What You Need to Know about Schizophrenia is part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easy-to-navigate structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering such basics as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book and are accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
165
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Asthma Evelyn B. Kelly While some individuals with asthma consider the condition only a minor nuisance, for others it significantly interferes with daily activities and may even be life-threatening. This book offers readers a broad introduction to this common respiratory issue. Asthma is a respiratory condition marked by spasms, swelling, and excess mucus production in the bronchial passages of the lungs. While asthma can usually be managed with medications and avoidance of certain triggers, it's a serious – potentially deadly – chronic disease.
Inside Diseases and Disorders UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages HB 9781440875571 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216375814 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440875588 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164326 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
What You Need to Know about Asthma is part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easy-to-navigate structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering such basics as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book and are accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Alzheimer's Disease Matthew Domico & Valerie Hill Written by experts in easy-to-understand language, this book offers a quick guide for anyone with a parent, grandparent, or loved one struggling with Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's disease is a neurodegenerative disorder that causes problems with thinking, memory, and behavior. Such symptoms as memory loss usually develop slowly but get worse over time, eventually becoming severe enough to interfere with daily activities and bodily functions. What You Need to Know about Alzheimer's Disease is part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific Inside Diseases and Disorders UK November 2025 • US November 2025 222 Pages HB 9781440870316 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216392484 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440870323 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164319 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "Top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easily navigable structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering such basics as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book and are accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Personality Disorders Katherine M. Helm, Lewis University, USA & Kimberly S. Duris, Lewis University, USA Having a personality disorder is different from simply having personality quirks. Quirks or eccentricities are considered normal; however, when certain dominant personality traits interfere with healthy psychological functioning, a personality disorder might be the cause. This volume provides readers with all the information they need to know about personality disorders, including how to assess, diagnose, treat, and manage the varying signs and symptoms of the 10 personality disorders currently recognized. The latest installment in the Inside Diseases and Disorders series, this book offers a complete overview of the history, Inside Diseases and Disorders UK November 2025 • US November 2025 184 Pages HB 9781440877094 • £42.00 / $61.00 PB 9798216392538 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440877100 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216172550 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
166
UK, Europe, ROW
diagnosis, and treatment of personality disorders. Using recent scholarship and case studies, it also explores the impact these disorders can have on patients and their families.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Headaches Claudio Butticè, Independent researcher, Italy There are numerous types of headaches, each with a unique cause, pain profile, and set of treatment options. This book offers readers a broad introduction to this common, yet often misunderstood, group of conditions. What exactly is going on in your body during a headache? How can they be prevented or managed? How can you tell if your splitting headache is actually a brain tumor? This book provides the answers to these and many other questions. What You Need to Know about Headaches is the latest volume in Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easy-to-navigate structure, with each chapter exploring a particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering such basics as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and Inside Diseases and Disorders UK November 2025 • US November 2025 196 Pages HB 9781440875311 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216392514 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440875328 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164364 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book and are accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
What You Need to Know about Measles Patricia Clayton-LeVasseur Although measles is a preventable disease, today cases are on the rise in the United States because of falling vaccination rates. This book provides a broad introduction to this once widespread and still potentially very dangerous viral infection. Measles is a highly contagious viral infection that can cause serious, even life-threatening, complications. Although the MMR vaccine is effective at preventing measles, the rise of anti-vaccination sentiment in the United States has many experts concerned that measles may once again become a significant public health threat. What You Need to Know about Measles is part of Bloomsbury's Inside Diseases and Disorders series. This series profiles a variety of physical and psychological conditions, distilling and consolidating vast collections of scientific knowledge into concise, readable volumes. A list of "top 10" essential questions begins each book, providing quick-access answers to readers' most pressing concerns. The text follows a standardized, easy-to-navigate structure, with each chapter exploring a Inside Diseases and Disorders UK November 2025 • US November 2025 208 Pages HB 9781440875892 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216392637 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440875908 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216185147 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
particular facet of the topic. In addition to covering such basics as causes, signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment options, books in this series delve into issues that are less commonly addressed but still critically important, such as effects on loved ones and caregivers. Case illustrations highlight key themes discussed in the book and are accompanied by insightful analyses and recommendations.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
167
Q&A HEALTH GUIDES Trusted resources for students seeking clear, evidence-based answers to common health questions. New titles
Now in paperback
Explore the full series: bloomsbury.com/series/qa-health-guides/
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Autism
Your Questions Answered Romeo Vitelli, Psychologist in private practice, Canada Research suggests that about 1% of the world's population is on the autism spectrum. Discover the answers to common questions about living with neurodiversity. Part of the Q&A Health Guides series, this book offers a broad introduction to autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The book’s 47 questions cover what ASD is and its common characteristics, the biological and environmental factors that may lead to ASD, how autism is diagnosed and managed, and how those living with ASD can reach their full potential. Autism: Your Questions Answered addresses these and other topics in a way that both celebrates neurodiversity and acknowledges the many challenges that those with ASD face. Augmenting the main text, a collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through relatable stories and Q&A Health Guides UK May 2026 • US May 2026 136 Pages • 1 bw illus HB 9781440881565 • £45.00 / $61.00 PB 9798765115619 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440881572 • £40.50 / $54.90 ePub 9798765110508 • £40.50 / $54.90 Bloomsbury Academic
insightful recommendations. The common misconceptions section at the beginning of the volume dispels 5 long-standing and harmful myths about ASD, directing readers to additional information in the text. The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar to readers, while the directory of resources curates a list of the most useful books, websites, and other materials. Finally, whether they’re looking for more information about this subject or any other health-related topic, readers can turn to the guide to health literacy section for practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information both on and off the Internet.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Smoking
Your Questions Answered Stacy Mintzer Herlihy An easy-to-use resource for teens wanting to learn more about why nicotine and tobacco are bad for your health and how to quit using them. The information and guidance it offers make it a valuable tool for young adults. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately seven percent of middle school students and 20 percent of high school students use tobacco or nicotine products. Everyone knows smoking is bad for you, so why do so many teens still smoke? Are e-cigarettes, hookah, and smokeless tobacco safer alternatives? How can individuals stop smoking or support the quitting efforts of friends and family? Smoking: Your Questions Answered, a part of Bloomsbury's Q&A Health Guides series, answers these and other questions related to this high-interest topic. Each book in this series follows a reader-friendly question-and-answer format that Q&A Health Guides UK November 2025 • US November 2025 168 Pages HB 9781440864513 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216392668 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440864520 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216145912 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
anticipates readers' needs and concerns. Prevalent myths and misconceptions are identified and dispelled, and a collection of case studies illustrates key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations. The book also includes a section on health literacy, equipping teens and young adults with practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information both on and off the internet—important skills that contribute to a lifetime of healthy decision-making.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
169
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
The Science of Drinking
How Alcohol Affects Your Body and Mind, 2nd Edition Amitava Dasgupta Alcohol is a double-edged sword with many health benefits if consumed in moderation but detrimental if consumed in excess. Therefore, it is important for the general public to understand how to consume alcohol sensibly, its health benefits, as well as the dangers of drinking in excess. The first edition of the book focused on guidelines for drinking based on published scientific evidence of health benefits of alcohol as well as adverse effects of consuming too much alcohol without providing any judgement on what a person should or should not do. Those guidelines were changed in 2015.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 360 Pages HB 9798765189825 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765189849 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798765189832 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The 2nd edition of the book will provide new guidelines on how much to drink in a nice evening dinner without taking any risk of DWI and will include updated scientific information based on publications from 2011 until 2024. After reading this book a reader may enjoy their next drink with a fuller understanding of the rewards of consuming alcohol in moderation.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Parents in Recovery
Navigating a Sober Family Lifestyle Sarah Allen Benton Parents in Recovery is not a book about “how” to parent. It is also not a book about “how” to get sober. Instead, it is meant to be a guide for parents in recovery (PIRs) from substance use disorders that provides insights and strategies for coping with the many unique and not so unique, challenges they may face. It is also intended to give the loved ones and families of PIRs an inside look at this world and explain why certain changes and behaviors are necessary to maintain long-term recovery. Each chapter is an integration of research, the voices of parents in recovery, input from addiction treatment experts, parent recovery wisdom suggestions and the author’s past journal accounts. This book is written for those who have embraced sobriety before, during or after becoming a parent and can serve as a “job-aid” on this journey. Key topics include love and marriage, family systems, work and life balance, self-care, parenting types, sober socializing, coping with hard times, mental UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages HB 9781538181898 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798216451921 • £15.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798881866112 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538181904 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
health and recovery pride. This book also addresses modern-day challenges, including the use of electronics, social media, career identity, social trends, non-traditional parental roles and living in a post-COVID-19 pandemic world. While many parents feel shame associated with aspects of their addiction, this book emphasizes the gifts and accomplishments of being in recovery and how they positively impact the entire family system.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Prescription Drugs
A Reference Handbook David E. Newton, Independent Scholar, USA Prescription drugs are a basic and invaluable part of society today, but there is debate surrounding the methods of testing new drugs, the possible misuse of prescription drugs, and the economics of drug production and use. This book examines the evolution of prescription drugs in the United States, as well as the formation of the pharmaceutical industry. It begins with a history of prescription drugs, dating back to their origins, then moves through the Industrial Revolution and into the present day. It also delves into the issues and controversies related to prescription drugs, such as drug costs, regulations, prescription drug abuse, insurance complications, and more. Both implemented and proposed solutions are also discussed. Contemporary World Issues UK December 2025 • US December 2025 360 Pages • 7 bw illus HB 9781440877728 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216396819 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440877735 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216131854 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
170
UK, Europe, ROW
One of the most valuable aspects of the book is that it surveys the history of prescription drugs in a manner that helps the reader identify key issues in an easy-to-understand fashion. Finally, the perspectives chapter allows a broad range of voices to be heard, allowing crucial, diverse perspectives to round out the author's expertise.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Internet Addiction Kathryn Vercillo The internet has transformed the world we live in, but it also poses new risks to our psychological well-being. This book provides an introduction to the issue of internet addiction, an increasingly common problem. All day, every day, we are connected to the internet, putting most people at some level of risk for internet addiction. Problematic internet use can take many forms, including overuse of social media and addictions to online shopping, gaming, or pornography. Such behaviors can cause anxiety, depression, sleep deprivation, loneliness, and physical health problems. People can lose their jobs and families, and in a few extreme cases, internet addiction has directly led to the death of the addicted individual or a child in their care. Health and Medical Issues Today UK January 2026 • US January 2026 216 Pages HB 9781440866067 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216445524 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440866074 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216104025 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This book explores what internet addiction is, the many forms it can take, and the serious consequences it can have. It examines a number of controversies and issues, such as balancing the internet's benefits against its addictive nature. It also provides a variety of useful materials, including case studies, a timeline of critical events, and a directory of resources.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Genetic Testing Sarah Boslaugh, Independent researcher, USA Genetic testing has provided important clues to understanding our health, but it has also raised many ethical, legal, and medical questions and concerns. This book explores the breadth of genetic testing, its possibilities, and the controversies that surround its use. The mapping of the human genome has paved the way for a variety of genetic tests. Expectant mothers can have their fetus screened for a variety of genetic abnormalities, and couples worried that they might be carriers for a genetic disorder can be tested before deciding to have children. Women can be screened for the BRCA2 gene that has been linked to increased risk of breast cancer. Individuals curious about their ancestry can find out more about their heritage. Genetic testing can also be used to establish paternity and help solve crimes. Health and Medical Issues Today UK January 2026 • US January 2026 216 Pages HB 9781440866500 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216445517 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440866517 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216089179 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This book explores the history of genetic testing, including the rise of direct-to-consumer tests, and outlines the current applications and contexts in which genetic testing is performed. It delves deep into the ethical, legal, financial, medical, and psychological issues and controversies that surround genetic testing. It also provides a variety of useful materials, including case studies, a timeline of critical events, and a directory of resources.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Organ Donation Sarah Boslaugh, Independent researcher, USA Offering a comprehensive yet accessible look at organ donation and transplantation, this book examines the scientific, medical, social, legal, and ethical issues surrounding it. Readers will discover how new technologies and medical advances are shaping the future of organ donation. Donated organs and tissues have improved or saved the lives of hundreds of thousands of individuals, but these lifechanging procedures also raise many logistical and ethical questions. How can organs be effectively allocated to those in need? Should individuals be allowed to purchase organs from living donors? What role does religion and culture play in someone's decision to donate or accept an organ? Will new technologies like bioprinting change the future of organ Health and Medical Issues Today
donation? This book answers all these questions and more.
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 186 Pages HB 9781440876219 • £35.00 / $46.00 PB 9798216445548 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440876226 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216125389 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
171
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Today's Health Care Issues Democrats and Republicans
Robert B. Hackey, Providence College, USA & Todd M. Olszewski, Providence College, USA "With misinformation and disinformation everywhere, a book that provides facts without an agenda is a welcome resource for public, academic, and consumer health collections." – Library Journal This book provides a comprehensive introduction to significant U.S. health policy controversies, including Democratic and Republican responses to the coronavirus pandemic. It explores partisan divisions, major challenges, and policy preferences of key Democratic and Republican stakeholders. Across the Aisle UK September 2025 • US September 2025 416 Pages HB 9781440869150 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216375296 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440869167 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216156260 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This volume provides readers with a broad overview of a variety of issues in contemporary health policy that span health care reform, health insurance, pharmaceuticals, public health, health care for underserved populations, and responses to the COVID-19 pandemic. The book explores the politics of each issue, drawing upon historical evidence, legislative research, public opinion polls, and the views of key decision makers from both Democratic and Republican perspectives. This coverage provides readers with a clear sense of how policymakers from each party think about the issues involved.
COLLECTIONS
A Patient's Guide to Clinical Trials
Navigating the Promise and Pitfalls of Experimental Treatments Jose-Alberto Palma Every year, millions of people face life-threatening illnesses for which effective treatments are limited or nonexistent. Yet only a small fraction of patients participates in clinical trials, even though these studies are vital to developing new therapies. Fewer than 8 percent of adult cancer patients take part in these trials, with even lower rates among Black and Hispanic populations. This gap is not merely due to a lack of interest; the clinical trial process can be daunting, often leaving patients and their families uninformed, unprepared and overwhelmed. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages HB 9798881842475 • £24.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798216352037 • £21.60 / $28.80 ePub 9798216351696 • £21.60 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
This book offers a much-needed, clear, balanced, and comprehensive guidance at a moment when patient-centered care has never been more important. It demystifies how trials work, what patients can expect, and how to weigh the promise of cutting-edge treatments against the challenges and potential risks involved. It simultaneously empowers patients and caregivers to make informed decisions, turning a process that can feel intimidating into one that is understandable, navigable, and ultimately hopeful.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Bizarre Medicine
Unusual Treatments and Practices through the Ages Ruth Clifford Engs Explore historical and contemporary fringe remedies seen as strange, ridiculous, or even gruesome by modern Western medicine but which nevertheless played an important role in the history of medicine. From placing leeches on the neck to treat a cough to using crocodile dung to prevent pregnancy, a number of medical treatments that now seem unusual were once commonplace. While a few of these remedies may have been effective, most were either useless or actually counterproductive to good health. Even today, there are alternative and fringe treatments considered bizarre by mainstream medicine yet are used by hundreds of thousands of people. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 376 Pages • 16 bw illus HB 9781440871245 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216445562 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440871252 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216054139 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Bizarre Medicine: Unusual Treatments and Practices through the Ages offers a fascinating look into the history of medicine. Entries are organized by disease or medical condition and explore the folk and traditional "cures" used to treat them. Explanations are provided for why some treatments may have worked and why others may have done more harm than good. In addition, entries provide a clear description of the causes, symptoms, and current treatment options for each condition based on current scientific understanding. Each entry also discusses the condition's enduring impact on society and the arts.
172
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
The Gut Microbiome
Exploring the Connection between Microbes, Diet, and Health Ana Maria R. Moise, nutritionist in private practice, USA Most people know that the digestive tract contains billions of helpful gut bacteria, but what exactly do these bacteria do, and what are the negative effects when these microorganisms are harmed by our diet and lifestyle choices? What impacts might they have on conditions such as irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), obesity, and autism? The gut microbiome is known as "the forgotten organ" because it is not identified as part of the human body per se, yet it has an immense influence on many systems in the body. The Gut Microbiome: Exploring the Connection between Microbes, Diet, and Health explains what the microbiome is, the many functions it serves, how it can be either harmed or supported by our actions, and the role it may play in various diseases and in determining our overall health. The book examines the various potential causes of imbalance in the microbiome, such as diet and other lifestyle factors, and then identifies strategies for improving human health by protecting the gut microbiota. The science-based information is detailed but UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages PB 9798765133668 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765133620 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765133644 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765133637 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
accessible to general readers or students without extensive background knowledge. This second edition features a new chapter exploring the impacts that specific micronutrients and phytochemicals have on the microbiome. This edition also includes extensive updating throughout, synthesizing the latest research findings and providing expanded coverage of important topics.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Debating Your Plate
The Most Controversial Foods and Ingredients Randi Minetor, Independent researcher, USA Examining the most controversial foods and ingredients, this book provides an objective, well-balanced look at their health benefits and risks. It equips readers with the information they need to make their own informed decisions about what they eat. Most people aspire to eat healthy, but what exactly does that mean? While some foods like vegetables are universally acknowledged as beneficial, and others like added sugars are widely condemned, many foods have a more controversial reputation. Debating Your Plate: The Most Controversial Foods and Ingredients offers in-depth coverage of some of the most hotlydebated items on grocery store shelves and dinner plates. Each entry provides thorough background and contextual UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages HB 9781440874352 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216445555 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440874369 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216072430 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
information before examining the unique issues and controversies that surround that food or ingredient. Written in clear, unbiased language, the book allows readers to form their own opinions about which items to include in their diet and which to avoid. On a larger scale, the book also examines why nutrition science is so prone to controversy and ambiguity, and it offers readers guidance on how to evaluate health claims for themselves.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
173
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
Arousal, Answered
An Expert’s Guide to Authentic Pleasure and Liberating Sex Kayna Cassard Unlock the Science of Desire—Your Path to Authentic Pleasure Starts Here Our culture is obsessed with sex—but beneath the glossy headlines and quick fixes, countless people are quietly struggling with disappointment, anxiety, and shame around intimacy. Arousal, Answered offers a radically different approach: one that begins with compassion, science, and the truth that there is no one-size-fits-all formula for desire. Drawing on trauma-informed neuroscience, cutting-edge sexual science, and nearly two decades of clinical expertise, Kayna Cassard, MA, LMFT, introduces the Arousal Architecture™, a groundbreaking model that helps you understand your unique pathways to pleasure. Through five dimensions—Sexual Stimulation, Embodied Experiences, Mental Headspace, Energetic Connection, and Erotic Exploration—Cassard provides a personalized roadmap to unlock authentic arousal and UK February 2026 • US January 2026 312 Pages • 10 Tables HB 9798881800345 • £20.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798765160817 • £18.00 / $30.60 ePub 9798881800352 • £18.00 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
liberate your sex life from outdated norms. This isn’t another book about becoming a sexual god/goddess or chasing unrealistic ideals. Instead, Cassard offers practical tools, exercises, and communication strategies to overcome sexual anxieties, heal from painful experiences, and build confidence in your intimate relationships. With an inclusive lens that honors gender diversity, non-monogamy, kink, and the impact of oppression on sexual wellness, you will be empowered to rewrite their sexual narratives—without shame, fear, or pressure. Whether you’re seeking to reignite desire, deepen connection, or simply understand yourself better, this book is your invitation to a new era of sexual well-being: one that is expansive, empowering, and deeply personal.
COLLECTIONS
Go with Your Flow
A Revolutionary Guide to Better Periods, Balanced Hormones, and a Cycle That Works for You Dr. Alexandra MacKillop What Google can’t explain and your doctor won’t -- you have the power to take charge of your own health. Women are told the pill is the solution to every hormonal issue, but it’s not. From painful periods to fertility struggles, real concerns are too often brushed aside. This empowering guide, written by a functional medicine physician, offers sciencebacked strategies that align with your menstrual cycle. You’ll gain the clarity and tools to balance your hormones, fix your periods, and feel your best by finally understanding the resilience, power, and wisdom of your body.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 336 Pages PB 9798881804176 • £16.99 / $27.95 ePDF 9798765165195 • £15.29 / $25.15 ePub 9798881804183 • £15.209 / $25.15 Bloomsbury Academic
174
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages • 1 BW Photo, 6 Tables HB 9798881801007 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881860530 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798881801014 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 248 Pages • 13 bw illus, 15 tables, 2 textboxes HB 9798881805791 • £25.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798765155226 • £22.50 / $27.00 ePub 9798881805807 • £22.50 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
In Pursuit of the Good Life
The Power in the Middle
Dustin Brisson
Elizabeth O'Brien
An invaluable resource for students to improve their personal well-being and thrive in college. The college experience offers educational and social opportunities that can be incredibly rewarding for students. For many, however, college is a time of extreme anxiety and stress but it doesn't have to be. In Pursuit of the Good Life: Strategies for Well-Being and Success in College digs into the challenges that most frequently plague students and provides practical guidance to overcome these difficulties and thrive. Turning on its head the idea that academic success leads to improved well-being, this book instead rests on the foundation that personal well-being is the pillar that supports all other success in college. Organized by key challenges facing students, each chapter explores the research and reasoning surrounding the issue being discussed and offers guidance and exercises to assist the student in navigating and even gaining from the challenge. Covering such topics as anxiety, lack of motivation, group dynamics, and busyness vs productiveness, In Pursuit of the Good Life not only provides students with the skills to maximize the benefits of higher education, but to be happy, as well.
The average life expectancy in the U.S. for men and women hovers around 80 years old—and at 40, we usually start to hear phrases like, “I’m over the hill” or “past my prime.” For women, this phase of life, which starts as early as 35 and lasts into their 50s, can be particularly distressing. Most women believe that midlife is the beginning of the end of their lives, but the truth is that midlife can be the beginning of a new and better life if you have the right values and mindset. The Power in the Middle: Navigating Your Life with Confidence gives midlife women the tools and information they need to refine and redefine their values to live fully in the second half of life.
Strategies for Well-Being and Success in College
Navigating Your Midlife with Confidence
COLLECTIONS
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 208 Pages PB 9780761874362 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9780761878360 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9780761874379 • £16.19 / $22.45 Hamilton Books
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 256 Pages PB 9781399427678 • £10.99 / $18.00 ePub 9789390513765 • £8.79 / $14.40 Bloomsbury Business
Never Let Them See You Sweat
Live While You're Alive
Leigh Vinocur
Shiv Khera
2025 American Bookfest Best Book Awards Finalist, Women’s Health
Bestselling author SHIV KHERA is back with a new book!
Get ready to learn how to harness stress for success with insight, personal stories, and laughs from a medical doctor who shows the science behind the advice and methods.
This time he turns his focus on STRESS, the silent killer. He offers his unique take on how to tackle stress in life, be it at work, at home, in relationships or even on the road!
In her new book, part-memoir, part self-help, Never Let Them See You Sweat, Dr. Leigh empowers women by relating to stresses as a single mother, careerminded woman in a male-dominated field, and experienced doctor, appearing across a multitude of televised news broadcast in the country. This book was conceived and crafted during a particularly trying time in Dr. Leigh’s life, alongside living through the unprecedented pandemic, in which she found herself contemplating and discovering the truth about stress and how she could pass along advice and guidance to assist other women through daily stress and challenging times. Dr. Leigh offers a candid look behind-the-scenes of her professional, and sometimes hilarious, journey through life and the knowledge she’s accumulated, because beyond the “all together” TV appearances and years of medical experience, she is still a woman under pressure and a bit of a neurotic perfectionist who had to learn how to never let them see her sweat!
Written in his signature accessible style with catchy one-liners and illustrated with relatable examples, Live While You’re Alive will compel you to take charge of your life.
How Science Can Help Us Harness Stress for Success
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
Overcome stress and live a meaningful life
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
175
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Afraid
Understanding the Purpose of Fear and Harnessing the Power of Anxiety Arash Javanbakht, MD About a third of the world population suffers from an anxiety disorder, and half of Americans have had at least one traumatic experience like rape, assault, shooting, or natural disasters. Fear is one of the most deeply rooted biological mechanisms that has evolved over hundreds of millions of years in the brains and bodies of animals and humans with one key mission: to increase our chance of survival. Fear is deeply woven into our biology, culture, politics, and day to day life. But why are we so scared? How does fear work in our brains? Why does our body react the way it does when we are scared? What is the evolutionary purpose of fear? Why do we enjoy watching horror movies? How does the brain of a brave person work differently than others? How do we learn to be afraid, and how can we unlearn? Is fear good or bad for UK October 2025 • US October 2025 200 Pages • 2 b/w photos HB 9781538170380 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798881805425 • £12.99 / $18.00 ePDF 9798765154076 • £11.69 / $16.20 ePub 9781538170397 • £11.69 / $16.20 Rowman & Littlefield
creativity? Can we use fear to our advantage? How is fear used to manipulate us? In this book, a psychiatrist and neuroscientist answers these questions. It is a comprehensive review of fear and anxiety in most tangible aspects of the modern life. Arash Javanbakht explores how our childhood experiences define the role fear plays in us as adults, how fear may or may not affect our genes, what excessive fear and anxiety can do to our brains and bodies, and the role of fear in the wake of trauma.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Who Am I?
Understanding Identity and the Many Ways We Define Ourselves Christine L. B. Selby, University of Massachusetts–Amherst, USA What is identity? What factors contribute to it, how does it develop, and how does a strong or weak sense of self impact one's health, happiness, and future? Many of us grapple with the seemingly simple question, "Who am I?" and struggle to integrate our experiences at school, at home, and with friends into our burgeoning sense of identity. How we see ourselves can influence the friends we choose, the decisions we make, and our mental and physical well-being. Having a strong sense of self can help us resist peer pressure, avoid risky behaviors, and make choices and plans that align with our values and interests. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages HB 9781440872044 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216452089 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440872051 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216164937 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Who Am I? Understanding Identity and the Many Ways We Define Ourselves examines the subjects of identity and identity formation across the lifespan, with special emphasis on the teenage years. Beyond simply discussing relevant psychological theories, the book focuses on how identity formation happens in the real world and how it affects daily life. It also includes a collection of fictional case studies that provide concrete, relatable illustrations of concepts discussed in the book.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Lies
The Science behind Deception Rachelle M. Smith Examining the phenomenon of deception from a variety of perspectives and in a multitude of contexts, this encyclopedia offers readers insight on when, why, and how we lie. The ironic truth is that everyone lies. From innocent "white lies" to elaborate deceptions, humans appear to be hard-wired for dishonesty. But what psychological or evolutionary purpose does lying serve? What motivates us to lie, and what effects do such lies have on those around us and on our own physiology and mental health? What are the differences between types of lies, and how do various forms of dishonesty manifest themselves in such areas as politics, advertising, and social media? And, perhaps most importantly, how can we spot liars in our everyday lives and encourage those around us — and even UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages HB 9781440867590 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216452140 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440867606 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216111504 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
176
UK, Europe, ROW
ourselves — to be more honest? Lies: The Science behind Deception provides a broad and multifaceted introduction to this fascinating topic. More than 175 entries address the many forms of lying, the purpose and development of such behaviors, and their consequences. It also includes practical sidebars that help readers to deal with lying and liars in their own lives.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
Then Comes Baby
An Honest Conversation about Birth, Postpartum, and the Complex Transition to Parenthood Jessica Vernon The transformation to parenthood is arguably the most pivotal and vulnerable journey of a person’s entire life. Despite this, pregnant and new parents are often only provided resources regarding how to care for their baby—not for themselves. In Then Comes Baby: An Honest Conversation about Birth, Postpartum, and the Complex Transition to Parenthood, Jessica Vernon draws from her own experience as an OB/GYN and mom to delve into the physical and mental parts of birth and the postpartum journey that new and expecting parents aren’t prepared for because they just aren’t talked about. She walks readers through birthing plans, what to expect during labor, the emotional and physical reality once the baby is born, postpartum recovery, hormones, sleep, the myths of motherhood, and more. With an open and empathetic voice, Dr. Vernon UK May 2025 • US May 2025 224 Pages • 4 BW Photos, 2 Tables, 10 Textboxes PB 9781538195925 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798881858681 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781538195932 • £13.49 / $17.95 Rowman & Littlefield
shares personal stories and common issues that come up in her own practice to provide support without judgment. The disconnect between the expectations and reality of becoming a parent has left many feeling blindsided, anxious, guilty, and alone. Then Comes Baby looks to change that, preparing and empowering birthing people through the physical, mental, and emotional aspects of becoming a parent.
COLLECTIONS
Hiccups
A Pediatrician Mom's Guide to Surviving Your First Year of Parenthood Diane Arnaout, Pediatrician The quintessential guide for new parents while they navigate the joys and challenges of their baby’s first year. Parenting these days is harder than ever, and having a new baby in the age of social media is both a blessing and a curse. It can be hard to know what information out there is sound and trustworthy. In Hiccups: A Pediatrician Mom’s Guide to Surviving Your First Year of Parenthood, Dr. Diane Arnaout provides a down-toearth and (very, very) honest guide for the first year of your baby’s life. She covers the most common questions she gets daily in her office and on social media—she’s seen and heard it all—and breaks down the science of babies in an easy way UK April 2026 • US April 2026 296 Pages HB 9798881806095 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798216373971 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9798881806101 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
for any parent looking to be led by evidence, not influencers. From reflux to snot, food allergies to vaccines, sleep regressions to illnesses, Dr. Diane leaves no stone unturned. Hiccups provides new parents with encouragement and reassurance from a pediatrician mom who’s been there, with a dose of humor and personal anecdotes alongside evidence and science. Featuring easy-to-read recommendations for at-home care and guidance for when to call the doctor, Hiccups lets parents know the weird “normals” of babies, understand the science behind the way they are, and experience the joy of every milestone reached.
COLLECTIONS
Challenging Boys
A Proven Plan for Keeping Your Cool and Helping Your Son Thrive J. Timothy Davis, PhD An innovative approach for parents of challenging boys to prevent meltdowns and put out fires Parenting is often called the toughest job you will ever love. If you have a challenging boy, one who won’t take no for an answer, argues every decision, and explodes at the slightest provocation, you know how incredibly tough parenting can be. But with the right tools, you can bring out the best in your child—and in you as a parent. In Challenging Boys: A Proven Plan for Keeping Your Cool and Helping Your Son Thrive, Timothy Davis draws on his UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages • 1 BW Photo HB 9781538191125 • £18.99 / $25.00 ePDF 9798881862985 • £17.09 / $22.50 ePub 9781538191132 • £17.09 / $22.50 Rowman & Littlefield
experience as a child and family psychologist, father of three, and volunteer firefighter to help parents remain calm and in control even when it feels like the house is on fire during yet another meltdown. Like a firefighter, Davis teaches parents how to create a plan ahead of time to prepare for emergencies. He shows how to identify and manage specific triggers, recognize the patterns that challenging episodes follow, and plan for de-escalating a meltdown when it does occur. This plan is not a one-size-fits-all approach, because every boy is unique; instead, it is based on the child’s individual needs and each parent’s strength.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
177
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
The Nurture Method
Mindful Parenting with Babies Lindsay Ambrose & Arden Joy Today’s parents want to raise mindful, self-aware, wholehearted kids. But parents of infants quickly find that most resources only address mindfulness for those with older children. Enter The Nurture Method: Mindful Parenting with Babies, which gives parents the tools, skills, and practical strategies to be more mindful, connected, and positive with their little ones. The Nurture Method is a practical, evidence-based guide that helps tired parents learn to cultivate mindfulness, connection, and presence with their baby. Written by two moms and well-being experts, this book takes the perfectionism out of parenting, providing a relatable and accessible approach to enjoying more and stressing less. Backed by science and grounded in research, it offers a framework for understanding how to be more present in the parenting journey and create a UK August 2025 • US August 2025 nurturing atmosphere at home. Real-life examples, step-by-step techniques, and beautiful illustrations make it easy to 216 Pages • 20 b/w illustrations; 3 textboxes implement these methods, even on the most chaotic of days. HB 9798881807191 • £20.00 / $28.00 ePDF 9798765165232 • £18.00 / $25.20 ePub 9798881807207 • £18.00 / $25.20 Acknowledging that early childhood can be one of the most difficult times for new parents, The Nurture Method shows Bloomsbury Academic
readers how to distill the concepts of mindfulness into activities that can be sprinkled into everyday life.
COLLECTIONS
The Deaf Baby Instruction Manual
A Guide for Parents of Deaf and Hard of Hearing Children from Birth Through Kindergarten Will Fertman, Writer A direct and approachable guide for parents of deaf or hard of hearing children. About 90% of all deaf or hard of hearing (DHH) children are born to parents with typical hearing, so for many moms and dads, their baby will be the first DHH person they’ve ever met. In The Deaf Baby Instruction Manual, Will Fertman provides the essential information parents need to support their kids from birth through kindergarten and beyond. Fertman not only draws on his own experiences as the father of a deaf child but also UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 7 bw photos PB 9798765189375 • £20.00 / $27.95 ePDF 9798765189399 • £18.00 / $25.15 ePub 9798765189382 • £18.00 / $25.15 Bloomsbury Academic
includes insight and advice from the experts: Deaf educators and researchers who have both the topic knowledge and firsthand experience growing up DHH. The manual begins with a quick-start guide to get parents oriented with the basics, and then dives into day-to-day caregiving, family dynamics, medical and educational topics, and parental self-care. Fertman tackles complex issues—from learning sign language and navigating IEPs to considering cochlear implants and avoiding language deprivation—with honesty and humor, breaking out key information into FAQs for easy reference and adding dad jokes along the way.
COLLECTIONS
Your Neurodiverse Child
How to Help Kids with Learning, Attention, and Neurocognitive Challenges Thrive Nechama Sorscher, PhD Provides invaluable information and practical strategies to empower neurodiverse children to thrive. Globally, the prevalence of children with challenges has increased dramatically. Unfortunately, these children are often labeled as 'bad', 'stupid', or lazy'. They are frequently left feeling totally helpless and despondent about their problems, blaming themselves for their poor performance. It's essential for parents, caregivers, and teachers to understand how to support these kids to ensure their success. In Your Neurodiverse Child: How to Help Kids with Learning, Attention, and Neurocognitive Challenges Thrive Dr. Nechama Sorscher educates the reader on how to identify and work with children with Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD), Learning Disorders (LD), and Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). She explains each disorder in a clear and accessible manner, debunks myths and misconceptions about neurodiverse children, and includes the latest research, interventions, UK April 2025 • US April 2025 184 Pages • 1 BW Photos HB 9781538192139 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881865238 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538192146 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
178
UK, Europe, ROW
and modification recommendations. With a wealth of experience, Dr. Sorscher also provides practical strategies to nurture each child and empower them to find success in all areas of life, whether on the playground, in the classroom, or at home. Featuring compelling stories of children who have confronted these challenges, Your Neurodiverse Child shows how identification and intervention can change a child's pattern of failure to success. It offers parents and educators crucial insights to help foster a loving relationship where children are accepted for their differences and given the tools to thrive.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
The Mission at Home
Navigating Military Assignments, TRICARE, Education, Benefits, and Everyday Life with Your Child on the Autism Spectrum Jaime B. Parent & Elizabeth Tracy Parent Your Mission at Home Matters as Much as the One in Uniform. Authors Jaime and Elizabeth Parent draw on decades of experience as parents, military family members, and professionals to offer clarity and compassion for families navigating autism within the unique demands of military life. Their insights blend practical strategies with empathy, helping you manage healthcare, education, benefits, and transitions during service and beyond. Inside, you’ll discover how to: Navigate TRICARE, EFMP, and other military programs with confidence; Plan for school transitions and advocate effectively UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages HB 9781538196823 • £28.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765160206 • £25.20 / $34.20 ePub 9781538196830 • £25.20 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
for your child; Access benefits and build a long-term financial strategy; Prepare for life after service, including housing and employment options; Reduce stress and strengthen family resilience through proven tools; This is a roadmap for thriving in both missions crafted by those who’ve lived it.
COLLECTIONS
The Parenting Paradox
Loving Our Children by Giving Them Space to Grow Jenny Brown, Family therapist, author Many devoted parents instinctively step in to protect and guide their children yet struggle knowing when to step back. While “helicopter parenting” is widely discouraged, parents are often left without clear, practical alternatives. In The Parenting Paradox: Loving Our Children by Giving Them Space to Grow, Dr. Jenny Brown offers a new perspective-not about loving less, but about shifting the anxious energy that often comes with deep parental care to a more constructive type of love. Dr. Brown sheds light on the cultural forces shaping today’s intensive parenting, revealing how well-meaning advice can often undermine a parent’s growth and confidence. Through real-life experiences and professional insights, she challenges the message that constant intervention is necessary for a child to flourish and instead provides a thoughtful, UK June 2026 • US June 2026 296 Pages • 3 bw images, 4 tables HB 9798765161968 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765161982 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798765161975 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
lasting approach to fostering independence. Rather than offering a quick fix or the latest parenting trend, The Parenting Paradox provides a sustainable path forward. Dr. Brown helps parents navigate their own fears while giving their children space to build confidence and resilience.
COLLECTIONS
Breaking Up With ODD
A 7-Week Guide to Parent-Child Attachment and Cooperation Through Love and Consequences Joanne Wilkoff Wilson, PhD An innovative seven-week guide for parents to help their child overcome Oppositional Defiant Disorder. Children are not born with Oppositional Defiant Disorder (ODD), they are born with a 'difficult' temperament. But once ODD takes hold, parent and child often become locked in a toxic relationship that is filled with anger, coercion, and negativity, despite the parent's best intentions. In Breaking Up With ODD, behavioral child psychologist Dr. Joanne Wilkoff Wilson provides parents with a practical, weekby-week guide to her innovative seven-week intervention program for children with ODD. Using a method called Family Attachment Skills Training (FAST), this book includes eight key advances in parent management training that emphasize the UK May 2025 • US May 2025 200 Pages • 5 BW Photos, 3 Tables, 1 Textbox PB 9781538198469 • £17.99 / $24.00 ePDF 9798881855390 • £16.19 / $21.60 ePub 9781538198476 • £16.19 / $21.60 Rowman & Littlefield
importance of healing the relationship between parent and child. It includes attachment activities, novel games, a tantrum solution, and, most importantly, a 'love and consequences' approach. Parent management training has long been seen as the hallmark of treatment for ODD, but the FAST program moves this training into the twenty-first century. Breaking Up With ODD teaches parents to re-establish attachment with their child through play, praise, affection, and monitoring, and, in the end, teaches the child how to show their best side to the world.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
179
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
The Grandparent Effect
Helping Children Thrive Through Love, Support, and Connection Kristen J. Amundson, Author In The Grandparent Effect, Kristen Amundson reveals the many ways that grandparents can have a positive impact on their grandchildren. From preschool through high school, Amundson highlights programs that involve grandparents, explains the most current research in child development and education, shares stories of active and involved grandparents, and provides resources for further enrichment. Throughout, she emphasizes the importance of grandparents supporting their own children in their parenting journey and not overstepping, offering guidance on how best to integrate new parenting methods into their grandparenting efforts. Featuring fun activities and recommendations for educating while spending quality time with grandchildren, and with a UK March 2026 • US March 2026 280 Pages • 5 textboxes HB 9798881807177 • £25.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881867690 • £22.50 / $32.40 ePub 9798881807184 • £22.50 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
chapter specially for grandparents who have become primary caregivers, The Grandparent Effect is a much-needed resource for grandparents who are already involved and for those who want to do more. Because the love and support of grandparents, whether from far away or in the home, can make all the difference.
COLLECTIONS
A Mindful Teen
Helping Today's Teenagers Thrive through Gratitude, Acceptance, Intention, and Nonjudgment Greg Hammer, MD The teen years have always been stressful—a time of rapid development of the mind and body, constant downward pressure on self-esteem, and increased fear and anxiety. Added to these age-old issues are the new stressors of social media, smartphones, the internet, school violence, and more. How are teens to deal with this stress? And how can parents support them? In A Mindful Teen: Helping Today’s Teenagers Thrive Through Gratitude, Acceptance, Intention, and Nonjudgment, parents and other “first responders”—teachers, coaches, counselors, and relatives—are provided with invaluable coping strategies for their children. Each chapter takes a deep dive into the challenges and pressures teenagers face and offers solutions UK September 2025 • US September 2025 224 Pages • 1 table HB 9798881806118 • £20.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798765165355 • £18.00 / $27.00 ePub 9798881806125 • £18.00 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
based on mindfulness practices that parents and teens can work through together. Grounded in the GAIN methodology, which emphasizes gratitude, acceptance, intention, and nonjudgment, A Mindful Teen offers a simple yet effective message: we can all learn to be more mindful and aware of our experiences to become happier, confident, and more fulfilled.
COLLECTIONS
Coping with a Parent Who Overdrinks Insights and Tips for Teenagers Michelle Shreeve Teenagers who live with a parent who overdrinks often feel isolated and alone, but the unfortunate truth is that far too many young people live with a parent who drinks too much alcohol. Coping with a Parent Who Overdrinks: Insights and Tips for Teenagers offers comfort and guidance for anyone struggling with a parent who overdrinks. Readers will learn: How to take care of themselves; Valuable coping methods; That they are not alone; Insight from others with an overdrinking parent; Tips for seeking out support With expert advice, useful resources, relevant organizations, and movie references to provide additional perspective, Coping with a Parent Who Overdrinks is a valuable guide to help teenagers face the challenging road ahead with knowledge, Empowering You
courage, and care.
UK April 2025 • US April 2025 160 Pages • 7 BW Illustrations, 19 Textboxes PB 9781538177679 • £19.99 / $28.00 ePDF 9798881856342 • £17.99 / $25.20 ePub 9781538177686 • £17.99 / $25.20 Rowman & Littlefield
180
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Teen Mental Health
An Encyclopedia of Issues and Solutions Edited by Len Sperry Providing a concise introduction to the mental health topics of greatest concern to adolescents, this encyclopedia helps readers understand mental disorders and the importance of psychological well-being. Addressing mental illness and prioritizing psychological well-being are important at any age, but the teen years present unique challenges. Hormonal changes, peer pressure, and the demands of school and a busy social life combined with many other factors put adolescents at high risk for mental health problems. Certain disorders, such as depression and anxiety, are particularly prevalent in this age group, as are risky behaviors like substance abuse, self-harm, and distracted driving. Today's teens also face uniquely modern threats to their psychological well-being, such as Internet addiction and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 416 Pages HB 9781440876875 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216452157 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440876882 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216185161 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
social media–induced fear of missing out (FOMO). Yet, there are also ample opportunities for adolescents to strengthen their mental health and resiliency through such practices as meditation, activism, and youth leadership. Teen Mental Health: An Encyclopedia of Issues and Solutions is a ready-reference guide to the mental health topics that most affect the lives of American teens in the 21st century. Entries are accessibly written and feature extensive crossreferencing and helpful further reading lists. This volume also offers a collection of recommended resources, including a number of hotlines for teens in crisis.
COLLECTIONS
Let's Talk About Money
Low-Conflict Conversations for Couples Terry Gaspard What if the biggest threat to your relationship isn’t infidelity, but instead is your next credit card bill? You can stop arguing and learn how to talk about money. Disagreements about money can quietly erode trust and connection in a relationship, often becoming a major source of stress and even separation. When partners bring different histories, attitudes, and beliefs about money to the table, conflict can escalate quickly. If couples stay stuck in an “us against each other” mindset instead of shifting to “us against the problem,” tension can become chronic. Author, Terry Gaspard shows readers how to break this cycle by teaching practical strategies for having calm, constructive conversations about finances. Her approach helps partners communicate effectively, UK January 2026 • US January 2026 264 Pages PB 9798881802301 • £15.99 / $22.00 ePDF 9798881865887 • £14.39 / $19.80 ePub 9798881802318 • £14.39 / $19.80 Bloomsbury Academic
reduce conflict, and build a stronger, more harmonious relationship.
COLLECTIONS
The Money Savvy Teen
Building Smart Financial Habits That Will Last a Lifetime Robbie Hyman, Marketing writer An invaluable guide introducing young adults to essential money-related concepts and skills The average US household carries more than $7,000 in credit card debt. Americans pay $35 billion a year in fees for mishandling checks and debit cards. Too many have failed to learn even basic money management. In The Money Savvy Teen, Robbie Hyman looks to change that. Using an accessible approach, Hyman details how to develop a healthy relationship with money, the mechanics of money, and navigating the social side of money—an important UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 26 sidebars, 26 textboxes, 1 table HB 9798765189122 • £20.00 / $28.00 ePDF 9798765189146 • £18.00 / $25.20 ePub 9798765189139 • £18.00 / $25.20 Bloomsbury Academic
yet often overlooked aspect of financial success. Filled with stories and humor, this book features simple, easy-to-remember lessons, from how to resist advertisers’ psychological tricks, to understanding the fees of using another bank’s ATM, to developing a standard phrase that can help anyone out of a tense moment when a friend asks to borrow money. Armed with these simple lessons, money savvy teens will have the tools and confidence to build smart, responsible financial habits that will last a lifetime.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
181
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
Prep
The Parent's Guide to Boarding Schools Kristin White For parents who are considering boarding school for their child, evaluating the many different schools to find the right fit can be an overwhelming experience. Navigating the application process can be even more complex and difficult. Prep: The Parent’s Guide to Boarding Schools is filled with all the information, analysis, and advice parents need when researching boarding schools for their children. Written by a boarding school expert, it provides important details into boarding school life, types of boarding schools, and how to find the right school for your child. In addition, Prep offers an analysis of the role that attending boarding school plays in selective college admissions and ways that this type of education can help prepare students for their next steps in life. Parents concerned about the cost of boarding school will find UK July 2025 • US July 2025 248 Pages • 1 Table, 2 Textboxes PB 9781538197998 • £19.99 / $26.00 ePDF 9798765154779 • £17.99 / $23.40 ePub 9781538198001 • £17.99 / $23.40 Bloomsbury Academic
information on financial aid, competitive full-ride merit scholarships, and free boarding schools. Featuring insight from boarding school admissions directors on how they evaluate applicants and how to stand out in the admissions process, as well as stories from students and parents, Prep provides an invaluable inside look at boarding schools.
COLLECTIONS
STEM SMART Parenting
A Practical Guide for Nurturing Innovative Thinkers Alan Zollman, Lisa Hoffman & Emily K. Suh An invaluable resource for parents wishing to arm their children with the life skills necessary to succeed in a STEM-driven culture. In today's world of STEM, all children - even those with interests outside of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics - need to develop specific skills in order to flourish in a complex landscape. Parents want to help their kids but are often overwhelmed by all the STEM products that aren't necessarily as valuable as they claim. In STEM SMART Parenting educators Alan Zollman, Lisa Hoffman, and Emily K. Suh unpack the research on STEM learning into a readerfriendly, practical guide for parents and caregivers. It introduces activities and resources that help kids of all ages build the UK April 2025 • US April 2025 200 Pages • 1 BW Photo, 17 Textboxes HB 9798881801151 • £25.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881863852 • £22.50 / $27.00 ePub 9798881801168 • £22.50 / $27.00 Rowman & Littlefield
necessary STEM mindset, includes no-cost ideas that parents can use with their children to promote STEM thinking, and shows readers how to evaluate which STEM games, toys, and activities actually deliver what they promise. With real-life examples, daily activities, and key takeaways, this book shows parents how to help their children, from toddlers to teenagers, cultivate critical thinking skills and become intellectual risk takers, prepared for a world where STEM proficiency is essential.
COLLECTIONS
Technology for Littles
Helping Young Children Navigate the Internet Responsibly Carrie Rogers, Digital Respons-Ability, USA An easy-to-implement guide to help parents raise tech-savvy children with healthy and safe online habits from the start. Today's youngest children are experiencing technology more intensely than any generation before them. The opportunities are great - but so are the dangers. How do parents and educators prepare this new generation to be safe and responsible online? How can they raise young children with a healthy digital balance? In Technology for Littles parent, practitioner, and founder of Digital Respons-Ability Carrie Rogers-Whitehead combines decades of research on child development with practical tools for parents to help them raise healthy, responsible, and safe internet users at home. And because schools don't typically start digital literacy until third grade or older, this book focuses UK April 2025 • US April 2025 200 Pages • 8 Tables, 17 Textboxes PB 9781538192979 • £16.99 / $22.00 ePDF 9798881863708 • £15.29 / $19.80 ePub 9781538192986 • £15.209 / $19.80 Rowman & Littlefield
182
UK, Europe, ROW
on helping parents of younger children implement online safety at home from the time a toddler first picks up a smart phone. Packed full of songs, strategies, resource lists, and more, Technology for Littles equips parents to fearlessly tackle tech and create habits and routines that will help children grow to be healthy yet tech-savvy humans in a digital world.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HEALTH & WELLBEING COLLECTIONS
Powerful Girls
Raising Strong, Just, and Compassionate Young Women Ann Muno An invaluable guide to cultivating powerful, compassionate young women by nurturing confidence, identity, and a passion for justice. Girls and young women today need strong role models, mentors, and care providers to foster what society often undermines: a positive self-identity, critical thinking skills to navigate media influences, and a sense of belonging in a supportive community where girls and women uplift each other. In Powerful Girls: Raising Strong, Just, and Compassionate Young Women Ann Muno identifies the crucial pieces of knowledge necessary to raise confident girls in a society that's often working against them. She examines the sexism, racism, and privilege that impact girls every day and shares innovative UK April 2025 • US April 2025 280 Pages • 8 textboxes HB 9781538193242 • £30.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798881857554 • £27.00 / $31.50 ePub 9781538193259 • £27.00 / $31.50 Rowman & Littlefield
methods to teach basic concepts such as healthy girl culture, choice, identity, and leadership. In addition, Muno equips readers with strategies to help girls recognize their inherent worth, navigate societal pressures, and become changemakers. Through a wealth of stories, studies, and activities, Powerful Girls dives into the challenges girls face, identifies where their power diminishes, and reveals how they can reclaim their agency and confidence. By fostering a healthier culture where girls thrive, it paves the way for them to reshape the world.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Stay
A Story of Family, Love, and Other Traumas Julie Fingersh Named one of Zibby Owens's Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2024 Called “Rich, wise, funny, and beautifully written” by #1 New York Times bestselling author Anne Lamott, Stay : A Story of Family, Love, and Other Traumas is a riveting debut that captures the joyous and painful complexity of family love and loyalty, the cost of family secrets, and the quest to help the people we love most without losing our own way. It’s also a rare window into two of the biggest epidemics gripping society today: mental illness and chronic illness and the ways in which they affect relationships, personal identity, and the blueprint of our lives. Told through the eyes of the author as both a young sibling and a mid-life parent, Julie Fingersh seamlessly weaves together UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages HB 9781538195284 • £19.99 / $28.95 PB 9798216452195 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798881859992 • £17.99 / $26.05 ePub 9781538195291 • £17.99 / $26.05 Rowman & Littlefield
present and past, unlocking the puzzle of her early adulthood with her struggling brother from the vantage point of a mid-life parent on the verge of an empty nest and her next chapter, just as her college-bound daughter’s life suddenly careens off track. Sparkling with warmth, wit, and lyrical prose, Fingersh provides insight and sustenance for everyone wrestling with mid-life’s ghosts, parenting adult children, and the twin pillagers of fear and the inner critic. Above all, Stay is for readers who want to think, feel, laugh, cry, and perhaps see their own life’s trajectory and path forward with new eyes.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
183
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Europe's Long Twelfth Century
Order, Anxiety, and Adaptation, 1095-1229 John D. Cotts, Whitman College, USA CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title John D. Cotts’s Europe’s Long Twelfth Century is an award-winning overview of a key phase in Europe’s medieval history. It reflects on how the region grappled with a variety of cultural possibilities that would ultimately transform the way people thought, lived and thought of themselves. Cotts convincingly contends that the 12th century was fundamentally a period of difficult decisions, adaptation and anxiety, rather than the glorious 'renaissance' mooted in earlier assessments of the era. The book presents a balanced appreciation of social, economic and religious developments at a time when Europeans were UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages HB 9781350446670 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350446663 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350446687 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350446694 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
needing to re-imagine their place in the world. It reflects on the vital significance of the Crusades and offers an unparalleled gateway into 12th-century political and intellectual life. This new edition includes: - A revised final chapter which considers Europe in the context of a global Middle Ages - New and expanded sections on kingship, political life in the Latin West, environmental history, architecture/visual culture and the Bible’s role in intellectual life
Women and Gender in Modern Europe An Inclusive History
Jennifer A. Miller, Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA This book introduces students to the key concepts of women’s history, gender as a category of analysis, and the history of feminism. Spanning the late 19th century to the present day, each chapter highlights major themes of the particular time period right across Europe before concluding with a short bibliography. Whilst covering some familiar narratives in a broadly chronological fashion, Jennifer A. Miller introduces new actors, themes, and conclusions based on the most recent scholarship that further enriches our collective understanding women’s history in modern Europe. Miller presents a Europe of diversity from ethnic and religious perspectives that has also been sorely lacking until now. European colonialism, the suffrage movements, the World Wars and the Holocaust, the postwar period, the
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 26 black and white illustrations Cold War and even very recent history are all closely examined in an essential volume for anyone interested in the European HB 9781350153271 • £75.00 / $100.00 female experience of the last 150 years. PB 9781350153264 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350153288 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350153295 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Beowulf
Poem, Poet and Hero Heather O'Donoghue, University of Oxford, UK The Old English epic poem Beowulf has an established reputation as a canonical text. And yet the original poem has remained inaccessible to all but experienced scholars of Old English. This book aims to present the poem to readers who want to know what makes it such a remarkable work of art, and why it is of such cultural significance. Most readers will only have encountered Beowulf through one of its many translations or adaptations; others have had to take on this unique survivor from a past era as a challenging translation exercise, part of their academic study of the poem. This book sidesteps scholarly debates about the poem’s unknowns – its date, provenance or author – and focusses instead on its poetic artistry, its interleaving of heroic pasts and Christian present, and its poet’s extraordinary breadth of reference, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages HB 9781788312882 • £21.00 / $28.00 PB 9781350607507 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781350212718 • £18.90 / $25.20 ePub 9781350212725 • £18.90 / $25.20 Bloomsbury Academic
from biblical history to Old Norse myth. But the strange intricacies of Old English metre and poetic language are explained, and the poet’s evocation of the ethics and material world of an imagined pre-Viking Scandinavia is explored. Beowulf: Poem, Poet and Hero follows the story of the poem through its many interwoven voices from different times and places, and the poem emerges as a work of reflective beauty, its human characters full of touching pathos and wisdom, its notorious monsters still speaking to our own societies’ abiding insecurities.
184
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Salazar’s PIDE and Portuguese Society
A History of the Political Police From Below, 1955-74 Duncan Simpson, University of Lisbon, Portugal This book reconceptualizes the relationship between Portuguese society and Salazar’s political police. By studying the PIDE from below, Salazar’s PIDE and Portuguese Society challenges the prevailing historiographic emphasis on processes of topdown repression whose effect has been to relegate the bulk of the population to the status of passive victims. The analysis concentrates on various forms of spontaneous interactions between individual citizens and the PIDE. Duncan Simpson focuses on the mass of depoliticised citizens, rather than the small minority of oppositionists, using new research methodologies, like oral history and opinion surveying, and original archival material in the form of denunciation letters, petitions, and applications to join the PIDE. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 192 Pages • 2 bw illus PB 9781350410251 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350410268 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350410275 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350410282 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
From a theoretical perspective, the book draws on the international scholarship of totalitarianism, ‘accusatory practices’, and everyday life under dictatorship; work which has highlighted the complexity of the relations between State and society by uncovering the prevalence of widespread processes of individual adjustment and accommodation. Indeed Simpson’s underlying – and convincing – argument is that the relationship between the PIDE and society was far more dynamic, multifaceted, and interactive than has been acknowledged until now.
COLLECTIONS
The German Peasants’ War of 1525 A Conflict Powered by Print
Thomas Kaufmann, University of Göttingen, Germany Why did German agrarian protests, normally very local or regional, all meld together into one vast uprising that became the 1525 ‘Peasants’ War’? Thomas Kaufmann emphatically argues that the recent availability of printing, which created links between the various regions of revolt, led to the conflict distinguishing itself as the largest of all uprisings in German medieval and early modern history. He reveals the Peasants’ War to be a media event driven by its major document, the Twelve Articles, which became the universal programme, printed in numbers to rival even Martin Luther’s key texts of the time. The book offers an overview of the historiography of the war since the 16th century, starting with Luther and his printed UK June 2026 • US June 2026 360 Pages • 50 bw illus PB 9781350468948 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350468931 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350468955 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350468962 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
interventions through to the competing interpretations of the Peasants' War which developed and lived on in the history of the two German states. It goes on to deal with print before the war, setting out the tropes and images which would be utilised in the struggle. Kaufmann examines the literature of the Peasants’ War itself, through the analysis of around 250 printed publications, and lastly explores the historical significance of the war and its legacy in art, literature, political theory and theology.
COLLECTIONS
Emotions, Subjectivities, and Memories of the Hitler Youth Generation Between Reality and Fantasy, 1945–2015 Tiia Sahrakorpi, Weber State University, USA This book examines the ways in which Germany’s Hitler Youth generation has attempted to untangle its emotions and deal with questions relating to individual complicity and innocence. As the world is currently facing a new wave of fascism and misinformation, there is much to be gained from improving our understanding of how and why young people who believed far-right ideologies transitioned to a new system governed by democratic values. Tiia Sahrakorpi explores how individuals not only remember, but represent and negotiate contentious pasts. Drawing on an unprecedentedly large corpus of life narrative writings by the Hitler Youth Generation – comprising some 50 published and 65 unpublished memoirs – from North America and Germany, Emotions, Subjectivities and Memories of the UK January 2026 • US January 2026 280 Pages PB 9781350548893 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350548886 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350548909 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350548916 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Hitler Youth Generation addresses a range of themes that lie at the intersection of memory, emotion, tactical agency, and social and political change. Whilst the book focuses on the Hitler Youth generation’s writings and modern Germany in particular, its overarching goal is to provide readers with an understanding of how applying a history of emotions analysis to representations of childhood memories can offer novel insights into the histories of fascism and the Second World War.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
185
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Hegel and German Public Law Nathaniel Boyd, University of York, UK Nathaniel Boyd’s pathbreaking book argues that Hegel’s political thought was shaped by German public law. This tradition of legal discourse, especially through its imperial tradition, was crucial to European modernity, influencing foundational philosophical concepts such as sovereignty, the state and the diverse legal systems that emerged from them. Hegel and German Public Law examines the impact of Johann Jacob Moser, Johann Stephan Pütter and Johann Christian von Majer on Hegel’s intellectual development. It reveals how the collapse of the Holy Roman Empire informed his early speculative system and constitutional theory. In doing so, Boyd extends our understanding of Hegel's relation to European legal and political thought while offering an original interpretive framework for Hegel’s absolute idealism and unfolding institutional theory of the state. Europe’s Legacy in the Modern World UK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages PB 9781350584181 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350584174 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350584198 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350584204 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Popes and Papal Rome, 1503-1655 The Theatre of the World
Toby Osborne, Durham University, UK Popes and Papal Rome, 1503-1655 is the first book-length account of the early modern papal court in English. As well as bringing together art historical, social, and political studies in several languages, it contains a wealth of primary source material, such as advice manuals for cardinals and aspiring courtiers, accounts of Roman festivals, reports of visiting ambassadors and news reports from Rome deposited in the Vatican library. The book argues that during the 16th and 17th centuries, popes were conscious to varying degrees of their responsibilities to conserving and enhancing the status of the monarchy as something larger than themselves as individuals or their families, and as such they exhibited some characteristics of dynastic monarchies. Toby Osborne explores how the culture of the papal UK May 2026 • US May 2026 464 Pages PB 9781350193444 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781472571588 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781472579744 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781472571571 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
court and the ways in which it functioned as a point of contact between the ruler, certain elites, and other princes not only had similarities with dynastic states, but also set the standard for court life around Europe. By bringing to light recent scholarship written by continental historians, Popes and Papal Rome, 1503-1655 represents an important contribution to the scholarly endeavour to better understand the political culture of the papal states and the workings of the papal monarchy.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Refugee Politics in Early Modern Europe Edited by David de Boer, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands & Geert H. Janssen, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands Refugees have existed since ancient times, but it was in the early modern era that they were first recognized as a social category. This open access book maps the invention of the refugee and uncovers their impact on local, regional, and transnational politics. With case studies ranging from Scandinavia to the Mediterranean Basin, Refugee Politics in Early Modern Europe traces how refugees transformed the European continent. Topics explored include: the discursive strategies of exiles to distinguish themselves from other migrants; the role of displaced people in forging humanitarian networks; and the agency of religious minorities in migration management and imperialism. Moving beyond common images of refugees as passive victims of repression, this collection of essays shines a spotlight on the political interplay between displaced people, persecuting UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781350307681 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350307728 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350307698 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350307704 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
authorities, transnational support groups, and receiving societies – drawing a fuller picture of the many decision-making processes that determined the lives of newcomers and their hosts. The result is a sophisticated comparative study of mobility, identity, power, and politics, which will be vital reading to all scholars of migration history. The open access edition of this book is available under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on www.bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research (NWO).
186
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Food, Scarcity and Power in Southeastern Europe during the Second World War Edited by Paolo Fonzi, University of Eastern Piedmont, Italy, Sabine Rutar, Leibniz Institute for East and Southeast European Studies, Germany & Xavier Bougarel, CETOBAC, France The experience of all occupied countries during the Second World War was characterised by severe material shortages. Food, most noticeably, became a scarcity in everyday life; and that food grew into a major stake for all political groups at this time. This book shines a much-needed spotlight on the political role of food in Southeastern Europe from 1939 to 1945. Controlling food was a key strategy adopted by all actors – be they occupiers, state institutions, resistance organizations, international humanitarian organizations or private interest groups – in substantiating their bid for power. As a predominantly agrarian area with a substantial peasant population, investigating this topic is particularly poignant for Southeastern Europe. From discussions of searching for and fighting for food to offering relief and instrumentalising of food politically, the chapters UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350333918 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350333956 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350333925 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350333932 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
in this volume add nuance to discussions on the complex intertwined political and social dynamics of war and occupation. In so doing, this sophisticated study fills an important gap in our understanding of the Second World War, food policy, and the social history of Europe more broadly.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Milk in Spain and the History of Diet Change
The Political Economy of Dairy Consumption since 1950 Fernando Collantes, University of Oviedo, Spain In barely three generations the Spanish diet has changed beyond recognition. The traditional concerns around nutritional health and scarcity have been mostly left behind, but they have given way to new problems linked to excess. In this book Fernando Collantes shows how the dairy industry has been central to this societal shift. From widespread calcium deficiency in the 1950s to the more recent, and controversial, turn to highly processed foods, it provides a recent history of diet change in Spain. Probing the reasons behind why this shift has occurred, and how, it shows that when it comes to food society, politics, economics and the law are intrinsically linked. Taking the reader beyond the world of food, Milk in Spain and the History of Diet Change combines qualitative and Food in Modern History: Traditions quantitative methods to position diet change within the broader debate on consumer society and ‘the good life’. Contrasting and Innovations two models of food consumption, it shows that unless public policy takes the challenge of affluence seriously, the food UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350401549 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350401570 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350401556 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350401563 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
system can become an obstacle to a better society.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Pornographers, Hacks, and Blackmailers in Interwar France Obscene Reading and Writing in the Third Republic H.G. Cocks, University of Nottingham, UK After the 1881 declaration of press freedom, France enjoyed a golden age of print, arguably up until the 1950s. This book shines a much-needed light on one of the key elements of France’s new literary age: that being the production of ‘pornography’ of all kinds. H.G. Cocks reveals how publishers and writers, both mainstream and clandestine, tried to cash in on the vogue for erotic literature which surfaced at the time. Though the vast majority of what was produced was no more than risqué or saucy, Cocks shows that this was seen as far more dangerous than frank sexual imagery, as it was mostly legal and within the range of the ordinary reader. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages • 12 bw illus HB 9781350459205 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350459199 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350459212 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350459229 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Pornographers, Hacks, and Blackmailers in Interwar France reflects on how, as a result of this gold rush for what one writer called the ‘faux obscene’, a great deal of writing, journalism, and quite a few literary and even political careers were supported by the writing of ‘pornography’. For some, this new wave of indecent literature seemed to be sapping the morale of the Republic, while for others it was simply part of the creative literary and journalistic ferment of the period. In that sense, Cocks convincingly argues, the pornographic became part of the curious mixture of cultural energy and malaise that enveloped the struggling French democracy.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
187
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Paris
Secret Gardens, Hidden Places, and Stories of the City of Light Mary McAuliffe Follow in the footsteps of history to discover the hidden places, extraordinary people, and captivating stories of Paris. Paris: Secret Gardens, Hidden Places, and Stories of the City of Light, Mary McAuliffe’s multilayered exploration of Paris, weaves a narrative that takes the reader into secret and hidden places, even in the midst of the most well-known Paris destinations. McAuliffe’s hidden places can be small but are always revealing, whether a bas-relief on an ignored corner of Notre-Dame or an overlooked courtyard inside an ancient and busy hospital. She takes the reader below the streets and sidewalks of Paris to discover ancient aqueducts and a lost river, and she prompts the reader to notice overlooked treasures in the most UK March 2026 • US March 2026 304 Pages • 35 b&w photos; 1 map HB 9781538173336 • £19.99 / $26.95 PB 9798216397014 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9798765176443 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781538173343 • £17.99 / $24.25 Rowman & Littlefield
trafficked of museums. Always, McAuliffe’s focus is on people and their stories. Evil queens, designing noblemen, bold chevaliers, and desperate lovers mingle with Resistance fighters and obsessed artists rising out of abject poverty into unexpected fame and fortune, adding to the tidal wave of creativity that is the lifeblood of the City of Light. One person, place, and story lead to another, each linked by a common thread within the layered richness of Paris’s past. The story of Paris is not a chronology but an exploration of the many layers of this remarkable city throughout the ages.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
A Revolution in Colour
Natural Dyes and Dress in Europe, c. 1400-1800 Edited by Giorgio Riello, University of Warwick, UK, Maria Hayward, University of Southampton, UK & Ulinka Rublack, Cambridge University, UK This major volume aims to re-colour the European world of dress, c.1300-1800. New dyes created one of the most important visual experiences of the period, yet their story has been side-lined by a focus on visual experiences shaped by the high arts. Meanwhile, theatrical productions and period films still abound with broad assumptions about the growing dominance of black clothing for elites during the period, while ordinary people are imagined having worn coarse greys and bleached garments. This volume presents clear evidence that even the clothing of the middle classes could be much more expensive than paintings, and that coloured clothing and accessories were ubiquitous across society. Contributors shed new light on the economic, environmental, and cultural dimensions of colour in dress. The range of dyes expanded considerably in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, drawing on Asian and Mediterranean knowledge, new UK April 2026 • US April 2026 280 Pages • 50 colour illus HB 9781350405622 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350405660 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350405639 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350405646 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
188
UK, Europe, ROW
collections of recipes, and the greater diversity of plants available through New World trade. Working creatively with organic plant, animal, and mineral materials to make colours involved considerable knowledge, pleasure and skill. The creation of colour through dyes thus reveals a whole range of global agricultural and craft technologies that can inspire future material worlds and transforms our understanding of Europe´s cultural heritage.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Age of Liutprand
Dynamics of Power in Eighth-Century Italy Christopher Heath, Independent Scholar, UK The Age of Liutprand provides a thematic analysis of Lombard Italy in the pivotal early part of the 8th century. It surveys the crucial role and rule of Liutprand [712-44], the powerful and effective Lombard king. By restoring this successful exemplar of Lombard kingship to the centre of events and developments in the Italian peninsula, this book pulls together all the pertinent evidence for a ‘new’ kingship in Lombard Italy that used a sophisticated set of strategies to enhance, deepen and expand its effectiveness. In presenting an evaluation of Italy on the cusp of dramatic change, this book explains how not only the kingship of Liutprand, but also his legal reforms and his relationships with the Church and neighbouring peoples all contributed to a model of kingship successfully and subsequently deployed by Charlemagne and his successors later in the 8th century. Studies in Early Medieval History UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 4 bw illus HB 9781350168343 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350517707 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350168350 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350168336 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Observations of Gilles le Bouvier
A Medieval Herald’s View of Europe and its Neighbouring Lands Edited by Gideon Brough, The Open University, UK & Sophie Patrick Translated from the medieval French, this book is a landmark English-language version of the work of Gilles le Bouvier. As the senior herald to King Charles VII, the monarch on the French throne as they advanced to victory in the Hundred Years’ War between England, France and their allies, Gilles le Bouvier was close to the king during a decisive, formative period in France’s history, as well as being a well-known figure from the period. The Observations of Gilles le Bouvier thus delivers a rare glimpse of a singular medieval worldview, offered through the constrained voice of a skilled diplomat carefully and occasionally sharing his opinions to audiences composed of his social superiors. During his lifelong career as a messenger and a diplomat in Charles’s service, Gilles le Bouvier, known as The Berry Herald, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 12 bw illus HB 9781350418950 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350418943 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350418967 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350418974 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
travelled far and wide on his master’s behalf. This translated work is a compilation of his observations as he moved around Western Europe, the Mediterranean states and the Black Sea region. Expertly introduced and contextualised by Gideon Brough and Sophie Patrick, this book provides a compelling and unique historical source for understanding life in late-medieval Europe through the eyes of someone who lived it.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Early Modern Europe Facts and Fictions
Brian Jeffrey Maxson, East Tennessee State University, USA Many myths about early modern Europe originated in the 19th and 20th centuries and continue to appear today across popular media. In recent years, such popular documentaries and television shows as Game of Thrones have tended to reinforce what we think we know about the world during the early modern period. This work uses primary sources to interrogate popular beliefs about early modern Europe and reveal the true story behind such movements and events as the Scientific Revolution, the Crusades, and the European witch hunts. Focusing on how perceptions of these events have shifted and evolved through history.
Historical Facts and Fictions UK March 2026 • US March 2026 272 Pages • 9 bw illus HB 9781440867453 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216460527 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440867460 • £45.00 / $61.20 ePub 9798216171324 • £45.00 / $61.20 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
189
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
3RD EDITION
The History of Russia Charles E. Ziegler, University of Louisville, USA Now in its third edition, this new volume of the acclaimed The History of Russia offers a wealth of material on events of the last decade and a half. When first published, Charles Ziegler's The History of Russia was acclaimed as a source of information not easily found elsewhere, and as "clear, balanced, and insightful," by Rajan Menon of Lehigh University. Now Ziegler returns for a third edition, fully updated to be the work of choice for readers looking for an introduction to the history of the world's largest country. The History of Russia: Third Edition moves from the 10th-century founding of Kievan Rus to the tsars to the Communist Era to the war with Ukraine, with particular emphasis on the process by which Vladimir Putin established a fully authoritarian state. In addition to a new chapter on the tumultuous era Russia has seen since the second edition published in 2009, this edition features an updated introduction and an expanded chapter on the return to authoritarianism.
Histories of the Modern Nations UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 18 bw PB 9798765136768 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765136751 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765136720 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765136737 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
NEW IN PB
The History of Ukraine Paul Kubicek, Oakland University, USA The Russia-Ukraine war that began in 2022 turned the world's attention on Ukraine, the second-largest country in Europe and one of the leading global exporters of wheat and other valuable commodities. Though some Russian leaders have long denied and continue to reject Ukrainian sovereignty, this book presents a comprehensive picture of Ukraine that is both intertwined with and distinct from Russian history. From its days as Kyivan Rus and its inclusion in the Russian Empire, to the Euromaidan demonstrations and the outbreak of war with Russia, Ukraine, as this book demonstrates, has developed its own identity, territory, and culture.
Histories of the Modern Nations UK March 2026 • US March 2026 280 Pages HB 9781440880452 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798216460589 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440880469 • £54.00 / $72.00 ePub 9798216171812 • £54.00 / $72.00 Bloomsbury Academic
190
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Russian Shorts Thought-provoking books on key moments, ideas and figures in Russian history and culture Russian Shorts
SUNNIE RUCKER-CHANG, Associate Professor, The Ohio State University, USA ‘In this excellent book, Avrutin makes an important contribution to understanding the current political and intellectual climate in Russia.’ ADRIENNE EDGAR, Professor of History, University of California, USA Since its first publication in 2022, Racism in Modern Russia has become a key text for understanding the role that race has played in Russian, Soviet, and post-Soviet history and politics. Analyzing a wide range of printed and visual sources, this timely accessible volume marks the first serious attempt to understand the history of racialization over a span of 150 years. A brilliant examination of the complexities of racism, Eugene M. Avrutin’s panoramic book asks powerful questions about inequality and privilege, denigration and belonging, power and policy, the creation of exclusionary boundaries in everyday life, and the complex historical links between race, whiteness, and geography.
EUGENE M. AVRUTIN is the Tobor Family Endowed Professor of Modern European Jewish History at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA. He is the author and co-editor of several award-winning books, including Jews and the Imperial State: Identification Politics in Tsarist Russia (2010) and The Velizh Affair: Blood Libel in a Russian Town (2018). Most recently, he edited, with Elissa Bemporad, Pogroms: A Documentary History (2021).
Racism in Modern Russia
This co always PANT
The ot PANT
Chang Photos do that
Revised Edition
From the Romanovs to Putin Eugene M. Avrutin
The revised edition includes significant new research on race and racism in the Caucasus and Central Asia, the history of color consciousness and biopolitics, and the aesthetics of anti-racism campaigns, as well as a thoroughly updated 9781350236479 978135055256 2 selected bibliography for further reading.
Racism in Modern Russia
‘The work offers an important intervention, demonstrating how to move beyond questioning the applicability of race to showing how and why race emerged as a feature of these societies and to what ends.’
Eugene M. Avrutin 9781350557659
Altern bottom 9 7 8 1 3 5 0 2 8 40 0 5
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Illinois, USA. H I ST O RY Series design by Tjaša Krivec Cover image: Antisemitic postcard depicting critters with human heads crawling around the globe. © The Blavatnik Archive
Also available from Bloomsbury Academic www.bloomsbury.com
9781350557659_cov_app.indd All Pages
20/11/2025 10:11
9781350507746
978135039939 6
9781350250383
9 7 8 1 3 5 0 1 2 91 5 3
9781350242142
978135019278 2
9781350128187
9 7 8 1 3 5 0 2 9 62 4 4
Discover more at www.bloomsbury.com/russianshorts
Chang mirror
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Social History of the Russians and their Army since 1690 Roger R. Reese, Texas A&M University, USA This book skilfully probes the conflicted relationship that the Russian peoples have had with their army, most often seeing service as a burden to the individual and family, yet a necessary one to defend the interests of the nation/empire. Roger R. Reese reflects on the fact that even from before its formal institutionalization by Peter I, military service and the army as an institution have not been held in high regard by the Russian peoples, except briefly in exceptional circumstances. Reese examines, illustrates, and explains the varying relationships and expectations of all involved in military service — in their own words wherever possible. From the top down, A Social History of the Russian Army shows what the state, whether tsarist, Soviet, or post-Soviet, Russian Shorts UK February 2026 • US February 2026 160 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350236486 • £45.00 / $61.00 PB 9781350236479 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781350236493 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781350236509 • £11.69 / $16.15 Bloomsbury Academic
expected of the army as an organisation and of its members. From the middle, it shows the expectations and behaviors of army leaders, from ensigns to generals and how they related to each other, their soldiers, and civilians. While at the bottom, the book examines the expectations, behaviors, and feelings about service of the enlisted men. Outside the army, civilian attitudes toward the military are probed to reveal what they envisaged from the military, their willingness or unwillingness to serve, and their views of the army as an institution — views that ranged from seeing it as an oppressive force in the hands of the state to a symbol of patriotism. Throughout, this volume emphasizes the agency of all members of society and the army and the degree to which they used it in their interests or in the interest of the army or the state.
COLLECTIONS
Women, Gardens, and Agency in Imperial Russia Empress Maria Feodorovna's Pavlovsk Park Ekaterina Heath, University of Sydney, Australia This book draws on the rich historical record of the Russian royal court to demonstrate how green spaces have been used as an instrument of diplomatic and political influence. Ekaterina Heath convincingly argues that parks like Pavlovsk are a fruitful new primary source, here revealing the previously obscured evidence of women’s political activities. In 19th-century Russia, green spaces gave women voice and agency, frequently taken away from them by the patriarchal power structures. Women, Green Spaces and the Politics of Empowerment in Imperial Russia challenges the preceding narratives of these structures as being solely masculine. It also argues for the need to consider consorts in the analysis of political life at the Russian court. Their soft power strategies were deployed through their gardens, the main tool of political propaganda in the long 18th century. Russian Shorts UK May 2026 • US May 2026 144 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350544512 • £16.99 / $22.95 HB 9781350544505 • £45.00 / $61.00 ePDF 9781350544529 • £40.50 / $54.90 ePub 9781350544499 • £40.50 / $54.90 Bloomsbury Academic
Ekaterina Heath discusses Pavlovsk’s use for building relationships, promoting virtues, mounting political arguments, and writing Russian history. She explores the strategies used by Empress Maria Fedorovna to influence Catherine II and Paul I to maintain her access to power in a precarious political environment. Heath then goes on to analyse Dowager Empress Maria Fedorovna’s use of her garden to grow her power after the death of her husband, Paul I, and her son Alexander I’s ascension to the throne.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Soviet SCI_BERIA
The Politics of Expertise and the Novosibirsk Scientific Center Ksenia Tatarchenko, Singapore Management University, Singapore At first glance, the Novosibirsk Scientific Center, or Akademgorodok, appears as an outlier in academic excellence. This 'science city' is renowned for a preeminent university, dozens of research institutes, and a thriving technopark. At home, it is an emblem of Russian innovation; abroad, it is often portrayed as a potential threat, a breeding ground of cyber soldiers. Though Siberia has been the main source of post-1991 Russian carbon revenues, its soviet history and cold war legacy of internationalism demonstrates that territorial and scientific dimensions interlocked the moment the Siberian Branch of the Soviet Academy of Sciences was created in 1957. Drawing on a wide range of previously unexplored archives, Soviet SCI_BERIA focuses on how the post-Stalinist Siberia was redefined and represented through the ideal of rational development, the late socialist innovation practices, and the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 344 Pages HB 9781350165830 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350325395 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350165847 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350165854 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
192
UK, Europe, ROW
relationship between experts and the state. It offers a fresh insight into the transition from Soviet to post-Soviet Akademgorodok. In doing so, Tatarchenko not only fosters a conversation between history, area studies, and science studies but also sheds new light on Soviet modernity and the limits of its transformative projects.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
The English Civil War A Military History Peter Gaunt Focusing on the martial core of the English Civil War, this account offers a detailed overview of the decade-long conflict: from the social, religious, and political divisions that influenced the nation’s militarization, to the experiences of combatants and civilians, and the War’s relationship with urban and rural environments. Peter Gaunt uses rich contemporary accounts to examine experiences of the War from all angles. Whether detailing early clashes between the two armies, analysing the events of major conflicts such as Edgehill and Cheriton, or examining Parliamentary efforts to establish peace, this book highlights the pervasive impact of the English Civil War upon the nation. With exploration of fresh debates concerning the memory and memorialisation of the War, Peter Gaunt demonstrates how UK December 2025 • US December 2025 416 Pages HB 9781350378063 • £90.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350378070 • £28.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9781350378094 • £26.09 / $33.25 ePub 9781350378087 • £26.09 / $33.25 Bloomsbury Academic
the conflict’s aftershocks lasted far beyond the 1640s Building on the substantial foundations of the first edition, The English Civil War has been updated to include: - Analysis of the connections between the main war of 1642-46 and the political, administrative, and religious developments during this period. - Exploration of local politics and the role of print culture.
COLLECTIONS
War, Peace and the British Free Churches, 1914-1945 Edited by Andrew Chandler, University of Chichester, UK & David Ceri Jones Surveying experience across the Free Churches, this book considers the involvement of British Christians in the public debates about the justification and conduct of war and the pursuit of peace in the first half of the 20th century. It explores church involvement with issues like Great War conscientious objectors, World War One rhetoric, the commemoration of war, and the arms trade of the mid-20th century. War, Peace and the British Free Churches in the Early Twentieth Century shines a light on the significance of key individuals, such as Walter Mursell, Padre Ernest Lodge Watson and Henry Carter, and gives balanced coverage to the public participation of Methodists, Baptists, Congregationalists and more. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 304 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9781350431287 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350431294 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350431300 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350431317 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The book examines the Free Church interactions with the League of Nations and its engagements with ideological discussions around Liberalism and Pacifism in the period. Indeed the era addressed by the volume is widely acknowledged as a time in which the Free Churches enjoyed a height in popular adherence across much of British society, rivalling and often eclipsing the ‘Establishment’; the book therefore provides a vital understanding of a previously neglected and yet critical dimension of Britain’s relationship with peace and conflict in the 20th century.
COLLECTIONS
The Westminster Empire, 1717-1858 Foundation, Structure, and Design Gerald Daniel Louis Through primary sources and valuable analysis, this book presents a study and exploration of the foundation, structure, and design of the Westminster Empire and the three stages of empire-building between 1717 and 1858. Westminster’s first stage of empire-building began in 1717 with the systematic transportation of British convicts to the American colonies as a source of labor for British settlers engaged in the plantation economy. Following America’s declaration of independence in 1776, the second stage of Westminster’s empire-building shifted to Australia in 1786. British convicts were transported primarily to New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land (Tasmania) to provide their labor for British settlers engaged in, among others, cattle and sheep farming. In 1786, Westminster simultaneously embarked on its third UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages PB 9780761874324 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780761880295 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780761879107 • £19.79 / $26.95 Hamilton Books
stage of empire-building with the acquiring of Penang. By 1824, the colonies of Malacca (Melaka) and Singapore were acquired from the Dutch following the 1824 Anglo-Dutch treaty. Together with Penang, Malacca (Melaka) and Singapore became known as the Straits Settlements colonies. This book adopts an empirical approach based on primary and archival sources and the focus on empire-building provides an analytical lens into how Westminster structured and designed an empire built on the foundation of taxation. The paramount emphasis in Westminster was on creating profitable and modernized colonies dominated by ‘‘British subjects’’ and colonies that were connected to Westminster within Westminster’s imperial web. The colonies were part of Westminster’s ‘‘taxation network’’ within a wider ‘‘taxation archipelago’’.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
193
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The Oxford University Socratic Club, 1942–1972 A Life
Jim Stockton Through a comprehensive account of the Socratic Club's history, Jim Stockton draws focus to the significant role that the club played in shaping mid-twentieth century philosophical and theological debate. Although the Socratic Club is most often identified with its first club president, C. S. Lewis, Stockton demonstrates that the club was much more than an apologetic platform for Christocentric and conservative views. As an inter-disciplinary forum, with a preference for theological and philosophical arguments, the club’s history is a microcosm of the debates that occurred between many of the more widely recognized intellectuals of the previous century. The book delves into the club's most prominent participants, such as G.E.M. Anscombe, A.J. Ayer, Austin Farrer, Philippa Foot, Richard M. Hare, Alasdair UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages PB 9781666932263 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666932249 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216264095 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978762602 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
MacIntyre, Donald M. MacKinnon, Eric Mascall, Basil Mitchell, Iris Murdoch, Gilbert Ryle, Mary Warnock, Bernard Williams, Charles Williams, and many others. Through an exploration of the club’s minutes and a wide variety of secondary material, each chapter of this book offers insight on the Socratic Club’s role in addressing concerns related to the interaction of Christian ideology and academic philosophy.
2ND EDITION
NEW IN PB
Daily Life in Anglo-Saxon England Sally Crawford, University of Birmingham and Oxford, UK This book examines new archeological discoveries made in the last 10 years to explore more about the daily lives of ordinary people in medieval England. Covering the 5th through 11th Centuries, this book takes a look at primary source documents and scientific findings to recreate the social, cultural, religious, and ethnic aspects of those living through this time. Each section focuses on a different aspect of day-to-day life, from family, marriage, and labor, to travel, fashion, and science.
The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK March 2026 • US March 2026 312 Pages • 15 bw illus HB 9781440859250 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216460732 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440859267 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798216070900 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Historical Contexts and Contemporary Uses of Mass Observation 1930s to the Present
Edited by Lucy D. Curzon, University of Alabama, USA & Benjamin Jones, University of East Anglia, UK The Historical Contexts and Contemporary Uses of Mass Observation embraces new approaches and themes that highlight Mass Observation’s long history as an innovative research organization, a social movement, and an archival project. Spanning the period from Mass Observation’s inception to the present day, essay authors discuss a wide range of topics including anthropology, history, popular politics, cultural studies, literature, selfhood, emotion, art and visual studies. Indeed, what emerges across this volume is confirmation that engagement with Mass Observation—whether its historical materials or those produced in the last decade—is crucial to understanding the vast array of experiences that make up British life.
The Mass-Observation Critical Series UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 25 bw illus HB 9781350215757 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350215795 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350215764 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350215771 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
194
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Metropolitan Science
London Sites and Cultures of Knowledge and Practice, c. 1600-1800 Rebekah Higgitt, National Museums Scotland, UK, Jasmine Kilburn-Toppin, Cardiff University, UK & Noah Moxham, Independent Scholar, UK Exploring distinctive practices in the artisanal, mercantile, and governmental sites of London, Metropolitan Science offers a new perspective on the development of a scientific culture between the years 1600-1800. Beginning with the demographics of London in the 17th and 18th centuries, including its attraction of migrants, importance as a centre of empire, and the role of its institutions in government, the authors analyse how and why London was a unique site of scientific activity. Through the use of case studies, such as the Tower of London’s Royal Mint, and the Livery Company Halls, this book examines the city’s sites of exchange for knowledge and practice, and highlights the importance of both UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages • 43 bw illus HB 9781350417038 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350431409 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350417045 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350417052 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
public and private spaces. With exploration of London’s military and colonial history, the authors acknowledge how its port and maritime trade were not only central to growth and protection, but also facilitated the organisation, assessment, valuation, and pursuit of knowledge in the city. Ultimately, this book demonstrates that London corporations produced unique knowledge communities that drew on networks across the city and beyond, and uses a variety of spatial and material approaches to reveal the use, representation, and exchange of practice in these collective settings.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Churchill and Industrial Britain
Liberalism, Empire and Employment, 1900-1929 Jim Tomlinson, University of Glasgow, UK This book offers a new understanding of the main economic and political trends of 20th-century Britain, through the lens of Churchill’s early career and approach to industrialisation. Shedding fresh light on Churchill’s political endeavours between 1900 and 1922, this study analyses his work within his political constituencies, and highlights how he attempted to balance their local concerns with his larger imperial agenda. Tomlinson guides readers through Britain’s industrial challenges at the start of the twentieth century - with a particular focus on the textile economies of Churchill’s constituencies in Lancashire and Scotland - and shows how industrial competition within the Empire exemplified the tensions between domestic economic policy and attempts at globalization, and influenced UK June 2026 • US June 2026 296 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350461192 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350465664 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350461208 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350461215 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Churchill’s later politics. Tomlinson acknowledges the role of the First World War in boosting the industrial output and bargaining power of countries within the Empire, and analyses these alongside key moments in Churchill’s early career, such as his defeat at Dundee, and time at the Exchequer. In doing so, the author highlights the context in which Churchill’s ideas on the politics and economics of Empire were first formed, particularly in relation to the impact of imperial economic policy on British domestic prosperity.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Black Britain and Nelson Mandela “Pulling the Branch of a Tree”
Edited by Elizabeth Williams, Goldsmiths University, UK In this open access book, Elizabeth Williams leads a cast of renowned scholars to explore the impact of Nelson Mandela’s legacy on Black intellectual thought on race and social justice in Britain. This engaging book presents an original collection of chapters authored by leading Black voices across the academy, foregrounding the Black British perspective in historical discourse for the first time. This fresh take on Mandela the Man, rather than the enduring myth around his branding, explores the life of Nelson Mandela; his contribution to the peace in South Africa and the impact of British law on Mandela and his legal jurisprudence. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9781350340770 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350340787 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350340794 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350340800 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Not only does this innovative collection highlight the lessons which can be learned from Mandela’s life, it also connects with contemporary issues of race in Britain today, taking in the Rhodes Must Fall movement and Black Lives Matter movement. The result is a much-needed revival of existing literature, and a collection which will be of interest to students and scholars of Black British History. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Knowledge Unlatched.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
195
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
So Help Us, God
American Presidents and the Bible Carl J. Richard The religious beliefs of America’s leaders and the role of religion in public life have long captivated the American public. In this book, historian Carl J. Richard looks at the many ways that the Bible has influenced America’s leaders in their personal and political lives. With chapters organized thematically, Richard discusses the educational system, familial influences, church experiences, and religious revivals that have immersed presidents in the Bible; their lifelong engagement with Scripture; their biblically-infused political rhetoric; their powerful belief in a divine Providence that protected them and guided their nation; their resultant belief in the power of prayer; their belief in God-given rights and spiritual equality; their belief in a national mission to advance the cause of liberty across the globe; their belief in the excellence of Christian ethics and in the necessity of religion to the survival and success of republican government; their belief in an afterlife; their religious UK April 2025 • US April 2025 460 Pages • 15 BW Photos HB 9798881806330 • £38.00 / $50.00 ePDF 9798881859855 • £34.20 / $45.00 ePub 9798881806347 • £34.20 / $45.00 Rowman & Littlefield
differences; the influence of the founding presidents’ biblical conception of human nature on their establishment of constitutional checks and balances; and the effect of modern presidents’ more optimistic outlook on their willingness to undermine them. So Help Us, God: American Presidents and the Bible will appeal to all readers interested in American presidential history and the role of religion in public life.
COLLECTIONS
Rebels at the Gates
The Confederacy's Final Gamble and the Battle to Save Washington Robert P. Watson Rebels at the Gate chronicles an intriguing series of events that nearly changed American history. In the last full year of the Civil War, Washington, DC came within hours of being invaded and Lincoln within inches of being shot. During the summer of 1864, General Ulysses Grant was laying siege to Petersburg (near Richmond), deploying every available Union soldier in an effort to end the bloody war once and for all. His counterpart, General Robert E. Lee and his famed Army of Northern Virginia, were trapped inside Richmond, and recognized that the Confederate capital would fall. Lee knew Grant, and understood that he would never stop attacking until he had Richmond. It was then that the southern commander hatched a desperate and bold plan to save the Confederacy and perhaps bring the war to an end… but on the UK May 2025 • US May 2025 256 Pages • 11 b/w photos; 3 maps HB 9798881807337 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881857516 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9798881807344 • £27.00 / $32.40 Rowman & Littlefield
Confederacy’s terms. Historian Robert Watson provides the definitive account of this largely forgotten attack on and defense of Washington—and the fascinating events surrounding the battle.
COLLECTIONS
Declaration
The Story of American Independence Robert P. Watson Declaration uncovers the lesser-known stories, surprising twists, and forgotten voices behind the most iconic document in U.S. history. Robert P. Watson delves into the complex and often misunderstood origins of the Declaration, revealing how a series of missteps by the British Crown, shifting colonial sentiments, and a convergence of enlightened thinkers led to a revolutionary moment that changed the course of history.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages HB 9798216371557 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798216371571 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798216371564 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
196
UK, Europe, ROW
Drawing from a wealth of primary sources—including letters, diaries, newspapers, and diplomatic communiqués—Watson reconstructs the debates, drafts, and drama that surrounded the Declaration’s creation. Complete with a unique look into the influence of women, enslaved individuals, and indigenous peoples, Declaration brings to light the diverse cast of characters and perspectives that shaped the American experiment. It explores the document’s philosophical roots, its political impact, and the enduring struggle to realize its lofty promises of liberty and equality.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Ratifying the Constitution in Pennsylvania The Keystone State Decides
Michael H. Taylor, Northeast Community College Michael H. Taylor examines in detail the debates around ratifying the Constitution in Pennsylvania. This book breaks down the multiple week debates about ratification, looking at the arguments for and against ratification. Taylor places these debates within the context of the time and brings in analysis of Pennsylvanian newspapers. He exposes the persistent and vocal opposition to the Constitution in Pennsylvania and looks deeply into this as well as the revisions requested at the time.
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 304 Pages • 1 bw map PB 9781666954227 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666954203 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781666954210 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764316 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Thomas Bog Slade and Female Education in Early Georgia, 1800-1882 One Mass of Crimson Beauty Timothy E. Miller A teacher and minister, Thomas Bog Slade, was a prominent advocate for education regardless of gender or class in nineteenth-century Georgia, altering the lives of many and the future of the state. Thomas Bog Slade was one of the most important reformers in the history of education in nineteenth-century Georgia, yet remains little known to modern students of the subject, especially regarding his significance to the education of women. Born in North Carolina, Slade lived the bulk of his life in Georgia, first as an attorney and then as a servant of the public working for the common good. He founded two schools for girls in Clinton and Columbus, Georgia, was one of the first faculty members of Wesleyan College, in Macon, and led the earliest association of Georgia teachers, campaigning for taxUK February 2026 • US February 2026 300 Pages • 6 bw HB 9780761892083 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780761874744 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780761880370 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780761879091 • £19.79 / $26.95 Hamilton Books
supported public schools that would be free to all Georgia children regardless of gender and class. Slade was also a Baptist minister who lived the values he professed. He resigned a job as professor over denominational sectarianism but then withdrew from being too exclusive in his own Baptist denomination. This is a story about female education and its connection to the religious history of Georgia as demonstrated through one man, his family, and the thousands of young women from across the country whose lives were changed and went on to continue Slade’s passion and spirit for education into their own families and further generations.
COLLECTIONS
The Emergence of Soaring in America
Warren E. Eaton and Aviation in the Interwar Era Edward J. Erickson, Marine Corps University, USA & Elise B. Eaton, Independent Scholar The Emergence of Soaring in America: Warren E. Eaton and Aviation in the Interwar Era explores Warren E. Eaton’s legacy and his contribution to the growth of aviation in America during the Interwar era. Edward J. Erickson and Elise B. Eaton construct the book around three seminal events in Warren E. Eaton’s life: marrying Genevieve “Vieve” Jacoby, being a First World War fighter pilot, and becoming enamored with motorless flight or soaring. The authors highlight how the U.S. Army trained its fighter pilots in its advanced flight training program in France during the First World War, provide a local perspective on the rise of small-scale commercial aviation and airports during the Interwar era, explore previously unpublished eye-witness testimony and newly discovered forensics to explain the circumstances surrounding Warren Eaton’s fatal flight over Biscayne Bay in Miami, Florida, and present the story behind why, how, and UK November 2025 • US November 2025 when Warren Eaton’s Falcon came to be on permanent display in the National Air and Space Museum in Chantilly, Virginia. 248 Pages • 3 b/w illus, 20 b/w photos, and Through Eaton’s family history and secondary sources, Erickson and Eaton fill in missing and episodic gaps in Warren E. 2 tables PB 9798765167090 • £28.99 / $39.95 Eaton’s extant literature and his contributions to sports, military, and commercial aviation history. HB 9781666981865 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765167083 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978761537 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
197
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The Survival of American Democracy Presidential Abuse of Power and Reforms David Contosta, Chestnut Hill College David Contosta provides a timely, historical analysis of threats to American democracy and how to protect the United States from future abuses of presidential power. Tracing how presidency has changed since the founding of the United States of America, Contosta examines the roots of threats to democracy including concerns about presidents leveraging their cult of personality, partisanship preventing Congress from effectively checking presidential power, and presidents initiating foreign war or war adjacent actions without a Congressional declaration of hostilities. This book also dissects the creation of the Electoral College as well as the continuing dangers to the American political system. In this way, Contosta tells the story of the American presidential experience, addressing Benjamin Franklin’s haunting comment at the end of the Constitution Convention – “A republic if you can keep it.” In light of the 2025 political climate, the final chapters of the book analyze the three elections in which Donald UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages PB 9781666944440 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666944426 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216269045 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978759411 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Trump ran for president, focusing on the reasons why Trump won in both 2016 and 2024 and what his victories say about American politics, American life, and the possible future of American democracy. Through his thorough examination of the evolution of presidency, Contosta highlights the importance of protecting democracy from future abuses of presidential power.
COLLECTIONS
ProQuest Statistical Abstract of the United States 2026 The National Data Book ProQuest The Statistical Abstract of the United States has provided a statistical portrait of social, political, demographic, and economic conditions of America since 1878. This 2025 edition continues the heritage begun so long ago by the U.S. government, with the U.S. Census Bureau being the last agency to produce the compendium at government expense. Long-time users of the Statistical Abstract of the United States expect each new edition to carry forward much of the content from prior editions, as well as introduce new data as America continues to evolve. Our editors are committed to updating the long-standing, historical statistics as new data become available, as well as researching new topics to cover.
ProQuest Statistical Abstract Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 1024 Pages HB 9798892050814 • £180.00 / $245.00 ePub 9798892052658 • £176.402 / $220.50 Bloomsbury Academic
198
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life of African American Slaves in the Antebellum South Paul E. Teed, Saginaw Valley State University & Melissa Ladd Teed, Saginaw Valley State University Providing an indispensable resource for students and scholars studying the history of slavery, this book covers the full spectrum of daily life among slaves in the Antebellum South, giving readers a more complete picture of slaves' experiences in the decades before emancipation. In their daily struggles to forge lives of dignity and meaning within an inhuman system, slaves in the Antebellum South demonstrated creativity, resilience, and an insatiable desire to be free. The Daily Life of African American Slaves in the Antebellum South focuses on their struggles to create lives of meaning and dignity within a brutal and repressive system.
The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages • 15 bw illus HB 9781440863240 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216439363 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440863257 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216071327 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
This volume provides a comprehensive examination of the institution of slavery from the perspective of the slaves themselves. Readers can explore family life, religious beliefs, political activities, intellectual aspirations, material possessions, and recreational pursuits of enslaved people. The book shows that enslaved people were tightly constrained by the harsh realities of the oppressive system under which they lived but that they found ways to forge lives of their own. The book synthesizes the latest and best literature on slavery and gives readers the opportunity to examine history through the lens of daily life using primary source documents created by slaves or former slaves.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life of Women in Postwar America Nancy Hendricks, Independent Scholar, USA From Beatniks to Sputnik and from Princess Grace to Peyton Place, this book illuminates the female half of the US population as they entered a "brave new world" that revolutionized women's lives. After World War II, the United States was the strongest, most powerful nation in the world. Life was safe and secure -- but many women were unhappy with their lives. What was going on behind the closed doors of America's "picture-perfect" houses? This volume includes chapters on the domestic, economic, intellectual, material, political, recreational, and religious lives of the average American woman after World War II. Chapters examine topics such as the entertainment industry's evolving The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 328 Pages • 21 bw illus HB 9781440871283 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216439790 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440871290 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216071563 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
concept of womanhood; Supreme Court decisions; the shifting idea of women and careers; advertising; rural, urban, and suburban life; issues women of color faced; and child rearing and other domestic responsibilities. A timeline of important events and glossary help to round out the text, along with further readings and a bibliography to point readers to additional resources for their research. Ideal for students in high school and college, this volume provides an important look at the revolutionary transformation of women's lives in the decades following World War II.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life in the American West Jason E. Pierce, Angelo State University, TX Including descriptions of how a variety of people lived their daily lives, from nomadic Indian tribes to Chinese immigrants and from cowboys to city-dwellers. It also conveys how those individual lives are reflected in the sweeping changes that occurred in a century that saw the West become the most modern and diverse of all the nation's regions. Readers will also find the expected cast of characters (gunfighters, American Indian leaders, cowboys, and so on) that have long captured the imagination of people around the world covered with an academic focus that tries to tell an accurate story of the West and its role in the United States.
The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK March 2026 • US March 2026 352 Pages • 15 bw illus HB 9781440876196 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216461562 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440876202 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798216071129 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
199
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Guides to Historic Events in America
Guides to Historic Events in America
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 344 Pages HB 9781440868979 • £60.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216392521 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440868986 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216101239 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 328 Pages HB 9781440863639 • £60.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216392507 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440863646 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216040972 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
The Immigration and Nationality Act of 1965
The 1960s Cultural Revolution
Michael C. LeMay, California State University-San Bernardino, USA
John C. McWilliams, Penn State University
The United States, often described as a nation of immigrants, has the most diverse population in the world. Immigration remains one of the most complex and contentious political, cultural, and social issues in the country. Much of today’s policy stems from the Immigration and Naturalization Act of 1965, championed by President John F. Kennedy to establish a new preference system for legal immigration.
This highly readable and valuable resource revisits the personalities and events that sparked the cultural revolutions synonymous with the 1960s. It considers the forces that shaped the decade and made it a unique era, beginning with an introductory historical overview that provides context and perspective.
A Reference Guide
A Reference Guide
This comprehensive volume explains the six major eras of immigration legislation, examines how and why laws evolved, and profiles the key actors and organizations shaping immigration policy today. It outlines the precursor laws to the 1965 Act, how they fell short, and the motivations and political context behind the Act’s passage. The book also considers where U.S. immigration law may be headed in the near future.
Focusing on social and cultural history, the book explores the New Left, the antiwar movement, the counterculture, and the pivotal year of 1968. It also includes extensive reference materials such as a comprehensive timeline, biographical profiles of key figures, primary documents, a glossary of terms, and an annotated bibliography for further study.
In addition, it explores the intended and unforeseen impacts of the 1965 Act on the American economy, demographics, and society at large. A curated selection of primary documents, government data, and scholarly sources supports this authoritative overview of immigration policy in the United States.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Guides to Historic Events in America
Guides to Historic Events in America
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 312 Pages • 38 bw illus HB 9781440871849 • £60.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216392460 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440871856 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216136552 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 360 Pages HB 9781440869075 • £60.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216392347 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440869082 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216182818 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
The Reagan Revolution and the Rise of the New Right
The Women's Rights Movement since 1945
Kenneth J. Heineman
Christina G. Larocco
Ronald Reagan’s presidency marked a pivotal shift in American politics, culture, and global relations. His conservative revolution in the 1980s reshaped the nation and helped bring about the end of the Cold War, leaving a lasting legacy that still influences the United States today.
Documenting the history of the American women's rights movement from 1945 through the 2016 election, this reference offers a crucial and objective look at the changing strategies, goals, and challenges of American feminists.
A Reference Guide
This book explores Reagan’s rise from Hollywood actor to powerful political leader. It traces how he challenged traditional Republican values and implemented policies that transformed the country’s social and political landscape. Key issues such as abortion, gay rights, law and order, tax cuts, deindustrialization, and the Religious Right are examined to show how they contributed to Reagan’s legislative successes. The book also highlights his masterful use of public relations, including the iconic “morning in America” campaign, showcasing his ability to shape public opinion through media.
200
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
A Reference Guide
Many aspects of women's lives in the mid-twentieth century—including legal subjugation to their husbands, limitations in education and employment, and restrictions on sexual and reproductive autonomy—are unthinkable today. Women's lives improved only through the concerted action of several generations of activists, whose work lies at the center of this volume. This book traces women's changing relationships to family, work, education, government, and sexuality from 1945 through the 2016 election. The book begins with an overview essay that places the women's rights movement in its historical context. This is followed by a chronology offering concise profiles of key events. A series of chapters then discusses the history of the women's rights movement since 1945 and what the movement has accomplished. Biographical entries profile key figures involved in the movement, and a selection of primary source documents gives first-hand accounts of the movement. An annotated bibliography directs readers to additional sources of information.
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Black History Lives
Black History Lives
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 296 Pages • 15 bw illus HB 9781440872488 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216396666 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440872495 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216055105 • £19.79 / $26.95 ABC-CLIO
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 272 Pages HB 9781440872686 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216396673 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440872693 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216105787 • £19.79 / $26.95 ABC-CLIO
Booker T. Washington
Jackie Robinson
Mark Christian, City University of New York, USA
Courtney Michelle Smith, Cabrini University
A 2022 Outstanding Reference Source Winner.
This book captures Robinson's lifetime, from 1919 to 1972, while focusing on his connections to the unresolved promise of the Reconstruction Era and to the civil rights movement of the 20th century. In addition to covering Robinson's athletic career with the UCLA Bruins, the Kansas City Monarchs, the Montreal Royals, and the Brooklyn Dodgers. This book explores sociopolitical elements to situate Robinson's story and impact within the broader context of United States history. The book makes deliberate connections among the failure of Reconstruction, the creation of the Negro Leagues, the rise and decline of legalized segregation in the United States, the progress of the civil rights movement, and Robinson's life.
A Life in American History
A Life in American History
An illuminating historical biography for students and scholars alike, this book gives readers insight into the life and times of Booker T. Washington. Booker T. Washington was an integral figure in mid-19th to early-20th century America who successfully transitioned from a life of slavery and poverty to a position among the Black elite. This book highlights Washington's often overlooked contributions to the African and African American experience, particularly his support of higher education for Black students through fundraising for Fisk and Howard universities, where he served as a trustee. A vocal advocate of vocational and liberal arts alike, Washington eventually founded his own school, the Tuskegee Institute, with a well-rounded curriculum to expand opportunities and encourage free thinking for Black students. While Washington was sometimes viewed as a "great accommodator" by his critics for working alongside wealthy, white elites, he quietly advocated for Black teachers and students as well as for desegregation. This book will offer readers a clearly written, fully realized overview of Booker T. Washington and his legacy.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Chronological chapters begin with Robinson's life before he played professional baseball, continue with an exploration of the Negro Leagues and Robinson's career with the Brooklyn Dodgers, and conclude with an examination of Robinson's post-retirement life as well as his influence on civil rights. Supplemental materials including document excerpts give readers an opportunity to explore contemporary accounts of Robinson's career and impact.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Black History Lives
Black History Lives
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 200 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9781440873829 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216396758 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440873836 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216106487 • £19.79 / $26.95 ABC-CLIO
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 248 Pages HB 9781440864001 • £55.00 / $70.00 PB 9798216396765 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440864018 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216171997 • £19.79 / $26.95 ABC-CLIO
Jesse Owens
Martin Luther King Jr.
F. Erik Brooks, Central State University, USA & Kevin M. Jones Sr., Cedarville
Jamie J. Wilson, Salem State University, USA
University
This accessible, up-to-date, and timely biography of Martin Luther King Jr. offers readers a fresh approach to King's life, achievements, and lasting contributions to civil rights, social justice, and American history.
A Life in American History
A Life in American History
A compelling resource for sports enthusiasts, this book places the life and athletic accomplishments of Jesse Owens within the context of race and American history in the early 20th century. The year 2020 marked the 40th anniversary of the death of one of the greatest track and field athletes in intercollegiate and Olympic history. This book examines Jesse Owens' upbringing, religious and spiritual life, and collegiate years and includes an examination of race, politics, and Nazi Germany as a backdrop to the 1936 Olympics. It also considers Owens' personal economic hardships after his triumph at the Olympic Games, his death, and his legacy. Chapters are organized around the major developments in Jesse Owens' life, from his birth in Oakville, Alabama in 1913 to his death in Tucson, Arizona in 1980, and all his groundbreaking athletic achievements in between. Primary source documents, sidebars, a timeline, and a bibliography provide valuable additional information for readers. The final chapter, "Why Jesse Owens Matters," explores his cultural and historical significance.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
This richly informed narrative follows King's early life as the son of a noted Baptist preacher in Atlanta, to his adulthood as the most visible, influential, and controversial leader of the civil rights movement in the United States during the 1960s. Going beyond the typical cradle-to-the-grave biography, this book situates King within and alongside the major events that King helped define, including the push for desegregation, equal rights for Black Americans, and the antiwar movement. Chapters are organized chronologically, and a supplementary chapter, "Why Martin Luther King Jr. Matters," takes up King's ongoing cultural and historical significance. Additionally, carefully chosen "Cultural Connections" are placed throughout the text to help students draw lines between King's life and the social, political, and intellectual currents with which King was and remains synonymous.
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
201
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Daily Life along the Underground Railroad Cassandra Newby-Alexander, Norfolk State University, USA Understand the daily choices, fears, and experiences of freedom seekers along the Underground Railroad. Delving into the lives and stories of everyday men and women either escaping slavery or helping others to escape, this book shows the day-to-day realities of life along the Underground Railroad. This story explores the range of perspectives by examining the various geographic areas, means of escape, places of refuge, and the people who helped them, giving nuance and understanding to this period of American history. From physical abuse to the fear of recapture to the daring efforts to rescue others, chapters detail the challenges and hardships brave freedom seekers faced in their efforts to escape the bonds of slavery. The book further addresses head on common misconceptions and important points of view that history has failed to represent. The book's heart comes from the real stories of real freedom seekers and Underground Railroad agents Daily Life through History UK May 2026 • US May 2026 200 Pages • 16 bw PB 9798765116258 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9781440881404 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9781440881411 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765112694 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
interwoven throughout the book. Additional resources such as a timeline and a glossary further complement the work, giving students quick access to major events and themes about the Underground Railroad and its contextualizing history.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Frederick Douglass A Biography
C. James Trotman Ph.D., West Chester University Written for young adults, this biography of Frederick Douglass covers the life of the most famous black abolitionist and intellectual of the 19th century. Frederick Douglass: A Biography explores the life of the most famous black abolitionist and intellectual of the 19th century. The book covers the major developments of Douglass's life from his birth in 1818 through his time as a slave and his rise to prominence as the most famous black voice for freedom of his time. The biography discusses Douglass's relationships with such figures as John Brown, the feminist Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and five presidents of the United States, including Abraham Lincoln. It analyzes his role in national politics before, during, and after the Civil War, and examines the way his life is tied to significant local, regional, and national events. By focusing Greenwood Biographies UK January 2026 • US January 2026 192 Pages • 17 bw illus HB 9780313350368 • £35.00 / $44.00 PB 9798216443346 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780313350375 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216086871 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
202
UK, Europe, ROW
on the importance of spirituality in Douglass's life, this revealing work adds to our understanding of the man, the way he saw himself, and the many things he accomplished.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The United States and the Ends of Empire
Decolonization, Hierarchy, and World Order since 1776 Sean T. Byrnes, Western Governors University, USA Few topics are more important to understanding the origins of the modern world than decolonization, and few countries have played a more important role in that history than the United States. Through a lively narrative history that ranges across four centuries, Byrnes reveals how the process of ending and replacing empires defined the American relationship to the world from the colonial era to the present. Despite the egalitarian rhetoric of the American Revolution, hierarchies born of the imperial age—and defined by ideas about race, capitalism, and civilization —fundamentally shaped American views of who was entitled to sovereignty and when. Therefore, far from building a world of “Westphalian” sovereign equality, the United States instead manipulated, expanded, and then attempted to dominate New Approaches to International History UK April 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages • 24 bw illus HB 9781350341661 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350341678 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350341692 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350341685 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
globe spanning structures of wealth and power that served the few at the expense of the many. From early interactions with Native Americans and a decolonizing Latin America, to efforts to bolster global hierarchies after the World Wars and influence the postcolonial “Third World”, The United States and the Ends of Empire, tells the story of a US that may not always have embraced formal empire but nevertheless still sought to organize the world in imperial ways.
COLLECTIONS
The Atlantic Alliance in the Long 20th Century A Modern History of US-European Relations Alessandra Bitumi Reflecting on the tensions between identity and alterity, which have informed the relationship between Europe and the United States since the colonial era, The Atlantic Alliance in the Long 20th Century takes a transnational approach to situate Euro-American history within a global context and provide an understanding of how the Atlantic alliance has been built, maintained and challenged. Centring on the formation of “Atlantica”, a political and security community that emerged after World War II, it raises critical questions about the nature and manifestation of American hegemony in Western Europe; what were the foundational pillars of this community, and how did the balance of power evolve within it? Also exploring the interplay between transatlantic New Approaches to International History UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages HB 9781350583719 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350583702 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350583733 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350583726 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
relations and European integration, it asks how the EU and EC fitted into this Atlantic community. In examining the tensions between Atlanticism and Europeanism, and whether their approaches were independent or convergent, Bitumi sets out what this means for contemporary relations today. Arguing that the three foundational pillars of the Atlantic order- democracy, deregulated capitalism and cosmopolitan internationalism- have faced significant strain since the 2008 financial crisis, this book reflects on the origins of this crisis and the challenge it poses to the ongoing unity and cohesion of the Atlantic Alliance.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Socialism, Internationalism, and Development in the Third World Envisioning Modernity in the Era of Decolonization
Edited by Su Lin Lewis, University of Bristol, UK & Nana Osei-Opare, Rice University, USA In the wake of colonial and racial exploitation, political leaders, technocrats, activists, and workers across the Third World turned to socialism to offer a new vision of post-colonial development. In following these actors, the contributions to this open access volume show that “development” was not merely exported from North to South: people across the Global South collaborated with each other while engaging with a diversity of socialist ideas, from European Fabianism and Marxism to tailored African, Asian, and Latin American models. They led debates on race and inequality from the 1920s and 1930s and spearheaded local, regional, and internationalist efforts to re-envision modernity by the 1950s and 1960s. By examining the limitations and legacies of socialist development initiatives in and across the Third World, Socialism, Histories of Internationalism
Internationalism, and Development in the Third World offers new perspectives on the intertwined histories of socialism,
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350413436 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350413467 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350413443 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350413450 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
development, and international cooperation, with lessons for both past and present. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI and Rice University, USA.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
203
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Archives and Emotions
International Dialogues Across Past, Present, and Future Edited by Ilaria Scaglia & Valeria Vanesio WINNER OF THE SOCIETY OF AMERICAN ARCHIVISTS’ WALDO GIFFORD LELAND AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE AND USEFULNESS IN ARCHIVAL HISTORY, THEORY, AND PRACTICE 2025 Archives and Emotions argues, at its most fundamental level, that emotions matter and have always mattered to both the people whose histories are documented by archives and to those working with the documents these contain. This is the first study to put archivists and historians—scholars and practitioners from different settings, geographical provenance, and stages of career—in conversation with one another to examine the interplay of a broad range of emotions and archives, traditional and digital, from the eighteenth to the twenty-first centuries across national and disciplinary borders. History of Emotions UK June 2026 • US June 2026 312 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350415188 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350415218 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350415195 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350415201 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Drawing on methodologies from the history of emotions and critical archival studies, this book provides an original analysis of interconnected themes through a selected number of case studies. Its main message is that critically investigating the history and mechanics of emotions—including their suppression and exclusion—also being conscious of their effects on people and societies is essential to understanding how archives came to hold deep civic and ethical implications for both present and future.
COLLECTIONS
World Today 2025–2026 Multiple Authors Begun in 1966, The World Today Series offers a penetrating look into every nation—its geographical setting, history, current government, politics, cultures, economy, as well as its problems and prospects. The up-to-date content is effectively supplemented with maps, photographs, original art, and comprehensive bibliographies. As events become more remote, their descriptions are condensed with each new edition. This allows room to present the important, current happenings that have occurred since publication of the previous edition, along with insightful discussion of the reasons they occurred and the implications for the future. The result is a series of well-proportioned, complete, and very up-to-date texts that focus on current events—uncluttered with unnecessary and repetitive background detail. Each new edition brings the world into today’s perspective for the reader. World Today (Stryker) UK January 2026 • US January 2026 PB 9798881802592 • £170.00 / $340.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Revised and published each year, the books in the series provide important details and analysis for each country, with sharp focus on the realities of today’s events. Year after year, the combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail along with the informed projections make The World Today books are outstanding resources for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, students, and high-school, college & public libraries. Available in both print and e-book formats and priced low to fit student and library budgets!
COLLECTIONS
24TH EDITION
Nordic, Central, and Southeastern Europe 2025–2026 Bojka Djukanovic The World Today Series: Nordic, Central, and Southeastern Europe 2025–2026 provides historical background on Nordic, Central, and Southeastern Europe countries to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
World Today (Stryker) UK January 2026 • US January 2026 696 Pages PB 9798881802516 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881866105 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802523 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
204
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
43RD EDITION
COLLECTIONS
57TH EDITION
World Today (Stryker)
World Today (Stryker)
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 504 Pages PB 9798881802578 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881866501 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802585 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 392 Pages PB 9798881802455 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881856205 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802462 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Western Europe 2025–2026
East and Southeast Asia 2025–2026
Bojka Djukanovic
James E. Hoare
The World Today Series: Western Europe 2025–2026 provides historical background on Western Europe to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
The World Today Series: East & Southeast Asia 2025–2026 provides historical background on East & Southeast Asia to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
COLLECTIONS
59TH EDITION
COLLECTIONS
40TH EDITION
World Today
World Today (Stryker)
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 432 Pages PB 9798881802417 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881854904 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802424 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 240 Pages PB 9798881802431 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881862817 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802448 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Africa 2025–2026
Canada 2025–2026
Lawrence R. Sullivan, Adelphi University
P. T. Babie, The University of Adelaide & Charles J. Russo
The World Today Series: Africa 2025–2026 is an annually updated presentation of Africa. It provides historical background on Africa to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
The World Today Series: Canada 2025–2026 is an annually updated presentation of Canada. It provides historical background on Canada to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. It covers the country’s culture, geography, people, economy, politics and future. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail along with its informed projections make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
205
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
20TH EDITION
COLLECTIONS
58TH EDITION
World Today
World Today
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 304 Pages PB 9798881802554 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881864453 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802561 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 488 Pages PB 9798881802479 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881856663 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802486 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
The USA and The World 2025–2026
Latin America 2025–2026
David M. Keithly, University of California
William H. Beezley, University of Arizona
The World Today Series,” USA and the World 2025–2026 presents an unusually penetrating look into America and its relationship to the rest of the world. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail along with its informed projections make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors and students. The content is thorough yet perfect for a one-semester introductory course or general library reference.
The World Today Series: Latin America 2025–2026 provides historical background on Latin America to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
COLLECTIONS
58TH EDITION
COLLECTIONS
World Today
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 152 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9798765144022 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765143988 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765144008 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765143995 • £72.00 / $99.00 Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 320 Pages PB 9798881802493 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881859084 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802509 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
The Middle East and South Asia 2025–2026
Yearbook of Transnational History
Ilan Pappe, University of Exeter
(2025), Volume 8
The World Today Series: The Middle East and South Asia 2025–2026 provides historical background on East & Southeast Asia to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
Edited by Thomas Adam & Hernan Tesler- Mabé
206
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
The Yearbook of Transnational History is dedicated to disseminating pioneering research in the field of transnational history. This eighth volume brings together case studies of Jewish heritage and Jewish history in the Caribbean, China, Europe, and North America from the thirteenth to the twentieth century. It includes chapters about the Jewish presence in Ancient China, the building of synagogues in the Atlantic World, Jewish soccer culture, Jewish migration to Canada, and the work of the Ukrainian-Jewish intellectual Solomon Goldelman.
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY 2ND EDITION
BOR
Panorama, A World History Volume 1: Beginnings to 1500
Ross Edmunds Dunn, San Diego State University, USA & Urmi Engineer Willoughby, Pitzer College, USA Panorama follows the journey of humankind in a global context, weaving a world-scale narrative with a single chronological thread. It empowers you to connect the regional histories of particular states, empires, and cultural traditions to larger patterns of change on hemispheric and global scales—examining migratory movements, networks of trade, the spread of religions, pandemics, and environmental transformations. Richly illustrated with 120 images and over 50 maps, the first volume of this new edition of Panorama is organized into four chronological parts, each covering a defined era in world history. Volume 1 starts with the Paleolithic era and surveys up to the late fifteenth century CE. With its unique global narrative, chronological storytelling and exceptional features, Panorama provides a clear framework UK February 2026 • US February 2026 608 Pages • 120 color illus HB 9781350434219 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350434202 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9781350434233 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9781350434226 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
to analyze and engage with the changes, continuities, and anomalies in our world’s past—and their impact on the present.
2ND EDITION
BOR
Panorama, A World History Volume 2: 1450 to the Present
Ross Edmunds Dunn, San Diego State University, USA & Urmi Engineer Willoughby, Pitzer College, USA How did the Columbian Exchange transform diets around the world? Why did expanding global trade hurt textile workers in India? In what circumstances did the COVID-19 virus become a global pandemic? Panorama explores these questions by following the journey of humankind in a global context, weaving a world-scale narrative with a single chronological thread. It empowers you to connect the regional histories of particular states, empires, and cultural traditions to larger patterns of change on hemispheric and global scales—examining migratory movements, networks of trade, the spread of religions, pandemics, and environmental transformations. Richly illustrated with 120 images and 48 maps, the second volume of this new edition of Panorama is organized into three chronological parts, each covering a defined era in world history. Volume 2 starts in the mid-fifteenth century CE and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 592 Pages • 120 color illus HB 9781350434257 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350434240 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9781350434271 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9781350434264 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
surveys up to the present day. With its unique global narrative, chronological storytelling and exceptional features, Panorama provides a clear framework to analyse and engage with the changes, continuities, and anomalies in our world’s past—and their impact on the present.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
207
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Child, Family, State
Adoption in Germany, 1900-2021 Roland Spickermann This book explores how adoption evolved in Germany’s turbulent twentieth century, experiencing both drastic changes and unexpected continuities. The history of adoption in twentieth-century Germany has been dramatic and complex. The Weimar Republic’s assumption of responsibility for children’s welfare in 1922 empowered state authorities to regulate private adoption agencies, to set up their own public adoption offices, and to require prospective adoptive parents to prove their competence to social workers. These policies subsequently allowed nazis, communists, and democrats to frame adoption policies to match their social and political goals and values. Differing conceptions of the best interests of the child and the family, redefinitions of “family”, UK September 2025 • US September 2025 328 Pages PB 9781498563284 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781498563260 • £81.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216201601 • £72.90 / $108.00 ePub 9781978759381 • £72.90 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
changing criteria for a family’s or child’s suitability for adoption, abduction, international adoption, and even European integration all came into play, empowering authorities to define, regulate and sometimes even forbid adoptive relationships to that end. The evolution of German adoption and German society reflected each other, showing both fundamental changes and unexpected continuities, and deepening our understanding of both.
COLLECTIONS
The Post-Imperial Turkish State and Islam, 1923-1950 A Complicated Relationship
BESTAMI S. BILGIÇ & Tuba Bilgiç The period between 1923-1950 is seen as the golden age of secularism in the Turkish Republic, but how true is this? The Post-Imperial Turkish State and Islam, 1923-1950 revisits the relationship between the state and Islam in Turkey during this period, arguing that it was shaped and complicated by a post-imperial trauma that manifested in almost all parts of political and social life. Using extensive Turkish and English language government documents, the authors argue that this was neither a golden age for secularism, nor a dark age for Islam in Turkey. Instead, they reveal how the Turkish government’s relationship with Islam was shaped by three processes of negotiation. First, the ‘Lausanne negotiation’ between Turkey and the victorious powers of UK June 2026 • US June 2026 194 Pages PB 9798216442011 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666979916 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216264286 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978763098 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the First World War, second between the Kemalist government and both its dissenters and the largely conservative Turkish society, and third, amongst the Kemalist themselves. Through these negotiations, the authors reveal the intricate and complex relationship between state and religion in post-imperial Turkey, contributing fascinating new insights to the established literature on this subject.
COLLECTIONS
Geographers
Biobibliographical Studies, Volume 42 Edited by Elizabeth Baigent, University of Oxford, UK & André Reyes Novaes, Universidade do Estado do Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Geographers is a collection of studies on individuals who have made major contributions to the development of geography and geographical thought. Volume 42 of Geographers: Biobibliographical Studies explores how individual geographers have interacted with and shaped institutions throughout their careers. Rather than focusing solely on institutions themselves, this volume examines how geographers have used institutional frameworks to advance their practices and how they have intertwined their knowledge production with both academic and non-academic settings. Through examples from diverse contexts, including Germany, Brazil, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, it highlights how institutions can act simultaneously as gatekeepers and obstacles, as well as enablers and Geographers
supporters of geographical work and careers.
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages HB 9781350613201 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781350613225 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781350613218 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The volume is organised into four main themes: inter-institutional mobility, institution building, geography beyond formal institutions, and links between academia and social movements. Together, these biographies reveal geography as a discipline shaped by fluid boundaries between institutions, individuals, and society. The collection highlights the mutual constitution of structure and agency, demonstrating how geographers not only inhabit institutions but also reconstruct, reinterpret, and transcend them to broaden the scope and social relevance of geographical knowledge.
208
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Mexico
A Concise Illustrated History John W. Sherman This accessible, sweeping survey of Mexican history, from pre-Columbian times to the present, introduces critical political and economic processes that have defined the country. With ample maps and illustrations, along with historiographical inserts, this updated 2nd edition is a guide from the earliest beginnings of a great nation down to the present day. To understand this complex land is to study the splendor of its pre-Columbian cultures, learn the legacies of a violent conquest, and appreciate the fluorescence of 3 centuries of viceregal Spanish rule. The struggle for independence, war with UK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages HB 9798881804602 • £80.00 / $120.00 PB 9798881804619 • £25.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881867775 • £23.39 / $35.95 ePub 9798881804626 • £23.39 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
the United States, French Intervention, Benito Juárez, dictatorship under Porfirio Díaz, revolutionary upheaval under “Pancho” Villa. This book also shows the darker side of history. Examining the corruption of 20th-century presidents, security apparatuses, and the PRI party, it explores the roots of present-day cartels and rising patterns of social violence.
COLLECTIONS
Uruguay
The History of South America's Most Successful Country Peter V.N. Henderson Peter V. N. Henderson provides a sweeping look at Uruguay’s political, economic, and social history from colonial times to the twenty-first century within a transnational context. This book dives into the country’s unique history that resulted in its nickname as “the Switzerland of South America” because of its broad democracy, balanced economy, sizable middle class, secular values, higher literacy rates, and generous and inclusive social legislation. Uruguay’s origin is richly detailed, from its pre-colonial roots as Banda Oriental, to European colonization and the Spanish settlement of Montevideo, to the legendary caudillos Juan Lavalleja and Manuel Oribe and the creation of the independent UK March 2025 • US March 2025 272 Pages • 19 b/w photos; 18 textboxes HB 9798881807733 • £73.00 / $95.00 PB 9798881807740 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881858278 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9798881807757 • £27.00 / $32.40 Rowman & Littlefield
state of Uruguay in 1828. Like other Latin American countries, it struggled with state formation. Then, a major change occurred at the end of the nineteenth century: policies following trends of modernization drastically overhauled the nation’s economic and social infrastructure and a national identity emerged in poetry and the arts. This book dives into the presidency of José Batlle y Ordóñez, the country’s involvement in World War II, and its economic and political collapse and eventual military seizure of the government in 1973. In 1985, the dictatorship reluctantly left power, and the country transitioned to its original democratic values. Social welfare programs, green energy programs unheard of in South America, and progressive policies flourish into the twenty-first century.
COLLECTIONS
4TH EDITION
Historical Dictionary of Venezuela Tomás Straka, Universidad Católica Andrés Bello, Virgilio Armas, Universidad Católica Andrés Bello & Esther Mobilia, Unviersidad Católica Andrés Bello The fourth edition of the Historical Dictionary of Venezuela offers a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of one of the most complex, interesting, and vibrant countries in Latin America. Beyond what appears in the news or the facile explanations of political factions, Venezuelan history holds a wealth of knowledge that is largely unknown. With worldrenowned figures such as Simón Bolívar, the largest oil reserves in the world, and enormous crises such as the one experienced between 2016 and 2022, Venezuela is a country of contrasts, great achievements, and great problems. It is not surprising that it was the country where magical realism was invented.
Historical Dictionaries of the Americas UK February 2026 • US February 2026 504 Pages PB 9798216390992 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798216390954 • £170.00 / $230.00 ePDF 9798216390978 • £153.00 / $207.00 ePub 9798216390961 • £153.00 / $207.00 Bloomsbury Academic
It contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography. The dictionary section contains cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Venezuela.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
209
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The Chicana and Chicano Movement From Aztlán to Zapatistas
Edited by Adelaida R. Del Castillo, San Diego State University, USA & Norma Iglesias-Prieto, San Diego State University, USA This indispensable resource for students investigating social, political, women's feminist, and artistic activism, provides an overview of the major trends, influences, creative, and educational accomplishments of the Chicana and Chicano Movement. The impact of the Chicana/Chicano Movement on today's America can be seen in the halls of power, educational access and equity, museum exhibitions of Chicana/Chicano art, and positive self-image among Chicanas and Chicanos. It is also reflected in media arts, theater, music, and dance. This book provides students investigating Chicana/Chicano and Mexican American social and political activism and social justice advocacy with an overview of the major trends and influences of the Chicana and Chicano Movement during the volatile 1960s and 1970s and the movement's direction in and impact on the Movements of the American Mosaic UK February 2026 • US February 2026 400 Pages • 25 bw illus PB 9798765131442 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781440801303 • £90.00 / $107.00 ePDF 9781440801310 • £81.00 / $96.30 ePub 9798216170945 • £81.00 / $96.30 Bloomsbury Academic
following decades. The book is organized alphabetically with entries on significant organizations, places, events, and ideas that were important to the Chicana and Chicano Movement in the United States, enhanced by photographs by historian Devra Weber, a participant in the movement, that provide additional context and visual aids. Coverage includes protests, marches, walkouts, strikes, boycotts, and other actions taken to call attention to the injustices Chicanas/Chicanos were experiencing, especially throughout the Southwest. High school and first-year undergraduate students will find this to be an invaluable research tool to support understanding of this important social and political movement.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Juan Perón’s Anti-Imperialist Geopolitics A New Order for the Cold War World
Robert D. Koch, Independent Scholar, Portugal Using a blend of global, intellectual and cultural history, this book explores the geopolitics of Juan Perón and their relationship to, and impact on, the international history of the mid-20th century. Beginning with Perón’s formative years, it analyzes the concepts that helped shape his anti-imperialist views and traces these ideas over decades from his time in the Argentine Army through his rise to power, downfall, and eventual death in 1974. Dissecting how notions of imperialism, nationalism and decolonization fueled his ideology and approach to foreign policy, Juan Perón’s Anti-Imperialist Geopolitics takes a long-term approach to understand his geopolitical evolution over time. While Peronism has continued to be an influential movement in Argentine politics and remains a lively research topic, Perón’s geopolitics have received scant attention despite their significance to his popularity and legacy. This book offers a corrective to this, situating Peronism, Argentina, and Latin America on the international stage during the 20th century. From UK April 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350460942 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350460973 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350460959 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350460966 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
210
UK, Europe, ROW
his pioneering role in the era’s anti-imperialist solidarity movement, his expansion of the Peronist development model to a global model and his efforts to establish a post-imperial world through the Non-Aligned Movement, Juan Perón’s AntiImperialist Geopolitics argues that Perón merits recognition as a leading 20th-century geopolitical thinker.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The Green Sahara
Regaining Paradise in the Face of Climate Change John Gaudet A thoughtful exploration of how the Sahara Desert can be returned to its former glory as a green paradise while actively combating climate change. A green Sahara is something the world has not seen since 10,000 BC when the Sahara was a wet, lush region. By 3,000 BC though the climate changed, the rains stopped, and the ancient green Sahara dried into today’s desert. It was the victim of a phenomenon that reminds us today of global climate warming. But what if we could reverse the desertification of the Sahara, and bring back the green paradise of days passed? In The Green Sahara: Regaining Paradise in the Face of Climate Change, John Gaudet explores the process by which climate change in ancient times converted a green paradise into an arid desert land, highlighting parallels to what is UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 31 bw illus HB 9798881808556 • £25.99 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881867485 • £23.39 / $32.40 ePub 9798881808563 • £23.39 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
happening in our time. But he also illuminates how an intense effort to create green energy is being made by several Saharan countries to build and operate enormous solar and wind farms. As a result, a wave of green energy generated in the Sahara, the largest desert on earth, is about to swamp the world, and could lead to a regreening of the Sahara Desert. Covering just 20% of the Sahara Desert with wind turbines and solar panels would generate almost five times more energy than is currently needed worldwide. Gaudet’s manifesto demonstrates how climate change induced by man actually has the power to save the world and restore a beautiful piece of ancient history.
COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionary of South Sudan Douglas H. Johnson, Kuyok Abol Kuyok & Nicki Kindersley This is the first ever historical dictionary of South Sudan as an independent nation. It focuses on the events, peoples, and cultures of South Sudan that were once treated as marginal to the grand narrative of Sudanese national history, but without disentangling South Sudan from wider historical connections across the Nile Valley and Northeast Africa. With an interpretive introduction by the three authors, it offers new perspectives on historical events and personalities, extensive coverage of recent events and current affairs, short biographies of leading social and political figures, an extensive chronology, a comprehensive bibliography, and maps based on current research illustrating specific issues confronting the new nation. Building on the classical anthropological and historical studies of South Sudanese peoples as well as new research, especially by South Sudanese authors, it provides a foundation on which to build new research on South Sudan and new perspectives on its shared history with Sudan and the wider region. Historical Dictionary of South Sudan contains a Historical Dictionaries of Africa
chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography. The dictionary section has more than 500 cross-referenced
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country's politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and 592 Pages • 9 Maps, 2 Tables HB 9781538124499 • £177.00 / $230.00 culture. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about South Sudan. ePDF 9798881865979 • £159.30 / $207.00 ePub 9781538124505 • £159.30 / $207.00 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
4TH EDITION
Historical Dictionary of Mauritania Christopher Hemmig Mauritania comprises a diverse mix of ethnicities and cultures, and its paths of political, economic, and social development have proven challenging. In the midst of severe environmental pressures, regional instabilities, internal divisions of race, ethnicity, and tribe, and wide inequality, Mauritania has nonetheless undergone significant transition and experienced tangible economic growth since 2000. Recent years have brought a fragile sense of stability, but enormous challenges remain. Historical Dictionary of Mauritania, Fourth Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography. The dictionary section contains cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, Historical Dictionaries of Africa UK September 2025 • US September 2025 334 Pages PB 9798765166666 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9781538150054 • £110.00 / $150.00 ePDF 9798765159620 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781538150061 • £99.00 / $135.00 Bloomsbury Academic
economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Mauritania.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
211
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
3RD EDITION
Historical Dictionary of Sierra Leone LaRay Denzer & David E. Skinner Sierra Leone was founded as a refuge for emancipated slaves in the late 18th century and is an important case study for contemporary global issues. The region in which the country is located was important for the early migration and settlement of diverse cultures throughout western Africa. The dictionary offers information and analysis about the territory’s ethnographic, economic, social, and political characteristics from early times to the present. Historical Dictionary of Sierra Leone, Third Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography. The dictionary section has more than 400 cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Sierra Leone.
Historical Dictionaries of Africa UK October 2025 • US October 2025 552 Pages PB 9798765166659 • £29.99 / $40.95 HB 9781538124468 • £160.00 / $220.00 ePDF 9798765163825 • £144.00 / $198.00 ePub 9781538124451 • £144.00 / $198.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Why are we in Okinawa? A History of Violence Jon Mitchell In this compelling history, award-winning journalist, Jon Mitchell, traces how the islands of Okinawa have been annexed by Japan, occupied by the United States and now menaced by China. In response, Okinawans have developed one of the world’s most resilient – yet overlooked – pacifist movements. Once a wealthy kingdom, Okinawa was seized by Japan in the late-19th century and, after World War II, abandoned to US colonial rule. For twenty-seven years, residents were denied civil and labor rights, but their non-violent resistance grew so strong that, in 1972, they forced the return of the islands to Japanese control. Today, thirty-one US bases dominate a land mass smaller than Rhode Island and Okinawans remain Japan’s poorest people. Tensions are rising as China questions Japan's control of Okinawa and fires missiles into nearby seas. Angry at
Asian Voices UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 15 b&w images, 2 maps HB 9781538188392 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765165027 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798765159941 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
being pawns in the play of greater powers, islanders resist through mass protests, music, comedy and art. Okinawa offers an inspirational model of grassroots democracy and civic engagement for the rest of Japan and beyond.
2ND EDITION
North Korea A History
Michael J. Seth, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA, USA North Korea is perhaps the most intriguing, infamous and enigmatic nation of our modern world. Yet how many of us know its full history, and how it came to be? Starting with its origins in the colonial period, Michael J Seth masterfully traces how North Korea transformed itself from a Soviet-style socialist state to the ultra-nationalist, dynastic dictatorship of the 21st century. Born from 20th century Korea’s struggles to regain autonomy and achieve modernization, this book follows the story of how a single Korea with a shared ethnic and cultural heritage, evolved into radically different societies. From the birth of the DPRK, through economic collapse, famine and failed revolution, it illuminates North Korea’s journey with an engaging understanding of the political, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 352 Pages • 9 bw illustrations HB 9781350475441 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350475434 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350475465 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350475458 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
ideological, economic and social forces at play. This edition has been updated to examine recent developments in Korean history, up until 2025, and has analysed over sixty new publications from leading academics. It also incorporates the experiences of prominent North Korean women and analyses the everyday life of ordinary North Koreans, as well as the country’s leaders. Seth also uses his expertise to analyse and put more emphasis on Inter-Korean relations
212
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Regionalism and Nationalism at the Nanyang Border
Guangxi Province and the Making of the Chinese Nation State, 1924–1949 Congjie Cheng, Zhejiang International Studies University This book is a detailed study of the interplay of regionalism and nationalism in the Guangxi province during the Republican period, with special attention paid to the War of Resistance years. This a new study of the so-called “New Guangxi Clique”, tracing its role and reach, not simply in Guangxi Province, but also in its articulation with the Chinese Central Government under Chiang Kai-shek and with Chinese communities in Southeast Asia. Regionalism and Nationalism at the Nanyang Border sheds new light on nationalism and war in China placing a peripheral province at the centre, and in so doing challenging the idea of periphery itself. The book provides original coverage of the provincial governments’ engagements with overseas Chinese communities in the Southeast Asia region, and wartime and post-war refugee relief. Congjie Cheng makes important contributions to the field of modern Chinese UK October 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages • 5 tables PB 9798216197362 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964103 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216201489 • £73.64 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763470 • £73.64 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
history through an exploration of the idea of “regional nationalism and the fields of refugee studies and histories of the Chinese experience in WWII.
COLLECTIONS
Hindu Amir of Muslims
Indigenized Islam from the Indian Ocean Littoral of Malabar Abbas Panakkal, University of St Andrews, United Kingdom This book explores the pivotal role of integration in shaping Indigenized Islam in 16th-century Malabar, a region along the Indian Ocean's coastal fringes. Through a detailed examination of popular traditions, primary texts, and archaeological and architectural artifacts, this study seeks to unravel the historical processes that facilitated the fusion of Islam within the local vernacular context. Among the diverse Muslim ethnic groups of Malabar, indigenous customs and traditions were intricately woven into their religious identity, contributing to a distinctive, inclusive character. The study highlights phenomena such as the recognition of the Hindu King Zamorin of Calicut as the Amir of the Muslims and the advocacy by Muslim scholars and leaders for military UK April 2026 • US July 2026 280 Pages HB 9789361319150 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9789361314759 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9789361317033 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic India
COLLECTIONS
Jihad to protect non-Muslim rulers' sovereignty. These elements reflect the complex nature of Indigenized Islam. This volume navigates the various pathways through which Malabar Islam emerged as a unique blend of indigenous cultural expressions within the broader Islamic heritage. It enhances our understanding of historical interactions, cultural fusion, and religious dynamics, offering a nuanced portrayal of the transformative forces shaping Islamic practices and identities.
3RD EDITION
Historical Dictionary of Azerbaijan Zaur Gasimov Azerbaijanis speak a Turkic language close to the Turkish of Turkey and live in a vast historical landscape between Russia’s Dagestan, eastern Georgia, and Iran’s capital, Tehran. The nation declared independence in 1918, but Russia reoccupied the country by force in 1920. In 1991, Azerbaijan regained its independence for the second time. The oil-rich republic of ten million people is located at a geopolitically important crossroads between Russia and Iran. Predominantly Shiite Muslim and highly secular, Azerbaijan is Turkey and Israel’s closest ally in the region. A post-Soviet country the size of Austria on the Caspian Sea, Azerbaijan faces numerous socio-political problems rooted mainly in its communist past (1920–1991). Azerbaijan’s economy has been based on oil and gas exports for three decades, providing alternative fossil-fuel supplies for Europe. At the same time, the non-oil sector remains relatively underdeveloped. Historical Dictionaries of Asia, Oceania, and the Middle East
Historical Dictionary of Azerbaijan, Third Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and crossreferenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion,
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 354 Pages and culture. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about PB 9798216197171 • £38.99 / $54.95 Azerbaijan. HB 9798216197133 • £140.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9798216197157 • £126.00 / $171.00 ePub 9798216197140 • £126.00 / $171.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
213
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Bihar in Colonial India
Region in the Making of a Nation Aryendra Chakravartty, Stephen F. Austin State University, USA This book points to the indispensability of the province in shaping and strengthening ideas of the nation in 20th century India. Focusing on the region of Bihar, it shows how its distinctively regional identity was not in opposition to colonial politics or nationalist sentiments, but was itself a product of colonial and national imaginings. The separation of Bihar, hailed by some as the ‘royal province’ of India and the cradle of Indian cultural and civilization, realigned the region not as ‘backward’ and ‘provincial’ but as the core of an Indian national imagination. Yet it also sparked multiple, contrasting narratives and differences; from questions about territorial realignment, to tensions between Biharis and Bengalis, and the question of language. Transforming the province into a cohesive cultural space was only possible by Critical Perspectives in South Asian invoking the nation and its associated historical and cultural imagination, by memorializing its archaeological past and History documenting its history.
UK February 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350467347 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350467316 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350467323 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350467330 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Challenging the assertion that regional differences undermine claims of united, nationalist ideas, and threaten to tear through the fabric of national identity, this book argues that the region-nation relationship is more symbiotic and demonstrates the crucial role that regional movements play in defining and validating the nationalist imagination.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Textual Lives of Caste Across the Ages
Hierarchy, Humanity and Equality in Indian History Edited by Prathama Banerjee, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, New Delhi, India The essays in this volume explore the myriad ways in which caste (varna and jati) has been theorized and critiqued in multiple philosophical, religious, logical and narrative traditions in India. Spanning ancient, medieval and modern times, and in diverse classical and vernacular languages, the chapters show how the social fact of caste, and imaginations of kinship, community and humanity were historically subject to epistemological, spiritual, and existential debate in both elite and popular circles in India. Textual Lives of Caste Across the Ages seeks to bridge the interdisciplinary gap between historians and sociologists by focusing on texts that help us think across the sociological and philosophical, the political and the religious, the Critical Perspectives in South Asian epistemological and the aesthetic, and indeed, the elite and the popular. The volume also sets up a conversation between History scholars specializing in different regions, archives, and historical periods and demonstrates how caste imaginaries have
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 296 Pages • 12 bw illus HB 9781350355019 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350355040 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350355026 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350355033 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
been deeply diverse and contested in India’s past. Reconstructing these diverse traditions of social and existential criticism helps us in our contemporary struggles against caste hierarchy and untouchability and enriches our contemporary critical repertoire.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Contesting Memorial Spaces of Japan's Empire Edited by Edward Boyle, International Research Center for Japanese Studies, Japan & Steven Ivings, Kyoto University, Japan Ongoing arguments over how histories are honoured – as evidenced by the conflict between South Korea and Japan over the opening of Tokyo’s Heritage Information Centre in June 2020 – reveal the extent to which heritage processes enable states to assert legitimacy and power on a global stage. Here, Contesting Memorial Spaces of Japan’s Empire shines a timely spotlight on the complicated histories and disputed legacies of various sites associated with Japan’s empire in Asia and the Pacific.
SOAS Studies in Modern and Contemporary Japan UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 30 B&W HB 9781350324602 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350324640 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350324619 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350324626 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
214
UK, Europe, ROW
Bringing together a team of international scholars, this transnational study sees contested memorial spaces as windows for us to explore how borders are created, moved and altered in everyday life. From the Asan Bay Overlook Memorial Wall in Guam and the Puppet Emperor Palace in China to Japan’s Ainu Museum and the Cowra War Cemetery in Australia, the diverse range of case studies examined here foreground the complex relationship Japan and its neighbours have with their imperial past and reveal how these relations stand at the intersection of individual actions, societal choices and memory collectives. In doing so, this innovative collection of essays bridges history, geography and heritage studies to provide an invaluable new approach to the study of imperial conflict and memory politics in modern Japan.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Insects in Antiquity Edited by Gene Kritsky A Cultural History of Insects in Antiquity covers the period from 1000 BCE to 500 CE. As different cultures expanded so did their interactions with insects, largely seen as vectors of disease and as agricultural and bodily pests. However, as knowledge of insects grew, insect products were developed, notably honey or beeswax as used in food, preservation, medicine, and religious ritual. Insects were feared but were also invested with great power, even sanctity. The jewelry of ancient Egypt, Greece, and Rome fashioned insects into symbols of the beauty of nature, whilst literary and sacred texts transformed insects into metaphors for fertility and immortality. The six-volume set of the Cultural History of Insects presents the first comprehensive history from antiquity to today of all The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages • 46 bw illus HB 9781350003057 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
forms and aspects of human-insect interaction. The themes covered in each volume are insect knowledge; insects and disease; insects and food; insect products; insects in mythology and religion; insects as symbols; insects in literature and language; and insects in art.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Insects in the Medieval Age Edited by Gene Kritsky A Cultural History of Insects in the Medieval Age covers the period from 500 to 1300, a time when the uses and value of insect products greatly increased. Silk, in particular, created economies and led to increased global trade; trade which, in turn, expanded the scope of insect-borne disease. The explosion in writing in the Middle Ages relied on inks, dyes, and waxes actively produced by insects or extracted from their crushed bodies. More visibly, insects began to teem across the pages of illuminated manuscripts, becoming symbols of divine order, earthly corruption, and ephemeral beauty. The six-volume set of the Cultural History of Insects presents the first comprehensive history from antiquity to today of all forms and aspects of human-insect interaction. The themes covered in each volume are insect knowledge; insects and disease; insects and food; insect products; insects in mythology and religion; insects as symbols; insects in literature and The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages • 56 bw illus HB 9781350003064 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
language; and insects in art.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Insects in the Renaissance Edited by Sherilyn G.F. Smith A Cultural History of Insects in the Renaissance covers the period from 1300 to 1600, examining the profound impact of insects on the flowering of culture. In the early part of this period, the unprecedented number of deaths caused by the Plague – spread in part by fleas – encouraged the later rise of a middle class. Meanwhile, much of the wealth which funded Renaissance politics and patronage came from trade in honey, silk, and insect dyes, notably cochineal, one of the most valuable exports from the New World. And, as perceptions of humans and the natural world changed, interest in insects shifted from the symbolic to the scientific. The six-volume set of the Cultural History of Insects presents the first comprehensive history from antiquity to today of all The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages • 36 bw illus HB 9781350003071 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
forms and aspects of human-insect interaction. The themes covered in each volume are insect knowledge; insects and disease; insects and food; insect products; insects in mythology and religion; insects as symbols; insects in literature and language; and insects in art.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
215
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Insects in the Age of Enlightenment Edited by Matthew S. Lehnert A Cultural History of Insects in the Age of Enlightenment covers the period from 1600 to 1820, a time of global exploration, the discovery of species, and advances in scientific technologies and methods. The natural sciences were increasingly shaped by what could be seen, observed, and classified. This new, Enlightenment approach to knowledge was greatly facilitated by enormous advances in microscopy. Enlightenment entomologists used miscrosopes to examine previously invisible bodies and worlds, illuminating insect metamorphosis and establishing the field of insect morphology. The six-volume set of the Cultural History of Insects presents the first comprehensive history from antiquity to today of all forms and aspects of human-insect interaction. The themes covered in each volume are insect knowledge; insects and The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages • 38 bw illus HB 9781350003088 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
disease; insects and food; insect products; insects in mythology and religion; insects as symbols; insects in literature and language; and insects in art.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Insects in the Age of Industry Edited by Carol Anelli & Susan Fisher A Cultural History of Insects in the Age of Industry covers the period from 1820 to 1920, a time of great technological innovation and intensified trade. As urban populations spread so did pollution, squalor, and disease – and so did education and scientific knowledge. The expeditions of nineteenth century naturalists such as Charles Darwin and Alfred Russel Wallace fed the natural history collections of museums. At the same time, with the formation of new scientific groups and societies, professional entomology emerged as a specific branch of science. Knowledge of insect diversity accelerated whilst the increasing demands on agricultural production foregrounded the work of entomologists on pest control. The six-volume set of the Cultural History of Insects presents the first comprehensive history from antiquity to today of all forms and aspects of human-insect interaction. The themes covered in each volume are insect knowledge; insects and The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 55 bw illus HB 9781350003149 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
disease; insects and food; insect products; insects in mythology and religion; insects as symbols; insects in literature and language; and insects in art.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Insects in the Modern Age Edited by Robert K.D. Peterson A Cultural History of Insects in the Modern Age covers the period from 1920 to the present, a time of tremendous scientific advances in our understanding of insects and their place in the natural world. The age ushered in an optimism fueled by the power of science and technology to improve the human condition and included stunning achievements in managing insect pests in the first half of the century. Today, although insects are recognised as cultural symbols of natural harmony and as bellwethers of ecological damage, our irrational fears continue, transforming insects into metaphors of invasion, alienation, and decay across literature, art, music, film, and political rhetoric. The six-volume set of the Cultural History of Insects presents the first comprehensive history from antiquity to today of all The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages • 48 bw illus HB 9781350003156 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
216
UK, Europe, ROW
forms and aspects of human-insect interaction. The themes covered in each volume are insect knowledge; insects and disease; insects and food; insect products; insects in mythology and religion; insects as symbols; insects in literature and language; and insects in art.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Mathematics in Antiquity Edited by Michael N. Fried A Cultural History of Mathematics in Antiquity covers the period from 3000 BCE to 500 CE, exploring the great richness and diversity of mathematical thought and activity across the ancient world. Our modern notion of mathematics – and the word itself – was established by Greco-Roman culture. However, sophisticated forms of what we should call mathematics – number systems, ways of measurement, notation, and formulae – were developed millennia earlier by scribes in ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, and Iraq. Mathematics proved just as invaluable in trade, taxation, astronomy, engineering, war, and agriculture in antiquity as it does now. The six volume set of the Cultural History of Mathematics explores the value and impact of mathematics in human culture The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages • 59 B/W HB 9781350062931 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
from antiquity to the present. The themes covered in each volume are everyday numeracy; practice and profession; inventing mathematics; mathematics and worldviews; describing and understanding the world; mathematics and technological change; representing mathematics.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Medieval Age Edited by Joseph W. Dauben, Clemency Montelle & Kim Plofker A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Medieval Age covers the period from 500 to 1450, focusing in particular on the innovations in East and South Asia and in Islamicate cultures. With the invention of algebra and the decimal place-value number system – as well as innovations in trigonometry, astronomy, and finance – medieval mathematics reenvisioned the science it inherited from antiquity and fundamentally transformed the world. The six volume set of the Cultural History of Mathematics explores the value and impact of mathematics in human culture from antiquity to the present. The themes covered in each volume are everyday numeracy; practice and profession; inventing mathematics; mathematics and worldviews; describing and understanding the world; mathematics and technological change; representing mathematics. The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 63 B/W HB 9781350062948 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Early Modern Age Edited by Volker Remmert & Jeanne Peiffer A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Early Modern Age covers the period from 1450 to 1687, a time marked by increasing interplay between science and society. Classical writing on science which had been lost and Arabic thinking which was new both percolated into the West, fertilizing new ideas and giving birth to what has been called the “Scientific Revolution”. From artisanal workshops to academic institutions, mathematicians thrived. And, with the development of symbolic algebra and infinitesimal calculus, mathematics became one of the major tools for describing and understanding the world. The six volume set of the Cultural History of Mathematics explores the value and impact of mathematics in human culture The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages • 52 b/w HB 9781350062955 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
from antiquity to the present. The themes covered in each volume are everyday numeracy; practice and profession; inventing mathematics; mathematics and worldviews; describing and understanding the world; mathematics and technological change; representing mathematics.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
217
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Eighteenth Century Edited by Maarten Bullynck A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Eighteenth Century covers the period from 1687 to 1800. Advances in the use of calculus opened up both nature and society to mathematical analysis, while mathematical skills became increasingly valuable in ongoing power struggles between nation-states. This redefined the role of mathematics in many professional occupations, encouraging greater numerical literacy and better mathematical education. Building on advances in both analysis and physics, mathematics helped shape the ideas of the Enlightenment. The six volume set of the Cultural History of Mathematics explores the value and impact of mathematics in human culture from antiquity to the present. The themes covered in each volume are everyday numeracy; practice and profession; The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages • 49 B/W HB 9781350063051 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
inventing mathematics; mathematics and worldviews; describing and understanding the world; mathematics and technological change; representing mathematics.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Nineteenth Century Edited by Tom Archibald & David E. Rowe A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Nineteenth Century covers the period from 1800 to 1914, an era shaped by expanding European empires and vastly improved systems of transportation and communication. Widening access to schools improved mathematical literacy amongst the public, while the growth of universities encouraged the formation of national societies of professional mathematicians. Technological innovations, such as wireless telegraphy and aeronautics, spawned new fields in applied mathematics, just as specialists in pure mathematics produced a huge body of knowledge, which almost defied classification. But the international competition and cooperation which had spurred much mathematical progress across the Nineteenth Century was suspended by the onset of the Great War. The six volume set of the Cultural History of Mathematics explores the value and impact of mathematics in human culture The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages • 54 b/w HB 9781350063068 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
from antiquity to the present. The themes covered in each volume are everyday numeracy; practice and profession; inventing mathematics; mathematics and worldviews; describing and understanding the world; mathematics and technological change; representing mathematics.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Modern Age Edited by Tom Archibald & David E. Rowe A Cultural History of Mathematics in the Modern Age covers the period from 1914 to today. Across the Twentieth Century, mathematics influenced two World Wars and the shape of modern warfare, nuclear technology, and the space age, while the certainties of mathematics were taken up by philosophers, artists, and writers. In the increasingly digital world of the Twentyfirst Century, the exponential growth of mathematical knowledge has triggered major technological developments. Mathematical ideas now inform fundamental physical theories and technological models; even our social connectivity relies on mathematical algorithms. The six volume set of the Cultural History of Mathematics explores the value and impact of mathematics in human culture The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 48 B/W HB 9781350063075 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
218
UK, Europe, ROW
from antiquity to the present. The themes covered in each volume are everyday numeracy; practice and profession; inventing mathematics; mathematics and worldviews; describing and understanding the world; mathematics and technological change; representing mathematics.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Western Music in Antiquity Edited by Pauline A. LeVen & Sean A. Gurd A Cultural History of Western Music in Antiquity covers the period from 850 BCE to 500 CE, a time when multiple musics grew and spread in a glorious polyphony of styles. Music became the beneficiary of a wide variety of practices, from largescale public patronage to sophisticated theorization, from the design of new instruments to the medical enhancement of the voice, from the invention of new scales and rhythms to the creation of a remarkably precise notation system. Though much of this polymetric and microtonal music was later lost, the innovations of the ancient Greeks and Romans established new ways of conceiving and practicing music. The 6 volume set of the Cultural History of Western Music presents the first comprehensive history from classical antiquity to The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 256 Pages • 28 B/Ws HB 9781350075511 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
today, covering all forms and aspects of music and its ever-changing social context. The themes covered in each volume are society; philosophies; politics; exchange; education; popular culture; performance; and technologies.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Western Music in the Middle Ages Edited by Eizabeth Eva Leach & Helen Deeming A Cultural History of Western Music in the Middle Ages covers the period from 500 to 1400. This epoch recast earlier approaches to music to suit new musical forms developed under the auspices of the Christian Church. Political and religious change also prompted innovative forms of transmission for music of all kinds. The invention of new forms of notation, the emergence of novel instruments, and the establishment of educational structures all contributed to the systematic training of musicians and the creation of a distinct musical culture. The 6 volume set of the Cultural History of Western Music presents the first comprehensive history from classical antiquity to today, covering all forms and aspects of music and its ever-changing social context. The themes covered in each volume are society; philosophies; politics; exchange; education; popular culture; performance; and technologies. The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 280 Pages • 50 B/W HB 9781350075535 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Western Music in the Renaissance Edited by Jeanice Brooks & Richard Freedman A Cultural History of Western Music in the Renaissance covers the period from 1400 to 1650, examining structures of identity and the delicate relationships between self, society, and sound. What did listeners and creators want from music in the Renaissance? How were the forms and meanings of music shaped by the social, political, and technological transformations of the time? Music was put to many uses in this epoch: as an instrument of power in a changing political order; as an aid to religious and philosophical speculation; and as a tool for constructing emotional communities and regimes. And music itself was transformed, both by new technologies, such as print, and by the expansion of travel and trade.
The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 296 Pages • 50 b/w HB 9781350075559 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The 6 volume set of the Cultural History of Western Music presents the first comprehensive history from classical antiquity to today, covering all forms and aspects of music and its ever-changing social context. The themes covered in each volume are society; philosophies; politics; exchange; education; popular culture; performance; and technologies.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
219
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Western Music in the Age of Enlightenment Edited by David R M Irving, ICREA & Institució Milà i Fontanals de Recerca en Humanitats, CSIC, Spain & Estelle Joubert A Cultural History of Western Music in the Age of Enlightenment covers the period from 1650 to 1790, a time of radical, social, and cultural transformation. Alongside the splendor of performances in courts and opera houses, novel forms of musical culture – such as public concerts and music journalism – emerged in many urban cultures. Advances in science encouraged the development and use of new musical sounds and technologies. Increased exploration and trade enhanced knowledge of other cultures, but the expansion of colonialism and slavery had far-reaching repercussions for Western music. At the same time, the Enlightenment’s philosophical focus on what it means to be human recast the purpose of music: sound became the expression of the self.
The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 288 Pages • 50 b/w HB 9781350075573 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The 6 volume set of the Cultural History of Western Music presents the first comprehensive history from classical antiquity to today, covering all forms and aspects of music and its ever-changing social context. The themes covered in each volume are society; philosophies; politics; exchange; education; popular culture; performance; and technologies.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Western Music in the Industrial Age Edited by Alexander Rehding & Naomi Waltham-Smith A Cultural History of Western Music in the Industrial Age covers the period from 1790 to 1920, when Western music became entangled with political, technological, and economic change on a global scale. Known as the Romantic era and renowned for its genius composers and virtuoso performers, this period charged full steam ahead, with Western audiences marveling at musics from the far reaches of the world, folksong collectors searching for the musical soul of the people, nation-states demanding national anthems, philosophers contending with the issue of slavery, and the phonograph rewriting musical memory. Besides its traditional aesthetic, ethical, and pedagogical functions, Western music became a force in an evolving landscape of work, leisure, and global economy, beating the drums of industrialization. The 6 volume set of the Cultural History of Western Music presents the first comprehensive history from classical antiquity to The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 264 Pages HB 9781350075597 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
today, covering all forms and aspects of music and its ever-changing social context. The themes covered in each volume are society; philosophies; politics; exchange; education; popular culture; performance; and technologies.
COLLECTIONS
A Cultural History of Western Music in the Modern Age Edited by William Cheng & Danielle Fosler- Lussier A Cultural History of Western Music in the Modern Age covers the period from 1920 to the present, an era which has seen unprecedented global conflict, transnational diplomacy, intercultural influence, ecological crisis, technological innovation, and collaborative experiments among artists. The extraordinary range of modern Western music – from the disciplinary systems of the Suzuki Method to the esoteric philosophies of Sun Ra, and from the rapid commercialization of audio recordings to the multi-genre soundtracks of Black Lives Matter – offers no single or clear-cut narrative. In order to examine the complex power, scope, and definition of modern music, this volume presents an array of research methods, case studies, and geopolitical snapshots which offer startling insights into the worldwide reach of Western music over the last century.
The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 296 Pages • 50 b/w HB 9781350075610 • £75.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
220
UK, Europe, ROW
The 6 volume set of the Cultural History of Western Music presents the first comprehensive history from classical antiquity to today, covering all forms and aspects of music and its ever-changing social context. The themes covered in each volume are society; philosophies; politics; exchange; education; popular culture; performance; and technologies.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The Fariseos Folk Tradition of San Pedro de la Cueva, Sonora Morality and Masculinity
Guillermo Núñez Noriega & Norma Elia Cantú This book provides the first ever in-depth analysis of Fariseos, a folk-Catholic tradition performed during Holy Week in the small town of San Pedro de la Cueva located in the state of Sonora, Mexico. Utilizing folklore studies and performance theory, Guillermo Núñez Noriega delves deep into the meaning of this rich cultural tradition. Translated into English for the first time, this in-depth study explores the religious and socio-cultural paradoxes and counternarratives surrounding the festivities, with particular emphasis on expressions of masculinity and the community’s sense of morality. Through interviews, witness testimony, and sophisticated theoretical framing, this book reveals the complexity behind the scenes of this under studied folk religious tradition. Studies in Folklore and Ethnology: Traditions, Practices, and Identities UK November 2025 • US November 2025 192 Pages • 25 b/w images PB 9781666974713 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974690 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765166574 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771284 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Hip, Bohemian, and Counterculture
History and Legacies from 1830 to the Present Alan Bisbort, Independent Scholar, USA From hipsters to beatniks and punks to bohemians, discover the history and legacy of countercultures throughout the world. Examining various underground movements and subcultures from 1830 to the present day, this book shows how out of these often marginalized pockets of bohemianism came works now accepted as among the great creative achievements of the past two centuries. Organized into sections exploring what countercultures are, key individuals belonging to countercultures, and when and where major subculture movements took place, introductory essays augment encyclopedic entries on all things hip, bohemian, and counterculture. Further aiding learning and quick reference are a detailed chronology, a glossary of hip terms and lingo, and suggestions of further readings. Of use to students, researchers, and UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages • 17 bw illus PB 9798765133910 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765133873 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798765133897 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798765133880 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
anyone interested in countercultures, this book sheds lights on the legacy of such subcultures, key participants, and when and where they took place and sparks curious readers to then dig deeper into these subcultures in future research and readings.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Tobacco Through Time
Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Sarah Inskip & Jason Hughes, University of Leicester, UK Throughout human history there are arguably few plants that have had such a significant impact on the lives of people as tobacco. Yet, despite its unparalleled dissemination across human societies, histories of the plant, its use and impact have been dominated by Western European experiences, and based upon a relatively narrow span of sources and records. This open access collection readdresses this imbalance, showcasing a range of interdisciplinary approaches to decentre unilinear, Western and economically-focused accounts of tobacco. From archaeological analysis of bone and dental records, to anthropological considerations of material culture and historical investigations into tobacco’s role in the expansion of colonial power and the slave trade, this book employs a range of UK March 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350510555 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350510524 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350510531 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350510548 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
methods and sources to broaden our understanding of the impact of tobacco on health, population, genetics, consumption, economics, trade, gender and ethnicity. With case studies in North Africa, India and Sri Lanka alongside the Americas and Europe, it seeks to broaden perspectives on the use of tobacco beyond the West, and combine disciplinary methods to better assess its enduring impact on our species. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
221
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionary of Explosives Benjamin C. Garrett, FBI The history of explosives is told through accidents, inventions, tragedies, and war. Historical Dictionary of Explosives describes this history, presenting the three types of explosives—chemical, mechanical, and nuclear—and how they were discovered, developed, and used. It gives their physical and chemical characteristics and profiles the men, women, companies, and collaborative efforts responsible for inventing or otherwise developing these explosives. It recounts selected events in which they were used both in warfare and for peaceful purposes such as tunneling and removing obstacles to navigation. It highlights disasters where human error, carelessness, disregard for personal safety, or unimagined circumstances led to explosions that killed many, injured more, and destroyed cities and ports. Misuse at the hands of terrorists is described, noting that such misuse has changed the way we board aircraft, enter sports venues, and access Historical Dictionaries of War, Revolution, and Civil Unrest UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages PB 9798216392941 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798765145715 • £110.00 / $150.00 ePDF 9798765145739 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9798765145722 • £99.00 / $135.00 Bloomsbury Academic
public buildings. It discusses attempts at both controlling their development and limiting their acquisition, stockpiling, testing, and use, noting that while these attempts are imperfect, they build hopes for enhanced international security. Historical Dictionary of Explosives contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and cross-referenced dictionary entries. This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about explosives.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Medical Firsts
Innovations and Milestones That Changed the World Tish Davidson, Independent Scholar, USA Profiling 60 medical innovations and milestones from the 11th through 21st centuries, this book highlights the people and stories behind these key moments while also exploring their historical context and enduring legacy. Medical Firsts: Innovations and Milestones That Changed the World brings together a carefully curated collection of turning points in the history of medicine over the last millennium. These firsts are drawn from a wide array of medical fields, from surgery to genetics, dentistry, and psychiatry. Firsts are arranged chronologically, but a thematic listing has also been included to allow readers to focus in on particular subject areas, such as trailblazing individuals, groundbreaking drugs and treatments, pioneering diagnostic tools, and life-saving medical procedures. Each entry begins with a description of how the UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages • 14 bw illus HB 9781440877339 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216452171 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440877346 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216172031 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
first came to be, followed by discussion of the historical context in which it emerged and its continued impact on the world of medicine. Sources for further information are provided at the end of each entry and serve as a gateway to further study.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Science in the Ancient World
From Antiquity through the Middle Ages Russell M. Lawson, Tulsa Community College, USA Science in the Ancient World presents a worldwide history of science, from prehistoric times through the medieval period. It covers Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Americas and includes topics ranging from alchemy and astrology to psychology and physics. This work spans prehistory to 1500 CE, examining thousands of years of history in four world regions: Asia, Africa, Europe, and the Americas. Highlights of this period include the onset of civilization and science in Mesopotamia and Egypt, the accomplishments of the ancient Greeks between 700 BCE and 100 CE, the adaptation of Greek science by the Romans, the spread of Greek science during the Hellenistic Age, the expansion of Islamic power and commensurate scientific knowledge, UK January 2026 • US January 2026 624 Pages HB 9781440873522 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216445173 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440873539 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216142416 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
and the development of science and philosophy in ancient China and India. Focusing on the history of the science that blossomed in the above regions, scientific disciplines covered include alchemy, astronomy, astrology, agriculture, architecture, biology, botany, chemistry, engineering, exploration, geography, hydraulics, institutions of science, marine science, mathematics, medicine, meteorology, military science, myth and religion, philosophy, philosophy of science, psychology, physics, and social sciences. In all of these fields, theory and application are explored, as are leading individuals and schools of thought, centers of intellectual activity, and notable accomplishments and inventions.
222
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Julius Caesar
A Reference Guide to His Life and Works Tom Stevenson, University of Sydney Gaius Julius Caesar is one of the most influential men to have ever lived. He is inescapable as a figure of power and dominance and may be experienced directly and indirectly in myriad ways. Every day, people around the world measure their leaders against him, whether consciously or unconsciously. Political and military leaders may be praised or condemned for similarities to him. Even the Pope, as pontifex maximus, holds a position that evokes Caesar’s religious role in ancient Rome. Students and others read his accounts of the Gallic War and the Civil War and wonder about the contents of lost speeches and letters and other works. His calendar continues to govern our lives as thoroughly as any idea or institution possibly could. His portraits are somehow recognizable to those who have never studied them formally. His name evokes feelings of awe in people who have little detailed knowledge about why that should be so. His assassination on the Ides (15th) of March 44 BCE is repeated continuously on stages in every corner of the globe.
Significant Figures in World History UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 29 photos PB 9798216397083 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798881804305 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9798765165201 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9798881804312 • £90.00 / $121.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Julius Caesar: A Reference Guide to His Life and Works contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography. The dictionary section has cross-referenced entries on Caesar’s family and early career; his political and military achievements, including events in Rome and beyond, especially the major campaigns; his dictatorship years; and his assassination. Achievements in literature, oratory, architecture, portraiture, and intellectual discourse are given generous attention, as are prominent ideas and personalities of the age of Caesar.
COLLECTIONS
Franklin Delano Roosevelt
A Reference Guide to His Life and Works Margaret C. Rung, Roosevelt University Franklin D. Roosevelt, the 32nd president of the U.S., looms large over the history of the nation and the world. Serving in office for an unprecedented 12 years, he, along with First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, guided the nation through two of the 20th century’s most dire crises: the Great Depression and World War II. Elected in 1932, amidst the Great Depression, he launched the New Deal, a series of laws and programs designed to broaden the federal government’s authority over the economy and provide Americans with a social safety net. Facing the rise of fascism in Europe and Asia, Roosevelt forged an alliance with the United Kingdom, U.S.S.R., and China that fought a grueling and ultimately victorious war against Germany, Italy, and Japan. Throughout, he held fast to the idea that a government should be responsive to the needs of ordinary people, a vision that he carried into international relations when he promoted the establishment of the United Nations. Significant Figures in World History UK January 2026 • US January 2026 386 Pages • 19 images to be included as a photospread w/half page images PB 9798216202653 • £39.99 / $39.95 HB 9781538145227 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765160312 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781538145234 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
With a sensitivity to his flaws as well as strengths, Franklin Delano Roosevelt: A Reference Guide to His Life and Works probes the people, events, organizations, policies and places that inhabited the orbit of this magnetic and complex personality. It contains a chronology, an introduction, a bibliography, and cross-referenced entries on the people, events, organizations, and policies that defined his life.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
223
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life of Women in Ancient Rome Sara Elise Phang Providing an indispensable resource for students and scholars studying the history of Roman women and gender, this book provides an invaluable introduction to the social, economic, and legal status of women in ancient Rome. Daily Life of Women in Ancient Rome is an invaluable introduction to the lives of women in the late Roman Republic and first three centuries of the Roman Empire. Arranged chronologically and thematically, it examines how Roman women were born, educated, married, and active in economic, social, public, and religious life, as well as how they were commemorated and honored after death. Though they were excluded from formal public and military offices, wealthy Roman women participated in public life as benefactors and in religious life as priestesses. The book also acknowledges the status and occupations of women taking part in public life as textile producers, retail workers, and agricultural laborers, as well as enslaved women. The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series
The book provides a thorough introduction to the social history of women in the Roman world and gives students and
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 332 Pages HB 9781440871689 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216443322 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440871696 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216071532 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
sources in translation.
aspiring scholars references to current scholarship and to primary literary and documentary sources, including collected
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life of Women in Ancient Egypt Lisa K. Sabbahy Providing an indispensable resource for students and scholars studying the history of women in Ancient Egypt, this book provides a readable and scholarly view of every aspect of the life of women in ancient Egypt. Daily Life of Women in Ancient Egypt focuses on the life of women in ancient Egypt, while also putting forth a vast array of information about ancient Egyptians in general. Readers begin with a short but thorough introduction to the three great periods of Pharaonic civilization: the Old Kingdom, the Middle Kingdom, and the New Kingdom. Main chapters include the newest evidence scholars have uncovered at important archeological sites in ancient Egypt. The scope of this book is wide and all inclusive, even though it is focused on the life of ancient Egyptian women. The topics in the book cover a vast amount of the knowledge we have about the ancient Egyptians, including material on architecture, art, law, education, medicine, food, religion, music, and spiritual beliefs. It is important to point out that royal women are only The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 182 Pages HB 9781440870132 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216443315 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440870149 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216071525 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
224
UK, Europe, ROW
discussed in one chapter, so that more "ordinary" ancient Egyptians are the focus of the book. This book is also designed to be readable for people without any background knowledge of the time period. Any reader interested in ancient Egypt will discover a great deal of material.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life of Women in Chaucer's England Jennifer C. Edwards, Manhattan University, USA Providing an indispensable resource for students and scholars studying the history of medieval women and gender, this book provides a comprehensive depiction of women's lives in the 14th and 15th centuries. The late medieval period in England was one rich with opportunities for women, who played fundamental roles in family businesses as well as in the peasant community and economy, and who wrote letters, created autobiographies, and documented their spiritual journeys. Their lives fit into a pattern of seasonal celebrations and rituals shaped, for the majority of women, by work, marriage, and motherhood. The text further considers status distinctions, then shifts to experiences that affected all women, such as the ritual year, disease, food and drink, sex or celibacy, and religion. By providing an overview of the history of English women and gender in the 14th and 15th centuries, the book provides a background suitable for students as well as for academics beginning work in this field. The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 328 Pages • 15 bw illus HB 9781440870545 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216443339 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440870552 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216071549 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Daily Life of Women in Medieval Europe Belle S. Tuten, Juniata College, Huntingdon, PA A resource for students that reveals the everyday world of the Middle Ages for women: sex, marriage, work, and power. Using scholarship from both archeology and history, this book covers major daily concerns for medieval women, their understanding of the world, their relationships with others, and their place in society. It attempts to clarify what we know and what we do not know about women's daily lives in the Western European Middle Ages, between approximately 500 and 1500 CE.
The Greenwood Press Daily Life Through History Series UK March 2026 • US March 2026 264 Pages • 18 bw illus HB 9781440872341 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798216461579 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440872358 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798216071556 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
225
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Resisting Nazism
True Stories of Resistance to the World's Most Dangerous Ideology, from 1920 to the Present Luke Berryman Nazism has always faced resistance: from the German artists who caricatured the Nazis in the 1920s, or the man who infiltrated the SS to try and expose the Holocaust in the 1940s, or the people who uncovered former Nazis as part of a groundbreaking documentary in the 1970s. Resisting Nazism is the first book to connect such stories, painting a vivid picture of resistance to hatred and extremism across the generations. Built on original interviews with the people involved, their families, and their colleagues, as well as deep research, this book is a response to far-right populist threats and antisemitism that increasingly resemble the Nazi past. Each of its twelve chapters tells a different story of resistance. Sometimes, these stories involve incredible daring and enormous risk – but they also show that resistance can begin with something as simple as writing your ideas down or showing solidarity with the oppressed. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 296 Pages • 15 images HB 9798881800697 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9798881857370 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9798881800703 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Transformation of Eurasianism in Soviet Intellectual Milieu, 1950s–1990s Blurring the Lines and Establishing Artificial Continuity Michal Racyn, Masaryk University This book examines the transformation of Eurasianist historiographic and historiosophic concepts within the Soviet postStalinist intellectual milieu. By researching the most understated phase in the development of Eurasianism between the late 1950s and the early 1990s, Michal Racyn follows the reception of the initial historiographic and historiosophic concepts of interwar Eurasianist movement formulated by the influential intellectuals involved in the transformation of Eurasianism before the dissolution of the USSR. Framing Eurasianist ideas in the broader context of Soviet academia and Russian nationalist activity within the USSR, The Transformation of Eurasianism in Soviet Intellectual Milieu, 1950s-1990s introduces the revised concept of trans-Eurasianism and argues that, even though Eurasianism ceased to exist by the mid-1930s as an official movement, in the second half of the 20th century individual Eurasianist concepts did not lose its relevance. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 180 Pages PB 9781666972047 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666972023 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216263050 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978761490 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
226
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Moral Storytelling in 1920s New York, Odessa, and Bombay Sex, Crime, Violence, and Nightlife in the Modern City Mark D. Steinberg, University of Illinois, USA Using public storytelling as driving force, this book explores everyday social moralities relating to stories of sex, crime, violence, and nightlife in the 1920s city space. Focusing on capitalist New York, communist Odessa, and colonial Bombay, Mark D. Steinberg taps in to the global dimension of complex everyday moral anxiety that was prevalent in a vital and troubled decade. Moral Storytelling in 1920s New York, Odessa, and Bombay compares and connects stories of the street in three compelling cosmopolitan port cities. It offers novel insights into significant and varied areas of study, including city life, sex, prostitution, jazz, dancing, gangsters, criminal undergrounds, cinema, ethnic and racial experiences and conflicts, prohibition and drinking, street violence, ‘hooliganism’ and other forms of ‘deviance’ in the contexts of capitalism, colonialism, communism, and nationalism. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 312 Pages • 32 bw illus PB 9781350519947 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350519954 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350519961 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350519978 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The book tells the stories of moralizers: empowered and insistent critics of deviance driven to investigate, interpret, and interfere with how people lived and played. Beside them, not always comfortably, were the policemen and journalists who enforced and documented these efforts. It also reveals the histories of women and men, mostly working class and young, who were observed and categorized: those judged to be wayward, disreputable, disorderly, debauched, and wild. Steinberg explores this global culture war and the everyday moral improvisations—shaped by experiences of class, generation, gender, ethnicity, and race—that came with it.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
UFOs
A Scientist Explains What We Know (And Don’t Know) Robert Powell Robert Powell, a founding Board member of the Scientific Coalition for UAP Studies, has studied the UFO subject for 17 years. His work is encapsulated in UFOs: A Scientist Explains What We Know (And Don’t Know) which provides a scientific rationale for the reality of non-terrestrial craft that are intelligently controlled. Powell begins his book by familiarizing the reader with the history of UFOs and he identifies the more enigmatic and interesting UFO sightings. He examines the characteristics of these sightings that argue against a prosaic explanation: extreme acceleration, electromagnetic interference, bending light, no obvious propulsion mechanisms, and a lack of interaction with the atmosphere. Powell discusses the recent events that have caused our government to change the term from UFO to UAP. Included is information never before released indicating the government possesses not just two videos but five videos from 2015 of UFOs operating in the vicinity of the USS Roosevelt nuclear aircraft carrier. UK February 2026 • US March 2026 224 Pages • 22 b/w illustrations HB 9781538173589 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798216438878 • £15.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798216331643 • £14.39 / $19.75 ePub 9781538173596 • £14.39 / $19.75 Rowman & Littlefield
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
227
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Slavery and Freedom in the Caribbean From Colonialism to Emancipation Gelien Matthews Slavery and Freedom in the Caribbean explores the experiences of the enslaved and their struggle to win freedom in the islands of the Caribbean from the end of the fifteenth century to the nineteenth century when formal emancipation came into effect. Captured for the trans-Atlantic slave trade, Africans endured the Middle Passage from Africa to the Caribbean, sale as the human cargo in the Caribbean, and the development of a servile Caribbean empire by the Spanish, British, French, Dutch, and Danish powers. As the labor force fueling Caribbean colonies, slaves became the backbone of the island economy and culture. Author Gelien Matthews emphasizes the integral role blacks played in loosening the chains of slavery, by forcing their enslavers to make ever-increasing compromises, which ultimately led to the slaves’ total freedom. The African American Experience Series UK February 2026 • US August 2026 150 Pages HB 9781442255104 • £30.00 / $40.00 ePDF 9798881868109 • £27.00 / $36.00 ePub 9781442255111 • £27.00 / $36.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Daily Life in Colonial Hawai'i Joy Schulz, University of Colorado Colorado Springs, USA Discover the textures of everyday life in colonial Hawai'i—from missionary households and sugar plantations to hula schools and military bases—through the eyes of the people who lived it. Daily Life in Colonial Hawai'i offers a rich, ground-level view of life in the Hawaiian Islands during the complex and often turbulent colonial period. Spanning the decades between the arrival of American missionaries in the 1820s and the islands’ eventual admission as the 50th U.S. state in 1959, this book explores how colonialism reshaped Hawaiian society—and how Hawaiians and immigrants from around the world adapted, resisted, and made lives of their own. Organized thematically, each chapter examines a different facet of everyday experience, including missionary family Daily Life through History UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages PB 9798765115329 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9798765115312 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765115343 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765115336 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
routines, plantation labor and economic systems, the rise of public and private schooling, cultural practices such as hula and lei-making, religious transformations, military presence, and the birth of tourism. Drawing on a wide array of primary sources, Daily Life in Colonial Hawai'i brings into focus the stories of Native Hawaiians, Chinese and Japanese laborers, Portuguese immigrants, Filipino plantation workers, and American settlers navigating a world of rapid change and contested power.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Securing Empire
Imperial Cooperation and Competition in the Nineteenth Century Edited by Beatrice de Graaf, Utrecht University, Netherlands, Ozan Ozavci & Erik de Lange, Utrecht University, The Netherlands This volume explores how the quest for security reshaped the world over the course of the 19th century, altering the structures, hierarchies and dynamics of international relations during a pivotal moment in world history. Taking a unique approach to imperial and international history, the essays in this volume show how security propelled imperial expansion, supported institutions of cooperation, maintained networks of imperial actors and shaped experiences of imperial rule. Contending that security should be studied as a force in its own right, one that drove processes of colonization, civilization and commerce, Securing Empire shows how cooperation between and across empires hinged on shared notions UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350378520 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350378551 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350378537 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350378544 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
228
UK, Europe, ROW
of threats and common ways of countering them. In showing that security did not solely inform, support and complicate unilateral imperial endeavours, but also brought different imperial entities together and forged global modes of government, this book shows how integral security was to the ‘global transformation’ of the 19th century and the new world order that emerged.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Biocultural Empire
New Histories of Imperial Lifeworlds Edited by Antoinette Burton, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA, Renisa Mawani, University of British Columbia, Canada & Samantha Frost, University of Illinois, USA Human species supremacy is one of the most persistent fictions at work in the field of modern British imperial history today. This open access collection challenges that assumption, and investigates what histories of empire look like if reimagined as the effect of biocultural, chemical and cultural processes, rather than the result of effects by humans that have been visited upon cultural landscapes, fauna and biomes. In understanding the boundaries between human and nonhuman worlds as porous and open to mutual transformation, and foregrounding interspecies interactions, Biocultural Empire seeks to understand the conditions of imperial power, experience and knowledge as a remix of ‘nature’ and ‘culture’. Bringing empire’s ‘biocultural histories’ to the fore, it asks imperial historians to reckon with an interpretative framework which refuses the sovereignty and boundedness of the Empire’s Other Histories UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350451056 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350451087 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350451063 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350451070 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
imperial subject by seeing it as inseparable from its social and ecological formations. Through this biocultural framework this collection highlights how relentlessly the human species bias of western liberal thought persists at the heart of imperial projects and their histories, and offers a new anti-colonial method that represents a significant intervention in the field of British imperial history. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by University of Illinois, USA and University of British Columbia, Canada.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
In-Between Empire
Imperial Exceptionalism, Poland, and Colonial Travel Writing Raymond Patton, City University of New York, USA Exploring how Polish writers positioned themselves as neither colonized nor colonizers, In-Between Empire analyses their literary works on empire during the 19th and 20th centuries to explore how they negotiated their in-between position in the global imperial hierarchy. Leveraging this vantage point, they claimed the unique ability to represent the South to the West, constructing a Polish national identity in conversation with both imperial and anti-imperial currents, and influencing international discourse on colonialism and its legacy. Written at the nexus of historical and literary studies of imperial and colonial discourse, Patton centres Poland and Eastern Europe in debates that have frequently excluded these perspectives. Showing how these Polish writers attempted to portray anticolonial solidarity with non-European victims of colonialism, yet also employed European colonial tropes, each writer demonstrated a distinctive ability to identify the tensions and flaws of imperialism, whilst simultaneously reconciling those UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350498648 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350498679 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350498655 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350498662 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
tensions to themselves as ‘exceptional Europeans’, innocent of colonialism, by alternating between metropolitan and peripheral perspectives. In doing so, they informed transnational discourses and policies on colonialism, decolonization, the Cold War and beyond.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
229
HISTORY 3RD EDITION
Public History
A Practical Guide Faye Sayer, University of Birmingham, UK The 3rd edition of Public History: A Practical Guide explores history in the public sphere and examines the variety of skills that historians require in the practice of public history. It discusses how through various mediums of interpretation and presentation a range of actors, which include museums, archives, government agencies, community history societies and both traditional and digital media, make history accessible to a wider audience. Faye Sayer offers an accessible and engaging synopsis of a topic that has not previously been covered. By focusing on an area of study that has changed substantially in the last decade, this book presents a comprehensive outline of the practice of 'public history', and provides ideas for future methodological approaches as well as a reference point for planning UK February 2026 • US February 2026 448 Pages • 50 bw illus HB 9781350367142 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350367135 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350367159 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781350367166 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
professional development in order to gain future employment in these sectors. This new edition includes: * Two brand new chapters covering the impact and evaluation of public history and the future of public history * Heavily updated sections on media history, digital history, teaching history and community heritage * Many more global case studies
COLLECTIONS
Writing Game Histories Edited by Esther Wright, Iain Donald & Nick Webber This book offers an accessible introduction to the dynamic intersection between history and games, and the flourishing discipline of Historical Game Studies. From the representation of the past found in games with historical themes and settings- both digital and analogue- to the histories we might write about games, their development, use and the cultures and discourses that surround them, these methods offer something very new to the study of history. How do we approach games as objects of historical study, or as ways of creating narratives and representations of the past? What methods and approaches do we need to account for when understanding the complex and multifaceted histories of games, as well as the myriad ways in which games have and continue to engage with history? Writing Game Histories answers these questions and more, offering the perfect guide to this rapidly growing and increasingly popular field of Writing History UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages HB 9781350468252 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350468269 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350468283 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350468276 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
research, and provides an invaluable resource for considering its future.
COLLECTIONS
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Oral History Edited by Alexander Freund, University of Winnipeg, Canada, Erin Jessee, University of Glasgow, UK & Alistair Thomson, Monash University, Australia The Bloomsbury Handbook of Oral History is a comprehensive examination of oral history which addresses a wide range of practitioners, from beginning students to graduate students and established scholars, community and freelance practitioners in the field, and those from other fields and disciplines interested in oral history. The Handbook is arranged in five thematic Parts: Creating Interviews, Interpreting Oral Histories, Making Histories, Advocacy & Empowerment, and Big Questions & Future Directions. Each chapter documents the state-of-the-art in a particular subject area and surveys the international historiography and current debates. Each chapter concludes with a brief Bloomsbury Handbooks UK February 2026 • US February 2026 504 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9781350379954 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9781350379923 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781350379930 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781350379916 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
230
UK, Europe, ROW
outlook of potential future developments in the field. With chapter authors from every region of the oral history world - North America, South America, Oceania, Africa, Asia and Europe - and each author making use of examples and scholarship from across the global field of oral history, this volume represents the first truly international handbook of oral history.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Historical Authenticity
A Transdisciplinary Compendium Edited by Martin Sabrow, Leibniz Centre for Contemporary History Potsdam, Germany & Achim Saupe, Leibniz Centre for Contemporary History Potsdam, Germany Through 70 alphabetically-arranged articles, Historical Authenticity explains the problems and power of ‘historical authenticity’ as well as the fascination for authentic objects, authentic places and authentic voices of the past. The book shines a light on how today’s attitudes to the past are characterised by an intense striving for historical authenticity. It considers how this manifests itself in practical terms, like in the value attached to ‘authentic objects’ in museums, collections and archives, or to ‘authentic places’ – be they historic buildings, urban architectural ensembles or memorial sites designated as direct embodiments of history. The volume also reflects on how this desire for historical authenticity and past UK February 2026 • US February 2026 672 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9781350474826 • £32.99 / $44.95 HB 9781350474819 • £110.00 / $150.00 ePDF 9781350474833 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350474840 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
‘reality’ goes hand in hand with a longing to experience history ‘first-hand’, as evidenced in the degree of public attention accorded to surviving witnesses of historic events, the frequent screenings of historical documentaries and feature films, and the popularity of historical re-enactments. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Leibniz Research Alliance.
COLLECTIONS
Jewish Revenge and the Holocaust History, Memory, and Imagination
Laura Jockusch, Brandeis University, USA Revenge, argues award-winning author Laura Jockusch, was a ubiquitous coping reaction among European Jews during the Holocaust. It manifested as some acts of violence against Nazi perpetrators and their collaborators as well as revenge fantasies expressed in diaries, letters, last wills, wall inscriptions, songs, and poems. Jockusch reveals how Holocaust survivors—alongside other Europeans—continued this multifaceted engagement with revenge after their liberation from Nazi rule, though some survivors claimed in the decades that followed that revenge was absent among Jews. Jewish Revenge and the Holocaust examines the complexities of Jewish revenge during and after the Holocaust. It shows that, since revenge is a universal human response to atrocity and injustice, neither the claim that Jews were particularly Perspectives on the Holocaust
vengeful (as Nazi perpetrators commonly held) nor the idea that Jews did not engage in revenge, are accurate. Rather,
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781350449268 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350449251 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350449275 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350449282 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
revenge had many expressions and it fulfilled various functions for the victims and survivors of the Holocaust: a last resort act in face of death; or a coping response in utter powerlessness and despair; or a means to confront and commemorate the traumatic past and to go on living after destruction and loss. Jockusch convincingly contends that, even if most survivors chose to forgo violent revenge for ethical reasons, they nevertheless engaged with the idea of vengeance.
COLLECTIONS
Transforming Darkness into Light
A Holocaust Survivor’s Lessons in Fighting Hate Philip Lazowski In 1941, when Philip Lazowski was 11 years old, his mother and two younger siblings were murdered by the Nazis, along with most of the Jews from his village in Poland. His mother’s last words to him exhorted Phillip to “be somebody” because “the world will need you.” He survived two massacres and eventually was reunited with his father and one brother. Together the three of them spent the rest of World War II hiding from the Nazis in the dense woods of Poland, occasionally attaching themselves to groups of partisans. Rabbi Lazowski has spent a lifetime living up to his mother’s last words. Now, at the age of 94, Rabbi Lazowski has experienced both the worst and the best that the world has to offer. He has lived his life as a spiritual leader, peacemaker, educator, community builder and an outspoken and ardent fighter against UK January 2026 • US January 2026 184 Pages HB 9798765167748 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765167762 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798765167755 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
antisemitism and all forms of hate. Witnessing the worldwide surge in antisemitism over the past 8 years, especially since the October 7, 2023, attack by Hamas on civilians in Israel, Rabbi Lazowski has been inspired to write this last and most important book of his life.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
231
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Britain and Holocaust Consciousness in the 1960s Edited by Dan Stone, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK & Johannes-Dieter Steinert, University of Wolverhampton, UK Until now, in the scholarly literature on the development of 'Holocaust consciousness' in the UK, the 1960s has been a missing decade. This book brings together an impressive cast of expert scholars to provide a much-needed corrective to the situation. It ranges widely across disciplines and cultural spheres, as well as the nations and regions of the UK, to reveal that what we now call 'Holocaust consciousness' was decisively created in the UK the 1960s. Britain and Holocaust Consciousness in the 1960s sheds light – remarkably for the first time – on British reactions to the 1961 Eichmann Trial. It considers as well the 1964 Dering v Uris libel trial in London, at the heart of which were horrific UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350443945 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350443952 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350443969 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350443976 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
medical experiments at Auschwitz and which was covered extensively by the British press at the time. The book also covers key sites of Holocaust consciousness such as the Wiener Library and the Columbus Centre, a wealth of British cultural responses to the Holocaust from the period, including memoir literature, cinema, television, art and music, and incorporates vital material on refugees, survivors, gender and religion.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Holocaust
Country by Country Paul R. Bartrop, Florida Gulf Coast University, USA & Eve E. Grimm, Independent Scholar, Australia A RUSA Outstanding Reference Source 2025 From genocidal campaigns to careful neutrality to valiant lifesaving efforts, every country’s experience of the Holocaust was different during and immediately following World War II. This book profiles 50 nations and territories from around the globe, examining how prewar conditions and attitudes toward Jews influenced the trajectory of that place’s wartime experience and its role in the Holocaust. It also explores the aftermath and lasting impact of the Holocaust in these places. Each profile begins with a collection of at-a-glance facts about population, government leaders, wartime status, and more. All profiles begin with a brief introduction, followed by information about the Jewish population in that place, the prewar environment, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 392 Pages HB 9781440879371 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798765118993 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440879388 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765110157 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
wartime experiences, and the aftermath of the Holocaust. A curated selection of further readings at the end of each profile and an end-of-volume list of books and Internet resources point readers toward materials for additional study.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Jewish Purging of a Small German Town
Personal Recollection, Private Letters, and Oral Testimony Maria R. Boes, West Chester University, USA Through the analysis of 10 oral witness testimonies of local residents and a previously undocumented letter correspondence between a Jewish Holocaust survivor and her gentile friend, The Jewish Purging of a Small German Town provides new insights into how the Nazi persecution of the Jewish people unfolded in small towns and communities around Germany. Incorporating her own personal reflections on growing up in Salmünster, Maria R. Boes uncovers the truth about the Jewish residents who lived there and what happened to them after the Nazis came to power in 1933 – a story which has been silenced and suppressed. Boes charts the town’s unsettling trajectory from a harmonious pre-Nazi local community to an environment where, after UK June 2026 • US June 2026 168 Pages HB 9781350450196 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350450189 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350450202 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350450219 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
initial protracted local resistance, Jewish persecution escalated from the boycotting of stores to physical, fiscal and emotional acts against Jewish residents. The book reveals how this culminated in Jewish residents being purged from the town by 1937 without any paramilitary intervention or outside physical force. This microhistory is an illuminating study of the momentous spectre of Germany’s small towns being at the forefront of successfully fulfilling Nazi aims to remove Jewish residents – driving them out of their homes with the ultimate goal of driving them out of existence.
232
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
World Social Change
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 240 Pages • 2 b/w illus PB 9781666937848 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666937824 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216251040 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978767195 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK August 2025 • US August 2025 232 Pages • 18 b/w illustrations HB 9798881804404 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765154861 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798881804411 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Baghdad Dispatches
Seeking Home
Jameel Haque
Eva Richter
Framing the U.S. consulate as a central point of analysis, Baghdad Dispatches highlights the experiences of refugees, prisoners of war, and foreign nationals stranded in Ottoman Baghdad.
Seeking Home is a memoir of a childhood in China as a refugee from Nazi Germany during the turbulent years 1934-49. Richter recalls the little-known history of North China’s occupation by the Japanese during the World War II years amid the remnants of a dying British colonialism.
The City of Peace in World War One
A World War II Refugee Childhood in War-Torn China
Jameel Haque examines the history of Ottoman Baghdad during the First World War, drawing on U.S. archival sources to explore the economic, political, and social transformations that shaped the city. It details the humanitarian efforts of Charles Brissel, the U.S. consul who worked between 1914 and 1916 to distribute aid and manage the interests of seventeen different nations. Additionally, the book investigates the challenges faced by American businesses, including Standard Oil, Singer Sewing Company, MacAndrews & Forbes, and Hills Brothers of New York, all of which struggled with wartime requisitions, loss of influence, and financial setbacks. By examining this period, Baghdad Dispatches reevaluates the extent of U.S. imperial engagement in Baghdad before the war, arguing for a more substantial American presence than has previously been recognized.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
COLLECTIONS
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350402218 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350402225 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350402232 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350402249 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
NEW IN PB
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 330 Pages • 39 b/w photos; HB 9781666923360 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781666923384 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978782921 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666923377 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
Women in Allied Naval Intelligence in the Second World War
Beneath Heavy Pines in World War II Louisiana
A Close Secret
Hayley Johnson, Louisiana State University & Sarah Simms
Sarah-Louise Miller
December 7, 1941 changed the lives of thousands of Japanese Americans who became "enemy" in the eyes of the United States government within hours. With Pearl Harbor still smoldering, these men would be arrested and put into the enemy alien internment system. As the study of internment has steadily grown, the information about the confinement sites and ability to piece together the experiences of the men within has remained a challenging task.
Closely examining the work of women in the US and British naval services towards Allied naval intelligence during the Second World War, this book focuses on their contributions during the Battle of the Atlantic and Pacific Naval War, in order to shed new light on arenas of war from which women’s narratives are almost always absent. Including personal testimonies from those involved, and surveying a wide crosssection of different roles, Sarah-Louise Miller analyses the work of women at every level and rank in the US and British naval services, and offers a much wider picture of how they assisted the Allied forces behind closed doors. With exploration of the work of the WRNS and WAVES on developing naval intelligence, this book argues that they played a crucial role in the British and American SIGINT systems, and within programs such as those at Bletchley Park and OP-20-G – therefore directly impacting the organisation and outcome of Anglo-American naval efforts. Including analysis of the development of the modern ‘kill-chain’, Miller also re-evaluates the effect of the ‘combat taboo’, to demonstrate that the WRNS and WAVES were in fact at the cutting edge of the emergence of modern warfare.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
The Japanese American Internment Experience at Camp Livingston
Camp Livingston, famous as a site for the Louisiana Maneuvers, holds a darker and less well-known history. From 1942-1943, over 1,000 men of Japanese ancestry were held in this internment camp in the pine forests of central Louisiana. The authors approach this camp's history via the experiences and linkages to and through two families, the Miyamotos and Koharas, who are the beating heart at the center of this saga. Through them, the authors have laid out a historical counter narrative that is part biography and part critical exploration of a forgotten chapter of American history. This book is the first of its kind to focus primarily on exploring Camp Livingston, arguably one of the lesser-known enemy alien internment camps, in depth including its layout, operations, and the daily life and experiences of the internees within.
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
233
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
Imperial Entertainers
Korean Women Performers from Military to Global Stages, 1937–75 Yu Jung Lee Imperial Entertainers: Korean Women Performers from Military to Global Stages, 1937-75 uncovers the untold stories of Korean women performers who navigated successive waves of conflict - from the Pacific War to the Korean and Vietnam Wars - as cultural laborers in military entertainment. The author traces how these women became central figures in a dynamic entertainment market that emerged across the Asia-Pacific region amid U.S. Military expansion. Through extensive archival research and intimate interviews with former performers, this book reveals how these women skillfully balanced multiple roles: representing South Korea's new identity as a free nation, performing "Americanness" for military audiences, and pursuing their own personal and professional aspirations. From their early performances in EUSAK (Eight United States Army Korea) clubs to their later success in Vietnam War-era entertainment circuits, these entertainers formed a unique labor Critical Studies in Korean Literature pool that circulated throughout the militarized zones of Asia. While their performances served American military interests and and Culture in Translation Cold War cultural diplomacy, these women were not merely passive participants in U.S. hegemony. Instead, they actively UK September 2025 • US September 2025 208 Pages • 26 bw illus PB 9798765189719 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964769 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154465 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666964776 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
shaped their careers, challenged cultural boundaries, and carved out spaces for individual agency within the constraints of military entertainment. By examining these entertainers as cultural laborers with transnational military networks, the author offers new insights into the intersection of war, gender, and cultural labor in East Asia.
COLLECTIONS
Moral Superpower in the Cold War
The Soviet Struggle for Human Rights Supremacy, 1964-1991 James Petrie Brown, Independent Scholar This book explores how the Cold War’s ideological conflict was played out through competition over human rights values. As the West feared that the Soviet Union might ‘win’ the Cold war, it shows how they sought to aggressively outflank the USSR on human rights, while the Soviet Union simultaneously attempted to establish itself as a moral superpower, superior to the West. Examining how the Soviet leadership sought to respond to the West’s amplification of prominent Soviet dissidents and global condemnation of their human rights abuses, they in turn depicted left-wing activists in the UK and the US as on par with famous Soviet dissidents in their press. Highlighting the extensive Soviet campaign to build global support for its image as a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350541900 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350541870 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350541887 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350541894 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
human rights’ defender, it shows how they claimed support for striking trade unionists, protesting students, Native American rights activists and radical ant-racist groups. Exhibiting this ideological struggle and uncertainty between East and West in new ways, Moral Superpower in the Cold War helps us to understand why the conflict took the trajectory that it did, and how it was experienced by those who lived through it.
COLLECTIONS
Fleeced
Unraveling the History of Wool and War Trish FitzSimons & Madelyn Shaw Not everything about wool is warm and fuzzy. Wool, for millennia the cold climate textile fiber, has a long relationship to war, both in terms of supporting it and causing it. Wool’s strategic value in wartime, a position it gained over centuries, and contrived shortages of same in the 20th century, have helped drive consumers’ transition to the synthetic fibers that have enabled fast fashion, and as both fiber and cloth are global contemporary pollutants. Fleeced argues that the 19th century advent of southern hemisphere large scale sheep pastoralism and northern hemisphere industrialization of the woolen textile industry allowed - at least in part - the huge armies of the 20th century to exist. World War I represented a fundamental shift in the scale of armies and the kind of wars they fought. Demand for wool to outfit the tens of millions of men and women involved in fighting the war or supporting those who did grew way beyond what could be accommodated by any nation’s UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages • 17 b/w photos; 1 map HB 9798881803803 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881855833 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9798881803810 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
normal supply. The contrived wool shortages of this war had a lasting impact - nations subject to supply chain difficulties began the search for substitutes that led first to the semi-synthetic rayon, and ultimately to the plastic fibers such as polyester and acrylic that dominate today’s world of fast fashion. Each chapter of Fleeced begins with a surprising object, document or image that takes us into this fascinating and previously untold history. Change is not necessarily progress. Fleeced explains how competition for wool in wartime helped create our current unsustainable and environmentally disastrous reliance on petrochemical fibers.
234
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
HISTORY COLLECTIONS
The Afghanistan War Encyclopedia Edited by Ryan Wadle, Air Command and Staff College, USA. & Paul J. Springer, Air Command and Staff College, USA Discover the complexities of the Afghanistan War, the United States’ longest military operation and a conflict with farreaching impacts in Afghanistan and around the globe. In this accessible ready-reference encyclopedia, more than 200 entries highlight key people, groups, battles, and concepts and provide valuable insights into the causes, course, and legacy of this lengthy conflict. Cross referencing and further readings accompany each entry, helping readers make connections and pointing them toward resources for additional study. The main text is complemented by a chronology that provides an at-a-glance overview of important events, allowing readers to trace the evolution of the invasion and occupation of Afghanistan. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 432 Pages • 30 bw PB 9798765115589 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781440870453 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9798765115565 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781440870460 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The 2001 U.S.-led war in Afghanistan, launched in response to 9/11, aimed to dismantle Al-Qaeda and topple the Taliban regime. While the initial invasion achieved these goals, the war transformed into a long and costly struggle against insurgents. Despite efforts to build a new Afghan state, the conflict quickly became a stalemate. The 2021 withdrawal by the United States and NATO and the subsequent return to power of the Taliban ended a war with a complex legacy. The protracted conflict reshaped the United States’ role in the world, highlighted the challenges of nation-building, and has left the future of Afghanistan uncertain.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Women and the Military Global Lives in Focus
Ruth Margolies Beitler, United States Military, West Point & Sarah M. Gerstein, United States Military Academy, West Point This addition to the Women and Society around the World series explores the roles, challenges, and accomplishments of women in the military in countries across the globe. Around the world, millions of men serve in their countries' militaries, be it on land, on the seas, or in the air. But while many militaries have opened all positions to women, even those on the front lines, others remain closed. Countries have cited a number of reasons for their policies, including changing views of women and the military, conscription, and economic and demographic trends. Women and Society around the World UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 18 bw illus HB 9781440860225 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216453178 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440860232 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216166382 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Written by a professor of comparative politics at the United States Military Academy at West Point and an active-duty Army major, this book seeks to provide an understanding of women's roles in militaries around the world. The book is organized by region, exploring societal and cultural views of masculinity and war, as well as factors influencing changing views of women and the military, including conscription and economic and demographic trends. Topics also include sexual harassment, recruitment, and views on women's physicality and strength. High school students, undergraduates, and general readers will find this cross-cultural study a fascinating and important resource.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Great Wartime Escapes and Rescues David W. Mills, US Army Command and General Staff College & Kayla L. Westra, Minnesota West Community and Technical College Students, military historians, and casual readers will all find this compelling collection useful in learning about escape strategies, hostage situations, and rescue operations during times of conflict. Great Wartime Escapes and Rescues tells the captivating stories of dozens of escapes and rescues from conflicts dating from the 16th century to present, with extensive coverage of the world wars of the 20th century and the Vietnam War. In addition, escapes and rescues related to terrorist activities and regional conflicts are featured. Some stories of escapes and rescues included in this work have been written about extensively and portrayed in films, including The Great Escape and Captain Phillips' rescue by Navy SEALs. Other stories are less widely known but just as absorbing. UK November 2025 • US November 2025 256 Pages • 25 bw illus HB 9781440859151 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216392163 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440859168 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216092001 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
The book opens with a detailed introductory essay that illuminates the government policies and tactics various countries have used to rescue soldiers and civilians during wartime, as well as the diverse methods that prisoners of war have used to escape notorious camps and prisons. The entries, organized alphabetically, are augmented by engaging sidebars related to the escapes and rescues. The book also includes references to such sources as autobiographies, biographies, news accounts, and interviews with veterans.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
235
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT 4TH EDITION
International Development Issues and Challenges
Damien Kingsbury, Deakin University, Australia, John McKay, Analysis International and Honorary Professor, School of Humanities and Social Science, Deakin University, Matthew Clarke & Kyoko Kusakabe How can a country industrialise without causing environmental damage? How do development professionals ensure they act in the interests of recipients, rather than their own donor country? And how is the humanitarian project of development complicated by ideological objectives? The fourth edition of this renowned textbook covers the most urgent issues facing the field of development. With the return of Russia as a global actor, renewed conflict in the Middle East, and global inequality exacerbated by climate change and global health crises, the questions underpinning international development are increasingly fraught. For most of its history, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 456 Pages HB 9781350446526 • £120.00 / $160.00 PB 9781350446533 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9781350446502 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9781350446519 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
international development was shaped by Cold War competition; at the turn of the twenty-first century, the paradigm shifted as China assumed a greater role, and post-9/11 US development initiatives were intended to reduce militancy in the Middle East. As these tensions return to the world stage, it is ever more important for students to ask what development is – or should be – and what it can achieve. With increased attention to gender and postcolonial perspectives and strong coverage of security, economics and global order, this book is essential reading for students of international development.
COLLECTIONS
Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking in the Horn of Africa Towards a More Socio-economically Informed Development Discourse Robert Love This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the social, economic, and political drivers of slavery and human trafficking within the Horn of Africa in order to show how different development policies could lead to longer-term solutions. In so doing, it addresses a matter is of critical urgency that is too-often overlooked, misunderstood, or neglected. Here Roy Love explains the historical context, flags ambiguities within the legal terminology, and sheds new light on the key drivers such as changing patterns in rural-urban migration, increasing population displacement due to recurrent conflict and climate change, and changing trends in the business practices of traffickers. Along the way, Love offers some much-needed conceptual clarity by drawing important distinctions between modern slavery and human trafficking; between the trafficking of UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages PB 9781350579187 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350579149 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350579163 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350579156 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
adults and the trafficking of children; between how perpetrators and victims are commonly gendered and what the evidence shows; and between received theories of economic and sustainable development and what actually plays out on the ground. Ultimately, Love shows that a long-term solution will come only when we are able to understand these issues clearly and thus revise some core assumptions prevalent within current discourses around development in the Horn.
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
After Border Externalization
Migration, Race, and Labour in Mauritania Hassan Ould Moctar, University of London, UK In this open access book, Hassan Ould Moctar offers an original analysis of the European Union’s tendency to extend its border and migration control operations into the Global South. Rather than approaching this “border externalization” in analytical isolation, he details how it relates to history and social relations in the West African state of Mauritania. The political concern with policing “irregular migration” emerged relatively recently in Mauritania as a result of EU policy cooperation. But as Ould Moctar shows, it intervenes within a deeper historic arc of colonial bordering and racialized population management, while also upholding capitalism’s tendency to cast people out of its development. To trace how this plays out in practice, he offers fine-grained ethnographic accounts of the conditions of migrant workers who have come up against the violence of externalisation at various points in their trajectories. By tying these narratives to equally formative UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages HB 9781350376786 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350376823 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350376809 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350376793 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
236
UK, Europe, ROW
experiences of urban informality and rural dispossession, he demonstrates how the EU border regime intervenes within a colonially inherited framework of racialized territorial belonging and capitalism’s wasteful dynamics in the Global South. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT COLLECTIONS
What Went Wrong
America's Covid Response and Lessons for the Future Gregory E. Pence We thought we were a nation ready for any crisis. Covid showed us how much we have yet to learn. America's response to Covid cost too many lives, set our children back in their education, and forever damaged our trust in our government's ability to protect and guide us through crises. Conflicting values and strategies received too little ethical consideration as we blindly followed an overly simplified prime directive to stop infections and save lives. In What Went Wrong, Gregory Pence reveals how the best of intentions resulted in disastrous consequences for our nation. As many as 400,000 non-Covid deaths occurred as a by-product of poor planning and implementation of medical policies. We continue to realize the long-term effects on our nation, including millions of children now being years behind in reading and math. Proportionally, America suffered more deaths during the pandemic than any other developed country. So where do we go from here? Hindsight on UK April 2025 • US April 2025 200 Pages PB 9781538199718 • £0.00 / $0.00 HB 9781538199701 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881865160 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538199725 • £22.50 / $30.60 Rowman & Littlefield
the pandemic shows us how important and complex the ethical implications of public health policy are. Unless we learn from America's failures, the next pandemic could be even worse.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The Ecology of Food
Sustainable Food Systems and Diets Edited by Nicolas Bricas, Damien Conaré & Marie Walser Written to mark the tenth anniversary of the UNESCO Chair in World Food Systems, this open access multidisciplinary collection of short, digestible expert essays offers a uniquely rounded introduction to the key contemporary issues around sustainable nutrition. The book consists of a clear, five-part structure in which economists, historians, sociologists, physical biologists, and others present a series of reflections on what food is, how it functions in our socieities, how we understand it, and how this has changed over time. Along the way, we discover how current global policies and agro-practices feed into all of this, and we find that reconsidering our nutrition amounts to reconsidering our societies. All authors are leaders in their fields, and all hail UK June 2026 • US June 2026 320 Pages HB 9781350544949 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350544956 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350544932 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350544963 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
from the research organizations that co-lead the UNESCO Chair, including CIRAD, INRAE, Institut Agro, IRD and CiheamIAMM, making this an ideal introductory resource for postgraduates, practitioners, and others interested in food studies and global food systems. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Dimensions of Inequality
Impacts on Growth, Governance, and Human Development Finn Tarp, University of Copenhagen, Rachel M. Gisselquist, University of Birmingham & Ines A. Ferreira, Independent Consultant Inequality matters—and yet, despite an explosion of research and debate, it remains one of the most contested issues of our time. Is it rising or falling? Why do expert analyses often clash? And how can non-specialists make sense of the evidence? Too often, discussions focus narrowly on wealthy Western countries, overlooking also urgent realities in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. This book tackles those gaps, combining expert synthesis of the scholarly literature with new findings from @EQUAL, a major research consortium project spanning institutions in the Global North and South. Through vivid examples—particularly UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages HB 9781350516915 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350516908 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350516946 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350516922 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
from Colombia, Ethiopia, Mozambique, South Africa, and Vietnam—it examines how inequality is measured, understood, and acted upon across diverse contexts. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Novo Nordisk Foundation.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
237
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Decolonizing Social Work
From Theory to Transformative Practice Edited by Tanja Kleibl, University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt, Germany, Robel Abay, Alice Salomon University of Applied Sciences Berlin, Germany, Anna-Lisa Klages, Technical University of Applied Sciences WürzburgSchweinfurt & Sara Rodríguez Lugo, Technical University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt This open access edited collection provides a long-overdue examination of a practice that is continuously involved in managing, regulating, and subordinating individuals and communities. Gathering social work scholars and practitioners from around the world, this collection offers a geographically diverse array of ambitious and insightful theoretical, conceptual, and practical discussions of how social work can perpetuate the afterlives of colonialism and of how this can be reversed. In so doing, this book not only provides in-depth, empirically grounded UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages HB 9781350366459 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350366473 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350366466 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350366442 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
critiques of – and antidotes to – various policies for managing people at the margins of society, it also makes a compelling case for always keeping the complexity of colonial continuity in conversation with neoliberal systems of governance. As these chapters show, it is only by keeping the full complexity of such confluences in mind that social inequality and institutional racism can be understood and that possibilities for change can emerge. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.
COLLECTIONS
Life after War
Lessons for Human-centred Peacebuilding from the Ivory Coast Jessica Moody, Peacebuilding Consultant, UK Delving into the lives of ten Ivoirian citizens in the aftermath of the Ivoirian Civil War, this book sheds new light on how ordinary people contribute to post-conflict peacebuilding, and how it impacts their day-to-day lives. Ex-combatants contemplate the glory days of the conflict and how they have struggled to reintegrate into a post-conflict society which they feel does not want them. Survivors explain the challenges of returning home after war and dealing with trauma in a country where their families have been torn apart. Civilians discuss the ways that they have helped to build peace and the power that their knowledge of the local context has had on peacebuilding. Soldiers explore the difficulty of integrating rebels into the military at the end of a war and the ongoing challenges that this poses to military cohesion. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages PB 9781350405523 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350405486 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350405509 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350405493 • £76.50 / $103.50 Zed Books
Taken together, these stories highlight the need for peacebuilding programmes to ditch one-size-fits-all approaches in order to grapple with the specific social dynamics in post-conflict countries. This is essential reading for researchers and students of peacebuilding, international development and African studies, as well as for practitioners the world over.
COLLECTIONS
Political Economy of Power Sharing in Developing Countries Akietuwopiribie Opuene Hart Political Economy of Power Sharing in Developing Countries is an in-depth examination of factors that trigger the clamor for power sharing, zoning and rotation in mostly developing countries. These provocations include geographical, ethnic, and religious identity factors that can influence the political process in varying degrees from country to country. The impact goes a long way in determining the stability and instability of the political process in various countries. The reasons for these differences and the impacts are a combination of the endogenous variables in the first instance, which are the primary prompters. Other elements, which are the exogenous factors, are secondary prompters. When these converge, they produce a peculiar impact in a given society based on the characteristic variables and the resulting outcome. The new paradigm shifts in the agitation in developing countries is demonstrated by an elitist instrument of marginalization and selfaggrandizement. The masses are hoodwinked, sensitized, and manipulated through primal sentiment to support the elites in UK August 2025 • US August 2025 344 Pages • 2 figures (b/w), and 1 author headshot (b/w) PB 9781666967036 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666967012 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781666967029 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978765375 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
238
UK, Europe, ROW
acquiring political power, which in turn enables the acquisition of economic power.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT COLLECTIONS
The Localization Agenda
Aid's Failure to Deliver on Its Grand Promise Marie-Claude Savard, University of Quebec at Montreal, Canada In 2016, the United Nations, international organizations and heads of state launched the Grand Bargain - “A Shared Commitment to Better Serve People in Need” - thereby announcing a systemwide reform. Key among the commitments was localization: placing local organizations at the centre of emergency responses. However, today, very little has changed, with most attributing the lack of progress to technical issues, such as donor requirements, contracting mechanisms, and local responders’ capacities. However, this book argues that a paradox within the localization agenda is to blame. Drawing from in-depth research with diverse aid organizations, however, Marie-Claude Savard argues that the real problem is that the humanitarian industry is a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages PB 9781350579088 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350579040 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350579057 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350579064 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
territory upon which knowledge – the currency of technocratic regimes – is produced and guarded by power-wielding gatekeepers, who determine what constitutes a legitimate emergency responder. Those gatekeepers mandate international NGOs and standard-setting organizations to shepherd nonconforming local organizations towards their standards. This process only reaffirms enduring North-South hierarchies. Ultimately, the reformative potential of the localization agenda is thwarted by its own, internal contradictions—but there are ways of doing things differently by aiming for a true polycentrism that could lead to more sustainable, enduring change.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Geographies of Difference, Indifference and Mis-difference The Guarani-Kaiowa People and the Myths of Brazilian Development Antonio Augusto Rossotto Ioris, Cardiff University, UK World-renowned scholar of human geography, development, and environmental change Antonio Ioris presents an original reconceptualisation of the notions of difference and indifference and their impacts on social structures. Drawing on a wide range of philosophical debates, and offering groundbreaking new insights into geographically specific trends through the lens of indigenous geographies, Ioris explores how political actors use notions of difference to foster indifference for the purposes of domination, which ultimately crystallizes in what he terms mis-difference: a calcified, difficultto-overcome obstacle to concord and fairness that underpins capitalist relations of property and production. At the same time, Ioris shows how some social actors use the concept of difference for reconciliation, for overcoming indifference and UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages HB 9781350444836 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350444812 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350444843 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350444829 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
mis-difference, and suggests how these moves can help to fight against ideologies that produce our unequal world and facilitate land-grabs. Ioris elucidates all of this in concrete terms through a study of the Guarani-Kaiowa people in Brazil: of how they have been oppressed by state-sanctioned indifference and misdifference, and of how they are resisting through a contestation of what difference can mean, and how it can function, in the contemporary world.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
City of Desire
An Urban Biography of the Largest Slum in Bangladesh Tanzil Shafique, University of Melbourne, Australia In this major open access contribution to Global South urban studies, Tanzil Shafique offers a new way of knowing and engaging with the most common urban environment in the Global South – informal settlements, or “slums”. Through a detailed case study of Karail, the largest informal settlement in Bangladesh, Shafique offers ground-breaking insights into the production of informal urbanism through a brand-new approach rooted in deep ethnography and spatial mapping. Shafique explores, for the first time, the many different desires of settlement-dwellers and how these drive everyday urban change. He also offers brilliantly innovative recommendations for the policy-making, upgrading and management of both existing and future informal settlements. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 216 Pages HB 9781350438606 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350438644 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350438620 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350438613 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Sheffield.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
239
LATIN AMERICAN & CARIBBEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Cuban Tourism Industry
Evolution, Challenges, and Prospects Paolo Spadoni, Augusta University & José Luis Perelló Cabrera, University of Havana This book by Paolo Spadoni and José Luis Perelló Cabrera examines the history of tourism in Cuba and the expansion and struggles of international tourism in Cuba in the post-Cold War era. The Cuban Tourism Industry: Evolution, Challenges, and Prospects begins with a historical review of the development of tourism as an important industry in pre-1959 Cuba and the subsequent decline in the first fifteen years of the revolution before a modest recovery in the second half of the 1970s and during the 1980s. Spadoni and Cabrera continue with a thorough analysis of the remarkable expansion of international tourism in Cuba in the post-Cold War era and in the era of improved relations with the United States that officially began in 2014, along with an assessment of the sector’s economic impact and its main challenges. A critical assessment of the damaging effects on the Cuban tourism sector of stiffened U.S. sanctions imposed by the Trump administration, and largely maintained by the Biden administration, is also provided. This Bloomsbury Studies on Cuba UK September 2025 • US September 2025 336 Pages • 17 b&w ills and 52 tables PB 9781498590457 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781498590433 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765155134 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781498590440 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
book examines tourism trends in Cuba and the Caribbean in the post-pandemic era and sheds additional light on Cuba’s recent tourism performance to underscore key flaws of the Cuban tourism industry and suggest potential adjustments.
COLLECTIONS
Cooperatives in Cuba Edited by Al Campbell, University of Utah & Beatriz Díaz This book is a broad and rich collection of contributions to the debate on cooperatives in Cuba that argues that they have the potential to both improve Cubans’ material standard of living and to strengthen the Revolution’s project of building socialism. For almost 200 years advocates of socialism have argued about whether having cooperatives as base production units is inconsistent with socialism’s requirements for a socially and democratically planned economy. Advocates of cooperatives have argued whether cooperatives operating in a socialist system would lose the autonomy that they consider them to have in a capitalist system. Concerning what is possible, the contributors to this collection argue that organizing large parts of the Cuba’s existing and necessary small and medium scale production into cooperatives would be beneficial both for improving Cubans’ material standard of living and for strengthening the Revolution’s project of building a socialist economy. Concerning the cooperatives that exist in Cuba today, the contributors argue the cooperative’s ability to achieve these goals Bloomsbury Studies on Cuba UK May 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 12 b/w figures, 17 tables PB 9781666967487 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781793611277 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216201335 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978768604 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
240
UK, Europe, ROW
is crippled by both their seriously inadequate autonomy for their economic management, and by the need to develop a broad base not only in the agricultural sector but also in the much larger nonagricultural sector of the economy. The guidelines for Cuba’s evolving new economic model clearly support both goals, and so the contributions call for the government to implement them and end its decade-long delay in promoting cooperatives in Cuba.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LATIN AMERICAN & CARIBBEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Addressing the Venezuelan Migrant Crisis Lessons for the Caribbean
Georgina Chami, University of the West Indies, Christopher M. Brown, Georgia Southern University & Nalanda Roy, Georgia Southern University This monograph delves into the general dynamics, causes, and impact of Venezuelan migration in the Caribbean, with particular emphasis on Trinidad and Tobago, shedding light on the multifaceted nature of this phenomenon. Migration has been a defining feature of the Caribbean region's history, with its complex interplay of colonial legacies, economic opportunities, and socio-political factors shaping patterns of movement within and beyond the region. The Caribbean has been a hub of migration, marked by both internal and external movements, driven by various factors such as UK January 2026 • US January 2026 204 Pages PB 9781666933970 • £65.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666933956 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216260677 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763722 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
economic disparities, political instability, and the search for better opportunities. However, migration also poses challenges such as brain drain and strains on resources in both sending and receiving countries. As the Caribbean continues to evolve in a globalized world, understanding and addressing the complex causes and impacts of migration remains a critical task for countries, policymakers, academics, and communities alike. This exploration allows for greater insights and understanding of the responses and possible recommendations for tacking and addressing the Venezuelan migrant crisis.
COLLECTIONS
Women and Genocide in Guatemala Justice and the Politics of Memorialization
JoAnn DiGeorgio-Lutz & Martha C. Galvan- Mandujano After the conclusion of the 36-year long civil war in Guatemala, a Commission for Historical Clarification (CEH) was established in order to clarify human rights violations which took place. This organisation recommended a process of public memorialization of the victims in coordination with civil society organizations. Memorialization of this kind took both formal and informal froms: murals and graffiti as well as museums and public shrines. Based on extensive fieldwork this book deploys visual methodology and feminist theory in order to assess these efforts of memorialization in a gendered context. Multiple sites of memorialization are examined in relation to female representation as well as women’s political activism in the process of constructing public memory and performance. This study offers a landmark contribution to memorialization studies by examining such practices in the Guatemalan context. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages PB 9781350606197 • £28.99 HB 9781838602758 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781838602772 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781838602765 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Ideology, Post-Ideology and Anti-Ideology in Latin America Reflections from the Last Decade
Edited by Pablo Baisotti & Felipe Lagos Rojas The Latin American political landscape has already changed substantially in the 21st century. This book offers an approach to the Latin American political panorama that makes room for a post-ideological perspective - exploring its dimensions, main underpinnings, and possibilities - while also subjecting it to criticism and exposing its shortcomings and blind spots. In doing so, it presents a pluralistic view of social and political processes currently taking place in Latin America. Each chapter casts light on the subcontinent's transition from the 20th to the 21st century from different vantage points, countries or regions, and advances comparative lines that enrich our picture of the region as whole. Case studies include Paraguay, Chile, Argentina, Venezuela and Colombia. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages HB 9781350300880 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350300927 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350300903 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350300897 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
241
Celebrating three decades of excellence in legal publishing
Visit our website to find out about our 30th anniversary news, special offers and more! www.bloomsbury.com/Hart-30-years
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Regulation That Works
Transforming the Future of Regulatory Spaces Christopher Hodges, University of Oxford, UK This book explains what regulation is – and is not. It clarifies how regulation actually works, and how it can be made better. It also sets out how regulation should be done given fundamental challenges and changes to how we have done it. What is regulation trying to achieve? Is there too much red tape? Does regulation impede growth and innovation? Does regulation provide protection, and stability, and fair behaviours? Is it effective? How do we know if it succeeds? The book illustrates competing regulatory models, and how multiple tools work – but also how things need to work differently UK March 2026 • US March 2026 360 Pages HB 9781509989164 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781509989157 • £26.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9781509989188 • £24.29 / $33.25 ePub 9781509989171 • £24.29 / $33.25 Hart Publishing
in the future. Given the pace of change in new technologies, creating unknown and uncontrollable risks, and the global nature of these technologies, we can only keep ourselves safe if we modernise how we ‘do’ regulation and work in collaborative ecosystems in which everyone works together to identify and control new harms. We should be aiming to achieve multiple outcomes, including protection as well as fair markets, facilitating innovation, and economic growth and social cohesion.
COLLECTIONS
Default Rules in Private Law Edited by Birke Häcker, University of Bonn, Germany & Johannes Ungerer, University of Oxford, UK Drawing on the experience of recognised experts from across a range of different fields and jurisdictions, this landmark publication tackles default rules in private law in comparative perspective. Often underestimated, but highly influential, default rules are non-mandatory rules that kick in where nothing else has been agreed or provided. The contributions explore default rules from a variety of angles relevant to both scholarship and legal practice, including: ·
behavioural aspects and the role of platform terms in the digital age;
·
the remit and operation of defaults in different areas, ranging from contract and commercial law to succession, civil
procedure and private international law; Studies of the Oxford Institute of European and Comparative Law
·
a comparison between Common law and Civilian approaches as well as the EU level;
·
the perspectives of different ‘players’ engaged in the generation and application of default rules.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages PB 9781509973569 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509973521 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509973545 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509973538 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law Volume 1 The Transnationalisation of Commercial and Financial Law. The New Lex Mercatoria and Its Sources Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK Volume 1 of this new edition covers the roots and foundations of private law, the different origins, structure, and orientation of civil and common law, and the social and cultural forces behind it. It analyses the practical needs and market forces behind the emergence of a new transnational commercial and financial legal order, its international finance-driven impulses, concepts, and operation; the theoretical basis of the transnationalisation of the law in the professional sphere in that order; and the autonomous sources of the new law merchant or modern lex mercatoria derived from the method of public international law, as well as its relationship to domestic and transnational public policy and public order requirements. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 512 Pages PB 9781509977994 • £64.99 / $89.95 HB 9781509977987 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781509978014 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781509978021 • £117.00 / $157.50 Hart Publishing
This magisterial work is made up of 6 volumes. Used independently, each volume allows the reader to delve into a particular topic. Alternatively, all volumes can be read together for a comprehensive overview of transnational comparative commercial, financial and trade law.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
243
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law Volume 2 International Arbitration. The Transnationalisation of Dispute Resolution Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK Volume 2 of this new edition covers the transnationalisation of dispute resolution, especially arbitration, and contains a critical analysis of the main challenges to its success, continuing credibility, and effectiveness. The volume distinguishes between commercial, financial, and foreign investment arbitration and concentrates on the status, role, and reasoning of international arbitrators, their limited powers especially in matters of public policy and in property matters, the threat of judicialisation, and the need to connect with mediation and a settlement ethos. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 416 Pages PB 9781509978076 • £54.99 / $74.95 HB 9781509978038 • £110.00 / $150.00 ePDF 9781509978052 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781509978045 • £99.00 / $135.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
This magisterial work is made up of 6 volumes. Used independently, each volume allows the reader to delve into a particular topic. Alternatively, all volumes can be read together for a comprehensive overview of transnational comparative commercial, financial and trade law.
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law Volume 3 Transnational Contract Law
Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK Volume 3 of this new edition deals with the transnationalisation of contract law. It compares common law and civil law concepts, noting the origin of the one in commercial law and of the other in consumer law, and identifies the different attitudes to protection, risk management, and risk distribution. The volume also explores future directions in international commerce and finance, as well as the potential, effects, and challenges of e-commerce, blockchain, and the emergence of the smart contract. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 360 Pages PB 9781509978083 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509978120 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509978106 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509978113 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
This magisterial work is made up of 6 volumes. Used independently, each volume allows the reader to delve into a particular topic. Alternatively, all volumes can be read together for a comprehensive overview of transnational comparative commercial, financial and trade law.
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law Volume 4 Transnational Movable Property Law
Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK Volume 4 of this new edition deals with movable and intangible property law. The book addresses the transformation of the models of movable property in commercial and financial transactions between professionals in the international flow of goods, services, money, information, and technology. In this transnational legal order, the emphasis on the new law merchant or modern lex mercatoria of movable property turns to risk management, asset liquidity, and transactional and payment finality. Particular attention is given to the notion of assets and asset classes, the inclusion of monetary claims, the transformation of UK May 2026 • US May 2026 512 Pages PB 9781509978144 • £64.99 / $89.95 HB 9781509978137 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781509978168 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781509978175 • £117.00 / $157.50 Hart Publishing
assets in production and distribution chains, and the type of user, income and enjoyment rights that can be established in them, when they become proprietary, what that means, the role of party autonomy in the creation and operation of these rights, and how they are handled between professional participants and upon a sale to consumers. The volume compares common law and civil law concepts - the one being geared to improving value, the other to consumption. It then identifies their relevance especially in modern finance, and concludes by indicating future directions.
244
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law Volume 5 Financial Products and Services
Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK Volume 5 of this new edition uses the insights developed in Volumes 3 and 4 to deal with financial products and financial services, the structure and operation of banking and of the capital markets, and the role of modern commercial and investment banks. Sections on products and services address blockchain and its potential in the payment system, in securitisations, in the custodial holdings of investment securities, and in the derivative markets. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 This magisterial work is made up of 6 volumes. Used independently, each volume allows the reader to delve into a particular 528 Pages topic. Alternatively, all volumes can be read together for a comprehensive overview of transnational comparative PB 9781509978229 • £69.99 / $94.95 HB 9781509978182 • £140.00 / $190.00 commercial, financial and trade law. ePDF 9781509978205 • £126.00 / $171.00 ePub 9781509978199 • £126.00 / $171.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law Volume 6 Financial Risk, Financial Stability, and the Role of Financial Regulation Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK Volume 6 of this new edition deals with financial regulation of banks and banking activities and products. It critically reviews micro-prudential regulation, the need for macro-prudential supervision and an independent macro-prudential supervisor, the role of resolution authorities, the operation of the shadow banking system, and the extraterritorial reach and international recognition of financial regulation. The volume considers in particular the fallout from the 2008 financial crisis and the subsequent regulatory responses in the US and Europe. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 576 Pages This magisterial work is made up of 6 volumes. Used independently, each volume allows the reader to delve into a particular PB 9781509978274 • £69.99 / $94.95 topic. Alternatively, all volumes can be read together for a comprehensive overview of transnational comparative HB 9781509978236 • £140.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9781509978250 • £126.00 / $171.00 commercial, financial and trade law. ePub 9781509978243 • £126.00 / $171.00 Hart Publishing
9TH EDITION
Dalhuisen on Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law 6-Volume Set
Jan H Dalhuisen, King’s College London, UK The 9th edition of the leading work on transnational and comparative commercial and financial law covers a wide range of complex topics in the modern law of international commerce, finance and trade. As a guide for students and practitioners, it has proven to be unrivalled. The work is divided into 6 volumes which can be used independently or as part of the complete set.
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 HB 9781509978670 • £595.00 / $810.00 ePDF 9781509978687 • £535.50 / $723.59 ePub 9781509978694 • £535.50 / $723.59 Hart Publishing
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
245
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Origins of Company Law Methods and Approaches
Edited by Victoria Barnes, Queen's University Belfast, UK & Jonathan Hardman, University of Edinburgh, UK What were the origins of company law? How did it begin? Why did it change? There is no single answer to these questions. Each discipline, and sub-discipline, has a different approach and method that brings different facets of study to the fore. This multidisciplinary endeavour is immensely valuable for debates taking place now among policy-makers in the UK and US about returning to historic modes of company regulation. The book brings together Anglo-American scholarship that will not only shed greater light on the history of company law but also influence contemporary debates about our ability to return to, or learn from, the past. Historical research has great value here because it not only generates new insights into the evolution of present legal rules, but also corrects misunderstandings Contemporary Studies in Corporate and misapprehensions about them. Law UK June 2026 • US June 2026 368 Pages HB 9781509964444 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781509964482 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9781509964468 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509964451 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
The book shows how this body of law developed to become the rules with which we are now familiar. It showcases antecedents of present debates, reveals regulatory lessons from previous legal regimes, identifies instances of path dependency, unpicks pivotal legal events, and explains drivers for legal change.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Hidden Fallacies in Corporate Law and Financial Regulation Reframing the Mainstream Narratives
Edited by Alexandra Andhov, University of Auckland, New Zealand, Claire A Hill, Minnesota Law School, USA & Saule T Omarova, University of Pennsylvania, USA Taking a novel approach, the book serves as both a conceptual ‘deconstruction’ and a foundation for future research directions. Each chapter delves deep into the often-overlooked origins, mechanics and implications of outdated or misleading concepts (termed ‘fallacies’) that form the backbone of contemporary corporate and securities laws, financial regulations and related domains. Beyond simply identifying these fallacies, the authors illustrate the profound implications of recalibrating our analytic perspectives. By expanding the spectrum of inquiry and moving along multiple continuums – such as public to private, micro Contemporary Studies in Corporate to macro, transactional to structural, individual to systemic, and static to dynamic – this volume underscores the Law transformative potential of re-envisioning the fundamentals of these fields. An essential read, this book promises to be a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 328 Pages HB 9781509971510 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509971497 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509971527 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509971503 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
catalyst for change and a must-have for anyone committed to staying at the forefront of law and policy.
COLLECTIONS
Contrarian Jurists
The Story of Comparative Law and How Collisions Shaped It Jaakko Husa, University of Helsinki, Finland This book presents a unique study of the field of comparative law examining the key differences between schools and approaches and examining their contradictions. Comparative law is depicted in this book as a field of contrarians, jurists who tend to oppose or reject prevailing opinions or established practices. Contrarianism has made it exceedingly difficult to find one’s way in the field where there are drastically varying views on the basic issues. The book guides readers through divisive debates and disagreements and helps to draw useful conclusions. Instead of UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages PB 9781509985531 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509985562 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509985555 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509985579 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
246
UK, Europe, ROW
lamenting comparative law’s feeble place in the legal academia or to fantasise about the supposed great future of a unified discipline, the book highlights the collisions and tracks their influence on the field. By focusing on tensions underlying the field this book encourages readers to think critically while studying law comparatively.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Reinstating the Rule of Law
Challenges, Dilemmas and Strategies in Poland and Beyond Edited by Paulina Starski, University of Freiburg, Germany & Johannes Vöhler, University of Oxford, UK Drawing on the case of Poland’s democratic transition back to the rule of law, the volume explores the uncharted territory of restoring independent institutions within an EU Member State. After eight years of autocratic interference with the judiciary, media and state institutions, the Parliamentary elections of October 2023 mark a turning point for Poland. The new government now faces the complex challenge of restoring the rule of law, with European and international law playing a pivotal role. Still, at numerous crossroads a dilemma comes up: Can the rule of law be disregarded to restore it? Or must the rule of law be adhered to at the risk of legal and institutional paralysis? This book presents strategies for solving this dilemma in theory and practice, thereby paving the way for other states’ Hart Studies in Comparative Public transitions to come. Law UK June 2026 • US June 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509991143 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509991105 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509991129 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509991112 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
Through a comparative and interdisciplinary approach, including historical and contextual analysis, the authors show that restoring the rule of law is more than just a legal challenge.
COLLECTIONS
Constitutional Reasoning in the Nordic Supreme Courts An Empirical and Comparative Legal Perspective Edited by Katalin Kelemen, Örebro University, Sweden This book explores the argumentative style of the supreme courts in the Nordic countries (Denmark, Iceland, Finland, Norway, and Sweden). Its findings are based on empirical research involving 280 leading constitutional cases which demonstrate that the impact of a constitutional ruling often extends far beyond the cases actually adjudicated by the courts and that it is crucial to understand how judges justify their decisions in constitutional cases. In the cases researched, the authors identify and explain the common features of the Nordic constitutional reasoning, situating the Nordic experience within a broader comparative framework. The book compares these practices with those of non-Nordic jurisdictions, analysing whether and how the approaches of Nordic supreme courts align with each other and with Hart Studies in Comparative Public global trends. This is made possible through the use of a well-established conceptual and methodological framework, Law adapted to the Nordic context. Key aspects of judicial reasoning are examined, including the emphasis placed on specific
UK May 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509991501 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509991549 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509991525 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509991532 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
constitutional concepts, the use of non-legal arguments, the reliance on precedents, and the types of sources typically referenced – such as preparatory works, foreign legal materials, and academic writings. The book is aimed at anyone interested in the constitutional culture of the Nordic countries and informs normative debates on constitutional law, both in scientific and political discourse.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Judicial Bricolage
The Use of Foreign Precedents by Constitutional Judges in the 21st Century Edited by Tania Groppi, University of Siena, Italy, Marie-Claire Ponthoreau, University of Bordeaux, France & Irene Spigno, Autonomous University of Coahuila, Mexico This book is a unique contribution to comparative legal studies by presenting the results of an empirical research project on the use of foreign precedents in constitutional interpretation in 31 jurisdictions worldwide. It updates the outcomes presented in the previous successful book The Use of Foreign Precedents by Constitutional Judges, edited by Tania Groppi and MarieClaire Ponthoreau and published in 2013 as Volume 1 of the series Hart Studies in Comparative Public Law. This new research, covering countries from all the continents, with special attention to some of the emerging jurisdictions of the Global South, confirms that the practice of making explicit use of foreign precedents is still limited both quantitatively and Hart Studies in Comparative Public qualitatively. Judicial dialogue only exists in common law jurisdictions and, even there, ‘judicial bricolage’ is much more Law common than ‘judicial comparativism’. Since the previous edition, this practice has gone hand in hand with new
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 developments in constitutional law, such as the democratic erosion and backsliding, the emergence of populist movements, 800 Pages HB 9781509973996 • £150.00 / $200.00 the increasing role of regional human rights courts, which in many cases overshadowed foreign sources, and the end of a PB 9781509974030 • £74.99 / $100.00 ePDF 9781509974016 • £135.00 / $180.00 global vision of constitutionalism. ePub 9781509974009 • £135.00 / $180.00 Hart Publishing
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
247
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
EU Law and Regulatory Spaces Essays in Honour of Leigh Hancher
Edited by Panagiotis Delimatsis, Tilburg University, the Netherlands & Giorgio Monti, Tilburg University, the Netherlands Regulatory space, a concept used by Professor Leigh Hancher whose academic work this edited volume celebrates, is a metaphor that allows for a reconceptualisation of regulatory processes in EU economic law. It also calls for a critical reflection of the limits of law in regulating economic activity but also identifies public rulemaking and enforcement as just two means of governance. This carefully selected selection of original contributions by leading experts in EU law, policy, and practice identifies the multiple regulatory spaces in areas such as competition policy, energy regulation, and State aid whereby organisational relationships, contestation, and negotiation among different public and private economic actors shape the contemporary EU UK June 2026 • US June 2026 400 Pages PB 9781509991907 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509991945 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509991921 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509991938 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
regulatory landscape. Contributors analyse the challenges of regulatory design and the fundamentals of regulatory reform, the role of regulatory agencies, the evolving regulatory space in emerging sectors, interactions of public and private authority in various policy domains, including digital platforms and energy regulation, and the impact of recent legal and political developments on the EU’s regulatory landscape.
Key Ideas in Constitutional Law David Feldman, University of Cambridge, UK This book examines how constitutions, and the UK's in particular, emerge from disagreement and power tussles. Tensions arise over both distribution and use of powers. A constitution seeks a degree of stability, but also adjusts dynamically to social, economic, military and political events and changing expectations of the state and what makes it legitimate. To show how these processes work, the book illustrates how different kinds of power are allocated between state institutions at different levels of government, how they are distributed between institutions at the same level of government, and some of the values which animate the relationships between institutions. To understand the nature of constitutional practices and rules, the book compares the UK's constitution with aspects of other countries' constitutional accommodations. Key Ideas in Law UK December 2025 • US December 2025 184 Pages HB 9781509992010 • £45.00 / $61.00 PB 9781509910021 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9781509910045 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781509910038 • £11.69 / $16.15 Hart Publishing
It is hoped that people embarking on the study or practice of law, politics or government will find this useful, and that more established practitioners, scholars and general readers will also find it interesting.
5TH EDITION
Law in Northern Ireland Brice Dickson, Queen’s University Belfast, UK & Conor McCormick, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK This engaging book provides a clear and comprehensive account of the legal system of Northern Ireland. For many years it has been a go-to source for students and practitioners of law, yet is also accessible to readers with no prior legal knowledge. The book begins by explaining how Northern Ireland became a separate legal jurisdiction, what its current constitutional arrangements are, how its legislation is made and what kind of courts and judges it has. It then looks at when international law is of importance in Northern Ireland, explaining the role of documents such as the Windsor Framework and the European Convention on Human Rights. This new edition, now co-authored, has been thoroughly updated with a view to making it even more informative and UK June 2026 • US May 2026 592 Pages HB 9781509989652 • £140.00 / $190.00 PB 9781509989645 • £43.99 / $59.95 ePDF 9781509989621 • £39.59 / $53.95 ePub 9781509989638 • £39.59 / $53.95 Hart Publishing
248
UK, Europe, ROW
relevant to readers’ needs. It is a ‘must have’ for anyone wanting to come to grips with the detailed features of a jurisdiction which has long been the subject of political contention and which is constantly developing.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART 8TH EDITION
Judicial Review Handbook The Hon Sir Michael Fordham, Justice of the High Court, Queen’s Bench Division This is the definitive judicial review book, with meticulous case-law analysis throughout and encyclopaedic coverage of this key field of practice. The new edition of this Handbook is an authoritative and indispensable reference and a guide to the law and practice of judicial review. Established as essential for anyone engaged or interested in public law cases, it offers unrivalled coverage of the case-law. The Handbook has been extensively revised and updated by the author. It stands as a statement of the law of judicial review, organised into 65 parts, each supported by a full presentation of the sources and an unparalleled selection of case UK January 2026 • US January 2026 references and quotations. 840 Pages HB 9781509994816 • £250.00 / $340.00 ePDF 9781509994830 • £225.00 / $306.00 Having previously been a leading practitioner, and now having served for six years as a High Court Judge, Sir Michael ePub 9781509994823 • £225.00 / $306.00 Fordham casts his experienced eye over the case-law, presenting and explaining the materials with expertise and clarity in Hart Publishing
this important area of law.
COLLECTIONS
Multi-Textual Constitutions of the World Edited by Richard Albert, University of Texas at Austin, USA In this eye-opening study of the world’s constitutions, scholars explain the creation, operation, revision, and replacement of multi-textual constitutions—a ubiquitous but woefully understudied constitutional form that is ever-present in many countries of the world but as-yet underappreciated in constitutional studies. Constitutions are commonly said to be either “written” or “unwritten.” This distinction has long been the cornerstone of constitutional studies. Multi-Textual Constitutions of the World presents an alternative view: all constitutions are simultaneously written and unwritten, consisting of unwritten norms, practices, and principles on the one hand, and of written rules on the other. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 304 Pages PB 9781509980734 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509980697 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509980710 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509980703 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
Given that all constitutions consist of both written and unwritten elements, the conventional distinction between “written” and “unwritten” constitutions should be discarded once and for all because it obscures the actual form and content of constitutions. This book lights the path to a better distinction that more correctly reflects the key difference among constitutions: some constitutions consist of one authoritative document while others consist of more than one authoritative document.
COLLECTIONS
Extrajudicial Communication Perspectives and Practice
Edited by Hélène Tyrrell, Newcastle University & Conall Mallory, Newcastle University This is the first book to comprehensively address the phenomena of extrajudicial communication. With contributions from leading legal scholars, it offers a detailed examination of what judges say outside of the courtroom, when, why, and to what end. The book explores extrajudicial communication through both varying perspectives on its use, and the forms that it takes, including judicial speeches, interviews, life writing and more. It does so with a principal focus on the UK judiciary, but also with reflections on its practice in other common law jurisdictions and at international courts and tribunals. The text unpicks the relationship between these communications, constitutional principles and the modern understanding of the judicial role. Hart Studies on Judging and the Courts UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages PB 9781509981878 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509981830 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509981854 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509981847 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
A fascinating and truly novel work on how judges communicate outside the courtroom and why it matters.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
249
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Constitutional Actors in the UK Constitution Edited by Chris Monaghan, University of Worcester, UK This book brings together leading experts on the United Kingdom’s constitutional arrangements to show how the constitution works, the role played by actors, and the scope for reform. The experts are practitioners from the fields of law and politics, and include former judges, ministers and law officers, parliamentarians, a law commissioner, barristers, a former clerk of the House of Commons, Lord Speaker, First Minister of Wales, and the Prime Minster of New Zealand. Each contributor has been, or is, a constitutional actor and their chapter draws upon this unique first-hand experience. In addition to contributions on the UK Constitution, there are three comparative chapters that explore constitutional reform in UK June 2026 • US June 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509988808 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509988761 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509988785 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509988778 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
Jamaica, and the constitutions of Denmark and New Zealand. The chapters explore issues and themes such as devolution, protecting standards in public life, breaches of political trust and the role of the law, House of Lords reform, the role of the law officers, the role of the Law Commission, the Supreme Court as a Constitutional Court, and the experiences of those working in Parliament. Constitutional Actors in the UK Constitution will be of interest to those working in politics, the law, or the civil service, academics who teach and research in politics or law, postgraduate and undergraduate students, and members of the public looking to learn more about the constitution.
COLLECTIONS
Rotation of Power
A Theory of Democratic Competition Antonios Kouroutakis, IE University Law School, Spain This book explores the often-overlooked democratic principle of "rotation of power". It considers two key questions: What happens when power stops changing hands in a democracy and when incumbents manipulate the system to entrench themselves in office, can democracy survive? Democracies are often celebrated for their ability to ensure accountability and renewal through the peaceful and unhindered alternation and transfer of power. Yet, they are not immune to a dangerous phenomenon: political self-entrenchment. This phenomenon occurs when incumbents, unilaterally or collectively, exploit the power of office to dominate the political arena, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 200 Pages PB 9781509990696 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509990733 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509990719 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509990726 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
tilt the playing field, and distort democratic competition. Contributing to scholarly and judicial debates, this book offers a fresh perspective on this issue by focusing on the legal and political mechanisms to safeguard the rotation of power.
COLLECTIONS
Judicial Precedents
Uniformity and Pluralism Edited by Stefaan Voet, KU Leuven, Belgium & Alan Uzelac, Zagreb University, Croatia This book considers what kind of binding force judicial decisions (should) hold in modern societies. It focuses on the two most prominent legal traditions, common law and civil law. It explores the developing trend in civil law countries to expand the influence of judicial precedents, discusses the fundamental issues which arise from this trend, and looks at recent developments in common law countries. Through this prism, the book looks at the implications of the doctrine of judicial precedents and how it is construed in jurisdictions that recognise it. It investigates the impact of newly recognised legislative or quasi-legislative powers vested in high courts on the doctrine of separation of powers. It considers whether courts in common law and civil law systems share a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 432 Pages PB 9781509991150 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509991198 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509991174 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509991181 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
250
UK, Europe, ROW
uniform understanding of precedents. The book goes on to consider whether these developments are beneficial when it comes to addressing existing challenges or whether they lead to a host of new problems, potentially exacerbating the crisis of judicial legitimacy.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Populism and Courts in an Age of Constitutional Impatience Judges vs the People
Raphaël Girard, University of Exeter, UK This book addresses one of the most pressing issues of our time: the rise of populism and its implications, particularly for courts and other legal institutions. It questions and ultimately challenges the prevailing view in comparative constitutional law that courts can act as bulwarks against authoritarian, self-aggrandising populists in power. In doing so, it offers both a novel theoretical framework and a fresh contextual inquiry. Theoretically, the book uses the lens of spatiotemporality – the conjunction of space and time – to analyse populism as a constitutional project. It argues that contemporary populism is marked by constitutional impatience: a drive for temporal efficiency and spatial proximity that reshapes and reconfigures law’s institutional and normative order. Hart Studies in Constitutional Theory UK April 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages PB 9781509987580 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509987542 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509987566 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509987559 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
Contextually, the book focuses primarily on one key institution of liberal constitutional democracy: the judiciary. It offers a contextual analysis of three case studies: Armenia, Ecuador and the United Kingdom. In doing so, it not only highlights populism’s reach beyond established democracies but also brings fresh insights from understudied jurisdictions at the periphery or in the Global South.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The Limits of Positive Obligations in Human Rights Law From Protection to Coercion
Edited by Vladislava Stoyanova, Lund University, Sweden & David McGrogan, Northumbria University, UK There is nowadays no dispute in human rights doctrine over whether rights entail positive duties on the part of the state at the level of principle. But there has been surprisingly little academic commentary devoted to the question of whether there are, or should be, limits placed on how far those obligations extend. Similarly, there has not been very much scholarly attention paid to the question of how causation can be reasonably attributed in the context of violations of positive obligations. This volume assembles the work of a range of leading scholars in international human rights law to fill these gaps in the literature. Each of its 11 substantive chapters addresses an aspect of positive obligations with a particular focus on issues Hart Studies in Constitutional Theory UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509991464 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509991457 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509991488 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509991495 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
concerning limits. Taken together they provide the first serious attempt to grapple critically with the subject of the limits, causality and scope of positive obligations theoretically and doctrinally. This makes the book essential reading for scholars of human rights law. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Constitutional Courts and Judicial Review Between Law and Politics
Dieter Grimm, Wissenschaftskolleg zu Berlin, Germany This collection of essays from Dieter Grimm, Germany’s most renowned constitutional scholar, shines a light on the jurisprudence of the German Constitutional Court and constitutional adjudication in general. Established in 1951, the court has become a blueprint for new courts ever since and its jurisprudence, particularly in the field of fundamental rights, has influenced the decisions of judges throughout the world. In this book, Grimm considers some of the fundamental questions under academic scrutiny today: are constitutional courts political or legal institutions? Is judicial review a political or a legal activity? Is it a threat to, or a condition, of democracy? Hart Studies in Constitutional Theory UK June 2026 • US June 2026 312 Pages HB 9781509976850 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781509976898 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9781509976874 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509976867 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
Should these courts be abolished or strengthened? Is a rational interpretation of constitutional law possible? The essays provide answers to these questions and describe how constitutional courts work if they properly fulfill their function of enforcing the constitution. A special emphasis is put on the importance of constitutional interpretation: something, the author argues, that most critics of constitutional adjudication neglect.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
251
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Administrative Tribunals in the Common Law World Edited by Stephen Thomson, Australian National University, Australia, Matthew Groves, Deakin University, Australia & Greg Weeks, Australian National University, Australia Administrative tribunals are a vital part of the public law frameworks of many countries. This is the 1st edited book collection to examine tribunals across the common law world. It brings together key international scholars to discuss current and future challenges. The book includes contributions from leading scholars from all major common law jurisdictions – the UK, the USA, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Ireland, Israel, Hong Kong, Singapore, India and South Africa. This global analysis is both deep and expansive in its coverage of the operation of administrative tribunals across common law legal systems. The book has two key themes: one is the enduring question of the location and operation of tribunals within public law systems; the second is UK April 2026 • US April 2026 416 Pages HB 9781509966905 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781509966943 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9781509966929 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781509966912 • £99.00 / $135.00 Hart Publishing
the continued mission of tribunals to provide administrative justice. The collection is an important addition to global public law scholarship, addressing common problems faced by the tribunals of common law countries, and providing solutions for how tribunals can evolve to match the changing nature of government.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Twenty-First Century Perspectives on the Scholarship of AV Dicey The Enduring Legacy of a Victorian Constitutionalist
Edited by Catherine Marshall, CY Cergy Paris Université, France & Céline Roynier, CY Cergy Paris Université, France Every student in law and in politics, every law faculty and most legal practitioners in the world are aware of who Albert Venn Dicey (1835–1922) was and what he wrote. Yet, this fame does not mean that Dicey’s legacy is not controversial and debated in the present world. This book considers why Dicey’s late Victorian constitutional and political thinking is still alive. In spite of all the transformations that have taken place in public law in the UK in the last hundred years, the book argues that Dicey managed to grasp and to crystallise something of the British political identity and culture. Hence the long-lasting fire-power of his constitutional and political thinking. The book also considers that there is something even more prescient in Dicey’s writings, for the UK but also for countries UK April 2026 • US April 2026 400 Pages HB 9781509975075 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781509975068 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9781509975099 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509975082 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
that have adopted his understanding of the rule of law and/or of parliamentary government. Dicey identified one of the most fundamental political issues at stake: the nature of the relationship between public law and democracy. The book looks closely at the alliance between public law and democratic spirit. This alliance needs to be reassessed from a legal, historical and comparative perspective. This edited collection, gathering authors from different countries, from various legal systems and from diverse backgrounds, tackles this task.
COLLECTIONS
Mandatory and Default Rules in Contract and Commercial Law Edited by William Day, 3 Verulam Buildings, UK, Jonathan Morgan, University of Cambridge, UK, Andrew Robertson, University of Melbourne, Australia & Katy Barnett, University of Melbourne, Australia Some legal rules governing commercial transactions operate as defaults, which can be modified or excluded by the parties, while others are mandatory, or non-excludable. This collection explores the nature of mandatory and default rules and the complicated relationship between them. Four issues receive close attention. The first is taxonomy: the collection distinguishes between different kinds of mandatory and default rules that govern commercial transactions. The second issue is justification. Where rules are mandatory, are there clearly understood and convincing reasons for parties to be denied choice? In the case of default rules, on what basis Hart Studies in Private Law UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages PB 9781509971244 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509971206 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509971220 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509971213 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
252
UK, Europe, ROW
is the default position selected? The third issue is the relationship between default rules and interpretation, and, relatedly, between default rules and contractual risk allocation. The application of default rules inevitably raises interpretive issues, and certain problems can be addressed either by way of a default rule or the identification of implicit allocations of risk. The fourth issue is the relationship between mandatory and default rules, which is revealed to be more akin to a spectrum, with shades of compulsion and optionality, rather than a binary divide.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
The Doctrine of Privity in Negligence
Understanding the Path to Donoghue v Stevenson Emily Gordon, St John’s College, UK This book traces the path of the doctrine of privity in negligence, from inception to its famous ousting in Donoghue v Stevenson in 1932. It begins with the origins of negligence’s privity rule in the Industrial Revolution, before considering pressure points for change in the early twentieth century, including rising consumerism and the array of issues faced by married women when suing on a contract. This book challenges the orthodox story that products-based claims in tort were a rarity in English law prior to Donoghue because of the privity bar. Viewed within this narrative, Mrs Donoghue’s claim is a tipping point rather than a revolution. Hart Studies in Private Law UK June 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509987689 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509987641 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509987665 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509987658 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
Final Injunctions in Tort Law Aiden Lerch, Arnold Bloch Leibler, Australia This book is the first considered study of final injunctions in tort law. It devises a novel taxonomy of such injunctions and explores the implications of the law on injunctions for the way in which scholars think about tort law more generally. The book begins by analysing how the injunction in aid of legal rights came to be developed as a remedy in the Court of Chancery. It then provides definitive guidance as to the range of final injunctions that may be available to restrain or remedy torts. A clear, structured framework to guide legal reasoning in injunction cases is constructed. The book concludes by making several claims about tort law in the light of the availability of injunctive relief. In addition to the taxonomy that is developed, the overarching message of the book is that injunctive relief is a central Hart Studies in Private Law UK November 2025 • US November 2025 272 Pages PB 9781509989751 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509989713 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509989737 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509989720 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
component of the law of tort. The way in which tort law is expounded in textbooks and monographs, and taught in universities, needs revising. Specifically, we must not overemphasise the award of damages and neglect to highlight the importance of the injunction. The true position is that injunctive relief is as crucial as damages are to enforcing the rights that are generated by tort law.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Subrogation and Marshalling Rory Gregson, University of Oxford, UK This innovative and thought-provoking book studies how subrogation and marshalling should be understood in the context of private law. Subrogation and marshalling are legal rules which give a person new rights with prima facie the same content as someone else’s extinguished rights. There is little examination of why the law does this. This book argues that the key to understanding subrogation is the distinctive form of the rights that it creates. The form of rights created reflects a particular role in ensuring interpersonal justice: subrogation’s role is to properly distribute the burden of debts. Taking this model, the book goes on to resolve persistent controversies in the case law, including when subrogation should occur, what rights it Hart Studies in Private Law UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages HB 9781509969227 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509969265 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509969241 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509969234 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
should create, the relationship between subrogation and marshalling, and whether subrogation is a remedy for unjust enrichment.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
253
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Good Faith and Relational Contracts, Volume 1 Theory, Practice and Future Developments Anthony Gray, Bond University, Australia This book explores the use of the doctrine of good faith in the common law when interpreting contracts and resolving disputes. This doctrine is well-accepted in civil law, is reflected in international commercial law, and is a fundamental aspect of private law in the USA. However, its use in the UK is extremely limited. Inconsistent application has given rise to confusion and uncertainty. This apparent antipathy is somewhat hard to fathom, given its previous widespread acceptance in English law. The book explains in depth the history of good faith in English law, and clarifies its current status in English, Australian and Hart Studies in Private Law
international law. It explores the relationship between good faith within contractual relations and the neighbour principle in
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 296 Pages HB 9781509973057 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781509973095 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509973071 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509973064 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
tort law, and notes the workability of good faith in the commercial context of insurance. This will be welcomed by contract lawyers in both common law and civil law jurisdictions. A subsequent volume will explore how acceptance of good faith in the law might lead to a re-interpretation of existing contract law doctrine.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Commercial Uses of Trusts Rethinking the Traditional Approach
Ruiqiao Zhang, University of Edinburgh, UK This book provides a systematic and critical analysis of the role trusts play in modern commercial markets. Commercial trusts are complex and ever-evolving, and a reassessment of the traditional legal norms relating to them is much needed in order to provide new doctrinal insights. The book does just that: focusing on trusts in the UK, while drawing on developments in European jurisdictions and in China. It presents a thought-provoking assessment and a unified understanding of commercial trusts.
Hart Studies in Private Law UK May 2026 • US May 2026 160 Pages HB 9781509974054 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509974092 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509974078 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509974061 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Private Law and the State Edited by Andrew Robertson, University of Melbourne, Australia & Jason W Neyers, Western University, Canada This collection explores the relationship between the state and private law. It does this by addressing four overlapping questions, beginning by asking why states recognise and enforce private law obligations and liabilities. It goes on to ask how the state as a legal actor is subject to private law. The third question explored relates to the relationship between private law and public law. Finally, it examines the role of the public interest in private law. With the perspectives of world-leading commentators from both academia and the judiciary, this book provides a fascinating assessment of a crucial but complex relationship. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages HB 9781509977642 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781509977680 • £54.99 / $74.95 ePDF 9781509977666 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781509977659 • £99.00 / $135.00 Hart Publishing
254
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Financial Intelligence, the Exchange of Information and Tackling Financial Crime in the United Kingdom A Critical Review Nicholas Ryder This book examines the international standards relating to information exchange, identifying its importance in relation to combatting money laundering, terrorist financing and fraud. Its timely publication follows the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) rating the UK’s anti-money laundering and counterterrorism financing regimes as amongst the best in the world in its fourth Mutual Evaluation Report. The book features an alternative review via four case studies - money laundering, terrorism financing and general fraud. These illustrate the importance of information exchange and highlight flaws in the UK’s legal framework, challenging the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 264 Pages PB 9781509968930 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509968909 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509968916 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509968923 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
conclusions of the FATF. Considering this comprehensive analysis, the book then provides recommendations for reform.
COLLECTIONS
Inspiring Criminal Jurisprudence Festschrift Essays
Paul Roberts, University of Nottingham, UK Inspired by the work of distinguished criminal justice scholars, this volume explores the methodological commitments and distinctive research agenda of criminal jurisprudence It comprises 9 essays on jurisprudential themes written over a period of twenty years. Presented here for the first time as a coherent body of work, the volume highlights recurrent themes in the disciplinary constitution of criminal jurisprudence. Criminal jurisprudence combines theorising about criminal law with intimate engagement with its institutional fabric and primary juridical sources. It overlaps with the theoretical ambitions of philosophical approaches to criminal law and justice, UK June 2026 • US June 2026 464 Pages PB 9781509986224 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509986187 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509986200 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509986194 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
but equally encapsulates the traditional research programmes of doctrinal legal scholarship. Criminal jurisprudence takes domestic law seriously, but is cosmopolitan in its outlook and topical inclusivity, as befits the condition of modern legality. The essays in this book traverse criminal law theory, substantive criminal law, criminal procedure, evidence law, comparative criminal process, international criminal justice, criminology and legal pedagogy. In addition to their legal-doctrinal content, they draw on moral and political philosophy, penal theory, epistemology, history, sociology, international relations, jurisprudence and comparative legal studies.
COLLECTIONS
Countering Jihadi Cool
Narrative, Law, Culture, and Philosophy Against Global Jihad Caroline Joan "Kay" S. Picart Using an aesthetic culture and techniques termed as jihadi cool, terrorist groups have been able to recruit members from around the world, so how do we begin to respond? This book analyzes the rhetorical and ethical dynamics of a culture of jihadi cool/chic, and why these rhetorical and aesthetic techniques have been such a powerful recruitment force for particular transnational terrorist groups. The author uses an evidence-based approach, with frameworks derived from law, politics, philosophy, rhetoric, feminist theory, and communication studies, to examine various attempts to construct counter-narratives to the jihadi cool master narrative. The book closes with an examination of how to begin to respond critically and effectively to the lure of jihadi cool. The Fairleigh Dickinson University Press Series in Law, Culture, and the Humanities UK September 2025 • US September 2025 144 Pages PB 9781683934400 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781683934387 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9781683937050 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781683936176 • £67.50 / $90.00 Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
255
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Responding to the Culpable State Is Sentence Mitigation Appropriate?
Edited by Leo Zaibert, University of Cambridge, UK, Julian V Roberts, University of Oxford, UK & Jesper Ryberg, Roskilde University, Denmark The volume explores the normative justifications for mitigation and answers many intriguing questions. For example, in terms of the procedural challenges, should the offender have to prove a causal link between state wrongdoing or neglect and the offending? Can a court take judicial notice of state-induced social adversity and apply this consideration to all affected offenders? Other questions relate to the implications for courts and sentencing commissions which issue guidance to courts regarding mitigation at sentencing. To what extent is the offender less culpable as a result of state misconduct, and what are the limits of any resulting sentence reductions? Do sentence reductions for state misconduct undermine proportionality, or deprecate the seriousness of the impact on the victim of crime? Should this factor be included in any sentencing guidelines Studies in Penal Theory and Ethics or possibly even as a statutory mitigating factor? UK June 2026 • US June 2026 304 Pages HB 9781509975655 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509975648 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509975679 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509975662 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
Each contribution explores a distinct, cross-jurisdictional claim for mitigation on the basis of State negligence or misconduct towards the offender. The chapters all address the appropriate response of courts at sentencing.
25TH EDITION
Environmental Law Handbook Christopher L. Bell, Andrew Davis, Duke K. McCall III, Thomas Richichi, Daniel M. Steinway, Kevin A. Ewing, Jean Warshaw, Peggy Otum, Ann Navaro, Theda Braddock, John Surma & Brent Rosser The environmental field and its regulations have evolved significantly since Congress passed the first environmental law in 1970, and the Environmental Law Handbook, published just three years later, has been indispensable to students and professionals ever since. The authors provide clear and accessible explanations, expert legal insight into new and evolving regulations, and reliable compliance and management guidance. The Environmental Law Handbook continues to provide individuals across the country—professionals, professors, and students—with a comprehensive, up-to-date, and easy-to-read look at the major environmental, health, and safety laws affecting U.S. businesses and organizations. Because it is written by the country's leading environmental law firms, it UK September 2025 • US September 2025 provides the best, most reliable guidance anywhere. 1216 Pages HB 9781636710723 • £120.00 / $160.00 ePDF 9798765192962 • £108.00 / $144.00 The Handbook begins with chapters on the fundamentals of environmental law and on issues of enforcement and liability. It ePub 9781636710730 • £108.00 / $144.00 then dives headfirst into the major laws, examining their history, scope, and requirements with a chapter devoted to each. Hart Publishing
The 25th edition has been thoroughly updated, covering major changes to the law and enforcement in the areas of Clean Air, Clean Water, Climate Change, Oil Pollution, and Pollution Prevention.
COLLECTIONS
A Regulatory Framework to Remediate the Planet Strategies, Outcomes and Implications Robert Smet Ubiquitous environmental pollution and how we regulate it is now a more critical issue than ever. A Regulatory Framework to Remediate the Planet: Strategies, Outcomes and Implications develops an optimal regulatory strategy to minimize humangenerated environmental harms by the generation of multi-media pollution and postulates a means to use this strategy “in reverse” to restore Nature’s ecosystems. The strategy first includes reforming key aspects of the Clean Air Act, using the core strategy to likewise regulate the generation of solid waste pollution, and facilitate the transition to a circular economy. The author shows that this core strategy will holistically regulate the generation of multi-media environmental pollution, i.e., air, water, onsite generated waste, and solid waste pollution. He further argues that these outcomes are only possible through the intelligent use of rigorous, limit-based regulation, employing the proper blend of command-and-control and Environment and Society
market-based instruments, rooted in an underlying structure that can be applied as a regulatory strategy across all
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 400 Pages • 4 b/w PB 9798216387787 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666947755 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216269168 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978767591 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
environmental media.
256
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Fundamental Rights for Non-Humans Foundations, Flaws, and Futures
Edited by John Olusegun Adenitire, Queen Mary University of London, UK & Raffael Fasel, University of Cambridge, UK Can animals, artificial intelligences (AI), and nature have fundamental rights? Do they have fundamental rights? And if they do, how do their rights relate to human rights? In this book, eminent and emerging scholars from fields as varied as legal theory, environmental studies, and philosophy, probe the theoretical foundations, flaws, and future prospects of the growing phenomenon of non-human rights. Using a dialogical structure, the book consists of matched chapters, with one contributor advancing a view on fundamental rights and another engaging with it. This allows readers to deepen their understanding of the different perspectives offered UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509985937 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509985975 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509985951 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509985968 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
and to participate in constructive conversations that tease out the promise and pitfalls of each position. This balanced approach makes the book particularly helpful to scholars and students who are seeking insights into the emerging field of fundamental rights for non-humans. The book also benefits theoretically-minded lawyers, judges, and policymakers who are considering the foundational issues that shape the development of animal rights, AI rights, and rights of nature.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Implementation of Sustainable Development in the Global South Strategies, Innovations, and Challenges
Edited by Sumaiya Khair, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh, Shawkat Alam, Macquarie University, Australia & Muhammad Ekramul Haque, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh The advent of the Sustainable Development Goals and the 2030 Agenda have contributed to the deepening of the concept of sustainable development within global and national policy schemes. The key concern now is how this can be achieved equitably by reconciling competing priorities and concerns of the Global South and the Global North. While the Global South countries are eager to adopt the 2030 Agenda in their respective policy frameworks, local contexts are often at odds with the global model of sustainable development. This open access book examines national capacities and institutional arrangements in countries in the Global South. It UK May 2026 • US May 2026 440 Pages HB 9781509963751 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509963799 • £42.99 / $58.95 ePDF 9781509963775 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509963768 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
considers the challenges of integrating sustainable development in national policy frameworks. It explores the emerging patterns and processes of development projects that have either succeeded or failed, critical reflections on what has been achieved and whose interests the projects served, and the costs and benefits of particular interventions. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
China’s Global Energy Expansion A Regulatory Assessment
Xiaohan Gong, Macau University of Science and Technology, China Should Chinese energy investments be excluded from the liberal economic system based on geopolitical assessments only? This book explores the potential regulatory control by the Chinese government over foreign energy investments to achieve their perceived strategic objectives. Host states in which Chinese energy companies make investments have increasingly opposed Chinese energy investments in their national security reviews, based on concerns that these investments have strategic objectives. The book analyses China’s investment-related law, regulations, and energy policies to examine how overseas energy investment-making is governed. The book also explores the role of the Chinese government in energy investment promotion and protection. Global Energy Law and Policy UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages HB 9781509966196 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781509966233 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509966219 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509966202 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
Uniquely, the examination of China’s potential regulatory control provides an objective criterion, rather than geopolitical considerations, for host states to assess the nature of Chinese energy investments. The book helps readers to open the ‘black box’ of Chinese energy investments from a regulatory perspective. It is a useful resource for researchers as well as practising lawyers assisting their Chinese clients through national security reviews, or when trying to determine whether China’s SOEs can bring cases before investor-state arbitration tribunals.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
257
LAW - HART 3RD EDITION
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
UK April 2026 • US March 2026 512 Pages HB 9781509990436 • £180.00 / $245.00 PB 9781509990351 • £59.99 / $79.95 ePDF 9781509990368 • £53.99 / $71.95 ePub 9781509990849 • £53.99 / $71.95 Hart Publishing
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509990948 • £49.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509990900 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509990924 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509990917 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
EU External Relations Law
EU Competence and Power
Text, Cases and Materials
Hannah Bogaert, Freshfields, Belgium
Edited by Ramses A Wessel, University of Groningen, the Netherlands & Joris Larik, Leiden University The first edition of this textbook made an impact on the teaching of EU external relations law. This third edition continues to be the leading text in the field. It retains its hallmark dual perspective, looking at questions from the EU constitutional law perspective (the principles, powers, and the role of the Court of Justice of the EU); and the international law perspective (the effect of international law, the position of the EU in international organisations such as the WTO). It continues to explore key policy areas such as trade, security and defence, police and judicial cooperation, the environment, human rights, drawing on the expertise of leading scholars in these fields. The books’ 'text, cases and materials' approach, allows students to gain a thorough understanding of how EU law has developed, its judicial interpretation and scholarly appraisal. Lastly, each chapter concludes with a section entitled 'The Big Picture of EU External Relations Law', which weaves together the diverse and complex materials into a coherent whole and stimulates critical discussion of the topics covered. The new edition expands the policy documents and engages more deeply with scholarly discussions in the field. The text has benefited from student assistants’ participation to advise on writing style and approach, ensuring ease of use and comprehension.
COLLECTIONS
This innovative book identifies and explains the concepts that determine whether the EU may act. ‘Competence' is about more than competence alone: there is also power. Competence is the field in which the EU may act; power is the EU institutions’ actual authorisation to act in a field of EU competence. Through a rigorous examination of legal disputes that involve the EU treaties, legislation, case law, and archival evidence, this book illustrates how competence and power differ and why recognising this distinction leads to a more nuanced and precise analysis of whether the EU may act. This will be of interest to EU law scholars and practitioners, but also to international law specialists.
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
Modern Studies in European Law
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages PB 9781509991259 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509991297 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509991273 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509991280 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509989706 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509989669 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509989683 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509989676 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
Dealing with Rule of Law Crises in the European Union
EU Cities Facilitating the Commons
Niels F Kirst, Dublin City University, Ireland
Chiara Salati, Eurac Research Institute for Comparative Federalism, Italy
This book offers a powerful new lens on one of the EU’s most pressing challenges: the erosion of the rule of law.
This book explores the role of cities in the EU in facilitating civic participation through the commons (CPC), through the prism of constitutional principles.
A must-read for anyone concerned with the future of democracy in Europe, the book places the EU’s struggle in a broader comparative context, arguing that these challenges are not unique to the European Union. Drawing on the historical experience of the USA – a federal system that has weathered its own periods of constitutional backsliding – the book explores how similar crises have been addressed elsewhere.
It fills a gap by providing a much-needed theoretical framework for commonsoriented initiatives. It focuses on democracy, participation, local governments and cities, by looking at the two legal orders of the European Union and the Council of Europe. At its core is the case study of Italy, where there is institutionalised collaboration between society and the State in over 320 cities. It shows that by leveraging the four key European constitutional principles of participation, local self-government, subsidiarity and solidarity, all EU cities can act as drivers of the commons. A fascinating and innovative exploration of civic participation through the commons that reinforces local democracy.
Challenges from a Comparative Federalism Perspective
Building Blocks of European Constitutional Law for Local Democracy
By comparing judicial, institutional and financial responses across the EU and the USA, the book identifies common patterns, divergent strategies, and insights into how the rule of law can be safeguarded in the Member States. It highlights the structural similarities between the two legal systems and offers fresh insights into how federal unions can respond to democratic erosion. With detailed analysis of both past and present rule of law challenges, this book offers valuable insights for legal scholars, policymakers, and practitioners working to resolve the rule of law of crisis and uphold democratic values within the EU and beyond.
258
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
Modern Studies in European Law
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages PB 9781509990054 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509990016 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509990030 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509990023 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509973613 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509973576 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509973590 • £40.49 / $54.85 ePub 9781509973583 • £40.49 / $54.85 Hart Publishing
Europe’s New Frontiers
Law, Crisis, Governance, Constitutional Transformations, Volume 1 Edited by Leone Niglia, University of Exeter, UK
EU Citizenship and Responsibility
The Evolving Roles of the Union, the Individual, and the Member States
In this book, leading commentators explore the new concept of ‘crisis governance constitutionalism’ in order to better understand how the EU is changed by times of crisis management.
Maria Haag, Tilburg University, the Netherlands
European integration has become controversial due to the many crises: Brexit, the pandemic, migrations, energy crisis, the Ukraine war. Drawing on historical resources, the collection’s expert essays show that rather than offer something completely new, crisis governance constitutionalism coexists with longestablished constitutionalist narratives of EU integration.
Firstly, it examines the responsibility of all four protagonists in EU citizenship law (the individual, the home and host Member States, and the Union itself), providing a more holistic understanding of EU citizenship. Secondly, it challenges a prevailing narrative that nationality plays a declining role, arguing instead that the continued significance of the home Member State reinforces rather than weakens the protections of EU citizenship. Finally, it presents individual EU citizens in a more nuanced light, highlighting both their rights and responsibilities. This approach provides a richer understanding, allowing for a meaningful assessment of EU citizenship as it stands at a crossroads.
COLLECTIONS
This book introduces the concept of responsibility to the field of EU citizenship law by making three significant contributions to the field.
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
Modern Studies in European Law
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 280 Pages PB 9781509979561 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979523 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509979547 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509979530 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages PB 9781509984213 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509984176 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509984190 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509984183 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
Structural Principles of EU Law
The Hidden Virtues of Discretionary Power in European Migration Law
Marcus Klamert, University of Graz, Austria This book provides the first comprehensive treatment of the principles shaping EU law: autonomy, conferral, equality, national identity, loyalty, solidarity, supremacy and effectiveness. Much has been written about principles of EU law inspired by national law, such as fundamental rights, but what of the principles that are specific to EU law? The book discusses the origins of the EU’s structural principles, where they are located, and how they are applied in practice. The author proposes that these principles are deeply interrelated and ensure the legal unity and uniformity of EU law. Their role in the EU's external relations is also explored. This book brings a much-needed focus to the network of structural principles upholding the EU's constitutional order.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
Jonas Bornemann, Université de Lausanne, Switzerland This book explores discretionary decision-making in migration systems in Europe. It investigates how European law influences the existence, exercise and effects of discretion. Firstly, it argues that national lawmakers often regard discretionary decisionmaking as the most viable option to accommodate standards of European law in their national migration systems. Secondly, the book shows how the exercise of this power has changed from an area of free choice to an instance of legally instructed decision-making. Ultimately, it illustrates how both the proliferation and transformation of discretionary decision-making have improved the legal position of migrants in the European Union, providing a compelling interpretation of a key field of EU law.
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
259
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Activating Human and Fundamental Rights Before the European Courts Edited by Elise Muir, KU Leuven, Belgium, Sacha Garben, College of Europe & Inge Govaere, Ghent University and College of Europe, Belgium This open access book adds a new dimension to the long-standing research on the co-existence of European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the EU, and their inter-related action and explicit interaction. As the two Courts are increasingly called upon to interpret corresponding rights, particularly owing to the ever-growing importance of fundamental rights in the EU legal order, the stakes intensify. Prior studies have mostly focused on the constitutional and substantive issues connected to this interaction. This book focuses on another dimension: the lesser-told yet fascinating tale of two – increasingly substantively overlapping – European-level judicial systems with their own Modern Studies in European Law UK May 2026 • US April 2026 480 Pages PB 9781509987733 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509987696 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509987719 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509987702 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
procedures and institutional idiosyncrasies, their own terminology, and with their own epistemic communities of practitioners and scholars, and their own relationship to national law. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by KU Leuven.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Judging Composite Decision-Making
The Transformation of European Administrative Law Filipe Brito Bastos, NOVA School of Law, Portugal This book examines the European Court of Justice’s principles relating to composite decision-making. Through rigorous case law analysis, it shows how these rely on national and Union observance of rule of law requirements, under what the book calls the ‘Unitary Protection’ doctrine. It explores the theoretical dimension of this doctrine, illustrating how it represents a departure from the EU’s foundational federalist approach to administrative law. This fills a long-standing gap in the literature and in our full understanding of composite decision-making, a key tenet of EU law. EU constitutional and administrative law scholars will be fascinated by this compelling study. Modern Studies in European Law UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages HB 9781509980420 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509980512 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509980444 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781509980437 • £76.50 / $103.50 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The European Convention on Human Rights and Private Law Comparative Perspectives from South-Eastern Europe
Edited by Mateja Durovic, King's College London, UK & Cristina Poncibò, University of Turin, Italy In this book a team of expert contributors address challenging issues concerning the relationship between private law and the rule of law and human rights, with specific focus on case studies from South-Eastern Europe. The book examines the broadening application of human rights to the private law fields and the resulting effects. Contributors offer a truly interdisciplinary perspective drawn from comparative law, civil law, procedural law and public law. By so doing, for the first time, they offer insights into the fascinating questions the region poses for private law and human rights. Modern Studies in European Law UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages HB 9781509958085 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509958122 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509958108 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781509958092 • £76.50 / $103.50 Hart Publishing
260
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The European Union and Human Rights Understanding a Singular Regional Player
Cecilia Rizcallah, UCLouvain Saint-Louis Bruxelles, Belgium This open access book provides a comprehensive exploration of the EU’s role, as a regional international organisation, in the protection of human rights within national legal orders. Emphasising the distinctive features of this contribution, it brings clarity for both EU and non-EU lawyers, particularly scholars of public and human rights law. By taking a cross-cutting approach—examining the capacity, nature, and adjudication of EU Fundamental Rights Law—it expertly navigates the intricacies of this system. Moreover, it advocates for a political turn in EU Fundamental Rights Law—one that enables European society to meaningfully engage with the deeper issues underpinning this legal framework. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 336 Pages PB 9781509989140 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509989102 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509989126 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509989119 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by KU Leuven.
COLLECTIONS
Quelling Insurrection
Lethal force, Human Rights and the Laws of War David John Bicknell, King’s College London, UK This book re-examines the origins and development of the laws of war and human rights law and exposes an over-looked provision of the European Convention on Human Rights which permits the use of lethal force where absolutely necessary to quell an insurrection. When civilian casualties occur in internal armed conflicts, questions are asked about how civilians can be better protected against the use of force by armed insurgents and state security forces. The laws of war include protection against the targeting of civilians but permit the use of force based on ‘military necessity’ and ‘proportionate’ civilian casualties. Where those laws do not apply, the use of force is generally seen as being limited to self–defence. This creates paradigms of armed UK February 2026 • US March 2026 224 Pages PB 9781509992263 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509992225 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509992249 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509992232 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
conflict and law–enforcement with very different rules. The paradigms are then treated by governments and other actors as being separate and divided by a threshold of violence, when, in practice, they overlap, both in the conduct of military operations and, this book argues, as a matter of law. Revisiting the law provides the opportunity to reassess the benefits and risks of the existing paradigms and consider how applying the provision permitting the use of lethal force in quelling an insurrection would affect them.
COLLECTIONS
In Conversation with Eleanor Sharpston A Life, A Journey
Adam Lazowski, University of Westminster, UK & Eleanor Sharpston, Court of Justice of the European Union, Luxembourg What was behind a legal life lived in the spotlight? In this extended conversation between Professor Adam Lazowski and Dame Eleanor Sharpston KC, one of the most important European lawyers of her generation, two friends lift the curtain on what was happening backstage. Over nine chapters, they discuss Eleanor’s early life, her university years, and her parallel career at the Bar and in academe. They move on to consider her leading cases in the English courts, which included Brown and Others (Operation Spanner) and the Metric Martyr, before laying out a thoughtful insider’s assessment of her time on the Bench at the Court of Justice of the European Union in Luxembourg. The closing chapter of the book is dedicated to current events, including the rule of law UK May 2026 • US April 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509992362 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509992324 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509992348 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509992331 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
crisis and the future of European integration. A candid, illuminating and often amusing discussion with a transformative European lawyer.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
261
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Emergency and EU Law
The Case of Covid-19, Climate Change and Migration Edited by Sanja Bogojevic, University of Oxford, UK & Xavier Groussot, Lund University, Sweden How should EU law respond to emergencies? More specifically, to what degree can fundamental rights be suspended in order to respond to an unprecedented crises? These questions are at the core of this open access book, asked initially in response to COVID-19 and its resulting restrictions but then as a more general conceptual examination. It looks at the question over five parts; opening with two general aspects: constitutional law and governance. It then takes a more applied approach, looking at three case studies: migration, climate change, and, of course, the COVID-19 pandemic. Fascinating, insightful and considered, it ensures lessons can be learnt. Swedish Studies in European Law UK April 2026 • US April 2026 368 Pages PB 9781509993369 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509993321 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509993345 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509993338 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Swedish Studies Network.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Italian Influence on European Law Judges and Advocates General (1952-2000)
Edited by Daniele Gallo, LUISS University, Italy, Roberto Mastroianni, University of Naples ’Federico II‘, Italy, Fernanda G. Nicola, Washington College of Law, USA & Lorenzo Cecchetti, Luiss University, Italy Drawing on expertise from across the worlds of the judiciary, the bar, and legal academia, this book provides fascinating insights into the role of a key Member State and how its legal influence informs the wider Union’s development. This collection sheds light on the Italian influence on European law by examining the judicial biographies of Italian judges and advocates general during almost five decades of the European Union. It explores the national ties of judges and advocates general to their Member States, to better understand the continuous relationship between the members of the EU judiciary and their Member States’ governments and how they practise the principle of judicial independence, a central pillar EU Law in the Member States
of the ECJ’s rule of law jurisprudence.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 352 Pages HB 9781509967766 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781509967803 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9781509967780 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781509967773 • £99.00 / $135.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Shaping a Genuine Area of Freedom, Security and Justice Edited by Koen Lenaerts, European Court of Justice, Luxembourg, Eugene Regan, Court of Justice, Luxembourg, Ulla Neergaard, University of Copenhagen, Denmark & Karsten Engsig Sørensen, Aarhus University, Denmark This book provides an ambitious assessment of the increasing importance of case law in the field of the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice on the evolution of EU law. In recent years the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (AFSJ) has occupied an increasingly prominent place in the working of the European Union and by extension the Court of Justice (CJEU). Over three parts the book looks at the framework of the AFSJ, its workings, and finally the impact of EU law upon it. The collection provides remarkable insights into the growing importance of the AFSJ and how EU law has evolved in light of this. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 392 Pages HB 9781509975112 • £130.00 / $175.00 PB 9781509975150 • £59.99 / $79.95 ePDF 9781509975136 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781509975129 • £117.00 / $157.50 Hart Publishing
262
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Pursuit of Legal Harmony in a Turbulent Europe Essays in Honour of Eleanor Sharpston
Edited by Catherine Barnard, University of Cambridge, UK, Adam Lazowski, University of Westminster, UK & Daniel Sarmiento, University Complutense of Madrid, Spain This masterful work brings together the crème de la crème of EU law academics and practitioners in celebration of the life and work of Eleanor Sharpston, KC. As one of the foremost Advocates General serving the Court of Justice, her opinions shaped various aspects of EU procedural and substantive law. Many of them have quickly become classics (Ruiz Zambrano, Sturgeon, Miles, Bougnaoui, and Farrell II) and they will continue to shape EU law for decades to come. Her contribution and legacy is expertly assessed over six parts of this book spanning: her career: EU constitutional law; fundamental rights and citizenship; litigation; internal UK April 2026 • US April 2026 market; and external relations. This is a worthy commentary on a truly remarkable legal legacy. 648 Pages HB 9781509977000 • £150.00 / $200.00 PB 9781509977048 • £69.99 / $94.95 ePDF 9781509977024 • £135.00 / $180.00 ePub 9781509977017 • £135.00 / $180.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The EU’s Human Rights Responsibility Gap
Deconstructing Human Rights Impunity of International Organisations Joyce De Coninck, Ghent University, Belgium Can the EU be held legally responsible for its contributions to human rights harms in its Integrated Border Management policy? Or do systemic legal design flaws in the EU's human rights responsibility regime give rise to a significant responsibility gap? This book delves into these pressing questions, offering a transversal analysis of applicable legal frameworks under international and EU law. Divided into three parts, the book first analyses the international and EU human rights responsibility frameworks, revealing both ‘normative incongruency’ as well as ‘liability incongruency’. Part two applies these frameworks to specific illustrations within the four tiers of the EU’s Integrated Border Management, exposing the critical UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages HB 9781509977352 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509977390 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509977376 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781509977369 • £76.50 / $103.50 Hart Publishing
points where responsibility falters. Building on these findings and drawing from shared responsibility and relationality theories, part three briefly introduces 'Relational Human Rights Responsibility' as an alternative method to ascertaining human rights responsibility of the EU specifically, and international organisations more generally.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Danish EU Opt-Outs
Their Legal Significance, Past and Present Christian Thorning, Lawyer, Denmark This book offers the first comprehensive legal study dedicated to the understanding of the Danish EU opt-outs. The impact of these is significant, falling as they do within Union citizenship, the euro, defense cooperation and the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice. Through a re-examination of the opt-outs individually, collectively and temporally, the book sheds light on their legal design and their interplay between international law, EU law and national law. This pioneering book takes a legal-doctrinal approach, which provides readers with a solid understanding of the opt-outs. Academics, judges and European Union civil servants will find this invaluable. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages HB 9781509980949 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509980987 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509980963 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509980956 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
263
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Statistics in the Law of Evidence Nicholas Lennings, 12 Wentworth Selborne Chambers, Australia This book evaluates the role played by statistical evidence in litigation. Despite the increasing prevalence of statistical evidence in modern litigation, how such evidence should be admitted and used by courts is often inconsistent and widely criticised. Accepting that statistical evidence can lead to more accurate decisions, the book proposes criteria that could allow courts to decide that statistical evidence is good for fact-finding. The many and varied scholarly debates regarding statistical evidence have by and large avoided judicial attention. Unlike previous works, this book contextualises those debates in the language and practice of evidence law, focusing principally on Australia, as well as the UK and the USA. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages HB 9781509957330 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509957378 • £42.99 / $58.95 ePDF 9781509957354 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781509957347 • £76.50 / $103.50 Hart Publishing
It does so by identifying that the controversy around statistical evidence follows the three-tiered statistical syllogism underlying statistical inference: first, whether statistical evidence is capable of establishing an association between phenomena in a state of nature; second, inferring that phenomena to an individual from the general association; and third, whether statistical evidence can be sufficient for proof of contested facts. Objections are said to arise at each level of this syllogism and, by mapping these objections onto evidence law, the book argues that a pathway for the judicial evaluation of statistical evidence can be constructed.
COLLECTIONS
Double Trouble
Bigamy and the Law in England and Wales, 1604-2024 Rebecca Probert, University of Exeter, UK This book provides the first in-depth study of the crime of bigamy from the 17th century to the present day. Between 1604 and 2024, around 30,000 individuals were prosecuted for bigamy in England and Wales. A few were able to establish a defence to the charge, but most were convicted. How they were punished varied hugely across the centuries – from execution, branding, whipping, transportation, and imprisonment through to fines and community service. Double Trouble details the legal framework that underpinned such prosecutions. As a companion volume to Double Lives: Stories of Bigamy in England and Wales, 1604-2024, it sets the offence in the context of the changing laws on marriage and UK May 2026 • US May 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509979424 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979455 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509979431 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509979448 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
divorce, and examines the consequences of bigamy for those involved, including the remedies that were available to the often-deceived second spouse. Drawing on a wide array of sources from the 17th century to the present day, including formal law reports, legal treatises, newspapers, censuses, parish registers, divorce petitions, and Parliamentary debates, this book shows how bigamy should be taken seriously as an offence that all too often involved deception, abandonment, and heartbreak.
COLLECTIONS
Double Lives
Stories of Bigamy in England and Wales, 1604-2024 Rebecca Probert, University of Exeter, UK A woman remarries after hearing that her husband has drowned, only for him to turn up alive and well. Was she now a criminal? A deserted husband, unable to afford a divorce, finds happiness in a new union. How many did the same? A conman advertises for a wife and then disappears with her lifesavings; he has already done the same to many other women. How was he brought to justice? These are just a few of the hundreds of bigamous remarriages put under the microscope in Double Lives. As a companion volume to Double Trouble: Bigamy and the Law in England and Wales, 1604-2024, this book goes behind the law reports to reconstruct the stories of those involved. Drawing on archival sources, pamphlets, newspapers, census data, parish UK May 2026 • US May 2026 368 Pages PB 9781509979516 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979486 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509979493 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509979479 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
264
UK, Europe, ROW
registers, divorce petitions, and family histories, it shows the different forms that bigamy might take – accidental, consensual, deceptive, or exploitative – and how bigamists’ stories in turn helped to shape the law. Double Lives shows how bigamy should not be dismissed as a comical or victimless crime. Every case had its own complex mix of desire and deception, and, all too often, heartbreak for someone.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Private Sponsorship of Refugees in Europe Chiara Berneri, Open University, UK This open access book focuses on private sponsorship of refugees, which has slowly begun to increase the opportunities for refugees to start new lives in Europe, without putting themselves or their families at risk from perilous journeys. After contextualising the phenomenon and describing the most notable European programmes, the book argues that private sponsorship schemes characterised by naming and additionality should be further explored and trialled within Europe. Having considered the phenomenon from both theoretical and practical viewpoints, the book argues that this would be possible by balancing private sponsors’ claims with state sovereignty, in matters such as welfare, integration and security. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages HB 9781509922185 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509972340 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509922208 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509922192 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Family Law Reform Now Proposals and Critique
Edited by Charlotte Bendall, University of Birmingham, UK & Rehana Parveen, University of Birmingham, UK This collection provides a snapshot of big ideas in family law reform. The book asks: if you could change one part of family law, what would it be? This deceptively simple question is answered by 10 family law experts and debated within the volume by expert respondents. The book puts the proposal first, forcing authors (and their respondents) to critically engage with what family law should look like, and where the development of law is needed to address the changing landscape of family life. Cultural and religious plurality, the use of technology, and changes in societal attitudes have all had an impact on the continuing evolution of UK May 2026 • US May 2026 352 Pages HB 9781509962181 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509962228 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509962204 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509962198 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
families. As a consequence, the law has some complex challenges to address in its attempt to regulate familial diversity. This book is an invaluable resource for scholars of family law, practitioners, policymakers, or anyone more broadly interested in family law reform, and serves as a companion to Hart Publishing's landmark Criminal Law Reform Now.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Wards of Court and the Inherent Jurisdiction Rob George, University College London, UK This open access book explores the High Court’s powers under its inherent jurisdiction and wardship in relation to children and incapacitous and vulnerable adults. The book introduces the inherent jurisdiction and investigates its place in the modern law. Part 1 provides a comprehensive history of the inherent jurisdiction, before giving a detailed account of the core principles and procedure applicable today, and comparing the approaches taken in Scotland, Ireland, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. Part 2 considers the court’s use of its inherent jurisdiction in specific categories of case, including child abduction, medical decision-making about children, child protection, incapacitous and vulnerable adults. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 296 Pages HB 9781509972142 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509972180 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509972166 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509972159 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
Despite its ancient roots, the inherent jurisdiction is relied on by High Court judges on a daily basis, in both everyday and cutting-edge cases. This book argues that the court’s approach to some of these cases is justified, but that judges often make unnecessary and inappropriate use of the inherent jurisdiction. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
265
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Feminist Legal Activism in India Tanja Herklotz, Berlin Social Science Centre, Germany This open access book examines the work of feminists engaging with legislative lobbying and strategic litigation in their fight for equality and self-determination. Across the world, feminists engage in legal activism. This book showcases the ways in which feminists in India have been particularly successful in their legal interventions such as legislative lobbying and strategic litigation. The book looks at eight national campaigns for law reform waged by the protagonists of the Indian women’s movement between the 1970s and today, addressing sexual assault, domestic violence, and family law, among other issues. Using UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509985722 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509985685 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509985708 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509985692 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
interviews and other primary source materials, it illustrates how women’s rights activists and feminist lawyers think about the law and how they work to make the law more gender-just. The book develops a multi-faceted approach to understanding feminist legal activism and shows how activists’ strategies, constitutional rights, the responsiveness of courts and parliaments, and socio-cultural factors impact the outcome of legal activism. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin and the Dr. Giesing Foundation.
COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Great Debates on the European Convention on Human Rights Fiona de Londras, University of Birmingham, UK & Kanstantsin Dzehtsiarou, University of Liverpool Law School, Liverpool, UK The 2nd edition of Great Debates on the European Convention on Human Rights encourages deep and critical engagement with the Convention, the Court, and the European system for human rights protection. The European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) is widely hailed as the most successful regional human rights instrument. In each of the 46 countries contracted to the Convention, the ECHR has an everyday impact, shaping law and public policy and being argued in domestic courts. Law schools in the UK and Europe generally focus on the case law of the Convention and approach it on an article-by-article Great Debates in Law UK February 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350469266 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350456198 • £33.99 / $46.95 ePDF 9781350469273 • £30.59 / $42.25 ePub 9781350469280 • £30.59 / $42.25 Hart Publishing
basis. This grounding in the Convention, the jurisprudence of the Court, and the emerging contestations around whether the Convention properly protects the rights of marginalised and vulnerable groups is a vital foundation for understanding the Convention. However, the law relating to the ECHR is voluminous, and many courses are only able to concentrate on some of the most well-known case law, and some topics of particular contention. Great Debates on the European Convention on Human Rights builds upon the 'nuts and bolts' grounding in the Convention and workings of the Court. It offers a unique thematic approach to thinking and learning about the Convention.
COLLECTIONS
A Rights-Based Inter-Legal Approach to Artificial Intelligence Sümeyye Elif Biber, University of Luxembourg This groundbreaking book delves into this pressing question by critically analysing the limitations of current regulatory frameworks, including the Artificial Intelligence Act, the General Data Protection Regulation, and European human rights law. Drawing on leading judgments from the European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the European Union, the book explores real-world case studies of AI systems employed by public authorities, highlighting their impact on fundamental rights. Arguing that the EU's risk-based regulation approach falls short in protecting fundamental and human rights, the author introduces a compelling alternative: a rights-based inter-legal approach grounded in the theory of inter-legality. This innovative framework emphasises the "publicness" and "inter-systemic" nature of AI, advocating for a lifecycle perspective— UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages PB 9781509979059 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979011 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509979035 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509979028 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
from design to deployment and beyond. Rich with legal insights and practical methodology, this book presents a three-step adjudication model to integrate the interlegal approach into European legal practice, paving the way for a more robust protection of fundamental principles, rules, and rights in the AI era. Essential reading for scholars, policymakers, and practitioners, this work redefines how Europe can lead the charge in responsible AI regulation.
266
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
The Deaf Legal Dilemma Challenging Equality Law
Rob Wilks, University of West England, UK Despite legal frameworks that claim to guarantee equal treatment, Deaf people continue to face entrenched inequalities – what the author calls the "Deaf Legal Exclusion". This book introduces the "Deaf Legal Dilemma" – the mismatch between legal protections and lived realities – and exposes how the law categorises Deaf people solely as disabled, overlooking their status as a distinct cultural and linguistic group. Drawing on doctrinal and socio-legal analysis of the Equality Act 2010, case law of the European Court of Human Rights, and the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, the book critiques how equality law relies on narrow definitions of fairness. It explores the precepts of equality – formal, substantive, and transformative – and assesses their Hart Studies in Disability, Law, and Justice UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509980628 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509980666 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509980642 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509980659 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
ability to reflect Deaf people’s experiences. In response, the author sets out a series of "Deaf Equality Concepts" that reimagine what equality could mean if Deaf people’s language, culture, and collective identity were taken seriously. From Deaf schools to sign language recognition, the book shows how Deaf communities are pushing for structural change and cultural recognition – not just token adjustments – revealing the "Deaf Legal Illusion" at the heart of the system.
COLLECTIONS
Associational Life and Freedom Insights from Philosophy and Law
Edited by Maria Cahill, University College Cork, Ireland & Giulia Lasagni, University College, Cork, Ireland What is the reality of what it is to participate in associations, such as sports clubs, charities, trade unions, or political parties? This book explores the complexities surrounding the right of association from a legal and philosophical perspective. Legal chapters explore how the right is protected in jurisdictions as diverse as Chile, Germany, Indonesia, Kenya, Slovenia, Türkiye and the United Kingdom, alongside thematic chapters on judicial review, associational schism and the lived experience of associational participation. Philosophical chapters employ social ontology to illuminate the nature of group interaction and the reality of associational life. Human Rights Law in Perspective
Offering the first interdisciplinary examination of freedom of association, this collection contributes significantly to our
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509986736 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509986699 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509986712 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509986705 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
understanding of this fundamental right.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Rethinking Human Rights
Critical Insights from Palestinian Youth Erika Jiménez, Queen's University Belfast, UK Palestinians have used the language of human rights to articulate their struggle against the Israeli occupation and internationalise the injustices they face. Palestinian young people learning about human rights at school experience a dissonance between the aspirational and internationalised framework of those norms and the layers of injustice of their own lived experience. Drawing on research in the occupied West Bank, this book explores the three layers of marginalisation faced by Palestinian young people – the Israeli occupation that denies them their humanity; the Palestinian pseudo-state that denies them a voice; and patriarchal structures that deny them agency – to show how these barriers influence their understanding of, and scepticism towards, human rights. Influenced by decolonial theories, this book illuminates how space needs to be created for the counter-narratives of the oppressed in human rights discourse, which may not align with more Human Rights Law in Perspective
conventional representations of human rights. It contends that human rights and, by extension, human rights education in
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 248 Pages HB 9781509954827 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509954865 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509954841 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509954834 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
the Palestinian context (and beyond) needs to be critiqued, decolonised and ultimately transformed.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
267
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Are Minority Rights (Still) Human Rights? Edited by Miodrag Jovanovic, University of Belgrade, Serbia & Ana Zdravkovic, Institute of Comparative Law, Serbia Marking the 75th anniversary of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the 25th anniversary of the Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities and European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages, this book investigates to what extent minority rights can, or should, be treated as part of the human rights regime. Internationally renowned experts, both scholars and practitioners, critically assess the current state of protection from different disciplinary perspectives. Key themes include the historical trajectory from the League of Nations to ICCPR Article 27, the ‘persons-belonging-to’ formula, tensions between individual and collective protection, differences in normativity, and the absence of a universally binding definition of ‘minority’, with implications for non-derogability, enforcement, and sovereignty. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509984589 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509984541 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509984565 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509984558 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
Designed for students, researchers, and practitioners of international human rights law, European human rights, and minority protection, the volume provides a multi-disciplinary map of doctrine and practice and a focused resource for courses in public international law, particularly human rights law, European law, and minority rights.
COLLECTIONS
Stopping the Deportation Machine
One Immigrant Student's Arrest and the Kids Who Took on Washington to Get Him Back Bryan Christopher, Riverside High School Stopping the Deportation Machine tells the true story of one undocumented student’s journey to America to escape death threats, reunite with his family, and pursue an education. In the blink of an eye, Wildin Acosta’s dream of becoming the first member of his family to graduate high school in the United States turned into a nightmare when undercover immigration agents in Durham, North Carolina, arrested him one morning before school, intending to deport him to his native Honduras. This is a book about immigration, education, and community. Written by the school’s journalism teacher, it also tells the story of one educator’s awakening to the plight of undocumented students and a system that sometimes treats them as little more than cogs in a deportation machine. Based in part on accounts by student journalists and extensive interviews with Wildin UK September 2025 • US September 2025 304 Pages HB 9798881808969 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798765154991 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9798881808976 • £27.00 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
Acosta, Christopher tells the story of how, with assistance from teachers, community leaders, and elected officials, four high school students fought all the way to Washington, DC, to get Wildin released from a government detention center and back in school. Stopping the Machine breaks through the polarized rhetoric to put a human face on a problem that resides in communities across the nation.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Insurability of Emerging Risks Law, Theory and Practice
Edited by Baris Soyer, Swansea University, UK & Özlem Gürses, King’s College London, UK This book brings together leading experts in the fields of insurance and the law of obligations to consider how insurance law is attempting to deal with emerging risks. Emerging risks pose significant challenges for the insurance industry. Apart from difficulties in quantifying such risks, the availability of insurance capacity is often a concern. The book looks at these issues from philosophical, economic and actuarial perspectives. It asks how far existing private law rules can cope with emerging risks, and in so far as they cannot, how the law should be developed by courts and lawmakers to deal with the emerging legal issues. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 360 Pages HB 9781509978717 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781509978755 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9781509978731 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509978724 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
268
UK, Europe, ROW
The book questions the suitability of the current insurance business models in insuring climate-related risks, autonomous systems, insurance of fines and penalties; as well as how mass or systemic risks (eg pandemics or cyber risks) can be made insurable through ‘add on’ coverages to the conventional insurance policies. It also evaluates governments' roles to encourage insurers to provide cover for such risks and discusses how a balance can be struck between the need to regulate and the insurance markets' dynamics.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Pharmaceutical, Biological and Chemical Patents A Handbook
Maximilian Haedicke, Unified Patent Court, France, Marco Stief, Maiwald Patentanwalts- und Rechtsanwalts-GmbH Munich, Germany & Dirk Bühler, Maiwald Patentanwälte, Germany This handbook focuses on German jurisprudence to identify key principles and trends, thereby providing valuable assistance and arguments in other jurisdictions. Germany is one of the world’s leading jurisdictions for patent litigation. In Europe alone, approximately 60% of patent disputes are heard before courts in Germany. Answers to key questions in patent law and the possible interpretation thereof may be found in case law from German courts. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 1200 Pages HB 9781849464901 • £525.00 / $715.00 Beck/Hart
Pharmaceutical, biological and chemical patents are key matters in patent law. The fields present multiple challenges and legal disputes, especially in relation to matters of ‘state of the art’ and the different identifications of a substance and the resulting patents. German courts have given valuable insights to resolving globally significant issues.
COLLECTIONS
Copyright, Contract, and Video Games Terms of Play
Amy Thomas, University of Glasgow, UK In the era of interactive technologies, the player emerges as a vital yet curiously overlooked figure. While copyright law governs the creation and distribution of these technologies, it sidesteps the player, leaving private contracts to define their role and obligations. Using video games as a case study, this book fills the gap left by copyright law, offering an innovative socio-legal methodology to interrogate and challenge harmful contractual norms. By analysing contracts as a form of critical discourse, the book exposes the contradictions and idealisations embedded in these agreements, which often serve to reinforce industry priorities. With its fresh perspective on the interplay of copyright, contract, and cultural participation, the book redefines the player's role in a rapidly evolving digital landscape, offering new UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages PB 9781509988020 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509988068 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509988044 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509988051 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
tools to understand and critique the legal frameworks shaping this most interactive of industries.
COLLECTIONS
Indiscriminate and Disproportionate Attacks in International Law Bridging the Accountability Gap
Luigi Daniele, University of Molise, Italy This book unveils gaps, inconsistencies, and barriers to accountability emerging from the intersections between IHL and ICL in the definition and treatment of indiscriminate and disproportionate attacks as jus in bello violations. The book identifies and explains the unresolved legal problems surrounding the prevention and control of indiscriminate and disproportionate attacks as international war crimes, and critically unpacks the macroscopic implications of these problems for international adjudications. It goes on to address the challenges posed by these attacks as key causes of civilian victimization in war. Studies in International and Comparative Criminal Law UK June 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages PB 9781509976119 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509976072 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509976096 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509976089 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
The author demonstrates that the Rome Statute of the ICC, legibus sic stantibus, does not allow to prosecute and punish the most recurring forms of indiscriminate and disproportionate attacks, crucially impairing the ability of this institution to pursue the objectives declared by its founding treaty. It concludes by offering two amendment proposals for the Rome Statute to bridge the gaps and overcome the antinomies identified.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
269
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
4TH EDITION
BOR
International Sales Law A Guide to the CISG
Ingeborg Schwenzer, University of Basel, Switzerland, Christiana Fountoulakis, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland, Mariel Dimsey, CMS Hong Kong, Maren Wibke Weigl, CMS Hong Kong LLP, Patrick Wittum, Harvard Law School, USA & Aydin Sari, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland Offering a fully updated range of materials, this casebook is an excellent starting point for learning about the CISG Convention and is particularly useful for students, international trade lawyers, and practitioners. The commentary on each article is accompanied by extracts from cases and associated comparative materials, as well as references to important trade usages such as the INCOTERMS® 2020. The book features an updated selection of the most significant cases, each of which has been abridged to enable the reader to focus on its essential features and the relevant UK April 2026 • US April 2026 800 Pages HB 9781509994373 • £190.00 / $260.00 PB 9781509994298 • £64.99 / $89.95 ePDF 9781509994311 • £58.49 / $80.95 ePub 9781509994304 • £58.49 / $80.95 Hart Publishing
questions arising from it. The case extracts are accompanied by a comprehensive overview of parallel provisions in other international instruments, uniform projects, and domestic laws. A companion website provides sample questions and answers, which students can use to test their knowledge. The analyses, cases, texts, and questions are designed to draw attention to the particular issues surrounding specific CISG provisions and to provoke careful consideration of possible solutions.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Public Procurement and Contract Law Exploring Intersections, Defining Boundaries
Edited by Marta Andhov, University of Auckland, New Zealand,, Michal Kania, University of Silesia, Poland & Sylvie Cécile Cavaleri, University of Copenhagen, Denmark This open access anthology explores intersections and boundaries between public procurement and contract law, examining how these legal regimes diverge, influence, and occasionally overlap during the performance stage of public contracts. While public procurement processes are largely harmonised across Europe through the EU Public Procurement Directives, the performance phase is only partially regulated. Much of public contract implementation remains subject to national laws, governed through a combination of administrative and contract law. This gives rise to the questions: Does public procurement law fully occupy the legal space of public contract performance? In which instances does contract law retain UK May 2026 • US May 2026 464 Pages PB 9781509989416 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509989454 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509989430 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509989447 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
relevance? To what extent do the answers to these questions vary depending on the regulatory model of a given jurisdiction? The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
International Economic Dispute Settlement in Africa Courts and Arbitral Tribunals as Socio-Legal Actors
Harrison Otieno Mbori, University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Winner of the 2024 SIEL–Hart Prize in International Economic Law This book fills the urgent need for a comprehensive understanding of the law, institutions, and processes shaping international economic dispute settlement within and beyond Africa. African economies are becoming increasingly central in global trade networks. Understanding the continent’s dispute resolution mechanisms is more crucial now than ever. The book systematically analyses the existing sub-regional courts and arbitral tribunals, as well as their roles. It achieves this by focusing on Africa's leading socio-legal actors involved in Studies in International Trade and Investment Law UK June 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages PB 9781509992911 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509992874 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509992898 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509992881 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
270
UK, Europe, ROW
economic dispute settlement, including African States, transnational corporations, African international law scholars, international organisations, and African emerging transnational actors in arbitration. These 5 pillars create an ecology of socio-legal actors, interacting and intersecting to generate a complex social, political, historical, and legal variation matrix for understanding African international economic dispute settlement.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
BOR
The EU Artificial Intelligence Act A Thematic Commentary
Edited by Gianclaudio Malgieri, Leiden University, the Netherlands, Gloria González Fuster, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium, Alessandro Mantelero, Polytechnic University of Turin, Italy & Gabriela Zanfir- Fortuna, Future of Privacy Forum, USA This thematic commentary analyses the core provisions and overarching themes of the EU Artificial Intelligence (AI) Act to provide readers with the information needed to understand, situate and implement this new piece of legislation in their practice. The book offers a rich variety of views on one of the most challenging legal innovations of EU law. It analyses individual provisions exhaustively, where their relevance and complexity require specific analysis to guide their implementation, and UK June 2026 • US June 2026 thematically, where beneficial for a broader view of some of the strategic axes of the Act. Importantly, the chapters unpack 784 Pages connections both within the various components of the EU AI Act itself, as well as with the other key instruments such as the HB 9781509988600 • £225.00 / $305.00 ePDF 9781509988587 • £202.50 / $274.50 Digital Services Act (DSA), the Digital Markets Act (DMA) and the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). ePub 9781509988594 • £202.50 / $274.50 Hart Publishing
The Thematic Commentary thus provides in-depth coverage of key aspects of the EU AI Act, including detailed reviews of rules on prohibited practices, high-risk AI systems, governance structures, measures to support innovation such as regulatory sandboxes, or codes of conduct.
COLLECTIONS
Regulating Cross-Border Data Access for Law Enforcement Jurisdictional Games
Halefom H Abraha, Utrecht University, the Netherlands Criminal investigations increasingly require access to data held across borders. This gives rise to unique jurisdictional competitions and conflicts of law, as even exclusively domestic criminal investigations necessitate international cooperation when the relevant user data is stored abroad. Traditional systems of cross-border legal cooperation were designed for the pre-internet era and are ill-suited to address these challenges. This has led to extensive calls for reform and the proliferation of new policy initiatives at national, regional, and international levels. The book maps these emerging policy responses to cross-border data access problems and examines the extent to which they are fit for purpose. It then provides a framework to reconcile the practical necessities of law enforcement seeking digital Hart Studies in Information Law and evidence stored overseas with the territorial sovereignty of the countries hosting that data, the fundamental rights of Regulation individuals whose personal data is being sought, and the interests of technology companies whose cooperation is required. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509973255 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509973279 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509973293 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509973262 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
It is an essential guide to understanding the different rules, safeguards and procedures that govern law enforcement access to data held by multinational technology companies, and key to future policy development and legal reform.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Critical Reflections on the EU’s Data Protection Regime GDPR in the Machine
Edited by Róisín Á Costello, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland & Mark Leiser, Mark Leiser, Independent Consultant, UK; formerly of Vrije Universiteit-Amsterdam, the Netherlands The book includes contributions analysing the efficacy of the Regulation’s consent-based model, the struggle to regulate AdTech using the provisions of the GDPR, the controversy surrounding US-EU data sharing and the interaction of the Regulation with EU Fundamental Rights and other secondary laws regulating data. The book is unique in setting out to record a period of rapid development – and significant challenge – for EU law through its examination of these episodes in the life of the Regulation in a single text. Each chapter examines the changes introduced by the GDPR, analyses the effect of the Regulation in practice, and maps what the next 5 years holds for one of the world’s Hart Studies in Information Law and most influential data privacy laws. The lineup of the editorial and author team reflects the pioneering role of female Regulation academics in data protection and GDPR discourse.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages HB 9781509977840 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509977888 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509977864 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509977857 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
In highlighting the controversies and conflicts which the Regulation has faced in its first 5 years, the book illuminates the significance of the GDPR’s introduction in advancing our thinking about the function, form, and future of data protection law, and outlines those matters that remain to be resolved as the GDPR moves towards its first decade in force.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
271
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Private Law and Intelligent Machines Continuity and Reform
Baris Soyer, Swansea University, UK & Andrew Tettenborn, Swansea University, UK This book analyses how far new issues emerging as a result of the AI revolution can be accommodated under the common law and how far we may need changes available only by legislation. In doing so, the book takes into account not only doctrinal principles but also conceptual and theoretical foundations of common law. Over the next few decades, the use of AI in commercial and other transactions is likely to be one of the most disruptive influences ever to affect private law. Its impact will be wide and deep, affecting not simply the traditional areas of contract and tort but also agency, trusts, fiduciary relations and a great deal beside. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509990542 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509990580 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509990566 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509990573 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
The book discusses how established legal doctrines and principles in private law need to be reconsidered in view of the increasing pervasiveness of intelligent machines capable of taking decisions. The analysis provides a key contribution to ongoing debates regarding potential law reform, not only in England and Wales but also in other common law jurisdictions.
COLLECTIONS
Data Protection, Privacy and Artificial Intelligence, Volume 18 The World is Watching
Edited by Jonas Breuer, Privacy Salon, Belgium, Dara Hallinan, FIZ Karlsruhe, Germany, Paul De Hert, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium & Manos Roussos, Tilburg University, the Netherlands This book presents insights from the 2025 CPDP.ai international conference, where leading scholars, policy makers, and practitioners examine how Europe’s fast-evolving digital frameworks shape global debates. The chapters analyse the consolidation of the EU model of AI and data governance, covering topics such as Fundamental Rights Impact Assessments, proportionality, transparency obligations for companion chatbots, and transatlantic contrasts in AI and health-data regulation. Contributors explore how divergent legal traditions influence accountability and democratic oversight, and how emerging duties—such as the duty of loyalty in data processing—could rebalance power between Computers, Privacy and Data Protection UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages PB 9781509997909 • £34.99 / $28.99 HB 9781509993123 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9781509993147 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9781509993130 • £49.50 / $67.50 Hart Publishing
citizens and infrastructures. Opening with The World Is Watching, an artistic and philosophical reflection on perception, opacity, and the more-thanhuman in surveillance societies, the book bridges critical theory and regulatory practice. A dedicated Practitioners’ Corner connects real-world governance experience with academic insight, highlighting pressing challenges for the year ahead.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Peaceful Settlement of Inter-State Cyber Disputes Edited by Nicholas Tsagourias, University of Sheffield, UK, Russell Buchan, University of Reading, UK & Daniel Franchini, University of Sheffield, UK By employing theoretical and practical inquiries and analysis, the book examines the legal parameters of cyber dispute settlement; explores critical questions about the role of dispute settlement institutions and methods; and identifies and addresses related challenges. The book begins by considering the legal definition of a cyber dispute and the scope of the good faith obligation of states in settling their cyber disputes peacefully. It then examines the role of certain institutions (International Court of Justice, national courts, the EU, the Security Council) and methods (judicial, diplomatic, countermeasures, arbitration, conciliation, factfinding) in the settlement of cyber disputes. It also discusses how data disputes can be settled and whether new and UK May 2026 • US May 2026 344 Pages HB 9781509960910 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509960958 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509960934 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509960927 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
272
UK, Europe, ROW
specialised mechanisms are needed. The book provides scholars, practitioners and law students with immediate knowledge and understanding of the role of international law in the peaceful settlement of cyber disputes, as well as how international dispute settlement as a discipline and practice can apply to this new field.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The New Laws of Outer Space
Ethics, Legislation, and Governance in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Ugo Pagallo, University of Turin, Italy Humanity is on the brink of a new space era in which projects for permanent human colonies on the Moon and space missions with autonomous AI systems will soon become a reality. Principles and provisions of international space law fall increasingly short in tackling this scenario. Experts and institutions have recommended improvements to the legal framework, such as new international agreements, or policies that would not require any amendment to conventional law. Most of the time, such proposals and recommendations overlook the challenges posed by technology and how autonomous and intelligent systems in outer space require moral and legal standards of their own. This book argues that the traditional focus on satellite communications, space-related services, and the appropriability of UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages HB 9781509976188 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509976225 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509976201 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509976195 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
celestial resources needs to be integrated by new laws of outer space regulating cybersecurity law and environmental law, data governance and consumer protection. The new laws of outer space will increasingly concern the development of new standards for the behaviour and decision-making of AI systems and smart robots, with and without humans aboard deep space missions and in next-generation colonies.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Law, Death, and Robots
The Regulation of Artificial Intelligence in High-Risk Civil Applications Keri Grieman, University of Oxford, UK Can the law keep up with AI? This book examines liability and regulation for artificial intelligence causing serious physical harm, both now and in the future. While AI moves quickly, regulation follows more slowly – an increasing problem for an evolutionary, fast-paced emerging technology. AI has the potential to save lives, but in doing so will have the potential to take them as well. How do we futureproof law and regulation to incentivise life-saving innovation as safely as possible? This book details how to regulate AI in high-risk civil applications (for example, automated vehicles and medicine), UK April 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages HB 9781509977444 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509977406 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509977413 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509977437 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
addressing both liability and regulatory structure. It highlights crucial liability themes for technology governance; provides tools to bridge the gap between regulators and technologists; examines jurisdictional approaches to AI regulation in the EU, UK, USA, and Singapore; and ultimately suggests a jurisdiction-agnostic blueprint for regulation.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Regulating Innovation in the Digital Age
A Demand-Centred Toolbox for the Data-Driven Economy Nikita Divissenko, Utrecht University, the Netherlands This book examines the role, impact, and limitations of regulation as a tool for shaping innovative markets. It contends that the current supply-centred approach is suboptimal in the context of digital innovation and proposes a blueprint for a more demand-conscious approach to regulation. The book features in-depth case studies of the most recent regulatory initiatives in the EU, including Open Banking, the Digital Markets Act (DMA), and the AI Act. It dismantles innovative regulatory instruments, and critically examines their underlying assumptions from an innovation perspective. The new demand-based approach informs the design and use of supply-side market-centred tools, behaviourally-informed demand-side instruments, and technological regulation, by Hart Studies in Commercial and Financial Law UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages HB 9781509978335 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509978373 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509978359 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509978342 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
introducing a coherent set of demand-centred considerations. The book offers a regulatory toolbox recalibrated for the digital age and serves as a practical guide for academics, policymakers, regulators, and legal practitioners seeking to understand and engage with the regulation of innovative markets.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
273
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The Right to Strike Reimagined Edited by Jeffrey Vogt, Solidarity Center, USA, Tonia Novitz, University of Bristol, UK & Judy Fudge, University of Victoria, Canada This open access book speaks to the potential of a reimagined and revitalised right to strike. This right, as it has been conceptualised and regulated in the 20th century, remains insufficient to guarantee the strike’s collective potential in the 21st, in the face of serious and growing threats in the workplace, in society, and for life on this planet. The contributing authors, who are experts in labour law across the globe, identify specific legal and practical obstacles that undermine the exercise of the right to strike. They argue for conceptual and/or regulatory reforms to restore the ability of workers and communities to employ the right to strike according to its original aims – democratisation (in the workplace and society), redistribution (of resources and power), and collective liberation. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages PB 9781509979127 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979165 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509979141 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509979158 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
The book will be a vital reference to labour law scholars and practitioners, industrial relations specialists, and policy makers. At a time when increasing restrictions are being placed on civil liberties and industrial action in many countries, this book offers an important corrective. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
Labour Law, the Cold War, and the Right to Strike A Legal and Political History of Order 1305
K D Ewing, King's College London, UK & Andrew Moretta, Queen Mary University of London, UK This book examines the origins, deployment, and legacy of Order 1305, a measure introduced in 1940 to make it a criminal offence to take part in a strike. In a deep analysis of Order 1305, the authors provide a reassessment of the role of the State in industrial relations. Challenging much contemporary learning in labour law, the book is informed by a very detailed engagement with Cabinet and ministerial papers, which highlight the contradictions on the part of government in simultaneously promoting and containing trade union power. These sources also highlight the extent to which trade unions both relied on and were coopted by the State. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509983124 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509983162 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509983148 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509983155 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
The focus of the book, however, is the role of Order 1305 in the control of trade union activists. Allegations of Communistinspired strikes and the role of the criminal law provided an important function in post-war industrial relations for MI5 and Special Branch. Material unearthed at the National Archives demonstrates unequivocally not only that trade unions were deeply penetrated, but also that trade union activists were the subject of extensive surveillance, as the authors fully reveal.
COLLECTIONS
The Law and Collective Bargaining
Sources and Patterns of Regulation in the Modern World of Work Edited by Paolo Tomassetti, University of Milan, Italy, Alexis Bugada, Aix-Marseille University, France & Anthony Forsyth, RMIT University, Australia This book examines the relationship between the law and collective bargaining in the modern world of work. Recognised as a core international labour standard in many countries, collective bargaining is a fundamental institution of post-war democracies. Despite this, traditional collective bargaining systems inherited from the 20th-century industrial era are under pressure. Often linked to falling union density rates, collective agreement coverage has declined in some countries, while in others, high coverage conceals pitfalls such as rising inequality and labour disempowerment. This is the result of internal factors, such as the autonomous organisation and agency of industrial relations institutions, as well as UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages PB 9781509988075 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509988112 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509988099 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509988105 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
274
UK, Europe, ROW
external factors arising from globalisation, technological transformation, and ‘fissured’ business models which have distanced lead firms from workers, unions and collective action. Drawing on a tradition of labour law scholarship grounded in legal pluralism, the book explores how legislators and industrial relations institutions are reshaping the law-collective bargaining nexus to cope with these challenges.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Reimagining Employment Dispute Resolution and Enforcement Sarah Fraser Butlin KC, Univeristy of Cambridge, UK, Catherine Barnard, University of Cambridge, UK & Maayan Menashe, University of Cambridge, UK Resolving disputes in the workplace is difficult, expensive and emotionally charged. The current system is broken but what is the answer? Using material from a large-scale empirical study, including a survey of over 200 practitioners, the book examines the problems facing the system. It then examines how these problems are addressed in other jurisdictions both in the UK and in other countries. The book then considers what can be done. It suggests that by locating labour law disputes within a contract-tort-human rights frame this takes insufficient account of the fundamental emotional and behavioural factors that are in play. The book therefore argues that much can be learnt from the resolution of family law disputes, whether it be in relation to how a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 400 Pages PB 9781509990498 • £44.99 / $116.00 HB 9781509990535 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509990511 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509990528 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
relationship that has ended can be satisfactorily concluded, or how a relationship with ongoing ties can be managed going forwards. Utilising this theoretical reframing, the book proposes a blueprint for the future of employment dispute resolution. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
Celebrating Women in Legal History Making and Shaping a Discipline
Edited by Lorren Eldridge, University of Cambridge, UK, Emily Ireland, University of Liverpool, UK & Caroline Derry, The Open University, UK This book champions the work of women in legal history, and their contributions to both the discipline and feminist activism over nearly two centuries. It considers women in academia, which was, in theory, open to women before they could become lawyers in most European countries. And it considers women working beyond the academy: many studied legal history in other ways; in local history societies, through archival work, and via activism. Women legal historians have been under-recognised or forgotten altogether, even where they made substantial scholarly contributions. In focusing on the work of women in legal history, this book lays the foundations for a transformational UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages PB 9781509983872 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509983919 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509983896 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509983902 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
reassessment of the discipline. It asks searching questions about what counts as legal history. It demonstrates that work by and about women should appear in our legal history courses, be discussed in our seminars, and be cited in our academic work. If the field of legal history is lively, innovative, and wide-ranging, everyone working in it benefits. By shining a light on undervalued scholarship, and areas which have received insufficient attention, we challenge assumptions in our discipline and advance its methods.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Deserted Wives and Economic Divorce in 19th-Century England and Wales ‘For Wives Alone’
Jennifer Aston, Northumbria University, UK & Olive Anderson, University of London, UK This book considers Section 21 of the Divorce and Matrimonial Causes Act 1857 and its significant impact on previously invisible married women in the 19th century. Tens of thousands of women used this little-known section of the Act to apply for orders from local magistrates' courts to reclaim their rights of testation, inheritance, property ownership, and (dependent on local franchise qualifications) ability to vote. By examining the orders that were made and considering the women who applied for them, the book challenges the mistaken belief that Victorian England and Wales were nations of married, cohabiting couples. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages HB 9781509970605 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509970643 • £42.99 / $58.95 ePDF 9781509970629 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781509970612 • £76.50 / $103.50 Hart Publishing
Using sources including court records, parliamentary papers, newspaper reports, census returns, probate records and trade directories, this book reconstructs the successful – and unsuccessful – experiences of women applying to magistrates’ courts and the Court for Divorce and Matrimonial Causes to protect their assets across regions and decades.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
275
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Essays in Law and History for David Ibbetson Querella
Edited by Joe Sampson, University of Cambridge, UK & Stelios Tofaris, University of Cambridge, UK Over the last 40 years, David Ibbetson has paved the way in a remarkably broad range of fields. In ancient law, his scholarship has spanned both the detailed doctrine of the Roman law of obligations and the crosspollination of legal influences around the ancient Mediterranean. His work on English legal history has ranged from the earliest days of the common law through to the turn of the 20th century, combining forensic archival research with a sensitivity to how lawyers thought about their subject. In European legal history, he has shown the porousness of the civil law and the extent to which it has been shaped by other areas of intellectual life, from theology to rationalist philosophy. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 408 Pages HB 9781509970650 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781509970698 • £54.99 / $74.95 ePDF 9781509970674 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781509970667 • £99.00 / $135.00 Hart Publishing
The contributions to this volume in his honour mirror both the breadth and the depth of Ibbetson’s scholarship. The book combines chapters from leading legal historians, close colleagues and over a dozen of Ibbetson’s students. Some chapters build upon or respond to Ibbetson’s ideas, others his areas of interest. The contributions are introduced by Ibbetson’s valedictory lecture on the importance of legal history to modern practice and scholarship, and the work yet to be done.
COLLECTIONS
Legal Rights and the Institutional Imagination Hamish Ross, Robert Gordon University, UK This book presents a contemporary perspective on legal rights centred on the longstanding will theory–interest theory debate. Starting with classical rights literature, central aspects of the debate in its modern idiom are contextualised within a social theory setting developed from the writings of Max Weber. The book explores the idea that the institutional and coercive character of legal enforcement necessitates viewing legal rights as a locus of social power residing within the ‘institutional imagination’: that is, in the decision-making of key institutional actors such as judges, prosecutors, police, governmental authorities – and ultimately supreme court judges – who routinely mobilise coercive mechanisms towards the enforcement of legal rights and powers. This marks a departure from the trend of rights literature to view legal rights largely from the standpoint of the right-holder. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509978960 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979004 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509978984 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509978991 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
The book also touches on whether the emerging perspective points towards a ‘third way’ beyond the traditional two theoretical approaches.
COLLECTIONS
The Constitution of the Legal Relation A Pragmatist Philosophy of Law
Alexander Somek, University of Vienna, Austria This book defends the relational approach to law from the perspective of human action. The book begins by exploring how what we take to be law is constituted through the lens of either rational or reasonable conduct. Having examined reasonableness as the unifying theme of natural law theories, it then argues that the form and authority of law originate from resolving a moral antinomy that these theories failed to address. The reasonableness of law resides in the resultant structure and principles of relations in which rights are matched with obligations and powers with liabilities. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 304 Pages PB 9781509979264 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509979226 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509979240 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509979233 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
276
UK, Europe, ROW
Rather than descending upon us from above in the form of directives, the law emerges from interactive efforts to cope with persistent moral disagreements. Ultimately, the relational approach views the legal rules governing our interactions as based on some common will. The book concludes that, unsurprisingly, modern constitutionalism is to be regarded as a thoroughly pragmatic and most defensible conception of the authority of law.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
The Concept of Legal Personhood What the Mind Reveals About Law Claudio Novelli, Yale University, USA The author argues that legal personhood is not grounded in fixed, mind-independent properties or logical entailments. Instead, it develops from how humans experience their physical and cultural worlds through embodied cognition. Mapping these experiences onto seemingly discrete (legal) concepts yields a categorisation process that is creative yet patterned by culturally entrenched models and institutional aims. The book introduces the “radial conception,” which posits that legal personhood is a flexible, context-dependent category centred around a core case. The core case – often, in many legal systems, the adult citizen of sound mind – is a mental model that helps define the category and influences how we think about it. This makes the most typical features of a Law and Practical Reason
category the default ones we think of when encountering it. As new situations arise or social needs evolve, legal personhood
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509983087 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509983117 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509983094 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509983100 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
expands outward from the core case to include a diverse range of entities. However, this expansion does not follow rigid rules; rather, it relies on conceptual mappings that derive much of their persuasive power from cognitive tools like metaphors, metonymies, and image schemas.
COLLECTIONS
Bernard Williams on Law and Jurisprudence From Agency and Responsibility to Methodology
Edited by Daniel Peixoto Murata, University of São Paulo, Brazil, Julieta A Rabanos, University of Belgrade, Serbia & Veronica Rodriguez-Blanco, University of Surrey, UK This book is the first collection of essays on Bernard Williams’ moral and political philosophy to shed light on the nature of law, and key legal concepts. By the time of his death in 2003, Williams was widely regarded as the most important moral philosopher of his generation. Surprisingly, his work is still largely under-discussed in legal theory. This book aims to fill this gap with brand new discussions from scholars both from law and philosophy. The first part of the book focuses on Williams’ work on responsibility and regret and its implications for law. Drawing from Ancient Greek authors, Williams maintained that luck might play a key role in our practices of responsibility and that some Law and Practical Reason UK February 2026 • US February 2026 328 Pages PB 9781509976171 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509976133 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509976157 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509976140 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
dimensions of responsibility are tied to the notion of having a character. The second part looks at how Williams’ understanding of philosophy can shape the way we do jurisprudence. Williams’ work on the methodology of philosophy combines resources from analytical philosophy, continental authors, history, and literature. The authors in the second part of the book draw from Williams' work, notably his innovative take on the genealogical method, to discuss how we could practice legal philosophy in this same spirit.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
A Dynamic Approach to Hans Kelsen's General Theory of Norms Monika Zalewska, University of Lodz, Poland This timely and compelling book delves into the dynamic interpretation of Hans Kelsen’s General Theory of Norms through the lens of 21st-century jurisprudential debates. Engaging with key contemporary philosophical concepts such as fictionalism in the philosophy of science, explanation and understanding, and supervenience, this book sheds new light on Kelsen’s original ideas. By offering a contemporary interpretation of his later work, it re-examines classic concepts known from the ‘Pure Theory of Law’ like the basic norm, the separation of ‘is’ and ‘ought,’ validity and efficacy, imputation, and the concept of the legal Law and Practical Reason UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages HB 9781509942763 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781509942800 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9781509942787 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509942770 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
norm. Integrating modern philosophy with Kelsen’s lasting ideas, this book presents a novel theoretical landscape, inviting readers to explore fresh perspectives on Kelsen’s contributions to legal theory and emphasising its enduring relevance.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
277
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Vienna Lectures on Legal Philosophy, Volume 4 Constitutional Disagreements
Edited by Christoph Bezemek, University of Graz, Austria, Michael Potacs, University of Vienna, Austria & Alexander Somek, University of Vienna, Austria In the fourth volume of the Vienna Lectures on Legal Philosophy, scholars in contemporary jurisprudence and constitutional theory discuss who gets to decide and who gets to act when constitutional law is silent or fundamentally controversial. It is the very purpose of Constitutions to settle disagreements: to determine who gets to decide and who gets to act when it comes to the polity and its members. But what if, instead of settling disagreements among those subjected to it, the Constitution itself, its end, its functions, its Vienna Lectures on Legal Philosophy
meaning, its existence, becomes the subject of disagreements? What if the Constitution raises issues it is unable to address
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 320 Pages PB 9781509983520 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509983568 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509983544 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509983551 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
from the very outset? Who gets to decide then and who gets to act? In a time in which constitutional crises seem to be too ubiquitous to still count as exceptions, questions such as these are asked with ever-increasing urgency. The answers to these questions cannot be found in arguments based on contingent legal stipulations but have to reach beyond the vague and fleeting instructions of positive law.
COLLECTIONS
Legal Positivism, Politics, and Critical Ethics Elena Namli This book challenges the view that legal positivism should be reduced to a conceptual analysis of legal validity. Instead, Elena Namli reclaims legal positivism as a theory of the relationship between law, morality, and politics. Presenting novel interpretations of the classical works of Herbert L. A. Hart, Joseph Raz, and Jürgen Habermas, Namli frames legal positivism as a theory that makes possible a moral and political critique of valid law. Moreover, this book defends the dialectical relationship between law, politics, and morality by combining a positivist approach to legal validity with a constructivist ethical theory which strengthens the critical potential of legal positivism. Legally valid norms may not always be morally justified, but understanding the moral quality of legal regulations is essential for comprehending modern law.
UK August 2025 • US August 2025 176 Pages • 10 tables PB 9781666973426 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666973402 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765192931 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978749351 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
10TH EDITION
New Jersey Environmental Law Handbook Edited by Albert I. Telsey This thoroughly revised edition of the New Jersey Environmental Law Handbook provides a comprehensive reference work that the reader can rely on for up-to-date and accurate information on New Jersey's environmental law. Each chapter incorporates both a theoretical and practical approach to ensure that you get the best and most actionable information possible. The author and the contributors are all respected attorneys, consultants, and professionals, and all are experts in their fields. They come together in this book to provide the most in-depth and up-to-date guide for New Jersey’s environmental regulations and policies, all while maintaining an accessible and engaging writing style. The New Jersey Environmental Law Handbook begins with an overview of the environmental law program in New Jersey State Environmental Law Handbooks UK September 2025 • US September 2025 472 Pages PB 9798892050487 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9798765148983 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9798892050494 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
278
UK, Europe, ROW
and discusses a variety of topics including the Meadowlands, water quality and supply, contaminated property, finance and insurance, and litigation. Other chapters include topics such as wildlife protection, air quality regulation, flood hazard control, and redevelopment.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Geopolitical Disruption in Shipping Sanctions, War, and Force Majeure
Richard L Kilpatrick, Jr, University of Arkansas at Little Rock, USA This book examines how the shipping industry is responding to the commercial challenges caused by geopolitical risk. Geopolitical volatility in the modern world is generating physical and economic obstacles that are disrupting shipping activities and causing disputes that raise fundamental questions of commercial law. Studying this phenomenon by exploring common themes among varied dimensions of business disruption, the book first explores physical disruption to shipping activities across the categories of war, unrest, and piracy. It then turns to the purely economic disruption caused by sanctions and alternative forms of statecraft deployed in “trade wars.” The book examines each of these categories by highlighting geopolitical and regulatory context, assessing industry adaptations, and analysing cross-jurisdictional case law The Future of Shipping Law
to gather insight into the contractual rights and responsibilities impacted by these scenarios.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages PB 9781509983179 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509983216 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509983193 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509983209 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
illegality, impossibility, frustration, and force majeure—the book demonstrates that this rapidly evolving area of international
Assessing solutions—including the development of bespoke contract clauses and the application of broader principles of commercial law demands a readiness to borrow analytical approaches across categories of business disruption.
COLLECTIONS
Digital Media Law
Rights, Rules, and Regulations in the Age of AI Michael E. Jones, University of Massachusetts From privacy to piracy and free speech to fair use, the digital world has upended legal issues in media and communication. This textbook explores the evolving legal landscape where digital media and AI intersect, offering crucial insights into copyright, data privacy, ethics, and regulatory frameworks shaping the media industry’s future. Covering everything from foundational newsgathering rights to the constraints and protections shaping professional reporting, Digital Media Law addresses the complexities facing today’s media in an era of rapid digital transformation. Readers examine landmark cases, real-world examples, and critical debates that underscore the most pressing issues, including freedom of expression, AI-driven decision-making, privacy concerns, and the legal implications of emerging UK September 2025 • US September 2025 352 Pages • 20 b/w illustrations; 3 tables HB 9781538196908 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781538196915 • £32.99 / $45.00 ePDF 9798765154366 • £29.69 / $40.50 ePub 9781538196922 • £29.69 / $40.50 Bloomsbury Academic
technologies like deepfakes. The book also delves into the significant ethical failures that have marred media and journalism in the past, offering lessons for today's professionals. As social media redefines the public square, this text examines the regulation of online speech, challenges to mental health, and global differences in speech regulation, highlighting the clash between U.S. free speech values and foreign controls.
COLLECTIONS
Pensions as Property
Insights from the European Convention on Human Rights Kevin Hartmann-Cortés, UCLouvain, Belgium This book explores the impact of the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) when defining and protecting pension entitlements as property rights. The sustainability of pension systems in Europe is threatened by mounting public debt and demographic shifts. In recent decades, governments have addressed these challenges by implementing reforms to balance financial stability and guarantee adequate retirement benefits. Many of these reforms have faced legal challenges from activists and lawyers in domestic courts, based on ‘stand-still’ and ‘non-retrogression’ constitutional principles. However, Article 1 of Protocol No. 1 of the ECHR offers an alternative approach that protects social security entitlements, including pensions, as private property, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages PB 9781509986064 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509986026 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509986040 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509986033 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
deserving of protection against unjustified state interference. This book explores the historical legal rationale employed by the Court to establish social security entitlements as private property. It further examines how the Court has assessed reforms through a proportionality assessment that weights public interests against individual rights. This analysis distils key principles such as reasonableness, non-discrimination, and fair distribution of burdens that can guide policymakers towards responsible, rights-compliant reform.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
279
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Multinationals and Human Rights in Asia Edited by Jason Ho Ching Cheung, Albert Luk’s Chambers, Hong Kong & Kazuaki Nishioka, Kobe University, Japan This book investigates the availability in Asian jurisdictions of civil remedies against multinational businesses for human rights abuses. Various means have been developed in Europe and elsewhere to hold businesses accountable to victims for human rights abuses. Techniques include legislating due diligence requirements for companies operating abroad, broadening court jurisdiction to include foreign companies having subsidiaries within a country, expanding international jurisdiction, promoting universal jurisdiction, and implementing international conventions and sanctions. On the 15th anniversary of the 2011 UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the book assesses whether the Studies in Private International Law norms of the UN Guiding Principles have taken root in Asia, which has only had a mixed record for upholding human rights. - Asia The book first considers the international state of play in the field. It moves on to case studies of corporate governance and UK April 2026 • US April 2026 352 Pages PB 9781509980369 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509980406 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509980383 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509980390 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
human rights in Asia (especially Japan, South Korea, India, Thailand, and the Philippines). It then examines emerging issues (environmental damage and climate change, crimes against humanity, and compliance programs and corporate criminal Responsibility), and considers how Asia has dealt and can deal with corporate responsibility in connection with those matters. By way of conclusion, the book offers an action plan for implementing the UN Guiding Principles in Asia.
COLLECTIONS
Private International Law and Children's Rights Law Conflicts in International Child Abduction Cases Tine Van Hof, University of Antwerp, Belgium This book examines the relationship between two legal fields when courts decide on cross-border child abduction. While private international law prioritises the child’s prompt return and applies the best interests principle in abstracto, children’s rights law demands an in concreto, individualised assessment of the child’s best interests. These differing approaches can lead to legal friction in practice. Through a detailed analysis of legal instruments and supranational case law, the book explores how these conflicts arise and how they might be resolved. Using the theoretical lens of international law’s diversification and expansion, it identifies nine conflict-management tools, grouped into four categories: coordination, hierarchy, priority, and harmony. It argues that two of Studies in Private International Law these tools offer promising solutions. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages PB 9781509977093 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509977055 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509977079 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509977062 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
The book evaluates 839 cases from the CJEU, ECtHR, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, and national courts in Belgium, England & Wales, Ireland, the Netherlands, and Switzerland. Offering clear recommendations for lawmakers, international organisations, and courts, the book provides a roadmap for fostering constructive relationships between legal fields.
COLLECTIONS
Recognition and Enforcement of Non-EU Judgments Edited by Tobias Lutzi, University of Augsburg, Germany, Ennio Piovesani, Pistoia Bar Association, Italy & Dora Zgrabljic Rotar, University of Zagreb, Croatia This book examines the EU Member State's national rules on recognition and enforcement of Non-EU judgments. Through its country report methodology, it explores the rules of 21 Member States in a structured manner. The emerging points of convergence – and divergence – form the basis of a detailed comparative report, which provides a unique overview of the current legal framework of recognition and enforcement of non-EU judgments across the European Union. This allows for (at least) three intriguing points of comparison: between the laws of the individual Member States; between the laws of the Member States and the legal framework applicable to EU judgments under the Brussels Ia Regulation; and between the Studies in Private International Law
laws of the Member States and the 2019 HCCH Judgments Convention.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 This ambitious and unique work will be an indispensable reference for scholars, policymakers, and practitioners in the field of 384 Pages PB 9781509979462 • £59.99 / $79.95 international commercial law. HB 9781509979370 • £120.00 / $160.00 ePDF 9781509979394 • £108.00 / $144.00 ePub 9781509979387 • £108.00 / $144.00 Hart Publishing
280
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Privacy as Property Marcus Smith, High Court of England and Wales, UK This innovative work offers a new perspective on the established tort of misuse of private information, contending that English law has evolved a sophisticated mechanism for the protection of privacy and the protection of the economic value in private information. Although information generally is not property, private information now appears to be treated by English law as a form of property, giving the owner of the information rights of exclusion, exploitation and transfer. Balancing philosophical discussion of the fundamentals with a detailed analysis of the practical difficulties of "propertising" information, the books suggests that English law has evolved a powerful tool for the protection of privacy in this data-driven UK February 2026 • US February 2026 496 Pages PB 9781509987429 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509987382 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509987405 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509987399 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
world.
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in Property Law, Volume 13, Part 1 Use, Abandonment, and Protection of Land
Edited by Martin Dixon, University of Cambridge, UK & Emma Lees, University of Cambridge, UK This collection is based on papers presented at the well-established Modern Studies in Property Law biennial conference. It contains cutting-edge research relating to property law broadly conceived, covering land law, equity and trusts, and the interaction between property law and the environment. Part 1 of Volume 13 in the Modern Studies in Property Law series examines a diverse range of topics in property law and uses a wide range of methodological approaches to reflect on a variety of current and emerging issues that have been overlooked, offering new analysis and insights that will be valuable for property lawyers, academics, and students. Modern Studies in Property Law UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509990160 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509990207 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509990184 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509990191 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
The contributors are leading academics and practitioners from several common law jurisdictions, which expands the book’s focus and enhances its value to the reader.
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in Property Law, Volume 13, Part 2 Doctrinal Problems for Modern Property Law
Edited by Martin Dixon, University of Cambridge, UK & Emma Lees, University of Cambridge, UK This collection is based on papers presented at the well-established Modern Studies in Property Law biennial conference. It contains cutting-edge research relating to property law broadly conceived, covering land law, equity and trusts, and the interaction between property law and the environment. Part 2 of Volume 13 in the Modern Studies in Property Law series examines a diverse range of topics in property law and uses a wide range of methodological approaches to reflect on a variety of current and emerging issues that have been overlooked, offering new analysis and insights that will be valuable for property lawyers, academics, and students. Modern Studies in Property Law UK June 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509990252 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509990214 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509990238 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509990245 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
The contributors are leading academics and practitioners from several common law jurisdictions, which expands the book’s focus and enhances its value to the reader.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
281
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Sovereignty Intact
The UK Parliament, Foreign Courts and Immigration Matilda Gillis, University of Cambridge, UK This book examines the relationship between the UK Parliament and the European Court of Human Rights, and the relationship Parliament had previously with the Court of Justice of the European Union. It examines these relationships in the context of the highly-politicised area of immigration. The book illustrates, despite frequent claims to the contrary, that the adjudication of rights by ‘foreign’ courts in cases involving immigration has not in fact impeded Parliament’s work or its sovereignty. By applying the democratic dialogue model to the relationship between the Parliament and these courts, the book illustrates the dynamic and interactive nature of the relationships. The institutions, working together, produce moderated and normatively advantageous human rights UK January 2026 • US January 2026 184 Pages PB 9781509984534 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509984497 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509984510 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509984503 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
protections. Tackling the contentious issue of UK sovereignty, this important book, through rigorous analysis, expertly dismantles one of the most charged political claims of recent times.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Systemic Economic Offences as International Crimes Theorising a New Paradigm of Mass Criminality Nicole Citeroni, Lund University, Sweden This open access book asks whether international economic crime can qualify as an international crime and be prosecuted as such. Taking a four-part approach to the question, it traces the origins of the concept of international economic crime, and draws the line between ordinary economic crimes and economic offences of international significance. To this end, it examines six cases involving the commissions of serious economic crimes in different regions of the world, including Europe, the Americas and Africa. It then goes on to discuss a potential sui generis category of international economic crimes, before considering the advantages and the challenges of the multilevel enforcement system of international criminal justice in prosecuting such crimes. Studies in International Law
This book provides an innovative and original avenue for the analysis of a controversial and yet overlooked topic in
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781509986637 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509986590 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509986613 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509986606 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
international criminal law. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Lund University.
COLLECTIONS
Responsibility for the Crime of Aggression under International Law Nikola R Hajdin, Stockholm University, Sweden This book makes a simple but consequential claim: individuals who decisively influence a state’s decision to use armed force should be held criminally responsible for aggressive war. Challenging the prevailing orthodoxy, it reinterprets the leadership clause in the definition of the crime of aggression and offers a new responsibility framework that reflects how decisions about war are actually made. Under this approach, liability is not confined to heads of state and top military leaders but extends to civilian power brokers, private actors, and third-state officials who are present at key moments of deliberation and, as reason-giving and reason-demanding participants, exercise decisive influence over whether a state goes to war or continues one. By clarifying who counts as a ‘leader’ and why, the Studies in International Law UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages PB 9781509987634 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509987597 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509987610 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509987603 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
282
UK, Europe, ROW
book charts a principled middle path between overcriminalizing ordinary participants in war, such as common foot soldiers and private citizens, and exempting those who set unlawful wars in motion. Drawing on an eclectic set of sources, the book offers a timely rethinking of individual responsibility for the unlawful uses of force.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Judicial Discretion in the Interpretation of International Crimes Revisiting the Legality Principle
Ligeia Quackelbeen, Tilburg University, the Netherlands This book sets out a legality-centred model to better understand the interpretation of crimes in international criminal law. It offers a new way of understanding the interpretation of crime as a two-dimensional process: determining what the law is and interpreting whether that law in fact criminalises the conduct in question. This model affects the process and the outcome of judicial interpretation. The book moves beyond the abstract by applying the model to two case studies: (1) organisational policy as a contextual element of crimes against humanity, and (2) the crime of forced marriage. It brings often-overlooked criminal law theory into the field of international criminal law, offering a fresh, innovative perspective on interpretation and placing the legality principle back at the centre of crime interpretation. Studies in International Law UK June 2026 • US June 2026 336 Pages PB 9781509985210 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509985173 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509985197 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509985180 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
A Central Asian Perspective on International Law Sergey Sayapin, KIMEP University, Kazakhstan This book offers the first full-length, systematic account of international law as seen and applied from the perspective of Central Asia. Since gaining independence from the Soviet Union in 1991, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan have gradually emerged as active participants in the international legal order. Drawing on their evolving statehood and regional cooperation, this book explores how the Central Asian States engage with the rules, principles, and institutions of international law. Across 15 chapters, the book covers key areas of international law – from the nature and sources of international law to the law of treaties, international responsibility, and peaceful settlement of disputes – as well as specialist regimes including international human rights, humanitarian and criminal law, international peace and security, and international trade law. Studies in International Law UK April 2026 • US April 2026 448 Pages PB 9781509994069 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509935499 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781509935512 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781509935505 • £85.50 / $117.00 Hart Publishing
The book also examines Central Asian constitutional and policy approaches to international law, regional mechanisms of dispute settlement, and case studies such as the legal status of the Caspian Sea, the Central Asian Nuclear-Weapon-Free Zone, and the development of institutional arbitration in the region, including the Astana International Financial Centre and the Tashkent International Arbitration Centre.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Global Lawmaking and Social Change The Varieties of Customary International Law Gregor Novak, Estonia Customary international law is a widely-recognised modality of international lawmaking. It underpins all norms of international law and shapes all aspects of global society. Yet familiar approaches to customary international law struggle to answer basic questions about its role, operation, and prospects. Pursuing an interdisciplinary approach, this book offers an alternative perspective on customary international law as a dynamic and multifaceted social phenomenon and idea. It explores customary international lawmaking in different social contexts, including the regulation of armed conflict, the treatment of the ‘other’, and the management of global environmental risks. Focusing on the ‘varieties’ of customary international law, it identifies four types of customary international law norms Studies in International Law UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages HB 9781509968497 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781509968534 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9781509968510 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781509968503 • £76.50 / $103.50 Hart Publishing
and explores their roles and implications. Critically revisiting a classic topic of international law, the book provides a tool for understanding and shaping global lawmaking and social change in a rapidly changing international legal order.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
283
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Conflicts of Worldviews and Private International Law A Case for Decolonial Plurality of Law in Europe Sandrine Brachotte, University of Antwerp, Belgium This book connects European private international law with decolonial theory. Decolonial theory calls for alternative modes of producing legal knowledge – ones that give greater weight to the worldviews of formerly colonised peoples across the globe, including in Europe. At the same time, private international law has been described as a particularly suitable field for welcoming more otherness (altérité) in European law. This book therefore develops a decolonial theory of European private international law. To do so, it begins with Western court cases involving what the author terms a ‘conflict of worldviews’: a clash between the legal frameworks governing the dispute and the worldviews of the formerly colonised parties involved, referred to here as ‘postcolonised worldviews’. Through three case studies – respectively addressing religious arbitration, Indigenous sacred land, and faith-based politics – the book demonstrates that courts routinely overlook these conflicts. As a result, the claims of formerly colonised parties are inadequately addressed. To remedy this structural discrimination within European private international law, the book
Hart Monographs in Transnational and International Law
proposes a pluralised theory of choice of court, foreign law, and international jurisdiction, more inclusive of the
UK September 2026 • US June 2026 416 Pages PB 9781509978571 • £49.99 / $67.95 HB 9781509978533 • £100.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9781509978557 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781509978540 • £90.00 / $121.50 Hart Publishing
This is an important work, thought-provoking and challenging, which should be read by private international law and
postcolonised worldviews present in the case studies.
comparative law scholars, and more generally by legal and non-legal scholars interested in legal theory and decoloniality.
COLLECTIONS
The Authority of International Courts A Behavioural Framework
Dana Burchardt, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Why do some international courts wield broad authority while others face pushback or fade into irrelevance? This book provides novel theoretical and empirical insights into this question. It offers a fresh, interdisciplinary perspective on the authority of international courts, drawing from law, political science, and behavioural research. It develops, in Part I, a theoretical model and analytical framework for assessing these questions. The model explains how authority relationships between courts and their audiences – such as states, NGOs, individual applicants, and domestic courts – are formed, maintained, or contested. In Part II, the book applies this analytical framework to in-depth case studies of two selected international courts: the European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the Economic Community of West African States. These studies not only provide deeper insights into the authority of these courts but also demonstrate how the analytical framework can be applied to other international courts to generate an enhanced Hart Monographs in Transnational and International Law UK May 2026 • US May 2026 352 Pages PB 9781509992966 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509992928 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509992942 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509992935 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
284
UK, Europe, ROW
understanding of international court authority. The book sheds new light on why some courts enjoy enduring authority and others face pushback, offering powerful tools for understanding the behaviour of international courts and their audiences.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Social Security Handbook 2025
Overview of Social Security Programs Edited by Bloomsbury Academic This publication is not approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration. The information contained in this publication can be found free of charge at www.ssa.gov. The Social Security Handbook: Overview of Social Security Programs provides information about Social Security programs and services, and identifies rights and obligations under the Social Security laws. This completely updated Handbook, organized by section number, is a readable, easy-to-understand reference for comprehending complex Social Security programs and services and contains information on several topics relevant to Social Security policies: ·How Social Security programs are administered ·Who is and isn't covered under retirement, survivors, disability, and hospital insurance programs Social Security Handbook UK June 2025 • US June 2025 720 Pages PB 9798892050647 • £76.00 / $100.00 Bloomsbury Academic
·Who is responsible for submitting the necessary evidence to support a claim ·How claims are processed by the Social Security office ·What Social Security benefits are owed to you ·How to obtain information about your rights under Social Security policy The Handbook is designed to help users understand the gray areas of the Social Security Act, and to provide critical information about rights and obligations under Social Security laws.
Social Security Handbook 2025
Overview of Social Security Programs Edited by Bernan Press This publication is not approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration. The information contained in this publication can be found free of charge at www.ssa.gov The Social Security Handbook: Overview of Social Security Programs provides information about Social Security programs and services, and identifies rights and obligations under the Social Security laws. This completely updated Handbook, organized by section number, is a readable, easy-to-understand reference for comprehending complex Social Security programs and services and contains information on several topics relevant to Social Security policies: ·How Social Security programs are administered ·Who is and isn't covered under retirement, survivors, disability, and hospital insurance programs Social Security Handbook UK June 2025 • US June 2025 840 Pages PB 9798892050654 • £76.00 / $100.00 Bloomsbury Academic
·Who is responsible for submitting the necessary evidence to support a claim ·How claims are processed by the Social Security office ·What Social Security benefits are owed to you ·How to obtain information about your rights under Social Security policy The Handbook is designed to help users understand the gray areas of the Social Security Act, and to provide critical information about rights and obligations under Social Security laws.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
285
LAW - HART COLLECTIONS
Social Security Handbook 2026
Overview of Social Security Programs Bloomsbury Academic This publication is not approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration. The information contained in this publication can be found free of charge at www.ssa.gov The Social Security Handbook: Overview of Social Security Programs provides information about Social Security programs and services, and identifies rights and obligations under the Social Security laws. This completely updated Handbook, organized by section number, is a readable, easy-to-understand reference for comprehending complex Social Security programs and services and contains information on several topics relevant to Social Security policies: How Social Security programs are administered; Who is covered under retirement, survivors, disability, and hospital insurance programs; Who is Social Security Handbook
responsible for submitting the evidence to support a claim; How claims are processed; What Social Security benefits are
UK May 2026 • US April 2026 714 Pages PB 9798216440994 • £80.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
owed to you; How to obtain information about your rights under Social Security policy The Handbook is designed to help users understand the gray areas of the Social Security Act, and to provide critical information about rights and obligations under Social Security laws.
COLLECTIONS
Social Security Handbook 2026
Overview of Social Security Programs Bloomsbury Academic This publication is not approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration. The information contained in this publication can be found free of charge at www.ssa.gov The Social Security Handbook: Overview of Social Security Programs provides information about Social Security programs and services, and identifies rights and obligations under the Social Security laws. This completely updated Handbook, organized by section number, is a readable, easy-to-understand reference for comprehending complex Social Security programs and services and contains information on several topics relevant to Social Security policies: Social Security Handbook
How Social Security programs are administered; Who is covered under retirement, survivors, disability, and hospital
UK May 2026 • US April 2026 840 Pages PB 9798216441007 • £80.00 / $110.00 Bloomsbury Academic
insurance programs; Who is responsible for submitting the evidence to support a claim; How claims are processed; What Social Security benefits are owed to you; How to obtain information about your rights under Social Security policy The Handbook is designed to help users understand the gray areas of the Social Security Act, and to provide critical information about rights and obligations under Social Security laws.
COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Sports Law and Society Rules of the Game
Michael E. Jones, University of Massachusetts Sports Law and Society: Rules of the Game, Second Edition stands out for its exceptional depth and practical approach, offering a comprehensive, concise and clear examination of the legal challenges shaping today’s sports industry. Designed to engage students, it covers foundational topics like contracts, collective bargaining, and intellectual property in sports while exploring complex, evolving issues such as gender equity, the global sports ecosystem, and data analytics in performance. Each chapter provides real-world examples and cases, giving students an applied understanding of how legal principles operate within professional, college, and youth sports. By balancing established legal doctrines with emerging topics— including artificial intelligence, digital media, athlete mental health, and the future of sports—this book equips readers with both historical context and foresight, making it particularly relevant for a dynamic field. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 416 Pages HB 9798881804787 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881805609 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216380702 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881805616 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
286
UK, Europe, ROW
What sets this book apart is its critical focus on recent developments, with dedicated sections on the international governing bodies that impact sports law globally and discussions on ethical challenges, from athlete privacy in data analytics to collective bargaining rights. Updated chapters from this second edition provide current case law, essential references, and legal frameworks for understanding issues like contracts and data analytics, making it an invaluable resource for classroom use.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW - HART
Four Faces of the Law Michael Beloff KC, Blackstone Chambers Few have shaped the field of law, both as practitioner and writer, as Michael Beloff KC. This expertly curated collection tracks this impact through his writings and lectures. Over three parts, the work show just how the fields of sports law, law and education and the legal environment more generally, was (and continues to be) impacted by the innovation and insight of the author.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 384 Pages PB 9781509986781 • £44.99 / $60.95 HB 9781509986743 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781509986767 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781509986750 • £81.00 / $108.00 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Building a Successful Fiscal Federation Constitutional Lessons for the EU
Edited by Stefan Griller, Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria, Florian Huber, University of Salzburg, Austria & Sonja Puntscher Riekmann, Salzburg Centre of EU Studies – SCEUS, Austria The 2009-18 sovereign debt crisis revealed the urgency to overhaul the fiscal architecture of the EU to protect the Eurozone. In the book, national experts analyse the fiscal architecture of Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, and the USA as key examples of federated entities that exercise autonomy in fiscal matters. Throughout their histories, these federations have faced political clashes between centre and periphery or among sub-federal entities which are reminiscent of current conflicts in the EU. Moreover, in times of crisis such as wars, the COVID-19 pandemic, or asymmetric economic shocks, their fiscal systems have been put under stress in comparable ways to the EU. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 544 Pages PB 9781509988617 • £64.99 / $89.95 HB 9781509988655 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781509988631 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781509988648 • £0.00 / $0.00 Hart Publishing
An interdisciplinary team of lawyers, political scientists, and economists uses the analysis of the sample federal states to provide concrete reform suggestions applicable to the EU. Thus, the book offers food for thought for researchers, advanced students and practitioners in the areas of administration and politics. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Judicial System A Reference Handbook
Michael C. LeMay, California State University-San Bernardino, USA An authoritative and accessible one-stop resource for understanding the U.S. judicial system and its place in the fabric of American government and society. The American judicial system plays a central role in setting and enforcing the legal rules under which the people of the United States live. U.S. courts and laws, though, are complex and often criticized for bias and other alleged shortcomings. The U.S. Supreme Court has emerged as a particular focal point of political partisanship and controversy, both in terms of the legal decisions it hands down and the makeup of its membership. Contemporary World Issues
This book presents the origins, development, and current characteristics of the American judicial system; discusses
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 408 Pages HB 9781440874574 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216396680 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440874581 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216107392 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
problems and controversies orbiting around the U.S. justice system today; and features a wide-ranging collection of essays that examine and illuminate various aspects of the judicial system. Readers will have access to profiles of influential organizations and people, and the relevant data and documents about U.S. courts.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
287
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 09 Animals and Animal Products
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy UK April 2026 • US February 2026 1118 Pages PB 9798892057691 • £52.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 746 Pages PB 9798892057684 • £49.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 09 Animals and Animal Products 200-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 1-50, Revised as of January 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 9 presents regulations governing animal and plant health inspection services, grain inspection, packers and stockyard administration, and food safety and inspection of meat and poultry.
A compilation of federal regulations, the Code of Federal Regulations (CFRs) are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 1124 Pages PB 9781636711423 • £25.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 980 Pages PB 9798892057714 • £40.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 1-50, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 200-430, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation.
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 658 Pages PB 9781641435369 • £40.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 1152 Pages PB 9798892057721 • £52.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 431-499, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 500-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation.
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation.
288
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 11 Federal Elections
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 968 Pages PB 9798892057707 • £50.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 554 Pages PB 9798892057738 • £35.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 51-199, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 11 Federal Elections, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation.
Title 11 presents regulations governing election procedures and processes. Issues covered include presidential elections, campaign funds, and election financing. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 902 Pages PB 9798892057837 • £50.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 724 Pages PB 9798892057752 • £35.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 1100-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 200-219, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration.
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 920 Pages PB 9798892057776 • £42.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 884 Pages PB 9798892057783 • £54.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 230-299, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 300-346, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration.
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
289
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 552 Pages PB 9798892057790 • £35.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US April 2026 552 Pages PB 9781636711553 • £35.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 347-599, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 347-599, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration.
Title 12 presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration. It also contains regulations pertaining to other types of banking operations. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 1130 Pages PB 9798892057769 • £25.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK May 2026 • US June 2026 984 Pages PB 9798892057868 • £52.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking, 220 to 229, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space 60-109, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration.
A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas. Title 14 presents regulations governing the activities of the Department of Transportation and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration in the areas of aeronautics and space, including: aircraft, airmen, airspace, air traffic, certification of air carriers and operations, and airports.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 468 Pages PB 9798892057905 • £35.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 1014 Pages PB 9798892057912 • £52.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 0-299, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 300-744, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Presents regulations governing the Department of Commerce and other agencies involved with commerce and foreign trade, and includes rules for: National Security Industrial Base, Export Administration, National Weather Service, Environmental Data Service, Oil Pollution Act, Foreign Trade Agreements, and telecommunications and information.
Presents regulations governing the Department of Commerce and other agencies involved with commerce and foreign trade, and includes rules for: National Security Industrial Base, Export Administration, National Weather Service, Environmental Data Service, Oil Pollution Act, Foreign Trade Agreements, and telecommunications and information.
290
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 380 Pages PB 9798892058025 • £25.00 / $39.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US April 2026 1138 Pages PB 9798892058032 • £52.00 / $67.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources 400 - End, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties 0 140
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 19 presents regulations governing customs duties as set forth by the U.S. Customs Service, the U.S. International Trade Commission, and the International Trade Administration. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 18 presents regulations governing the Department of Energy and other agencies overseeing the conservation of power and water resources. Agencies covered include: the Water Resources Council, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and other similar agencies. This title includes the Federal Power Act, Public Utility Regulatory Act, Natural Gas Act, Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Act, and the Interstate Commerce Act.
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties
UK May 2026 • US April 2026 1080 Pages PB 9798892058049 • £49.99 / $67.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 470 Pages PB 9798892058056 • £30.00 / $39.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties 141 199, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties 200 End, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 19 presents regulations governing customs duties as set forth by the U.S. Customs Service, the U.S. International Trade Commission, and the International Trade Administration. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 19 presents regulations governing customs duties as set forth by the U.S. Customs Service, the U.S. International Trade Commission, and the International Trade Administration. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employee Benefits
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs
UK July 2026 • US April 2026 1416 Pages PB 9798892058070 • £54.00 / $70.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US April 2026 1172 Pages PB 9798892058179 • £51.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employee Benefits 400-499, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 800 1299, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 20 presents regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor, Railroad Retirement Board, and the Social Security Administration to govern employees' benefits. These include workers' compensation programs, employment and training, and veterans' services. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs. These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
291
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 22 Foreign Relations
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 22 Foreign Relations
UK July 2026 • US April 2026 1164 Pages PB 9798892058193 • £53.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 574 Pages PB 9798892058209 • £38.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 22 Foreign Relations 1 299, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 22 Foreign Relations 300 - END, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 22 presents regulations governing the Department of State, the International Development Cooperation Agency, the Peace Corps, and other federal agencies regarding foreign relations. It includes regulations pertaining to Foreign Service personnel, visas, nationality and passports, diplomatic privileges and immunities, and international agreements. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 22 presents regulations governing the Department of State, the International Development Cooperation Agency, the Peace Corps, and other federal agencies regarding foreign relations. It includes regulations pertaining to Foreign Service personnel, visas, nationality and passports, diplomatic privileges and immunities, and international agreements. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 23 Highways
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 24 Housing and Urban Development
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 830 Pages PB 9798892058216 • £38.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 842 Pages PB 9798892058223 • £51.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 23 Highways, Revised as January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 24 Housing Urban Dev 0 -199, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 23 presents regulations by the Federal Highway Administration and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration detailing planning and research, engineering and traffic operations, right-of-way and environment, public transportation, and highway safety. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 24 presents regulations governing housing and urban development as set forth by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation. Topics covered include: fair housing; mortgage and loan insurance programs; and slum clearance and urban renewal. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
COLLECTIONS
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK February 2027 • US March 2026 742 Pages PB 9798892058292 • £42.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2027 • US March 2026 1150 Pages PB 9798892058414 • £52.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.0-1.60, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.10011.1400, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service.
A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas. Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
292
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW COLLECTIONS
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 1130 Pages PB 9798892058421 • £49.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2027 • US March 2026 1050 Pages PB 9798892058438 • £43.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.14011.1550, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.1551END, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas. Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 742 Pages PB 9798892058322 • £51.00 / $66.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 954 Pages PB 9798892058360 • £49.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.1701.300, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.4411.500, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 650 Pages PB 9798892058377 • £42.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 630 Pages PB 9798892058308 • £38.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.5011.640, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.611.139, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
293
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 976 Pages PB 9798892058384 • £52.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 1150 Pages PB 9798892058391 • £52.00 / $89.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.6411.850, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.8511.907, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 988 Pages PB 9798892058407 • £51.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 874 Pages PB 9798892058445 • £51.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.9081.100, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 2-29, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 1114 Pages PB 9798892058483 • £52.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 544 Pages PB 9798892058452 • £35.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 300-499, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 30-39, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
294
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 362 Pages PB 9798892058469 • £19.99 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 108 Pages PB 9798892058490 • £10.99 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 40-49, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 500-599, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK July 2026 • US March 2026 770 Pages PB 9798892058476 • £36.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages PB 9798892058506 • £14.99 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 50-299, Revised as of January 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 600-END, Revised as of January 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 602 Pages PB 9781636712062 • £42.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2027 • US April 2026 728 Pages PB 9781636712116 • £49.00 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue 1.01.60, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue 1.401-1.409, Revised as of April 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
295
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 726 Pages PB 9781636712123 • £48.00 / $62.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 624 Pages PB 9781636712079 • £38.00 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue 1.410-1.440, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue 1.611.139, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunications
UK August 2026 • US April 2026 108 Pages PB 9781636712260 • £10.99 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 1192 Pages PB 9781636716596 • £49.99 / $67.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue 500599, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunication 019, Revised as of October 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April. Publication follows within six months.
Title 47 presents regulations impacting equipment, carrier services, broadcast radio services, safety and special radio services, and policies related to national security. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October. Publication follows within six months.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunications
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunications
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 836 Pages PB 9781636716619 • £32.99 / $59.95 Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 838 Pages PB 9781636716626 • £49.99 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunication 40-69, Revised as of October 1, 2024
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunication 70-79, Revised as of October 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Office of the Federal Register (U.S.)
Title 47 presents regulations impacting equipment, carrier services, broadcast radio services, safety and special radio services, and policies related to national security. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October. Publication follows within six months.
Title 47 presents regulations impacting equipment, carrier services, broadcast radio services, safety and special radio services, and policies related to national security. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October. Publication follows within six months.
296
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LAW
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunications UK February 2026 • US February 2026 892 Pages PB 9781636716633 • £49.99 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunication 80-End, Revised as of October 1, 2024 Office of the Federal Register (U.S.) Title 47 presents regulations impacting equipment, carrier services, broadcast radio services, safety and special radio services, and policies related to national security. Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October. Publication follows within six months.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
297
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE 2ND EDITION
Foundations of Museum Studies Evolving Systems of Knowledge
Kiersten F. Latham, Sauder Village, Archbold, Ohio, USA & John E. Simmons, Museologica A holistic introduction to museum theory and practice, this second edition is designed to be the core introductory text for any foundational museum studies course being taught in any discipline. You’ll examine the evolution, divergence, definition, and legal organization of museums in the context of collections of objects and how museums perform the basic functions of preservation, communication, and research. Through the lens of museological theory and a systems approach, you’ll learn how museum objects are managed by professionals and used by the public and scholars. You’ll get an overview of contemporary museums worldwide and think through the future of UK October 2025 • US October 2025 192 Pages • 34 bw images, 7 tables HB 9798216190165 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216190172 • £43.99 / $59.95 ePDF 9798216190196 • £39.59 / $53.95 ePub 9798216190189 • £39.59 / $53.95 Bloomsbury Academic
museums. Useful as an introductory text for any foundational museum studies course – whether in library and information science, museum studies, or a related area – this text’s unique perspective approaches museums as communicative knowledge systems that deal with people, objects, and ideas. The second edition includes new material on museum careers, legal issues, globalization, climate change, positive museology, and museums and sustainability. This foundational text is adaptable to a broad range of courses and disciplines when paired with supplementary readings.
3RD EDITION
BOR
Digital Preservation for Libraries, Archives, and Museums Edward M. Corrado, Naval Postgraduate School, USA, Heather Moulaison-Sandy, University of Missouri, USA & Teresa Soleau, J. Paul Getty Trust, USA A complete overview of digital preservation theory and practice for cultural institutions and professions. The third edition of Digital Preservation for Libraries, Archives, and Museums is the most current, complete guide to digital preservation available today. The text has been both updated and revised, continuing to present complex topics thoroughly and accessibly. Important new content includes information on environmental sustainability and diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI). After laying out the problems and perspectives that inform digital preservation, the authors present a variety of solutions UK May 2026 • US April 2026 432 Pages HB 9781538186336 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781538186343 • £31.99 / $60.00 ePDF 9798765154380 • £28.79 / $54.00 ePub 9781538186350 • £28.79 / $54.00 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
ranging from basic to complex. Addressing digital preservation in the broadest sense of the term, the text looks at all aspects of curating and preserving digital content for long-term access. Instead of focusing on specific materials in a particular system, it addresses a broad group of resources that could be housed in any number of digital preservation systems.
3RD EDITION
Marketing and Social Media
A Guide for Libraries, Archives, and Museums Lorri Mon & Christie Koontz Marketing and Social Media: A Guide for Libraries, Archives, and Museums is a much-needed guide to marketing for libraries, archives, and museum professionals in the social media age. This book is both an introductory textbook and a guide for working professionals on developing a comprehensively planned marketing campaign that integrates social media into a holistic marketing strategy. Beginning with mission, goals, and objectives, readers will put together working knowledge of the essential components for planning a marketing campaign. Chapters cover how to do a strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) analysis, identify and involve stakeholders, a 4-step marketing model, market research, market segmentation, market mix UK September 2025 • US September 2025 392 Pages • 4 b/w images; 2 tables HB 9798765152867 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9798765152874 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9798765152898 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9798765152881 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
strategy, and evaluation. The final chapter, “From the Social Media Manager’s Perspective: Putting it all Together,” guides readers through first days on the job of taking over an organization’s social media marketing efforts, and the steps to be taken in the first days, weeks, and months that follow, including promotional and assessment activities. The new edition provides more extensive examples from all three types of institutions as well as other relevant nonprofit and government organizations, and features updated coverage of social media technologies, techniques, and practices.
298
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
An Archivist's Guide to Copyright Navigating Risk Management
William J. Maher, University of Illinois Urbana-Champain (Emeritus) Fear of copyright can sometimes make everything an archivist does—preservation, reference, digitization—feel like a prelude to an unintended lawsuit. In this book, readers learn core parts of the U.S. copyright law, how to apply basic tools to address archives-specific issues, and learn effective use of existing exceptions and limitations. The goal is to provide archivists with the ability to navigate copyright to achieve the ultimate archival mission: to preserve the broadest array of heritage material and enable as wide a use as possible. This book: · Provides a foundation for how to read the copyright law, review legal literature, and navigate authoritative websites and UK April 2026 • US March 2026 304 Pages • 4 bw illus HB 9798881801670 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881801687 • £43.99 / $59.95 ePDF 9798881855086 • £39.59 / $53.95 ePub 9798881801694 • £39.59 / $53.95 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
news sources; · Promotes a clear understanding of the separate rights of authors, owners, and users and how these rights relate to institutional and general cultural archives; · Outlines the basics of related laws and rights regimes (e.g., privacy, publicity, moral, and cultural property rights) to understand when and how copyright does and does not relate to them; and · Guides archivists in a multi-factor analysis to support the decisions needed to manage copyright issues and risks.
COLLECTIONS
Be Kind; Rewind! (Re)Introducing Fun Retro Media and Vintage Technology to Libraries Christopher Kincaid, Ohio, USA Shows how to reintroduce old technology to create new and exciting programming and collections for your library. Let’s face it, new physical media is disappearing, and digital reigns. New film, music, and video game releases will eventually be digital-only. To move forward, libraries need to look backward. Old technology offers an exciting and diverse landscape for programs and lending collections. There are more retro video games available than anyone could play. Many films only exist on VHS. Music CDs, cassettes, vinyl, and 8-tracks offer Bsides and songs that don’t appear on streaming music platforms. Retro computers provide access to games and software that will not run on modern computers. DVDs and Blu-ray discs will even be considered retro media. The future for libraries UK February 2026 • US February 2026 104 Pages HB 9798216382973 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216195238 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216195252 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216195269 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
is in preserving and providing access to the past. In this fun, concise handbook, Christopher Kincaid tackles the appeal and challenges these vintage media pose for circulation. He offers programming ideas to introduce and rekindle interest in old technology and provides lists and suggestions to help you get started building your vintage technology collections. When word gets out about your new (old) library collection, you never know who might stop by!
COLLECTIONS
Using Nursery Rhymes with Today’s Kids Their Legacy and Evolution
Mary R. Lanni, Denver, Colorado, USA Nursery rhymes are easy to remember, recite, and pass on to future generations, but are these transmitters of popular culture still relevant and appropriate? In an increasingly multicultural world, it’s critical to examine the lessons children are learning—both directly and indirectly—to ensure a positive collective future for everyone. Readers are introduced to nursery rhymes from a historical and international perspective, where common themes and original intents are explored. The book highlights the importance of oral storytelling in cultures around the world and details the ways in which nursery rhymes provide young children with the tools to become strong readers. This guide also explores how popular modern children’s songs borrow from older tunes to be accessible to a contemporary audience. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 160 Pages HB 9798216190097 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216188698 • £43.99 / $59.95 ePDF 9798216188711 • £39.59 / $53.95 ePub 9798216188728 • £39.59 / $53.95 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
An examination of the more nuanced elements of nursery rhymes highlights cultural changes that can affect the meaning of these older songs, questioning whether using the tune of a song with a problematic history is appropriate and whether altering only the offending words/phrases is sufficient to justify continued use. On-the-ground examples illustrate the ways in which songs can affect participants in different ways. Finally, the book helps readers make educated choices about how best to use nursery rhymes to support diversity, equity, inclusion, and accessibility.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
299
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
Supporting Students with Significant Disabilities in School Libraries A Vision for Radical Inclusion
Courtney Walker, Libraries For All LLC, USA Providing ready-to-use lessons, programs, and ideas, this book offers valuable advice for school librarians and teachers who are supporting students with disabilities. Readers will walk away with specific ideas for collaborating with the other professionals on campus to support these students’ specific needs. Understand how to create and nurture important relationships with these students and their teachers, how to support IEP learning goals in library lessons, and how to write inclusive library skills lessons. A unique feature of this guide is its tutorial on adapted books. Adapting books for durability and adding sensory items to enhance images offers an added connection to the story and increases engagement for students both with and without UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages HB 9798216386704 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216183648 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9798216183662 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9798216183655 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
disabilities. This book provides practical strategies based on the author's hands-on experience, teaching readers how to seek funding, gain administrator support, host community adapting events, partner with community members and companies, and create the books and collections themselves.
COLLECTIONS
Assessing Academic Library Collections for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Karen Kohn This book provides a practical, step-by-step approach to designing and implementing evaluation projects targeting a variety of DEI goals in academic library collections. Offering both flexibility and detailed guidance, it begins with a discussion of aspects of diversity that librarians could target in their assessment projects and notes project planning considerations such as defining a scope and timeline. The book notes how larger academic libraries can narrow the scope of a project to make it feasible. Subsequent chapters explain different methods for assessing a collection, with many examples throughout. Methods include: List-checking involves comparing the collection to a list of recommended books; Metadata searching produces a count of library holdings that contain certain subject headings or use specific call numbers; Diversity coding allows staff to create their own categories and assign them to books in a sample. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 208 Pages • 11 bw illus HB 9781538195734 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538195741 • £19.99 / $36.00 ePDF 9798765154229 • £17.99 / $32.40 ePub 9781538195758 • £17.99 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
All three of these methods can be used to analyze the collection by subject matter. It is possible to use diversity coding to examine author identities as well. A fourth approach focuses on organizational efforts or inputs. The book describes advantages and limitations of the four methods, allowing librarians to make an informed choice of which to use. It offers resources for implementing these strategies as well as guidance on creating one’s own evaluation tools. Three chapters by guest authors provide examples of DEI assessment projects from academic libraries.
The Reinvention of the U.S. Academic Library 1990 to 2025
Donald A. Barclay, Retired from University of California, Merced Focusing on U.S. academic libraries, The Reinvention of the U.S. Academic Library begins by providing a concise history of the traditional role and function of academic libraries from their earliest times up to the dawn of the Digital Age and the spread of digital technology into all aspects of academic research and scholarly communication. This introduction is followed by chapters analyzing how digital technology has transformed, over the course of a few swift decades, not only the role and function of academic libraries, but also the nature of scholarly communication itself. Specifically, The Reinvention of the U.S. Academic Library considers how digital technology has changed the way academic libraries: UK July 2025 • US July 2025 224 Pages • 7 b/w photos; 8 tables HB 9781538183199 • £60.00 / $85.00 PB 9781538183205 • £18.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765154816 • £17.09 / $34.20 ePub 9781538183212 • £17.09 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
300
UK, Europe, ROW
- Acquire and exercise bibliographic control over collections. - Provide equitable access to information. Allocate and utilize library space. Instruct and guide students, faculty, and others. - Relate to the larger academic and scholarly publishing communities. Sustain scholarly communications.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Birth of Modern Facts
How the Information Revolution Transformed Academic Research, Governments, and Businesses James W. Cortada For over twenty years, James W. Cortada has pioneered research into how information shapes society. In this book he tells the story of how information evolved since the mid-nineteenth century. Cortada argues that information increased in quantity, became more specialized by discipline (e.g., mathematics, science, political science), and more organized. Information increased in volume due to a series of innovations, such as the electrification of communications and the development of computers, but also due to the organization of facts and knowledge by discipline, making it easier to manage and access. He looks at what major disciplines have done to shape the nature of modern information, devoting chapters to the most obvious ones. Cortada argues that understanding how some features of information evolved is useful for those who work in subjects that deal with their very construct and application, such as computer scientists and those exploring social media and, most UK February 2026 • US February 2026 462 Pages • 19 b/w illustrations; 14 tables; 2 textboxes; HB 9781538173909 • £100.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216449218 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881851255 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781538173916 • £26.09 / $35.95 Rowman & Littlefield
recently, history. The Birth of Modern Facts builds on Cortada’s prior books examining how information became a central feature of modern society, most notably as a sequel to All the Facts: A History of Information in the United States since 1870 (OUP, 2016) and Building Blocks of Society: History, Information Ecosystems, and Infrastructures (R&L, 2021).
COLLECTIONS
Teaching Inquiry as Conversation Bringing Wonder to Life
Barbara K. Stripling, Philadelphia, USA & Darryl Toerien, Blanchelande College, Guernsey, UK Today’s students display increasing emotional needs, and divisions in society illustrate the critical importance of students developing their own self-identities and deep cultural responsiveness. Inquiry as Conversation addresses the need for a holistic, personal, and deep approach to teaching and learning. The conceptual framework and implementable strategies/models provided in Inquiry as Conversation enable school librarians and classroom teachers to build reflective inquiry experiences into their daily instruction and the culture of the school. Each chapter invites readers to join an ongoing conversation, as authors Stripling and Toerien explore the complexities and joy of unleashing the learning potentials of young people from kindergarten through their final high school UK June 2026 • US June 2026 168 Pages HB 9798216397021 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216194705 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9798216194736 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9798216194712 • £35.99 / $49.45 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
years. The anecdotes, authentic examples, and practical strategies in the book guide school librarians and classroom teachers to engage and empower learners through a conversational and whole-child approach to inquiry.
COLLECTIONS
Just Plain Filthy
The Story Behind Book Banning's Trial of the Century Anthony Aycock, North Carolina General Assembly In 1975, the school board members of a small Long Island town did what they thought was a no-brainer: they ordered the removal of nine books from a high school library. The books included some classics – Richard Wright's Black Boy; Desmond Morris's The Naked Ape; Kurt Vonnegut's Slaughterhouse-Five – but that didn't matter to board chair Richard Ahrens, who called the collection "anti-American, anti-Christian, anti-Semitic, and just plain filthy." Maybe he thought the town was with him. Maybe he thought nobody would care. He certainly didn't think he would be sued by seventeen-year-old Steven Pico or that the case would end up before the United States Supreme Court, the first and only book ban dispute ever to do so. The only one so far. Recent years have seen a surge in book challenges, and it is only a matter of time before another UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9798216196471 • £25.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798216196495 • £22.50 / $32.40 ePub 9798216196488 • £22.50 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
reaches the high court. Island Trees v. Pico ended in a loss for the school board, but not a resounding one. It left enough daylight for the current justices to reach a different conclusion. What was the court's ruling? How did it come about? What was the book ban climate in the 1970s and 80s, and how did it differ from today's? Just Plain Filthy is the first book to tell the complete story of Island Trees v. Pico, the flawed yet fascinating case that is the cornerstone of intellectual freedom in America. For now.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
301
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE 2ND EDITION
Working with Library Collections
An Introduction to Technical Services for Support Staff Hali R. Keeler Library support staff who work with collections assist with the processes that put library materials on the shelf or online; this work requires knowledge and understanding of publishers, vendors, collection care, and item preparation. This is a text for library support staff programs and an introductory reference manual for support staff who work in libraries. This book will prepare support staff to: ·
Know how to use an integrated library system and other appropriate online tools.
·
Know the basic principles of collection development and management.
·
Know the ways in which content, in multiple formats, is produced and distributed to libraries.
·
Know and use the recognized standard evaluative sources to assist with collection development.
Library Support Staff Handbooks
·
Know the principles and practices of cataloging materials.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 208 Pages • 37 bw images, 15 tables HB 9798765156247 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798765156254 • £26.99 / $37.00 ePDF 9798765156278 • £24.29 / $33.30 ePub 9798765156261 • £24.29 / $33.30 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
·
Know the principles and practices regarding the preservation of library resources.
·
Apply appropriate methods and techniques to preparing library resources.
·
Explain and apply policies regarding library collections.
The Library Support Staff series is aimed for staff that work in libraries and want to enhance their skills; college professors who teach library support staff instruction; and/or students who seek academic credit.
COLLECTIONS
From Chaos to Order
Addressing Cognitive Overload in the Learning Journey Edited by Courtney McAllister, Atypon, Elliott C. Rose, Pennsylvania State University & Sara C. Kern, Pennsylvania State University Multiple deadlines, competing responsibilities, an endless barrage of information, and constant stress: these situations are becoming increasingly common and intense for 21st-century learners. As pressure and complexity converge, learners are more likely to experience cognitive overload. Cognitive load refers to the amount of information an individual is able to retain in their working memory at one time. When cognitive load is surpassed, it can be much more difficult to process, encode, and retain new information. The purpose of this book is to help professionals transform passive efforts to support learners into more purposeful actions that address UK February 2026 • US January 2026 344 Pages • 44 bw illus HB 9781538190234 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781538190241 • £49.99 / $67.95 ePDF 9798765160329 • £44.99 / $61.15 ePub 9781538190258 • £44.99 / $61.15 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
cognitive overload in the context of research and information seeking. Practitioners may take cognitive load into consideration when creating resources, designing instruction sessions, or planning programming. To reflect the cross-sectoral dynamic of cognitive load and its impact, this book is organized around three areas learning: Instruction, Systems, and Outreach. Each section hosts a collection of instructional, system design, and outreach/programmatic ideas that are built upon Cognitive Load Theory, providing readers with key resources.
COLLECTIONS
Practical Project Management for Librarians Kirsten Clark, University of Minnesota Libraries, USA Librarians continue to work under budget constraints while still needing to increase the user experience and remove barriers to library resources. Learning to evaluate the best options for managing projects to accomplish goals while balancing with the reality of day-to-day work needs is integral to overall success. In this book, readers will learn: how to balance the goals of the project with the key questions can help move readers effectively to ensure sustainability in project
reality of working in libraries today, what
through the project process and choose the right tools, best practices
plans as well as outcomes, and how to incorporate diversity, inclusion, and accessibility
principles into your project management. This practice guide provides step-by-step instructions to determine what project management tools and techniques match the needs of the particular library project and person/team’s skills level, while also UK August 2025 • US August 2025 144 Pages HB 9781538183748 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781538183755 • £22.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765154755 • £20.69 / $35.95 ePub 9781538183762 • £20.69 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
302
UK, Europe, ROW
providing these in the context of libraries’ specific cultures and norms.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
Efficiency by Design
Transforming Libraries and Archives through Process Management Joy M. Perrin This book offers library and archive professionals a comprehensive guide to optimizing processes, with a focus on improving efficiency, speed, effectiveness, and reliability. Professionals in libraries and archives often are asked to take on decades old processes and are not provided the tools to rework those processes. This book gives readers practical insight into how they can analyze and re-design their work processes to be more efficient, faster, more effective, and more reliable. Readers will learn methods for getting more done while reducing stress and burnout. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 184 Pages • 17 bw illus HB 9781538188750 • £80.00 / $105.00 PB 9781538188767 • £31.99 / $42.00 ePDF 9798881856250 • £28.79 / $37.80 ePub 9781538188774 • £28.79 / $37.80 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Librarians, archivists, and paraprofessionals who find themselves managing a process will find this book an excellent companion. By integrating process management techniques with the specific needs of libraries and archives, this book bridges the gap between theory and practice, providing actionable strategies to streamline workflows. Ultimately, Efficiency by Design contributes to making library and archive management more productive, sustainable, and mindful of the challenges professionals face today.
COLLECTIONS
AI and Digital Leadership
Transforming Libraries, Archives, and Museums for the Future Angela I. Fritz, University of Iowa Explore how GLAM institutions are navigating new leadership styles and organizational frameworks to help meet the challenges posed by a digital society. During this time of digital transformation, galleries, libraries, archives, and museums (GLAMs) are facing a generational challenge that calls on them to rethink their roles and responsibilities, re-evaluate policies and practices, and re-envision creative management and use of their collections. While AI is not new for GLAMs, the rapid development of generative AI has accelerated the pace of change along with a host of risks and benefits. For cultural heritage institutions, the stakes for implementing emerging AI technologies are high as GLAMs navigate questions relating to cultural relevance, limited resources and growing backlogs of digital collections. As GLAMs strive to keep pace, this book turns to explore how cultural UK January 2026 • US January 2026 168 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781538191071 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538191088 • £33.99 / $46.95 ePDF 9798765160282 • £30.59 / $42.25 ePub 9781538191095 • £30.59 / $42.25 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
heritage institutions can draw on a model of digital leadership to help them meet the challenges posed by the ethical implementation and use of generative AI in the stewardship of distinctive collections. In addition to discussing the basic definition and concepts of digital leadership, this book explores digital leadership as a critical framework for GLAMs to advance AI-enhanced digital stewardship programs through organizational redesign, professional development and staff training initiatives, and advocacy networks for collective impact.
COLLECTIONS
A Library Worker's Guide to Saying No to White Supremacy Work Culture Christina Fuller-Gregory, Fuller Potential Consulting A Library Worker’s Guide to Saying No to White Supremacy Work Culture interrogates the historical foundations and present day consequences of a library work culture that is rooted in white supremacy. These white supremacy work culture habits show up in every aspect of library service, from programming, policy development, hiring practices, strategic planning, and even our ways of communicating and engaging. Even as libraries and library workers have been intentional in introducing and developing practices that center equity, diversity, and inclusion, the quiet intersectionality of white supremacy work culture coupled with our professional standards of librarianship have informed our internal work practices, shaping our perspectives and perceptions around what it means to be a ‘good librarian.’ Library workers and libraries are already having authentic and challenging conversations about the impacts of equity, UK September 2025 • US September 2025 128 Pages HB 9781538193129 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538193136 • £19.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765154113 • £17.99 / $34.20 ePub 9781538193143 • £17.99 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
diversity, and inclusion on library services. However, these conversations are often external in nature, guided by a solidly patron-centric focus. This book challenges libraries and librarians to turn inward to examine the oppressive internal systems that libraries have developed, sustained, and promoted.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
303
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE
The Library Leader's Guide to Human Resources Keeping it Real, Legal, and Ethical Steve Albrecht, Dr. Steve consulting The human resources (HR) function for libraries can range in size and scope, depending on the size of the library. The complexities of HR today call for a guiding manual to help keep the multitude of processes fair, legal, and accurate. This book provides the level of detail for new and seasoned HR leaders to use to staff and operate their libraries with the best employees they can find. It offers legal advice from labor law attorneys, and operational steps, policies, and processes from Dr. Steve Albrecht, a longtime HR consultant for municipal government. Even with the support of an HR Department, all library leaders who have supervisory responsibility over their staff (hiring, firing, performance evaluation, assigning job duties) must have a working, updated knowledge of HR issues related to employing people in their branches. This means that besides the myriad of other duties required to run a safe, efficient, useful library for the community, library leaders - from UK April 2025 • US April 2025 176 Pages • 1 BW Photo HB 9781538193747 • £73.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538193754 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881864828 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9781538193761 • £27.00 / $34.20 Rowman & Littlefield
the Director, to the department heads, to the managers, to the frontline supervisors, to the PIC (Person in Charge on each work shift) - each must know what they can and cannot do when it comes to HR laws, policies, guidelines, and best practices.
COLLECTIONS
Unlocking Possibilities in the Library Programming for the Future
M'Balu Bangura, Enoch Pratt Free Library This groundbreaking book explores innovative and forward-thinking library programs that address emerging community needs, from digital literacy and re-entry services to mental health support and environmental sustainability initiatives. Drawing on real-world case studies, the book provides practical insights into how libraries can harness their unique resources to tackle the challenges faced by diverse and underserved populations. What sets Unlocking Possibilities in the Library: Programming for the Future apart is its focus on the innovative and nontraditional library programs that are reshaping the way libraries interact with their communities. It emphasizes that libraries are not just places for books, but vibrant spaces for community engagement and empowerment. The book takes a deep dive UK September 2025 • US September 2025 168 Pages HB 9781538195000 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538195017 • £22.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765155394 • £20.69 / $34.20 ePub 9781538195024 • £20.69 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
into the lessons learned from libraries across the nation that have implemented groundbreaking programs, offering both successes and challenges, and actionable strategies that other libraries can adopt. By bridging the gap between traditional services and innovative outreach, this book showcases how libraries can act as catalysts for positive social change.
COLLECTIONS
Law Librarianship Practice
Challenges and Opportunities in Law Firm, Government, and Academic Law Libraries Edited by Ellyssa Kroski, New York Law Institute Law Librarianship Practice is a cutting-edge book that provides insights into the latest emerging trends and technologies in academic, government, and law firm librarianship. This book offers guidance from forward-thinking library leaders on how they are tackling the challenges of law librarianship today including; managing remote workforces, negotiating with vendors, navigating outsourcing services, planning for emergencies, riding out law firm mergers, succession planning, and more. Experts working in the field provide practical applications of new technologies and opportunities, such as how librarians are conducting AI-informed competitive intelligence, using big data for decision-making, and what's happening in artificial intelligence. The book also covers innovative initiatives in the areas of diversity, equity, and inclusion, Access to Justice, and more. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 384 Pages • 9 B/W Illustrations, 17 Tables, 17 Textboxes HB 9781538199732 • £131.00 / $170.00 PB 9781538199749 • £58.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9798765154595 • £52.20 / $67.50 ePub 9781538199756 • £52.20 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Law Librarianship Practice serves as a comprehensive manual of modern-day law library practices, providing invaluable resources for law librarians. Readers will gain inspiration from nearly thirty chapters contributed by distinguished academic, government, and law firm librarians as well as library consultants who share their experience along with a combination of researched data, contract excerpts, surveys, and other real-world intelligence. Divided into three segments, readers will be led through twenty-eight chapters in the areas of Law Library Management, Law Library Technologies, and Law Library Challenges and Opportunities.
304
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
Rural Public Librarianship Jennifer Thiele, Louisiana State University This book highlights the challenges that rural libraries experience and offers best practices to contend with them with limited resources. Nearly 50% of libraries in the United States are considered rural. These libraries face unique challenges and issues that continue to manifest as they contend with the systematic problem of access to information. These challenges include: Financial barriers such as the drying up of recent federal and local grant funds for both rural municipalities and public libraries specifically; broadband accessibility; Ebook access; mobile hotspot circulation and community access points outside the library; and more. How can librarians address these accessibility issues? This book highlights these challenges and offers best practices to contend with them given the limited resources rural libraries have access to. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 208 Pages • 18 bw illus HB 9798881802080 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798881802097 • £27.99 / $37.95 ePDF 9798765154830 • £25.19 / $34.15 ePub 9798881802103 • £25.19 / $34.15 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Using Literacy Strategies to Enhance Social Studies Education in Elementary Classrooms Kristy A. Brugar & Kathryn L. Roberts At its best, social studies instruction, especially at the elementary level, prepares students to be active members of civic life —critical thinkers, advocates, and change makers. Using Literacy Strategies to Enhance Social Studies Education in Elementary Classrooms aims to showcase not only social studies instruction at its best, but also, through classroom examples, the kinds of planning and instruction that facilitate building and using their literacy skills and processes in the service of social studies learning and action. Reading, writing, speaking, listening, creating, and viewing are powerful tools to engage students in meaningful social studies. This book is written for elementary teacher educators and pre-service and inservice teachers to encourage and illustrate intentional integration of literacy skills for deeper and meaningful social studies instruction, particularly instruction that is rigorous and inquiry-driven. Each chapter of this book aligns with one or more of these basic literacy processes and includes examples of research-based pedagogy at two different elementary grade bands, UK April 2025 • US April 2025 168 Pages • 14 BW Illustrations, 20 BW Photos, 15 Tables, 16 Textboxes HB 9781538197370 • £62.00 / $80.00 PB 9781538197387 • £25.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881858186 • £22.50 / $27.00 ePub 9781538197394 • £22.50 / $27.00 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
concrete suggestions for instructional approaches for supporting students at varied levels of independence, and tools to support implementation.
69TH EDITION
Chase's Calendar of Events 2026
The Ultimate Go-to Guide for Special Days, Weeks and Months Editors of Chase's The world’s date book since 1957, Chase’s is the definitive, authoritative, day-by-day resource of what the world is celebrating and commemorating. Chase’s is the must-have reference used by experts and professionals—a one-stop shop with 12,500 entries for everything that is happening now or is worth remembering from the past. Completely updated for 2026, Chase’s also features extensive appendices (astronomical data, major awards, perpetual calendar) as well as an exclusive website that puts the power of Chase’s at the user’s fingertips. 2026 is packed with special events and observances, including · UK October 2025 • US October 2025 752 Pages • 1000 b/w illustrations PB 9798892050876 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798892050883 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798892052238 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
* National days and public holidays for every nation on Earth
·
* Scores of new special days, weeks and months
·
* Birthdays of new world leaders, acclaimed authors, sports stars and breakout celebrities
·
* Information on special events
·
* Information on historical and biographical milestones
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
305
LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE COLLECTIONS
Librarians as Researchers
Developing our Scholarly Identities Edited by Paul C. Campbell, Kent State University Libraries & Sarah Nagle, Miami University This book is designed to empower librarians to develop their research skills and embrace their identities as scholars. Many librarians, particularly those in academic libraries, are expected to engage in research and scholarly output. However, unlike disciplinary faculty, most librarians have not completed a PhD program, and many have never designed or participated in original research upon embarking on their career. This edited volume provides inspiration and support for academic librarians looking to develop or refresh their research skills and develop their scholarly identities. The focus of this book is toward empowering librarians as researchers, rather than librarians supporting student or faculty research. This book provides a venue for librarians to share their knowledge on different aspects of research as well as build community for other librarians to actualize their own identities as researchers.
UK August 2025 • US August 2025 280 Pages • 1 bw illus HB 9781538187951 • £45.00 / $65.00 ePDF 9798765154632 • £40.50 / $58.50 ePub 9781538187968 • £40.50 / $58.50 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
The existing literature and research in the realm of librarian identity development often touches on librarian identities in the face of emerging technologies and new library types, or how librarians can support research at their institutions. However, there is a gap in the literature around librarians developing their own identities as researchers. Librarians have a unique role in the scholarly community; we often sacrifice our own research interests so that we can provide support and instruction to others, whether it be faculty, students, or the public. But the library world holds immense opportunity for developing and executing original research. Additionally, conducting research is beneficial to librarians’ individual practice as well as the library community as a whole. This edited volume will provide guidance as well as actionable methods for librarians to develop foundational research philosophies, create communities of practice, and hone practical skills in a wide range of research areas.
306
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LINGUISTICS COLLECTIONS
Heritage Literacy in the Lives of Chinese Muslims Ibrar Bhatt, Queen’s University Belfast, UK & Heng Wang, Queen's University Belfast, UK This book offers an intimate ethnographic window into the ways Chinese Muslims produce, maintain, and transmit religious, cultural, and historical knowledge through their everyday practices of heritage literacy. Sino-Muslims in China inhabit a unique landscape of religious and spiritual expression, shaped by the intersections of the Islamic faith with Chinese cultural traditions, and where the spoken and written word plays a vital role in sustaining Islamic heritage across generations. Drawing from multiple personal narratives across diverse regions — including Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Qinghai, Gansu, Jilin, Henan, and Hong Kong SAR — this book illuminates the lived experiences of Chinese Muslims as they navigate the intersections of faith, language, and identity. These accounts trace practices of heritage literacy shaped by UK April 2026 • US April 2026 200 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350497573 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350497535 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350497542 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350497559 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
migration, linguistic-semiotic ideologies, life-cycle rituals, and forms of artistic expression. The authors show how practices of heritage literacy, rooted in Islamic traditions yet responsive to contemporary shifts, tether Sino-Muslims to a broader sense of Muslimness while also anchoring them in local Chinese cultural and historical milieus and diverse linguistic traditions. This interdisciplinary study offers new insights into the significance of heritage literacy in linguistic anthropological study, and the vital role of narrative in preserving and articulating Islamic heritage in China’s evolving sociocultural landscape.
COLLECTIONS
Workable Accents
How International Teaching Assistants Vocally Fashion and Contest Academic Labor Vijay A. Ramjattan, University of Toronto An in-depth exploration of how international teaching assistants (ITAs) make their accents workable to fulfill their duties as academic laborers. In this book, “workable” refers not only to manipulating an accent, but also to ensuring that an accent achieves certain objectives such as being perceived as an intelligible speaker, an expert educator, and an acceptable worker. Drawing on commentaries from ITAs working in Canadian universities, Vijay A. Ramjattan highlights how crafting a workable accent is not an apolitical endeavor, but rather a practice that works within and against the various communicative affordances of neoliberal academia. Just as it can involve fashioning one’s voice to satisfy oppressive communication norms, a workable UK August 2025 • US August 2025 184 Pages PB 9781666958355 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666958331 • £75.00 / $105.00 ePDF 9798765155356 • £67.50 / $94.50 ePub 9781666958348 • £67.50 / $94.50 Bloomsbury Academic
accent can also contest these norms to varying degrees. Ramjattan ultimately demonstrates that (academic) institutions must do a better job at addressing how vocally marginalized workers are heard at work.
COLLECTIONS
The Interaction Order on Talk Radio
Exploring Portuguese Radio Phone-In Programs Carla Aurélia Rodrigues de Almeida Using an analytical framework from interactional linguistics, this book develops a linguistic analysis of verbal interactions based on exchanges between radio announcers and listeners. Drawing on interactions from five Portuguese nighttime radio programs, Carla Aurélia de Almeida discusses the discourse strategies of caller and host and the verbal rituals that contribute to the maintenance of interactional order and institutional power. This book highlights the theoretical and methodological issues underlying the study of language in operation, characterizes the generic coordinates of institutional radio discourse, and identifies the way in which the ritualization of discursive practices is constructed. De Almeida studies face-saving strategies and phenomena like hesitations, repetitions, UK June 2026 • US April 2026 1 Page HB 9781793606730 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216263609 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978761247 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
mitigation devices, discourse intensifiers, and directive or continuative host interventions.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
307
LINGUISTICS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Global Aviation English Research Edited by Eric Friginal, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, Malila Prado, BNU-HKBU United International College, China & Jennifer Roberts, Embry- Riddle Aeronautical University, USA Advocating for best practices within aviation English language research, this volume offers deeper insights into the practical, policy-based, and societal contexts in which International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) language standards are embedded. English is the official language for international pilot-air traffic controller (ATC) communications, mandated by the ICAO. It is also the de facto universal common language for all other forms of communication, including the language of maintenance technicians (and maintenance manuals), aeronautical engineers, cabin crew, ground staff, and aviation business professionals. In this book, renowned academic experts and aviation professionals come together to explore a variety of UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350411678 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350411715 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350411685 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350411692 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
research trends, providing an effective and efficient analysis of the language needs of the aviation industry, its future directions, and an extended look at linguistic principles in action. Chapters engage in detail with research data, case studies, and concrete examples of interactional tasks, transactional exchanges and radiotelephony. They also examine the common vocabulary and phrasal patterns in aviation discourse required to communicate successfully in various roles and contexts within the aviation industry. The result is a meaningful contribution to the global development and improvement of standards of aviation research; investigations of the role of language in aviation accidents; and research into language as a human factor in aviation communications, customer service, and intercultural (mis)communication.
COLLECTIONS
The 'Socially Networked' Newsroom
Journalists and their Discourses of Digital Communication Helen Sissons, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand & Philippa Smith, Independent Researcher, New Zealand This book identifies discourses of digital communication through observations of online and offline newsroom interactions, interviews, and text analysis to provide insights into how journalists use digital technologies in story production and the impact this has on their journalism practice. Through discursive analysis of 300 hours of video-ethnographic material gathered in three newsrooms, the authors apply groundbreaking qualitative methodological approaches in unravelling the complex interactions of journalists. Incorporating a Social Media Critical Discourse Studies paradigm to journalism studies, they detail ways in which new technologies have affected both daily newsroom operations and the identities of newsworkers. Rare empirical insights are offered that enable a clearer understanding of the changing media landscape, the newsroom power relationships that emerge and the discourses surrounding the use of digital technologies that have become UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350476752 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350476714 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350476721 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350476738 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
normalised in journalistic ‘talk’. The book clearly demonstrates how the techno-discursive architecture of the internet has not only impacted the production and style of news, but has also led to an acceleration of work intensification that pushes the boundaries of journalism practice and journalist identity. It will appeal to those interested in the workings of the contemporary news media and news discourse, and who are concerned about the future of news production.
COLLECTIONS
Affixes and Derivatives across the Humanities and Social Sciences Piotr Twardzisz, University of Warsaw, Poland Providing a systematic approach to English academic writing for the Humanities and Social Sciences, this book examines the word-formation patterns typical of discourse across distinct academic disciplines. Academic writing for research requires lexical sophistication, as it often addresses abstract concepts needing unique names, and a skilful use of complex derived/affixed words. The author provides data that allows for addressing the issues of expanding the learners’ vocabulary, the development of vocabulary skills and the cultivation of derivational awareness in a targeted manner. Offering rich insights into English derivation, this book will benefit researchers engaged in the Humanities and Social Sciences and appeal to linguists specializing in morphological theory, as well as language teaching professionals and EAP UK April 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350569041 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350569003 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350569010 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350569027 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
308
UK, Europe, ROW
curriculum designers.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LINGUISTICS COLLECTIONS
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Language and Death Edited by Dariusz Galasinski, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poland & Justyna Ziólkowska, University of Social Sciences and Humanities, Poland An essential reference to the intersection of language and death and dying, this book presents an overview of the methodologies, current debates, history and future of research in language-related death studies. Adopting a highly interdisciplinary approach, the book explores a wide variety of phenomena and contexts of death and dying, examining language and discourse from linguistic, psychological, philosophical, and anthropological perspectives, among others. Divided into three parts, it considers three viewpoints from which death and dying can be understood: firstperson, second-person, and third-person. The chapters cover an extensive array of topics, from presentations of death Bloomsbury Handbooks UK March 2026 • US March 2026 424 Pages • 9 b&w illus PB 9781350302051 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9781350302013 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781350302020 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781350302037 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
within social media and news reports, through to specific contexts of dying and types of death, including palliative care, assisted dying, suicide, and COVID-19. They also engage with data from across a range of national, cultural, and linguistic contexts, offering a broad international perspective.
COLLECTIONS
The Discursive Construction of Veganism An Ecolinguistics Approach
Mario Leto, Meiji University, Japan The Discursive Construction of Veganism is a linguistic exploration of the stories we tell about veganism in popular media. Negative representations of veganism dominate, however, if veganism were represented in a more positive way, more people might be inclined to consider it in the interest of health: the health of our bodies, the health of our minds, the health of our communities and the health of our planet. This book examines ‘destructive stories’ and ‘beneficial stories’ in podcasts, online news organizations, documentary films, vegan cookbooks and social media accounts, looking at how these stories are linguistically constructed and the potential effect they may have on social cognition and real-world action. The author examines how widespread negative Bloomsbury Advances in Ecolinguistics UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9781350447806 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350447769 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350447776 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350447783 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
representations of veganism can be resisted with new stories that more accurately reflect real-world vegan practice. The book also includes a vegan value system supported by the academic and scientific communities, and a quick-reference toolkit of all the stories and their linguistic constructions and rhetorical devices. These can be used for those wishing to identify and resist destructive stories or to promote beneficial stories for vegan advocacy in the interest of ecology and the natural world.
COLLECTIONS
Ethnic Belonging and Deaf Identity in Romania Living in Multiple Minorities
Emese-Hajnalka Belenyi & Gavril Flora Throughout this work, Belenyi and Flora interpret Deafness and ethnicity through the lens of Social Identity Theory (SIT), which posits that individuals derive part of their self-concept from membership in social groups and predicts that group memberships shape self-concept and self-esteem. While SIT has its limitations, newer adaptations, such as selfcategorization theory and identity process theory, allow for more nuanced interpretations. With a focus on Hungarian ethnicminority Deaf people in Romania—and their partners and communities—the authors examine these insights to understand how Deaf people in Romania balance their ethnic and Deaf identities. Deaf people in East-Central Europe, especially in the multi-ethnic context of Romania, inhabit overlapping minority worlds. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 208 Pages • 25 bw illus PB 9781666946307 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666946284 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216254560 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978771680 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Although nation-building policies often emphasize linguistic and ethnic homogeneity, in practice Hungarian–Romanian relations within Deaf families and communities can reveal unexpected cultural bridges. This book combines a theoretical synthesis of Deaf identity, culture, and ethnicity with empirical life-course research to shed new light on how Deaf and ethnic identities intersect.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
309
LINGUISTICS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Critical Sexuality Studies, Lavender Languages, and Everyday Life Edited by Michelle Marzullo, California Institute of Integral Studies, USA & William L. Leap, American University, USA Critical Sexuality Studies (CSS) and Lavender Languages/Linguistics (LLL) are leading modes of inquiry in two different fields of sexuality studies. In this edited collection, chapters reveal how these can be combined to produce a new approach to analyzing language use, sexuality and gender, and discourse on authority and power. The book demonstrates how together LLL and CSS iterate each other through their mutual concern with sexuality, gender, and power, especially when considering the materiality of daily life. Authors then compare CSS to other fields of sexuality studies to reveal commonalities and tensions that are addressed via the LLL-based interventions exemplified in this volume. The body of the book organizes examples of Lavender Languages projects around a four-part CSS framework, with an Advances in Sociolinguistics UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350359956 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781350359994 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350359963 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781350359970 • £90.00 / $121.50 Bloomsbury Academic
introductory essay for each section indicating the connections between the CSS theme and the LLL examples. The volume concludes with reflections showing how CSS interests in sexuality and power benefits from LLL with its emphasis on socially focused studies of discourse and text. Strengthening pathways to future knowledge-making, this book provides a detailed roadmap for scholarly and activist engagements in language-centered critical sexuality studies.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Conversational Storytelling in Spanish-English Bilingual Couples Gender Roles and Language Choices
Olga Pahom, Lubbock Christian University, USA For more than three decades, the percentage of people who married someone of a different race, ethnicity, culture, or linguistic background has been on the rise in the United States, but the communication practices of such couples have remained understudied. Combining bilingualism, gender studies, and conversation analysis, this book explores and describes the storytelling practices and language choices of several married heterosexual Spanish-English bilingual couples, all residing in Texas but each from different geographic and cultural backgrounds. Based on more than 900 minutes of conversations and interviews, the book offers a data-driven analysis of the ways in which language choices and gender performance shape the stories, conversations, and identities of bilingual couples, which UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350405134 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350405172 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350405141 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350405158 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
in turn shape the social order of bilingual communities. Using a combination of methodologies to investigate how couples launch, tell, and respond to each other’s stories, the book identifies seven main factors that the couples see as primary determinants of their choice of English and Spanish during couple communication. The use of conversation analysis highlights the couples’ own practices and perceptions of their language choices, demonstrating how the private language decisions of bilingual couples enable them to negotiate a place in the larger culture, shape the future of bilingualism, and establish a couple identity through shared linguistic and cultural habits.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Semiotics of the COVID-19 Pandemic Sebastián Moreno Barreneche, ORT University of Uruguay, Uruguay Focusing on the discursive dimension of the COVID-19 pandemic from a semiotic perspective, this book uses semiotic theory and methods to analyse the meaning-making mechanisms and dynamics that occurred during, and revolved around, the pandemic. Demonstrating the utility of semiotic theory, concepts and analytical methods to make sense of discursive phenomena like those triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic, the book explores in detail: the blame-attribution discourses that emerged at the beginning of the pandemic; how the coronavirus was brought to life in plastic and visual manifestations as a monster that poses a threat to humans; how the collective actor ‘the healthcare workers’ was constructed in discourse and axiologised in positive terms; the semiotics of the body during the pandemic, with a focus on the face, facemasks, social distancing and the Bloomsbury Advances in Semiotics uses of the body in online environments; the idea of a ‘new’ normality following the pandemic. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages • 35 bw illus HB 9781350359567 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350359604 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350359574 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350359581 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
310
UK, Europe, ROW
The book examines different dimensions of the COVID-19 pandemic, including examples from Europe, Latin America and the United States and a wide range of images, texts, practices and objects, in order to highlight the importance of its discursive and semiotic nature.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LINGUISTICS COLLECTIONS
Metaperspectives in Contemporary Literary Fiction A Stylistic Approach
Naomi Adam, University of Nottingham, UK This book offers a literary-linguistic investigation of hypothesis and the metaperspective within contemporary Booker Prizewinning novels. This highly innovative book introduces a new concept in the field of Stylistics, but it also explores it through analyses of highly relevant concepts and areas of stylistic study. The concept of the metaperspective, centring on the thoughts of characters about other characters’ views of them, is applied for the first time to contemporary works of literary fiction, and aligned with existing stylistic and narratological approaches to narrative point of view. Four recent winners of the Booker Prize – The Testaments (Margaret Atwood, 2019); Milkman (Anna Burns, 2018); A Brief History of Seven Killings (Marlon James,2014); Lincoln in the Bardo (George Saunders, 2017) – figure Advances in Stylistics
as case-study novels. Alongside these novels, the author includes analysis of all works awarded the Booker Prize between
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350465862 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350465824 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350465831 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350465848 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
2000 and 2020. Each novel is tied to a specific iteration of the metaperspective, and explored linguistically and thematically. This original study of an entirely new concept within the disciplines of stylistics and narratology has enormous potential and value for literary texts. The practical stylistic analyses are well grounded in existing scholarship, making use of concepts like empathy, point of view and reader positioning, all of which are current and important approaches to narrative texts.
COLLECTIONS
Evaluative Language in Engineering Writing The Grammar of Persuasion Claire Simpson-Smith This book examines strategic language use in professional engineering written reports, illustrating how writers create a persuasive stance within an objective style. It describes engineering writing through a close analysis of interpersonal language, using Systemic Functional Linguistics (SFL), complemented with quantitative corpus linguistics methods and interpreted through concepts drawn from Legitimation Code Theory (LCT). This description demonstrates how engineering writers have a strong preference for a certain type of evaluative language, with a dominant stance focused on the worthiness of things and processes. It is also demonstrates that engineering writers make strategic choices in their use of interpersonal language towards a certain aim, particularly in documents written to gain approval of a project by a regulatory body. This research is focused on engineering writing in the Australian context, but given the globalised nature of the engineering Bloomsbury Studies in Systemic Functional Linguistics UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages • 39 bw illus PB 9781350475144 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350475137 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781350475151 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350475168 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
profession, also has relevance internationally. The creation of an objective stance in writing is also relevant to other disciplines.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
311
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Hot Type
The Magnificent Machine that Gave Birth to Mass Media and Drove Mark Twain Mad Jeff Jarvis, City University of New York, USA Hot Type is the epic story of the magnificent 19th-century machine that rendered Gutenberg’s movable type obsolete and opened the portal to the long century of mass media. The Linotype mechanized the 400-year-old process of setting type one laborious letter at a time, and thus ignited an explosion of newspaper, book, and magazine empires. This is a tale populated with wondrous characters: tragic inventors, malign media moguls, hand-typesetters called the Swifts who turned their craft into a spectator sport, and authors and journalists who chronicled the turmoil of their time, their every UK July 2026 • US June 2026 336 Pages • 1 bw illus HB 9798765123959 • £17.99 / $25.00 ePDF 9798765123973 • £16.19 / $22.50 ePub 9798765123966 • £16.19 / $22.50 Bloomsbury Academic
word molded into metal type by what some viewed as a thinking machine. This revolution in media technology helped to propel Mark Twain into literary celebrity, but it also cost him his fortune – as well as his sense of humor and optimism. The era of the Linotype was a bridge between Twain’s Gilded Age with its tycoons of steam, steel, and wire and today’s Gilded Age with its barons of bits and AI. Its history provides an opportunity to reflect on how technology changes culture just as new technologies – the internet and artificial intelligence –manufacture their endless streams of words today.
COLLECTIONS
Building Bridges between Cultures in Ian McDonald's Science Fiction Jerome Winter This book is a career-long retrospective of the Irish writer Ian McDonald and his complex, compelling representation of our contemporary global condition. Ian McDonald is a celebrated writer within the science-fiction community whose rich and urgent body of works, span over a quarter of a century. The author claims McDonald’s work functions as vital, troubling allegories, which both refuse the Orientalist euphemizing of colonial atrocities, while still at the same time envisioning a transformative global alterity, seeking an ethical and political embrace of systematically silenced subaltern voices in the neoliberal world-system. The book follows McDonald as the globe-trotting writer travels from Ireland to Kenya, to India, to Brazil, to Turkey, to a proliferating multiverse and beyond. Along the way, the author analyzes McDonald’s science fiction as a salient contribution to the flourishing UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages PB 9781666956825 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666956801 • £72.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216202325 • £64.80 / $99.00 ePub 9781978766969 • £64.80 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
cosmopolitan literature of postcolonial developing nations at the crossroads of the global imaginary.
COLLECTIONS
Romantic Citizenship and the Transatlantic World Bordering on British Alison Cotti-Lowell Within the wide discursive arena of national identity in Romantic fiction, this book examines specific literary tropes and figures that consolidate and challenge the nascent, evolving concept of the British citizen. Alison Cotti-Lowell attends to the figure of the wanderer in the National Tale to reveal a mode of national belonging that was increasingly untethered to land, genealogy, and nativity in Romantic Britain. Across the Atlantic, the author surveys how tropes of the “virtual” and disembodiment became central to burgeoning articulations of proto-bureaucratic citizenship in the Anglo-American revolutionary context. The author analyzes sentimental novels of courtship and marriage in which struggles between dependence and independence reveal the citizenly potential of women living in Britain under the strictures and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages PB 9781666973006 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666972986 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216260967 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978763906 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
312
UK, Europe, ROW
structures of couverture. Cotti-Lowell examines literary repatriation to illuminate the relationship between Britain and its colonial East-Indian branch in the early post-abolition era. Through close literary-critical interpretation, this book connects Romantic fiction to matters of nationalism, individual subject formation, and bureaucracy to reveal how forms of citizenship and the citizenly subject were forged in literary form and discourse with close ties to the gothic register, across the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries in the English-speaking North Atlantic World.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare Studies Volume 53
Edited by Diana E. Henderson, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA & James R. Siemon Shakespeare Studies is an annual peer-reviewed volume featuring the work of performance scholars, literary critics, and cultural historians. The journal focuses primarily on Shakespeare and his contemporaries but embraces theoretical and historical studies of socio-political, intellectual, and artistic contexts that extend well beyond the early modern English theatrical milieu. In addition to articles, Shakespeare Studies offers opportunities for extended intellectual exchange through its thematically focused forums and includes substantial reviews. An international editorial board maintains the quality of each volume so that Shakespeare Studies may serve as a reliable resource for all students of Shakespeare and the early modern period—for research scholars as well as teachers, actors, and directors. Shakespeare Studies UK January 2026 • US January 2026 296 Pages • 8 bw PB 9781683939955 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781683939917 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781683939931 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781683939924 • £81.00 / $108.00 Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
Volume 53 includes a Forum entitled "Marlowe Revisited: Text, Performance, Legacy" with contributions from Lucy Munro, Adam Zucker, Kerry Cooke, Hannah L. Wilson, Cecilia Lindskog Whiteley, Jade Standing, Kitamura Sae, Christine Varnado, and Lisa M. Barksdale-Shaw. And featuring contributions from the Next Generation Plenary of the Shakespeare Association of America with articles by Andrew Hiscock; Laura Kolb; Jessica M. Rosenberg; Kelly Lehtonen and Kelsey Ridge.
COLLECTIONS
Medieval and Renaissance Drama in England Volume 38
Edited by S. P. Cerasano Volume 38 of a continuing academic journal dedicated to research in the field of early drama and theatrical studies. Medieval and Renaissance Drama in England is an annual volume committed to the publication of essays and reviews related to English drama and theater history to 1642. An internationally recognized board of scholars oversees the publication of MaRDiE. Readers who wish to deepen their understanding of early drama will find that the journal publishes wide-ranging discussions not only of plays and early performance history, but of topics pertaining to cultural history, as well as manuscript studies and the history of printing. Medieval and Renaissance Drama in England UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages • 2 bw PB 9781683939900 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781683939863 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781683939887 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781683939870 • £81.00 / $108.00 Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Flann O’Brien and the European Avant-Garde, 1934–45 Dublin’s Dadaist
Tobias William Harris, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK Crossing the boundaries of a single-author study, this book uncovers Flann O'Brien's attempt to forge a commercially successful Irish literary project from international avant-garde influences. Situating O'Brien's early work within a global context, the book uses new evidence of his collaborations to reimagine him as a networked writer. O'Brien drew upon experimental techniques to generate new categories of writing, rethink Irish culture and reach a wide audience. This study illuminates a network of cultural production around O'Brien, linking his work to English comic magazines, Dadaist photomontage, Expressionism, Central European theatre, and renowned writers like Jorge Luis Borges and Franz Kafka. Global Perspectives in Irish Literary Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350415874 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350415911 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350415881 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350415898 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
By re-examining Flann O'Brien within the context of the momentous global political and cultural crises that spurred avantgarde experimentation, the book also rewrites the cultural history of Ireland in the 1930s and 1940s.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
313
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Kazuo Ishiguro Against World Literature Chris Holmes, Ithaca College, USA A study of how Kazuo Ishiguro’s novels respond to and represent the world through characters that are profoundly limited in their understanding of the systems that bind them. How has a writer known principally for his contained domestic novels come to represent the most dynamic elements of world literature? In Kazuo Ishiguro Against World Literature, Chris Holmes expands our understanding of how world literature engages with the most pressing crises of the 20th and 21st centuries by examining Ishiguro’s fascination with characters who are profoundly constrained in their ability to understand global systems to which they are subject. Rather than following the established pattern of so-called global novels, which crisscross the planet exhibiting a knowing cosmopolitanism, Literatures as World Literature UK June 2026 • US June 2026 192 Pages • 4 bw illus HB 9781501388422 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781501388439 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781501388453 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781501388460 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Ishiguro’s fictional engagement with the world comes principally in the form of characters who are cut off from the global systems that abuse them. By examining the ways in which Ishiguro foregrounds the in-process thinking of those who fail to comprehend their place in the flow of politics, culture, and ideas, Holmes positions Ishiguro as the great chronicler of everyday lives, and as such, prepares a mode of reading world literature that questions the assumptions for how we live and think with others when each of us is deeply limited.
COLLECTIONS
Englishness and Environment in Genre Fiction, 1890-1940 Gerry Smyth, Liverpool John Moores University, UK In this book, cultural historian Gerry Smyth focuses on English genre fiction of the late 19th and early 20th centuries, exploring the ways in which popular novelists of the period engaged with debates relating to environment (England), culture (English language and literature) and identity (Englishness). In 16 case studies, the author covers examples of fantasy, science fiction, murder mystery and children’s stories in order to trace the prehistory of modern environmentalism, especially as experienced in a key 50-year period running up to the start of the Second World War. Englishness and Environment in Genre Fiction, 1890-1940 offers new approaches to a variety of well-loved English novels, describing an unlikely but important alternative genealogy for both modern English literature and modern ecocriticism. In these and other popular novels Smyth examines themes such as evolution, industrialisation, the growth of technology, UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9781350412460 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350412477 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9781350412484 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9781350412491 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Academic
Britain’s fading imperial status, assaults on traditional discourses of class, gender and sexuality, animal rights, artificial intelligence and war. The central focus is on the ways in which popular genre authors responded to a variety of changes that were overtaking the idea of England itself during this period. Accessible and innovative, this book reconfigures modern English literary history from an environmental perspective, insisting that questions of environment were always already embedded in the field of modern cultural debate.
COLLECTIONS
Unsettling Extinction Edited by Roman Bartosch, University of Cologne, Germany, Ursula K. Heise, UCLA, USA & Kate Rigby, University of Cologne, Germany Biodiversity loss threatens to transform the ecological foundations of all biological life on the planet, yet solutions to this crisis are fiercely contested. This book addresses extinction – along with climate change, the most urgent environmental crisis of the twenty-first century - by exploring species decline and conservation with a particular emphasis on divergent cultural framings, temporal scales, and media. Contributors explore what ethical guidelines underlie acceptable and unacceptable ways of interacting with plants and animals, what social, aesthetic, and affective perceptions and meanings are attributed to particular species, how humanGlobal Challenges in the Environmental Humanities UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 11 bw illus HB 9781350598478 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350598461 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350598485 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350598492 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
314
UK, Europe, ROW
nonhuman relations are construed as part of a particular social order and which species are considered worth conserving, and at what cost. Drawing on the disciplines of anthropology, gender studies, cultural geography, environmental history, philosophy, literary studies, media studies, and studies of religion, this book explores how the engagement with biodiversity loss challenges basic assumptions in these disciplines and opens up new avenues of thought and activism for shaping the multispecies communities of the future.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Narrating Nuclear Disaster
Literary Form after Chornobyl and Fukushima Hannah Klaubert, Linköping University, Sweden Examining literature in the aftermath of Chornobyl and Fukushima, this book considers literary genres and forms as important resources for understanding the material, environmental and social fallout of nuclear disasters. In a field that remains scientifically contested and, in the current moment of climate breakdown, highly politicized, Narrating Nuclear Disasters offers literature as an arena for exploring the uncertainty arising from events whose short- and long-term effects remain hard to oversee. By reading a wide corpus of post-Chornobyl and post-Fukushima literature from canonical texts by Christa Wolf, Julian Barnes and Ruth Ozeki to genre fiction such as thrillers and travelogues, the book offers a new way of thinking about nuclear narratives and nuclear culture more broadly. In doing so, it positions nuclear disaster Environmental Cultures
narratives within a wider context of “Anthropocene literature”, forging new connections between nuclear culture and
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9781350526495 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350526457 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350526464 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350526471 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
contemporary ecocriticism.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Scottish Literature, Borders and the Environmental Imagination Julia Ditter, Independent researcher Developing an innovative methodology that approaches Scotland from an interdisciplinary perspective, this book puts key debates in Scottish studies, literary theory, critical border studies and the environmental humanities into dialogue to highlight the critical intervention that Scottish literature can make in current theoretical discussions about borders and the environment. Examining a range of literary texts from the nineteenth century to the present day, Scottish Literature, Borders and the Environmental Imagination proposes that the creative possibilities of literature allow Scottish literary works to unpack key issues relating to borders and environmental concerns. It includes analyses of works by Walter Scott, Jules Verne, Nan Shepherd, Willa Muir, John Buchan, Alasdair Gray, Sarah Moss and offers a combination of theoretical discussions and inEnvironmental Cultures UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages • 2 bw illus HB 9781350431027 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350431065 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350431034 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350431041 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
depth case studies to show how writers reconfigure borders in connection with the Scottish environment. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Konstanz
COLLECTIONS
The Politics of Violence against Women in Climate Fiction Mona Ashour Mona Ashour offers an interdisciplinary exploration of how climate change and gender-based violence intersect in contemporary literature. Bridging together literary studies, environmental humanities, and gender studies, this book examines how climate fiction not only reflects ecological and social anxieties but critiques power, privilege, and systemic violence. Ashour draws upon narratives from both the Global North and Global South, including Margaret Atwood’s "Oryx and Crake," Arundhati Roy’s "The Ministry of Utmost Happiness," Octavia Butler’s "Parable of the Sower," and Nnedi Okorafor’s "Who Fears Death" to trace how women’s bodies and lives become contested sites of vulnerability and resilience in times of environmental crisis. Politics, Literature, & Film UK May 2026 • US April 2026 218 Pages • 4 b/w illus PB 9781666960631 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666960617 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216264262 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978763074 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Through the framework of ecofeminism, posthumanism, and critical fabulation, it demonstrates how cli-fi narratives reimagine survival, reverse traditional othering, and highlight women’s agency in apocalyptic and post-apocalyptic settings. Ultimately, The Politics of Violence Against Women in Climate Fiction positions climate fiction as a critical cultural force that not only registers the layered violence of climate collapse but also envisions alternative futures rooted in equity, care, and feminist resistance.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
315
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Violence and Rebellion in Contemporary French Women’s Autofiction “We Stand up and We Split” Michèle Bacholle This book breaks the silence on systemic violence against women in French society and showcases various forms of actual and/or literary rebellion. Blending auto-ethnography with the analysis of contemporary autofiction by French women writers and drawing portraits of other victims/rebels, Michèle Bacholle addresses physical, symbolic, cultural, institutional, and psychological forms of gender violence across different social spheres and within an intersectional framework (i.e., age, class, immigration, race). She engages with established authors (Nina Bouraoui, Sophie Chauveau, Chloé Delaume, Virginie Despentes, Annie Ernaux, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 1 b/w image PB 9781666926989 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666926965 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216259657 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978765467 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Camille Laurens, Linda Lê, Léonora Miano, Delphine de Vigan) and emerging voices in French literature (Mathieu Deslandes and Zineb Dryef, Rokhaya Diallo, Laure Gouraige, Bebe Melkor-Kadior, Samira Sedira), and bridges personal and scholarly discourse in an innovative manner. #MeToo and its repercussions, as well as current social movements provide hope for deeper societal change, short of which, following Adèle Haenel’s lead, French women may have to “stand up and split.”
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Border Politics in Novels by European Women in Translation Pam Morris, Independent scholar, UK From the inhumanity of post-Brexit British immigration policy to the violent suppression of women’s freedom in Iran, to Russia’s territorial invasion of Ukraine, and to the violent conflagration engulfing Palestine, border hostilities seem everywhere characterised by fearful and toxic intolerance of what is deemed other. This book examines the writing of award-winning European novelists to suggest an alternative perspective, one that redresses time-sanctioned hierarchies of mind over body, of ideals over physical reality. It explores novelistic representations of power, war, sacrifice, heroism, national history and identity, all issues more conventionally viewed within a male consensus. The fiction offers a cultural and imaginative response to border conflicts of all kinds, ethical, bodily, religious, and geographical, often drawing upon the writers’ own personal experience of threatening divisions. Examining Bloomsbury Studies in Global Women’s Writing UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages HB 9781350434059 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350434097 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350434066 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350434073 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
works by Virginia Woolf, Jenny Erpenbeck, Olga Tokarczuk, Herta Müller, Anna Burns, Chika Unigwe, Maylis de Kerangal, Magda Szabó, Elena Ferranti, Alki Zei, Elif Shafak, and Oksana Zabuzhko, it uses an integrated interdisciplinary approach to combine literary readings with detailed historical and political understanding of cultural context.
COLLECTIONS
German Exile Biofiction
The Metaphorical Art of Intellectual Activism Michael Lackey, University of Minnesota, USA There were biofictions before the 20th century, but the literary form surged in the 1930s, especially among writers who fled Europe to escape the Nazis. What would be the best way to challenge and counteract the Nazis’ oppressive political agenda? This was a question those writers sought to answer. And as Michael Lackey argues, one answer revolved around the literary form of biofiction – or literature that fictionalizes and metaphorizes the life of a real person – which allowed exiled writers to identify root causes of political oppression and to propose healthier and more socially just ways of thinking and doing. By charting the rise, evolution, and legitimization of biofiction from Friedrich Nietzsche through Lion Feuchtwanger and Biofiction Studies
Thomas Mann, German Exile Biofiction sets the stage for a more compelling analysis and understanding of the major
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages • 6 bw illus PB 9798216374930 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216374923 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216374954 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216374947 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
biofictions from the 1930s, which foreground the Nazis’ Christian nationalist political agenda. Using the most up-to-date
316
UK, Europe, ROW
scholarship about biofiction and the Nazis’ Christian nationalism, this study offers new and more grounded approaches to the way biofiction functions in relation to the political and how it can be used to expose and combat dangerous political leaders like Hitler and the Nazis. But more than that, German Exile Biofiction shows how metaphorizing lives can enable readers and audiences today to counteract the dangers of contemporary Christian nationalisms.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Speaking Muse
Literary Declamation in Germany, 1750-1900 Mary Helen Dupree, Georgetown University, USA How did German readers experience the German literary canon in the 18th and 19th centuries – through silent reading or by ear? The Speaking Muse: Literary Declamation in Germany, 1750–1900 traces the impact of a forgotten culture of literary orality in the German-speaking world, from its early flourishing in the late 18th century to its popularization in the Wilhelmine era. In the wake of the “reading revolution” of the 18th century, oral reading practices proliferated alongside silent ones and became a central element in what Abigail Williams has called the “social life of books” for a diverse range of audiences and participants. Mary Helen Dupree shows how the culture of literary declamation, from recitation anthologies to declamatory concerts that New Directions in German Studies
combined music and spoken word, afforded new opportunities for interacting with literature for a variety of audiences,
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 200 Pages • 16 bw illus; 4 diagrams PB 9798765158272 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765158265 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765158296 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765158289 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
including women and marginalized “others,” while fostering innovations in publication, pedagogy, and performance. Working at the intersection of literary history, performance studies, sound studies, and print history, The Speaking Muse shows that the cultures of declamation and print in the 18th- and 19th-century German-speaking world were not strictly exclusionary, but were intertwined.
COLLECTIONS
Rethinking Feeling
On the Renegotiation of Emotions in German Novels at the Fin de Siècle Holly A. Yanacek, James Madison University, USA Holly A. Yanacek traces a new history of emotions through the German novel, showing how long before social media existed, literature and art played important roles in negotiating emotions with moral values as well as shaping public cultures of feeling. Rethinking Feeling examines the literary renegotiation of emotion at the Jahrhundertwende, the turn of the century, a period of rapid cultural change when 19th-century moral values were destabilized and ideas about how one should think and feel became contested topics of debate. The re-evaluation of moral values around 1900 was inspired by the philosophy of Friedrich Nietzsche. Nietzsche’s writings influenced groups across the political and social spectrum in Wilhelmine Germany New Directions in German Studies UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 4 bw illus PB 9798765158401 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765158395 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765158425 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765158432 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
(1890-1918) and opened up spaces to think and to feel differently. This book builds upon interdisciplinary research in emotion studies, Bakhtinian discourse analysis, and narrative theory to develop a new way of reading emotion in narrative prose works. The literary analyses in Rethinking Feeling break new ground in interpreting influential works by Thomas Mann, Lou Andreas-Salomé, Theodor Fontane, and Hedwig Dohm as its analysis offers a new way of understanding the role of emotion in literary and cultural history.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Emprise of Poetry
Durs Grünbein, America, Antisemitism, and the Pursuit of Liberty Michael Eskin, Independent Scholar, US Michael Eskin offers an unprecedented view of the American-cum-Jewish discontents at the heart of modern and presentday German culture through the exemplary lens of the work of Durs Grünbein, the most widely translated and globally honored living German poet. Yet as Eskin outlines, Grünbein’s work contains a paradoxical and tension-filled twofold selfconstruction: as an idiosyncratically ‘American’ poet and Ezra Pound’s vociferously philosemitic heir, who merely happens to be writing in German, as it were, conjoined with an avidly anti-American German poet who writes emphatically, and not always savorily, as a German and a self-proclaimed heir to the legacies of Celan and Kafka – most notably, on matters American and Jewish. Against the foil of these tensions, Eskin traces and documents postwar German high culture’s inability to purge itself of ideological toxins that leach into the mainstream from centuries-old prejudices revolving around Germany’s New Directions in German Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 360 Pages HB 9798765125014 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765125021 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765125045 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765125038 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
love-hate bond with America as well as its ostensibly suspicion and antipathy toward Jews. Eskin’s deep dive into the ‘American’ Grünbein’s apparent philosemitism coupled with the German Grünbein’s antisemitically-inflected anti-Americanism reveals the fault lines underlying the complex and contradictory legacies and contexts of postwar German culture.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
317
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Health Humanities in German Studies Edited by Stephanie M. Hilger, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA The first full-length study to bring together the fields of Health Humanities and German studies, this book features contributions from a range of key scholars and provides an overview of the latest work being done at the intersection of these two disciplines. In addition to surveying the current critical terrain in unparalleled depth, it also explores future directions that these fields may take. Organized around seven sections representing key areas of focus for both disciplines, this book provides important new insights into the intersections between Health Humanities, German Studies, and other fields of inquiry that have been gaining prominence over the past decade in academic and public discourse. In their contributions, the authors engage with disability studies, critical race studies, gender/embodiment studies, trauma studies, as well as animal/environmental studies. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 464 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350296183 • £140.00 / $190.00 PB 9781350296190 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9781350296206 • £126.00 / $171.00 ePub 9781350296213 • £126.00 / $171.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Viktor Shklovsky’s Involuntary Modernism Writing and Other Bodily Functions
Asiya Bulatova, Södertörn University, Sweden One of the founders of Russian Formalism, Viktor Shklovsky is a key figure within twentieth-century literary history. This book explores Shklovsky’s participation in early-Soviet debates in the relations between agency, volition, and bodily functions. Showing how his writings engage with new ideas about the body, this book focuses on those physiological influences that were believed to affect human agency, such as nutrition and metabolism, energy preservation and kinaesthetic economy, reflexes and automatic actions, and hormones associated with reproduction and sexuality. Drawing on the work Shklovsky published during his exile in Berlin in 1922-1923, this book argues that his immersion in one UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages PB 9781350422575 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350422612 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350422605 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350422599 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
of the centres of modernist culture resulted in writing that responded to restricted freedom of movement by exploring the limits and possibilities of control over the body and its functions. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, it uncovers a critical yet neglected area of early-Soviet literary and cultural history. Its in-depth exploration of the centrality of the body represents a new perspective on Shklovsky's work and offers an original contribution to current scholarship on Russian Formalism and its place in the larger context of modernist culture and literary theory.
COLLECTIONS
Tunisian Literatures
Multilingual Realities, Genealogies, Testimonies Edited by Hanan Natour, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany & Mohamed-Salah Omri, University of Oxford, UK Unlike most national literatures in the Middle East and North Africa, Tunisian literature roams large across languages and modes. Yet, its study remains fragmented along linguistic divisions, selective and woefully underrepresented in the anglophone world. Tunisian Literatures aims to redress this imbalance and fill this gap not by moving away from canonical figures and case studies but by being inclusive, open and dynamic. The 13 chapters of this volume explore the multiple facets of Tunisian literature in the modern period, from the anti-colonial movement of the first half of the 20th century to the present, embracing its plurilinguality, its literary historical genealogies and testimonial functions during times of profound political and social change. The chapters cover poetry, fiction and drama UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages PB 9798765166383 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765166376 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765166406 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765166390 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
written in Arabic, French and variations of the local dialect (darija). The contributors approach Tunisian literatures from various angles: introducing concepts and formative authors and trends, and considering Tunisian literature in light of foundational historical and political events, such as the country´s independence in 1956 and the Uprisings of 2010-11, referred to in Tunisia as the Revolution (thawra). Together, these perspectives set the ground for a discussion of Tunisian literary voices within their significant geographies, locally and globally.
318
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
In Conversation with Denise Ferreira da Silva
New Methodologies for Race, Ethnic, and Decolonial Studies Edited by Julietta Hua, University of California, Davis, USA & Rashné Limki, University of Edinburgh, UK As a decolonial feminist philosopher, Denise Ferreira da Silva has pushed the fields of ethnic and feminist studies beyond traditional stakes in US-centered formulations of difference and inclusion. In Conversation with Denise Ferreira da Silva is an interdisciplinary reading companion of Silva’s work – and its reckoning with the persistence of global racial violence – designed to help scholars, students, artists, and activists better engage in a global idea of race. While traditional scholarship around difference has often focused on describing difference as separation, segregation, and subjugation, Ferreira da Silva's art practice and philosophical writings attempt to think and teach "difference without separatability" The book is framed by original interviews with Ferreira da Silva on topics including Black Brazilian thought and feminist Black Literary and Cultural Expressions
studies, disorder and Afro-pessimism, citation politics and decoloniality, and Spinoza and physics. Contributors from a broad
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages • 7 b&w illustrations HB 9798765121283 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765121276 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765121306 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9798765121290 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
range of disciplines – such as comparative literature, creative writing, criminology, gender studies, and global studies – provide short reflections on Ferreira da Silva’s methods and arguments on these topics. This volume brings one of the most distinguished and consistent recent voices on the nature of the human to those interested in engaging questions of racial power and difference within their own disciplines.
COLLECTIONS
Writing Black Panther
Ta-Nehisi Coates and Representation Struggles Howard Rambsy II, Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA Writing Black Panther traces Ta-Nehisi Coates’s presence in comic books from 2015-2023, focusing on his contributions as the writer for Black Panther. His ambitious 50-issue run of the Marvel comic coincided with ongoing and multifaceted debates concerning diversity and inclusion – what we might call representation struggles – at a key moment in the history of comics with respect to Black writers. Howard Rambsy II locates Coates’s contributions at the intersection of African American literary studies and comic book studies, showing a dynamic convergence that redefines both fields and broadens the scope of Black creativity. Writing Black Panther demonstrates key aspects of Coates’s comics narratives that overlap with major themes and topics in Black Literary and Cultural Expressions
African American literature. These include the depiction of multiple Black characters, exploration of intra-racial and interracial
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages HB 9798765150962 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9798765150955 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798765150986 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9798765150979 • £13.49 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
conflicts, excavations of Black histories, displays of Afrofuturist aesthetics, and attention to cultural geography. Coates stands out as a notable gateway figure who bridges multiple genres. His time as a comics writer constitutes an important, defining phase of his professional career. And as this book shows, Coates’s work on Black Panther went a long way to dispelling the myth that “diversity doesn’t sell” in the comic book industry.
2ND EDITION
Encyclopedia of the Black Arts Movement Edited by Cynthia Davis, Jacinto College & Verner D. Mitchell, University of Memphis The Black Arts Movement combined innovative approaches to literature, film, music, visual arts, and theatre with a heightened consciousness of black agency and autonomy and with the radical politics of the Civil Rights Movement, the Black Muslims, and the Black Panthers. Between the late 1950s and the end of the 1970s, the movement produced some of America’s most original and controversial artists and intellectuals, including Amiri Baraka, James Baldwin, Larry Neal, Maya Angelou, Nikki Giovanni, Sonia Sanchez, Ntozake Shange, June Jordan, Audre Lorde, John Coltrane, and Archie Shepp. Although the movement began in New York City, with the Umbra Poets Workshop and the Negro Ensemble Company on the Lower East Side, and Baraka’s Black Arts Repertory Theatre in Harlem, it quickly spread to Chicago, Detroit, and San Francisco. In Chicago, the movement was disseminated by Hoyt Fuller and John Johnson who edited and published Negro Digest (later Black World), an important venue for the new artists. Although all the creative arts were represented, the UK June 2026 • US June 2026 626 Pages • 30 photos PB 9798216391654 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798216391616 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9798216391630 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9798216391623 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Academic
emphasis on spoken word poetry and jazz helped lay the groundwork for contemporary rap and hip-hop.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
319
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Forms of Melancholy in Modern Kurdish Novels Ahmet Atas Forms of Melancholy in Modern Kurdish Novels presents a critical literary analysis of narrative forms used in Kurdish novels that articulate loss, mourning, and melancholia. Based on a range of perspectives on questions of loss, mourning, and melancholia, this study elucidates how melancholy is appropriated as a multi-functional literary device by Kurdish novelists to articulate a broad spectrum of subjectivities often mediated by political and socio-cultural reality. Adapting an interdisciplinary approach, Ahmet Atas situates Kurdish melancholy narratives within broader scholarly discussions on loss and melancholia. Atas demonstrates how melancholy is utilized as an effective artistic device by Kurdish writers to stage not only the grief of an oppressed nation, but its political and Kurdish Societies, Politics, and International Relations
cultural resistances. Providing an original case study, this book illuminates how melancholy literature acquires unique political and cultural functions, missions, and meanings in contrasting colonial and postcolonial settings.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 244 Pages PB 9781666978940 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978926 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216255154 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771383 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Poetics of Agency
Action and Form in Post-War US Poetry Tymek Woodham, University College London, UK Focusing on the poetry and poetics of four pivotal authors, this book examines how experimental approaches to poetic form in the post-war United States rejected the model of the indivisible subject as the principal locus of artistic creation, and in so doing reframed period-defining questions surrounding the limits and possibilities of human agency. In the decades following the Second World War, poetry in the U.S. was marked by a resurgence of manifesto culture, where practitioners and scholars from a range of political persuasions debated fiercely the common presumptions underpinning the practice and interpretation of poetry. These debates were all primarily concerned with the agency of poetic writing and performance, including what cognitive or affective processes particular formal arrangements can be said to enact within a Bloomsbury Studies in Critical Poetics UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9781350417267 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350417229 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350417236 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350417243 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
reader, or how different approaches to the writing and reading of poetry might encourage more desirable modes of acting in the world. Looking specifically at the work of Charles Olson, Langston Hughes, Frank O'Hara and Denise Levertov, this book asks what role poetry plays in conceptualising human agency, and what interdisciplinary place the practice of poetry has within questions typically framed by the disciplines of philosophy and the social sciences.
COLLECTIONS
Power Plays in Transnational American Fiction Gender, Race, and Genre
Edited by Ruth Maxey, University of Nottingham, UK & Daniel Robert King, University of Leicester, UK Power Plays in Transnational American Fiction derives its breadth and focus from an international range of contributors who examine the significant ways in which U.S. cultural texts travel across various contested borders. Reading a rich range of 19th-century, 20th-century, and contemporary American literature and film, contributors explore questions of genre, race, gender, production, circulation, and legacy. With original essays by leading scholars from the U.K., Ireland, Israel, and the U.S.A., this book achieves an ambitious historical and intellectual sweep through new research on the rise of American print technologies and early space travel novels in the 19th century to re-readings of Sinclair Lewis’s It Can’t Happen Here, the Black American detective novel, and UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages PB 9798765125243 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765125236 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765125267 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765125274 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
the work of Saul Bellow and John Updike. And with a further focus on the afterlife of Shirley Jackson’s writing and key fictions of America by contemporary U.S., Canadian and British writers and filmmakers – Ted Chiang, Denis Villeneuve, Bharati Mukherjee and Maggie O’Farrell – Power Plays in Transnational American Fiction breaks new ground across a host of fields from literary studies and the history of the book to adaptation theory and postcolonial studies.
320
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Excavating the Historical Memory of the American Revolution Trauma and Melancholy in Anthon's Notes Shawn Thomson In this book, Shawn Thomson excavates Charles Anthon’s personal notes to reveal revolutionary memory and the presence of historical melancholy in this era of radical turnover and shifting alliances. In these notes, Charles Anthon recorded his personal inquiries into all aspects of life in the Loyalist stronghold of Staten Island from October 13, 1850 to January 8, 1853. Through this written record, Anthon provides a counter history of the Loyalists of Staten Island to the grand narrative of the Patriots of the American Revolution. Through a close reading of Anthon’s notes, Shawn Thomson examines how these personal records and historical research hold the places, ruins, artifacts, and, most significantly, the collective and personal memory of Staten Island Loyalists and New Jersey Whigs. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 320 Pages PB 9781666946277 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666946253 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765150580 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666946260 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Through this close reading, Thomson highlights the indelible link between landscape and memory and offers the reader a sense of the Loyalist melancholy of their abandonment on the day of the British evacuation.
COLLECTIONS
Disability and Rurality in American Literature Ecosomatic Pastoralism Matthew J. C. Cella Matthew J.C. Cella examines the ways in which contemporary American writers deploy disability in order to deconstruct American pastoralism. An essential tenet of pastoralism is that encounters with rural landscapes quicken the human imagination by heightening awareness of and appreciation for the natural world. This study examines the counterpart to this formulation by underscoring the ways in which disability—as concept and experience—complicates pastoralism’s exaltation of rurality and rural experience. The texts examined in this book ultimately push back against the conventional pastoral ideal by exposing the UK February 2026 • US February 2026 226 Pages PB 9781666965148 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666965124 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216253822 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978769007 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
ways in which dominant social constructions of rurality work to create disability. Additionally, many of the writers Cella analyzes contribute to a counter-rurality that is ultimately more complex and inclusive than what is featured in conventional American pastoralism. Ecosomatic pastoralism emphasizes the importance of locating an alignment between embodiment and emplacement through the space found between individual bodies and the landscapes they inhabit as well as the human and nonhuman bodies they interact with. Ultimately, this book examines literary texts that challenge notions of rurality that proclaim that certain ways of being-in-the-world are more “natural” than others.
COLLECTIONS
Collected Writings of Charles Brockden Brown The Monthly Magazine and Other Writings, 1789–1800
Edited by Mark L. Kamrath, Philip Barnard, University of Kansas, USA, Matthew Pethers, Leonard von Morzé & Hilary Emmett The second volume in the Collected Writings of Charles Brockden Brown assembles for the first time his major periodical writings from the period when he was also producing his famous novels. All the pieces he contributed to The Columbian Magazine and The Weekly Magazine are joined by an expansive collection of stories and essays from The Monthly Magazine, which he also edited between 1799 and 1800. Texts offering major insights into Brown’s ideas about the human imagination, American society, and the art of fiction such as “The Rhapsodist,” “The Man at Home,” and “The Difference Between History and Romance,” are complemented by dozens of other works, Collected Writings of Charles Brockden Brown UK February 2026 • US February 2026 776 Pages • 6 bw illus PB 9798216376934 • £54.99 / $74.95 HB 9798216376897 • £150.00 / $200.00 ePDF 9798216376910 • £135.00 / $180.00 ePub 9798216376903 • £135.00 / $180.00 Bucknell University Press
many never before attributed to him, covering topics ranging from the theatre and classical literature to racial identity and geographical knowledge. Each edited text provides detailed information concerning publication history and provenance, along with extensive scholarly annotation. The editors of the volume include two additional essays: "A Historical Essay," offering detailed contextualization of the post-Revolutionary cultural milieu from which Brown’s magazine writing emerged, and "A Textual Essay," offering new bibliographical information about the texts and explains editorial protocols for the volume.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
321
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Post-Marxism, Representation, and Resistance in Tony Kushner's Political Plays Arnab Ray Arnab Ray studies the politics in Tony Kushner’s political plays as a representation of the New Left politics that speak for marginalized groups. Ray argues in that Kushner has both displayed the imminent ideological emptiness in the world as the millennium approaches its end, and written about the path toward salvaging the wreckage of human history to chart a new path for humankind in the new millennium. This book studies the complex and varied nuances of Kushner’s political thought in what the author sees as Kushner’s ‘political’ plays.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781666979039 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666979015 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216259718 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978765504 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Performance and Poetry of Regina José Galindo Art as Event Mark Eccles This book presents an analysis of Regina José Galindo’s performance and poetry within a highly developed theoretical framework. Eccles explores the connection between art, event, and the affects that permeate throughout each of Galindo’s performances, channeling the foundations of Alain Badiou’s philosophical writings, then mapping the convergence points between political theory, performance, and the social order. Through a scholarly focus on the event, Eccles utilizes Galindo's art to propose a new category within aesthetics: art as “evental.” Through this, the author challenges interpretations of the communal understanding of reality, the limits of social space and temporality. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 224 Pages • 19 bw illus PB 9781666975130 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666975116 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765155219 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666975123 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Linguistic Labor and Literary Doulas
Spanglish, Portuñol, and Judeo-Spanish Languages and Literatures Remy Attig, Bowling Green Statue University, USA Connecting the metaphor of labor to the human life cycle, Remy Attig introduces the notion of literary doulas. These doulas accompany a community as a body of literature is born (akin to the doula as midwife), or, in the case of Judeo-Spanish, writes the language as a form of linguistic palliative care for a community whose historical language is facing imminent death (the death doula). Presenting three case studies of Spanglish, Portuñol, and Judeo-Spanish, the first part of Linguistic Labor and Literary Doulas places the emergence of these languages in their respective geographies and contexts. Attig discusses the work of authors and literary doulas, including Susana Chávez-Silverman, Gloria Anzaldúa, Fabián Severo, and Matilda KoénUK April 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages HB 9798765111000 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798765110997 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765111024 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765111017 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Sarano. The framework of linguistic labor relates the creation of a literary corpus in an undervalued language context to other forms of domestic or gendered labor, often the responsibility of women and queer people. Attig then places these literatures and theories in discussion with scholarship in translinguistics, queer theories, and translation studies. By applying the notion of translinguistics to case studies that challenge understandings of the frontiers between languages, Linguistic Labor and Literary Doulas models ways that we can discuss real-world linguistic practices as aspects of culture and identity.
322
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Pilosity, Prejudice, and Passion in The Tale of Old Bearded Achbor by Yaakov ben El'azar of Toledo Tovi Bibring, Bar-Ilan University, Israel In Pilosity, Prejudice, and Passion in The Tale of Old Bearded Achbor by Yaakov ben El’azar of Toledo, Tovi Bibring argues that behind the restless parody and the sour tone of the tale, lies a fierce discourse of hate toward the Other, incarnated as a black woman, as well as an insistent alarm regarding the threat of assimilation. Following an enticing fully annotated translation of an overwhelming medieval Hebrew composition featuring a pathetic sermon, a hedonist feast, a love liaison, violent shaming, and murder, Bibring artfully explores their significances through a variety of chapters. From highlighting how hair symbolism and color symbolism construe dangerous prejudices, to suggesting that Achbor is a symbolic incarnation of a new Balaam, the author, through close-readings of selected excerpts, draws connections to the broader medieval and classical context. By highlighting possible literary correspondences, she sheds insightful light on this mysterious tale. This Studies in Medieval Literature
book stands as a testament to the richness of medieval European Hebrew culture, making it a must-read for scholars and
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 318 Pages PB 9781666949339 • $29.95 HB 9781666949315 • £92.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781978793224 • £82.80 / $108.00 ePub 9781666949322 • £82.80 / $108.00 Lexington Books
enthusiasts alike.
COLLECTIONS
Trauma and Tears in The Book of Margery Kempe Rachel Scoggins Employing the use of trauma theory, Rachel Scoggins uncovers a unique perspective to medieval femininity and spirituality present within the autobiography of Margery Kempe. Scoggins argues that Kempe’s work illustrates a situation where spirituality and sexuality co-exist in her devotion to God. In her autobiography, Kempe frames her religious journey through images of the body and female sexuality with the aim to take agency of both her own bodily autonomy and her religious expression. Eventually, Kempe reclaims her voice and control by leaning into the intersection of spirituality and sensuality and embracing female agency as she navigates male-dominated religious spaces. Trauma and Tears in The Book of Margery Kempe presents Kempe not as a hysterical or hypocritical figure, but a woman with an interesting and important view of everyday spiritual engagement through the eyes of a secular Studies in Medieval Literature UK February 2026 • US February 2026 194 Pages PB 9781666932386 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666932362 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216262824 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978761643 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
woman.
COLLECTIONS
Tasting Religious Thought and Experience in Late-Medieval English Literature Caleb D. Molstad Through an analysis of vernacular metaphors of food and consumption for religious experience and theology in late-fourteenth and early fifteenth century England, Caleb D. Molstad explores what that language reveals about late-medieval religion during a time of swift religious and linguistic change.
In the move from Latin to Middle English, medieval authors gave vibrant expression to religious ideas through the emerging literary language, a phenomenon Nicholas Watson has termed “vernacular theology.” Molstad places focus on poetic and prose works including William Langland’s Piers Plowman, Nicholas Love’s A Mirror of the Blessed Life of Jesus Christ, and Studies in Medieval Literature UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages PB 9781666979725 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666979701 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216262282 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978760622 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Walter Hilton’s Scale of Perfection, Pearl-Poet’s Cleanness, and A Ladder of Foure Ronges. Alimentary metaphors not only make religious concepts more accessible to a non-educated, lay audience, the language of food and consumption alters the shape of the religious content communicated through it. This book employs cognitive linguistics and food studies to explore the transcultural, sociological, anthropological, and historical significance of the food and foodways behind the metaphorical language and the theological transformations the metaphors produce.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
323
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Chaucer and the Invention of Biblical Narrative Chad Schrock, Lee University, USA Demonstrating how Chaucer uses the Bible in The Canterbury Tales as an authoritative literary source and model for his own literary production, this book explores the ways in which the Bible was a key tool for Chaucer's self-definition and innovation as an author. Chad Schrock unravels Chaucer’s Tales in the light of topics important to biblical reception in 14th-century England: authority, textuality, interpretation, translation, rephrasing and marginalia. When the Canterbury Tales are summed up in this way, they show the great extent to which Chaucer was drawing upon the Bible as a meta-poetical resource for his own poetry – its fictional tale-tellers and characters, its quotations, allusions and images, its plots, its imaginative engagement New Directions in Religion and Literature UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350417410 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350417458 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350417427 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350417434 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
with an audience of listeners and readers, and its hidden intentions. Schrock demonstrates that the Bible is a uniquely potent literary source for Chaucer because it combines infinite authority and plenitude with unprecedented freedom of interpretive invention. As a world-making text, the Bible’s authority includes the literary as subcategory but surpasses and contextualizes it, which gives Chaucer’s deferential biblical invention a different kind of freedom and safety. Within Chaucer’s tales, a biblical image is often where a given narrative peaks and its plot comes clear, but a biblical world also and without strain contains his biblical fictioneers and whatever they make from the Bible, whether orthodoxy or heresy, whether sin or worship.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Theologies of Pain
Literary Bodies and Afflicted Forms in Puritan New England Lucas Hardy, Youngstown State University, USA With the arrival of Puritan settlers in New England in the middle decades of the 17th-century, accounts of sickness, colonial violence, and painful religious transformation quickly emerged, enabling new forms of testimonial writing in prose and poetry. Investigating a broad transatlantic archive of religious literature, historical medical science, and philosophies of sensation, this book explores how Puritan America contemplated pain and ascribed meaning to it in writing. By weaving the experience of pained bodies into popular public discourse, Hardy shows how Puritans imagined the pained Christian body, whilst simultaneously marginalizing and vilifying those who expressed suffering by different measures, including Indigenous Americans and unorthodox colonists. Focusing on pain as it emerged from spaces of inchoate New Directions in Religion and Literature UK May 2026 • US May 2026 232 Pages HB 9781350400368 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350400405 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350400375 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350400382 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
settlement and colonial violence, he provides new understandings of early American nationalism and connected racial tropes which persist today.
COLLECTIONS
Frankenstein Retold
Literary Adaptation in Contemporary Fiction Daniel Cook, University of Dundee, UK Placing Frankenstein in the critical frameworks of book history and secondary authorship, this book explores the increasing array of book-based reworkings of, and sequels to, the novel that up to this point, have been largely ignored. Covering novels, novellas and short stories across a range of genres from romance to YA fiction, Frankenstein Retold examines a broad range of these texts in different purviews and demonstrates their own critical value as well and pertinence for understanding new approaches to literary adaptation in theory and practice more broadly. A testament to the vitality of the original story more than two centuries after it first appeared, Daniel Cook explores works from a huge range of writers such as Peter Ackroyd, Jeanette Winterson, Ahmed Saadawi, Suzanne Weyne, Jon Skovron, Gothic Legacies UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350501966 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350501959 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350501973 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350501980 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
324
UK, Europe, ROW
William A. Chandler, Susan Heyboer Okeefe, Hailey Bailey, Laurie Sheck, Edward M. Erdelac, Fred Saberhagen and Kate Horsley among many others. With a large body of scholarship already exploring the rich cinematic, transmedial and cultural afterlife of Shelley’s novel, Frankenstein Retold offers a bridge between literary studies notions of book history and authorship, and media studies approaches to transmedia storytelling, between fan writing and media production histories.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The 1950s
A Decade of Modern British Fiction Edited by Nick Bentley, Keele University, UK, Alice Ferrebe, Liverpool John Moores University, UK & Nick Hubble, Brunel University, London, UK How did social, cultural and political events in Britain during the 1950s shape modern British fiction? As Britain emerged from the shadow of war into the new decade of the 1950s, the seeds of profound social change were being sown. Exploring the full range of fiction in the 1950s, this volume surveys the ways in which these changes were reflected in British culture. Chapters cover the rise of the ‘Angry Young Men’, an emerging youth culture and vivid new voices from immigrant and feminist writers. The Decades Series
A major critical re-evaluation of the decade, the book covers such writers as Margery Allingham, Kingsley Amis, E. R.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages HB 9781350011519 • £160.00 / $220.00 PB 9781350620544 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9781350011533 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9781350011526 • £35.99 / $49.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Braithwaite, Rodney Garland, Martyn Goff, Attia Hosain, George Lamming, Marghanita Laski, Doris Lessing, Colin MacInnes, Naomi Mitchison, V. S. Naipaul, Barbara Pym, Mary Renault, Sam Selvon, Alan Sillitoe, John Sommerfield, Muriel Spark, J. R. R. Tolkien, Angus Wilson and John Wyndham.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The 1960s
A Decade of Modern British Fiction Edited by Philip Tew, Brunel University, United Kingdom, James Riley, University of Cambridge, UK & Melanie Seddon, University of Portsmouth, UK How did social, cultural and political events in Britain during and leading up to the 1960s shape modern British fiction? The 1960s were the “swinging decade”: a newly energised youth culture went hand-in-hand with new technologies, expanding educational opportunities, new social attitudes and profound political differences between the generations. This volume explores the ways in which these apparently seismic changes were reflected in British fiction of the decade. Chapters cover feminist writing that fused the personal and the political, gay, lesbian and immigrant voices and the work of visionary experimental and science fiction writers. The Decades Series
A major critical re-evaluation of the decade, this volume covers such writers as J.G. Ballard, Anthony Burgess, A.S. Byatt,
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 352 Pages • 2 bw illus HB 9781350011687 • £160.00 / $220.00 PB 9781350621503 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9781350011700 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9781350011694 • £35.99 / $49.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Angela Carter, John Fowles, Christopher Isherwood, Doris Lessing, Michael Moorcock and V.S. Naipaul.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The 1930s: A Decade of Modern British Fiction Edited by Nick Hubble, Brunel University, London, UK, Luke Seaber, University College London, UK & Elinor Taylor, University of Westminster, UK With austerity biting hard and fascism on the march at home and abroad, the Britain of the 1930s grappled with many problems familiar to us today. Moving beyond the traditional focus on ‘the Auden generation’, this book surveys the literature of the period in all its diversity, from working class, women, queer and postcolonial writers to popular crime and thriller novels. In this way, the book explores the uneven processes of modernization and cultural democratization that characterized the decade. A major critical re-evaluation of the decade, the book covers such writers as Eric Ambler, Mulk Raj Anand, Katharine The Decades Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages HB 9781350079144 • £130.00 / $175.00 PB 9781350619913 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9781350079151 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9781350079168 • £35.99 / $49.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Burdekin, Agatha Christie, Lewis Grassic Gibbon, Christopher Isherwood, Storm Jameson, Ethel Mannin, Naomi Mitchison, George Orwell, Christina Stead, Evelyn Waugh and many others.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
325
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Autobiography, Fan Fiction, and Education Edited by Nicola Robertson & Yueling Chen This book illuminates the relationship between autobiography, fan fiction, and education via philosophical, pedagogical, and formative perspectives. How might we consider autobiography and fan fiction writing to be educational? How can we harness the potential of fan fiction writing for pedagogical use? How does the practice of creating and consuming fan fiction/autobiographical texts support the formation of identity? This book brings together contributors from across the world to consider the answers to these questions, and more, with the resulting interpretations and perspectives offering something novel in the linking of these three concepts. Separated into three distinct sections, the chapters in this book look first at philosophical perspectives, Education and Popular Culture UK October 2025 • US October 2025 216 Pages PB 9781666969498 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666969474 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216196761 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978766679 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
moving on to pedagogical approaches, and, finally, the role of fan fiction and autobiography in the formation of individual and social identities. The eclectic mix of arguments, methods, and styles aims to provide insights to readers interested in life writing, popular culture and media studies, and those engaged in the multiple sub-disciplines of education studies.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Divinity, Hospitality and the Posthuman in 21st-Century Literature The Material Sacred
Emily McAvan, Monash University, Australia What does it feel like to experience the sacred today? Examining in detail many of this century’s most significant writers, including Margaret Atwood, Salman Rushdie, Elizabeth Strout, Marilynne Robinson, Mohsin Hamid, Michael Chabon, Howard Jacobson and Don DeLillo, Divinity, Hospitality and the Posthuman in 21st-Century Literature: The Material Sacred argues that contemporary social and cultural forms, most especially those of 21st century literature, are marked by what Emily McAvan calls a material sacred. Placing Christian, Jewish and Muslim writers in conversation with the new materialisms, this book shows how secular and sacred mix unpredictably in contemporary writing. In this important contribution to the understanding of religion, materialism UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350280373 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350280410 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350280380 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350280397 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
and literature, McAvan maps new territory, arguing that the material sacred shows us that the human and non-human, the divine and the profane, have been interwoven from the start.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Philip Roth and the Body
Jewishness, Gender, and Race Joshua Lander, Independent Scholar, UK To what extent can the leaky, porous bodies in Philip Roth’s fiction be read as symbols of resistance against anti-Semitism, white supremacy, and racism? Philip Roth and the Body questions the symbolic functionality of the corporeal in Roth’s main works of fiction, particularly as sites of gender and racial identification for Roth’s protagonists. In his recurrent employment of the abject, Roth throws into doubt the body as a coherent, stable entity, undermining his male characters’ determinations of gendered and racial otherness through his porously unstable bodies. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 184 Pages HB 9798765104842 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798765104835 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765104866 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798765104859 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Joshua Lander draws on the work of Zygmunt Bauman and his theory of the ‘conceptual Jew’ to argue that Roth’s fiction is yoked together by a shared interest in how anti-Semitic stereotypes of Jewish difference – centered around the body – pervasively inform American Jewish identities. The book also contends that Roth resists American white nationalism by transforming the body’s ejaculations, excretions, secretions, and expulsions into symbols of difference that he repeatedly ties to Jewishness. At the same time, this study highlights how Roth's novels, through his focus on Jewish men, risk the reification of America’s sexist social structures as they intersect with the very racism Roth seeks to undermine.
326
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Minimalism and Affect in American Literature, 1970-2020 Oliver Haslam, Harlaxton College, University of Evansville, UK Shortlisted for the BACLS Monograph Prize 2025 Minimalism and Affect in American Literature, 1970-2020 responds to existing studies of literary minimalism by pursuing three original and interrelated objectives. It provides a more inclusive and precise definition of minimalism that enables further inquiry into the mode. It also exposes the presence of minimalism beyond critical demarcations that attempt to limit the aesthetic to a particular school, medium, movement, form or decade. Finally, it argues that writers of American literary minimalism are uniquely privileged in their ability to formalize precarity and threatening cultural currents into the fragile construct that is ordinary life. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages HB 9798765109397 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765109403 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765109427 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765109410 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Building upon theories of affect and the everyday, Minimalism and Affect in American Literature, 1970-2020 analyses minimalist aesthetics within the works of canonical minimalists alongside writers more frequently associated with other movements. Through readings of Ernest Hemingway, Joan Didion, Raymond Carver, Paul Auster and Don DeLillo, among others, and cultural phenomena ranging from sedation to telephony, this book exposes the persistence and political importance of minimalism within American literature from the 20th century into the 21st.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Science and Affect in Contemporary Literature Bodies of Knowledge
Shannon Lambert, Ghent University, Belgium Moving from the micro world of quantum physics to the macro scales of earth science and ecology, this book considers how, in contemporary literature, affective experiences like desire, suffering, anxiety, and joy shape scientific persons, practices, and products. This book brings into dialogue close readings of scientific writing and contemporary literary works by authors like Jeanette Winterson, Richard Powers, Hanya Yanagihara, Thalia Field, and Jenny Offill. Combining narrative and affect studies, it uses formal strategies such as moving metaphor, visceral or affective description, plot-level analogy, contraction, and rhythm to engage with western scientific epistemologies, which still tends towards the impassive, universal, and objective. Explorations in Science and Literature UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350425415 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350425453 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350425422 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350425439 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
While each chapter focuses on a different field (or fields) of science, all foreground bodies—human and nonhuman—as a way of exploring knowledge production. Through close readings, the book argues that select ‘scientific stories’ raise important questions about how ‘knowledge’ is defined and who (and what) is invited into its processes of production.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Herman Melville and Neurodiversity, or Why Hunt Difference with Harpoons? A Primitivist Phenomenology
Pilar Martinez Benedi & Ralph James Savarese, Grinnell College, USA Focusing on the difference between lower-level perceptual processes in the “neural unconscious” and higher-order thought in the frontal lobes, this open access book shows how Herman Melville sought to reclaim the fluid world of the sensory, with its precategorical and radically egalitarian impulses. By studying this previously underexamined facet of Melville’s work, this book offers an essential corrective to the “pathology paradigm,” which demonizes departures from a neurological norm and feasts on pejorative categorization. The neurodiversity movement arose as a response to how so-called “mental disorders” have been described, understood, and treated. Unlike standard neuroscientific or psychiatric investigation, Melville’s work doesn’t strive to explain typical Explorations in Science and Literature UK April 2026 • US April 2026 200 Pages HB 9781350360860 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350360907 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350360877 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350360884 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
functioning through the negative and, in the process, to shore up a regime of normalcy. To the contrary, it exploits the lack of congealed diagnoses in the 19th Century, much more neutrally asking the question: what can an atypical body-mind do? The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded in part by Grinnell College.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
327
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Ambient Stories in Practice and Research Digital Writing in Place Edited by Amy Spencer From a range of academic and practice-led perspectives, this book explores how a combination of place-based writing and location-based technologies are producing new kinds of experimental ambient literary experience. In so doing, it unpacks how situated literary experiences delivered through text, audio and sensor-based delivery offer distinctive new forms of reading and listening and lay the ground for a new poetics of situated writing practices. Exploring an experimental, practice-based approach to digital literary forms and its emerging poetics, this book critically examines the ecology of ambient literature from a range of perspectives, including researchers and practitioners working in the fields of digital writing, sonics, visual art, performance, literary studies, creative writing and computer science. Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures UK June 2026 • US June 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350234130 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350234178 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350234147 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350234154 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Essays look towards the emerging field of ambient literature, drawing on contributors' own background and interests. Contributors study topics ranging from ecological and climatic challenges through critical and creative cartographies to understanding the metaphorical work of 'ambient' as a form embedded in the social, technological and literary. Including practice-based essays from writers, artists and practitioners on the use of data to write poetry and the position of the writer as maker, this book's combination of practice-led approaches and interdisciplinary research makes it a valuable and varied contribution to the field of digital writing.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Metamodernism and the Postdigital in the Contemporary Novel Spencer Jordan, University of Nottingham, UK Drawing on a range of authors that includes Zadie Smith, Sally Rooney, Ben Lerner, Ali Smith, Tom McCarthy, Jennifer Egan and Kazuo Ishiguro, this book provides an innovative and original analysis of the interdependencies between digital technology and metamodernism through a detailed study of the contemporary novel. We are currently living through a period of profound rupture, in which the way the world is perceived is undergoing significant change. Just as the interplay between capitalism and technology hastened the evolution of modernism and postmodernism, then so too are those same forces now taking us into uncharted waters. In an increasingly fragile world, in which the very existence of humankind is threatened, it is vital that we begin to understand this new landscape. Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350281028 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350281066 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350281035 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350281042 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Digital Humanities and the Cyberspace Decade, 1990-2001 A World Elsewhere
Claire Warwick, Durham University, UK Setting out a history of cyberspace and its relationship with the discipline that was to become digital humanities, this book is an account of an often-forgotten period of internet history in the 1990s when this medium was in its infancy. It provides a detailed account of the concepts of ‘cyberspace’ and the ‘virtual’, which were characteristic of a perception that using the internet allowed users to enter a separate space from everyday life- a world elsewhere. In doing so, it argues that this libertarian idea of the internet framed it as a new frontier, where the rules of the everyday world did not and should not apply, and where the individual could find freedom. These early norms and the regrettable lack of regulation that was a consequence of them, this book argues, contributed to many of current issues with internet media. including of toxic Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures
communication, disinformation and over-commercialisation.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350452794 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350452879 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350452824 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350452848 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
328
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Marketing Chinese Children's Books Paratext and the Politics of Authorship
Frances Weightman, University of Leeds, UK Focusing on the paratextual elements of contemporary Chinese literature written for children such as author photographs, this book reveals the political constraints on the position of popular children's author in the People's Republic of China after the Cultural Revolution. Taking the publications of Cao Wenxuan (the first Chinese recipient of the Hans Christian Anderson Award), Yang Hongying, Shen Shixi and Gerelchimeg Black Crane as case studies, Frances Weightman considers how the marketing of these authors presents them as academic and political authorities to be emulated and trusted, how they are demonstrative of the commercialism in children's literature and what they expose about the different ways in which popular authors are Bloomsbury Perspectives on Children's Literature UK June 2026 • US June 2026 216 Pages • 30 bw illus PB 9781350273597 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350273559 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350273566 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350273573 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
promoted based on their gender, nationality and ethnicity. Also surveying the uses of animals in Chinese literature and the issues relating to language and translation when these works are promoted throughout the West, this is a timely study of the construct of authorship coinciding with the rapid expansion of children's literature publishing in China and its reception on the world stage.
COLLECTIONS
Empire and Race in Enid Blyton’s Fiction
Deconstructing Whiteness and Modern Editing Practices Siobhan Morrissey, University of Galway, Ireland Looking into the implications of the changes made to Enid Blyton’s children’s stories to omit problematic passages surrounding race and imperialism, this book examines her fiction in its original and revised forms to assess the evolution of her work against evolving political, imperial, and cultural developments in the 20th and 21st centuries. With detailed explorations of Blyton’s highly successful magazine Enid Blyton’s Sunny Stories, the Adventure and The Secret Seven series among her other popular works, Siobhan Morrissey contextualises Blyton’s fiction within multiple literary and historical contexts, including 20th-century magazines, the Second World War, imperial adventure fiction, the decline of the British Empire and contemporary conceptions of race and whiteness in children’s literature. Calling upon critical race theory, white and postcolonial studies, the book models how these ideas can be applied to literature studies and analyses the imperial, UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350465176 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350465138 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350465145 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350465152 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
racial hierarchies of Blyton’s texts and how these can be remedied. Then, taking a broader survey of how contemporary children’s publishers are amending authors’ works from Roald Dahl to P. L. Travers to Hugh Lofting and to what effect, the book makes a case for an intervention in current editing practices and a reappraisal of how work should be censored and rebranded.
COLLECTIONS
Sexual Violence in Comics
The Ethics of Visualizing Trauma Lee Okan An examination of how comics represent, confront, and sometimes perpetuate gendered violence. Lee Okan argues that comics, with their hybrid form of image and text, possess an ability to express the unspeakable dimensions of trauma while also raising ethical questions about spectatorship, representation, and storytelling. Through close analysis of contemporary and independent comics, as well as anthology collections, this book shows how artists navigate the tension between testimony and spectacle, visibility and exploitation.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages • 12 b/w illus PB 9781666929171 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666929157 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216266068 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978759763 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Rather than treating comics as an isolated medium, Okan situates these works within broader cultural and media discourses on sexual violence, arguing that comics shape and are shaped by feminist activism, visual culture, and reader response. Sexual Violence in Comics traces how creators reframe the terms of witness, challenge dominant narratives, and reclaim narrative authority, particularly in the wake of the #MeToo movement and beyond.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
329
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Zombie Futures in Literature, Media and Culture
Pandemics, Society and the Evolution of the Undead in the 21st Century Edited by Simon Bacon Exploring depictions of zombies across literature, poetry, comics, television, film and video games, Simon Bacon brings together this timely intervention into how zombies enable speculation about future modes of being in a changing world and represent the fluid notion of ‘old’ and ‘new’ normals. With each chapter moving beyond traditional readings of the undead, Zombie Futures situates the zombie as an evolving cultural imaginary at the centre of discourses around how human cognition and embodiment are effected by global realities such as consumerism, new technologies, climate change and planetary degeneration. Structured around contagious partisan ideologies, ecological sickness, mental health crisis and the very literal COVID-19 UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages HB 9781350285491 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350285538 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350285507 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350285514 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
virus, this book establishes how the zombie figure might manifest post-human and post-normative futures. Works featured include graphic novels and comics like The West + Zombies, Crossed and Endzeit, the South Korean series and films Kingdom, Train to Busan and Peninsula, The Last of Us and the Resident Evil game franchises, Bollywood horror anthology Ghost Stories, Joss Whedon's Serenity, Cargo and literature such as The Girl with All the Gifts, the fiction of Stephen Graham Jones and Ryan Mecum's Zombie Haiku. In a time when popular culture and scholarship has been overrun with the undead, this original study offers a refreshing look at the zombie and what it can tell us about about our world going into and emerging from global catastrophe.
COLLECTIONS
Famous First Impressions
The Power of Perfect Opening Lines Paul Volponi, Author, journalist, educator A unique exploration of opening lines from classic literature to modern music. You never get a second chance to make a first impression. In that spirit, Famous First Impressions: The Power of Perfect Opening Lines revels in the greatest openings from novels, plays, poems, songs, films, speeches, and more. Bestselling author Paul Volponi examines how talented writers and artists instantly gain our attention, often in just a few words, and dissects each line’s style, value, and impact. Exploring themes such as crime and punishment, dystopian landscapes, identity, science fiction, and the natural world, Volponi reveals the interconnectedness of opening lines ranging from Emily UK September 2025 • US September 2025 240 Pages • 11 sidebars HB 9798881803612 • £20.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798765165157 • £18.00 / $27.00 ePub 9798881803629 • £18.00 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Dickinson’s I’m Nobody! Who are You? to Taylor Swift’s Blank Space. Famous First Impressions features individuals as diverse as Toni Morrison, Adele, Edgar Allan Poe, Don McLean, Maya Angelou, William Shakespeare, Dr. Seuss, Anne Frank, and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., introducing readers to new genres and writers while also providing fascinating insight into those they already love. And with science fiction and drama discussed in the same breath as classic rock and poetry, this book is sure to inspire less-than-enthusiastic readers and booklovers alike.
COLLECTIONS
Complexities of Anger
Literary and Cultural Perspectives Edited by Aytül Özüm, Hacettepe University, Turkey Anger is not simply an affect; it is a complicated and complex emotion that is culturally constructed and at the same time constructive of cultural, political, ecological and even psychological change and awareness. Complexities of Anger examines anger in 20th- and 21st-century Anglophone literature, including texts by D. H. Lawrence, Carol Ann Duffy, Margaret Atwood, and Bernadine Evaristo, arguing that anger can be a productive agent of correction, restoration, and destruction. In reading various literary representations – in postcolonial, gendered, and even posthumanist settings – the gathered essays show that anger can provoke and stimulate change between the author, the text, and its readers, examining social, political, domestic, private or environmental contexts. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages PB 9798765132241 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765132258 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765132272 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765132265 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
330
UK, Europe, ROW
Complexities of Anger goes beyond the existing literature on anger in literary studies, showing that anger becomes a product of change in relational spheres, while the literary impact of represented anger becomes a productive force within the text’s inner literary dynamics. These essays also bring a fresh pair of eyes by setting previous approaches in dialogue with the cultural and environmental problems the world faces today.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Japanese Forms in American Poetry Beyond Haiku
Edited by Ce Rosenow Analyzing the poetic forms of haibun, linked verse, senryu, and tanka, this collection argues that these traditional Japanese methods have established themselves in American poetry. Beginning with its Japanese origins and continuing through its development in the United States, the contributors demonstrate how these poetic forms have existed alongside haiku for more than a century while drawing attention to their use within contemporary poetry. Over time, they have gained popularity among both haiku and non-haiku poets alike, leading to a wide variety of innovative approaches. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 128 Pages PB 9781666964240 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964226 • £65.00 / $90.00 ePDF 9798216251866 • £58.50 / $81.00 ePub 9781978766334 • £58.50 / $81.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The First Lady in Contemporary Popular Culture Edited by Anne-Marie Evans, York St John University, UK & Sarah Trott, York St John University, UK Academic work on the First Lady has tended to be historical or biographical in approach, but The First Lady in Contemporary Popular Culture takes the field in a new direction by focusing instead on representations of the First Lady. It explores how real and imaginary American First Ladies have been represented, reconsidered, and re-imagined by different writers, filmmakers, and fashion designers. Despite her apparent marginal position at the periphery of US politics, as this collection shows, representations of the First Lady have become increasingly significant on the cultural stage in the 21st century. Using a range of feminist, cultural, media, postmodern, race, and communication-based perspectives, the contributors suggest new ways of understanding the First Lady and the complexities of her office. The authors explore campaign autobiographies, Curtis Sittenfeld’s speculative fiction, James Patterson’s on-the-run thrillers, as well as atypical UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages PB 9798765142226 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765142233 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765142257 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765142240 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
representations of the First Lady, such as in Roland Emmerich’s box office hit Independence Day (1996), gossip magazines, and historical fashion plates. Removed from the patriarchal hierarchy of White House politics and expectations, the First Lady emerges as a cultural force of her own and this collection demonstrates how she carves out cultural agency and gender identity despite her perceived (in)visibility in the public eye.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Rewriting Alpine Orientalism
Postcolonial Readings in Canadian and Austrian Mountain Tourism Eva-Maria Müller, University of Innsbruck, Austria Rewriting Alpine Orientalism is an open access book that explores how meaning about mountains is articulated, generated, asserted and contested within the global circuits of mountain tourism. Tracing Orientalist and colonial legacies in the project of mountain travel across times, genres and geographies, this book presents a framework capable of analysing and critiquing both particular colonial codifications written onto mountains and the interventions that rewrite mountain tourism. This comparative study bridges the gap between literary and cultural studies and the social and natural sciences with interdisciplinary research across fields such as travel writing, mountain literature, mountaineering history, and ecocriticism, and postcolonial, tourism and gender studies. Eva-Maria Müller examines Orientalist discourse through a wide range of UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages • 7 b&w illustrations HB 9798765107737 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765107744 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765107768 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9798765107751 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
historical and contemporary mountain texts – such as exploration reports, newspaper articles, guidebooks, diaries, letters and contemporary works of fiction from Angie Abdou, Thomas Wharton, Elfriede Jelinek and Felix Mitterer – in a study that enhances our understanding of the role of representation in changing the social real of alpine spaces. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Austrian Science Fund (FWF).
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
331
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Responses to Nazi Perpetration in Fiction Complicity and Continuities
Stephanie Bird, University College London, UK Looking at novels by authors from countries directly involved in and affected by genocidal violence and its legacies, this open access book analyses representations of Nazi perpetration and complicity. It considers how these novels challenge our understanding of perpetration and complicity, how they point to different types of complicit involvement that continue into the present, and how they explore the potential for countering complicity. Literary representations of Nazi perpetrators that give them a voice frequently cause anxiety, fuelled by ethical worry around the fascination exerted by perpetrators, and the sense that enjoyment of their literary representation might be morally inappropriate. This book takes such unease as its starting point. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages HB 9781350424098 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350424135 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350424104 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350424111 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Focusing on authors and texts from countries directly involved in the genocidal policies of National Socialism, Stephanie Bird analyses novels that demand our engagement with perpetration and complicity and that question literature’s critique of and participation in constructing our understanding of mass violence. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Cold War Women
Female Translators of Russian and Soviet Literature in the Twentieth Century Cathy McAteer, University of Exeter, UK In this open access volume, Cathy McAteer profiles female translators of Russian and Soviet literature into English during the last century, focusing on the UK, USSR and US. Drawing from extensive archival material, including British Intelligence files, reviews, publications and memoirs, Cold War Women sketches the microhistories of eight complex and occasionally controversial bilingual women: Moura Budberg, Vera Traill, Evelyn Manning, Margaret Wettlin, Violet Dutt, Edith Bone, Olga Carlisle, and Mirra Ginsburg. Many of these women, in addition to their work as translators and publishers of Soviet literature, led complex political lives that brought them under scrutiny for espionage, and even suspected assassination. This book explores how literary translation became a uniquely enabling career for each of these women, both in personally Literatures, Cultures, Translation UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 10 b&w images HB 9798765112236 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798765112243 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765112267 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9798765112250 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
challenging gender norms, and in showing translation's soft power for galvanizing propagandist and humanitarian change. The book thus rehabilitates forgotten but influential female translators of Russian literature whose contributions helped to shape the Anglophone reception of Russian and Soviet literature both during and beyond their fraught historical moment. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Exeter.
COLLECTIONS
Sentient Pasts, Trauma, and Counter-Narrative
Mapping Memory in the Works of Édouard Glissant, Caryl Phillips, and Tierno Monénembo Abhishek Trehan Drawing upon the theories of memory studies, this book challenges the historical authenticity of colonialism in the works of Édouard Glissant, Caryl Phillips, and Tierno Monénembo as they seek to place their fiction in the aftermath of reparative histories. Trehan examines not only the histories of displacement, diasporic traditions, genocidal trauma or continuation of colonialist affiliations in postcolonial societies, but the creative resistance to hegemony. Focusing on the embedded historical memory, the author examines the implications of remembrance (including selective remembering and forgetting) in the process of decolonization—bringing forth the struggle of representation and recognition. This book probes the transmission of traumatic UK October 2025 • US October 2025 128 Pages PB 9798765188583 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765188545 • £75.00 / $90.00 ePDF 9798765188613 • £67.50 / $81.00 ePub 9798765188620 • £67.50 / $81.00 Bloomsbury Academic
332
UK, Europe, ROW
memory across generations by amplifying the nexus between history and memory, reading beyond nation-based interpretations. By comparing the continuity of colonial legacy in the works of Glissant, Phillips, and Monénembo, Trehan examines a model of postcolonial inheritance to understand how ordinary people relate to the question of political expression by focusing on the colonial history, memory, and trauma.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Post-National Worlds in Contemporary European Literature Jesse van Amelsvoort, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands Using works by Hafid Bouazza, Najat El Hachmi, Tsjêbbe Hettinga, Emine Sevgi Özdamar, Leïla Slimani, Zadie Smith, and Kjell Westö, this book looks at post-national feelings of belonging in contemporary European literature. In their literary work and authorship, these authors turn to imagine larger worlds, within and beyond Europe, to escape the confinements of the national and to imagine communities created through connections and solidarities they choose to sustain. This book analyses issues of voice, representation, history, memory, home, and cross-cultural solidarity in these authors’ New Horizons in Contemporary Writing UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages PB 9781350595231 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350595194 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350595200 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350595217 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
novels, stories, and poetry, finding attempts to shape literary worlds that escape the trappings of Europe’s history and sustain into an uncertain future. In its innovative combination of perspectives from world literature, minority studies, and European studies, and reading across seven languages and cultures, this book shows the many worlds of European literature. Through exploring how these writers negotiate identity, borders, and culture in the late-twentieth and early-twentyfirst centuries, this book makes visible a Europe in which identities can once again be defined outside the borders of the national.
COLLECTIONS
Masculinity, Coloniality, and the US-Mexico Border in Literature and Political Culture Violent Borders and Gender Orders Joshua D. Martin Joshua D. Martin explores how four novels set in the nineteenth-century shortly after the creation of the modern-day USMexico border reveal a cultural continuum of masculinized violence and cultural grievances that characterize contemporary political culture. Written by Mexican, Mexican-American, Tejana, and US writers, these novels configure Anglo male characters as builders and defenders of their communities or the republic, exploring how these roles intersect with broader imperial interests. Different iterations of violence—interpersonal, economic, and epistemic—are used to create and maintain power hierarchies against characters who stand at the periphery of this imagined community. Nevertheless, the borderlands emerge as a UK February 2026 • US February 2026 198 Pages PB 9781666966466 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966442 • £80.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216266129 • £72.00 / $90.00 ePub 9781978759824 • £72.00 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
space for decolonial alternatives, where the power of imperial actors invites resistance and subversion, and where counterhegemonic strategies are envisioned and realized. Martin concludes by exploring the salience of this continuum in US political culture, identifying the border both as a stage for the performance of aggressive masculinity and cultural antipathies, as well as a space where American identity is contested, deconstructed, and continually reimagined.
COLLECTIONS
Women (Re)Writing Illness as Their Own The Processes and Products Edited by Rachel N. Spear Women (Re)Writing Illness as Her Own illuminates ways in which writing processes and products enable women to create spaces of their own—spaces that interrogate illness, challenge restitution (re)constructions, and work within and around various limitations associated with women writing illness. Bridging trauma studies with women’s studies, this collection blends creative writing and literary studies to explore how illness can weigh on the process of writing. The chapters examine narrative products to better understand how women write illnesses in relation to identity (re)constructions, how they challenge triumphant tropes, how they work within and beyond UK January 2026 • US January 2026 186 Pages • 6 B/W illus PB 9781666979961 • £28.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666979947 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216268413 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978759534 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
narrative and linguistic limitations, how the very metaphors and/or genres selected work to aid in their narrating processes, and how their writing acts and products work in conjunction with their illness and (sometimes) healing journeys.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
333
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Fanfiction as Queer Healing
Femslash Authorship and the Swan Queen Ship Alice M. Chapman-Kelly, University of Oxford, UK Exploring the phenomenon of Femslash fanfiction (fan narratives that bring together heterosexual female characters from mainstream media and fiction), this book analyses fan-authored works as forms of literature worthy of studying at length. It examines the anti-racist, feminist, sapphic fan works produced in response to white supremacist, heteronormative, queerbaiting mainstream fantasy and argues that they represent a significant site of queer healing for marginalised audience members. Focusing on the 'Swan Queen' fandom, where fans pair the ‘white trash’ heroine, Emma Swan and the villainous Latina Evil Queen (Regina Mills) from ABC's hit show Once Upon a Time, Alice Kelly redresses the widespread academic neglect of Perspectives on Fantasy UK May 2026 • US May 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350350861 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350350908 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350350878 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350350885 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
queer female fandoms and responds to urgent calls to diversify fan and fantasy scholarship. With reference to complex theoretical subjects such as ethnography, sociology, psychology and decolonial, queer, film and media studies, the book also delves into the alternative timescales on which queer female and genderqueer fan authorship runs; offers intriguing insights into fanfiction narrative structures; and tackles the issues of broader fandom representation and contextualization.
COLLECTIONS
Truth, Lies, and Speculative Fiction
Confronting Dogmatism, Demagoguery, and Disinformation John Rieder, University of Hawaii at Manoa, USA Speculative fiction thrives on the creation of counterworlds that challenge status quo assumptions about what is possible – but it calls for a willing suspension of disbelief from the first page. In the face of conspiracy theories, election fraud claims, holocaust and climate change denials and vaccine resistance running roughshod over previously established fact, reality has seen lies advanced and accepted as truth on a massive scale. Trapped as we are in this current moment, the critical potential of speculative fiction is all the more important as it enables us to sidestep the barriers to dialogue raised by dogmatism and to imagine possibilities that can help us “escape” from fantastic right-wing demagoguery as well as the effects of normalizing the unconscionable and the disastrous. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages PB 9781350551565 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350551527 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350551534 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350551541 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Rieder argues that the genre cannot carry the load by itself but must be supplemented by professional criticism and pedagogy within secondary and higher education. Through readings of fiction by Amal El Mohtar and Max Gladstone How to Lose the Time War, N. K. Jemisin’s Broken Earth Trilogy, China Miéville’s The City and the City alongside works by Minsoo Kang, Ann Leckie, Arkady Martine, and Rivers Solomon, this book illuminates how left-leaning intellectuals throughout the world can walk the line between despair at the apparent impotence of truth and outrage at the power of lies.
COLLECTIONS
Still Reading Romance
Identity and Engagement with Popular Romance Fiction Edited by Josefine Smith & Kathleen W. Taylor Kollman, Miami University In a world that commodifies feminism, is adapting romance novels for small and big screen projects, and the Romance Writers Association is evolving to a more inclusive representative group, it is imperative for researchers to reevaluate the cultural assumptions and gender norming work happening in the romance genre. It is time to question the cultural capital of traditional archetypes, explore the experience of romance readers, and question how romance and cultural studies researchers create quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods research. This work centers around a data set collected with a revised version of Janice Radway's Reading the Romance survey that will be shared with all the authors of this anthology. By having access to this pool, authors will have the opportunity to explore different elements of reader experience and cultural norms in romance fiction, and potentially reflect on changes since Radway's seminal work. The norms and UK April 2025 • US April 2025 360 Pages • 23 BW Photos, 8 Tables HB 9781538182291 • £85.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798881863791 • £76.50 / $99.00 ePub 9781538182307 • £76.50 / $99.00 Rowman & Littlefield
negotiations readers experience while consuming romance is especially interesting as romancelandia becomes a more mainstream part of popular culture. No other book in romance or popular culture studies identifies a data set as the connecting element, and to do so creates an exciting opportunity to create a more inclusive study of popular romance, offer truly interdisciplinary research on the question of how readers read romance, and generate diverse areas of future scholarship. This edited volume explores multiple issues in romance fiction, based on survey data from real romance readers.
334
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Errant Natures and Wayward Bodies in Late-Victorian Speculative Fiction Adrian Tait Adrian Tait argues that late-Victorian stories represent an important but still neglected part of a green literary tradition, setting up a dialogue with modernity that is no less relevant today. Late-Victorian literature is full of fascinating examples of what was then called the “scientific romance,” an emerging form of science or speculative fiction whose concern with the liveliness – or “agentiality” – of the nonhuman animal and more-thanhuman, natural world today makes it particularly noteworthy. In a succession of short stories and novels, many now forgotten, writers such as Grant Allen, John Davidson, George Griffith, and Henry Marriott Watson dramatized the possibility that “Nature” had not been “conquered” by industrial modernity, but might instead be reacting to it with an unexpected dynamism. Long before environmental issues such as climate change came to the public’s attention, they asked whether UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages PB 9781666945072 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666945058 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765189078 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771611 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
humankind might one day inadvertently create existential threats to its own survival. In so doing, these pioneers of sf depicted their world in terms that anticipate the recent new materialist focus on a mutable and dynamic reality, responsive and perhaps resistant to human endeavor.
COLLECTIONS
Science Fiction Language in Action Scientologese
Jennifer Kelso Farrell In this book, Jennifer Kelso Farrell investigates the way in which L. Ron Hubbard used his background in science fiction to create a language for his religion that served to gatekeep outsiders out and insulate insiders. Examining the works of science fiction authors such as George Orwell, Aldous Huxley, Anthony Burgess, and Samuel Delany, Farrell explores the relationship between language and reality and the role language can play in reprogramming individuals. The author also draws upon high profile biographies from former members such as Troublemaker: Surviving Hollywood and Scientology and My Billion Year Contract to display how indoctrination into such language often causes a language barrier between those within Scientology and those outside of it, thus further isolating members and perpetuating Scientologese within their inner circle. Bridging the gap between fiction and reality, Farrell illustrates how this language came UK September 2025 • US September 2025 176 Pages PB 9781666949995 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666949971 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216202608 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978760455 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
to be, and how it continues to persist today.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Encountering Material Culture Through Archaeological Fiction Wonderful Things in Literature, Film and Media Kerry Dodd, Lancaster University, UK Investigating the representation of artefacts, objects and ‘things’ in a range of predominantly Western archaeological fiction from the late Victorian period to the modern day, this book examines the narratives through which humanity represents its own material heritage in relation to notions of enchantment, exhibition, estrangement, adventure, tourism and waste. Kerry Dodd asserts that comprehending the structures through which material culture is presented within archaeological media reveals the structures that transform an object from rubbish to relic. Calling upon such indicative literature, films, TV series and video games as Tomb Raider, Indiana Jones, Uncharted and Relic Hunter, this book explores the depiction of material culture through three principal areas – relics, exhibition and adventure. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9781350367425 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350367463 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350367432 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350367449 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Outlining a critical framework of artefact representation, Dodd argues that such iconic moments as Howard Carter’s remark that he saw ‘wonderful things’ when he broke into the antechamber of Tutankhamun’s tomb remain recognisable through the evocation of a spectacular visual, despite little concrete definition of the objects witnessed. This book offers a unique exploration of how such figures as Indiana Jones, Lara Croft and Carter have cemented a cultural recognition of what an artefact constitutes as being dependent on how an object is encountered.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
335
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Translating the Nonhuman
What Science Fiction Can Teach Us About Translating Douglas Robinson, Hong Kong Baptist University, Hong Kong The so-called "fictional turn" in translation studies has staked out territory previously unclaimed by translation scholars – territory in which translators are portrayed as full human beings in their social environments – but so far no one has looked to science fiction for truly radical explorations of translation. Translating the Nonhuman fills that gap, exploring speculative attempts to cross the yawning chasm between human and nonhuman languages and cultures. The book consists of three essays, each bringing a different theoretical orientation to bear on a different science-fiction work. The first studies Samuel R. Delany’s 1966 novel, Babel-17, using Peircean semiotics; the second studies Suzette Haden Elgin’s 1984 novel, Native Tongue, using Austinian performativity and Eve Sedwick’s periperformative corrective; and the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 176 Pages HB 9798765112847 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798765112809 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765112823 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798765112816 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
third studies Ted Chiang’s 1998 novella, “Story of Your Life,” and its 2016 screen adaptation, Arrival, using sustainability theory. Themes include the 1950s clash between Whorfian untranslatability and the possibility of unbounded (machine) translatability; the performative ability of a language to change reality and the reliance of that ability on the periperformativity of “witnesses”; and alienation from the familiar in space and time and its transformative effect on the biological and cultural sustainability of human life on earth.
COLLECTIONS
Cultural Models and Collective Mentalities in Literature, Art, and Philosophy Edited by Slav Gratchev, Marshall University, USA & Valery Chirkov This edited collection combines social science and humanities inquiries to examine the collective mentalities, identities, and national cultural models of people from different communities and nations. Unpacking the sociocultural mechanisms of people’s actions and experiences, the contributors use literary works to illustrate and further explore such mechanisms. This book explores a variety of diverse geographies from around the globe in order to compare national forms of human subjectivity and further examine collective consciousness and cultural minds.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 234 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9781666973549 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666973525 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154335 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666973532 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Underwater Lives
Humans, Species, Ocean Clare Brant, King's College London, UK With alarm bells ringing about the sustainability of humans’ interaction with the oceans, Underwater Lives asks, what can we learn from an underwater world seen through divers’ eyes? What ideas are at work and play? How is oceanic knowledge spread? How is the ocean ‘seen’ through immersive texts? How do contemporary underwater life writers engage with the destruction of the Anthropocene? Reading texts and images together, and sometimes against each other, Clare Brant investigates how life writing operates underwater, how particular visual conventions shape what we see, how literature partners with other arts to convey ocean life and what underwater life writings have to say about the entangled politics of human engagement with ocean lives. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 304 Pages • 30 colour images HB 9781350280472 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350280519 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350280489 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350280496 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
336
UK, Europe, ROW
Structured around the lives of humans, marine beings and the ocean itself, Underwater Lives is a pioneering study of how people represent underwater. You might expect to meet William Beebe, Hans and Lotte Hass, Jacques Cousteau, Eugenie Clark, Rachel Carson, Sylvia Earle and you do; you meet scientists who share their lives with whales, sharks, octopus, seals, turtles, corals and fish; you meet image-makers involved in the BBC’s documentary series Blue Planet I and II; you also encounter all sorts of people who simply went underwater and wrote about it.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The World Is Not Enough A Biography of Ian Fleming Oliver Buckton The definitive history of the flamboyant life of Ian Fleming and his most famous creation, James Bond. This new biography of Ian Fleming presents a fresh and illuminating portrayal of the iconic creator of James Bond. Oliver Buckton provides the first in-depth exploration of the entire process of Ian Fleming’s writing—from initial conception, through composition, to his involvement in the innovative publication methods of his books. He also investigates the vital impact of Fleming’s work in naval intelligence during World War Two on his later writings, especially the wartime operations he planned and executed and how they drove the plots of the James Bond novels. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 392 Pages • 9 b/w photos HB 9781538138571 • £30.00 / $40.00 PB 9798881806293 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765155295 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781538138588 • £16.19 / $22.45 Rowman & Littlefield
Offering a radically new view of Fleming’s relationships with women and their influence on Fleming’s work, and concluding with a thorough analysis of the James Bond films, The World is Not Enough is a fascinating investigation into the life and works of a celebrated writer.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Milan Kundera Known and Unknown
Multidimensional Analysis of Selected Works Edited by Karen von Kunes, Yale University, USA This collection of essays offers crucial and luminous insights into one of the best-known Czech authors, Milan Kundera, including his lesser known works. With essays that focus on Kundera’s poetry and plays, his last four novels written in French, and his nonfiction writings on the novelistic form and translation, Milan Kundera Known and Unknown explores the complex and productive career of this globally recognized author. Starting as a poet and playwright, Kundera transcended the Czech literary scene and rose to global prominence with his novelistic style of variations, paradoxes, humor, and clairvoyance into human relationships mixed with political tensions. His multi-dimensional existential topics introduced complex novelistic characters that have reached a large audience and remain UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 1 bw illustration HB 9798765109458 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765109465 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765109489 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765109472 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
evocative. Kundera also critically commented on creative works – his own and of others – thus contributing a unique approach to a specific aesthetic ideal and within the masterworks of world-renowned authors. Chapters on Kundera’s aesthetics and form, his philosophical leanings, his relationship to the burgeoning concept of “world literature,” and translations of his writings offer new perspectives on his life’s work.
COLLECTIONS
The Haptic Arts
How Touch Shapes Our Place in the World Ronald Schleifer, University of Oklahoma, USA This book examines how the sense of touch complements the senses of sight and hearing, expanding notions of “art” and “aesthetics” to include worldly arts such as medicine, nation building, and translation while re-thinking more traditional arts of literature, music, and painting. Touch is a form of reciprocal interchange – touching always involves being touched in return. It creates a sense of embeddedness in a world that promotes a willingness to take social action, and it heightens concern with spatial perception and metamorphosis with an eye towards transforming experience itself. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages • 6 bw illus PB 9781350589520 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350589483 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350589490 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350589506 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
This book offers a systematic alternative to the Romantic notion that the arts are “disinterested.” It does so by focusing on subjects as diverse as Helen Keller, the evolutionary history of the human hand, practical “haptic” endeavors (including toolmaking, which extends and strengthens reach), and art-forms such as ballet, caricature, poetry, fiction, opera, and storytelling. Rather than situating art beyond everyday cares and pursuits , it frames the haptic arts as tools that extend and strengthen our reach into the world.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
337
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Disability in Contemporary American Poetry Radical Accessibility
Declan Gould, Temple University, USA Looking at experimental disability poetry, this book shows how poets from the 1960s to the present develop disabilityinformed poetics and use the space of literature to launch alternative theories of psychiatric and physical disabilities. Revising two key binaries that continue to shape accounts of disability writing – experimentation versus identity, and difficulty versus accessibility – this book develops the concept “radical accessibility” to show how the perception of an oppositional relationship between experimental poetics and expressions of disability is a product of ableist concepts of selfreliance and aesthetic production. Using an approach that centers on writers with disabilities, Gould argues that formal experimentation makes poetry more accessible to writers living with disabilities and illnesses by providing the space to Critical Interventions in the Medical create alternative poetic forms for thinking the world and self. and Health Humanities UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9781350456495 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350456457 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350456464 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350456471 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Integrating the insights of poetics, health humanities, and disability studies, the book reveals how Amber DiPietra, Larry Eigner, Bhanu Kapil, Denise Leto, Claudia Rankine, Eleni Stecopoulos, Brian Teare, Hannah Weiner, and David Wolach’s experimental poetic forms complicate the medical model of disability and mediate their embodied experiences, material conditions, encounters with Western medicine, and artistic communities.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Medicalizing Difference
The Eighteenth-Century Construction of the "Hermaphrodite" Stephanie M. Hilger, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA Exploring 18th-century medicine’s construction of individuals with non-standard sexual anatomy as “hermaphrodites”, this book focuses on the genre of the case history from three different languages and national contexts—British, French, and German. Medicalizing Difference examines case studies written about Anne Grandjean, Michel Anne Drouart, Maria Dorothea Derrier, and an unnamed “Angolan hermaphrodite.” Multiple case studies were published about each of these individuals and are discussed throughout the book's four chapters, each of which focuses on one momentous epistemological shift in the eighteenth-century: an increasing focus on empiricism and the related professionalization of medicine, the expanding market Critical Interventions in the Medical for popular scientific literature, changing notions about generation and reproduction, and the exploration of foreign territories. and Health Humanities UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages • 4 bw illus HB 9781350374928 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350374966 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350374935 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350374942 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
This book reads these case histories against the grain and historicizes 18th-century medicine’s construction of the category of the “hermaphrodite”, demonstrating that, rather than describing a fact, these histories created their subject of study.
COLLECTIONS
Freud Explained
Psychoanalysis from Vienna to Exile Stephen Frosh, Birkbeck, University of London Freud Explained presents Freud’s core ideas as they developed over the course of his life, in context with his historical moment. It explains key moments in the progression of Freud’s theories – such as sexual repression, the Oedipus complex, and the interpretation of dreams – weaving these together with discussions of his family history and upbringing. It also highlights important shifts, contradictions, and controversies, particularly relating to seduction theory, hysteria, female sexuality, and homosexual desire. Stephen Frosh describes Freud’s life in Vienna and the patients with whom he worked; looks at the relationships he formed with his teachers and followers; and focuses on how his theories developed in the context of the enormous social and Psychoanalytic Horizons
political upheavals of the time – disruptions that eventually prompted Freud to move to England, in order “to die in freedom.”
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 160 Pages HB 9798216372004 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798216371991 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798216372028 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9798216372035 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Frosh’s expertise on antisemitism is especially vital to his discussion of the challenges Freud faced, as a Jewish intellectual in Vienna, to the dissemination of his radical ideas. As more people feel comfortable seeking psychotherapy, and as the socio-political world in which we live becomes more emotionally challenging, we all — knowingly or not — draw on Freud’s ideas about nresolved conflicts and traumatic memories as we try to make sense of things.
338
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Rama Rasa
Transcendence and Worldliness in the Ramayana Tradition Nikhil Govind, Head of the Manipal Centre for Humanities, Manipal Academy of Higher Education (MAHE), Karnataka, India The Ramayana tradition, with its multifarious aesthetic and spiritual claims, reveals its depth and versatility in this study of three influential texts: Bhavabhuthi’s Uttara Rama Carita, the anonymous Adhyatma Ramayana, and Tulsidas’ Ramcaritmanas. The eighth-century Uttara Rama Carita (Rama’s Last Act) is a culmination of the Rama-tradition’s aesthetic dimension. It showcases the tradition as crystallizing a pathos of viraha in myriad modes: separation between self and beloved, between parents and children, between royalty and populace, between life and after-life, between bereavement and memory. Drawing from this dramatic tradition, the fourteenth-century Adhyatma Ramayana and Tulsidas’ epochal sixteenth-century Ramcaritmanas develop the Rama-narratives in the UK April 2026 • US July 2026 200 Pages HB 9789361313097 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9789361317514 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9789361312342 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic India
more soteriological directions of Advaita and Bhakti. Throughout the tradition, Rama’s self is understood in both the dimension of time (learning and growth, despite all the wounds the world inflicts), as well as that which exists in the moment in the heated everyday encounter with partner, parents, children, and citizens. Taken together, these three texts provide a refreshing vantage into the Rama-tradition as it boldly takes on humanity’s deepest quest for love, justice, and spiritual freedom. This book is written in a style that invites one to respectfully inhabit the tradition and allow the Rama-narrative to emerge, query, and ennoble our shared contemporary moment.
COLLECTIONS
Interspecies Negotiations
Human-Wildlife Conflict in Indian Literature Edited by Susan Haris, BITS Pilani, India & Anu Pande, English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad, India Interspecies Negotiations: Literature and Human-Wildlife Conflict in Indian Literature brings together literary analyses that explore how contemporary Indian literature rejects and reimagines human-wildlife entanglements. The escalation of human-wildlife conflict in India cannot be explained solely by species behaviour or environmental disruption. It is also deeply social and political, rooted in contestations over land use, governance, and resource distribution. Yet social science accounts often overlook wildlife’s agency and responsiveness to anthropogenic change, where animals are portrayed as passive victims of development agendas. What might an alternative approach look like if we are to move beyond framing these encounters as conflict, recognize the agency of both human and nonhuman animals, and account for the ecological, political and ethical complexities of coexistence? UK May 2026 • US August 2026 320 Pages HB 9789361311840 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9789361316470 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9789361314148 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic India
The essays in this volume cover a nuanced reading at the intersection of literature, ecology, and postcolonial critique by engaging with two key questions: What does it mean to live with wildlife in postcolonial India? And how do literary narratives illuminate the affective and ethical dimensions of interspecies encounters? The collection thus positions literary analysis as a critical site for reimagining coexistence in postcolonial India.
COLLECTIONS
Modernism Revisited Texts and Contexts
Edited by Amitayu Chakraborty Modernism Revisited: Texts and Contexts offers a profound exploration of modernism, addressing its intricate relationship with the socio-political, philosophical, and cultural upheavals of the late 19th and early 20th centuries. By revisiting key texts, this book provides fresh perspectives on the movement’s formal innovations and ideological contradictions. It delves into themes such as fragmented identities, evolving perceptions of time, and challenges to traditional norms in an era marked by rapid industrialization and urbanization. Each chapter situates seminal works, including those of T.S. Eliot, Virginia Woolf, and James Joyce, within their historical contexts while also showcasing underrepresented voices UK January 2026 • US January 2026 264 Pages • 2 b/w/ illus PB 9781666916508 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666916485 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216267478 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763784 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and transnational contributions. The book critically examines subjects such as gendered narratives, mythological influences, linguistic experimentation, and the interplay between modernism and the cityscape. Featuring insights from international scholars, this work integrates textual analysis with interdisciplinary approaches, encompassing literature, philosophy, and cultural studies. By revisiting modernism’s complexities and contradictions, this collection underscores its enduring relevance in contemporary debates on identity, creativity, and cultural change. Perfect for both scholars and students, Modernism Revisited invites readers to reconsider the movement’s lasting legacy and its implications for today’s intellectual and artistic discourses.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
339
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Henry James and the Question of Living Patrick Jones, University of Geneva, Switzerland A bold reinterpretation of Henry James’s fictional universe that shows how characters who desire to “live” but struggle to translate that desire into reality actually have much to teach us about the activity of leading a life. Henry James and the Question of Living demonstrates that characters like Lambert Strether and John Marcher – whom readers often pity and pathologize as squeamish about sex and stuck in their heads – function as vectors for rich philosophical questions. Specifically, the idea that we must experience life as fully and intensely as possible, an injunction that is as omnipresent and affectively charged in our era as it was in James’s own. In their unsuccessful attempts to live up to this injunction, James’s characters reveal that the picture of subjectivity underpinning it has limited purchase on our practical, day-to-day experience of ourselves as agents. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages PB 9798765141342 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765141359 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765141373 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765141366 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Arguing that James’s novels and stories are exemplary of what Robert B. Pippin describes as "philosophy by other means," Jones suggests that James’s style – and particularly his use of free indirect discourse – models a way of thinking about the activity of leading a life that is remarkable in its phenomenological subtlety and sophistication. Henry James and the Question of Living ultimately shows that paying close attention to James’s innovative techniques for representing lived experience allows us to place him in a mutually-enriching dialogue with philosophers like Martin Heidegger, Georges Canguilhem, and Béatrice Han-Pile.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Joseph Conrad’s Cultural Legacy Centennial Essays
Edited by Linda Dryden, Edinburgh Napier University, UK & Robert Hampson, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK In 2024 the literary community commemorates the 100th anniversary of the death of Joseph Conrad. This volume of collected essays takes the opportunity to reflect on Conrad’s enduring influence on literature and culture in the 21st century. Offering reflections on Conrad’s legacy by leading critics and scholars in the field of Conrad studies as well as by significant figures in the arts and cultural sector, it represents a unique contribution to Conrad studies and provides an overview of how the author continues to inspire and shape contemporary literature and culture in the 21st century. Covering a broad range of topics, from discussions of how Conrad has inspired contemporary films and operas through to UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350440845 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350440883 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350440852 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350440869 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
the pertinence of his works to current conflicts and key contemporary issues, Joseph Conrad’s Cultural Legacy offers unique, original insights into the enduring relevance of one of the leading literary figures of the 20th century.
COLLECTIONS
A Study of Intertextuality in Mohja Kahf’s "E-Mails from Scheherazad" The "Odalisque” Gazes Back Hamida Riahi In this book, Hamida Riahi explores the powerful use of intertextuality in Mohja Kahf's E-Mails from Scheherazad, focusing on how parody and allusion work to deconstruct Orientalist discourses surrounding Muslim women. Through a parodic rewriting of The Thousand and One Nights, the Shakespearean sonnet genre, and Matisse's paintings, Kahf dismantles reductive stereotypes imposed on Muslim women and revises the dominant Western narratives that portray Muslim women as oppressed and voiceless. Riahi explores how the Kahf draws upon allusion to Islamic history and the Qur’an, invoking iconic figures such as Aisha, Khadija, Esther, Zuleika, and others, to offer a counter-narrative that challenges both Western feminist perspectives and entrenched patriarchal views. Through this dual approach, Kahf not only critiques the historical and cultural misconceptions imposed by the West but also affirms the rich, complex identities of UK September 2025 • US September 2025 120 Pages PB 9781666969917 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666969894 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154151 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666969900 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
340
UK, Europe, ROW
Muslim women. The author’s examination provides a fresh perspective on the intersection of postcolonial feminism, Islamic feminism, and literary innovation.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
LITERARY STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Trespassing in the Archive
Poetry in Conversation with History Edited by Kristina Marie Darling This edited volume brings together a diverse group of scholars to examine works of poetry that engage, question, or reimagine history. Authors question the ethics, aesthetics, and politics of archival work to explore the ways in which poetry has offered a hypothetical testing ground where the power dynamics, upheavals, and discontent reflected in historical texts can be renegotiated.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 176 Pages • 10 b/w illustrations PB 9781793646118 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781793646095 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978749337 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781793646101 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Speculative Poetry and the Modern Alliterative Revival A Critical Anthology
Edited by Dennis Wilson Wise 2025 Mythopoeic Scholarship Award Finalist for Myth and Fantasy Studies If a literary movement arises but no one notices, is it still a movement? In Speculative Poetry and the Modern Alliterative Revival: A Critical Anthology, Dennis Wilson Wise argues that the answer is “yes.” Over the last ten decades, poets working in fantasy, science fiction, and horror have collectively brought forth a revival in alliterative poetics akin to what once happened in the mid-fourteenth century. Altogether, this anthology collects for the first time over fifty speculative poets— several of whom are previously unpublished—from across North America and Europe. Alongside such established names as C. S. Lewis, Patrick Rothfuss, Edwin Morgan, Poul Anderson, Jo Walton, P. K. Page, and W. H. Auden, this anthology UK September 2025 • US September 2025 426 Pages • 2 b/w illustration HB 9781683933298 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781683939856 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781683937890 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781683933304 • £22.49 / $31.45 Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
includes representative texts from cultural movements such as contemporary neo-Paganism and the Society for Creative Anachronism. A lengthy critical introduction by the editor—written accessibly for a general audience—explains and contextualizes the Modern Revival for critics and readers alike, and extensive footnotes offer aids to anyone new to medieval history or Norse mythology. Overall, this indispensable anthology—the first major academic book to focus on speculative poetry—establishes where the medieval meets the modern in the hitherto unrecognized Modern Alliterative Revival.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
341
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
The Banquet of the Brethren
An Ismaili Guide to Spiritual Hermeneutics: Part 2 An English translation of Nasir-i Khusraw’s Khwan al-ikhwan Edited by Rahim Gholami, The Institute of Ismaili Studies, UK The Ismaili missionary and poet, Nasir-i Khusraw (d. after 462), wrote Khwan al-ikhwan (The Banquet of the Brethren) when he was living in his remote mountain refuge of Yumgan in Badakhshan. It is a work of philosophical theology and a reflection of the learning of the age consisting of a sequence of dynamic arguments for divine unicity (tawhid), the authority of the Prophet Muhammad, his legatee, 'Ali b. Abi Talib, and his descendants, the imams from the line of Isma'il b. Ja'far al-Sadiq. Originally written in Persian, Khwan al-ikhwan includes a precis of ideas found in a work by an earlier da'i, Abu Ya'qub alSijistani (d. ca.361), the Kitab al-Yanabi', which Nasir-i Khusraw recast and then extended in 100 chapters. The current publication is an English translation, which is the first translation of Khwan al-Ikhwan in any language outside the Ismaili Texts and Translations UK May 2026 • US May 2026 496 Pages • 1 bw illus HB 9780755654772 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9780755654765 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9780755654796 • £26.99 / $36.85 ePub 9780755654789 • £26.99 / $36.85 I.B. Tauris
Persian milieu. It includes an extensive introduction that discusses Khwan al-ikhwan in the context of both Nasir-i Khusraw’s other works and al-Sijistani’s Kitab al-Yanabi', as well as the role of ta'wil (allegorical or esoteric interpretation) in the Ismaili understanding of the message of the Revelation. This makes the work of Nasir-i Khusraw further available to a wider audience and opens up for the reader the intellectual world of the 5th century in all its sophistication and variety.
COLLECTIONS
Living Islam
Muslim Expressions of Faith Ali S. Asani The story of Islam is not one story, but many stories involving peoples of different races, ethnicities, and cultures. Every religious tradition is marked by internal diversity, manifested through its various communities of interpretation. Islam likewise is multifaceted, as are Muslim life and faith. Living Islam invites readers to appreciate ways in which Muslims from diverse backgrounds and traditions interpret and experience their faith. Adopting a cultural studies approach, Ali Asani begins by posing questions such as ‘Which Islam?’ and ‘Whose Islam?’, and he considers different conceptions of being Muslim. He then illustrates multidimensional ways in which Muslims relate to the Prophet Muhammad, including as messenger, model, intercessor, and beloved. Drawing on Muslim devotional practices and exploring the Islamic ‘artscape’, he showcases how the beauty of the transcendent can be experienced through sonic, visual and poetic arts. World of Islam UK January 2026 • US January 2026 192 Pages • 30 Colour Images PB 9780755658862 • £8.99 / $11.95 ePDF 9780755658886 • £8.09 / $10.75 ePub 9780755658879 • £8.09 / $10.75 I.B. Tauris
COLLECTIONS
The City of Balkh
The History, Archaeology and Culture of a Great Islamicate Capital in Afghanistan 7th to 13th century CE Edited by Edmund Herzig, Arezou Azad, Philippe Marquis, Paul Wordsworth & Robert G. Hoyland In the early Islamic age, the city of Balkh was one of the largest and most influential cities in the world. Situated on the northern plains of modern Afghanistan, Balkh flourished from the 7th to the 13th centuries, home to a wide variety of scholars, artists and religious leaders. This book presents the first comprehensive analysis of the history and archaeology of early Islamic Balkh. Archaeological research undertaken throughout the twentieth century has investigated the evolution of the city, but only more recently has the evidence for its medieval development been pieced together. The authors collate and examine the available textual and artefactual material in order to recreate the history of this unique city and assess its critical role in early medieval Eurasia. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 432 Pages • 100 Integrated Colour illus, 79 full page, 43 half page PB 9780755655298 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781784538170 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781786736277 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781786726216 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
342
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Exploring the Qur'an Context and Impact
Muhammad Abdel Haleem The teachings, style and impact of the Qur'an have always been matters of controversy, among both Muslims and nonMuslims. But in a modern context of intercultural sensitivity, what the Qur'an says and means are perhaps more urgent questions than ever before. This major new book by one of the world's finest Islamic scholars responds to that urgency. Building on his earlier groundbreaking work, the author challenges misinterpretations of particular Qur'anic verses from whatever quarter. He addresses the infamous 'sword' verse, frequently cited as a justification for jihad. He also questions the 'tribute' verse, associated with the Muslim state subjugating Jews and Christians; and the idea of Paradise in the Qur'an, often viewed by the West as emphasising merely physical pleasures, or used by Islamic fighters as their just reward for holy war. The author argues that wrenching the verses out of the context of the whole has led to dangerous ideologies being built UK February 2026 • US March 2026 360 Pages HB 9781780763651 • £46.00 / $61.00 PB 9780755660155 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781786731654 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781786721655 • £19.79 / $26.95 I.B. Tauris
on isolated phrases which have then assumed afterlives of their own. This nuanced, holistic reading has vital interfaith ramifications.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Unheard Voices of the Young Egyptian Brothers Pathways of Activism after 2013 Doha Abdelgawad Drawing upon extensive fieldwork, this book unveils the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood intra-dynamics by examining the emerging pathways of political disengagement and radicalization in the aftermath of 2013 Coup. It explores how the 2011 waves of protest and the 2013 military takeover of power – two contradictory phases, in terms of their implications for political Islam – shaped young members’ perceptions towards Egyptian politics, violence and the role of Islamic political groups. This offers a key to understanding the ideological and strategic evolution of Islamists, in alignment with regional changes such as the rise of transnational jihadist groups and the fading of popular protest in the Arab region. The book relies on Social Movement Theory and contentious politics literature to develop a relational approach for analysing the positionalities of the young Brothers. This elucidates change within Islamic groups as a multi-layered, evolving phenomenon Critical Studies on Islamism Series that cannot be attributed solely to either ideological or structural changes, but rather to manifold factors operating at different UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages HB 9780755650484 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780755650521 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755650491 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755650507 • £81.00 / $108.00 I.B. Tauris
levels. It also rejects the prevailing binary classification of moderate versus radical activism when seeking to understand the effects of repression on the trajectories of Islamic movements’ members.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Between Ideology and Politics
The Foreign Policy of Islamist Political Parties Taghreed Alsabeh This study presents a comparative, case-study approach to analyzing the foreign policies of ruling Islamist parties in Egypt, Morocco and Tunisia. The book investigates whether democratically elected ruling Islamist parties apply their ideology to foreign policy and how their foreign policy approaches differ to that of non-Islamist parties. Taghreed Alsabeh provides in-depth analysis of the Freedom and Justice Party (FJP) in Egypt, the Justice and Development Party (PJD) in Morocco, and the Ennahda Party in Tunisia, over a period of twelve years, and compares their foreign policy approaches and outcomes to those of their own internal non-Islamist counterparts. What emerges is a detailed picture of each country’s foreign policy trajectories through successive governments – both Islamist and non-Islamist rule – and clear Critical Studies on Islamism Series sites of commonality as well as divergence. Alsabeh demonstrates that ultimately Islamist parties’ foreign policies have been UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages HB 9780755653676 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780755653706 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755653669 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755653683 • £81.00 / $108.00 I.B. Tauris
ideologically constrained to a large degree by national contexts such as limited time in power, limited control of the government, and their relationships with other domestic political actors.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
343
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
Imagine a Nation
Six Persian Poets in Search of a Homeland Hamid Dabashi From Ferdowsi to Rumi and Hafiz, poetry has played a central role in the historical Iranian cultural imagination. How have contemporary poets contributed to this imagining of a nation, in the context of the twentieth century and its momentous events? In this book, Hamid Dabashi interrogates the oeuvre of six major poets: Nima Yushij (1895-1960), Mehdi Akhavan-e Sales (1929-1990), Ahmad Shamlou (1925-2000) Forough Farrokhzad (1934-1967), Sohrab Sepehri (1928-1980) and finally Esmail Khoi (1938-2021). Reading their works in the context of Iranian political history, from the Constitutional Revolution to the Iranian Revolution and beyond, he interprets their poetry as exercises in imagining an Iran that was still emerging and UK November 2025 • US November 2025 272 Pages HB 9780755655632 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780755655625 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780755655656 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780755655649 • £19.79 / $26.95 I.B. Tauris
being contested. Providing an original theoretical and critical interpretation of modern Iran’s most well-known poets, based on his own translations from the Persian originals, this book will be essential reading for students and scholars of Persian literature and Iranian studies.
COLLECTIONS
Bahram Beyzaie’s Cinematic and Dramatic Worlds In Dialogue with Time, (1979-2021)
Saeed Talajooy, University of St Andrews, UK Despite strict censorship after the 1979 revolution, Persian literature and Iranian cinema, music, art and theatre found new ways to evolve and flourish. Bahram Beyzaie, whose innovative approaches to cultural production had helped revitalize indigenous Iranian artistic forms for modern purposes before the revolution, continued his work as a leading filmmaker and playwright in the decades following the revolution. This book examines Beyzaie’s unique synthesis of world cinema and performing arts and Iranian literature, folktales, myths and ritual traditions across more than 70 screenplays, plays, films and monographs produced between 1979 and 2021, including key films such as Bashu, the Little Stranger and Killing Mad Dogs. It also engages with UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages PB 9780755648757 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755648719 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755648726 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755648733 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
the various aspects of Iranian culture which Beyzaie’s works deal with and examines the semiotic and thematic structures of his creative works, particularly his films, with the view to revealing their dialogue with Iran’s past, present and future.
COLLECTIONS
David Stronach and British Archaeology in the Middle East Sabrina Maras, University of California, Berkeley Drawn from interviews conducted between 2007 and 2020, this account of the life of renowned archaeologist and former director of the British Institute of Persian Studies, David Brian Stronach, reveals a lost period in international archaeology within Iran, when BIPS was founded and acted as a unique intellectual hub for archaeologists, expats, scholars and foreigners It describes the challenges he faced establishing the Institute and his experiences working with some of the 20th century’s most fascinating personalities in archaeology, such as James Mellaart, Max Mallowan, Seton Lloyd and Agatha Christie. It also provides a new account of the effects of the Iranian revolution of 1979 on Stronach’s own life’s work, on the Institute he built, and on the international world of Iranian archaeology. British Institute of Persian Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 320 Pages PB 9780755658992 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755658954 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780755658978 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755658961 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
344
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
The Kurds of Central Anatolia
The History, Identity and Future of a Forgotten People Edited by Mehmet Gurses, University of Central Florida, US & Haci Cevik From the 16th century up to the last decades of the Ottoman Empire, dozens of Kurdish tribes migrated west and settled in the Central Anatolian plains. Geographically isolated, these Kurds sustained a largely peaceful relationship with their Turkish neighbours and maintained their tribal traditions and distinct ethnolinguistic identity. But more recently they have been exposed to forces of modernization and increasingly confrontational Turkish-Kurdish relations. This book is the first study in the English language on the Kurds of Central Anatolia. Based on extensive fieldwork, the majority of the chapters are written by scholars from within the Central Anatolian community and include perspectives from across history, anthropology, sociology and political science. The book analyses how these Kurds came to be in the plains of Central Anatolia, how they maintained their distinct identity and their evolving relationship with Turkey. It also examines the diaspora communities following their large-scale Kurdish Studies UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages PB 9780755655816 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755655779 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755655793 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755655809 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
migration toward major urban centres in Turkey and Western countries. At a time when the Kurds of Central Anatolia are undergoing wide-scale transformations and contact with Kurds from the east, this book is an increasingly urgent examination into their past, their Kurdish identity and their future.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Iranian Kurdistan Under the Islamic Republic Change, Revolution, and Resistance
Marouf Cabi, University of St Andrews, UK This book presents a social, political, cultural, and socioeconomic history of Iranian Kurdistan since the 1979 Revolution. In this study, Marouf Cabi shines a spotlight on the modern history of Iranian Kurdistan – an area of Greater Kurdistan understudied in comparison to its regions in Syria and Iraq. The book provides a historical narrative and analysis of Kurdistan since the Revolution. It addresses key changes and events in detail, such as the participation of the Kurds in the Revolution, the reinvigoration of the Kurdish movements and the emergence of the women's movement, the armed struggle of the 1980s, socioeconomic and political change of the 1990s, and the emergence of civil society since 2000. Cabi draws on extensive primary sources, including oral history, various newspapers, journals, and books published during the period.
Kurdish Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages HB 9780755654352 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755654369 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755654383 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755654376 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
345
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
A Victorian Holocaust
Iran in the Great Famine of 1869–1873 Mohammad Gholi Majd While the famines that ravaged China and India during 1876 to 1902 have received some recent scrutiny, the precursor of these cataclysmic famines, the Great Famine of 1869–1873 in Iran, has remained practically unknown. This famine in Iran killed on a scale similar to the 1876–79 famine in China, which has been called the worst to afflict the human species. This study is based on British diplomatic reports and semi-official sources, European travel accounts, Persian documents and writings, British and American newspapers, and the reports by American missionaries who witnessed the famine. The population statistics and data on famine losses in indicate that during the nearly five years of famine, two-thirds of the population had perished. Not until 1910 did Iran come close to recovering its 1869 population. Soon after, Iran was plunged UK February 2029 • US February 2090 144 Pages PB 9798216275671 • £14.99 / $19.99 ePDF 9798216275695 • £13.49 / $17.99 ePub 9798216275688 • £13.49 / $17.99 Hamilton Books
into the Great Famine of 1917–19, which claimed another 8–10 million, and again the 1942–43 famine and typhus epidemic that carried off an additional 4 million persons. In the seventy-five year span of 1869–1944, Iran had suffered three famines that had taken 25 million lives. It is difficult to find another country in which a century of population growth had been wiped out by famine. Having previously described and quantified the 1917–19 and 1942–43 famines, Majd does the same for the 1869–73 famine. This book is the third of a trilogy on famines in Iran during the last 150 years.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Zoroastrianism in India and Iran
Persians, Parsis and the Flowering of Political Identity Alexandra Buhler, formerly of SOAS, University of London, UK This book examines the Zoroastrian community in the late Qajar and early Pahlavi period beyond the borders of Iran to trace this Parsi-Persian relationship. A major theme is the increase in philanthropy directed to the Zoroastrians of Iran by the Parsis and the involvement of the British in encouraging Parsi feelings of patriotism towards Iran. The book shows that not only were Parsis affected by events taking place in Iran, they also contributed to the broader change in attitudes towards Zoroastrians in that country. Using a variety of original sources from Britain, India and Iran, Alexandra Buhler looks at the political, legal, and social position of Zoroastrians in Iran and how different events impacted their attitudes as well as the attitudes of Parsis towards UK April 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages HB 9780755601608 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780755655854 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755601622 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755601639 • £81.00 / $108.00 I.B. Tauris
their ancestral homeland. Of particular significance, this book shows, are the seminal years of the Iranian Constitutional Revolution (1906-11) and the rise in the glorification of the pre-Islamic past, which culminated in the state nationalism expounded by Reza Shah. These political moments had a profound impact on how Zoroastrians in India felt about their future in the country and reveal a complex web of relations between the Parsis, the Zoroastrians of Iran, and the British.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Towards the Great Civilization Mohammad Reza Pahlavi Edited by Robert Steele, University of California, Los Angeles, USA The first English-language translation of former Shah of Iran Mohammad Reza Pahlavi’s penultimate book, published in Persian on the eve of the revolution that brought the downfall of the monarchy. In the late 1970s, on the eve of the Islamic Revolution, Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi of Iran published his third book. In it, he gave his assessment of the progress of Iran in the 15 years since the launching of his White Revolution in 1963 and his vision for his country for the proceeding years and decades – the march towards, what he termed, Iran’s Great Civilization. An indispensable source for understanding state ideology and domestic and foreign policy in the late Pahlavi period, as well as the shah’s personal philosophy and political thought, this new edition of Towards the Great Civilization is based on the original unpublished English-language translation commissioned by the Pahlavi Library, edited by Robert Steele, with an UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages HB 9780755654178 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755654185 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755654208 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755654192 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
346
UK, Europe, ROW
introduction by Professor Ali Ansari.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Trends in Iranian Cinema
Local and Global Perspectives Edited by Behrooz Mahmoodi-Bakhtiari, University of Tehran, Iran & Mohammad Rahmati The cinema of Iran is celebrated both locally and internationally, yet elements of this diverse field remain comparatively understudied. This book brings together a diverse range of scholars to explore contemporary Iranian cinema in its local and international contexts from a range of perspectives including aesthetic, socio-political comparative approaches. Its chapters analyse the work of well-known filmmakers on the international film circuit such as Abbas Kiarostami, Mohammad Reza Aslani and Jaffar Panahi, as well as internationally lesser-known domestic films such as those of Kamal Tabrizi and the ‘Sacred Defence’ films of the Iran-Iraq war. The book further widens its scope with chapters which also examine the material practices of the Iranian film industry itself, including chapters on the process by which Iranian films become ‘accessible’ to international audience. Finally, it considers, too, representations of Iranians in foreign cinemas, and how these have in turn UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages HB 9780755647088 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755647040 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755647071 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755647064 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
affected Iranian films.
COLLECTIONS
Looking Back
Armenian Emigrants, Nationalism, and Modern Turkey Yesim Bayar Looking Back is a compelling account of how Armenians, as migrants in Canada, remember their past lives in Turkey and make sense of their experiences in two very different landscapes. Anchored in the workings of the Turkish nation, theirs are stories about loss, denial, trauma, and discrimination on the one hand, resilience, survival, and community on the other. Bayar’s in-depth examination tackles questions about memory, citizenship, and being a minority inside a nationalist landscape while revealing rich and multilayered accounts of everyday encounters with institutions, friends, and strangers. Looking Back is a timely study about the costs of nation-building and the ways minorities navigate an exclusionary landscape. Contemporary Turkey UK February 2026 • US February 2026 176 Pages PB 9780755654673 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755654666 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755654697 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755654680 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
COLLECTIONS
Islamist Political Thought In Turkey Michelangelo Guida, Mayis University, Turkey Islamism is a powerful political force in contemporary Turkey. But what are the roots of this ideology? This book provides an intellectual history of Islamism in Turkey, tracing the thought of key figures from the late Ottoman Empire to the contemporary period. Examining the works of Namik Kemal, Said Halim Pasa, Said Nursi, Ali Bulaç and others, the book puts these figures and their works in historical context, showing the origins of their ideas and how they changed as Turkey moved from a constitutional to an authoritarian and then more democratic political system, with democratic backsliding and rising authoritarianism today. Covering also the rise of Islamism as a political movement in the late 20th century, it provides important insight into the intellectual background of Islamism in contemporary Turkey under the rule of Recep Tayyip Erdogan’s AKP. Contemporary Turkey UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 2 B&W Images PB 9780755656523 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755656486 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755656509 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755656516 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
347
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
Armenians and Young Turks
The Armenian Revolutionary Federation and Constitutionalism in the Ottoman Empire, 1895-1908 Garabet K. Moumdjian What was the nature of the relationship between the Young Turks, whose members would go on to form and lead the Committee of Union and Progress (CUP) which would carry out the Armenian Genocide beginning in 1915, and the Armenian revolutionaries of the late Ottoman Empire? Based on rich Armenian, Ottoman, British and other archival documents and periodicals, this book reveals the complex dynamics and relations that Armenian organizations, most importantly the Armenian Revolutionary Federation (ARF), maintained with the Young Turks between 1895-1908, when relations were transformed from mutual suspicion to closer collaboration. Put in the context of the worsening conditions for Ottoman-Armenians in the eastern provinces of the empire, Armenians in the Modern and Early the book reveals the internal debates of the ARF about collaboration with Young Turk cadres in an effort to improve Modern World conditions for their people, as well as the role that Armenian revolutionaries played in CUP calculations and aims for toppling
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 312 Pages PB 9780755655960 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755655922 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755655946 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755655953 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the regime of Sultan Abdulhamid. The book thus reveals the complex and gradual development of relations between the groups before the outright anti-Armenian policies of the CUP would culminate in the Armenian Genocide. It also reveals the ARF’s commitment to the constitutional project and the difficult choices it faced in pursuing those aims.
COLLECTIONS
Commemorating the Armenian Genocide Harutyun Marutyan Commemorated annually on 24 April, Armenian Genocide Remembrance Day is an important part of national identity in both Armenia and the diaspora. This book is a historical and anthropological account of how the genocide is commemorated by Armenians and its evolving significance over time. Beginning with the first demonstrations by survivors in Allied-occupied Constantinople in 1919, to the Stalinist ban on commemoration and the Khrushchev thaw and beyond, the book charts how the politics of the genocide and its official and popular memory fluctuated in Soviet Armenia and the diaspora. The book also provides a detailed account of the rituals involved in the annual march to the Armenian Genocide Memorial in Yerevan and other memory sites, analysing the ways that the collective memory of this foundational event is embodied and continues to reflect and shape Armenian identity today. Armenians in the Modern and Early Modern World UK November 2025 • US November 2025 296 Pages PB 9780755657209 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755657216 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755657230 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755657223 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
COLLECTIONS
Forms of Belonging
Armenian Architects, Vernacular Style and Architectural Placemaking in the Ottoman East Alyson Wharton-Durgaryan Contrary to the historical record, which views the architecture of the eastern Ottoman cities as unchanging remnants of a medieval and proto-Turkish golden age, this richly illustrated book highlights the wide-ranging transformations that Mardin, Diyarbakir, Urfa, Antep, Bitlis and Erzurum, saw at the hands of Armenian architects of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Case studies reflect the agency of Armenian architects in constructing these buildings- whether churches, mansions, government offices, schools, or commercial structures. Each chapter looks to one of these cities and the participation of Armenians in shaping these places, not just through architecture but through city institutions, patronage, and benevolence. It Armenians in the Modern and Early argues that Armenians used the urban environment, and a uniquely Armenian reinvention of vernacular architecture, which Modern World reflected their religious, educational, intellectual, and political networks, to partake in the revival of these cities in an era
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 60 bw illus PB 9780755655083 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755655076 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755655106 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755655090 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
348
UK, Europe, ROW
marked by reforms to the Ottoman polity, political culture, and local governance. This was a show of popular belonging, and pride in local traditions, but it was also, merged with symbols of Ottoman authority, a reflection of the formation of Ottoman local elites, which included these Armenians - thus representing complex localization and Ottomanization processes at work. This book shows that there was not ‘one’ Armenian culture or identity, but many competing visions across Ottoman cities.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
The Hizmet Movement in Exile Refugees of Turkey's Purge Sophia Pandya This ethnographic work sheds light on the stories of those exiled as a result of Turkey’s purge against followers of the Hizmet (Gulen) Movement - a purge which began after the failed coup against Erdogan in 2016. In this book, Sophia Pandya gives voice to the experiences of these political refugees while analyzing the forces behind their displacement and highlighting the powerful process of experience narration and the creation of meaning after trauma. The study is informed by the author’s longstanding contact with figures in the Hizmet/Gulen Movement over the past 26 years. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages PB 9780755655007 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755654963 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755654987 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755654970 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
The book features 71 interviews with exiles, collected during fieldwork in Greece between 2018 and 2021. These narratives serve as a historical record of the individual human rights violations in Turkey since the failed coup but also provide a framework for understanding the human cost of this authoritarian crackdown. By integrating fieldwork, personal narratives, and academic theoretical grounding, this book offers a multifaceted view of the refugee experience.
COLLECTIONS
Empire of Officials
Christians and Jews in the Ottoman Bureaucracy Abdulhamit Kirmizi & Abdulhamit Kirmizi The Ottoman Empire’s vast bureaucracy was not solely the domain of Muslim officials. Empire of Officials uncovers the overlooked role of Christians and Jews in the imperial administration, revealing a world where religious difference coexisted with professional collegiality. Drawing on extensive archival research and prosopographic analysis, the book challenges narratives that portray the Ottoman state as rigidly divided along religious lines. Thousands of non-Muslim officials—from scribes and tax officers to high-ranking administrators and ministers—were indispensable to governance, shaping policies that affected millions. Their presence reveals the complexities of imperial rule, where loyalty, expertise, and pragmatism often outweighed sectarian divisions. Navigating careers within a state undergoing modernization and reform, these officials built networks, wielded UK November 2025 • US November 2025 264 Pages • 20 bw illus PB 9780755657834 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755657841 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755657865 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755657858 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
influence, and redefined the boundaries of belonging. Focusing on the quantity and qualities of its Armenian, Greek, and Jewish officials, Empire of Officials offers a fresh perspective on Ottoman governance. It complicates conventional understandings of identity and provides a new lens for Ottomanism by showing how the bureaucracy functioned as a multiconfessional space, where professional roles often took precedence over ethnic or religious affiliations. Essential reading for scholars of comparative empires, this book illuminates the intricate intersections of bureaucracy, religion, and state power.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Sacred Space and Anglo-Turkish Relations
The Politics of British Churches, Cemeteries and War Graves in Turkey, 1825 to 1976 John Fisher, University of the West of England, UK This work investigates how various sacred spaces in Ottoman and Republican Turkey interfaced with British foreign policy. It considers how these spaces impacted upon British prestige in the context of its dealings with Turkey chiefly, as well as other Great Powers. The period covered is from the demise of the Levant Company in 1825, to the deconsecration of the Crimean Memorial Church in Istanbul, in 1976. Other sacred spaces discussed include the British Embassy Chapel, the Crimean War cemeteries, various British churches and cemeteries in Izmir, the Gallipoli cemeteries, connected with the campaign of 1915, and the Phanar, the Ecumenical Patriarch’s home in Istanbul. The book considers how, and to what extent, the Foreign Office in London, and its staff in Turkey, intervened to secure those UK May 2026 • US May 2026 376 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9780755654611 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780755654628 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755654642 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755654635 • £81.00 / $108.00 I.B. Tauris
spaces, and why the politics of the Patriarchate intruded into the Foreign Office’s geo-strategic considerations. It considers the limits of that support, and how dealings over sacred space intermeshed generally with British policy towards Turkey. It further explores the motives, not just of diplomats and consuls, who were instrumental in establishing or safeguarding those spaces, but also the aims of other organisations and of expatriate Britons, who were similarly involved. It also considers instances where such support became attenuated or was withdrawn. The book is unique in illuminating, in a broad fashion, the role of sacred space in the context of Anglo-Turkish relations, and British power projection in the Near East.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
349
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
Violence and Crime among the Palestinian Minority in Israel The Shattering of the Indigenous
Asad Ghanem, University of Haifa, Israel & Nohad Ali, Western Galilee College, Israel In the last two decades the rates of crime and violence among the Palestinian Arab minority in Israel have increased dramatically. This book is the first to describe, analyze and understand this phenomenon. The authors identify the Israeli state policies that have dismantled Palestinian society and show how these have undermined or eliminated the authoritative figures and social structures that once supported and controlled this community. The rising violence in Arab society is depicted as a clear example of the success of Israeli efforts to weaken Arab society from within, where the community has lost its social, legal and political structures and its ability to organize itself or act as a collective. But in making this argument, the book also shows how the Palestinian minority can combat and overcome crime and SOAS Palestine Studies
violence in society, namely by resisting the superstructure of ethnic supremacy and finding new or lost points of reference
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages PB 9780755659432 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755659395 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755659418 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755659401 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
that can deal with societal challenges. The book is based on the testimonies of activists who have attempted to combat violence worldwide and opinion polls from Palestinians in Israel to determine how they think the violence should be confronted.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Stolen Nation
The Right to Reparation of Palestinian Refugees Lena El-Malak & Lena El-Malak While Palestinians continue to face the threat of expulsion from their homes, identifying legal mechanisms that can be used to assert Palestinian’s property rights is needed more than ever. This book provides a legal analysis of the right to reparation of Palestinian refugees under international law for the destruction and expropriation of their property during the Nakba . Discussing the legal landscape related to property ownership prior to the creation of the State of Israel and the legal basis for the right to reparation under international law, Lena El-Malak advocates for a law-based approach to enforce this right and the form it should take. The book demonstrates how the legal rights of Palestinian refugees, specifically as related to their properties, have been SOAS Palestine Studies
marginalized and excluded from the political discourse of the “peace process”. Here, the legal rights of Palestinian refugees
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages HB 9780755652792 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755652808 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755652822 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755652815 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
are demonstrated, challenges for invoking these rights in international and domestic courts are determined, and forms of restitution and compensation outlined. This study offers a timely contribution to provide a comprehensive legal, as opposed to a political, economic or historical analysis, of the right to reparation of Palestinian refugees for their property losses. Additionally, the book seeks to demonstrate the importance of adopting a legal framework in any future negotiation for a peaceful resolution to this long standing struggles for liberation.
COLLECTIONS
The Ancient Cities and Global Trade of Palestine A 7,000 Year History
Nur Masalha, SOAS, University of London, UK For millennia, and despite its relatively small size, Palestine, located at the intersection of three continents, enjoyed wealth, prosperity and flourishing cities and civilisations. The ancient world’s trade systems and trade routes were fundamental to the emergence of early urban life in ancient Palestine. Despite this, the overwhelming majority of publications on Palestine focus on the modern period and overlook the long history of Palestine and its ancient cities and civilisations. This book addresses the lacuna. It provides a long history of Palestine, uncovering the ancient trading and industrial cities from Antiquity, the Middle Ages and throughout the modern period. Spanning 7,000 years of history, the study reveals the extent to which the global trade and local, indigenous UK August 2026 • US June 2026 384 Pages HB 9780755659708 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9780755659692 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9780755659722 • £26.99 / $36.85 ePub 9780755659715 • £26.99 / $36.85 I.B. Tauris
industries of Palestine have shaped the urban social, economic and cultural life of the country over successive periods. Based on extensive archaeological discoveries and documentary evidence, Nur Masalha brings iconic, famous and forgotten trade brands to life. These include: the Neolithic Age obsidian trade; the Calcolithic Age and Bronze Age copper industry of the Naqab; the ancient cities of frankincense and spices; the Red Sea-Gaza silk route; the textiles of Beisan; Gaza wine; gauze and silk weaving from Asqalan and Gaza; Al-Khalil glassware; Acre and cotton export to Europe; Nablus soap; and Jaffa orange.
350
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
Performance Activism in the Contemporary Middle East, North Africa, and Beyond Joseph Alagha, Haigazian University, Lebanon This book by Joseph Alagha examines social practice manifestations of performance activism among contemporary Islamic movements in the MENA and beyond. Performance Activism in the Contemporary Middle East, North Africa, and Beyond links jurisprudential concepts of Middle Eastern and Islamic studies to Social Theory and International Relations theories, most notably Joseph Nye’s hard, soft, smart, and sharp power. Alagha highlights the social practices of contemporary Islamic movements, as soft power, by discussing changes in religious discourses on art and entertainment, the reception and consumption of pious art productions by different audiences, and the metamorphosis of Islamic ethics into aesthetic forms. This book explores Sunni and Shi‘i discourses on humor, music, political satire, and the performing arts, especially singing, dance, dark comedy, and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 232 Pages PB 9798765189863 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666975383 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154694 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666975390 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
revolutionary theater; Jihad through music among Islamic movements; the Salafi and Wahhabi conceptions of Anashid (“religious and ideological songs”); the “taranas” of the Taliban, and the opinions of the Lebanese resistance movement Hizbullah on performance activism or “Resistance Art.”
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The I.B. Tauris Handbook of Sociology and the Middle East Edited by Fatma Müge Göçek, University of Michigan, USA & Gamze Evcimen, Eastern Michigan University, USA What we understand by the ‘Middle East’ has changed over time and across space. While scholars agree that the geographical ‘core’ of the Middle East is the Arabian Peninsula, the boundaries are less clear. How far back in time should we go to define the Middle East? How far south and east should we move on the African continent? And how do we deal with the minority religions in the region, and those who migrate to the West? Across this handbook’s 52 chapters, the leading sociologists writing on the Middle East share their standpoint on these questions. Taking the featured scholars as constitutive of the field, the handbook reshapes studies on the region by piecing together our knowledge on the Middle East from their path-defining contributions. I B Tauris Handbooks UK December 2025 • US December 2025 520 Pages HB 9780755639427 • £160.00 / $220.00 PB 9780755660162 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9780755639434 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9780755639441 • £35.99 / $49.45 I.B. Tauris
The global approach and wide-ranging topics represent how sociologists enable us to redefine the boundaries and identities of the Middle East today.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Richard Burton, T.E. Lawrence and the Culture of Homoerotic Desire Orientalist Depictions of Arab Sexuality Feras Alkabani, University of Sussex, UK In the 19th and early 20th centuries, the Arabic-speaking regions of the Ottoman Empire saw a crucial change in attitudes towards sexuality. Notions of ‘respectability’, ‘propriety’ and ‘sexual morality’ were being transformed in literary and cultural discourses, a shift that was related to the gradual rise in anti-Ottoman Arab nationalism. However, contemporary Orientalists such as Sir Richard Burton and T.E. Lawrence were oblivious to certain aspects of this process of cultural reconfiguration. While accounts of male-love poetry (ghazal al-mudhakkar) were being gradually expurgated from the Arab literary heritage, elaborate narratives of Oriental homoerotic desire distinctively characterise the encounters of both Burton and Lawrence with the Arab East. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 296 Pages HB 9781784535698 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9780755655823 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781838603656 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781838603649 • £85.50 / $117.00 I.B. Tauris
By comparing their literary and autobiographical accounts of the Arab Orient with contemporary Arabic literature, Feras Alkabani is able to expose this critical disparity in cross-cultural portrayals of sexual morality and homoerotic desire. Alkabani relates the conflicting agendas of contemporary Orientalists and Arab scholars to the shifts in international imperial power relations and the eventual collapse of the Ottoman Empire. His detailed comparative study reveals the significance of homoerotic desire within Orientalist and Arab literary discourses at a time when the meaning and connotations of poetic male-love were undergoing a critical change in Arab culture and literature. It will prove invaluable for those researching Orientalism, nationalism, imperialism and manifestations of homoerotic desire in the fin-de-siècle Middle East.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
351
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Qatar's Foreign Policy
Geography, Politics and Strategy since 1971 Marwan Kabalan, Arab Center for Research and Policy Studies, Qatar This study offers an analysis of Qatar’s foreign policy since its independence from Britain in 1971. Locked between two vying powers, Iran and Saudi Arabia, and lacking the traditional elements of influence in the regional and international state system such as land, human capital, and advanced industry, Qatar nevertheless wields a disproportionately large amount of regional influence with an assertive foreign policy approach. Here, Marwan Kabalan highlights the strategies pursued by the ruling Qatari elite, especially during the last two decades, and delves into the methods Qatar has used to deal with the structural challenges to its foreign policy. The Arab Series on Politics and Society UK June 2026 • US June 2026 304 Pages HB 9780755655205 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780755655199 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755655229 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755655212 • £81.00 / $108.00 I.B. Tauris
These strategies include financially leveraging its access to crucial resources, such as natural gas, and its manipulation of existing regional frictions. The book also addresses Qatar’s soft power influence – positioning itself as an alternative cultural and intellectual hub in the Arab world, enabling it to take a leading role, particularly as a mediator, in the region. By highlighting Qatar’s foreign policy strategies and outcomes, Kabalan illustrates how the Qatari case challenges key assumptions of international relations theory which assumes that wealthy small powers tend to pursue passive foreign policies, and that structural forces minimize the role of ruling elites in foreign policymaking.
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Arabic Literature and Migration New Poetics and Perspectives
Edited by Annamaria Bianco, Baian Rayhanova & Simone Sibilio The volume provides a fresh look at contemporary Arabic literature on the experiences of migration, forced displacement and exile, with a particular focus on the period from the First Gulf War to the present.It traces thematic fusions, genre and stylistic innovations in literary works by and about migrants, refugees and other displaced persons, and covers a wide geographical area, representing not only the Arab world but also various destination countries, including Europe and North America.Questioning the impact of recent waves of forced displacement and migration from Arab countries on the literary field, the volume explores new understandings of identity and generational conflicts embedded in different types of narratives, while highlighting debates regarding displaced subjectivities and the use of the label ‘refugee literature’ in the Arab sphere, where this definition is widely debated.Particular attention is paid to the relationship between literature UK March 2026 • US March 2026 256 Pages PB 9780755652556 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755652549 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780755652570 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780755652563 • £81.00 / $108.00 I.B. Tauris
produced in countries of origin and countries of asylum, as well as to the representation of the ‘state of exception’ in the context of street and camp life.In addition, the volume explores the contribution of literary productions represented by poetry, prose and drama to discourses and debates on human rights, as well as the linguistic choices and aesthetic concerns within them, including formal experiments and the intersection of genres.
COLLECTIONS
Arrested Movement in the Middle East
Mobility and Political Dissent in Arab and Palestinian Culture Drew Paul, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, USA How has cultural production from the Middle East responded to two simultaneous and contradictory trends: growing ease of global mobility brought about by advances in transportation and communication technologies, and increasingly odious restrictions on movement imposed by repressive regimes, civil war, and military occupations in the Arab world? This book draws on conceptions of space, borders, and mobility from fields such as cultural studies, geography, and anthropology to analyze instances in which movement is arrested, interrupted, or detoured in literature and film from Palestine, Iraq, Lebanon, and Egypt. Each chapter revolves around a particular type or space of (im)mobility, such as airports, underground tunnels, and cross-border infiltration. In many of these cases, the juxtaposition of the possibility of movement that is available to some but not others, or was once available but now is denied, acts as a catalyst for imagining UK November 2025 • US November 2025 224 Pages • 15 bw illus PB 9780755656769 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755656721 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755656745 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755656738 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
352
UK, Europe, ROW
forms of dissent and resistance to repression, ways to circumvent and subvert imposed immobility, and speculative visions of the future.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Refugee Governance in the Arab World
The International Refugee Regime and Global Politics Edited by Tamirace Fakhoury, University in Aalborg in Copenhagen & Dawn Chatty The Arab region has played an oversized role in hosting refugees. Yet a paucity of literature exists on how the region has contributed to shaping the international refugee regime. This open access anthology presents the first comprehensive study of how Arab states interact with the international refugee regime. It offers a multidisciplinary perspective bringing together historical, political, legal, sociological, and anthropological approaches. Through a wide range of case studies, the anthology explores how Arab states have created norms and practices of refugee governance beyond – and not necessarily aligned with – international refugee law. It also analyses how Arab states have negotiated and contested international agreements and processes. In doing so, the book ‘deUK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages HB 9780755650156 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755650194 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755650163 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9780755650170 • £0.00 / $0.00 I.B. Tauris
exceptionalizes’ the Arab region, positioning states and societies as norm shapers with an impact on global politics beyond the Arab world. The eBook editions of this book are available as open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Sciences Po.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Occidentalism and the Egyptian Novel Politics, Poetics and Modernity
Lorenzo Casini, University of Messina, Italy This book examines Occidentalism, or the set of cultural, literary and political uses of ‘the West’, in the works of canonical 20th and 21st century Egyptian novelists. Beginning with the writings of Muhammad Husayn Haykal, Lorenzo Casini here traces the way that imaginaries and representations of the West became bound up with the notions of modernity and national identity with which Egyptian novelists grappled, from the works of Tawfiq al-Hakim to those of Taha Husayn. The book also explores the trope of the European woman as an embodiment of the free, modern, seductive West as an essential facet of Occidentalism in this formative period. The second part of the book examines the ways in which later novelists —from Latifa al-Zayyat and Yusuf Idris, to Radwa UK June 2026 • US June 2026 176 Pages HB 9780755646272 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755646319 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755646289 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755646296 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
Ashur and Ahdaf Soueif— subverted dominant Occidentalist themes as a way of re-examining concepts of personal, political, and national identity. The author argues that these later novelists reacted to the changing political circumstances in Egypt, from Nasser’s rule and the slide to authoritarianism to the 2011 Revolution, to envisage different kinds of Egyptian political community with a more complicated and less binary relationship with the imagined West.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Confronting Fascism in the Arabic Jewish Press Intellectual Debates and Entangled Loyalties, 1933-1948 Lucia Admiraal During the 1930s and 1940s, Jews in the Middle East took part in extensive debates on fascism in the public sphere. How did the rise of fascism impact the ways in which Jews in the region envisioned the past, present and future? This open access book examines Jewish discussions on the positions and identities of Jews in the Middle East within the context of multifocal debates on fascism. Focussing on the Arabic Jewish press in Egypt, Lebanon and Syria, it studies the ideas of its editors and main contributors and their intellectual networks. Putting those debates within the context of social, political and national reorientations following the end of the Ottoman Empire, the book uses an ideas-based and conceptual approach to also connect this history to global debates on fascism centred on the concepts of race, civilization and religion. In doing so, it situates Jewish discussions on fascism in the Middle East not only at the heart of Arab intellectual history, but also as part of UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 7 bw illus HB 9780755652747 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755652754 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755652778 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9780755652761 • £0.00 / $0.00 I.B. Tauris
a globalizing public sphere during the interwar, war and immediate post-war periods (1933-1948). The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
353
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The I.B. Tauris Handbook of Authoritarianism in the Arab World Edited by Dana El Kurd, University of Richmond, USA This open access handbook provides an overview of Arab authoritarianism and how it has evolved in the face of a global decade of protest, democratic decline, and surging conflict. The chapters in this volume highlight the specificities of authoritarianism in the Arab world while also placing the region in the context of global trends. Contributions combine fresh theoretical analysis with rich case study information on actors, movements, communities, and dynamics that are often ignored in our understanding of this region. With an emphasis on voices from the region, the contributions in this volume span a wide range of disciplinary approaches and address the following areas: strategies and practices of authoritarianism, international and transnational trends, the political economy of I B Tauris Handbooks UK July 2026 • US June 2026 480 Pages PB 9780755660179 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9780755655359 • £140.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9780755655373 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9780755655366 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
authoritarianism, identity, ideology, and resistance. Addressing these issues not only illuminate the persistence of authoritarianism in the Arab world, but also what Arab authoritarianism teaches us about global politics and trends. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Richmond.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Realizing Saudi Vision 2030
Governance, Institutions and Human Capital Development Edited by Mark C. Thompson, King Faisal Center for Research and Islamic Studies, Saudi Arabia All too often, Saudi Vision 2030 is associated outside the Kingdom solely with mega-projects such as ‘Neom’ and ‘The Line’. But how the Vision is being realized through ‘real life’ situations and issues is frequently overlooked. This open access book is a behind-the-scenes investigation into the current transformations taking place in Saudi Arabia. It comprises contributions from academics, researchers, policymakers and practitioners who have access to the decision-makers and relevant institutions in the country. Based on these authors’ extensive experiences and this unique access, chapters focus on the remodelling of government entities, the creation of institutions, and the new opportunities made available for Saudis through human capital development initiatives, all key issues that are central to the Vision. In assessing the transformations taking place in Saudi Arabia, this book is a much-needed evaluation into how Vision 2030 is being successfully implemented and King Faisal Center for Research and what factors challenge development. Islamic Studies Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages PB 9780755656325 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780755656288 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780755656301 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9780755656318 • £0.00 / $0.00 I.B. Tauris
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the King Faisal Center for Research and Islamic Studies.
COLLECTIONS
The Impact of Domestic Actors on Iraq's Foreign Policy Formulation, 1950s to 1980s Fatih Oguzhan Ipek This book presents a theoretical framework for understanding Iraqi foreign policy from the 1950s through the late Cold War, examining how successive regimes navigated complex international and domestic pressures. Fatih Oguzhan Ipek analyzes the interplay between systemic factors—including influences from great and regional powers— and unit-level variables such as the Iraqi foreign policy executive (FPE) and societal elites. By exploring four critical dimensions—the threat environment, the FPE's structural autonomy, foreign policy coalitions, and domestic power balances —the book reveals how Iraqi leaders strategically used foreign policy to address both external threats and internal challenges. Case studies demonstrate how the concern for regime survival in the Hashemite monarchy motivated it to accede to the Baghdad Pact, how the Iraq-Egypt rivalry influenced Qasim’s decision to invade Kuwait, how Nasserism and UK May 2026 • US April 2026 172 Pages • 19 tables PB 9798216392934 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966596 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216263586 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978760240 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
354
UK, Europe, ROW
Arab nationalism compelled President Arif to join the 1967 Arab-Israeli War despite limited autonomy, and how Iraqi leaders responded to rising powers based on their structural position and the domestic political landscape. This analysis moves beyond conventional explanations of Iraqi foreign policy, offering a nuanced understanding of how authoritarian regimes balance external pressures and domestic constraints when formulating strategic decisions.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
Ronald Storrs
Governing British Jerusalem C. Brad Faught, Tyndale University College Called by T.E. Lawrence, ‘the most brilliant Englishman in the Middle East’, Ronald Storrs was a prominent British diplomat and governor who played a leading role in the Anglo-Egyptian government and the Arab Bureau in the years immediately before and during the First World War. In 1917, Storrs became Military Governor of Jerusalem under the British Mandate, in his words, the first such governor ‘since Pontius Pilate’. This book tells the story of Storrs’s life in the Middle East by weaving together international affairs, regional geopolitics, statecraft and biography to reassess his influence on British policy during the early years of the twentieth century. During this period, he witnessed the rise of Arab nationalism, the end of the Ottoman Empire and the emergence of Zionism in UK January 2026 • US January 2026 240 Pages PB 9780755653416 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9780755653409 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780755653430 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755653423 • £76.50 / $103.50 I.B. Tauris
Palestine. Storrs’s governorship of Jerusalem came at a critical juncture in the city’s post-war history, and C. Brad Faught analyses his attempts to forge a working peace between Arabs and Jews while seeking also to preserve and protect the Holy City’s many sacred spaces. Storrs’s record as a colonial governor is examined, and the sharp divisions within Jerusalem’s body politic – some of which were created or exacerbated by Britain’s own policies – are explored. By probing the life of an important but understudied British diplomat, the book makes an important contribution to deepening our understanding of the complicated history of the modern Middle East.
COLLECTIONS
ISIS
The March to Dystopia Azmi Bishara, Doha Institute for Graduate Studies, Qatar How should we understand ISIS today? The most comprehensive study of ISIS to date, this book benefits from Arabic sources previously unavailable to an Englishspeaking audience. Renowned scholar and political philosopher, Azmi Bishara, stresses the need to place ISIS in its historical, social, and political context – shifting the focus from Salafi ideology – to understand its rise and expansion. This includes a discussion of how regional wars, the occupation of Iraq, sectarian politics, the outbreak of civil war in Iraq and Syria, and the decline of the central state contributed to both ISIS’s formation and the unprecedented merger of Jihadism and Salafism. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 312 Pages HB 9780755601646 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9780755659005 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9780755601653 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9780755601660 • £22.49 / $31.45 I.B. Tauris
The book counters a wide misconception in the West that ISIS’s control of Syria and Iraq can be attributed to a Sunni environment, separating the rise of the organization from its exploitation of religious texts. It presents a rebuttal of arguments that hold Islamic civilization responsible for ISIS ideology by reviewing and deconstructing significant jihadi Salafi texts and demonstrating how they depart from Islamic thought and culture. Beyond ISIS, the book offers an original comparative analysis of the ideology of jihadism, as well as matters of governance, recruitment, and radicalisation.
COLLECTIONS
Al-Qaida after 9/11
The War on Terror and the Decade of Demise Anne Likuski How did the War on Terror impact Al-Qaida in the decade after 9/11? This is the first book to analyse the inner workings of the group through the eyes of its mid-level leaders in Pakistan, who were, in practice, running al-Qaida’s affairs when communications with Osama bin Laden were slow or absent. The book relies on a large collection of little-known Arabic primary sources about al-Qaida, including the “Abbottabad documents” - the group’s own, internal communications between 2002-2011. Al-Qaida’s performance is assessed in three areas: the war in Afghanistan; the war in Iraq; and international terrorism. Chapters explain why the group’s contributions to UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages HB 9780755648566 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780755648573 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9780755648580 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9780755648597 • £17.99 / $24.25 I.B. Tauris
the Afghan war were modest, shows the reasons for Al-Qaida’s inability to influence events in Iraq, and charts its fading ability to organize international terrorist attacks. The Abbottabad documents reveal that Al-Qaida’s demise after 9/11 was not simply the result of effective counterterrorism. Rather, the group’s organizational weaknesses and the fallibilities of individual leaders played a vital role. The book gives us the first glimpse into the instances where bin Laden’s lack of strategy meant al-Qaida’s mid-level leadership had to grapple with the consequences. It also documents the detrimental impact of the relationship between al-Qaida and the Taliban.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
355
MIDDLE EAST COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The 44-Day War
Armenia, Azerbaijan, and the Struggle for Nagorno-Karabakh Edited by Vicken Cheterian, University of Geneva The Second Nagorno-Karabakh War in 2020 was a major armed conflict between the two modern, regular armies of Armenia and Azerbaijan. This open access book examines the causes, and consequences of the war Second NagornoKarabakh War. The first part of the book includes chapters discussing why the ceasefire regime failed after long twenty-six years, international mediation and diplomacy, the geopolitical tensions, Armenia’s failure to anticipate the coming war, and emergence of autocratic rule in Azerbaijan. The second part of the book looks at international actors, including the surprising behaviour of Russia, Turkish role and interests, and the lack of American Christian solidarity towards Armenians. The third part of the book looks at the consequences of the war, including the post-war diplomatic initiatives, the dramatic failure of the Russian peacekeeping mission leading to the ethnic cleansing of Nagorno-Karabakh, and a comparative study of NagornoUK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages HB 9780755653454 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780755653461 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780755653485 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9780755653478 • £0.00 / $0.00 I.B. Tauris
Karabakh with the Russia-Ukraine wars. Including specialists from various disciplines and from several countries, the book sheds light on the Second Karabakh War, the future of Armenian-Azerbaijani relations and placing it in the broader international context of a new era of inter-state wars. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
COLLECTIONS
My Struggle for Syria
A Woman in Arab Politics Bassma Kodmani Edited by Hala Kodmani & Emma Playfair This account by Bassma Kodmani details her passionate fight for democratic change in Syria. It is both her personal testimony and a unique historical document. As a westernised Syrian intellectual who, in 2011, became a figure of the Syrian opposition in exile, her candid narrative sheds fresh light on this conflict with its multiple twists and turns drawn from her direct involvement over a decade. Kodmani participated in and initiated meetings and negotiations with diplomats and politicians from around the world. Her testimony covers the exclusive behind-the-scenes revelations about conversations with local and international officials and follows the mutations of the Syrian conflict. The missed opportunities, broken promises and the changing positions of some of the world’s most important leaders revealed in this book illuminate the regional geopolitics of the Syrian conflict that are still unresolved today. An important source for scholars in Syria studies, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages HB 9780755658206 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9780755658213 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9780755658237 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9780755658220 • £22.49 / $31.45 I.B. Tauris
Kodmani's personal reflections add a human element to the political analysis.
COLLECTIONS
Iran and the Bomb
The United States, Iran, and the Nuclear Question Sina Azodi This book is the first to trace the evolution of Iran’s nuclear strategy (program) in the broader context of its relationship with the United States, from the early days of total US support in the 1950s to the staunch opposition that followed the Iranian revolution, and its reconstitution. The account covers the pivotal moments including initial meetings to pursue uranium enrichment in Iran, key internal debates, the signing of the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), Donald Trump’s controversial withdrawal and the latest efforts to revive the agreement. The book shows that because the strategic logic of the nuclear program transcends the regimes type, dismantling the Iranian nuclear program is not viable policy option for the United States. Instead, the US UK June 2026 • US June 2026 280 Pages HB 9780755659906 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780755659890 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780755659920 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780755659913 • £19.79 / $26.95 I.B. Tauris
must learn to live with a nuclear threshold state and make it a priority to keep Iranian capacity as far away from the bomb as possible. The research is based on American declassified documents and often marginalized Iranian primary sources including political memoirs, diplomatic correspondences, oral histories from Iranian nuclear officials and exclusive one-on-one interviews with Iranian scientists and national security officials.
356
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSEUM STUDIES
Digital Asset Management for Museums Edited by Margaret C. McKee & Jessica Herczeg-Konecny Our cultural heritage institutions live today in a world that persistently blends the alternating currents of the known and "touchable" world with an immediate and intimate digital unfolding with shapes and intentions beyond what we can know. These digital twins may start as just that – twins – but often quickly become different. A scan of a sculpture can be used for research, to deepen a visitor's sight of what's underneath, become a model for a licensed derivative destined for the gift shop, or help curators plan an exhibition. Our museum holdings throughout the world require careful management – from access, to storage, to conservation, and they create the wonder we experience in the hands of gifted museum staff. Our museums’ digital assets demand the same level of attention, concern, legacy preservation as they embrace our minds and American Alliance of Museums UK October 2025 • US October 2025 272 Pages • 17 bw images; 8 tables; 13 textboxes HB 9781538184516 • £190.00 / $260.00 PB 9781538184523 • £64.99 / $89.95 ePDF 9798765154359 • £58.49 / $80.95 ePub 9781538184530 • £58.49 / $80.95 Bloomsbury Academic
infuse experience from the invisible reach of "ones and zeroes" made manifest and all around us. This is the realization at the core of Digital Asset Management for Museums. The chapters in this book will guide readers through strategies for unlocking an asset’s potential, implementing digital assets into cultural institutions successfully, managing potential failures in implementation, and training museum staff to utilize digital assets effectively. Digital asset management strategies consider the ever-evolving nature of technology, which makes this book’s approach relevant to the needs of cultural institutions today as well as to institutions’ needs for the future.
A Collaborative Approach to Exhibition Making Emily Saich & Joey Scott Making exhibitions takes creativity, collaboration, and a well-supported process. A Collaborative Approach to Exhibition Making is a practical and succinct guide for everyone managing or working on collaborative teams doing this creative work. It covers new and essential processes for creating exhibitions, moving from idea generation all the way through project opening in an approachable and supportive format. Emily Saich and Joey Noelle Scott share their perspective along with tried-and-tested tools to help collaborative teams build trust, generate ideas, communicate effectively, and develop shared understanding. They dive into planning projects, understanding budgets and schedules, facilitating creative design and development, managing feedback, selecting contractors, and closing out a project. Whether you’re leading the creation of a new exhibition or engaged in any part of the exhibit making process, you’ll find useful and insightful methods to support a collaborative approach. American Alliance of Museums UK April 2025 • US April 2025 200 Pages • 21 Tables, 30 BW Illustrations, 12 Textboxes HB 9781538185254 • £92.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538185261 • £40.00 / $52.00 ePDF 9798765193167 • £36.00 / $46.80 ePub 9781538185278 • £36.00 / $46.80 American Alliance Of Museums
Museum Flack
A Public Relations Guide for Museums Steve Lott, American University In the turbulent realm of modern media, where museums often find themselves thrust into the limelight for less than favorable reasons, Museum Flack emerges as an indispensable public relations manual for thriving amid crises. As headlines increasingly narrate tales of leadership upheavals, funding woes, and political skirmishes, the book becomes a beacon for those striving to safeguard their institutions’ reputations. Museum Flack not only dissects the anatomy of effective media engagement but also transforms crises into opportunities for building trust. It equips readers with the tools to craft magnetic narratives, secure positive press without hefty expenses, and deftly maneuver the modern media tapestry. Through a blend of high-stakes campaign insights and museum-specific case studies, the book demystifies complex communication challenges into tangible strategies. American Alliance of Museums UK October 2025 • US October 2025 320 Pages HB 9798765156391 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798765156407 • £31.99 / $42.00 ePDF 9798765156421 • £28.79 / $37.80 ePub 9798765156414 • £28.79 / $37.80 Bloomsbury Academic
Museum Flack unpacks the techniques behind headlines and empowers any museum professional to advocate for their institution, safeguard its reputation, and seize the media spotlight for all the right reasons. Every chapter offers step-by-step tactics and real-world examples, transforming complex communications challenges into clear, actionable strategies.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
357
MUSEUM STUDIES
The Financial Integration and Resilience Model Building the Museum Financial Ecosystem
Ashley Amos, Senior Financial Manager, United States Holocaust Memorial Museum & Jon Carver, Chief Financial Officer, United States Holocaust Memorial Museum Museums face mounting challenges to sustain their operations as costs continue to rise and fundraising becomes more competitive. The financial operations of a Museum can no longer be viewed as a support function that merely processes revenue and pays bills. A strong financial foundation must be elevated to a strategic priority alongside the highest order mission and values of an institution. This book will explore how to create a Financial Integration & Resilience Model (FIRM), based on best practices and innovative approaches (including the use of Artificial Intelligence) for any Museum. The FIRM approach is unique because it leverages best practices in both the non-profit and Federal and state government American Alliance of Museums UK July 2025 • US July 2025 168 Pages • 45 BW illustrations, 12 tables HB 9781538198308 • £130.00 / $170.00 PB 9781538198315 • £39.99 / $55.00 ePDF 9798216366027 • £35.99 / $49.50 ePub 9781538198322 • £35.99 / $49.50 Bloomsbury Academic
sectors. The FIRM has been developed to break down organizational silos by using a strategic and risk-based approach; it ensures that all Museum offices participate in the model to ensure fundraising, strategic priorities and the budgeting are not segregated processes but a connected ecosystem. This connectivity creates a shared goal of resilience across the institution, and does not replace individual program goals or mission objectives. Financial resilience cannot exist without integration, and these two powerful forces together will generate positive reverberations across the institution.
All Together Now
A Collaborative Approach for University Museums Barbara Rothermel University museums today must adjust to the new realities of social relevance and essentiality by creating an inclusive, process-oriented infrastructure for the development of purposeful exhibitions that demonstrate the value of the museum within the university and in its community. To revitalize its place within the academy and develop working relationships within the community, resolute change lies within the complex yet vibrant collaboration that encourages dialogue and the exchange of ideas. Collaboration is a process and a skill. Forming a collaborative environment demands creativity, curiosity, diplomacy, trial-and-error, flexibility, resolve, and a willingness to change and evolve rather than revolve around what has been. This text will approach collaboration from four perspectives - staff commitment, faculty collaboration, student engagement, and community involvement – while acknowledging that every museum and every project have a personality and character all American Alliance of Museums
their own. The book is directed specifically at university museums but is relevant to museums of any size and scope as
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 200 Pages HB 9781538199107 • £93.00 / $125.00 PB 9781538199114 • £47.99 / $65.00 ePDF 9798216382911 • £43.19 / $58.50 ePub 9781538199121 • £43.19 / $58.50 Bloomsbury Academic
process and inspiration for inclusive collaboration.
Think Like a Curator
A Guide to Curatorial Practice in History Organizations Donna R. Braden Most history museums - large and small, indoor and outdoor - have a staff member with the title of curator, or at minimum, have tasks that can be classified as curator's work. But, understanding what is involved in doing this work is more complicated than it seems. This book will help you to 'think like a curator'. Written by an author who has spent 45 years doing this type of work at one of the largest history museums in the country, this book guides the reader through curatorial methodology in today's world with topics that include: reading objects; shaping collections; engaging in rigorous research; the curatorial role in exhibitions and historic site interpretation; the basics of curatorial writing; and curators as leaders. It gives special focus to applying DEAI lenses, as well as aligning with institutional mission and goals, incorporating audience perspectives, and using conceptual and systems thinking. Both succinct and substantial, this book includes easy American Association for State and explanations, step-by-step process guides, practical tips, real-life examples, activities, and source lists. Local History UK April 2025 • US April 2025 248 Pages • 25 b/w photos; 1 table; 12 textboxes; HB 9781538182802 • £92.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538182819 • £38.00 / $50.00 ePDF 9798881858469 • £34.20 / $45.00 ePub 9781538182826 • £34.20 / $45.00 Rowman & Littlefield
358
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSEUM STUDIES
Museum Master Planning
Basic Principles and Best Practices Guy Hermann & Sara Patton Zarrelli Museum Master Planning: Basic Principles and Best Practices is a practical guide for directors of museums and similar cultural organizations considering changes to their operating model or facilities. Museum Master Planning presents a complete step-by-step, planning process that results in a master plan that will shape a museum's growth and development over the next 15 to 20 years. The planning process outlined here begins with people - who is the museum serving now? Who would the museum like to be serving in the future? When a museum understands the interests and needs of the people they serve, the kinds of programs, facilities, and operational underpinnings needed come into focus. Using lessons from successful museum master plans, the planning process outlined here results in a user focused plan for the future. Detailed chapters on museum programs, staffing, and facilities provide the foundation for growth and development. The final sections UK March 2025 • US March 2025 of the book discuss working with other planning and design experts to fully realize the plan. Field-tested tools, worksheets, 180 Pages • 9 BW Illustrations, 4 Tables, 17 and other resources will allow readers to easily implement the planning process at their own institution. Textboxes HB 9781538192627 • £73.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538192634 • £35.00 / $42.00 ePDF 9798881866549 • £31.50 / $37.80 ePub 9781538192641 • £31.50 / $37.80 Rowman & Littlefield
2ND EDITION
Interpretive Theme Writer's Field Guide
How to Craft Strong Themes from Big Idea to Presentation Jon Kohl, PUP Collaboratory The interpretive theme is the most important sentence an interpreter inks on paper. Despite its centrality to thematic interpretation, no single work has dedicated itself entirely to the art and craft of strong theme writing until now. The Interpretive Theme Writer's Field Guide builds on Sam Ham’s 30-year thematic interpretation research legacy. While leaving communication theory to his books, this companion offers writers strong theme examples, updated theme writer´s worksheet, inspirational quotes, technique highlights, and exercises, including the use of AI generators to craft themes. The second edition also includes new chapters on development psychology, presentation structures, a glossary, an essay on ChatGPT and theme writing, and much more. With contributions from Ham, Ted Cable, Shelton Johnson, Thorsten Ludwig, Don Enright, Judy Fort Brenneman, Kylie Christian, Michael Glen, and other voices from around the English-speaking world, National Association for Interpretation UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages • 37 b/w photos; 20 tables HB 9798881807498 • £110.00 / $140.00 PB 9798881807504 • £33.99 / $46.95 ePDF 9798881867577 • £30.59 / $42.25 ePub 9798881807511 • £30.59 / $42.25 Bloomsbury Academic
this Field Guide serves at the desk, in the museum exhibit hall, on the park trail, or at an archeological site. It recognizes that teams, even communities, create natural-cultural heritage themes, and introduces the Interpretive Framework methodology to facilitate consensus community-based theme writing.
Building Museum Games A Practical Guide
Kellian Adams Pletcher, Director of GLAM Innovation at FableVision Studios This book bridges the gap between museum professionals and game designers, providing strategies for creating engaging digital, analog, or digital/physical games for museums. Through a series of examples, templates and activities, readers of this book can learn a structured process of game design, including approaches for how to:
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 152 Pages • 23 bw illustrations HB 9798216379768 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216379751 • £27.99 / $37.95 ePDF 9798216379782 • £25.19 / $34.15 ePub 9798216379775 • £25.19 / $34.15 Bloomsbury Academic
-
Establish design parameters
-
Build simple wireframes
-
Create prototypes
-
Work with contractors
-
Build basic budgets and schedules
-
Engage visitors as testers and collaborators
The book highlights the continuous cycle of testing and improvement that makes games such a lively and vibrant medium for visitor engagement. All of these techniques are tailored to the unique challenges of designing games in the museum world and include practical considerations on how to build with and within an institution.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
359
MUSEUM STUDIES
Unseen Scars
Vicarious Trauma at Holocaust Museums, Exhibitions, and Memorial Sites Julie J. Golding, Holocaust Museum and Center for Tolerance and Education Holocaust educators and museums face an urgent challenge: preserving the memory of genocide while protecting the psychological well-being of those who learn about it. How can they teach about historical atrocities without traumatizing the very students they aim to educate? This groundbreaking book examines the complex intersection of trauma, memory, and education in Holocaust learning environments. Drawing on research in trauma studies, educational psychology, and museum visitor experiences, it reveals how encounters with difficult histories can either create meaningful understanding or cause psychological harm. Julie Golding introduces practical frameworks for educators regarding trauma-informed teaching and explores concepts like UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages • 35 bw illustrations HB 9798216381228 • £110.00 / $140.00 PB 9798216381204 • £31.99 / $42.95 ePDF 9798216381242 • £28.79 / $38.65 ePub 9798216381235 • £28.79 / $38.65 Bloomsbury Academic
vicarious resilience as alternatives to vicarious trauma. Through analysis of survivor testimony, museum exhibitions, and empirical research on student responses, the book provides concrete tools for navigating the delicate balance between historical truth and emotional safety. Essential for educators, museum professionals, and anyone involved in teaching difficult histories, Unseen Scars: Vicarious Trauma at Holocaust Museums, Exhibitions and Memorial Sites offers both theoretical insights and practical strategies for honoring the past while protecting those who encounter it. It demonstrates how we can learn from humanity’s darkest chapters without being overwhelmed by them.
An Empathy-Building Toolkit for Museums Elif M. Gokcigdem Museums as informal learning platforms that reflect the subjects, themes, and contexts representing all aspects of life, have a unique advantage and a responsibility to contribute to empathy-building in our world by offering opportunities for experiential learning of empathy as a portal to a deep understanding of our interconnected and interdependent existence. Within this context, empathy is defined as a form of perception, enabling us to connect with ourselves and others through a cultivation of self-knowledge. This is key to take sustainable actions towards major global challenges our world is facing, such as fragmentation, othering, as well as social and environmental injustices. An Empathy-Building Toolkit for Museums will offer a rich variety of practical and multidisciplinary solutions to empathybuilding with potential for adaptation, implementation, and scaling through a variety of museums, and other informal learning American Alliance of Museums UK February 2026 • US February 2026 360 Pages • 54 bw illustrations, 2 tables HB 9798216387862 • £120.00 / $160.00 PB 9798216387855 • £41.99 / $57.95 ePDF 9798216387886 • £37.79 / $52.15 ePub 9798216387879 • £37.79 / $52.15 Bloomsbury Academic
platforms, that aspire to become incubators of empathy in their respective sectors, institutions, systems, and communities. Whether museum visitors are engaging with art, religious objects, or animals, cultural heritage professionals can use the strategies outlined in this book to foster empathy and reflection, making museums a more transformative and enlightening experience.
Creating Digital Exhibitions A Practical Guide
Edited by Zida Wang, University of Nevada, Las Vegas Marjorie Barrick Museum of Art & Morgan Joseph Hamilton, The Delaware Contemporary Creating Digital Exhibitions: A Practical Guide provides both in-depth theoretical discussions and practical, step-by-step approaches to creating virtual exhibitions in museums. It emphasizes participatory and edu-curation strategies that address the evolving needs of small to medium museums in the digital age. This book brings a unique, global perspective, including case studies and insights from diverse cultural contexts. It features approachable discussions about technology, practical how-to guidance, and a focus on diversity and inclusion in exhibit design from practitioners in the field. It's not just about the how but also covers the why behind digital transformation in museums. UK February 2026 • US March 2026 336 Pages HB 9798216389385 • £105.00 / $140.00 PB 9798216389378 • £33.99 / $46.95 ePDF 9798216389415 • £30.59 / $42.25 ePub 9798216389408 • £30.59 / $42.25 Bloomsbury Academic
What makes this book unique is its multi-vocal approach to developing digital exhibitions. This book pairs theoretical frameworks of digital and virtual environments with the practical implications of producing exhibits with national and international applications. These examples include contemporary case studies focusing on inclusivity and accessibility in digital/virtual exhibitions that go beyond static pages of high-resolution object reproductions and into interactive and responsive digital engagement. This book is the first of its kind to focus on small- to mid-sized museums whose limited budgets and staff often control their ability to expand into the digital landscape. It offers projects that are scalable, which will benefit museums of all sizes.
360
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
9798765106464
9798765106556
9798765132760
9798765133125
9798765106839
9781501390449
9798765106914
9798765106792
9798765119488
9798765119334
9798765119525
9798765119068
33 1/3
333sound.com
@333books
@331.3books
www.bloomsbury.com/33-13-hub
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Cher's Believe Lior Phillips, Music Journalist, USA Featuring interviews with some of her well-known fans, including Ru Paul and Sean Hayes, this is a celebration of the album where Cher challenged the ageist pop industry and re-solidified herself as a force to be reckoned with. By 1998, Cher seemed fated to fade off into the pop sunset. Her time of being half of pop music’s “It couple”, of releasing chart-topping singles, of having her own TV show, in starring in box office breaking movies, was coming to an end. But then Believe and a new invention called auto-tune changed everything. Pop has always been a young person’s game, especially for women, and a new dawn of that obsessive youth was in full swing in the late ‘90s. But Cher’s return to inescapability at 52 years old—making her the oldest woman to reach the top of
33 1/3 UK June 2026 • US June 2026 152 Pages PB 9798765132593 • £9.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765132609 • £8.99 / $13.45 ePub 9798765132616 • £8.99 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
the Billboard Hot 100—was a refusal to accept that model. Full of fire, cutting edge choices, and a strong advocacy for one’s self, Believe was her giant musical middle finger to all those assumptions. The album confirmed her place as a pop icon, a queer icon, a feminist icon, and reminds us that everyone should believe they can be strong enough.
COLLECTIONS
Frank Ocean's Blonde Yousef Srour, Freelance writer, USA By contextualizing the lyrics, reevaluating Ocean’s post-album release festival run, and presenting new information about the songs’ production, the book decodes the enigma that is Blonde. Frank Ocean’s Blonde is a contemporary classic. Sandwiched between Elvis Presley and the Sex Pistols at #79 on Rolling Stones’ 500 Greatest Albums of All Time list, Blonde defined a generation in the almost nine years since its release. Yet, the album is still a mystery to so many. Besides a handful of interviews, a hefty 360-page zine titled Boys Don’t Cry, and Tumblr posts from around the time of the album’s release, Frank Ocean has distanced himself as much as possible from the album and the conversations involving it.
33 1/3 UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages PB 9798765133477 • £10.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765133491 • £9.89 / $13.45 ePub 9798765133507 • £9.89 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
It is one of the seminal works in the 2010s Afrofuturism revival, which this book highlights by pointing at the role of modern technology in society, including a dialogue about its misgivings and its ability to manipulate time, memory, and emotions. It spotlights the summer leading up to the album, the album’s release, a track-by-track rundown illustrating the album’s narrative, along with a discussion about its lasting cultural impact.
COLLECTIONS
Violent Femmes' Violent Femmes Nic Brown, Clemson University, USA Through rare access to the Violent Femmes and their archives, this book investigates the creation of such iconic songs as "Blister in the Sun", "Kiss Off", "Add it Up" and "Prove My Love", as well as the album's recording process. The self-titled debut from Milwaukee post-punk acoustic trio the Violent Femmes is one of those rare albums that seems to have altered the course of popular music and influenced just about everyone who heard it while also managing to operate almost entirely outside of the mainstream. Released in 1983 to little sales or attention, the band was so iconoclastic that it couldn’t even engender support from Milwaukee’s anti-establishment punk scene. Over the ensuing years, though, Violent Femmes managed to exert itself as an unstoppable cultural force, ascending the college radio charts and spreading through
33 1/3 UK May 2026 • US May 2026 136 Pages PB 9798765133514 • £10.99 / $14.95 ePDF 9798765133538 • £9.89 / $13.45 ePub 9798765133545 • £9.89 / $13.45 Bloomsbury Academic
362
UK, Europe, ROW
word-of-mouth. Violent Femmes didn’t sound like anything else when it was made, and it still doesn’t sound like anything else. The album somehow exists both outside of time and as one of the most evocative and enduring artifacts of the alternative ‘80’s.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Minimalist Music George Grella, Jr., Independent Scholar, USA Minimalist Music looks critically into the music’s past, shows how the genre thrives across styles, and points the way toward minimalism’s ongoing future. Minimalism as a genre is best defined not by any style or flavor but by its means. Certain rhythms and chords in other music may identify things like jazz or bossa nova or reggae; take those same elements and put them through the processes of minimalism and you have minimalism with the hues of other musics. A still young genre with ancient roots, minimalism is much less any kind of style than a practice, a manner of making music. Genre: A 33 1/3 Series UK April 2026 • US April 2026 152 Pages PB 9798765123447 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798765123461 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9798765123454 • £13.49 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Reviving those means and applying them to contemporary sounds and experiences, the pioneers of minimalism created a new and avant-garde music that immediately communicated its power to listeners of all kinds. The global appeal of minimalism and the way the methods adapt to myriad styles open up a view into how music actually works as an art and an experience, how through time it connects in a fundamental way to how we as humans listen. Minimalist Music is also available in audiobook format from audiobook retailers.
COLLECTIONS
Queercore Audrey Golden, Writer, USA Queercore officially got its name in the mid-1980s when G.B. Jones and Bruce LaBruce named it in their revolutionary zine J.D.s, but the movement began years earlier with bands like Wayne County and the Electric Chairs, Nervous Gender, and Fifth Column. The scene exploded into the next decade with the popularity of bands that often crossed over into the riot grrrl scene, including Tribe 8, Team Dresch, Sister George, and Huggy Bear. Their revolution took the form of zine and cassette creation, which they distributed far and wide. Those documents became like guidebooks for queer punks in small towns throughout North America, Europe, Australia, and Japan. This book explores queercore as a genre that was never intended to be a genre, but instead an underground resistance movement centered around punk. It identifies the key players in the queercore lexicon, from musicians and filmmakers to Genre: A 33 1/3 Series UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages PB 9798765125854 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798765125878 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9798765125861 • £13.49 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
record labels and zine-makers, and it documents their histories through original interviews and archival research. Ultimately, the book guides readers through the beginnings of queercore into the present, where the legacy of this unlikely genre looms loudly for LGBTQIA+ artists and all those marginalized by the mainstream.
COLLECTIONS
Pub Rock Mark Wilkerson, Writer, USA The scene that bulldozed the path from prog and glam to punk and new wave, pub rock was a short-lived phenomenon in the U.K., emerging amidst the bloated landscape of prog rock and an increasingly oppressive economic outlook. In the U.K. in the early ‘70s, in response to the glitz of glam and the excess of prog there emerged a DIY, back to basics scene known as pub rock: no-fuss, grass roots rock’n’roll bands playing in tight, sweaty rooms to packed throngs in the Victorian pubs of north London. Pub rock was a relative flash in the pan, lasting only a handful of years, but it produced a seismic shift, bridging the gap between rock’s Baroque period and the ensuing punk and new wave scene, and crucially, Genre: A 33 1/3 Series UK June 2026 • US June 2026 152 Pages PB 9798765123409 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798765123423 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9798765123416 • £14.36 / $17.95 Bloomsbury Academic
restoring the visceral connection between artist and audience. Pub rock set the standard and, through artists like Brinsley Schwarz, Ducks Deluxe and Dr. Feelgood, paved the way for countless acts including The Clash, the Sex Pistols and The Pretenders. Pub Rock explores the history of the genre’s evolution, and examines its significant and enduring legacy.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
363
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Silly's Februar Michael Rauhut, University of Agder, Norway A portrait and analysis of East German band Silly's popular music masterpiece, Februar, that mirrors the collapse of socialism. In early 1989, nine months before the fall of the Berlin Wall, the band Silly released Februar, one of the most important albums in the history of rock music in the GDR. The record was both—an artistic masterpiece, and an eloquent sign of the times, with lyrics that commented on the political erosion afoot in East Europe and anticipated the collapse of socialism. That the words were able to overcome the hurdles typically set by censorship in the GDR owed in part to the extraordinary origins of the album. Februar was the only large-scale popular music coproduction between East and West Germany, jointly realized by Amiga in socialist East Germany and Ariola in the capitalist West. Ariola assumed the costs for the album, assuring itself the final say. Recorded in West Berlin, the album was released in both Germanies. Yet just as the song sequence and narrative of the record varied considerably from East to West, so too did its presentation and reception. 33 1/3 Europe UK May 2026 • US May 2026 160 Pages HB 9798765109304 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765109311 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798765109335 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9798765109328 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Academic
Februar illustrated the divergent meanings rock music held in the rival societies, confirming its special power in the GDR. Differently from what black-white interpretations suggest, rock in East Germany developed along lines marked by unexpected possibilities, productive contradictions, and constant negotiations between artists and the state. This is the subject of this book. It portrays Februar as the culmination of a long-process of self-empowerment, throughout which Silly gained increasing artistic and political leeway.
COLLECTIONS
CCCP - Fedeli Alla Linea’s Affinità - Divergenze Fra Il Compagno Togliatti e Noi Giacomo Bottà, University of Turku, Finland A squat in West Berlin, a farmhouse in Fellegara, a garret in Reggio Emilia, a cellar in Bologna - where is Affinità Divergenze Fra Il Compagno Togliatti e Noi really from? This book traces the tangled geographies behind one of Italy’s most enigmatic records asking: how do places shape music, and how does music make space? Giacomo Bottà explores the groundbreaking album by Italian band CCCP – Fedeli alla Linea, arguing that their aesthetic, musical and ideological approach embodies an ‘imaginary and affective territorialization’ caught between maximalism and minimalism. Through chapters that analyze the band’s origins, the album as an artifact and its deeper theoretical implications, the book explores CCCP’s ambiguous position, their unique sound and their lasting influence on Italian alternative music. Ultimately, 33 1/3 Europe UK February 2026 • US February 2026 128 Pages HB 9798765111277 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765111260 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798765111291 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9798765111284 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Academic
364
UK, Europe, ROW
this study reveals the band’s out-of-time and out-of-place nature, capturing their controversial yet pioneering role in shaping creative identities across Europe.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The La De Da's The Happy Prince John Tebbutt, RMIT University, Australia This is the untold history of Oceania's 1960s lost psychedelic album, The Happy Prince. Recorded in Sydney by the La De Das, an Aotearoa/New Zealand band, this was the first LP in Australia that told a single story, creating an audio world. The La De Das were – and are – one of New Zealand’s most loved bands. By 1967 they had numerous hit singles and two albums of diverse music. What drove them to experiment with an art pop form? This book answers that question by digging into archives, dusting off historical memories of those who were there. Released in 1969, this album is a collection of original songs based on an Oscar Wilde story, published in 1888. The tracks include narration by Australia’s pop poet Adrian Rawlins. It was a technical and artistic statement, the likes of which Australian music had not previously heard. At EMI’s studios in Sydney, the production experimented with 8-track recording, using electronically synchronized four track machines. EMI provided an in-house producer but the album was independently 33 1/3 Oceania UK June 2026 • US June 2026 168 Pages HB 9798765114049 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765114032 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798765114063 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9798765114056 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Academic
funded. At the time, it was hailed in music magazine Go Set as “the best thing ever recorded in Australia”. Yet the album disappeared, rarely promoted and never charting. That line up of the band did not record another album. This book finally tells their story.
COLLECTIONS
The Three Out's Move James Gaunt, Writer, Australia This is the story of Australia’s most popular modern jazz group of the 1960s, and their best-selling debut album Move. The Three Out played at the Sydney jazz club El Rocco, where they started attracting large crowd. Their debut album Move was released just six weeks after the trio formed and sold over 3,000 copies upon its release in 1961. Detailing the careers of each member, Australian drummer Chris Karan, Dutch bassist Freddy Logan, and New Zealand pianist Mike Nock, this book looks at how they came together to push Australian jazz to new heights, and why they split up after two successful albums. Forming in 1960, The Three Out toured Australia, New Zealand, and Europe before going onto greater things. As each member forged new careers, performing with artists such as Dudley Moore, Tubby Hayes, and Yusef Lateef, The Three Out’s debut album - and indeed the trio itself - became a footnote in the careers' of its members. The album was mostly 33 1/3 Oceania UK June 2026 • US June 2026 152 Pages HB 9798765122969 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765122976 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798765122990 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9798765122983 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Academic
known to collectors only until a German record label reissued their albums in 2015 and brought them back into the spotlight. Featuring new interviews with Mike Nock, Chris Karan, and those who played with them, this book cements the importance of The Three Out’s Move within Australia jazz history, and documents the album's remastering and rediscovery by contemporary listeners.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
365
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Cranking Up Taylor Swift
Her Musical Journey in 11 Songs Phoebe E. Hughes The volume on a standard amp goes to 10. But, sometimes, that’s just not high enough. Sometimes, you need to rock even harder than that—all the way to 11. Goes to 11books are short, opinionated introductions to the catalogs of major musical acts through 11 essential songs. Because going over the top is the only answer when it comes to good music. ==== Since the release of her first album in 2006, Taylor Swift has taken the world by storm, breaking countless records and changing the shape of music and songwriting worldwide. Her career has widened the scope of potential for musicians and GOES TO 11 UK April 2025 • US April 2025 160 Pages PB 9781493084722 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9798765161388 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9781493084739 • £13.49 / $17.95 Backbeat
generated a body of work vast enough to cross multiple genres. From “Tim McGraw” to The Eras Tour, Cranking Up Taylor Swift provides a whirlwind tour of 11 essential Taylor Swift tracks. It covers every era of her output—early hits, genre experiments, and her latest career highlights—exploring the irresistible alchemy that makes Swift’s music impossible for the world to shake off.
COLLECTIONS
A Little More Love
The Life and Legacy of Olivia Newton-John Matthew Hild An in-depth biography that closely examines the superstar’s multi-faceted career, personal life, advocacy, and legacy. Olivia Newton-John was one of the biggest and most iconic global pop stars in history with estimated record sales of over 100 million and starring roles in several films, including Grease and Xanadu. Her hit “Physical” was ranked by Billboard as the most popular single of the 1980s. Behind all of this glitz and glamor was an extremely strong, kind, and resilient person with an unfailing, positive attitude in the face of personal tragedies and setbacks. For decades, she bravely and publicly UK May 2026 • US May 2026 264 Pages HB 9798216368021 • £22.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798216352327 • £19.79 / $27.00 ePub 9798216352310 • £19.79 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
battled breast cancer while continuing her career and advocated for environmental issues, animal rights, and LGBTQ+ rights. This biography, based on extensive archival research and original interviews with many of her friends and associates, reveals the real person who was Olivia Newton-John. Matthew Hild provides many never-before-shared insights into the star’s life, including her humanitarianism and personal struggles, and dives deeply into her many famous records and lesserknown work, from her early start in Australia all the way to her last recording – a moving duet of “Jolene” with Dolly Parton.
COLLECTIONS
Moving in Stereo
Ric Ocasek, the Driving Force of The Cars Peter Aaron The sounds of new wave pop music and the early days of MTV were defined by the work of a handful of iconic musicians, and few stood taller in that era than Ric Ocasek, frontman and primary songwriter for the Cars. The band charted thirteen Top 40 singles in the U.S. from 1978 to 1987, the music video for their song “You Might Think” won MTV’s first-ever Video of the Year award, and their biggest hit, “Drive,” became a Top 10 hit across the globe. They would ultimately be inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. Following the band’s breakup in 1988, Ocasek continued to have a lively professional as well as personal life—dating supermodels, publishing poetry, and appearing in movies. He UK September 2025 • US September 2025 264 Pages • 20 Color Photos, 15 B/W Photos PB 9781493075317 • £12.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765161401 • £11.69 / $26.95 ePub 9781493075324 • £11.69 / $26.95 Backbeat
366
UK, Europe, ROW
enjoyed enormous success as a producer, working with such bands as Weezer, No Doubt, Guided by Voices, and the Bad Brains. Moving in Stereo: The Life of Ric Ocasek, the Driving Force of the Cars serves as an in-depth guide to Ocasek's life and catalog as a musician. Drawing on interviews, personal reminiscences, and the the journalistic coverage he so reliably inspired, it gives a memorable portrait of one of the most essential voices in pop music during the MTV era and beyond.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Scatman John
The Remarkable Story of the World's Unlikeliest Popstar Gina Waggott John Larkin – a fast-living, hard-playing, stuttering jazz pianist – overcame abuse, addiction, ageism, and obscurity to stage one of the most improbable debuts in pop music history by turning his greatest pain into his purpose. At 52, Larkin was a recovering alcoholic and veteran pianist, haunted by shame because of his lifelong stutter. His stutter meant he could scat-sing better than anyone else on the planet, grabbing and firing syllables like bullets – yet he couldn’t even say his own name. But when a small, indie record label took a gamble on an oddball fusion of John’s scat-singing and dance music, his life changed overnight: Scatman John was born. In 1995, his singles “Scatman (Ski-Ba-Bop-Ba-Dop-Bop)” and “Scatman’s World” shot to #1 across Europe and Asia, turning a man who’d spent his life hiding into a global star. But UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages HB 9798881807078 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798881867676 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798881807085 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
behind the novelty was a deeper story: John’s scat-singing was creative camouflage for his stutter – his music, a last-ditch attempt to survive. When fame finally found him, he chose to reach others who felt broken or silenced, especially stutterers like him, by harnessing the one thing he was most afraid of: his voice. Based on rare archives and interviews with those who knew him best, this authorized biography is a redemptive, deeply human story of struggle, heartbreak, and triumph.
COLLECTIONS
The Untold Story of Scott Hoying, Pentatonix Star My Son's Journey to Find Harmony in Music and Life Connie Hoying This book depicts the life and career of Scott Hoying, Grammy Award-winning cofounder of Pentatonix, as seen by his mother Connie. More than just a book about her son’s life, Connie tells a heartfelt story of perseverance, dedication to music, LGBTQ+ acceptance, and supportive parenting. Connie mixes personal experiences about raising Scott and his two siblings with an account of his life—from Scott's childhood in Texas and coming out in high school to meteoric rise to fame with Pentatonix and, finally, married life. As a child, Scott was a musical prodigy. Connie shares what influenced him as a kid, his early musical successes and failures, and the ways she fostered a creative environment along with hard-won lessons as a mother of three. She candidly recounts UK May 2025 • US May 2025 224 Pages • 50 b/w photos HB 9798881804930 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798765160633 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9798881804947 • £17.99 / $24.25 Rowman & Littlefield
Scott’s coming out process in high school, including her initial mistakes and concerns along the way but also her journey to understanding and allyship. She details the unlikely formation and explosion of Pentatonix—from their start on The Sing-Off and initial setbacks to incredible success—as well as Scott’s solo work and the duo act Superfruit with Mitch Grassi. Connie concludes with a reflection on the wonderful, authentic life Scott and his husband Mark Manio have created for themselves and the support & choices that led up to that moment. Along with a foreword by Scott, the book also includes a QR code to an original, previously unreleased song “Pray” which covers themes related to Scott's coming out story.
COLLECTIONS
The Permanent Holdout
Jackson Browne, His Music, His America Cornel Bonca Known for albums like Late for the Sky, The Pretender, and Running on Empty, Jackson Browne was a master of capturing the counterculture ethos of the 1960s. Cornel Bonca dives deeply into his music, his long fifty-year career, and activism including environmentalism, within the context of American life, revealing a figure still fueled by certain American ideals like justice, freedom, and equality for all. Browne grew up in Southern California in the early 1960s, greatly influenced by his mother's progressive politics, the music of Bob Dylan and the speeches of Martin Luther King. Then, drawn to the Laurel Canyon rock scene, he moved to Los Angeles and established himself as a songwriter for The Eagles, Linda Ronstadt, and many others, becoming a fixture of the singer-songwriter movement in the early 1970s. His music in the 1980s was largely political in scope, critiquing America's conservative turn, its militarism in Central America, its nuclear brinksmanship with the UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages PB 9798216465102 • £16.99 / $22.95 HB 9781538172872 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881864613 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538172889 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
Soviet Union, and its dismantling of Great Society social programs. He only returned to the personal music his fans treasured in 1993 with Alive. Since then, Browne's music has toggled back and forth between the personal and the political. He's settled down into a long-term relationship with environmental activist Dianna Cohen and remained astonishingly active in local and national politics. This book dives into his music, life, and political activism in the changing face of America over the last fifty years, and why he still matters today.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
367
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Springsteen Fandom
"A Lifetime Conversation" Nicolas Pethes, University of Cologne, Germany Springsteen Fandom: "A Lifetime Conversation" explores the experience of the Bruce Springsteen musical fandom as a mutual exchange between artist and audience. Choosing significant stops of the Springsteen and E Street Band 2023 Tour as a narrative guideline, the book presents a thorough analysis of Springsteen’s album conceptions, song lyrics, show rituals, and interviews. Based on a discussion of the ever-growing Springsteen scholarship, Pethes introduces artist-fan-communication as a notion that is not based on mere illusions but rather on actual emotions and practices. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 160 Pages HB 9798765140994 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765141007 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765141021 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9798765141038 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
For over 50 years, Bruce Springsteen has been a rock star with whom fans entertain a highly personal relationship. This is not only due to Springsteen’s charismatic stage persona but also to the aesthetic conception of his music that the book explores based on Springsteen’s own description of the relationship to his fans as a “lifetime conversation.”
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Darker with the Dawn
Nick Cave's Songs of Love and Death Adam Steiner From his early work with The Birthday Party to the future sounds of Ghosteen, Nick Cave has rewritten the language of rock ‘n’ roll. Darker with the Dawn uncovers the history and deeper meanings behind Nick Cave and The Bad Seeds’ most well-known songs from “Tupelo”, “The Mercy Seat”, “Red Right Hand”, “Stagger Lee”, “Into My Arms”, to “Higgs Boson Blues” and beyond. The book explores Nick Cave’s life in music drawing upon his inspirations of the Bible, Greek myth, and literature, as well as his enduring passion for gospel, blues, and progressive rock. Steiner reflects upon Cave's journey from his childhood in UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages • 29 b/w photos HB 9781538160350 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798216379652 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798216205289 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538160367 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
Australia, struggles with drug addiction, his young fascination with the nightmare landscapes of America's wild west and the southern gothic towards a reckoning with his own sense of Christian spirituality. In a career spanning four decades Cave's songwriting has moved from the saints and sinners of the traditional murder ballad to piano-based heartbreak songs, deconstructed garage rock and ambient fever dreams delivered through minimalist electronica. Adam Steiner dives into the world of a complex songwriter who, in his universal expressions of love and death, continues to speak to us of the light and shade of humanity.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Elmer Bernstein, Film Composer An Authorized Biography Peter M. Bernstein “Consider this new book the standard Bernstein biography.” — Booklist, Starred Review A behind-the-scenes look at the life and music of legendary Hollywood composer Elmer Bernstein, the only person to be nominated for an Academy Award in every decade from the 1950s to the 2000s Over a career spanning 54 years, he composed landmark scores in every available genre—epics, jazz, westerns, dramas, and comedies—and his credits read like list of the greatest films of his time: The Ten Commandments, The Magnificent Seven, To Kill a Mockingbird, The Man With the Golden Arm, The Great Escape, Ghostbusters, to name just a few. This biography, written by Elmer’s son Peter, interweaves exclusive interviews, oral histories not otherwise available, estate UK February 2026 • US January 2026 280 Pages • 23 b/w photos HB 9781538183571 • £26.00 / $35.00 PB 9798216379669 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798216222712 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781538183588 • £15.209 / $20.65 Rowman & Littlefield
368
UK, Europe, ROW
archival materials, and personal experiences. Elmer Bernstein lived a colorful life: he was a first generation American; he was blacklisted; and he was a fearless advocate for film music not afraid to take on anyone in pages of trade papers. The book looks at many of his landmark scores in depth, collaborations with various producers and directors, and his success in navigating the rough and tumble of Hollywood. There is much to his story: a cycle of struggle, success, frustration, failure, and reinvention repeated many times over his career which connected the Old Hollywood with the modern era.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Livin' Just to Find Emotion
Journey and the Story of American Rock David Hamilton Golland Since exploding on the scene in the late 1970s, Journey has inspired generations of fans with hit after hit. But hidden under this rock ‘n’ roll glory is a complex story of ambition, larger-than-life personalities, and clashes. David Hamilton Golland unearths the band’s true and complete biography, based on over a decade of interviews and thousands of sources. When Steve Perry joined jazz-blues progressive rock band Journey in 1977, they saw a rise to the top, and their 1981 album Escape hit #1. But Perry’s quest for control led to Journey’s demise. They lost their record contract and much of their audience. After the unlikely comeback of “Don’t Stop Believin’” in movies, television, and sports stadiums, a new generation discovered Journey. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 384 Pages • 1 Table HB 9781538187012 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798216379645 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798216332299 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781538187029 • £17.99 / $24.25 Rowman & Littlefield
Golland dispels rehashed myths and also shows how race in popular music contributed to their breakout success. As the economy collapsed and as people abandoned the spirit of Woodstock in the late 70s, Journey used the rhythm of soul and Motown to inspire hope in primarily white teenagers’ lives. Decades later, the band and their signature song remain classics.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
That Was Me
Paul McCartney’s Career and the Legacy of the Beatles Richard D. Driver, McLennan Community College, USA This book explores the phenomena of Paul McCartney's career and his legacy in popular music and culture. Paul McCartney has lived an extraordinary life in popular music and popular culture. His careers as a Beatle, as a solo musician and band leader in Wings, and in areas outside music have varied tremendously and are well-documented. That Was Me: Paul McCartney’s Career and the Legacy of the Beatles explores the impact of Paul McCartney as a musician outside the Beatles, identifying the continued excitement in generations of fans and listeners, and his perennial efforts to perform and record music. Richard Driver argues that his solo career is multi-faceted and extremely diverse, ranging from breaking sharply with the style and output of the Beatles to experimenting in orchestral and operatic music and returning to For the Record: Studies in Rock and Popular Music UK March 2026 • US March 2026 298 Pages HB 9781793632074 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781793632098 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881881726 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781793632081 • £76.50 / $103.50 Lexington Books
music designed to emulate and reproduce the style, success, and popularity of the Beatles. Through McCartney we can literally and symbolically view and revisit the popular music phenomenon that was the Beatles, and popular music from the 1950s to today.
COLLECTIONS
When Rock Met Hip-Hop
How Run-DMC, Aerosmith, Anthrax, The Beastie Boys, and More Crossed Cultural and Musical Boundaries Steven Blush, Freelance writer, New York City One of the most important events in modern music remains the late 80s cross-collision of rock and hip hop. Aerosmith/Run DMC, Beastie Boys Paul’s Boutique, Public Enemy and Anthrax, Rick Rubin and Russell Simmons, De La Soul and Third Bass, and the 318 hip hop records that sampled Billy Squier’s “The Big Beat exemplify the era. Rap records sampled rock bands, elevating sampling into an art form, while influencing all other forms of popular music. One of the themes this book will explore is the way the fusion of rap and rock gave hope to a sense of interracial harmony. In keeping with When Rock Met Disco and When Rock Met Reggae, this title relates the musical cross collision, and cultural fallout that changed music for the better, and remains an influence through today. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 20 Color Photos PB 9781493078028 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9798765161647 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9781493078035 • £21.59 / $29.65 Backbeat
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
369
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Jazz, Race, and Writing, 1945-1970 Willis Salomon, Trinity University, USA This book widens the context of our understanding of the “modern” American jazz of the 1940s, 50s, and 60s by looking at writing about it by both musicians and commentators. It addresses jazz at its modernist apotheosis, from the 1940s to the 1970s, both the music and its cultural resonances. The author begins by examining autobiographical texts by two highly influential musicians: Miles Davis’s Miles: The Autobiography (1990) and Charles Mingus’s Beneath the Underdog (1971). The book then moves to discussions of the music by the late poet and cultural critic Amiri Baraka, the contemporary cultural critic and poet Fred Moten, and the late critic and public intellectual Stanley Crouch. The Davis and Mingus texts, in their highly distinctive autobiographical voices, highlight the volatile creative energy of jazz improvisation during this period and the correspondingly impeding cultural conditions that surrounded these musical UK May 2026 • US May 2026 184 Pages • 20 b/w illustrations PB 9798216438861 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666909463 • £90.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216266914 • £81.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978769595 • £81.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
advances. In talking about their lives, their music, and the cultural conditions surrounding both, Davis and Mingus, in very different ways, reveal how the very texture of jazz, as well as its efficient mode of production, ensemble improvisation, reflects and refracts these very American social conditions, producing the arresting achievements of mid-century modern jazz despite social odds and financial impediments.
COLLECTIONS
Music Education, Social Justice, and the Global South Edited by Leon de Bruin, Jane Southcott, Monash University, Australia, Renée Crawford & Graham McPhail Music Education, Social Justice, and the Global South provocatively explores the complex, multidimensional nature of social justice and the challenges adapted in educational music contexts around the world. The tensions created by critical engagement with its concepts and practices provide unique opportunities for music educators to develop learners who can respond to the challenges of an increasingly globalised landscape. Applying critical engagement with its concepts and practices and looking beyond lines on the map across diverse countries and communities, particularly those that have negotiated colonialization and that value Indigenous ways of knowing and being into the spheres of education philosophy, policy, and practice, this book stimulates thinking about ways to create more equitable, inclusive, accessible, and emancipatory practices in music education. UK December 2025 • US December 2025 328 Pages • 4 b/w PB 9798216376668 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666969269 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216258568 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978766167 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Music Education at Oberlin Conservatory Timothy J. Groulx, University of North Florida, USA This work serves as an exemplary case study on the evolution of music education in the US from 1833-2017 through the history of the Oberlin Conservatory. While nominally the history of music education at Oberlin, this book also illustrates changing views and values related to music, evolution of musical taste, and its place in society. The history of teacher education writ large, particularly in terms of qualifications and teacher certification requirements, is also a core part of this in-depth narrative. The Oberlin Conservatory is allegedly the first institution in the United States to offer a Bachelor of Music Education degree, beginning in 1922. Music forms a part of Oberlin almost from the institution’s inception in 1833, through choral singing as a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 312 Pages PB 9798765159231 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765159248 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765159262 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765159279 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
part of worship services. Following the conservatory from its nascent days as a musical institution, where choral singing was a part of worship services, to the influence of Mendelssohn's Leipzig Conservatory to the development of a bachelor's degree in music education, through the institution's golden age and subsequent evolution through social, political, and educational changes, and finally onto the program's decline in enrollment and institutional support. This unique study of music education is institutionally specific but with broader implications for the value and importance of music education in contemporary higher education curricula as well as society at large.
370
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Bad Bunny Enigma
Culture, Resistance, and Uncertainty Edited by Sheilla R. Madera, Nelson Varas- Díaz & Daniel Nevárez Araújo This collection offers the first comprehensive analysis of Bad Bunny’s impact on music, culture, and politics. Exploring his gender-fluid style, Afro-Caribbean aesthetics, and critiques of colonialism, the book highlights his role in amplifying marginalized voices. With contributions from diverse scholars, it presents a balanced view of his influence on intersectional resistance. The chapters examine whether Bad Bunny represents a cultural shift or a fleeting moment, positioning him as a multifaceted figure in contemporary culture and activism.
Extreme Sounds Studies: Global Socio-Cultural Explorations UK May 2026 • US May 2026 276 Pages • 9 BW Illustrations, 1 Table HB 9781666935967 • £88.00 / $115.00 PB 9781666935981 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978773677 • £79.20 / $103.50 ePub 9781666935974 • £79.20 / $103.50 Lexington Books
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Heavy Music Mothers
Extreme Identities, Narrative Disruptions Julie Turley & Joan Jocson-Singh Heavy Music Mothers: Extreme Identities, Narrative Disruptions is an exploration of women and heavy music and the ways in which women have historically engaged with musicking as mothers. Julie Turley and Joan Jocson-Singh, musicking mothers themselves, largely employ an ethnographic lens, foregrounded in powerful one-on-one original interviews as vignettes that narrate thematic patterns. Other chapters examine motherhood identity embedded in respective published rock music memoirs, discussions of rock performance as a site of maternal bonding, and themes that arise when heavy music mothers write about motherhood. Autoethnographic portions throughout give the book an intimate and personal tone: one such chapter presents the concept of vigilante motherhood within an auto-ethnographic context. The authors reference the book’s limitations, meditating on historically marginalized moms the authors predict and hope the focus will be on for the Extreme Sounds Studies: Global Socio-Cultural Explorations UK September 2025 • US September 2025 152 Pages • 12 b/w photos; 1 tables; HB 9781666916157 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798216371618 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978778597 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666916164 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
future. Heavy Music Mothers is a robust study of women and motherhood set within a music culture historically inhospitable to both women and mothers. This book, the first scholarly study of this topic, is just the beginning.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Mediterranean Musicscapes in Contemporary Spain From Mosaic to Net
Edited by Kiko Mora, University of Alicante, Spain This volume focuses on the musicscapes that contest, critique, and rethink Mediterraneidad (Mediterraneaness) in Contemporary Spain, and understands it as a fluid and elusive sociological, cultural, and artistic category. The volume argues that since the 1990s we have witnessed a shift in which the mythical image of “Mediterranean harmony” has been superseded by the net: a figure that represents the linking of urban nodes and trans governmental networks, migratory movements, and cultural fluidity. Further, this book assesses how Mediterraneidad became, within the realm of music, the site and sign of a diverse array of social issues such as the formulation of Catalan, Valencian, Andalusian, and Mallorcan national identities, with the 2017 UK April 2026 • US April 2026 286 Pages HB 9798765102114 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765102152 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765102138 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765102121 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Catalan Independence process taking center stage. Using diverse methodologies—data-driven sociological approaches; ethnographic and anthropological tools; feminist and gender theories—the authors also address the rapidly changing social landscape that started in the 1980s due to global migrations as well as the dismantling of traditional gender dynamics.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
371
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Reimagining Panama's Musical and Cultural Narratives of Jazz Panamanian Suite
Patricia Zarate de Perez Reimagining Panama’s Musical and Cultural Narratives of Jazz: Panamanian Suite narrates the complex relationship between Panama and the United States by tracing the paths of their music, tracking the development of jazz in Panama from the mid-nineteenth century to the modern day through three movements: pre-jazz, jazz, and global jazz. As a vital port of Caribbean migration in the twentieth century, Panama played an essential role in the emergence and shaping of jazz and other cultural forms, many of which influenced culture on the mainland United States. Patricia Zarate de Perez explores new narratives of jazz from a Pan-Afro-Latin American perspective, beginning with an examination of music that contributed to a Panamanian imaginary which justified the expansion of imperial territories beginning in the mid-nineteenth century. This Panamanian imaginary and the white supremacy embedded within it also served as a basis for the erasure of the UK April 2026 • US April 2026 220 Pages • 13 b/w illustrations; HB 9781793621832 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781793621856 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881881672 • £76.50 / $99.00 ePub 9781793621849 • £76.50 / $99.00 Lexington Books
contributions of Panamanians throughout jazz history, but not without resistance—modern Panamanian artists and cultural leaders continue to enact redressing actions even now. This book documents a history of jazz in Panama, naming its principal characters and culminating with the development of Global Jazz, a twenty-first century imaginary centered on the next generation of musicians and their place in jazz history.
COLLECTIONS
Pérez Prado
King of the Mambo John Radanovich A riveting tour through rich moments in Cuban, Mexican, and American cultural history, this book captures Prado’s colorful life and surprising influence, including his famous hit “Mambo No. 5.” Not only did Prado and his contemporaries ignite an American passion for the thrilling dance music of mambo, but they also played an essential part in early R&B and rock ‘n’ roll. Their influence can even be seen in much popular music of today, from Shakira and Jennifer Lopez to Karol G and Michael Bublé. Born in Cuba, Prado landed in Mexico City when music and cinema were soaring, starring in classic films of the Cine de Oro and writing for noir musicals in the 1940s and 1950s. He lived in Los Angeles for more than a decade, creating some of his UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 40 b/w photos HB 9798216368687 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798216368694 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798216368700 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
most notable artistic works that earned him a star on the Hollywood Walk of Fame. As Cuban music rose, audiences could not resist the startling horns, percussion, and rhythms of his hits. Prado had his quirks and an extreme attraction to kitsch. He regularly wore jewels, heavy gold chains, and flamboyant suits and drove a Cadillac with tiger stripe upholstery. This book dives into the story and legacy of this larger-than-life figure.
COLLECTIONS
Audible Ancestors
Tamborazo Music and Indigenous Memory in the Borderlands Luis Chávez-González, Bard College, USA Audible Ancestors provides a new understanding of music performance and the inheritance of Indigenous epistemologies and methodologies in Greater Mexico. By examining the audibility of Indigenous ancestry in the negotiation of Mexican subjectivities through danza performance, author Luis Chávez-González amplifies muted Caxcan Indigeneity rooted in the sounds of Regional Mexican music through tamborazo-Zacatecano, a drum-centered style originating from northcentral Mexico. Based on extensive musical ethnographic research between the US/Mexico border, this book offers an inter-musicological UK June 2026 • US June 2026 216 Pages PB 9798765134580 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765134573 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765134603 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765134597 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
372
UK, Europe, ROW
depth to Indigenous sound studies, Indigenous performativity, self-determination, decolonizing methodologies, and borderlands research. This new research considers Indigenous sonic cartographies that continue to that defy erasure amidst US and Mexican colonial normative paradigms by musically crossing, re-crossing, and reimagining place and belonging.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Room 100
Sid, Nancy, and the Night Punk Rock Died Jesse P. Pollack Room 100 chronicles the tragic story of Sid Vicious and Nancy Spungen, punk rock’s very own Romeo and Juliet. Through a wealth of archival material, plus new and exclusive interviews from rock luminaries such as Television guitarist Richard Lloyd, iconic photographer Robert Bayley, and PUNK magazine co-creator John Holmstrom, critically acclaimed true-crime writer Jesse P. Pollack’s book is the first to be solely devoted to popular music’s darkest hour—the murder of Nancy Spungen. Did Sid kill the love of his life in a drug-induced stupor, or had Nancybe en the victim of a robbery gone wrong? Was there a death pact? Did the police ignore crucial evidence? This comprehensive journalistic account will be the definitive book on one of rock ‘n roll’s most intriguing and enduring mysteries. UK April 2025 • US April 2025 240 Pages • 52 BW Photos PB 9781493050635 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798765161449 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781493050642 • £17.99 / $24.25 Backbeat
COLLECTIONS
From Born to Be Wild to Dazed and Confused Rock Music’s Revolution in 1968 John Einarson Emerging from a period of protest and social unrest, 1968 was the year that ushered in gut-punching sounds that would define classic and hard rock - the formation of bands like Led Zeppelin and Black Sabbath rolled away the light sounds of psychedelic music and Flower Power. Celebrated music journalist and author John Einarson provides the first detailed account of this crucial period. Einarson begins by examining the birth of psychedelic music and experimentation beginning in 1965 and the resultant Summer of Love, showing how The Who and The Jimi Hendrix Experience planted the seeds for the harder rock sounds at The Monterey Pop Festival. Music and popular culture always reflect prevailing social and political conditions, and 1968 was no exception. Events like the Tet Offensive, student protests around the world, the My Lai massacre, the assassinations of Martin Luther King and Robert F. Kennedy, the Chicago Democratic National Convention UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages • 1 BW Photo HB 9781538197776 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881865986 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538197783 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
protests, and the election of Richard Nixon set the stage for a more visceral music that reflected the sense of alienation, frustration, and violence among young people who rejected the vacuous platitudes of Flower Power. Einarson traces the evolution of a harder rock sound throughout the year as well as the formation of pivotal hard rock and heavy metal bands in 1968, including Black Sabbath and Led Zeppelin who would provide the all-important foundation for what we know today as classic rock.
COLLECTIONS
Górecki’s Solo Piano Music Jarred Dunn, Independent scholar, Canada This book offers the first primary source printing and English translation of Polish sources about Henryk Mikolaj Górecki’s solo piano music. Historical, analytical, and practical considerations converge on this study of the great composer’s neglected piano music and fascinating posthumously-published works.
UK June 2026 • US August 2026 272 Pages • 60 bw illus PB 9798216396741 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666947786 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216255734 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978770676 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
373
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Encyclopedia of Rock and Roll 1944-1964 David Luhrssen, Independent Scholar, USA & Michael Larson, Independent Scholar, USA Who were the first giants of American rock and roll? Which songs and labels and performers drove rock's emergence and explosive growth in the mid-twentieth century? In what ways did the rhythm and blues sound created by African-American composers, singers, and musicians between the world wars become the foundation of early rock and roll? This wide-ranging encyclopedia answers these questions and many more through informative biographical profiles, coverage of noteworthy recordings and performances, and entries on important record labels, concert venues, and related musical genres including blues, folk, gospel, and Western swing.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 360 Pages • 23 bw PB 9798765132302 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765132296 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798765132333 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798765132326 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Making It in Country Music
An Insider's Look at the Industry Rich Redmond Rich Redmond, drummer for superstar Jason Aldean, provides a shot of inspiration for those interested in jumpstarting a music career. Any successful musician will tell you the most common question asked of them is, “What does it take to make it?” Rich Redmond is no different. He moved to Nashville more than twenty-five years ago with his drums, a cat, and a vision, and he’s made his dreams come true. Over one too many lattes, he decided to put all of his advice in one place. Making It in Country Music is filled with practical advice, stories of how Redmond did it himself, and insights from a chorus of other musicians. This is the ultimate behind-the-scenes and fun-to-read book looking at the country music industry and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 224 Pages • 43 b/w photos; 1 table HB 9781538172513 • £22.00 / $30.00 PB 9798881807566 • £14.99 / $19.00 ePDF 9798765160411 • £13.49 / $17.10 ePub 9781538172520 • £13.49 / $17.10 Rowman & Littlefield
music careers. Redmond takes you on a tour of Nashville and many other country music meccas: from the massive stadiums to the honkytonks and the wide variety of jobs that make the industry go. You’ll learn the various skill sets needed to become successful in the industry as well as predictions for the future of country music among many other things. There is no better guide to the country music business than Redmond with his unique blend of encouragement, detailed advice, humor, and experience.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Punk Revolution!
An Oral History of Punk Rock Politics and Activism John Malkin, author Punk rock has been on the front lines of activism since exploding on the scene in the 1970s. Punk Revolution! is a reflection on this cultural movement over the past 45 years, told through firsthand accounts of hundreds of musicians and activists. John Malkin brings together a wide cast of characters that include major punk and postpunk musicians (members of The Ramones, Bad Religion, Crass, Dead Kennedys, Patti Smith’s band, Gang of Four, Sex Pistols, Iggy & the Stooges, Talking Heads, The Slits, and more), important figures influenced by the punk movement (Noam Chomsky, Kalle Lasn, Keith McHenry, Marjane Satrapi, Laurie Anderson, and Kenneth Jarecke), and underground punk voices. These insightful, radical, and often funny conversations travel through rebellions against Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, Donald Trump, and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 384 Pages • 44 b/w photos HB 9781538171721 • £26.00 / $35.00 PB 9798881807542 • £16.99 / $23.00 ePDF 9798765161036 • £15.29 / $20.70 ePub 9781538171738 • £15.209 / $20.70 Rowman & Littlefield
374
UK, Europe, ROW
Vladimir Putin, to punk activism that has taken on nuclear war, neoliberalism, modern warfare, patriarchy, white supremacy, the police, settler colonialism, the climate crisis, and more. The result is a fresh and unique, global history of punk throughout the ages.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Beat, the Scene, the Sound
A DJ's Journey through the Rise, Fall, and Rebirth of House Music in New York City DJ Disciple, artist, DJ, radio host & Henry Kronk, freelance journalist The Beat, the Scene, the Sound follows DJ Disciple and his behind-the-scenes account of how DJs, promoters, fans, and others transformed house music from a DIY project into an international sensation—dive into the glitzy clubs, underground parties, and the diverse communities who made up the scene amidst the tumult of 1980s/90s-era NYC—between the fall of disco and the rise of EDM. The book unearths many untold stories of the era. When house first rose to prominence in the 1980s, it brought people together—Palladium, Paradise Garage, Tunnel, Zanzibar, Studio 54, and other clubs were going strong. But as DJ Disciple established himself in the scene, he witnessed it shatter. During the crack-cocaine epidemic, he literally dodged bullets UK September 2025 • US September 2025 240 Pages • 19 b/w illustrations HB 9781538174876 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798881807559 • £15.99 / $21.00 ePDF 9798765161142 • £14.39 / $18.90 ePub 9781538174883 • £14.39 / $18.90 Rowman & Littlefield
bringing his records to and from clubs at night. HIV/AIDS and homophobia threw up fear-based partitions. Then, mayors worked to close the clubs. House music was pushed underground and then abroad to the UK and Europe. Disciple and many other DJs sought to regain a footing in the United States, but that only became possible with the rise of commercialized EDM. With dozens of interviews and historic photographs, The Beat, the Scene, the Sound shows what is possible when you bring people together and what can unravel when you split them apart.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Disability and Musicking
Resistance, Defiance, and Innovation Edited by Leon de Bruin, Jane Southcott, Monash University, Australia & Anthea Skinner Disability and Musicking sets to rework the social resources and social movements perceived in disability studies by challenging approaches wherein music is detached from the social relationships in which it is produced, transmitted, used, and judged. The authors contribute compelling insights of disabled musicking, balancing experience of time, engagement and experiential encounters with personal creativity, and temporal existence. Adopting a new turn in critical disability studies, this book asserts democratic, equitable, inclusive, accessible, emancipatory, and innovative practices in disabled musicking, and the creative and innovative experimentation in musicmaking practices that highlight a new sociocultural and performative paradigm for disabled musicking worldwide. UK February 2026 • US November 2027 350 Pages HB 9781666982046 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216367628 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216258599 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978766204 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Amateur Musicians in the Nineteenth Century Markets, Practices, and Identities
Edited by Nancy November, University of Auckland, New Zealand & Imogen Morris, University of Auckland, New Zealand By carefully piecing together musical and documentary evidence, Amateur Musicians in the Nineteenth Century reveals the musicians that have so far been largely invisible in histories of music. Musical amateurs occupy an indistinct, low-status, peripheral place in musical life today. Often defined by what they are not and compared unfavorably to professionals, amateurs are found to lack expertise, qualifications, and status. This book critiques these exclusionary ideologies, interrogating the historical amateur as a clear identity, role, and status within musical life. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages PB 9798765164433 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765164457 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765164495 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765164501 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
The focus of this edited collection spans across Europe and out to New Zealand and Australia, covering a wide range of repertoire and genres and providing a comprehensive survey of amateur music-making and its significance in the broader musical culture of the nineteenth century. Rather than being opposed to professionals, amateurs were considered to overlap with them in terms of skill. Far from learning by rote a narrow selection of canonical studies and works, such amateurs crosstrained on various instruments, freely adapted popular tunes to their own purposes and skills, improvised on scores, and composed afresh. In not just an exploration of the past, but of the future, Amateur Musicians in the Nineteenth Century offers insights that are relevant today, particularly to the project of raising the status of amateurism in the best sense.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
375
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES
Optimizing Pianism
Evidence-Based Perspectives Cameron Roberts Drawing on his expertise as a medical professional and active pianist, Cameron Roberts provides an understanding of how virtuosic piano playing works from an evidence-based, scientific perspective. Using accessible language, this wealth of information will help readers steer away from uncertainty, suboptimal performance, and injury.
UK March 2025 • US March 2025 300 Pages • 6 tables PB 9798881807795 • £35.00 / $44.00 HB 9798881807788 • £81.00 / $105.00 ePDF 9798881857738 • £31.50 / $39.60 ePub 9798881807801 • £31.50 / $39.60 Rowman & Littlefield
2ND EDITION
Practical Vocal Acoustics
Pedagogic Applications for Teachers and Singers Kenneth Bozeman Scientific knowledge of vocal acoustics has grown exponentially in the last 80 years. With sophisticated yet inexpensive sound analysis technology, more voice teachers are curious about the value of vocal acoustics for the studio and see the need to understand it for more efficient, science-informed pedagogy. This 2nd edition provides vital updates, including: Updated notational designations; Inclusion of the transient theory of voice alongside the source-filter theory ; Updated gender designations; More details about treble voice acoustics and pedagogy; More details about vocal styles other than classical; Updated information on the perception of sound National Association of Teachers of With concise and easy-to-understand language, Bozeman translates complex concepts into practical tips and strategies that Singing Books can be used both in teaching and singing. Unlike many other singing texts, this book focuses on the perception, knowledge, UK September 2025 • US September 2025 216 Pages • 40 b/w illustrations HB 9798765162279 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798765162286 • £30.00 / $34.95 ePDF 9798765156513 • £27.00 / $31.45 ePub 9798765159965 • £27.00 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
and use of vocal acoustics as an especially powerful avenue for training vocal efficiency. Bozeman addresses topics including the relevance of perception of sound and sensation to singing, how theories of vocal resonance guide function, the pedagogic implications of tube acoustics, resonances and their interactions with harmonics, acoustic vocal registers and registration, effective passaggio training, the acoustics of belting, and acoustic technology useful for the studio. Also included are vocal exercises implementing these concepts.
Student-Centered Voice Pedagogy
Working with Students toward Developing Artistry, Authenticity, and Autonomy Edited by Matthew Hoch, Auburn University & Jeanne Goffi-Fynn, Columbia University This cutting-edge volume brings together educational research and practical strategies to align voice pedagogy with the twenty-first century teacher and student. Using a student-centered focus as a philosophical foundation, the book offers a blueprint for developing an inclusive approach when working with singers and cultivating a healthy mindset for vocal performance and learning across all genres. Chapters review concepts geared toward best practices for teaching and learning in the applied studio environment. Specific strategies consider the changing landscape of the vocal world as well as changes the voice encounters as it evolves over the course of a lifetime. National Association of Teachers of Singing Books UK October 2025 • US October 2025 232 Pages • 29 bw lineart HB 9798881800253 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798881800260 • £22.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765155011 • £20.69 / $34.20 ePub 9798881800277 • £20.69 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
376
UK, Europe, ROW
Part one provides insight into the practice of student-centered teaching and learning while the part two shares insights from different educational contexts, including working with trans singers, choral versus solo singing, and fostering a culturally responsive approach in the studio. Blending the academic worlds of education, voice science, and musical performance allows for opportunities to find commonalities in practice and encourages an open-minded and growth-oriented approach to voice pedagogy. As the voice changes across a lifetime, so does the informed pedagogue who evolves and develops as a practitioner.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES
Voices of Influence
Exploring the Journey of a Teacher and Student in the Voice Studio Brian Manternach, University of Utah Brian Manternach examines the dynamic relationship of influence between teacher and student in the voice studio. Relating personal stories and formative experiences, the book is part pedagogical guide, part memoir, and part exploration of how vocal philosophies and practices evolve as they are passed from teacher to student. Part One introduces readers to noted voice professor Robert J. Harrison, exploring biographical elements that have formed how he thinks, what he believes, and how that has informed his life as an artist and as a teacher. Part Two examines Harrison’s teaching approaches, including tactics he used in the voice studio to address aspects of respiration, phonation, resonance, registration, and articulation. It also discusses how Harrison taught artistry, from how he defines his own musical National Association of Teachers of tastes and sensibilities to how he taught communicative singing. Part Three presents the complicated idea of “legacy,” Singing Books considering how we might remember teachers and their influence once their formal instruction has concluded. Manternach UK September 2025 • US September 2025 224 Pages • 1 b/w illustration, 10 b/w photographs HB 9798765146125 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798765146118 • £28.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765146132 • £25.20 / $34.20 ePub 9798765146149 • £25.20 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
also considers how to contextualize the work of teachers from previous generations to fairly assess their contributions.
COLLECTIONS
Set Sail and Sing
A Singer’s Guide to Cruise Ship Careers and Performance Tanya C. Roberts Cruise ship entertainment is a thriving yet often misunderstood industry that offers singers unique opportunities to travel the world, hone their craft, and build sustainable careers doing what they love. This book is a practical and comprehensive resource for vocalists looking to navigate the exciting world of cruise ship performance.The cruise ship industry is experiencing unprecedented growth and creating more performance opportunities for singers than ever before. Organized around the five primary career paths for vocalists at sea – Production Cast Vocalist, Lounge Entertainer, Guest Entertainer, Step-On Entertainer, and Cruise Administrator – this guide offers an in-depth look at what it takes to succeed in each role. From auditioning and rehearsing to vocal health and life onboard, each chapter offers National Association of Teachers of insider perspectives on the skills, professionalism, and adaptability required to thrive in the ever-evolving world of cruise ship Singing Books entertainment.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 25 b/w photos, 12 tables, 15 textboxes HB 9798216368502 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216368519 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216368526 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216368533 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
With expert advice informed by firsthand experience, real-world anecdotes, and actionable strategies, Tanya C. Roberts demystifies a complex industry and equips singers with the tools to launch and sustain a successful career at sea. Whether you’re a classically trained vocalist, a musical theatre performer, or a contemporary artist, this essential resource will help you chart your course and set sail on your musical journey.
4TH EDITION
An Approach for Teaching Music to Diverse Learners A Neuro-Inclusive Resource
Elise S. Sobol, Long Island University-Post This is an essential neuro-inclusive resource for teaching music to diverse learners. Internationally renowned and pioneering music educator, Elise S. Sobol, presents current trends in research, policy, and practice, while sharing her experience and joy of music. Designed as a text for pre-service teacher preparation courses, this edition offers a wider scope helpful to teachers in different school and community settings. While focusing on inclusive music education and its cross curricular connections, the fourth edition features: -An improved structured, reader-friendly format, new graphics, end-of-chapter summaries, and discussion questions; -New disability language etiquette usage shaped by the United States civil rights and educational laws; National Association for Music Education UK September 2025 • US September 2025 200 Pages • 31 b/w illus HB 9798881808037 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798881808044 • £22.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765148747 • £20.69 / $34.20 ePub 9798881808051 • £20.69 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
-Eligibility categories for identifying students needing special education with latest report on implementation of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) across the United States, each state, district, and territory; -The author’s conceptual framework for music assisted learning, examples of contextual teaching through universal design for learning (UDL), distinctive classroom music and literacy activities, and student success stories; -The National Core Arts Standards (NCAS) and progress on state adoptions and revisions; references and links to the U.S. Department of Education, each of its affiliates, offices for arts implementation, special education, access and equity services.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
377
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES 3RD EDITION
The Music and Literacy Connection Dee Hansen & Elaine Bernstorf The Music and Literacy Connection is the primary source of in-depth information detailing the relationship between music learning, literacy, and reading. This third edition delivers deeply researched information, provides classroom proven instructional approaches, and expands the value of music education to new heights. Too often music classes at the elementary and secondary levels are shortened or eliminated in order for students to have more reading instruction, but that approach is often unsuccessful and potentially harmful. Music education not only reinforces critical sound-symbol relationships by sharpening the listening ear but also provides cultural and historical interdisciplinary perspectives. Music performance provides valuable social-emotional growth and skills that are important for the modern workplace.This edition is a must for reading in the content area courses designed for music educators,
National Association for Music Education
pedagogical “best practices” courses, professional development resources, book study, and curriculum directors.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages • 29 tables, 2 bw photos, 35 bw line art HB 9798765149836 • £70.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765162330 • £27.99 / $42.95 ePDF 9798765156568 • £25.19 / $38.65 ePub 9798765160046 • £25.19 / $38.65 Bloomsbury Academic
Diversity in Music Education
Honoring the Languages, Literacies, Abilities, and Cultures of All Teresa Stewart-Meli, Musicology: Music Studies for EVERY Mind & Victor Antonio Lozada, University of North Texas-Dallas This key resource helps music educators develop a thorough understanding of important issues working with certain diverse student populations and provides pedagogical tools to help educators serve these students. Teresa Stewart-Meli and Victor Antonio Lozada discuss the theoretical foundations and contexts of diversity in the classroom before delving into the wealth of pedagogical strategies and tools instructors can employ to cater to individual needs of students. They specifically address emergent bi/multilingual students, students with physical variations, neurodiverse students, and gifted and talented students as well as those with intersectional identities. National Association for Music Education
The book serves as a first step in understanding how to leverage students’ individual strengths and selves for music
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 208 Pages HB 9798881805760 • £75.00 / $105.00 PB 9798881805777 • £23.99 / $39.00 ePDF 9798765153208 • £21.59 / $35.10 ePub 9798881805784 • £21.59 / $35.10 Bloomsbury Academic
education in a variety of settings, including general music classrooms, performing ensembles, and private studios. It provides a valuable starting point for both pre-service and in-service teachers alike who wish to create a more inclusive music education.
2ND EDITION
Uke Can Do It!
Developing Your School Ukulele Program Philip Tamberino Affordable, versatile, portable, and popular once again, the ukulele is an ideal instrument for lifelong music making that can also be an engaging component of school music programs. Uke Can Do It! is a guide for teachers who may be at various stages of developing school ukulele programs. This second edition includes vital updates and a page-by-page teacher’s guide to the classroom method book, Uke Can Do It 2!: Classroom Ukulele Method. The book includes: A guide for first-time ukulele buyers; Beginner instruction in how to play the ukulele; Extensive guide to the start-up process; 30 ukulele-specific classroom management tips; Strategies for maximizing the benefits of the ukulele’s gentle learning curve in instruction; Technical sequence detailing right-hand and left-hand skills from simplest to most complex; Guidance in choosing or creating arrangements and making performance and accompaniment decisions; Support for use with special learners; Scales and National Association for Music Education
chord charts with fingering.
UK April 2025 • US April 2025 142 Pages • 101 b/w illustrations; 7 b/w photos; 6 tables; 6 textboxes HB 9798881807849 • £62.00 / $80.00 PB 9798881807856 • £19.99 / $29.00 ePDF 9798881865399 • £17.99 / $26.10 ePub 9798881807863 • £17.99 / $26.10 R&L Education
378
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES
Developing Intermediate-Level Piano Performance with Romantic Style Repertoire Foundational Concepts and Skills
Lori Ellen Rhoden, Ball State University An innovative, systematic approach to piano pedagogy that focuses on the mastery of foundational musical and technical skills through representative Romantic style repertoire. Oftentimes, intermediate-level piano repertoire resources list countless pieces from all historical style periods but only provide limited, general information about individual pieces or skills. Lori Ellen Rhoden provides a detailed exploration of key musical elements – including melody, harmony, texture, rhythm, technique, articulation, fingering, pedaling, and musical expression – found in intermediate-level Romantic style piano repertoire. For each element, Rhoden identifies concepts and skills that influence important technical, musical, and interpretive aspects of a piece. By emphasizing the mastery of UK January 2026 • US January 2026 336 Pages • 9 b/w photos HB 9798881805234 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798881805241 • £22.99 / $36.00 ePDF 9798765149140 • £20.69 / $32.40 ePub 9798881805258 • £20.69 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
concepts and skills in manageable settings and using the repertoire as a vehicle to achieve that goal, this book explores many aspects of technique and musicianship that are often only covered in more advanced piano study. It helps prepare students to become independent musicians who can approach unfamiliar repertoire with confidence. Repertoire collections by Amy Beach, Johann Burgmüller, Cécile Chaminade, William Gillock, Cornelius Gurlitt, Edvard Grieg, Robert Schumann, and Peter Ilyich Tchaikovsky are included. Independent piano teachers and piano pedagogy students will find this a comprehensive, developmental compendium of Romantic style repertoire.
Generations Z and Alpha Students at the Piano A Guide for Piano Teachers
Diana Dumlavwalla & Melody Morrison Diana Dumlavwalla and Melody Morrison provide a comprehensive guide for piano educators aiming to effectively engage and teach students from Generation Z and Generation Alpha. This book looks at the unique circumstances that have shaped the upbringing of younger generations--including their extensive use of digital technology, social media, and the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic--and how these traits influence their learning and educational experiences. Dumlavwalla and Morrison highlight the importance of adapting teaching methods to meet the needs of Gen Z and Alpha students, emphasizing the use of technology, fostering creativity, and understanding musical tastes. They offer practical strategies that teachers can readily implement in their pedagogical practices. While avoiding generalizations, it addresses UK February 2026 • US February 2026 192 Pages • 19 bw line art, 4 bw photos, 3 bw illustration, 7 tables HB 9798881805289 • £70.00 / $120.00 PB 9798881805296 • £27.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798881867898 • £25.19 / $31.45 ePub 9798881805302 • £25.19 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
common challenges faced by these students, such as the length of attention spans and hand dexterity and strength. A variety of solutions are offered to overcome these and other barriers. They also highlight the strengths of Gen Z and Alpha students, such as their digital familiarity and openness to diverse musical genres and suggest impactful ways to leverage these strengths in piano lessons. By focusing on generational differences and the evolving educational landscape, this book bridges the gap between traditional teaching methods and the contemporary needs of today’s students, offering tools to enhance student-teacher connections and ensure that piano education remains engaging for the next generation.
Unnerved
The Performer's Guide to Managing Anxiety Melissa M. Plamann A relatable and practical roadmap for combating each performer’s unique brand of performance anxiety by discovering and managing root emotional drivers—this resource is designed to uncover what makes each individual performer “tick.” Melissa M. Plamann provides an engaging and humorous book, chock-full of data, for anyone who experiences performance anxiety in any performing arts discipline at any age. After defining “performance anxiety” and exploring the fight-flight-freeze response, she examines treatment options, including medication and several types of therapy. Utilizing the Enneagram system as a tool to define personal drivers for anxiety, she examines fear, shame, and anger, and then suggests how performers can address and manage their unique brand of performance anxiety based on these emotional reflexes. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 176 Pages HB 9798216366331 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216366348 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9798216352358 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9798216352341 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Chapters deal with myriad other elements impacting performance anxiety, including the mind-body connection, suggesting that emotional turmoil and stress cause physical ailments and exacerbate the somatic expressions of anxiety. Also addressed are miscellaneous issues that predispose performers to increased anxiety: educational settings, hierarchical relationships, hormonal shifts, gender, and even the pandemic. Finally, she offers practice and performance strategies designed to prevent and interrupt performance anxiety when it attacks.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
379
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
BOR
The Piano Owner’s Guide
Essentials of Care, Maintenance, and Mechanics Jason Cassel Unlock the secrets behind one of the world’s most beloved instruments. Registered Piano Technician Jason Cassel helps readers better understand the inner workings of the piano. Featuring over 70 images, this book provides a wealth of practical information for anyone who owns a piano and seeks to address the most common questions and issues that piano owners face. Key Features: - Rich Visuals: Packed with high-quality images and diagrams make complex concepts easy to understand. - Video Content: Exclusive videos demonstrate key concepts and techniques. - Owner’s Guide: Practical advice helps keep your instrument in top condition. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 120 Pages • 70 b/w photos HB 9798216380139 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216380108 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216380115 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216380122 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
- Buyer’s Guide: Expert tips on what to look for when purchasing a piano ensure you make an informed decision. - Historical Insights: The evolution of pianos is traced, from the journey of early harpsichords to modern grand pianos. Section 1 covers how the piano works, including a brief history of the instrument, how pianos are made today, and how the keys and pedals function. Section 2 addresses how to care for a piano, including how to clean the keys, how to move a piano, recommended services, and what to look for in a technician. Section 3 looks at how to purchase a piano, including how to determine the age of a piano and what to consider when purchasing a used or rebuilt instrument.
COLLECTIONS
BOR
The Fundamentals of Piano Tuning and Maintenance Jason Cassel A richly illustrated, contemporary guide for the fundamentals of piano tuning, regulation, and repair. Registered Piano Technician Jason Cassel provides a clear, methodical path for those interested in learning the skills of a piano technician and turning that into a career. Over 170 photos and 40 supplemental videos help the reader understand what to listen for and how to subtly manipulate the tools to achieve success. Key Features: - Rich Visuals: High-quality images and diagrams make complex concepts easy to understand. - Video Content: Exclusive videos demonstrate key concepts, difficult procedures, and techniques. - Step-by-Step Lessons: Piano tuning, regulation, and repair are structured into 35 digestible lessons. - Hands-On Homework Assignments: Practical exercises are designed to build real-world experience. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 184 Pages • 170 b/w photos HB 9798216380153 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216380184 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216380160 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216380177 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
- Regulation Adjustments Table: A clear, easy-to-follow reference table shows each adjustment point and which direction to turn the screw. - US vs. UK Terminology Tables: Regional differences in piano terminology are explained. Cassel explains how to safely remove the case parts of the piano and then the action parts before diving into piano tuning. He surveys the adjustment points in the piano action for both an upright and grand piano. The book includes both US and UK terminologies. Finally, the book lists the most common reasons for specific repairs, such as clicks, buzzes, squeaks, sticky keys, leaking/ringing dampers, and even a step-by-step guide to replacing a broken string.
380
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
REVOLUTION
Prince, the Band, the Era James Campion Revolution is a detailed exploration into the era of Prince’s most prolific and groundbreaking music made with considerable inspiration and performed by a unique cadre of musicians he gathered and relentlessly drove to be the sonic, visual, and ideological reflection of his evolving vision. Although being the most self-contained, versatile, and prolific artist of his era, Prince reveled in the band, a multi-racial, intergender unit that acted as both family and loyal acolytes that embodied his ethos, expressed his pathos, and lifted him to rarified heights of pop dominance. This is the story of the genre-shifting, multi-media, trailblazing Prince & the Revolution from their humble inception to their precipitous rise in celebrated hit singles, albums, films, and tours to their controversial and shocking demise. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 336 Pages • 8 colour and 12 bw illus PB 9781493080847 • £17.99 / $27.95 ePDF 9798765161456 • £16.19 / $25.15 ePub 9781493080854 • £16.19 / $25.15 Backbeat
COLLECTIONS
Last Waltz
The Full Story of The Band Craig Harris, historian Craig Harris dives deeply into The Band, including the myths and confusions surrounding its members, and provides a wide-ranging account from their very beginnings with Ronnie Hawkins, collaboration with Bob Dylan, to the present. A half-century after The Band’s original lineup, Robbie Robertson, Rick Danko, Richard Manuel, and Garth Hudson, and Levon Helm played together for a final time at a star-studded concert—the “Last Waltz”—on Thanksgiving 1976. The group’s blend of folk, blues, country, Dixieland, and rock ‘n’ roll is revered as a root of Americana music. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 280 Pages HB 9781538194768 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798765154571 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9781538194775 • £27.00 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
Harris interweaves original and previously unpublished interviews with the late Robertson, Danko, and Hawkins, as well as producer/sideman Aaron “Professor Louie” Hurwitz, drummer Rick Ciarlante, the Helm Band’s Larry Campbell and his wife Teresa Williams, and others. Recordings, concerts, festivals, film appearances, Robertson’s soundtracks for Martin Scorsese, and others are assessed closely. But this isn’t just a story celebrating the group’s countless hits, successes, and victories. Despite their lasting influence, The Band’s journey was far from smooth. Drug and alcohol abuse, poor health, bankruptcies, and bitter conflicts over songwriting credits took their toll. Craig Harris looks at it all.
COLLECTIONS
All Summer Long
Conversations with The Beach Boys from Surfin' to SMiLE David Beard David Beard compiles a wide range of fascinating and eye-opening conversations and original interviews with the group and integral figures in the band’s history, including Brian Wilson, Mike Love, Al Jardine, David Marks, Bruce Johnston, Jan Berry, Dean Torrence, Marilyn Wilson-Rutherford, Ginger Blake, and many others. All Summer Long is based on over 30 years of archival interview content and provides a wealth of fresh insights into the personalities, circumstances, and decisions that shaped the music created by one of the most enduring acts in popular music history. This book covers the early transformative years of 1962 –1963 when Brian Wilson was working at breakneck speed, as well as the influences of Jan & Dean. It looks at Brian and The Beach Boys’ incredible leap forward in music, the changing arc of UK June 2026 • US June 2026 Brian’s creativity in 1965, the triumph that was Pet Sounds, the synergistic shift with “Good Vibrations” in 1966, and the 256 Pages • 25 b/w photos; 1 b/w illustration outcome of the SMiLE recordings. The subjects themselves take center stage in this book, sharing their recollections which HB 9798216383208 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798216351238 • £22.50 / $30.60 allow their emotions to be fully conveyed. Love, laughter, sorrow, and joy are captured along with the history of the ePub 9798216351221 • £22.50 / $30.60 groundbreaking and chart-topping recordings. Grab a board and get ready for the ride of your life. Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
381
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Raps of Resistance
How Kendrick Lamar and J. Cole Reignited a Hip-Hop Tradition Jeremy C. McCool & Earl Hopkins Conscious rap, a subgenre of hip-hop music that engages in dialogue about social and political issues and often challenges systems of oppression, ascended with pioneers like Grandmaster Flash and the Furious Five, Public Enemy, Ice Cube, A Tribe Called Quest, and other acts at the helm. But in recent decades, it lost much of its favor in pop culture and mainstream hip-hop. Jeremy C. McCool and Earl Hopkins explore the evolution of the subgenre and chronicle the rise of Kendrick Lamar and J. Cole. The two rappers are synonymous with chart-topping hits and platinum-selling albums, but their confessional poetry and soul-stirring lyrics establish them as the two biggest names in conscious rap within the new millennia. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 232 Pages HB 9798881801250 • £24.99 / $34.00 ePDF 9798216378891 • £22.49 / $30.60 ePub 9798881801267 • £22.49 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
While many new artists have abandoned the subgenre in exchange for music trends linked to instantaneous success and acclaim, Cole and Lamar have preserved the lyrical prowess and revolutionary spirit of their hip-hop forefathers. They tackle issues such as drug addiction, poverty, systemic racism, and domestic violence while still appealing to mainstream audiences.
COLLECTIONS
The Disneyfication of Pop
With the Beatles, Beyoncé, and Taylor Swift Katie Kapurch, Texas State University, USA In the first-ever book of its kind, Katie Kapurch reveals unseen relationships between the Walt Disney Company and pop icons. Much like the fairy-tale media they interpolate and inspire, Disneyfied artists create and market music that is thrilling and comforting, sexy and safe, controlled and consoling. As if dusted with the Studios’ own sparkle, the Beatles, Beyoncé, and Swift use Disney techniques to become “princely auteurs” and “princesses adored.” Occupying two roles at once, the artist is a hero worth imitating and a damsel deserving attention and rescue. These melodramatic dynamics let audiences see themselves reflected in pop superstars, whose dreamworlds are safe spaces as protected and storied as Sleeping Beauty's castle. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 368 Pages PB 9798765100073 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765100035 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765100059 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765100042 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Disney’s looking glass offers new ways of seeing the Beatles, Beyoncé, and Swift and uncovers unprecedented links between them, too. While these phenomena exemplify Disneyfied pop, Kapurch’s insights have wide-ranging applications to mediated wonderlands and the engagements they demand throughout the broader pop cultural landscape.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Can't Stop the Grrrls
Confronting Sexist Labels in Music from Ariana Grande to Yoko Ono Lily E. Hirsch From stars like Britney Spears and Mariah Carey to classic icons like Yoko Ono, female musicians have long been the target of double standards and toxic labels in the media and pop culture: liar, crazy, snake, diva, slut, b*tch. These words hurt—the popular expression “sticks and stones” is wildly wrong. Lily Hirsch confronts the full range of this sexist labeling as well as the repercussions, concentrating on the experiences of Yoko Ono, Courtney Love, Britney Spears, FKA twigs, Taylor Swift, Kesha, Mariah Carey, and Ariana Grande, among many others. While men can make outrageous backstage demands, women like Carey are punished as “divas.” A sign of supposed genius for men, “crazy” is a word of condemnation for many women—with legal ramifications in Spears’ case. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 240 Pages • 8 b/w photos HB 9781538169063 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798881807535 • £15.99 / $21.00 ePDF 9798765160848 • £14.39 / $18.90 ePub 9781538169070 • £14.39 / $18.90 Rowman & Littlefield
382
UK, Europe, ROW
Hirsch dives into the world of these women, looking at their personal lives, relationships and breakups, music, media coverage, public reception, as well as the origins of these toxic labels and how they have caused serious damage. Can't Stop the Grrrls reveals the inner workings of misogyny and invites us to think about these remarkable women on their own terms—showing us how women have fought back too, sometimes reclaiming these words and their own stories through music.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Literary Taylor Swift
Songwriting and Intertextuality Edited by Betsy Winakur Tontiplaphol, Trinity University, USA & Anastasia Klimchynskaya, Illinois Wesleyan University in Bloomington, Illinois, USA Taylor Swift, arguably the most prolific and acclaimed singer-songwriter of the 21st century, has shaped her listeners’ collective consciousness and challenged her industry’s often limiting attitudes toward genre, revision, and collaboration. Although Swift is a perennial subject in the media, cast in both a positive and a negative light, few professional scholars have considered her ever-growing body of work. The Literary Taylor Swift examines Swift’s significance and timeliness through literary analysis and theory. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 288 Pages HB 9798765104514 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765104552 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765104538 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765104521 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Taylor Swift has been celebrated for her ability to craft immersive narratives and to articulate, with lyrical acuity, a broad range of emotional experiences, and her lyrics underscore her profound relationship with text. The Literary Taylor Swift explores Swift’s engagements, intertextual and otherwise, with literature and treats her songs as literature—as, that is, stories, poems, and other textual forms to which literary-critical theories and methodologies can and should be productively applied. This collection offers carefully curated arguments constellated around four key relationships: Swift and the literaryhistorical canon; Swift and the language of gender and sexuality; Swift and the relationship between writing and memory; and Swift and the nature of literary craft.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Teaching Bob Dylan "Multitudes"
Edited by Barry J. Faulk, Florida State University, USA & Brady Harrison, University of Montana, USA Teaching Bob Dylan offers educators practical, adaptable strategies for designing or updating courses (or units within courses) on the life, music, career, and critical reception of Bob Dylan. Drawing on the latest pedagogical developments and best classroom practices in a range of fields, the contributors present concrete approaches for teaching not only Dylan’s lyrics and music, but also his many—and sometimes abrupt or unexpected—changes in musical direction, numerous creative guises, and writings. Situating Dylan and his work in their musical, literary, historical, and cultural contexts, the essays explore ways to teach Dylan’s connections to African American music and performers, American popular music, the Beats, Christianity, and the revolutions of the 1960s, and more, and offer strategies for incorporating, and analyzing, not only documentaries and films about or featuring Dylan, but also critical and biographical studies on multiple dimensions of an UK April 2026 • US April 2026 278 Pages HB 9798765105030 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765105078 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765105054 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765105047 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
American icon’s long and complex career.
COLLECTIONS
Sounding the Voice
Identity, Lyrics, and Vocal Recognition in Popular Music Kari Iveland, Independent artist and scholar, Oslo, Norway Sounding the Voice highlights how humans develop voice recognition and listening competence through a lifelong relationship with the voice. The voice is considered to be a transmitter of verbal information and an embodied, expressive sound that conveys identity, intent and temperament. Within this analysis is a further exploration of the impact of AIgenerated voices, from how they challenge people’s knowledge of voice to their ability to recognize voices and traditional notions of vocal identity. This is a vector for considering how new technologies shape vocal aesthetics and perceptions of vocal performance and lyrical meaning. Through interdisciplinary insights into individual artists, including The Weeknd, M.I.A., Kendrick Lamar, Mac Miller, Stevie UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages PB 9798765157442 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765157435 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765157466 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765157473 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Wonder and Stephen Sondheim, as well as particular songs such as Jason Aldean's "Try That in a Small Town," the Chicks' "Not Ready to Make Nice" and " Joyner Luas's "I'm not Racist," the book reveals how vocal timbre, sensory responses, performance dynamics and listening contexts shape our perception of lyrics and vocal performances. It demonstrates that lyrical and song meanings are not stable but dynamic, co-created by authors, performers and audiences and informed by factors such as technology, culture and time.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
383
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Wild Sound Michael Pigott, University of Warwick, UK Bringing concepts from early film theory into dialogue with the vibrant field of contemporary sound studies, Wild Sound turns an analytic eye and ear to the role of the soundscape in cinema, particularly the way that film soundtracks capture, create, represent, and even critique our sonic environment. Listening beyond music and dialogue, this book draws attention to the oft-ignored background soundscape—film's "wild sound"—which plays a quiet but substantial role in determining how film audiences feel about certain places, people, and processes. It explores the relationship between location sound and wider practices of phonographic field recording in the creation of a cinematic sonic environment. The latter half of the book shifts attention from the controlled soundscapes of cinema to the relatively chaotic sonic The Study of Sound UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781501350917 • £72.00 / $90.00 PB 9781501350900 • £22.99 / $27.95 ePDF 9781501350931 • £20.69 / $25.15 ePub 9781501350924 • £20.69 / $25.15 Bloomsbury Academic
environments of the world around us. Michael Pigott ultimately demonstrates how a theory of cinematic soundscapes helps us develop practical strategies for investigating the sonic environment in our personal and natural sound worlds, beyond the cinema auditorium.
COLLECTIONS
Listening on Display
Exhibiting Sounding Artworks, 1960s to the Present Linnea Semmerling, Leiden University, the Netherlands Listening on Display provides an empirical investigation of the historically, culturally, and socially contingent ways in which artists, curators, and visitors relate to sounds in contemporary art exhibitions. Since the 1960s, sounding artworks regularly appear in exhibitions of contemporary art. However, scholars of art history, musicology, sound studies, and museum studies lament the experiential difficulties of this development. They describe how sounds challenge the sensory hierarchy of the museum, how they disrupt the venerable silence of the white cube, or how they drown in the overall noise level of the galleries. This book examines the listening experiences of artists, visitors, curators, and technicians in more than twenty exhibitions that have taken place at contemporary art museums, alternative art spaces, and other venues in Germany and the US since UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages PB 9798765136263 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765136232 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765136256 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765136249 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
384
UK, Europe, ROW
the 1960s. Through archival research, visitor book analysis, interviews, and observations drawing on sensory ethnography, the book brings together their ideas and ideals about aesthetic ambitions, sensory abilities, cultural conventions, and technological standards.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Ennio Morricone and the Western Genre Hugh Maloney, Independent Scholar, Germany Ennio Morricone composed 34 scores for films released between 1963 and 2015; the success and impact of a small handful of these films in popular culture has caused the distinctive soundworld that he cultivated for the genre known as the Italian western (or the spaghetti western) to become a musical byword for the frontier, and the name Morricone itself to be virtually synonymous with the notion of western film music. And indeed, some of these definitive scores are ranked among the most canonic works in the history of film music generally. Hugh Maloney’s study ascertains the fundamental compositional characteristics of this output, while drawing out its salience in various contexts: western-genre film-scoring, Italian cinema, Morricone’s creative practice and technical questions of film composition. Its most essential aim is to apprehend the composer’s relationship with the western genre; although this is a UK April 2026 • US April 2026 280 Pages PB 9798765126615 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765126578 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765126592 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765126585 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
notion often alluded to in discussions of the films of Sergio Leone, the composer’s best-known collaborator, Maloney’s book expands the discourse beyond this limited filmography to include the entirety of Morricone’s experience composing for westerns, putting his practice front and centre. As he argues, this relationship is characterized by tensions, between innovation and tradition, acclaim and exasperation, and, for the composer himself, the forces of commerce and those of artistic integrity.
COLLECTIONS
Harmony of the Spheres
Ancient and Recent Perspectives Edited by Ken Parry, Macquarie University, Australia & Dean Rickles, University of Sydney, Australia The idea of the harmony of the spheres is an old and venerable one, finding a parallel between the orderly nature of the cosmos and that of music. Wherever there is discussion of order, number, and frequency, connections to music are close at hand. Modern physics, while on the surface a long way from such ideas, tells a not dissimilar story. Here all things are in motion, ever oscillating, and since sound is a kind of vibration, we have the harmony of spheres built in from the ground up. There is a rhythm to the processes in nature too, from the planetary orbits down to the periodicity of atoms, to the beat of the heart and the circadian cycle. Harmony and rhythm seem to push through into the social world too, offering analogies for ordering (or disordering) societies. Therapeutic connections to health are becoming more apparent, with music able to control many bodily functions via the linkages between brain, heart, lungs, and other systems, which can treat illnesses UK May 2026 • US May 2026 296 Pages PB 9798765157336 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765157343 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765157367 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765157374 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
caused by stress - or, inversely, music might trigger stress. This volume presents both old and new approaches to the idea of the harmony of spheres, alternately returning to and revitalizing ancient ideas and taking entirely novel perspectives. Anchored in classical philosophy and religious sources, reflecting Muslim, Jewish, Sufi, Aboriginal, Alchemical/Hermetic/Occult, Kabbalistic, and Zoroastrian thought, this comprehensive work marks a timely reassessment of a perennial idea.
COLLECTIONS
Rock for Change
Interdisciplinary Perspectives on the Benefit Concert Edited by Nicolas Baxter-Moore, Brock University, Canada & Peter Grant, University of London, UK This book explores the role that benefit concerts, tours, and recordings have and have had in mobilizing popular music and musicians to raise money or awareness to combat social problems, both human and natural. Fund raising rock concerts have been a major feature of the music scene since the first recognized event, the Concert for Bangladesh, was organized by George Harrison and Ravi Shankar in 1971. Since then, they have come in many guises, from small-scale local affairs to mega international extravaganzas with the causes they support including national and international disaster relief as well as more political objectives. Rock for Change: Interdisciplinary Perspectives on the UK June 2026 • US June 2026 296 Pages PB 9798216396772 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781793629739 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216260912 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763883 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Benefit Concert looks at all these over thirteen wide-ranging chapters. Major events including the Concert for Bangladesh, Live Aid and the Concert for New York are covered. National examples include Scottish concerts for overseas aid, Neil and Pegi Young’s Bridge School benefits in California, mining disasters in Canada and three New Zealand concerts each portraying a different aspect of the meaning of nationality in that country. Political causes include Rock Against Racism and Red Wedge in the UK and punk events in Washington DC. Finally, there are chapters on the film of the Wattstax Festival and a newer form of event solely for young volunteers, RockCorps.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
385
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES 2ND EDITION
Scoring the Screen
The Secret Language of Music for Film and Visual Media Andy Hill This widely acclaimed book enables readers to understand and practice the language of music composed for film, video games, and other visual media. Film and television music veteran Andy Hill offers an insider’s view of what goes into the creation of the musical score for major motion pictures and other works of screen entertainment, including video games. This unique text provides deeply informed, measure-by-measure analysis of highly detailed reductions of music cues from more than two dozen films composed by the top composers, among them Howard Shore, Danny Elfman, Ennio Morricone, and Bernard Herrmann, as well as trailblazers of today. Music Pro Guides UK May 2026 • US May 2026 440 Pages • 285 b/w illustrations; 16 b/w photos HB 9781538163474 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781538163481 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765161098 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781538163498 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Hill’s powerful insights enable readers to witness the composition of the score. This resource provides a close-up look at the tricks-of-the-trade that composers use to express the full range of human experience, allowing music students, practicing composers, and aficionados of the craft to better understand and hone its power.
COLLECTIONS
The Great Book of Vintage Microphones Sylvia Massy & Chris Johnson Grammy Award-winning music producer Sylvia Massy provides a visual tour through the fascinating world of vintage microphones with hundreds of original, full-color photographs. Based on one of the largest collections in the world, this book is for the appreciation of the art, technology, and history of microphones, looking at the first 100 years since the original invention – from the 1870s through the 1970s. Discover microphones used by major figures, including the one used by every US President since Lyndon B. Johnson, the epic microphone built for King George V, and the one used by Bruce Swedien for Michael Jackson’s hits. Music Pro Guides UK October 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 599 color photographs HB 9781540026231 • £35.00 / $50.00 ePDF 9798765161586 • £31.50 / $45.00 ePub 9781538144503 • £31.50 / $45.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Microphones are abundant in our modern world: dozens of different technologies, millions of different uses. Sylvia Massy and Chris Johnson expertly curate hundreds of microphones, from the rare and eccentric to well-known gamechangers, and provide interesting tidbits relating to their use, history, manufacture, design, and more. This visually stunning book traces the microphone through a history that includes the Great Depression, two World Wars, and the Cold War era.
The Concert Composer’s Business Handbook Steven Rosenhaus The Concert Composer's Business Handbook is written for composers of original music - mostly or completely within the world of concert or classical music - as a one-stop resource of information on earning income from music that they write. Drawing on a breadth of experience in the professional field, Stephen L. Rosenhaus addresses a variety of important topics, including: Copyright; Types of income streams; Performing rights organizations; Promoting and presenting music; Music publishing; Contracts for composers; Basics of finances.
Music Pro Guides UK April 2025 • US April 2025 216 Pages • 20 BW Illustrations HB 9781538188835 • £73.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538188842 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881863487 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9781538188859 • £27.00 / $34.20 Rowman & Littlefield
386
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES
Music Industry Internships
The Ultimate Guide for Students Bobby Borg, University of Southern California Music industry students: ready to nail your next internship interview, craft a standout resume, and turn that internship into a full-time gig? Look no further! This book is a practical, no-nonsense guide to mastering every step of the music industry internship journey. Industry insider Bobby Borg teaches students how to: -
Prepare like a pro for the internship search
-
Apply with confidence and land a dream position
Music Pro Guides
-
Navigate office dynamics and build a powerful network
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 312 Pages HB 9798881806590 • £70.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881806606 • £22.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765155387 • £20.69 / $35.95 ePub 9798881806613 • £20.69 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
-
Transition seamlessly from intern to full-time professional
Featuring interviews with top supervisors and over 20 practical templates, students will learn how to track applications, perfect networking pitches, review job contracts, and much more—all in one place. Written in short, digestible chapters, this book will help students jumpstart their careers today.
COLLECTIONS
Library Music and Imagined Images Júlia Durand, NOVA University of Lisbon, Portugal Library music is a ubiquitous yet often unquestioned presence in contemporary media. This pre-existing music is used in a wide variety of contexts, from television and film trailers to YouTube videos. Although library music was first targeted at professional audiovisual producers, the spread of digital technologies has widened this music industry’s client-base to include amateur videographers and online content makers. Drawing from qualitative interviews with composers and media producers, these actors’ perspectives are woven together in order to reach an in-depth insight into library music’s creation and synchronization with pictures. The book teases out the patterns and peculiarities of library music that distinguish it from other musical practices: it is cast here as usable music made for imagined images, and as a repository of shared musical imaginaries. New Approaches to Sound, Music, and Media UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages PB 9798765152997 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765153000 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765153024 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765153031 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
By exploring how library music is continuously transformed in multiple and unpredictable moments of meaning-making, we also unveil its specificity not as a finished musical work, but rather as a raw material meant to be repurposed and reshaped beyond composers’ hands. Ultimately, the book reframes library music as an object worthy of attention – one that can reveal much about music for media today.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Aesthetic Amalgams and Political Pursuits Intertextuality in Music Videos
Edited by Tomasz Dobrogoszcz, University of Lodz, Poland, Agata Handley, University of Lodz, Poland & Tomasz Fisiak, University of Lodz, Poland This open access book illustrates how intertextuality in music videos can be used to create new aesthetic patterns and develop a political agenda. Music videos can sensitize the audience to various themes, motifs, and artistic conventions by transferring them into a familiar medium. This process is enhanced through the use of intertextual references to other culture products, whereby meanings are conveyed in a highly condensed form. Intertexts connected with particular art forms can undergo revisions through the cultural context in which a new music video is produced: the amalgam of word, sound and image initiates innovative readings of familiar motifs, and transforms the understanding of literature, music, film, and art. New Approaches to Sound, Music, and Media UK May 2026 • US May 2026 320 Pages HB 9798765109519 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765109540 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765109502 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9798765109526 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Authored by a group of international scholars, implementing various conceptual approaches, and analyzing an original selection of artists, this collection of essays examines music videos as an innovative transmedial practice which employs intertextuality both to create new aesthetic patterns and to develop a political agenda. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
387
MUSIC & SOUND STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Vincenzo Bellini on Stage and Screen, 1935-2020 Edited by Emilio Sala, University of Milan, Italy, Graziella Seminara, University of Catania, Italy & Emanuele Senici, University of Rome La Sapienza, Italy Vincenzo Bellini on Stage and Screen, 1935–2020 offers nine case studies of the history of Vincenzo Bellini’s operas on stage, on screen, and in sound, video and performance art. This investigation begins in 1935, the hundredth anniversary of the composer’s death and the year when his first biopic was released, and ends in 2020, when performance artist Marina Abramovic’s ‘opera project’ 7 Deaths of Maria Callas, whose final scene is accompanied by Bellini’s famous aria ‘Casta Diva,’ was premiered. In Part One, several recent productions of La sonnambula, Norma and I Puritani are discussed from different perspectives, New Approaches to Sound, Music, and Media UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages HB 9781501391194 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781501391231 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781501391217 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781501391200 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
but the common focus is on the possible meanings of these works for contemporary spectators. Part Two, centered on cinema, includes chapters on biopics of Bellini that make extensive use of his music, as well as on the presence of this music in soundtracks of films from the last half century. Part Three turns to other media or mixtures of stage and screen, and focuses on Bellini in sound and video art of the last few decades, on YouTube and its fandom, and on 7 Deaths of Maria Callas. The volume offers an expansive view of the many ways in which Bellini’s operas have been visualized and conceptualized over the past century, and of what they may have meant, and may still mean, for twentieth- and twenty-first-century culture.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Ink on the Tracks
Rock and Roll Writing Edited by Adrian Grafe, Université d’Artois, France & Andrew McKeown, University of Poitiers, France This book embraces the multiplicity of forms of writing inspired by rock and roll. Exploring a diverse range of formats including rock autobiography and gender, race and class in American rock journalism, rock obituaries, rock literature and spirituality, rock writing and promotion/packaging, and more, this book identifies and prioritizes writing forms often excluded from the categorization of rock music writing. Vitally, the volume places rock and roll writing within a wider cultural frame often overlooked by studies of traditional white male-led music journalism.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages HB 9798765101957 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765101995 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765101971 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765101964 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Diffusing Music
Trajectories of Sonic Democratization Ben Neill, Ramapo College of New Jersey, USA This book explores the democratization of music in our current era made possible by digital technologies. Music has become ubiquitous and increasingly intertwined with everyday life, rendering previous models of creation, performance, and consumption obsolete. Diffusing Music identifies trajectories between 20th-century innovators and the broader redefinition of the musical art in popular culture today. This approach can inform new modalities of musical thinking in the wake of the transformations being actualized by artificial intelligence and other emerging technologies. The author has been an active participant in many of the scenes and movements that gave rise to musical democratization. His experiences and collaborations with influential figures in the field are woven into the fabric of the narrative. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages HB 9798765109205 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765109243 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765109229 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765109212 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
388
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
NURSING, HEALTH & MEDICAL COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
The Mindful Caregiver, 2nd edition Finding Ease in the Caregiving Journey Nancy L. Kriseman Caregiving is one of life’s most profound responsibilities as well as one of its greatest challenges. Before you can care for anyone else, you must first care for yourself. Today’s caregiving landscape is more complex than ever. You may be juggling work, family, and your own health while supporting someone who depends on you. It’s easy to lose yourself in the process, and that makes it difficult to fully show up for someone who depends on you. There is a way to walk this path with more balance, resilience, and peace. The key is mindfulness. Mindfulness isn’t about perfection; it’s about presence. It invites you to slow down, notice how you feel, and respond with compassion rather than judgment. When you approach caregiving mindfully, you create space to breathe, to pause before reacting, and to make choices that honor both you and your loved one. In this supportive guide, Nancy Kriseman offers practical tools to help you: Navigate family resistance and caregiving conflicts Build emotional and spiritual resilience to avoid burnout Use mindfulness UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages HB 9798881806576 • £20.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881867720 • £18.00 / $27.00 ePub 9798881806583 • £18.00 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
to stay grounded in the moment Create sustainable self-care routines that reduce stress Strengthen communication and connection with loved ones Evaluate eldercare services and make confident decisions You are not alone. Thousands of caregivers have walked this road and discovered that mindfulness can transform the experience. It won’t erase the hard days, but it will help you meet them with grace. Let this be your invitation to care for yourself as fiercely as you care for others, because your well-being matters.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
389
ŽIŽEK’S ESSAYS Short, punchy books showcasing the best of Slavoj Žižek’s thought and writing on the most urgent issues of today.
APR 2026
PB | 9781350515857 | £9.99
PB | 9781350537842 | £9.99
PB | 9781350573161 | £9.99
MORE FROM SLAVOJ ŽIŽEK
PB | 9781350409392 | £12.99
PB | 9781350409316 | £14.99
Bloomsbury.com/zizek
PB | 9781350559165 | £9.99
HB | 9781350566422 | £20.00
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Liberal Fascisms Slavoj Žižek, Birkbeck Institute for Humanities, University of London, UK With an apparently contradictory and characteristically makeshift term, ‘Liberal Fascisms’, Slavoj Žižek captures the paradoxical nature of political populism. To see this phenomenon as purely liberal and dictatorially fascistic is to expose liberalism and fascism as two sides of the same coin. The concept offers a glimpse into the murky landscape of half-lies and double-truths that Žižek enters in this latest collection of urgent essays. From the economy and politics to ideology, these short texts work through the different faces of liberal fascisms, structured Žižek's Essays UK April 2026 • US April 2026 200 Pages PB 9781350573161 • £9.99 / $12.95 ePDF 9781350573178 • £8.99 / $11.65 ePub 9781350573185 • £8.99 / $11.65 Bloomsbury Academic
around a trio of the universal, the particular, and the singular: our global predicament; Europe and the Middle East; Trump’s America. Peeling back the inadequate labels we hasten to pin on the phenomena that terrify us – like ‘post-truth'– to peer at the seeping wounds beneath them, these writings reveal the uneasy mixture of hypocrisy, self-deception and what is real that have always been stacked, matryoshka like, inside of one another. Liberal Fascisms is also available in audiobook format from audiobook retailers.
COLLECTIONS
Crisis
A Critique Miguel de Beistegui, University of Warwick, UK and ICREA, Spain The ‘end of history’ in the form of the triumph of liberalism has given way to a proliferation of crises internal to liberal, and especially neoliberal democracies: our economies and ecosystems, democracies, social and labour relations, constitutions, cultures, identities, and bodies are subjected to repeated and increasingly severe shocks. Unsurprisingly, the vocabulary of crisis is ubiquitous. Ours, we are told, is an age of chronic, multiple, and mutually reinforcing cataclysms. But what exactly do we mean when we speak of crisis? Deceptively simple, the term has become a repository for a mass of fears, hopes and assumptions, bound up with the very institutions and techniques of government it so often claims to address. Overused and emptied out, it leads to either indecision and paralysis, or, at the other extreme, its UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages HB 9781350588820 • £65.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350588868 • £21.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350588837 • £19.79 / $31.45 ePub 9781350588844 • £19.79 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
cynical instrumentalization. To counter this, we need a philosophy, specifically a critique, of crisis. Crisis: A Critique presents crisis as a construction through which we understand, experience and order the world; as a discursive event, producing a range of effects. Drawing on a range of examples (from economic crises to social uprisings, pandemics, genocides, and ecological devastation) and discourses (from ancient medicine to legal theory, political economy, philosophy, the earth sciences, and eco-criticism), this ambitious work of conceptual archaeology and typology engages with a range of authors who have questioned the nature of the connection between crisis and critique.
COLLECTIONS
Gramsci and the Struggle for Democratic Communism Michael Wayne, Brunel University, UK With its authoritarian distortions, the Marxism of the 20th century sundered the connections between the practice of Communism, and its essentially democratic ethos. This book reconstructs those vital threads by turning to the work of Italian Marxist Antonio Gramsci. In the wake of the rise of neoliberalism and the new global order that it ushered in, Gramsci and the Struggle for Democratic Communism asks: what form of political rule can facilitate the transition away from capitalism’s increasingly apocalyptic end game? To answer this question, Wayne puts Gramsci into dialogue with key thinkers from his own historical period, from Marx, Lenin and Trotsky through to John Dewey and Walter Lippmann. Wayne argues that Gramsci’s contribution to Marxism helps UK April 2026 • US April 2026 328 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9781350447103 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350447097 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350447110 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350447127 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
clarify the political inheritance that class democracies bequeath a revolutionary transition. Wayne then puts Gramsci into a critical dialogue with contemporary thinkers such as Stuart Hall, Ernesto Laclau and Antonio Negri, analysing such crisis situations as Britain and Venezuela under neoliberalism. In the final chapter he develops the concept of ‘elongated dual power’ to explore how revolutionary change can be reconciled with democratic principles as the old choice between barbarism or revolutionary change looms once more on the horizon.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
391
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Sovereignty in the 21st Century
Political Theology in an Age of Neoliberalism and Populism Carl Raschke, University of Denver, USA When God is “dead” and governments themselves are increasingly subject to the power of global corporations, massive movements of peoples, transnational political upheavals, and ecological disasters, what does sovereignty mean for the 21st century? Sovereignty in the 21st Century is Carl Raschke’s deep theoretical dive into the meaning of sovereignty in both its historical and contemporary settings, showing how the idea can be expanded beyond politics and offer emancipatory strategies for previously marginalized peoples. Picking up Carl Schmitt’s idea of sovereignty’s ‘divine’ associations making it an implicitly theological concern, Raschke explains how political and religious thought have always been intertwined. These intertwined strands find their relevance Political Theologies
today in debates around class, race and domination, making the question of sovereignty not just a political but a social and
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350446793 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350446809 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350446816 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350446823 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
economic one. Bringing to light the ways in which great transnational conflicts today are not between authoritarianism and democracy but between neoliberalism and populism, this book brings us closer to a profound understanding of what we truly mean by democracy, or ‘popular’ sovereignty in the 21st-century.
COLLECTIONS
Problems in Applied Ethics
An Introduction to Contemporary Debates Edited by Steven B. Cowan, Louisiana College, USA Problems in Applied Ethics takes a pro and con approach to both perennial and contemporary topics in applied ethics. Each chapter addresses a crucial moral issue such as: Abortion, capital punishment, animal rights, human genome editing, reparations, and same-sex marriage. Contemporary philosophers with opposing viewpoints are then paired together to argue their position and raise problems with conflicting standpoints. Alongside an up-to-date introduction to a core ethical stance, each contributor provides a critical response to their opponent and clear explanation of their view. Discussion questions are included at the beginning of each essay and the end of each chapter to guide further reflection. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 560 Pages HB 9781350452169 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350452176 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350452183 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350452190 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
With chapters ranging from why euthanasia is right or wrong to what obligations we have to animals and should drugs be legalized, this introduction covers questions lying at the heart of debates about what is and is not morally permissible.
3RD EDITION
The Code of the Warrior
Exploring Warrior Values Past and Present Shannon E. French, Case Western Reserve University Combining ethics, history, and psychology, this book examines historical and contemporary warrior cultures, arguing that today’s warriors need a code to navigate the moral line between soldier and killer. Exploring the roots of military ethics, this third edition furthers author Shannon French's argument that modern troops need a code to shield their humanity as they endure the horrors of war, including updated first and last chapters addressing the need for warrior codes throughout history and in today's military climate. Stories of ancient Greek and Roman soldiers, Chinese warrior monks, Vikings, Celts, Japanese samurai, medieval European knights, Islamic warriors, and Zulu warriors combine with contemporary perspectives on modern day warfare's latest technologies and power structures to present a UK August 2025 • US August 2025 360 Pages HB 9781538186183 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781538186688 • £26.99 / $40.00 ePDF 9798881863470 • £24.29 / $36.00 ePub 9781538186695 • £24.29 / $36.00 Bloomsbury Academic
392
UK, Europe, ROW
truly global and timeless case for the exercise of restraint in warfare—primarily for the benefit of those doing the fighting. A new chapter on the famous Zulu warrior Chief Shaka makes the important distinction between a warrior and a strongman. Incorporating philosophy with history, religion, anthropology, sociology, and moral psychology, French addresses concepts which resonate within and beyond military service.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Requests as Reasons A Philosophical Account Peter Schaber Requests can sometimes create reasons for action and sometimes obligations. Request norms explain their reason-giving force, as being able to create reasons for others is valuable for us. In this book Peter Schaber explores the normative force of requests. The epistemic view holds that by informing the requestees of what the requester desires, the requester may draw the requestee’s attention to an already existing reason to comply with the request. In contrast, Schaber argues that requests themselves possess normative force if certain conditions are met. Requests create reasons for the requestee to honor if and only if the requested act is good or at least not sufficiently bad, and if it is good to take the request as a reason for action. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 144 Pages PB 9781666955385 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666955361 • £80.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216260639 • £72.00 / $103.50 ePub 9781978763685 • £72.00 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
In some cases, requests do not merely create reasons but impose obligations. Requests can create obligations even though the requester does not intend to impose an obligation on the requestee, unlike in the case of an order, where the prescriber communicates the intention to impose an obligation on the addressee of the order. Whether a request creates reasons or obligations is determined by request norms, which can be framed as follows: “If and because A asks B to do x, B has a reason to do x”. The request might trigger an obligation, thus imposing an obligation on B to honor the request. Alternatively, the reason might not trigger an obligation, and thus B is not obliged to honor the request.
COLLECTIONS
Relational Agents and Autonomy A Lesson from Anorexia Jacopo Condò Reconsidering autonomy through the experiences of individuals with anorexia nervosa, Relational Agents and Autonomy challenges our current perspectives on personal agency, especially in medical settings. The central question this book poses revolves around the "value-neutral" conception of autonomy. Value-neutral perspectives claim to have an objective view of individual decisions by considering them as purely private and isolated matters, without recognizing the broader frameworks – moral, social, historical, and cultural – encompassing the decision-maker. The heart of this book lies in the powerful narratives of individuals grappling with anorexia that invite readers to reconsider their deeply held understandings of personal autonomy. It offers an exploration of self-respect, self-worth, self-trust, relational Off the Fence: Morality, Politics and responsibility, and dialogical accountability as these intersect with the autonomy of individuals in a healthcare setting. Society UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350611702 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350611665 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350611672 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350611689 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Challenging the traditionally accepted view of the human agent as an independent, private entity, this book contends that autonomy is not a mere characteristic of an isolated individual, but is dynamically shaped and constituted by a broad range of factors, from interpersonal relationships, societal norms, and dialogical capacities, to cultural contexts, personal histories and wider narratives.
COLLECTIONS
Undoing the Moral Empire
Moral Philosophy in Post-War Britain Lesley Chamberlain After 1945, Britain wanted to be a new country. The authority of state and church were giving way, the Empire was dismantled, and it was no longer clear who was leading whom in matters of morals. Individuals were left to reinvent their ethical lives anew. The lives and works of the philosophers discussed in this book were caught up this sea-change. Bernard Williams, Philippa Foot, Iris Murdoch, Richard Wollheim, Charles Taylor and Alasdair MacIntyre were all characters in search of a moral England, with a particular vision of the good society. From communitarianism to swinging Sixties’ individualism, and radical UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages HB 9781350457737 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9781350457744 • £22.99 / $30.95 ePDF 9781350457751 • £20.69 / $27.85 ePub 9781350457768 • £20.69 / $27.85 Bloomsbury Academic
theories of art – which understood questions of ambiguity, error and forgiveness more than the state ever could – this is the story of their sometimes convergent but often discrepant ideas on ethical life in the second half of the twentieth century. Undoing the Moral Empire is a work of biography, social history and the history of ideas that masterfully reconstructs the shifting sentiments of the post-war era, reconfiguring enduringly relevant questions of freedom, virtue, and society.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
393
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
The Power of Love and Democracy in the Philosophies of Martin Luther King, Jr. and Cornel West Timothy L. Lake This book locates an ethic of love as central to the democratic philosophies of Martin Luther King, Jr. and Cornel West. While much has been written about King’s moral vision, social activism, and theology, there has been no book-length treatment of the implications of his thinking to democratic theory. Additionally, Cornel West is the leading African American public intellectual of our time, but the range of his cultural criticism and academic scholarship obscures his intellectual and social projects. This project synthesizes West’s vast corpus and places him within the modern African American intellectual tradition he shares with Du Bois, King, Maulana Karenga (the creator of Kwanza) and others. Deeply grounded in the African American intellectual and philosophical traditions in which King and West are rooted, as well as the Western mainstream political philosophical traditions in which they were educated, this book offers a penetrating interpretation and comparative Philosophy of Race
analysis of their thought on the ideals of democracy and of their critiques of American democracy. It also reflects on the
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages PB 9781666904536 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666904512 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216267003 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978769274 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
nature and values of democracy, exploring how love is inseparable from justice in a democratic society.
COLLECTIONS
Justified Unforgiveness
A Moral Case Against Silence, Neglect, and Forgetfulness Jennifer Mei Sze Ang Justified Unforgiveness: A Moral Case Against Silence, Neglect, and Forgetfulness corrects the overemphasis on the benefits of forgiveness and shows how unforgiveness is a morally appropriate – and at times morally necessary – response towards unremorseful and unrepentant wrongdoers, grave wrongs brought about by absolute evil, and situations where justice is not served. In advancing an argument for unforgiveness, Jennifer M.S. Ang deals with three dimensions of forgiveness – forgiveness as the letting go of resentment, forgiveness as reparation of damaged moral relations with the community, and forgiveness as letting the past remain in the past. Ang examines these arguments using cases of mass atrocities that are not often discussed in the forgiveness literature, such as the Nanking massacre, the Japanese military comfort women system, and the Khmer Rouge genocide, to reflect on the paradigm example of the Holocaust as absolute UK August 2025 • US August 2025 168 Pages PB 9781666942194 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666942170 • £80.00 / $105.00 ePDF 9781666942187 • £72.00 / $94.50 ePub 9781978761803 • £72.00 / $94.50 Bloomsbury Academic
evil. These discussions also clarify the relationship between time, forgiveness, and justice– how time can affect the willingness to forgive; how the carrying out of justice over time remains vulnerable to politicization; and how memory of mass atrocities enables victims to let go without forgiving.
COLLECTIONS
The Philosophy of Fear
Historical and Interdisciplinary Approaches Edited by Ami Harbin Philosophers reflect on the significance of fear both in the history of Eastern and Western Philosophy and at the intersections of contemporary philosophy and other disciplines. The collection, edited by Ami Harbin, is divided into two parts. Part I begins with reflections on the centrality of fear in Confucian ethical-political thought and in the ancient Greek philosophy of Aristotle, before turning to the reflections on fear in medieval and twentieth-century philosophy. Part II presents contemporary philosophical work that expands the variety of approaches to fear, building connections with work in cognitive science, neuroscience, psychiatry, developmental psychology, and U. S. history. Fear as an emotion—though always present in the history of philosophy, and one of the key points of contact between UK September 2025 • US September 2025 256 Pages • 5 tables; 1 bw illus PB 9781666945706 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666945683 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765165102 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978749344 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
394
UK, Europe, ROW
philosophy and other empirically-informed disciplines—has received surprisingly little concerted attention within philosophy. This is the first collection from contemporary philosophers with the express goal of reflecting on fear in the history of philosophy and collecting perspectives on fear from philosophers engaged in interdisciplinary research.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
The Golden Mean and the Nature of the Good Glen Koehn What is it to say that a thing is good or valuable? To answer this question, The Golden Mean and the Nature of the Good engages in conversation with ancient and recent thinkers, including Aristotle, the Cynics, and Immanuel Kant. Glen Koehn rejects several widely held ideas about value, instead offering a thoroughly end-relative theory in the spirit of modern pragmatism. Koehn suggests that certain dilemmas such as whether value is “subjective” or “objective” and whether things are good “instrumentally” or “as ends in themselves” are defective and discusses some consequences for aesthetic criticism and the relativity of taste in the final chapters. An often-overlooked case of goal-oriented goodness is the virtuous Mean, understood along roughly Aristotelian lines. This ambitious and clearly written book explores Aristotle’s idea of an intermediate between deficiency and excess and argues UK July 2025 • US July 2025 232 Pages • 5 tables PB 9781666948165 • £17.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666948141 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765155165 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666948158 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
that, suitably reinterpreted, it has an important place in contemporary moral and aesthetic debates.
COLLECTIONS
Care of the Sexual Self
Áskesis as a Route to Sex Education Shaun Miller In response to the limitations of traditional US sex education models, this book presents a groundbreaking approach rooted in ancient practices of self-cultivation. Shaun Miller critiques existing frameworks—paternalistic, liberal-consequentialist, and liberal-deontological—arguing that they focus narrowly on behavior, outcomes, and consent while neglecting the deeper development of sexual identity and character.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages PB 9798216375395 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666953992 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216252313 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767997 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The áskesis model, in contrast, offers a transformative method that emphasizes self-discipline, emotional awareness, and critical engagement with societal norms. By applying áskesis to modern sex education, the book proposes a curriculum that encourages students to explore their authentic sexual selves and question heteronormative assumptions. The áskesis model moves beyond risk avoidance and simply giving or receiving consent: it empowers individuals to embrace diverse sexual and gender identities while fostering moral and emotional growth.
COLLECTIONS
The Identities of Action
How the Normative Valence of Consequences Matters for Act Evaluation Joseph Ulatowski Individuating action depends upon how people comprehend value judgements about the consequences of an action to distinguish—or not to distinguish—between them. The question “what is action?” cannot be fully addressed until it is established whether two action descriptions—whether in law, business, insurance policies, or ordinary conversation—refer to the same or different actions. This book approaches the problem of action individuation by arguing for a variantist account, where the moral valence of the consequences of an action plays a foundational role in distinguishing between actions. Actions with bad consequences are associated with the UK March 2026 • US March 2026 232 Pages • 14 B&W PB 9781666955057 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666955033 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216269397 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767720 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
originating act from which the action arises; actions with positive consequences are separate from their originating act. When we consider whether a bad or good consequence is identical to an originating action, the normative valence of the consequences of the action matter. Drawing from an empirical assessment that tests non-philosophers’ intuitions about individuating actions, along with real-world examples, Joseph Ulatowski explores the practical and philosophical significance of how we distinguish between actions.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
395
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
The Moral Psychology of Fear Edited by Ami Harbin The Moral Psychology of Fear brings together contemporary philosophers to consider how fear can shape or compromise moral motivation, and in particular the ways in which fear might motivate morally and politically troubling actions for individuals and communities. While the topics addressed by the chapters vary widely, the contributors share a commitment to analyzing the moral significance of fear for motivation, action, and responsibility in novel and creative ways. Edited by Ami Harbin, the volume is divided into four parts: In Part I, authors lay the groundwork for new philosophical analyses of fear by establishing some theoretical considerations about the connection of fear to injustice and the scope of what kinds of experiences count as fear. Part II turns to everyday experiences of fear—like fear of missing out and fear of Moral Psychology of the Emotions UK September 2025 • US September 2025 304 Pages PB 9781666958171 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666958157 • £81.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666958164 • £72.90 / $108.00 ePub 9781978762930 • £72.90 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
one’s own death—that can have surprising moral implications. Part III delves into the way fears have been present in contexts of climate and public health crisis. Part IV offers reflections on the complex position of fear in some of the most charged political issues facing communities: migration, political polarization, violence, and oppressive ideologies more broadly.
COLLECTIONS
Karl Marx’s Ethics of Human Flourishing
On Karl Marx's Proletarian Ethics of Human Flourishing Sam Badger How did Karl Marx’s moral views inform his views on capitalism? This book argues that Marx developed an ethic of character development and human flourishing that resembles but also diverges from Aristotle’s, taking a critical attitude toward reified hierarchies. Marx’s derisive writings about “moralism” and “moralists” have often been read as a rejection of the value of moral and ethical reasoning, but Karl Marx’s Ethics of Human Flourishing shows how the ethical problems Marx mentions function as a totality. Unlike Aristotle, for whom human flourishing was reserved for the elite, Marx draws from Hegel and later Darwin to UK February 2026 • US February 2026 312 Pages PB 9798216375388 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966145 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216251026 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767171 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
argue that the function of human nature is influenced by historical context and class status: humans remake their world and themselves through their labor. His early work focuses on alienation and its deleterious effect on individual development, freedom, and wellbeing, while his later works elaborate on this through his theory of exploitation. This leads Marx to endorse the moral position of the working class in favor of shortening the working day, increasing wages, and improving labor conditions with an eye to abolishing capitalist labor relations altogether. Marx’s approach to ethics can provide a useful basis for current social movements that are concerned with overcoming economic and social inequalities and alienated social conditions.
COLLECTIONS
French Ethics and the Economics of Freedom From Politics to Moral Obligation Nathalie Nya This book discusses the ethics of freedom in the context of race and argues that the question of injustice must be resolved not from a political angle, but from an ethical one. Drawing on the ideas expressed in Naomi Zack’s The Ethics and Mores of Race, Nathalie Nya explores the topic of race and its connections to morality and ethics. Building on Zack’s argument that what is ethical or good for White people may not be the same for historically colonized groups, showing the problem with cultural relativism, Nya develops a moral ethics of injustice around the history of race, politics, and colonialism. Justice historically occurs at the intersection of politics and ethics; for justice to occur in a society, politics and ethics must coexist. However, for the oppressed living in the modern age, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 128 Pages PB 9798216389965 • £17.99 / $24.95 HB 9781793639790 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216255260 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978771482 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
396
UK, Europe, ROW
this ideal has never been achievable. Oppressed groups recognize their human rights as almost non-existent simply because their political freedom is not aligned with their ontological freedom, and ontological freedom cannot be respected without political freedom. Nya refers to this concept as the “economics of freedom,” which creates problems in the conceptualization of real freedom as a form of moral obligation.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
The Pitfalls of Virtue Ethics Husain Sarkar, Louisiana State University, USA In this book, Husain Sarkar offers a remarkable look into the groundwork of virtue ethics. Especially focusing on theories proposed by Julia Annas and Rosalind Hursthouse, he examines a multiplicity of cardinal tenets of virtue ethics by bringing five cardinal objections – namely, the self-defeating objection, the circularity objection, the moral relativism objection, the explanatory poverty objection, and the inconsistent advice objection – to bear upon them. These objections define the shape, scope, and substance of the book. Collectively, they unveil several fault lines, a few hitherto unsuspected. Sarkar argues that notwithstanding the novel, intriguing answers to old, familiar ethical questions, the answers are so fraught with difficulties, that virtue ethics – as a philosophical moral tradition – is best seen as badly in need of repair and reformation. Perhaps, this book may provoke a Renaissance in the field of virtue ethics. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 352 Pages • 1 line drawing PB 9798765144503 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765144466 • £95.00 / $125.00 ePDF 9798765144473 • £85.50 / $112.50 ePub 9798765144480 • £85.50 / $112.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Awareness of Suffering Andrea Veltman Do we have responsibilities to inform ourselves of suffering and injustice? If so, what kinds of suffering and injustice are we responsible for perceiving? What are the foundations of these responsibilities, and what does it mean to fulfill them? This book examines these questions and argues that awareness of suffering is an essential but indeterminate moral responsibility of the mind. It is not merely an epistemic excellence or a professional activity to be left to experts, academics, journalists, or activists working to address systemic suffering; it is a moral, civic and epistemic responsibility of all people with mature, functioning minds. Cultivating awareness of suffering means exposing ourselves to a range of documentaries, news programs, narratives, and photography that bring suffering into public view. This practice of gaining awareness is UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages PB 9798765153642 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765153635 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765153666 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798765153659 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
foundational in a caring ethical life and in movements for social justice. It is a catalyst for moral progress, a part of responsible citizenship, and a source of knowledge that is valuable in itself. It also engages with the politics of sight in arguing for a social transformation in moral perception of human and animal suffering. Awareness of suffering represents an act of epistemic resistance and a rejection of widespread willful ignorance of systemic suffering.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Revolutionary Aristotelianism and Ideology MacIntyre on Practical Reason and Virtue
Egidijus Mardosas, Vilnius University, Lithuania How does ideology function and, more importantly, how can we resist ideological subjugation? Egidijus Mardosas answers these questions by applying the philosophical resources of Revolutionary Aristotelianism: a recent approach in social philosophy that takes inspiration from the Aristotelian works of Alasdair MacIntyre. In particular, Mardosas focuses on the Aristotelian and Macintyrian notions of practical reason and virtue. To be a successful practical agent, he explains, is to reach for genuine human goods and resist all forms of ideological subjection. And our virtues are the intellectual and moral powers that can help us in this task. Considering which virtues to practise, this book UK June 2026 • US June 2026 168 Pages HB 9781350429864 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350429901 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350429871 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350429888 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
examines the qualities of hope, truthfulness, comradeship, courage, and justice and uncovers how all the virtues are key, in differing ways, to sustaining our practical agency in the face of ideological manipulation. Bringing together ethics, social philosophy, and Aristotle via MacIntyre, as well as key thinkers from Gramsci to Rehmann, Revolutionary Aristotelianism and Ideology provides an urgent investigation into the necessity and virtues of social struggle.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
397
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Meaning of Mourning
Perspectives on Death, Loss, and Grief Edited by Mikolaj Slawkowski-Rode Grief is a universal human response to death and loss. Mourning is an equally universally observable practice that enables the bereaved to express their grief and come to terms with the reality of loss. Yet, despite their prevalence, there is no unified understanding of the nature and meaning of grief and mourning. The Meaning of Mourning: Perspectives on Death, Loss, and Grief brings together fifteen essays from diverse disciplines addressing the topics of death, grief, and mourning. The collection moves from general questions concerning the putative badness of death and the meaning of loss through the phenomenology and psychology of grief, to personal and cultural aspects of mourning. Contributors examine topics such as theodicy and grief, reproductive loss, mourning as a form of recognition of value, the roots of grief in early childhood, grief in COVID-times, hope, phenomenology of loss, public commemoration and mourning rituals, mourning for a devastated UK November 2025 • US November 2025 264 Pages • 5 b/w photos; 3 tables; HB 9781666908923 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781666908947 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978751446 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666908930 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
culture, the Necropolis of Glasgow, and the “art of outliving.” Edited by Mikolaj Slawkowski-Rode, the volume provides a survey of the rich topography of methodologies, problems, approaches, and disciplines that are involved in the study of issues surrounding loss and our responses to it and guides the reader through a spectrum of perspectives, highlighting the connections and discontinuities between them.
2ND EDITION
The Path of Philosophy
Truth, Wonder, and Distress John Marmysz, College of Marin, USA Illustrated by Juneko J. Robinson Tracing the history of philosophy from ancient Greece to the Postmodern world, this introductory textbook introduces students to Western thought while also highlighting the contributions of marginalized people, groups, and non-Western traditions. The Path of Philosophy characterizes the discipline of philosophy as a never-ending quest, driven both by wondrous curiosity and by a distressing realization that ultimate truth always evades our grasp. Threads running through the text demonstrate how philosophy is distinct from, and yet interrelated with, religion, science, and art. The second edition includes a new chapter on Postmodern philosophy to introduce students to key debates in twenty-first century thought. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 544 Pages • 73 b/w illustrations HB 9798881806675 • £130.00 / $170.00 PB 9798881806682 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9798765165225 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9798881806699 • £35.99 / $49.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Written in a lively, accessible style, and featuring original, eye-catching artwork, this book offers a clear introduction to the essential concepts, themes, and debates in philosophy, while also emphasizing its relationship to other disciplines, practices, and to our everyday lives.
5TH EDITION
Problems from Philosophy An Introductory Text
James Rachels, University of Alabama, USA & Stuart Rachels, University of Alabama, USA This introduction to philosophy guides students through great philosophical problems, such as the existence of God, the nature of the mind, human freedom, the limits of knowledge, and the truth about ethics. The book begins by reflecting on the life of the first great philosopher, Socrates. Then it takes up the fundamental question of whether God exists. Next comes a discussion of death and the soul, which leads to a chapter about persons. The later chapters consider whether objective knowledge is possible in science and ethics. Problems from Philosophy represents the final work of philosopher James Rachels. In it, he brings the same liveliness and clarity to the introduction of philosophy present in his other best-selling books. Problems from Philosophy has been revised UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages HB 9798216366980 • £95.00 / $140.00 PB 9798216366973 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9798216367000 • £40.49 / $54.85 ePub 9798216366997 • £40.49 / $54.85 Bloomsbury Academic
398
UK, Europe, ROW
by James Rachels’ son Stuart, who has carefully refined his father’s work to further strengthen its clarity and accessibility. The fifth edition features a new chapter on government and new content on AI and large language models in the chapter "Can a Machine Think?"
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Žižek Country
Mapping Speculative Thought Sean Sheehan, Independent Scholar, UK Uncompromisingly radical, hypercerebral but also down to earth and irreverent, Slavoj Žižek is a philosopher whose thought is sometimes hard to plot a route through. Charting its innumerable hairpins and circuitous diversions, this cognitive map of Žižek country is a guide to its philosophical, psychoanalytic and political landscapes. Žižek’s prodigious output comprises a dense and layered critique of contemporary thought. Taking its lead from his web-like approach, Žižek Country is an A to Z of cross-referenced entries that covers the range of his preoccupations - from Terminator to the transcendental and Marx to the möbius strip. Each topic is explored both as a direct subject of Žižek’s focus and as a component of his broader philosophy. Every entry is fully referenced, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350468993 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350468986 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350469006 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350469013 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
pointing readers to the key points in his books and articles, as well as his many interviews, talks and panel discussions. Together, these ideas, threads, and repeated motifs give shape to a challenging, sometimes difficult philosophy that defies ready assimilation into academia and easy thinking.
COLLECTIONS
Consumer Cacophony
The Catastrophe of Modern Abundance Justin Pack, California State University, Stanislaus, USA There is too much. Too much to read, too much to watch, too much to try, too much to buy. For the modern consumer, it’s hard to hear and hard to think amid all of this noise. This book argues such that cacophony is a nihilistic abundance, threatening not only the physical environment that we live in, but also the coherence of our spiritual and cultural worlds. While we wrestle with the economic, political and environmental impact of too much, we do so in the midst of a crisis in the culture of thinking and feeling. Understanding that contemporary philosophy often fail to engage with these challenges, Justin Pack turns to thinkers UK March 2026 • US March 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350500921 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350500938 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350500945 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350500952 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
including Nietzsche, Ortega y Gasset, Arendt, Zygmunt Bauman and Charles Taylor to explore the various threats of overproduction. Drawing together what are often seen as separate problems requiring different solutions – material abundance, environmental crisis, the decline of thoughtfulness – Consumer Cacophony’s case studies are drawn from across society and culture, but particularly the phenomena of academic overproduction and social media. This is a thoughtful, incisive account of that global overproduction and its devastating consequences.
COLLECTIONS
Why Camus Matters Matthew Sharpe, Deakin University, Australia Albert Camus is a thinker who matters deeply for the 21st century. Camus was a man of the Left, without believing in inevitable progress; he wrestled with nihilism but only in order to seek paths beyond it; he repudiated belief in God yet wrestled profoundly with religious questions; he defended “Western civilization” and adored the ancient Greeks, whilst denouncing reactionary politics; he explored the darkest human experiences, yet defended moderation, love and dialogue. He matters today, firstly, because the problems he addressed remain ours: widespread cynicism and despair, democratic Why Philosophy Matters UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages HB 9781350512498 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350512481 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350512504 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350512511 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
collapse, the rise of authoritarianisms, alienation from nature and a fascination with extremes. Secondly, because the solutions he explored to these problems were so highly original and balanced, relative to more widely-credited schools of thought: whether liberalism, Marxism, or fascism, or existentialism, postmodernism, or postcolonialism. This book, written by an established expert on Camus’ work, can serve for new readers as an introduction to Camus’ philosophical ideas. More than another critical commentary. Why Camus Matters engages Camus in our contemporary debates, seeking in his thinking a thread out of the labyrinth of the global culture wars, and sources of democratic renewal.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
399
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Human Flourishing Across Cultures and Disciplines Paradigms of Well-Being and Development
Edited by Andrej Zwitter, University of Groningen, the Netherlands This open access book serves as a call to action to reimagine and work towards a world where flourishing is a reality for all. An international team of scholars, practitioners, wisdom keepers, and policymakers come together to construct alternative visions of what a flourishing life could encompass. Their inclusive approach integrates indigenous wisdom, happiness, care, and storytelling and broadens our ideas of what it means to flourish. Where Western perspectives often emphasize individuality and wealth, here contributors look beyond individual achievement and material success as benchmarks of a successful life. Instead they foreground the intrinsic value of interpersonal relationships, community bonds, and spiritual fulfilment. Interweaving the threads of philosophical, scientific, indigenous, and UK May 2026 • US April 2026 392 Pages HB 9781350547803 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350547810 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350547834 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350547827 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
political thought, they build a holistic understanding of human well-being and flourishing. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The New Institute.
COLLECTIONS
Open Casket
Philosophical Meditations on the Lynching of Emmett Till Edited by George Yancy, Emory University, USA & A. Todd Franklin, Hamilton University, USA The open casket is a central motif, a political and ethical focal point, for thinking about Mamie Till-Mobley’s pain and suffering and her profound act of truth-telling as she wanted the world to bear witness to the gratuitous, despicable, and atrocious dimensions of anti-Blackness. The critical and powerful essays within this book capture both the horror of Emmett Till's murder/lynching and the powerful agency and the indomitable Black maternal love and courage that Mamie Till-Mobley demonstrated. Through the open casket, Mamie Till-Mobley reclaimed her son's body, and re-signified his dignity and familial-relational meaning to white America, Black America, and the world. It was her agency—in spite of the horror of his disfigured body and the unbearable affective weight that she experienced by such a site/sight—that forced white America to witness the terror of anti-Blackness, to tarry with its own egregious systemic racism. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 328 Pages HB 9798881806378 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798881806385 • £26.99 / $40.00 ePDF 9798765165218 • £24.29 / $36.00 ePub 9798881806392 • £24.29 / $36.00 Bloomsbury Academic
In solemn recognition of the 70th anniversary of Till's murder, George Yancy and A. Todd Franklin gather interdisciplinary voices to articulate the political, spiritual, and existential significance of Black hope in the face of seeming hopelessness.
COLLECTIONS
To Exist as a Problem
Being Black, Being Palestinian Zahi Zalloua, Whitman College, USA In the first pages of The Souls of Black Folk, W. E. B. Du Bois meditates on the question, “How does it feel to be a problem?” In this profound response to that question, Zahi Zalloua endeavours to think through the shared Black and Palestinian experience of being racialized as a problem. Zalloua argues that today’s anti-Blackness is not a lingering feature of a regrettable past that only occasionally manifests its ugly face. Rather, anti-Blackness permeates white civil society. Black being stands for the anti-human, its being is barred and degraded. And while Black being denotes criminality, Palestinian being denotes terrorism – a problematic being produced by Orientalism and used to legitimize oppression. Both the Black UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages HB 9781350559011 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9781350559028 • £18.99 / $25.95 ePDF 9781350559035 • £17.09 / $23.35 ePub 9781350559042 • £17.09 / $23.35 Bloomsbury Academic
and Palestinian are framed as existential threats that undermine the very structures of white and Zionist dominance. To Exist as a Problem provides a searing critique of such assumptions, arguing that Blacks and Palestinians do exist as a problem, but a different problem than the one dictated by the petrifying white and settler gaze. In asking how a politics can be constructed in the face of this hegemony, Zalloua constructs a model of solidarity that places Black lives and Palestinian liberation at the forefront of the anti-racist struggle.
400
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
A Hopeful Political Imagination
Courage and Fantastic Critique in the Age of Meltdown Oscar Guardiola-Rivera Bringing political criticism, a variety of theoretical approaches, and the author’s concrete experiences together, this book offers a political definition of hope as a utopian signifier, rooted in concrete processes of historical differentiation. Oscar Guardiola-Rivera addresses the problem of current limitations to the exercise of political imagination which severely contain, encrypt, and obscure our vision of social alternatives and normative possibilities? While grounding ethical and political stances on liberation philosophy and the anthropology of visual systems, A Hopeful Political Imagination: Courage and Fantastic Critique in the Age of Meltdown engages in dialogue with theories of encryption, a-legality, and the critique of anthropological absolutism coming from decolonial and ecological approaches. It allows us to understand 'decryption' as reversing encrypting linguistic and spatial processes in modernity, and proposes a new approach called 'fantastic critique' to Decrypting Power and Coloniality: Philosophical Perspectives from and through the Global South UK September 2025 • US September 2025 280 Pages PB 9781666974478 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974454 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216201281 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978760288 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
reinvent the dynamics of power, judgement, time and the imagination, based on historical, literary, and philosophical examples. This book recovers and reimagines principles of hope and courage as republican, ethical virtues of revelation of what is figured and made in movement together, for practical action.
COLLECTIONS
Decrypting Sovereignty as Archism Moving Toward a New Democracy
Edited by James R. Martel & Ricardo Sanín- Restrepo Archism is that prevailing form of power that seeks to go nameless insofar as it claims to be ubiquitous and just how politics is. The theory of encryption of power explains how the use of language monopolizes and hides power, preventing access to it through the denial and neutralization of differences based on class, race, and gender. Archism and the theory of encryption of power are intimately linked: one potentializes and sharpens the other to bring together a novel form and especially pernicious form of sovereignty and its role in our world. Coloniality exists because it encrypts power. The encryption of power hides the ubiquity of archism and, in this way, preserves and enhances its power. A transcendent model, one that poses as ordinary, dictates from a vanishing point of invisibility—outside language and any relation—the conditions to which every and any form of beingness must abide in order to be and thus to exercise power. Decrypting Power and Coloniality: Philosophical Perspectives from and through the Global South UK March 2026 • US March 2026 232 Pages PB 9781666978735 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978711 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216253594 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768826 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
This collection explores these questions in parallel with decolonial theory and critical and subaltern studies, using conceptual tools that allow us to think difference without the interference of the void of normality, a position from where the possible may come to be.
COLLECTIONS
Marx’s Democratic Idea
An Alternative to the Neoliberal Slide into Fascism Morgan Horowitz Emphasizing Marx’s commitment to the “democratic idea” from the time of his early work through his later writings, including his reflections on the Paris Commune, this book connects Marx’s democratic, political critique and his economic theory. Morgan Horowitz argues that the communist project should be viewed as inseparable from a concern about both just social relations and the maintaining and empowering of democratic, political procedures. Marx’s early works show that his critique of the state and capitalist, private property relations led to a demand to develop communal, discursively empowered agency UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages PB 9798216375456 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666912432 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216266365 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767812 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
over economic relations. Critically deploying the work of John Rawls and Jürgen Habermas, Horowitz develops a normative theory that clarifies structural requirements of economic equality and articulates “socialist right and rights,” which would be better placed to realize the normative ideals of liberty and equality that have traditionally been espoused by liberal theorists. Horowitz evaluates Marx’s theoretic developments to constructively connect to liberal, normative projects dedicated to democratic publics guiding and maintaining welfare-based societies. The book then applies the framework to the contemporary context of spiraling inequalities and inequity, fears of autocracy and oligarchic power, and the persistence of political figures such as Bernie Sanders, with the resurgence of public support for democratic socialist alternatives.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
401
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Political Knowledge and Democracy at Scale A Systems Defense Against Democratic Skepticism Philipa Friedman Many philosophical defenses of democracy are moral ones, appealing to ethical principles of inclusion or right or justice; this book argues – against an increasingly visible trend of democratic skepticism – for democracy as a goal on epistemic grounds. The argument that ignorance causes bad political outcomes is the impetus for both arguments for epistocracy at the level of political theory and actual political efforts to limit access to collective political self-determination. This book responds by arguing for the epistemic value of democracy and clarifying a definition of political knowledge beyond formal expertise. The embedded model of political knowledge understands political knowledge (including expertise) to be situated, incomplete, and fallible in ways that necessitate maximal political inclusion and opportunities for productive UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 5 tables PB 9781666950717 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666950694 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216251255 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767362 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
epistemic sharing among the polity. Deliberative systems can facilitate these opportunities at scale by relying on formal and informal institutions as sites for epistemic expression and engagement. In centering the epistemic role of deliberative systems over the epistemic responsibilities of the individual in a democratic context, we can examine the ways in which political knowledge forms and is expressed in mass democracies. This book suggests that poor political outcomes result when our epistemic institutions fail to ensure that policy is responsive to public knowledge.
COLLECTIONS
Radical Natural Law
The Critical Standpoint of Animals and Nature Josephine Donovan, University of Maine, USA Eschewing anthropocentric framings, Radical Natural Law proposes a reconception of natural law that locates it in the critical standpoints of animals and other life forms in the natural world. Engaging an impressively diverse range of thinkers and intellectual traditions, from conceptions of natural law in ancient Stoic and scholastic writings, to theoretical discussions about natural-world critical subjectivity in modern schools of thought, this book is an original and timely discussion that draws from within the Western philosophical tradition to make a case for the extension of natural law to non-human life. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 120 Pages • PB 9781350563049 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350563032 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350563056 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350563063 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Josephine Donovan identifies a common premise that she uses as the foundation for radical natural law: the fact that there are in all living organisms both an innate design or dynamic order and a centre of awareness or ‘self’, who knows what the imperatives of that order are and seeks to satisfy the needs essential to survival as such.
COLLECTIONS
Aristotle's Biosphere
Substance, Design, Politics, and Culture Jeremy Kirby Aristotle displays a keen interest in life and living beings, but he doesn’t separate the biological from the artificial, and he describes organisms as skillfully constructed phenomena that extend beyond their individual bodies. The questions that proliferate around our ideas of the living and the artificial are perennial, and this book explores how Aristotle’s framing of matters can shed light on them. Textual evidence does not require a reading of living and nonliving—or substance and artifact—as procrustean discrete classes, but as contraries that admit of intermediaries, and the artifact can provide some analogical explanation of the natural substance. If a beaver dam, for instance, occupies an intersection UK February 2026 • US February 2026 168 Pages • 10 tables PB 9781666937039 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666937015 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216251538 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978766600 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
402
UK, Europe, ROW
between the two, then Aristotle may countenance a similar phenomenon in the realms of politics, art, and ethics. Jeremy Kirby argues that the state would satisfy Aristotle’s criteria associated with both the artificial and the natural. The book also draws connections between what Aristotle calls natural virtue to virtue obtained via habituation and training.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Philosophy of Fame and Celebrity Edited by Catherine M. Robb, Tilburg University, the Netherlands, Alfred Archer, Tilburg University, the Netherlands & Matthew Dennis, Eindhoven University of Technology, the Netherlands In an era of cancel culture, digital identities and thriving conversation surrounding parasocial relationships, we question today the nature of the celebrity, the scope of their power and influence, as well as the ethical issues these implicate. It is a wonder, then, that philosophy is a discipline that has, as of yet, contributed surprisingly little to this debate despite the growing philosophical literature on connected philosophical topics that serve as a starting point for the philosophical inquiry into the nature and value of fame and celebrity. Offering the first introductory overview of the key philosophical issues involved in the nature and value of fame and celebrity, this edited collection provides a new perspective and voice to the conversation. Divided into four parts, its first focuses on UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages HB 9781350401297 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350401334 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350401303 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350401310 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
conceptual differences between fame and celebrity, the experience of being famous, how celebrities interact with the public, and what motivates people to desire or pursue fame. The second part of the volume explores fame and virtue as well as the ways in which ethical issues intertwine with fame, concluding with an examination of the nature of fame in relation to contemporary online culture.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Technics of Existence
Sartre, Foucault and Stiegler Amelie Berger-Soraruff, University of Dundee, UK How ought we to live with new technologies? What future do we want in light of the many changes they bring to human existence? At a time when responsible innovation is on everyone’s lips and academics turn to applied ethics to tackle these issues, this book questions the lack of a strong and coherent ethics of the self within the current discipline of the philosophy of technology. Drawing on Jean-Paul Sartre’s existential phenomenology, Michel Foucault’s biopolitics, and Bernard Stiegler’s philosophy of the amateur, Amélie Berger-Soraruff examines the crucial importance of developing a politics of the self in contemporary technoculture. Refreshingly original, this work frames Stiegler as a philosopher of the human and situates his contributions in UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350416178 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350416215 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350416185 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350416192 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
continuity with those of Sartre and Foucault, while reasserting their relevance in a field of research that often prioritizes technological enhancement over individual emancipation. It presents Stiegler’s thought as a contemporary echo of Sartrean existentialism and reflects on the Foucauldian elements of his philosophy. Extending Stiegler’s views to the fields of media studies and STS, this book brilliantly nuances his portrayal of technoculture, which he perceived as increasingly alienating, yet not devoid of alternatives.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Freedom, in Context
Time, History, and Necessity in Hegel Borna Radnik, Kingston University London, UK G.W.F. Hegel was a radical and incisive thinker, whose ideas have shaped the face of political philosophy. With questions of political agency and free will as urgent as ever, this book reintroduces Hegel’s ideas of freedom and the weight that it carries in the political, economic and social contexts of the 21st century. Examining the concept of freedom from a Hegelian Marxist perspective, Freedom, in Context argues that the essential relation between self-determination and causal necessity is a multifaceted process to be viewed through historical, temporal, logical and ontological lenses. Using examples from the Black Lives Matter movement, environmental justice, economic inequality, and democratic uprisings in Iran, the value of Hegel’s philosophy is emphasised in contexts beyond the colonial, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350430044 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350430082 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350430051 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350430068 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Eurocentric tendencies of his worldview. Emphasising the central role of temporality and history in the conception of free will gives this new reading of Hegel real practical import for the pressing political issues of our time.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
403
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Equality and Freedom in Rancière and Foucault Stuart Blaney, Staffordshire University, UK Responding to the increasing need for new and peaceful forms of emancipation, Stuart Blaney offers a unique solution in the synergy between two pioneering strands of continental philosophy: Michael Foucault’s ideas on freedom and Jacques Rancière’s ideas on equality. Building a dialogue between these two thinkers, Blaney presents new perspectives on their work and a clear picture that emancipation comes from everyday practices rather than any particular movement or revolution. In exploring these combined views of equality and freedom, Blaney draws on some of the central facets of both concepts, including revolution, disagreement, care for the self, free speech and stoicism. To put these ideas into a practical framework UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages HB 9781350498877 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350498914 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350498884 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350498891 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
of real, lived experience, we are introduced to the figure of Louis-Gabriel Gauny the 19th-century worker-poet and self confessed plebeian philosopher. Gauny is a nexus for Rancière’s and Foucault’s ideas; his life exemplifying a dual mode of existence in-between conformity and political revolution. This lived philosophy of equality and freedom shows the strong synergy between the two concepts, with one reinforcing the other and strengthening their efficacy as forms of emancipatory practice.
COLLECTIONS
I Think of You Constantly with Love
The Letters of Ludwig Wittgenstein and Ben Richards Edited by Alfred Schmidt & Gabriel Citron, Princeton University, USA Often defined by his arrogance, difficulty and critical nature of others, Wittgenstein writes letters to Richards which give us another window into his character. Their letters manifest an emotional closeness which is remarkable and unparalleled in Wittgenstein’s voluminous correspondence. They leave no doubt that Ben Richards was Wittgenstein's closest friend in these last years of his life – indeed, perhaps the greatest love of his life. Now available for the first time, the letters between Wittgenstein and Richards provide a new perspective on the last years of Wittgenstein’s life: teaching in Cambridge, the resignation of his chair in Cambridge at the end of 1947, and the restless years spent trying to find a quiet place to do philosophy and complete his magnum opus, the Philosophical Investigations. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 432 Pages • 120 bw illus PB 9781350442450 • £0.00 / $0.00 HB 9781350026469 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9781350026483 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9781350026476 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Their letters are further proof of the extent to which Wittgenstein’s life was inseparable from his philosophy. They are an opportunity to come closer to understanding the work of this intellectual giant, telling us more about the values and beliefs of one of the 20th century’s greatest thinkers.
COLLECTIONS
On Mathematics, Unity, and the Good Plato, Whitehead, Aristotle David A. White This book demonstrates that mathematical positions are based on metaphysical elements, which in turn provide schemata for evaluating and expanding metaphysical positions. The argument is grounded in the Platonic notion of the good, Whitehead’s late essay on mathematics and the good, and Aristotle’s sustained criticisms of Platonic philosophy of mathematics. Bridging ancient and modern thought, from Phaedo to the modern notion of Abelian groups in mathematics, it demonstrates that both mathematics and metaphysics incorporate contrast-rich experience and context-independent formalism and—at their best—can be partners in helping to discern fundamental features of the fullness of reality. David A. White explores how developments in mathematics and mathematical understanding can indicate, illustrate, and contribute to assessing metaphysical considerations when accounts of reality are approached from the standpoint of an articulated UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages PB 9781666963335 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666963311 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216258131 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765566 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
404
UK, Europe, ROW
representation of the good.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Influence of Averroes on European Thought
The Disappearance of Latin Averroism from the History of Philosophy Koert Debeuf, Brussels School of Governance, Belgium By exploring the influence of the Andalusian philosopher, Averroes or Ibn Rushd (1126-1198 AD) on European philosophy from the 13th to the 18th century, Koert Debeuf sheds light on a neglected side of the history of philosophy: the influence of Arabic thought on European philosophy. In this book Debeuf reveals the true extent of Averroes’s role, showing it as much larger than we read about in popular histories of philosophy. His ideas have been followed, fought and discussed in Europe for centuries, deeply influencing generations of thinkers. Bloomsbury Studies in World Philosophies UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350460584 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350460621 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350460591 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350460607 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Why has Averroes’ role been forgotten? By focusing on histories of philosophy written from the 17th to the 21st century, Debeuf provides a chronological overview that shows that Arabic philosophy was not just forgotten, but purposefully written out of the history of philosophy. This much-needed study encourages us to challenge and reassess our existing ideas about the history of philosophy and Eurocentric interpretations of one of philosophy's major figures.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Defending Materialism
The Uneasy History of the Atom in Science and Philosophy Katerina Kolozova, University American College Skopje, Republic of Macedonia, William Paul Cockshott, University of Glasgow, UK & Greg Michaelson, Heriot Watt University, UK Nobody doubted that atoms were real once atomic energy was developed, but in the early 20th-century and before their existence was widely doubted. Defending Materialism follows the political and theoretical background of this intense philosophical controversy, defending atomistic and mechanical materialism against idealist paradigms. These accounts range from the explicit idealism criticised by Lenin and Einstein to the implicit Hegelian idealism that influenced Soviet dialectical materialism. Following several key threads, the authors trace how the idea of atoms has changed over the centuries, how ideology has influenced both sides of the idealism/materialism divide, and how the nature of time in physics, biology and human society UK June 2026 • US June 2026 296 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350447325 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350447332 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350447349 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350447356 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
can give a fresh view of historical materialism. Starting from the origins of materialism in ancient Greek thought and moving through its revival in Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin gives a full picture of the links between the Marxist tradition and the ‘coarse materiality’ to which the worlds of science and philosophy have found themselves both subscribed and averse.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Reception of John Philoponus’ Natural Philosophy Aristotelian Science From Late Antiquity to the Renaissance
Edited by Emmanuele Vimercati, Pontifical Lateran University, Rome, Italy In some of his most famous works, John Philoponus (c. 490-570 CE) confronts numerous aspects of Aristotle’s philosophy and science. Yet the influence of these reinterpretations and critiques remains under-examined. This volume fills this gap by uncovering the considerable impact of Philoponus’ natural philosophy in both the medieval and Renaissance periods. Highlighting the areas of crossover as well as of disagreement with Aristotle, chapters dedicate specific attention to Philoponus’ theories of place, matter and vacuum; his ideas of motion; his discussion of the heavens and the fifth element; and his anthropology. This is followed, in parts two and three, by a focus on Philoponus’ reception in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance respectively. Shedding light on the scientific ideas circulating in these periods, international experts explore Bloomsbury Studies in the Aristotelian Tradition UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages HB 9781350416277 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350416314 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350416284 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350416291 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
a range of topics from the renewal of Aristotelianism in the Arab world, through the medieval Byzantine and Latin traditions, to Philoponus’ appearance in the early works of Galileo. The Reception of John Philoponus’ Natural Philosophy is both a much-needed study of Philoponus’ influence and a revealing analysis of how Aristotelian science was received, adapted, critiqued and mediated throughout the Middle Ages and the Renaissance.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
405
BLOOMSBURY INTRODUCTIONS TO WORLD PHILOSOPHIES Discover thinkers, texts and themes from across the globe
20+
books in the series!
PB | 9781350464230 | £17.99
PB | 9781350572775 | £17.99
PB | 9781350527522 | £17.99
PB | 9781350246577 | £17.99
www.bloomsbury.com/WorldPhilosophies
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
On Mabogo P. More’s Extended Thought Tendayi Sithole Mabogo P. More’s understanding of philosophical anthropology as the project that is concerned about the human question profoundly impacted how he accounted for the very idea of a black point of view. This book investigates how More’s extended thought generatively engages in themes like the name, principle, antiblackness, blackness, and Azania. With a Black and decolonial intertextuality, it explores ways in which More viewed philosophy not as an abstraction, but as a concrete and material project, one he sought to turn toward calls for justice, for challenging the antiblackness that pervaded post-1994 South Africa, and for a liberated Azania. Demonstrating just how much the South African experience can contribute to the often North-American-centered field of Black studies, the book shows how a politics centered on Black social interests must navigate between the temptations of Marxism and liberalism in order to find its own way towards African Philosophy: Critical Perspectives and Global Dialogue
liberation. At the long arc of the human question, which is at the core of philosophical anthropology, More’s extended thought makes a case for being-black-in-the-world as opposed to being-black-in-an-antiblack-world.
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 160 Pages PB 9798216375463 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666959567 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216251644 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978766686 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Japanese Philosophies of Education Watsuji Tetsuro and Mori Akira
Anton Sevilla-Liu, Kyushu University, Japan Anton Sevilla-Liu uses the thought of ethicist Watsuji Tetsuro (1889-1960) and philosopher of education Mori Akira (19151976) to address the dangers of self-centeredness and conformism in a competitive education system. When individual performance is encouraged, is there a way to stress relationality without losing the sense of individuality and uniqueness? We are introduced to Watsuji and Mori’s enlightening views of education, deeply rooted in spiritual insights that originate in Buddhism and Confucianism while engaging human sciences. By applying their theories to educational practices, Sevilla-Liu shows how to connect students' creative potential with a dynamic sense of community. Importantly, alongside this active philosophy, he introduces Watsuji and Mori’s central concept of letting go of our self-centeredness, fixed roles, attachments Bloomsbury Introductions to World to sensations, and rigid ideas. We see how the philosophy of emptiness can positively impact educational practices. Philosophies UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350572768 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9781350572775 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9781350572799 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781350572782 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
This engaging book outlines a vision of education that balances individual creativity with a sense of community, responding to real challenges in educational systems around the world.
COLLECTIONS
Qi as Lived Experience
Breath, Wind, Potency and Mind in Chinese Thought Adam D. Frank, Stephen L. Field & Nancy N. Chen In this exploration of the central Chinese concept of qi, a team of authors trace its role in early texts and contemporary neuroscience to show how it continues to be relevant beyond China. As life-long scholars of qi related practices, Adam Frank, Nancy Chen, and Stephen Field offer new insights into the significance of qi in the current Anthropocene. They connect Daoist studies, Chinese medicine, martial arts, popular culture, and historical phenomenology to examine the experience of qi as part of the natural world, as breathwork, as mind-body connections, and as an increasingly frequent referent in film, comic books, and medicinal products. Daoism and the Human Experience This interdisciplinary conversation includes explorations of qi in the context of ancient texts, performing arts, medical UK June 2026 • US June 2026 224 Pages PB 9781350575844 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350575806 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350575813 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350575820 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
anthropology, and consciousness studies. Their approach allows them to reveal the fundamental role qi plays in our shared experience of being human–in the air we breathe, the food we eat, and the fractured identities with which many of us contend. Covering its earliest inception in the minds of Chinese proto-scientists to its function in our transglobal world, this coauthored work opens up novel ways of studying brains, minds and the spaces we now inhabit.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
407
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Kierkegaard, Statecraft and Political Theology Christopher B. Barnett, Villanova University, USA Influenced by the backdrop of the contemporary issues facing Christianity and a trend toward ’political theology’, Christopher Barnett explores Kierkegaard’s relation to politics and the modern state. By tracing the birth and development of the modern secular state, he argues that Søren Kierkegaard’s repudiation of “politics” in the nineteenth century should be read as early resistance to the totalizing claims of the nation-state. For Kierkegaard, a modern preoccupation with politics is a symptom of the deification of the state: the more the state grows, the less God matters - a problem that would lead to the demoralization of Western culture. Barnett places Kierkegaard’s analysis in dialogue with authors such as Jacques Ellul, Eric Voeglin, René Girard, and Wendell Berry, to explore how politics in the modern state is not marked by liberation but by bureaucracy, propaganda, technocracy, and disenchantment. Kierkegaard's UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350408562 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350408531 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350408548 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350408555 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
critiques of state power are startlingly relevant to contemporary debates in political theology. Kierkegaard, Statecraft and Political Theology allows Kierkegaard’s political thought to speak for itself, pulling out overlaps with twentieth-century thinkers who bear a “family resemblance” to his political philosophy. By applying his thought actively to the challenges facing Christianity today, this book explores the politization of theology in all its complexity.
COLLECTIONS
The Singular Politics of Jean-Luc Nancy Joanna Hodge, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK The Singular Politics of Jean-Luc Nancy identifies the French philosopher as linking a theory of innovation and meaning to a theory of a contestation of worlds, within which the structures basic to politics and political analysis themselves mutate. The book focuses on the inventions in Nancy’s writing itself, alongside the more familiar themes, retreating the political, being singular plural, and a deconstructing of Christianity, the strategies of interruption and fragmentation. His distinctive notions of comparution, and partage, of ecotechnics and excription, of sexistence and concealed thinking are introduced, his reception and re-formulations of key Christian phrases are made pivotal: ecce homo, noli me tangere, vox clamans in deserto; behold the man, do not touch me, a voice crying in the wilderness. Connections between western political theorising, a fraught religious inheritance and a relative autonomy of art practice form UK April 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages PB 9781350608214 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781474252799 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781474252812 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781474252829 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
a context for assessing what comes after a disruption of sovereignty and subjectivity, as governing terms delineating a domain of political thinking. Joanna Hodge shows how Nancy rethinks time and history, examining his disruptive relation to a time of inheritance, a time of current contestation and a time of anticipated futures, through his focus on time as insurrection and birth to presence.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
R.G. Collingwood and Christianity Faith, Philosophy and Politics
Peter Johnson, University of Southampton, UK Drawing on his writing on philosophy, history, religion and politics, this is the first in-depth analysis of R.G. Collingwood’s relation to Christian thought. Peter Johnson’s original study sheds new and important light on Collingwood’s views on emotion, civilisation and key political events such as the Spanish Civil War from the perspective of his religious beliefs. Here Collingwood’s Christianity takes centre stage. Johnson considers Collingwood’s relationship to prominent philosophers of the 20th century like Wittgenstein and Rawls, and examines the connection between Collingwood’s views on Christianity and thinkers such as Norman Malcolm and D. Z. Phillips. Chapters also cover Collingwood’s discussion of the Augustine and Pelagius debate, the impact of Collingwood’s Anglicanism on his liberalism and his idea of Christian historiography as a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages HB 9781350465411 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350465459 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350465428 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350465435 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
408
UK, Europe, ROW
Leaven. A rich and nuanced account of the importance of Christianity, and Christian concepts, to Collingwood’s philosophical and political thought, this is a valuable resource for students and scholars of philosophy of history and philosophy of religion as well as historical and political theory.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Beyond the Facts
Tacit Knowledge and the Hidden Infrastructure of Our Informed Times James W. Cortada This book describes tacit knowledge, what it is, how it used and its role in our current data driven world. It argues that fuzzy, hard-to describe information is greater and more, important than just hard facts. What is tacit knowledge? It is what we might consider knowledge that is unable to be fully communicated: knowledge that we understand implicitly, but it is a bit hard to explain. For example, it is the kind of knowledge one needs to ride a bicycle, but that cannot be described precisely on paper in the way one might be able to explain how to cook a dish. Tacit knowledge is the least understood type of information and one of the most difficult to communicate. Yet there is more tacit knowledge in our lives than the specific facts one can find in a book, on the Internet or in the simple form of a fact. This book is designed UK September 2025 • US September 2025 232 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9798216196006 • £29.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216196013 • £70.00 / $95.00 ePDF 9798216196037 • £63.00 / $85.50 ePub 9798216196020 • £63.00 / $85.50 Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
to introduce the reader to the concept of tacit knowledge and how to recognize and use it. This book offers definitions of tacit knowledge and compares the topic to explicit knowledge, then describes how the former is used today. The author argues that both types are used today and explains how one can use both types of knowledge in their lives.
COLLECTIONS
Over-Measure in Kant, Hegel, and Shakespeare Putting the Principles Into Play Jennifer Ann Bates In Over-Measure in Kant, Hegel, and Shakespeare: Putting the Principles Into Play, four Shakespeare plays become the experiential-dramatic playground where operations of “principled virtues” and their informing categories are meticulously tested. Jennifer Ann Bates begins with Hegel’s logic of measure and Shakespeare’s Measure for Measure, showing essential measure is indeterminable. She then combines Kant’s Pure Principles of the Understanding with Shakespearean Roman tragedy, exploring principles of measure through over-measure. Bookended by Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit, she investigates over-measures of quantity in Antony and Cleopatra, quality in Titus Andronicus, and relation and modality in Contemporary Studies in Idealism UK November 2025 • US November 2025 320 Pages PB 9781666932713 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666932690 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216201434 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978769199 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Julius Caesar. She turns to Kant for epistemic measures that make experience possible, highlighting his warnings against exceeding those limits. Putting Kant’s Principles into play produces “principled virtues,” which are epistemic principles made practical and differ from Kant’s Doctrine of Virtues, not just from Aristotle’s virtues. Read through Shakespeare’s plays, principled virtues are tragic: they miss the mark, and they are executed in both senses.
COLLECTIONS
Kant's Modern Debates An Intellectual History
Catalina González Quintero Catalina González embeds essential aspects of Kant’s epistemology, metaphysics, morals, and aesthetics into their broader historical contexts, that is, into philosophical debates and discussions that were central to modernity but have not been explored in sufficient detail by Kantian scholarship. These contexts include disputes between skeptics and anti-skeptics, debates around deism and natural theology, controversies on animal minds, discussions about the foundations of morality, and aesthetic conversations around the notion of the sublime. The book’s historical perspective is further supplied by a set of methodological reflections drawn from the heterogeneous field of studies of “intellectual history.” Specifically, this book profits from historiographical tools from different approaches to Contemporary Studies in Idealism
intellectual history, such as the perspective of the Cambridge School of Political Thought or that of German
UK April 2026 • US March 2026 216 Pages PB 9781666934366 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666934342 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216253143 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768567 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Begriffsfgeschichte, and from a wide variety of historians of philosophy such as Quentin Skinner, J. G. A. Pocock, Reinhart Koselleck, Leo Strauss, Hans Blumenberg, and Hannah Arendt, who, with different emphases and preoccupations, have reflected on the best historical methods by which to approach philosophical authors, concepts, and issues from the past. The author also uses analytical tools from rhetorical studies to understand the language and persuasive aims of the relevant 18th-century discussions.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
409
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Form and Matter in Early German Idealism
The Development of Post-Kantian Philosophy in Reinhold, Maimon and Fichte David Sommer A pioneering book that sheds crucial light on the distinctions between Kant’s philosophical project and German Idealism as a whole, resolving problems that are as relevant to scholars today as they were to Kant’s immediate successors. This ground-breaking study is the first detailed exploration of ‘hylomorphism’, or the division of all mental faculties and acts into form and matter. Identifying hylomorphism as the fundamental unifying dynamic in post-Kantian philosophy, David Sommer explores how Kant’s idealist successors in the early 1790s—specifically Reinhold, Maimon and Fichte— mapped this dualism in the realm of cognition onto the physical world. Bloomsbury Studies in Modern German Philosophy UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages • 4 bw illus PB 9781350559639 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350559592 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350559608 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350559615 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Proceeding through close analyses of primary texts, Sommer addresses an important gap in the existing scholarship while opening up new avenues of research into the works of Kant and his successors. He illuminates key yet understudied philosophical concepts within their historical contexts, notably providing an in-depth examination of the complex and innovative early works of Maimon and Fichte. This is an essential contribution to our understanding of the origins of German idealism and Romanticism in general.
COLLECTIONS
Kant Machine
Critical Philosophy after AI Yuk Hui Rethinking the philosophy of Immanuel Kant in the age of artificial intelligence. What could be called an intelligent machine? Are machines capable of being moral? Does an algorithm for perpetual peace exist? In this groundbreaking new work, Yuk Hui considers how current debates on artificial intelligence echo historical philosophical discussions about the workings of the mind, with the philosophy of Immanuel Kant emerging as a lens through which to consider the ethical and political implications of AI and robotics in a new light. Addressing fundamental questions around machine intelligence and morality, transcendental idealism and learning, and the Political Theory and Contemporary metaphysics of machines, the history of AI and Kantian ideas are expertly woven together alongside an array of figures in Philosophy the histories of technology and philosophy: from Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz and Alan Turing to Hubert Dreyfus and Jacques UK January 2026 • US January 2026 144 Pages HB 9781350563209 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9781350602502 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9781350563216 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781350563223 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
de Vaucanson. In asking how we can understand AI in light of the challenges Kant posed to both rationalism and empiricism, and how revisiting Kant can help us better comprehend the nature and limitations of contemporary technologies, Kant Machine is an essential critical contribution both to Kant studies and to the philosophy of digital technology.
COLLECTIONS
Emotions and Community An Ontological Account Daniel Rueda Garrido Emotions are intrinsically linked to our forms of life—the unique, shared ways of being and acting that shape our identity. This book redefines emotions as embodied actions, rather than mere internal states. By taking an ontological approach, Daniel Rueda Garrido explores how fundamental emotions like joy, fear, love, and anger are woven into the fabric of our communities, influencing who we are and how we interact with one another. Moving beyond traditional psychology and naturalism, this approach reveals that these emotions are not just internal experiences, but essential expressions of our UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages PB 9781666974119 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974096 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216254287 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978772120 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
410
UK, Europe, ROW
collective, self-imposed ways of living within a community. Rueda’s exploration offers a deeper understanding of selfconsciousness and challenges traditional ways of thinking about emotional existence. It reveals the profound connection between feeling, action, and belonging.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
The Inimitable Philosophy of Vladimir Jankélévitch Edited by Andrew Kelley Where most English-language works on Jankélévitch have almost exclusively centered around the topic of forgiveness, this book fills a gap by bringing to light other aspects of Jankélévitch’s oeuvre that deserve attention. Although Jankélévitch is increasingly considered an important French moral theorist, there remains relatively little Englishlanguage scholarship on his thought. Jankélévitch’s writing, especially on ethics and forgiveness, served as touchstones for works by Jacques Derrida, Paul Ricoeur, and Emmanuel Levinas, among others. Jankélévitch is known for the novelty of his style of writing and lecturing, as well as his analyses of subjects and topics that were not necessarily “in style” at the time. Having been forced into hiding during the German occupation of France because of his Jewish heritage, the Shoah and its Continental Philosophy and the History of Thought
aftermath made Jankélévitch reexamine, and largely renounce, the role of German thought and ideas in his own work,
UK June 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages PB 9781666924404 • £65.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666924381 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216267775 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978761223 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
and ‘60’s. Many of the contributors to this volume were, themselves, students of Jankélévitch and, as such, can bring
leading to an even greater separation between his own thought and the climate of philosophy in France during the 1950’s firsthand knowledge of Jankélévitch to bear.
COLLECTIONS
Constructing Nietzsche's Politics Ethical Libertarianism
Andrew Duclos Edited by Ashley Woodward, Dundee University, UK A timely new interpretation of Nietzsche’s politics which reconciles the apparent contradictions in Nietzsche’s texts by defining his politics as “ethical libertarianism.” Nietzsche’s politics has been the subject of much debate, with the existing scholarship largely divided between aristocratic and anti-democratic readings on the one hand, and democratic readings on the other. This book takes its place in the emerging trend of trying to find a “third way” by arguing that Nietzsche's philosophy implies a form of libertarianism. This interpretation emphasizes individual self-transformation and the need to organize society in a way which best facilitates this for its members. While libertarianism is closest to Nietzsche’s requirements, it needs to be reformulated to be made fully Continental Philosophy and the History of Thought UK November 2025 • US November 2025 256 Pages PB 9781666938081 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666938067 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798881866693 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768475 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
consistent with his philosophy. This requires a rejection of any grounding of the natural rights of the individual, presumed to be equal for all, in a metaphysical conception of the self. A Nietzschean “ethical libertarianism” would be based on protecting equal access of individuals to conditions which promote self-cultivation. It is thus democratic, but also meritocratic, as rights will be seen to accrue on the basis of individual development.
COLLECTIONS
Heidegger in Dialogue Robert E. Wood Edited by William McNeill Comparative readings offer an accessible introduction and shed light on Heidegger’s thought by examining it in the context of the work of other philosophers. This collection of comparative essays by the late Robert E. Wood puts Martin Heidegger in dialogue with a number of other thinkers, such as Martin Buber, Max Scheler, Edith Stein, John Dewey, and Maurice Merleau-Ponty, as well as thinkers whose relation to Heidegger has been more commonly examined (Plato, Hegel, Jean-Paul Sartre). A number of recurrent themes stand out, indicative of the issues that anchor the author’s general interpretation of Heidegger. These include: the distinction between meditative and calculative thinking; Heidegger as a thinker of the heart; releasement (Gelassenheit); the UK April 2026 • US April 2026 184 Pages PB 9798765153628 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765153529 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765153543 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798765153536 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
prominence of concealment (lethe) and the mystery of Being; the importance of art and poetic thinking; the relation to the Other; mortals and the divine; and the significance of attunements or dispositions, ranging from shock and horror to wonder and awe. Wood’s perspective emerges as a distinctively Catholic reading of Heidegger, emphasizing common ground and a relation to the whole throughout.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
411
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 264 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9781666942255 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666942231 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154373 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666942248 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 288 Pages PB 9781666950953 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666950939 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154823 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666950946 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Digital Poetics
Ricoeur's Early Ethical Philosophy
Fernando Nascimento, Bowdoin College
Leovino Madriaga Garcia, Jesuit Ateneo de Manila University
Drawing on Paul Ricoeur's narrative theory and ethics, Fernando Nascimento argues for a new approach to integrating ethics into digital technology development, use, and regulation.
Using the themes of responsibility and hope, this introduction to the thought of Paul Ricoeur addresses both the beginner and the specialist.
A Ricoeurian Approach to Digital Technologies
Explorations of Responsibility and Hope
This book introduces the concept of "digital poetics" to address the unprecedented ethical challenges posed by ubiquitous, intimate, and plastic digital technologies. Nascimento proposes narrative deliberation as a framework for ethical decision-making, contextualizing moral principles, encouraging public debate, intertwining technique with ethics, and employing narrative imagination to overcome practical dilemmas. By examining three spheres of deliberation— developers, users, and institutions—Digital Poetics offers a multidimensional analysis of ethical considerations in the digital realm. This book presents digital poetics as both a utopian ideal and an ethical imperative which can respond to the rapid pace of technological change and the complexity of implementing ethical frameworks in digital contexts
COLLECTIONS
By focusing on the early essays and early mature works—including the Philosophy of the Will volumes: Freedom and Nature, Fallible Man, and The Symbolism of Evil—Leovino Garcia shows that Ricoeur’s entire orientation is primarily ethical in that it awakens in us the power to exist creatively. Ricoeur brings the Joy of the Yes to the sadness of the finite, the passion for the possible to the resignation to necessity, and the vehemence of the primary affirmation to the radical negation.
COLLECTIONS
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
UK April 2026 • US March 2026 240 Pages PB 9798765155462 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765155455 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765155486 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798765155479 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages PB 9798216387978 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666959475 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216264781 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978759664 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
A Dialogue Between Evolving Contemporary Psychoanalysis and Paul Ricoeur’s Philosophical Anthropology
The Symbolism of Holiness
Holy Being and Holy Living Interpreted Through Paul Ricoeur's Philosophical Anthropology
Edited by Jeffrey Sacks & Pascal Sauvayre
Curtis Lee Jr.
Taking elements of Ricoeur’s thought, practicing psychoanalysts shed light on the psychoanalytic tradition and enrich clinical reflection.
Through a reading of Paul Ricoeur’s hermeneutics, this book explores how Judeo-Christian holiness emerges in both being and doing in the lives of human persons in a postmodern world.
Beginning with Sigmund Freud, the relationship between philosophy and psychoanalysis has been complicated, falling short of its mutually enriching potential. In his entire oeuvre, Paul Ricoeur made a sustained effort to construct an innovative bridge of linguistic-based alignment and connection between the two disciplines. This volume builds on that bridge and contributes to a longoverdue dialogue. Ricoeur both embraced and challenged the Freudian legacy. His engagement with the Freudian opus was a vehicle for his philosophical anthropology, emphasizing the future orientation of imagination and the power of the possible. Over the last sixty years, psychoanalysis has slowly moved in the direction of broadening analytic theory, but the impact of Ricoeur’s challenging commentary has continued to evolve. The contributors to this volume explore this evolution, clarifying the connections between philosophy and psychoanalysis and finally bringing the two into fruitful conversation.
412
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
Both the Old and New Testament testify that God requires holiness, yet the topic remains elusive in both understanding and actuality. Ricoeur offers a solution to this dilemma; he believed that experiences of evil and the sacred cannot be communicated directly, but only through symbols and myth. In the same way that Ricoeur interpreted the human experience of evil in relation to the Fall story in Genesis, this book interprets holiness through the symbolism communicated in the Genesis Creation narrative. When interpreted through Ricoeur’s hermeneutics, the symbols of holiness in this story offer tools to understand how to be holy and live a holy life. What results is holiness as holy being, holy doing, and holy being-in-the-world in front of the biblical texts. Holiness emerges “like God,” a holy identity, ethic, and lifestyle in human beings that reflects the trifold holiness of the Triune God.
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Deleuze’s Philosophy of Time and Logic
Kant, Bergson, and the Labyrinth of the Continuum Charles John Paetsch, Penn State University, Abington, USA Drawing on the work of philosophers and mathematicians, from Kant and Peirce to Bergson and Brandom, this book plots an original path through Deleuze’s thought and transcendental empiricism. Divided into 2 parts, each with a transcendental and a logical focus respectively, Part I introduces the concept of time in Deleuze’s philosophy. Having dismissed all previous philosophies of time as deficient, with the notable exception of Bergson, Paetsch reveals how, in critiquing theories of temporality, Deleuze turns in particular to Kant. In doing so, Deleuze innovatively reconsiders transcendental philosophy in light of Bergson’s theses on durée (lived duration). Building on the first part, Part II then investigates Deleuze’s understanding of logic and its relation to time. Both Deleuze and Bergson claimed UK April 2026 • US April 2026 248 Pages PB 9781350577473 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350577435 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350577442 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350577459 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
that time undermines the central principles of every logical system. And yet, this book examines how Deleuze steps beyond logic, contending that a mathematical expression of ‘durative continuity’ could inaugurate a novel philosophy of physics. Engaging with key Deleuzian texts, including Logic of Sense, Difference and Repetition, and A Thousand Plateaus, this book provides a bold new interpretation of fundamental questions concerning time, how we understand it, and how it affects what we think.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Kant and Technics
From the Critique of Pure Reason to the Opus Postumum Franziska Aigner Martin Heidegger, Gilbert Simondon, and Bernard Stiegler each argued in their own way that, ever since its inception in ancient Greece, western philosophy is incapable of thinking technics, which reaches its clearest expression in the philosophy of Immanuel Kant. According to Heidegger, Kant articulated the essence of modern technics as enframing (Gestell) without understanding the nature of his own insight, while Simondon claimed that transcendental philosophy is structurally incapable of thinking technics as its answer to the question of technics either comes too early (a priori) or too later (a posteriori). Stiegler synthesized both positions in his claim that Kant was incapable of acknowledging the technical constitution of his own consciousness. All three thinkers thus argue, in one way or another, that Kant was essentially incapable of seeing, understanding, let alone thinking, technics. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 280 Pages HB 9781350299030 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350299078 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350299047 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350299054 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The intention of this book is two-fold. On the one hand, it argues that, despite Heidegger, Simondon, and Stiegler’s inability of recognizing it, there is an explicit concept of technics at work in Kant’s philosophy. This technics is however not a technics that was overlooked by Heidegger, Simondon, and Stiegler. Instead, this book shows that, from the Critique of Pure Reason (1780) until the posthumously published Opus Postumum (1796-1803), transcendental philosophy is at once constituted against, while at the same time relying upon, and proceeding from technics. On the other hand, this book engages with the broader relation between philosophy and technics.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Ecological Reasonings Kilian Jörg, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany What role does ‘reason’ have in tackling the catastrophic ecological situation of the early 21st-century? Can the concept shrug off its problematic role in Western epistemology and find a new place and function in dealing with the Anthropocene? In Ecological Reasonings, Kilian Jörg argues that we ignore reason at our peril. This book revolves around the idea that in order to salvage reason, we must include it in the current move to pluralize the key concepts of Western philosophy – where we once talked of nature, science and technology, we now talk about natures, sciences, and technologies. In the same way, it is time to reconceptualize reason as reasonings – a diverse and multiperspectival wealth of interactions that can create a vital alternative to the mainstream academic thought. Drawing on a UK June 2026 • US June 2026 344 Pages HB 9781350372115 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350372153 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350372122 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350372139 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
broad span of theoretical traditions including new materialism, eco-feminism, embodied performance and speculative philosophy, Jörg weaves countless voices and aspects together to demonstrate the rich texture of his pluralized vision. The impact of these new reasonings on the pressing challenges of our time can be seen in the sheer scope of these elements, from the role of artificial intelligence to the post-truth society and how science can shape our own self-understanding.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
413
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Legacy of Neoplatonic Philosophy From Ancient Aesthetics to 20th-Century Film Edited by Gina Zavota, Kent State University, USA Bringing together leading scholars from philosophy, architecture, history, classics, and art history, this volume asks: what are the key concepts in Neoplatonic aesthetics? And what impact has Neoplatonic philosophy had on the arts since the 3rd century CE? Organized into three parts, in part I four authors examine the theory behind Neoplatonic aesthetics, including in particular the philosophy of beauty, ornament, and the artistic imagination. Based on the thought of Plato, Neoplatonism incorporated influences from Aristotle, Stoicism, and a variety of other philosophical traditions to create a unique school of thought within the Western canon. The second part explores the influence of Neoplatonic thought on the painting, architecture, and music UK June 2026 • US June 2026 312 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350379114 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350379152 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350379121 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350379138 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
of classical, medieval, and Renaissance Europe. With chapters on Byzantine hymns, the birth of the Gothic, and Vasari's Saint Michael, the authors bring to life the Neoplatonic influence on European culture and thinking. Finally, part III uncovers the impact of Neoplatonism right up to the modern day through a range of 19th- and 20th-century artistic case studies, from Kandinsky and Malevich to literature, music and world cinema.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Militant Historian
The Concept of History in the Work of Alain Badiou Kerry William Purcell, University of Hertfordshire, UK This is the first wide-ranging analysis of Alain Badiou’s use, development and transformation of the concept of history. Despite the wealth of perspectives now available on how social and cultural practices take shape, historicism still appears to be the most dominant. The Militant Historian examines this primacy and reveals how Badiou’s work offers a radical riposte. Exploring key texts in Badiou’s oeuvre and how his philosophical ideas disrupt dominant conceptions of history and the role of the historian, Kerry William Purcell addresses how these ideas could transform our approaches to the historical and what it means to ‘do history’ as a meaningful endeavour. Adopting a chronological approach to Badiou’s work, each chapter explores specific conceptual developments in his writing and how they lend themselves to a reconsideration of the subject who speaks history. From these new and disruptive modes of doing emerges the figure of the militant historian – a role with UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350381056 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350381049 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350381063 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350381070 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the potential to impact how we practice history outside the narrow strictures of academic life.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Hannah Arendt and Cosmopolitanism State, Community, Worlds in Common
Angela Taraborrelli, Cagliari University, Italy Hannah Arendt and Cosmopolitanism presents the first comprehensive study of Hannah Arendt’s cosmopolitanism. Challenging the common belief that cosmopolitanism is a negligible or incompatible element of Arendt’s thought, it unpacks various key elements of her philosophy such as her critique of human rights, the defence of the “right to have rights” as a right to belong to a particular political community, the scepticism towards the establishment of a world government as a solution to the problem of statelessness, and the importance she attached to the passport. Through this the text argues that Arendt is a theorist of cosmopolitanism in her own right, by reconstructing as systematically as possible an issue that is relatively neglected in the secondary literature. Taraborrelli shows how Arendt anticipates and develops cosmopolitanism in four main forms - moral, political-institutional, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350422766 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350422797 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350422773 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350422780 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
414
UK, Europe, ROW
judicial, cultural - and how in her thought there is no insuperable contradiction between cosmopolitanism and belonging to a political community, or between cosmopolitanism and the conditions of political action.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Memory Assemblages
Spectral Realism and the Logic of Addition Hilan Bensusan, University of Brasilia, Brazil In Memory Assemblages, Hilan Bensusan combines elements of continental and analytic philosophy to advance a theory of realism which insists on the reality of spectres, an ultrametaphysical approach departing from metaphysics while attending to the problems that triggered metaphysical investigation. In doing so, Bensusan builds on the reception of Derrida’s hauntology, particularly by Latin American scholars in disciplines such as media studies, history, and political theory, and engages with currents of speculative realism as well as contemporary work on idealism and logic. Challenging the correlationist view in which being and time cannot be considered independently of subjectivity, Bensusan gives an account of exteriority where thought and reality share a common logic of addition. Central to the book is this UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages HB 9781350460300 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350461239 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350460317 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350460324 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
philosophy of addition, where addition structures the insufficiency and incompleteness of whatever seems to be present: it is an operation that dismantles what has been before in a way that depends on that past consigned to memory. Addition is explored in light of the Derridian supplement, the Epicurean Swerve, Jean-Luc Nancy’s notion of struction and the Marxist notion of forces of production. A coda further elaborates the notion of production in this context, arguing for a spectral Marxism and drawing on Deleuze and Guattari’s Anti-Oedipus.
COLLECTIONS
The Arts in Philosophical Practice Prospects, Perspectives and Practices
Edited by Jeanette Bresson Ladegaard Knox This interdisciplinary edited collection delves into the interplay between philosophy and the arts, showcasing how their combination can inspire new ways of thinking, connecting, reflecting, imagining, and understanding. By discussing ways in which art forms and arts-based methods can be integrated into philosophical practice, the book reveals how abstract ideas can be made tangible, and dense philosophical concepts can be expressed in accessible and profound ways. In the continual process of human self-examination, the arts have played and still play an important role as reflective, embodied practices in what it means to lead a human life, what it means to be a human being, and how humans relate to each other. Though the arts can be a mere distraction, they can equally engage the human mind and body in pondering the Philosophical Practice
existential paradoxes and puzzles of being. The arts and philosophy share a mutual aim: to question life’s fundamental
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages • 12 b&w images PB 9781666947021 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666947007 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216262596 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978760851 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
aspects without proposing final answers, embracing creativity, openness, and exploration. From discussing values and virtues to addressing human vulnerabilities, this book illustrates how philosophical practice becomes impactful when it engages with the emotional and sensory world of the arts. Through theoretical insights, practical applications, and creative interventions, it illuminates how the arts and philosophy can enhance professional fields and contribute to the art of living.
COLLECTIONS
Death and the Aesthetic Sublime The Enigma of Time in La Jetée Jung Kwon There is a striking similarity between remembrance and the sublime in psychological structures and processes. When we remember, we sort out the images of the past in a way to evoke the idea of the irreversible time, and when we experience the sublime, we reflect on the distance from the threat of life in a way to remind us of our vulnerability to death. To scrutinize the sublime as an aesthetic concept, Jung Kwon draws on literature from modern and postmodern philosophy, film studies, philosophy of mind and cognitive science, and Zhuangzi. Through La Jetée’s experimental cinematic design, which consists of a masterful arrangement of still frames, the empathic and imaginative audience cannot help but ponder on what it is to remember. Through deliberately eliminating the illusion of UK January 2026 • US January 2026 104 Pages PB 9781666933529 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666933505 • £70.00 / $95.00 ePDF 9798216253549 • £63.00 / $85.50 ePub 9781978768741 • £63.00 / $85.50 Bloomsbury Academic
movement, the film presents the profound space of timeless moments, ubiquitous and yet ungraspable, the unpresentable and yet viscerally felt. Jung Kwon argues that Marker’s film is a contemplative practice of memory and time, one that takes place simultaneously in the protagonist and the viewer . Memory—in its spiraling loop that defines who we are as experiencing and suffering beings— connects the frozen moments and creates the sense of time passing that inevitably halts at the inescapable barrier of time called death.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
415
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Philosophical Fragments as the Poetry of Thinking Romanticism and the Living Present
Luke Fischer, University of Sydney, Australia Innovatively combining philosophical inquiry and aphoristic writing, this study presents a bold new interpretation of philosophical poetics. Exploring fragments, both thematically and formally, Luke Fischer situates the form as uniquely positioned between philosophy and poetry. Like poetry, fragments condense insights into few words, employ striking metaphors that draw intuitive connections, and make space for creative interpretation. Contrasting with the logical linearity of much philosophy, fragments disclose rather than prove, intimate more than argue, suggest a whole without elaborating a system, and emphasize the intuitive act of thinking. Fischer readjusts our understanding of philosophical ideas as they originate in moments of illumination, and reveals Bloomsbury Studies in Philosophy the fragment as philosophy in process. In a collection of original fragments and an exploratory essay, Fischer sheds light on and Poetry the relation between poetry and philosophy, aesthetics and society, art and the environment, and discusses seminal UK June 2026 • US June 2026 152 Pages HB 9781350270084 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350270121 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350270091 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350270107 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
practitioners of the fragmentary form, including Novalis, F. Schlegel, Nietzsche and Heraclitus. Philosophical Fragments as the Poetry of Thinking makes an engaging, nonlinear case for the possibility and significance of a poetic transmutation of philosophy.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Aesthetics of Weather Madalina Diaconu, University of Vienna, Austria In an age of rife consumption and increasing need for consideration of sustainable social practices, an exploration of the aesthetics of weather becomes vital in shedding light on its importance to our experience of the changing world. In response, offering the first in-depth and nuanced examination of the aesthetics of weather, this book underlines the relevance the concept has for scientific communication, for fostering sustainable patterns of behaviour and for rejecting the environmentally-damaging “consumption” of landscapes and fine weather. In addition, it provides examples taken from global, contemporary popular culture whilst calling attention to the socioeconomic and political dimensions of individual experience, demonstrating and analysing our fascination with, and cultural interpretations of, weather phenomena in our everyday lives. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 262 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350416659 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350416666 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350416673 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350416680 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Within its three sections, the volume reinvents traditional phenomenological methods to create socially, politically and historically embedded ‘phenomenographies’ and explore the importance of aesthetic practices in shaping our experience of weather and climate. It also provides a deeper engagement with general topics, such as the relationship between perception, emotion, imagination, and cognition in our aesthetic experience of the weather, combining these with aesthetic analyses of the so-called “fine weather”.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Life as Art
Aesthetics and the Creation of Self Zachary Simpson Life as Art brings the resources of contemporary aesthetics since Nietzsche to bear on the problems of how one integrates the aesthetic emphases of meaning, liberation, and creativity into one’s daily life. By linking together the aesthetic and ethical accounts of critical theorists, phenomenologists, and existentialists into a coherent view on the artful life, Life as Art shows the ways in which much of contemporary Continental theory has been concerned with alternative ways of constructing one’s own life. Seen as a unified phenomenon, life as art signifies an active attempt to create a life which bears the resistance, openness, and creativity found in artworks.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 310 Pages HB 9780739168707 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9798216394440 • £33.99 / $45.95 ePDF 9798216209850 • £30.59 / $41.35 ePub 9780739179314 • £30.59 / $41.35 Lexington Books
416
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Heidegger's Being and Time
Paraphrased and Annotated, Volume 1 Thomas Sheehan, Stanford University, USA This important new book condenses and rephrases, paragraph by paragraph, the entirety of Heidegger's magnum opus Being and Time. Leading Heidegger scholar Thomas Sheehan renders the text in reader-friendly language that avoids the worst of the Heideggerese that persists in the wider scholarship. He helpfully outlines each of the six chapters and, in turn, each of the eighty-three individual sections of the book, providing a critical and insightful commentary that draws on Heidegger’s comments on Being and Time throughout his career. The book also includes commentary and guidance on the terminology, scope, arguments, achievements, and limitations of Being and Time. This reader's guide is an essential resource for New Heidegger Research
students, scholars and anyone engaging with Heidegger's complex work.
UK May 2025 • US May 2025 456 Pages • 70 BW Illustrations, 7 BW Photos, 2 Tables, 51 Textboxes HB 9781786613400 • £130.00 / $170.00 PB 9781786613417 • £41.99 / $55.00 ePDF 9798881860967 • £37.79 / $49.50 ePub 9781786613424 • £37.79 / $49.50 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
Heidegger and Parmenides Edited by Laurence Hemming, Lancaster University, UK & Aaron Turner, University of London, UK This collection of original essays brings together leading scholars from a range of disciplines to explore the influence and importance of Parmenides to Heidegger’s quest to bring about the end of philosophy according to its own beginning. While the significance of Plato and Aristotle to Martin Heidegger’s philosophical development in the 1920s and 1930s is well documented, the role of Parmenides remains relatively obscure. From Heidegger’s thinking prior to Being and Time and after it, toward his thought of The Event, Parmenides is a constant presence within Heidegger’s developing concern to overcome metaphysics, and so restore for thinking the original question of being. This book makes the case that, without Parmenides, philosophy could not be philosophy, and Heidegger could not be Heidegger.
New Heidegger Research UK February 2026 • US February 2026 310 Pages PB 9798216392033 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781538186015 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765160879 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781538186039 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Mystery of Being
Reconsidering the Mystical Element in Heidegger's Thought Edited by Erik Kuravsky, University of Vienna, Austria This book showcases the contributions of esteemed scholars in Heideggerian studies, delving into the inquiry of the mystical essence inherent in Heidegger's thought. Rather than confining "mystery" to the conventional realm of mysticism, separate from philosophy, this volume’s original research investigates how the mystery of being is integral to philosophy itself, shaping its performative and transformative nature. The book’s central inquiry asks whether this mystical element is essential to Heidegger’s thought and how it relates to traditional notions of mysticism. At its core, however, it questions the very essence of philosophy—its transformative potential—engaging with numerous themes in Heidegger’s work while remaining attuned to the centrality and significance of the mystery of being. New Heidegger Research UK September 2025 • US September 2025 320 Pages • 2 bw illus PB 9798216276852 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798881802141 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798881860998 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798881802165 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
417
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Kierkegaard's Ontology The Faith to Be Casey Spinks What is it to be? And what is it to be a Christian? Casey Spinks suggests these two questions belong together when readers attend to Kierkegaard’s authorship, and such attention calls for the task of uncovering Kierkegaard’s fundamental ontology. This book argues that the heart of that ontology is to be found in the religious discourses of his Second Authorship. Using the devotional discourse The Lily of the Field and the Bird of the Air as his guide, Spinks argues that Kierkegaard offers a distinct Christian sense of being: faith. In particular, in his Second Authorship, he moves from irony to earnestness, and New Kierkegaard Research UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages PB 9781666981940 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666981926 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216264064 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978762824 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
identifies silence, obedience, and joy as ontologically significant categories. This Christian ontology fundamentally opposes the rationalist ontology of G.W.F. Hegel—as well as any other philosophical ontology based on autonomous reason or human subjectivity. As a result, Kierkegaard proves to be a unique Christian figure in the history of Western metaphysics, one with forceful relevance to contemporary questions of first philosophy and first theology.
COLLECTIONS
The Impossibility of Time
Hegel and the Antinomies of Pure Reason James Sares In this book, James Sares demonstrates - via his readings of Kant and Hegel - that time cannot be. His approach to the reality of time stresses the irreducibility of the contradictions that confound the conceivability of its very existence. Sares' approach is both exegetical and critical, developing textual analyses of Kant and Hegel's respective claims concerning the antinomies of time while challenging and extending their work in conversation with contemporary debates in metaphysics and the philosophy of time. He rebuts Kant's suggestion that the arguments of his antinomies do not apply to time because of its status as an appearance, drawing on Hegel's dialectical logic to argue for the contradictoriness of this appeal. Yet Hegel, for Sares, fails to clearly articulate the irresolvability of the antimonies. He views the philosopher as denying time's relevance to the being of logical truth and hence his own logical system. He therefore critiques Hegel by returning to Kant, UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages PB 9781350551251 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350551220 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350551237 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350551244 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
underscoring the importance of the antinomies as problems concerning the very possibility of worldly existence. Offering a rigorous defence of Kant's presentation of the antinomies, this book simultaneously challenges the purported rational closure of Hegel's logical system. As such, it constitutes a novel contribution to the scholarship on Kant, Hegel, and the philosophy of time.
COLLECTIONS
On Quantum Things
A Constructive Guide to the Fundamentals of Quantum Theory Valia Allori This book explores the metaphysics of quantum theory through a lens of scientific realism—the belief that successful scientific theories describe reality. It critically evaluates various interpretations, including structural realism, wave function realism, and the many-worlds view, highlighting their limitations. Valia Allori proposes a “spatiotemporal foundational ontology” approach, grounded in particles as fundamental entities evolving in three-dimensional space and time, following uniform, symmetric laws. This view is exemplified by Bohmian mechanics (pilot-wave theory), offering a constructive, commonsensical explanation of quantum phenomena. The wave function, in this framework, is not a physical object but plays a functional, law-like role in explaining interactions. Further, the book advances a radical thesis: fundamental particles lack intrinsic properties like mass or charge and are instead “bare” objects distinguished only by the laws governing them. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9798216375470 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781498581684 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216267355 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764583 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
418
UK, Europe, ROW
This thesis allows a middle path between traditional object-based metaphysics and eliminative structuralism. Ultimately, the author argues that had physics developed more rationally, instead of following a historical path shaped by contingent choices, the pilot-wave theory might have been the dominant interpretation, minimizing the proliferation of speculative alternatives.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
New Directions in the Russellian Theory of Time Metaphysical and Ontological Investigations
Emiliano Boccardi, Federal University of Bahia, Brazil, L. Nathan Oaklander, University of Michigan-Flint, USA & Erwin Tegtmeier, University of Mannheim, Germany The main debates in the philosophy of time have centred on whether A-theory, with events ordered by pastness, presentness and futurity, or B-theory, ordered by earlier than or later than, are equally fundamental. Emiliano Boccardi, L. Nathan Oaklander and Erwin Tegtmeier instead uphold the Russellian theory, or R-theory, and consider not only the fundamental differences but also its superiority. They argue McTaggart’s misinterpretation of Russell has led to a false dichotomy between the A- and B-theories, while exploring the connection between temporal relations, temporal facts and time. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages HB 9781350339842 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350339880 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350339859 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350339866 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
In defence of the R-theory, they argue how it offers a metaphysical explanation of the nature of time, in addition to investigating whether ontological theories of time can be considered from a moral or existential point of view. Using an ontological approach, this volume clarifies what is mistaken about both theories can only be resolved by adopting a Russellian philosophy, reaching beyond the A-theory vs B-theory debate.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Reviving Intellectual Intuition in Metaphysics Contemplative Philosophies and Being
Kenneth Rose, Christopher Newport University, USA Calling for a revival of intellectual intuition in metaphysics long after its banning by Kant, Kenneth Rose overcomes the forgetfulness of being through contemplative ontology. Rose argues for the reinstatement of intellectual intuition in metaphysics long after its banning by Kant. His claim is not merely the conclusion of a thought-experiment or of an exercise in conceptual analysis. It is the result of the contemplative recognition of being with a meditatively concentrated intellect: nous in Greek and buddhi in Sanskrit. Recognizing intellectual intuition as a long-neglected faculty of philosophical insight, Rose shows how it can result in an immediate, intuitive discerning of being. He discusses how being parcels itself out into the intellectual forms providing the underlying nonphysical UK June 2026 • US June 2026 240 Pages • 5 bw illus HB 9781350375215 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350375253 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350375222 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350375239 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
arrangement of the physical and mental worlds. By reviving the use of intellectual intuition in metaphysics, Rose draws upon historical sources across multiple Asian and Anglo-European philosophical schools. This is a work of contemplative constructive philosophy that breaks down divisions between science, philosophy, and religion and between diverse cultures and divergent worldviews.
COLLECTIONS
Possibilist Knowledge
A Rigorous Framework for an Indeterminist Science Gustavo Castañon Possibilist knowledge is the kind of scientific knowledge about what makes something possible or impossible in a given context, given the satisfaction or absence of a necessary condition, and which is formed by possibilist laws and explanations. Unlike knowledge of physical necessity, which states what must occur, or probabilistic knowledge, which indicates what is likely to occur, possibilist knowledge delineates the boundaries of what can and cannot happen. Possibilist laws are strict laws stating necessary conditions for events, and possibilist explanations show how apparently impossible or improbable phenomena could have occurred under specified conditions. Building on permissive and preventive conditions, this book rectifies problems in the philosophy of science, from the “howUK March 2026 • US March 2026 272 Pages PB 9781666953985 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666953961 • £80.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216259671 • £72.00 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765474 • £72.00 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
possibly” explanations to mechanisms and negative causation, reconsidering the deductive–nomological model of explanation in a renewed light. Drawing examples from physics, biology, social sciences, psychology, and neuroscience, it demonstrates that possibilist reasoning is already pervasive, though unacknowledged, and essential for understanding multicausality and constraints in complex systems. In psychology, possibilist knowledge provides a methodological basis for unifying the discipline and reconciling scientific rigor with human freedom. By offering a framework that compatibilizes scientific laws with the presumption of agency and responsibility, the book contributes to resolving one of the most enduring cultural conflicts: the tension between determinism, free will, and the authority of science.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
419
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Great Philosophical Objections to Artificial Intelligence The History and Legacy of the AI Wars
Eric Dietrich, Binghamton University, USA, Chris Fields, Independent Scholar, John P. Sullins, Sonoma State University, USA, Bram Van Heuveln, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, USA & Robin Zebrowski, Beloit College, USA An entertaining introduction to the clashes between philosophy and AI over the last 70 years, from claims and counter-claims about the ability to implement consciousness, to arguments about cognitive architecture and ChatGPT. Now updated to include the latest developments in AI, this is an exploration of the most famous philosophical arguments against building a machine with human-level intelligence. The arguments are organized into four central AI wars, showing how the debate that played out between the philosophers, AI scientists and engineers building AI systems. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 376 Pages HB 9781350499409 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350499416 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350499430 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350499423 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
Here is your guide to the major philosophical questions and attacks AI has received throughout its history. Packed with fresh insights and supporting material, this second edition features new content on: - Language Learning Models (LLMs) and the existence of generative AI - Sustainable AI and its ability to regulate our climate - The theoretical, ethical and legislative issues around ‘computational creativity’ - The uncanny valley effect and its potential consequences for AI
COLLECTIONS
A Social Enactive Theory of Perception
Perceptual Practices, Direct Perception, and A World of Aspects Alejandro Arango A Social Enactive Theory of Perception offers a unified study, in the enactivist tradition, of perception and its connection to sociality. Alejandro Arango looks for perception in the middle of everyday life and finds that perception is at home in perceptual practices, socially structured ways of relating to the perceptible world. These practices are attuned to different dimensions of human life, such as the cultural worlds of customs that play a role in our lives’ unique character, aesthetic experience, interpersonal relations, and even social interactions that can be labeled welcoming and accepting, or racist and xenophobic. The book argues that although the perceiver is situated in relation to the world in many ways that influence perception, this does not entail a radical subjectivism. Rather, it shows that the world appears to perceivers in different ways or aspects since we relate differently to the same world The framework of perceptual practices can also be applied to our UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages • 2 tables PB 9798216375371 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666924329 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216269212 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767621 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
understanding of others, and the book argues that we understand others in part through perception. This framework allows us to understand others as bearers or social identities. With influences from Wittgensteinian pragmatism, phenomenology, and analytic philosophy of perception, as well as engagement with social psychology, social cognition studies, and work in neuroscience, the book synthesizes different layers at work in perception, paying important attention to the non-visual senses.
COLLECTIONS
Existence and Illusion
A Semantic Account of Perception D. E. Buckner A strong intuition – the Common Kind Assumption that the same account must apply to veridical perception as to illusion – seems to commit us to “weird” mental items like sense data, but an equally strong intuition is that weird items have no place in a parsimonious account of reality. D.E. Buckner takes a novel approach to this problem, arguing that perceptual states are propositional. Just as the same proposition can be true or false, so the same perceptual state can be veridical or not. Sight tells us that the stick in water is bent, even when our understanding says it is not. This semantic account of perception satisfies the Common Kind Assumption without committing us to weird items. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages • 10 tables PB 9781666963366 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666963342 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216254652 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978760271 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
420
UK, Europe, ROW
The book is a fresh approach to the classic problem of illusion, informed by the core topics of philosophical logic: identity, existence, reference and predication. It brings together a number of disparate traditions, including twentieth-century sense datum theory and the subsequent reaction to it; Chastain’s anaphoric theory of reference; the Aristotelian notion of a substance (the this of demonstrative reference) and its accidents.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Philosophies of Self
A Cross-Cultural Introduction Edited by Nathan R. B. Loewen, University of Alabama, USA & Agnieszka Rostalska, Ghent University, Belgium This is a guide to the many different concepts of the self found in traditions around the world. Ideal for independent study or classroom teaching, Philosophies of the Self represents a break with the orientalist problems around the “East-West” dichotomy. By refusing to defer to any religious tradition, it allows you to learn about and evaluate philosophical conceptions of the self from a broad range of cultures. Covering Shinto, Afro-Brazilian, Jain, Nyaya, Daoist, Nguni, as well as specific philosophical paradigms developed by Iqbal, Ifeanyi Menkiti, and Jacques Derrida, each chapter systematically explores conceptions of self that are specific to a philosophical tradition. Bringing together an international team of contributors, each chapter situates the concepts’ definition, Expanding Philosophy of Religion UK April 2026 • US April 2026 360 Pages HB 9781350463660 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350463677 • £19.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350463684 • £17.99 / $26.95 ePub 9781350463691 • £17.99 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
philosophical significance, historical context, and the relevant works or cultural locations in which they appear. From broad, high-level comparison to in-depth, close reading, the structure allows you to engage with the different concepts in a variety of ways. You are able to compare foundational ideas, draw on suggestions for further research and choose a combination of chapters for an in-depth cross-cultural study.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Rethinking Religious Conversion Bodies, People and Processes
Jack Williams, Independent Scholar, UK Drawing on methods from religious studies, philosophy, and cognitive science, Jack Williams develops a unique and interdisciplinary approach to the study of religious conversion. This is the first major philosophical study of conversion to treat the phenomenon as a long-term process, shaped by the convert’s embodiment and immersion in a linguistic, social, and ritual community. Williams’ analysis of the conversion process is rooted in a view of cognition as both embodied and affective, and is informed by the latest research in phenomenology, affect theory, neuroscience, and enactivist cognitive science. In conversation with diverse conversion narratives, he advances a theory of conversion that is not restricted to a modern, Western context but Expanding Philosophy of Religion
that can be applied to experiences of conversion across global history and culture.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages HB 9781350383210 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350383258 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350383227 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350383234 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
bringing together a diverse array of contemporary and historical scholarship, it revitalizes the study of conversion for both
Rethinking Religious Conversion displays an original approach to the philosophical study of diverse religious practices. By philosophy and religious studies.
COLLECTIONS
Augustine’s Confessions and Shakespeare’s King Lear Power, Parenthood, and Presence Kim Paffenroth, Iona College, USA Paffenroth returns to two of the most quintessentially commanding yet vulnerable protagonists in the Western canon – Augustine, the real life, fifth century bishop of Hippo, known to us mostly through his own telling of his life in Confessions; and King Lear, the legendary king of Briton, known to us mostly from Shakespeare’s version of his tragic end. Having examined problems addressed in both works of love, language, nature, and reason, Paffenroth here picks up more purely relational matters: both protagonists wield (or have wielded) power over others, yet struggle to learn its right application; both raise children, but have deeply problematic relations with their children, their partners, and (in the case of Augustine at least) their parents; neither has an intuitive or unproblematic relationship with a fully present God or gods – Reading Augustine
Augustine struggles mightily to have such, while Lear cries out to heaven but it is unclear he ever gets a reply. As different as
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 136 Pages HB 9781350500884 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350500877 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350500907 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350500891 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
the books and men are, how they relate to women and God shows illuminating and complementary points of comparison.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
421
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Hindus, Jews, and the Politics of Comparison
Embodied Communities and Models of Religious Tradition Barbara A. Holdrege In Hindus, Jews, and the Politics of Comparison: Embodied Communities and Models of Religious Tradition, Barbara A. Holdrege emphasizes the role of comparative study as a method of critical interrogation that can serve as a means to challenge hegemonic taxonomies and categories in the academy and to reconstitute our scholarly discourse to allow for a multiplicity of epistemologies. Holdrege provides an extended series of reflections on the politics, problematics, and dynamics of comparison in which she explores how certain analytical categories in the study of religion—such as the body, scripture, sacrifice, purity, and food—can be fruitfully reimagined through a comparative analysis of their Hindu and Jewish instantiations. The author argues that this re-visioning of analytical categories through sustained comparative historical studies of a range of Hindu and Jewish traditions can provide the basis for generating alternative imaginaries to the Studies in Comparative Philosophy prevailing Eurocentric and Protestant-based paradigms in the academy that have perpetuated the ideals of Enlightenment and Religion discourse and colonial and neocolonial projects. Such studies can serve as an important corrective to the scholarly practices UK April 2026 • US March 2026 312 Pages • 6 BW Illustrations, 2 Tables PB 9781666932171 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666932157 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781978778764 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781666932164 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
through which certain categories and models have been privileged over others in the social sciences and humanities and in religious studies more specifically.
COLLECTIONS
The Linguistic Carnival of Thought
Comparative Philosophy and the Dynamics of Language Rein Raud The Linguistic Carnival of Thought: Comparative Philosophy and the Dynamics of Language argues that the practice of philosophizing is significantly influenced by linguistic structures. Against the widespread view that all languages are reducible to the same matrix on a deep-structural level, Rein Raud presents ample evidence to the contrary, demonstrating how different strategies of predication, postulation, negation, individuation, and so on vary greatly and present incompatible combinations in natural languages, which are nonetheless suitable for precise and rational argumentation. This book compares the views of language presented by Plato, Kongzi/Xunzi, and Bhartrhari; discusses “pansemioticism,” or the view that reality itself is significant (addressing Yijing, East Asian Buddhism, the Kabbalah, the philosophies of Peirce, Derrida, and others); juxtaposes the set-theoretical ontology of Badiou and the mereological worldview of Huayan Buddhism; Studies in Comparative Philosophy and discusses various critiques of the idea of “truth” (Wittgenstein, Deleuze, Foucault) and a way to accommodate them and Religion through the logic of Dignaga, among other topics. With examples from languages and philosophical traditions across the UK September 2025 • US September 2025 256 Pages PB 9781793646620 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781793646606 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216201564 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781793646613 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
world, the book is an ideal introduction to the problematic for monolingual speakers of English and a scintillating exploration for polyglots.
COLLECTIONS
Nietzsche and Buddhism
How One Becomes What One Is Sarah Jacob The claim that Nietzsche was aware of Buddhist, Vedic, or Eastern thought more generally is uncontroversial. However, any stronger claims about the sphere of influence remain niche in Nietzsche studies. Any non-Western flavors in Nietzsche’s writings are most often considered ornamental and wholly unnecessary in the quest to interpret what Nietzsche means. To the contrary, in Nietzsche and Buddhism: How One Becomes What One Is, Sarah Jacob argues that Nietzsche’s work is further illuminated when seen as an endeavor that seriously engages with Buddhist ontology, and that Nietzsche’s philosophy marks a paradigm shift in “Western” thought because of this encounter. Though the second half of this book offers a thorough comparative analysis between Nietzsche and Buddhism, its validity rests upon the often understated importance of Indian thought for German intellectuals prior to and during Nietzsche’s life. Indeed, the author argues that Studies in Comparative Philosophy Nietzsche’s “philosophy of the future” should be recognized as a transcultural contribution to the history of ideas, one that and Religion has import for the perplexed global zeitgeist in the twenty-first century. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 272 Pages PB 9781666973242 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666973228 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781666973235 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765078 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
422
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
St Paul and Philosophy
An Introduction to the Essence of Christianity Olivier Boulnois Translated by Andrew Sackin-Poll Olivier Boulnois investigates the relation between Paul, as apostle of Jesus Christ, and the philosophy at work in his letters. Boulnois lays bare the manner in which Paul adapts Greek thought to his own purposes. This sheds light on the work of an entire range of philosophers who have identified themselves with the Pauline effort to hold thinking open to the claims of Christian life and doctrine, from Augustine to Kierkegaard, as well as more recent figures who have engaged Paul from a greater distance, including Heidegger and Ricoeur. Boulnois also draws on modern and contemporary scholarship, and reveals his reservations about the turn to Paul appearing in European philosophy in the work of such thinkers as Agamben and Badiou. Successive chapters take up Paul's logic of the Cross; cosmology; approaches to being in the world, law, evil and good; messianism; salvation and history. Explorations in Philosophy and Theology UK December 2025 • US December 2025 160 Pages PB 9781350470019 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350469976 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350469983 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350469990 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Originally delivered as a series of lectures at Cambridge and at the Institut Catholique de Paris, St Paul and Philosophy is at once a painstaking study of Paul's own thinking and an open exploration of its continued relevance for modern and contemporary reflection on Christian religion. This book is an important demonstration that theology and philosophy are at their best when brought into dialogue with one another around perennial questions and themes.
COLLECTIONS
Paul Claudel’s “Five Great Odes” A New Translation and Commentary
Paul Claudel Edited by Lauren Butler Bergier, Independent Scholar, USA Translated by Lauren Butler Bergier, Independent Scholar, USA A seminal text in European literature, this long-awaited critical translation makes available Claudel’s beautiful and edifying poems that speak to doubt and to faith, to love, to grief, and to hope. To great effect, Bergier retains Claudel’s innovative verset structure, affording English readers a true sense of the poems which, with corresponding line numbers throughout, can be read alongside the original French folio edition. In this volume’s comprehensive introduction, Bergier presents the historical and scholarly context in which Claudel was writing; the importance of the verset claudelien to the history of French poetics; and the influence Claudel had on Explorations in Philosophy and Theology UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages PB 9781350434387 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350434349 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350434356 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350434363 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
theologians such as 20th-century Swiss theologian, Hans Urs von Balthasar.
Further providing commentary, each Ode
is also accompanied by an essay. These essays not only speak to the main themes of each poem, but also point to Claudel’s key sources of inspiration, from liturgical texts and the Bible to classical literature, philosophy, and 19th-century French poetry. With a preface and postface by distinguished philosophers, Jean-Luc Marion and Rémi Brague, as well as a new translation of Claudel’s essay, ‘Processional to greet the new century’, this volume has everything scholars and students need to enjoy, and moreover, truly understand Claudel’s poetic masterpiece.
COLLECTIONS
A Phenomenology of the Divine Image Gregory of Nyssa and the Veil of Flesh Thomas Breedlove, Baylor University, USA What does it mean to speak of humans as the image of God when apophatic theology speaks of an infinite God who transcends naming, comprehension, and worldly appearance? Bringing Church Father Gregory of Nyssa into dialogue with French phenomenology in Michel Henry, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, and Jean-Louis Chretien, Thomas Breedlove answers this question and explores the importance of embodiment to the doctrine of imago Dei. This book presents the divine image not as merely one aspect of the human creature but rather as that which constitutes human creatureliness itself. Breedlove investigates the relationship between human and divine through three successive approaches. The first, in conversation with Merleau-Ponty, analyses the existential and phenomenological aspects of fleshly Explorations in Philosophy and Theology UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages PB 9781350569461 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350569423 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350569430 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350569447 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
finitude as the paradigmatic site of the creature’s difference from God. The second takes up Henry’s philosophy of life alongside Gregory’s metaphysics of participation to offer an account of creaturely life in its likeness or identity to divine life. The third, though conversation with Chrétien, examines the christological aspects of Gregory’s anthropology to find the synthesis in which likeness and difference and presence and absence reveal a creaturely nature wounded by divine love. In blending 4th-century theology with 20th-century phenomenology, Breedlove showcases the perspectives they can offer each other and presents a novel theological anthropology and a new theological account of the flesh.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
423
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
In Search of Speech
Talking, Reading and Praying in an Age of Words Jean-Yves Lacoste Translated by Oliver O'Donovan Jean-Yves Lacoste is one of the best known French philosophers alive today. Along with Jean-Luc Marion, Jean-Louis Chrétien, and Michel Henry, Lacoste is hailed as a leading figure in the revival of French phenomenology in its engagement with Christian theology. In this highly readable and stylish translation by Oliver O'Donovan, Lacoste’s In Search of Speech considers how linguistic events are precisely what enable us to escape the threat of nihilism and to survive in a world now cynically regarded as having entered a phase of 'post-truth.' In recent decades, language has been reduced by various philosophers, both Anglo-American and European, in treatments that render it abstract, flat, or distant from life. In Search of Speech seeks to do justice to speech in the various ways in Explorations in Philosophy and Theology UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350460423 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350460577 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350460430 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350460447 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
which we perform it and in which it confronts us as one or more events. Speech always occurs in the world: it makes things present to us or it makes them absent from us. Speaking, reading, and even being silent, are never wholly free from anxiety, babble, boredom, humour, and concern for others. Liturgical speech deserves particular attention, and even here speech is in danger; for speech can conceal as well as reveal. Lacoste begins with very weak assumptions and slowly, using many examples, and clarifying as he goes along, builds up a rich picture of human speech and the forces that seek to drain it of meaning.
COLLECTIONS
Contemplating Divine Simplicity Five Views
Edited by Ross D. Inman, Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary, USA Is divine simplicity coherent? Is there adequate theological and philosophical motivation for the doctrine? Does it undermine God’s freedom in creation? Does it help or hinder Trinitarian doctrine? For the first time in a multi-view format, a team of renowned proponents and critics of divine simplicity come together to consider these questions and discuss the intrinsic merits of the doctrine. With contributors presenting Thomistic, Anselmian, Eastern Orthodox and Scotistic views, as well as a sustained and considered critique, this unique structure makes for a genuine discussion and developed exploration of the key issues at stake. Chapters evaluate the coherence and interpretation of divine simplicity, assessing which version is worthy of assent, Bloomsbury Studies in Philosophy and set out the motivations in favour of the doctrine. Divine freedom, the contingency of creation and the doctrine of the of Religion Trinity are also considered in light of theological arguments against divine simplicity. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 328 Pages PB 9781350321151 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350321113 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350321120 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350321137 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
A valuable resource for any scholar or student of philosophy of religion and theology, Contemplating Divine Simplicity brings into dialogue diverse views of five thinkers, tracing the arguments in favour of divine simplicity from divine aseity.
COLLECTIONS
Life After Death Four Views
Steven B. Cowan, Louisiana College, USA, Graham Oppy, Monash University, Australia, David Apolloni, Augsburg University, USA, Shyam Ranganathan, York University, Canada & Joshua R. Farris, University of Bristol, UK All major religions in history have offered hope of some kind of afterlife to answer the perennial interest in the question of life after death. This volume brings together renowned experts in the philosophy of religion, Graham Oppy, David Apolloni, Shyam Ranganathan, Joshua Farris and Steven B. Cowan, to present four key starting points in the life after death debate. Providing a lively and collaborative dialogue between leaders in the field, each thinker defends a particular view of the UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages PB 9781350460836 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350460799 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350460805 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350460812 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
afterlife and critically interacts with the alternative perspectives. They focus on the positions of No Life After Death, the Immortality of the Soul, Reincarnation and Resurrection, with each chapter drawing on views from naturalism, antiquity, Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, Jainism and Yoga. This engagement moves the current debate forward to consider global perspectives whilst the clear and accessible structure allows for a developed exploration of the central issues at stake. Incorporating views spanning secular and religious spheres in both the east and west, this comprehensive guide will be welcomed by students and scholars of contemporary philosophy of religion and comparative philosophy.
424
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
In Defense of Indoctrination
The Liberal Arts and the Myth of Thinking for Yourself Simon Feldman Simon Feldman argues that neither charges of indoctrination from political conservatives nor professorial boasts of teaching critical thinking recognize the full range of values embedded in liberal arts education; most faculty want both to teach certain social values and to nurture students’ intellectual independence. Yet the indoctrination charges do raise deep questions about the ethics of teaching and learning, and they and take place amidst growing concerns about the social, political, and economic viability of liberal arts institutions themselves. In conversation with defenses of the liberal arts, In Defense of Indoctrination asks us to consider whether and how the transmission of the various values that undergird the liberal arts comports with the aim of cultivating students’ independent UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages PB 9798216383116 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666906653 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216266488 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768833 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
critical thinking. Balancing the complex intersection between epistemology and ethics, Feldman explores how inquiry is intrinsically value-laden and suggests that the cultivation of students’ ability to “think for themselves” is neither a coherent nor desirable pedagogical ideal. Characterizing indoctrination as “the transmission of beliefs or values by nonrational means,” the book argues that there are forms of indoctrination that are unobjectionably employed in the context of higher education, as teaching is an intrinsically value laden enterprise.
COLLECTIONS
Philosophical Interventions in Neoliberal Higher Education Edited by Brandon Absher In this edited collection, philosophers and critical theorists develop theoretical tools to conceptualize and evaluate the neoliberal university, working together both to interrogate how it reproduces systems of oppression and exploitation and to identify more liberatory and egalitarian alternatives. Acting and organizing within and against neoliberalized higher education in the Western capitalist world, the international group of scholars included in this volume experience the contradictions and possibilities of the contemporary configuration of the university daily. And yet the crisis in higher education is only one aspect of a much broader social crisis in which neoliberalism and related social inequalities, rapid climate change, de-democratization, rising authoritarianism, war, and Collective Studies in Knowledge and Society
genocide interconnect. Edited by Brandon Absher, this volume critiques and intervenes in higher education in the midst of
UK March 2026 • US March 2026 272 Pages • 3 black and white illus PB 9781666939859 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666939835 • £80.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216259381 • £72.00 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765221 • £72.00 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
based on the principle of the commons.
this unprecedented social and natural crisis; at once to expose its structure and inadequacies and to envision an alternative
What can higher education be, and how might it contribute to a more just, egalitarian, and liberated world?
COLLECTIONS
Interdisciplinarity and the Art of Human Connection Knowing in a Complex World Sharon Woodill This book examines interdisciplinarity through the lens of complexity theory, arguing for an understanding of interdisciplinarity that embraces the wisdom of complexity and not just the idea. Sharon Woodill critiques current interdisciplinary practices as often falling short of truly embracing complexity, instead grafting complexity theory onto existing reductionist frameworks that lead to disconnection. Drawing on principles of self-organization and emergence, this book re-imagines the interdisciplinary process and integration that results. It advocates for an “epistemology of connection” that prioritizes human relationships, diverse perspectives, and engagement with ambiguity in knowledge practices. It examines the concept of diversity as an example of interdisciplinarity Collective Studies in Knowledge and Society UK August 2025 • US August 2025 144 Pages PB 9781666944358 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666944334 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798765166611 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978769083 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
grounded in a fully-fledged complexity. Throughout, the book advocates for a shift from capture-and-control approaches to knowledge towards an understanding of knowing as a participatory, emergent process. It emphasizes the facilitation of new insights through deep engagement with the complexity of each other and the worlds we inhabit.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
425
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
3RD EDITION
Black Bodies, White Gazes
The Continuing Significance of Race in America George Yancy, Emory University, USA George Yancy’s third edition of Black Bodies, White Gazes applies a clear and dynamic phenomenological framework of race to the history and most recent headlines in social justice and race relations. Including coverage of police murders and brutality against Black Americans and the rise of white nationalism, this is a timeless introduction to the philosophy of race. The third edition features new chapter introductions and discussion questions from philosopher Taine Duncan; a new chapter giving critical phenomenological attention to contemporary anti-Black violence against individuals such as George Floyd, Ahmaud Arbery, Sonya Massey, and Kayla Moore; and a new coda featuring the author's interview with photographer Daniel UK July 2025 • US July 2025 400 Pages • 2 bw illus HB 9781538169827 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781538169834 • £26.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765154243 • £24.29 / $35.95 ePub 9781538169841 • £24.29 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
C. Blight.
COLLECTIONS
A Child's Place in Nature
Toward a New Pedagogy for the Anthropocene Brian Elliott, Portland State University, USA Outlining a transformational pedagogical philosophy that seeks to foster strong and meaningful bonds to the natural environment forged in childhood, this book targets some of the central social challenges entailed by planetary climate disturbance. In recent decades, social scientists have been studying and drawing attention to what has been labelled “nature-deficit disorder,” a psychological condition in which the young child is deprived of meaningful contact with the natural environment and suffers a diminution of well-being. Brian Elliott brings together the ideas of love of place (topophilia) and love of living nature (biophilia) to propose a radically transformed approach to pedagogical theory and practice that would counter the Philosophy of Childhood
widespread nature deficit typically experienced by children in more affluent countries. The need for this transformation is
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 176 Pages PB 9781666966558 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966534 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216262787 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978761599 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
especially pressing in the age of the Anthropocene, in which it is confidently predicted that systematic climatic disturbance will begin to become relentlessly severe within the next two decades. The pedagogical approach is also predicated on young learners’ inherent interest in leading happy, meaningful lives, a goal furthered by unsupervised time in the physical world around them, especially in middle childhood. Drawing a wide variety of literary, scientific, ecological, and philosophical sources, Elliott makes a passionate and compelling case to stop confining our childing within the classroom and get them back into the open air of the natural environment.
COLLECTIONS
Imagining with Purpose in Childhood
Children as Emerging Agents Envisioning Lives Worth Valuing Natalie M. Fletcher Imagining with Purpose in Childhood explores the question: How might moral imagining be conceived to support the cultivation of responsible autonomy in childhood? It argues that when conceived as a conscious, flexible process, moral imagining may contribute to children’s emerging agency by expanding and enriching their envisioned options for what they believe is worth valuing within their current and future circumstances, thereby helping to make their autonomy more responsible. Natalie M. Fletcher proposes the conception of deliberate moral imagining, understood as the purposeful envisioning of a given context from multiple frames of reference in response to a real-world encounter, with the goal of bringing to light possibilities for what seems reasonable to value in order to broaden the moral lens through which lived experiences are approached and assessed. This book explores how deliberate moral imagining may assist children in Philosophy of Childhood UK April 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781666918847 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666918823 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216266846 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978769922 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
426
UK, Europe, ROW
confronting some important challenges to responsible autonomy that risk constricting their envisioning of the overarching contexts most influential in childhood: their relation to others (how they view and treat them), their relation to self (how they perceive and value themselves) and their relation to knowledge (how they learn and what they claim to know about the world). In response to the respective challenges of narrow empathetic scope, conversion inhibition and inaccurate pseudoenvironments, deliberate moral imagining may help enrich children’s “mental landscape” by cultivating relational openness through three crucial autonomy supports: empathic engagement, self-efficacy and reasonableness.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Existential Intelligence
The Ontology of Ambiguity and Education Sevket Benhür Oral This book develops an ontological approach to understanding existential intelligence and its connections to democracy and education. Sevket Benhür Oral examines the concept of existential intelligence—hereafter ExistI—on an ontological level. ExistI is not conceived as a psychological aptitude that one can be good at or not like spatial or bodily-kinesthetic intelligence. Rather, it refers to a unitary experience that is riddled with ambiguity. All human beings are potentially open to such experience since we all have the capacity to experience the extraordinary, or better put, the extraordinariness of the ordinary. Although UK February 2026 • US February 2026 336 Pages PB 9781666971712 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971699 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216258995 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764811 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Howard Gardner later identified existential intelligence among other intelligences, his theory of multiple intelligences, while still widely accepted by educators, did not adequately explore this concept, especially in its political, moral, and philosophical dimensions. It is essential that we do since ExistI is ultimately about our capacity for more peaceful ways of co-existing with others, the extraordinariness of living collectively with human and nonhuman beings.
COLLECTIONS
Value Phenomenology
Taking Account of Edith Stein’s Contributions Mette Lebech Explores Edith Stein’s phenomenology of values as found in her early work—specifically her Contributions to a Philosophical Foundation for Psychology and the Humanities (1922). Mette Lebech makes a constructive exposition of Stein’s phenomenology of values by discussing the experience of value and motivation (Part I), that which is constituted in value-response (Part II), and how certain later approximations of valuephenomenology can be completed by means of it (Part III). Stein’s synthesis of Husserl’s project of founding the sciences with Scheler’s phenomenological discussion of values, emotion, and sociality carries Stein’s specific contributions. These are Edith Stein Studies UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9798216390749 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666939743 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216259367 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764415 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
1) the distinction between psychic causality and motivation, which allows for a clear interpretation of how emotion relates to values (Part I) and 2) the understanding of how the experience of value and preference leads us to constitute the personal “I,” the basis for the value hierarchy, the psyche, the structure of intersubjectivity (with its three modalities, mass, association and community), the world, and the real world (Part II). Finally, a Steinian discussion of the vestiges of value phenomenology found in Heidegger, Levinas, and de Beauvoir contextualises the investigation (Part III).
COLLECTIONS
Edith Stein's Philosophy of Psychology and the Humanities A Companion
Edited by Valentina Gaudiano This book offers tools for a deeper reading and understanding of Edith Stein’s Philosophy of Psychology and the Humanities Edith Stein’s Philosophy of Psychology and the Humanities is a pioneering exploration of the intersection between psychology, philosophy, and human sciences. Written in the aftermath of World War I, the book delves into the interplay between individual and collective experience, examining how empathy, motivation, and causality shape our understanding of human behaviour. Through a meticulous phenomenological approach, Stein analyses prevailing psychological theories and Edith Stein Studies UK January 2026 • US January 2026 192 Pages • 4 bw illus PB 9798216387688 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666945119 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216254140 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978771987 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
highlights the necessity of integrating the spiritual and material dimensions of human existence. In this timeless contribution to philosophy, psychology, and social thought, Stein challenges disciplinary boundaries and anticipates debates on interdisciplinary research, offering a unique framework for understanding the human person not only as an individual but also as a participant in societal structures. This companion emphasizes the ways in which Stein’s analysis persists as a call for a holistic approach to the complexities of human experience.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
427
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Edith Stein and Max Scheler in Dialogue Edited by Timothy A. Burns, Travis Lacy & Eric Mohr The breadth of shared intellectual debts and interests in the work of Edith Stein and Max Scheler demand that they be placed in conversation. This volume brings together philosophers and theologians to explore the convergences and divergences in Stein and Scheler’s respective work. Both thinkers were early practitioners of the phenomenological method, drew from and reflected on theological resources in their philosophical explorations, and maintained a lifelong interest in the human person. It examines key themes such as the human person, spirit (Geist), education (Bildung), and social ontology, demonstrating their historical importance and contemporary relevance. The authors argue that reading these philosophers together is essential Edith Stein Studies UK February 2026 • US February 2026 266 Pages PB 9798216390589 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666965452 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216254133 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978771970 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
for understanding their historical significance and for illuminating contemporary concerns both within and beyond academia. The volume also features the first English translation of Edith Stein’s seminal essay, “The Meaning of Phenomenology as Worldview.”
COLLECTIONS
Postphenomenology and Feminist Theory Intersectionality, Gender, and Technology
Edited by Galit Wellner, NB Haifa School of Design, Israel and Tel Aviv University, Israel, Lyat Friedman & Robert Rosenberger A novel theoretical development of the combination of insights into feminist theory and postphenomenology. While there has been growing interest in feminist theory within the philosophy of technology, there remains a lack of works dedicated to this focus. There has been greater success in integrating a focus on issues of gender feminist studies in the related (and larger) fields of philosophy of science and STS. The interdisciplinary and pluralistic nature of postphenomenology contributes to what appears to be, at least informally, a greater focus on gender diversity and greater Postphenomenology and the Philosophy of Technology UK June 2026 • US April 2026 272 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216440055 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666947243 • £80.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216259756 • £72.00 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765559 • £72.00 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
interest in feminist theory within the postphenomenological community. This volume aims to fill these gaps within the philosophy of technology. The featured chapters include a number of feminist perspectives, including care ethics, feminist standpoint theory, black feminism, and feminist new materialism.
COLLECTIONS
Technopolitical Mediation
An Arendtian Approach to Political Philosophy of Technology Melis Bas Technologies, by mediating our political interpretations and interactions, inform the way in which political communities are formed. This book investigates technologies and their impact on socio-politics, focusing on Hannah Arendt's political theory. It goes beyond equating power with politics, which inevitably leads to a limited understanding of the political implications of technology. Melis Bas argues that technologies play a much more significant role in politics than just exerting power over individuals. They condition, frame, create, and organize politics. Through the lens of Hannah Arendt's political hermeneutics, Postphenomenology and the Philosophy of Technology UK May 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages • 4 bw illus PB 9781666957181 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666957167 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216259572 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765412 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
428
UK, Europe, ROW
Bas illuminates the interactional relationship between technology and politics, thus enabling an understanding of politics beyond its manifestation as power. Furthermore, Arendt's understanding of intersubjectivity—based as it is on a dynamic relationship between the self, the world, and other people—leaves room to examine the associated role of material conditions. Developing an alternative framework of politics of technology based on Arendt's political theory requires a perspective on technology that can address how the world becomes politically meaningful.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PHILOSOPHY COLLECTIONS
Cancer Ecologies
A Queer Femme Portal Nina Lykke, Linköping Univesity, Sweden and Aarhus University, Denmark & Camila Marambio, Co-director of Ecological Culture/Curator of New Perspectives at Para la Naturaleza, Borikén (Puerto Rico) Moving between personal accounts and eco-critical reflections, the Nina Lykke and Camila Marambio ask: What if cancer is not just a personal tragedy or monstrous invader, but a symptom of Earth in distress – a message from the planet itself? Challenging the idea of cancer as an isolated enemy to be eradicated, this book sees it as a manifestation of the toxic entanglements of the Anthropocene: capitalist extraction, colonial exploitation, and environmental degradation. Through an eco-ethics of softness, the authors – one living with cancer, the other a carer to a partner who died from it – explore how cancer might be approached as a portal: as a conversation between pain and possibility, between necropolitics Theory in the New Humanities
and vibrantly ongoing life. Encouraging readers to understand themselves not as separate from Earth, but as lovers
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 360 Pages PB 9781350504653 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350504615 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350504622 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350504639 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
entangled with peatmoss, the microalgae, diatoms, and other humble creatures that sustain us, Cancer Ecologies experiments with a genre-bending methodology: part poetic story-telling and part eco-philosophical analysis. The book offers a transformative rethinking of cancer: less as a battle, more as an invitation to compost grief and cultivate ongoing cycles of life and death, rooted in relationality, shared vulnerability, and practices of joy.
COLLECTIONS
The Animate World
Posthuman Ontologies Sean Watson, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK The Animate World: Posthuman Ontologies argues for the necessity of a post-humanism grounded in a vital ontology, in contrast to the nihilist ontological positions and assumptions of a range of existing post and antihumanisms. Still, the book affirms both the normative imperative and technological tendency that humanism is unsustainable and that technological developments are cumulatively pointing towards a surpassing of the human, conceptually and physically. Based in process philosophy, the post-human ontology is offered as an alternative philosophical grounding for postReframing the Boundaries: Thinking the Political UK January 2026 • US January 2026 338 Pages PB 9798216381211 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781538169773 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765160480 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781538169797 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
humanism for an ethics and politics of ecological flourishing rather than exploitation of nature. Sean Watson critiques the existing nihilist ontological approaches to the post-human, which he argues are complicit with neoliberal, digital capitalism and its ideological justifications. In doing so, he conceives of an ontology of generative ethics and politics, capable of addressing the overwhelming accumulation of crises that Bernard Stiegler identified as the destruction of the future.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
429
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
4TH EDITION
Foreign Policy Analysis
Classic and Contemporary Theory Valerie M. Hudson & Benjamin S. Day The go-to text for understanding both the historical development and contemporary contours of foreign policy analysis. This comprehensive introduction to Foreign Policy Analysis (FPA) is geared toward advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students. Cogently written, clearly organized, and filled with illuminating examples, the fourth edition has been thoroughly revised and updated. Beginning with an overview of this broad field of study, Hudson and Day consider theory and research at multiple levels of analysis, including personality and psychology of foreign policy decision makers, small UK May 2026 • US March 2026 384 Pages • 16 b/w illustrations; 6 tables HB 9798881807269 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9798881807276 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9798881867331 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9798881807283 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
group dynamics, the organizational process, bureaucratic politics, domestic politics, cultural and societal influences, national attributes, and system-level effects on foreign policy. The authors also examine the promise and frustration of theoretical integration in FPA and overview promising new work by non-North American scholars.
Unfinished Transformation
Domestic Politics and International Relations since the COVID-19 Pandemic Edited by Wonhyuk Lim The end of the Cold War, the acceleration of globalization, and 'the rise of the rest' posed serious challenges to the existing international order based on World War II settlements and Cold War modifications. The Global Financial Crisis of 2008 provided an opportunity to address this problem, as evidenced by the emergence of the G20 at the leadership level, but this adjustment, reflecting a sea change in international economic and political realities, was by no means a smooth process. Domestically, in many advanced industrial countries, there was a populist/nativist backlash as increasing socioeconomic disparities and interaction with the outside world produced economic anxiety and status anxiety. Politicians who promised to take back control appealed to a large number of voters, using 'us vs. them' rhetoric to divert attention from socioeconomic inequality. Thus, even before the outbreak of COVID-19, the combination of international power shift and populist/nativist UK May 2025 • US May 2025 240 Pages • 11 b/w illustrations; 3 tables; HB 9780815740193 • £62.00 / $80.00 PB 9780815739890 • £25.00 / $29.95 ePDF 9780815741152 • £22.50 / $26.95 ePub 9780815739906 • £22.50 / $26.95 Brookings Institution Press
backlash made global cooperation a precarious proposition, even though the proliferation of global value chains, climate change, and infectious diseases made global cooperation more imperative than ever before. The pandemic has accelerated the pre-existing trends of increasing inequality at home and decreasing inequality among countries, especially U.S.-China competition. It is evident that these accelerating trends cannot lead to stable outcomes, as they exacerbate the risks of crisis and conflict if they continue. This book explores how domestic and international transformation can address these problems.
COLLECTIONS
Nuclear Responsibility
Defining Responsible Nuclear Statecraft in an Era of Great Power Competition Edited by Todd C. Robinson, Air Command and Staff College, Maxwell AFB & Stephanie A. Stapleton, Kennesaw State University What does it mean to be a responsible nuclear power in 2025? As strategic competition, and indeed great power competition, reemerged in the late 2010s and early 2020s, competing nuclear states increasingly employ the language of nuclear responsibility to label a strategic competitor as an irresponsible actor on the international stage. However, there remains a lack of consensus on what responsibilities nuclear-weapon states are assigned while other states and scholars argue that the possession of nuclear weapons can never be responsible. In Nuclear Responsibility: Defining Responsible Nuclear Statecraft in an Era of Great Power Competition, the editors Todd C. Robinson and Stephanie A. Stapleton have asked a broad range of nuclear scholars and policy practitioners to answer the question, “What is nuclear responsibility?” UK March 2026 • US March 2026 304 Pages • 11 tables and 3 figures PB 9798216388494 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666969955 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216258964 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978765214 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
430
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam War A Diplomatic History Lubna Z. Qureshi In 1972, Swedish Prime Minister Olof Palme’s fierce condemnation of the Christmas Bombings of the North Vietnamese cities of Hanoi and Haiphong led to a breakdown in diplomatic relations at the highest level between Sweden and the United States. The author argues that Sweden’s official position of neutrality allowed its Prime Minister greater independence of action on the international stage. Palme opposed the American military intervention in Southeast Asia for its violation of Vietnamese self-determination. Superpower aggression against one small country threatened all others, including Palme’s own. At the same time, the diplomatic freeze did not substantially damage Swedish-American relations. In spite of the tension with the Nixon White House, Stockholm and its embassy in Washington maintained excellent relations with Congress, with many ordinary Americans, and even with Nixon’s own State Department. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 308 Pages HB 9781793638441 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781793638465 • £22.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978798601 • £20.69 / $35.95 ePub 9781793638458 • £20.69 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Margaret Bondfield
The Life and Times of Britain’s First Female Cabinet Minister Nan Sloane Rising from modest semi-rural, semi-industrial origins in the West Country, and years of apprenticeship in shops in Brighton, Bondfield became the first woman to chair the TUC, one of the first female Labour MPs, the first woman to hold government office (1924) and in 1929, the first female Cabinet Minister. Most of her life was lived in the public eye, but what lay behind her public achievements? In this remarkable book, historian Nan Sloane looks beyond the public façade to reveal Bondfield's hidden personal story, from her complicated personality with a difficult background, a private life which was either secret or non-existent, and a lifelong struggle with imposter syndrome. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350513655 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9781350513679 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9781350513662 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
Drawing on newly uncovered archival material, including Bondfield's own diaries, this is a fresh and vitally needed reassessment of Margaret Bondfield’s influential life and contribution. A vital and timely biography that restores Bondfield to her rightful and prominent place in British political history.
COLLECTIONS
Campaign of Chaos
Trump, Biden, Harris, and the 2024 American Election Edited by Larry J. Sabato, Kyle Kondik & J. Miles Coleman Larry Sabato, one of the leading experts in American politics, brings together respected journalists and academics from across the political spectrum to examine every facet of the 2024 election, and what its development and outcome will mean for the nation moving forward. In frank, accessible prose, each author offers insight that goes beyond the headlines, and dives into the underlying forces and shifts that drove the election from its earliest developments to its dramatic conclusion. Following Sabato’s introductory analysis, the contributors provide a comprehensive review of everything in play during the 2024 elections, exploring the nominating processes, the unexpected handoff to Kamala Harris, conventions, and futures of UK August 2025 • US August 2025 272 Pages • 13 bw figures, 34 tables HB 9798765151365 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765151358 • £22.99 / $30.00 ePDF 9798765151334 • £20.69 / $27.00 ePub 9798765151341 • £20.69 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
both the Democratic and Republican parties, and what recent geographic and demographic electoral realignments might mean for America’s politics beyond 2024.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
431
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
The Comeback
The 2024 Elections and American Politics Andrew E. Busch & John J. Pitney Jr. Continuing a tradition now in its fourth decade, this book provides the most comprehensive and authoritative account of the national election, as well as congressional and state elections. From the nominating process to the ratification of the electoral college vote, Andrew E. Busch and John J. Pitney Jr. revisit the campaigns and results through the short lens of politics today and the long lens of American political history. With its keen insights into the issues and events that drove the 2024 elections, The Comeback will be an invaluable resource for students and all political observers seeking to understand a historic election that will continue to resonate throughout American politics for many years to come.
UK June 2025 • US June 2025 200 Pages • 7 Tables HB 9781538197578 • £65.00 / $85.00 PB 9781538197585 • £19.99 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765155110 • £17.99 / $28.80 ePub 9781538197592 • £17.99 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
5TH EDITION
The Navajo Nation Political Experience David E. Wilkins, Wendy Greyeyes, Lloyd L. Lee & Tiffany S. Lee Tribal nations, like the Navajo nation, have proven to be remarkably adept at retaining and exercising ever-increasing amounts of self-determination even when faced with powerful external constraints and limited resources. Now in this fifth edition of The Navajo Nation Political Experience, the current Diné political developments of the last decade are analyzed thoroughly and accessibly against a historical backdrop. The Diné people and their leaders have recently experienced a host of events that dramatically affected the shape of the nation. David Wilkins and new co-authors Wendy Greyeyes, Lloyd Lee, and Tiffany Lee provide the only comprehensive analysis of Diné governance structures, leaders, and political participation.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 440 Pages • 2 b/w figures HB 9781538191354 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538191361 • £40.99 / $55.00 ePDF 9798881864569 • £36.89 / $49.50 ePub 9781538191378 • £36.89 / $49.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
8TH EDITION
The New Politics of the Old South An Introduction to Southern Politics
Edited by Charles S. Bullock III & Mark J. Rozell Now in its eight edition, The New Politics of the Old South is the best and most comprehensive analysis and history of political behavior and shifting demographics in America’s southern states. Edited by leading scholars Charles S. Bullock III and Mark J. Rozell, this book has been updated through the 2024 elections to provide the most accurate and useful snapshot of the state of southern politics, and the ways in which they have developed over time. The southern electorate is a fascinating, dynamic body politic, and the study of its evolution is paramount to understanding the broader political developments occurring at a national level. While accessible to any interested reader, this edition illuminates the South’s essential and growing role in the study, and the story, of American politics. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 376 Pages • 33 bw illus HB 9798881806460 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9798881806477 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9798881867713 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9798881806484 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
432
UK, Europe, ROW
This new edition addresses the most recent round of statewide contests from the 2024 election—from gubernatorial, congressional, and state legislative races to the presidential race, especially significant in Georgia and North Carolina. A major theme in this eighth edition is the increasing population diversification, especially in the Growth States.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
6TH EDITION
A Concise History of U.S. Foreign Policy Joyce P. Kaufman Including new photos and expanded discussions on key issues, this updated edition offers a uniquely historical perspective of U.S. foreign policy and it's ever-changing evolution. In a fully updated Sixth Edition, this compact and accessible introduction offers a historical perspective on the evolution of U.S. foreign policy from the founding of the country to the present. Joyce P. Kaufman provides students with a clear and concise understanding of key foreign-policy decisions and why they were made. She identifies the major themes that have guided foreign policy and the reasons that the United States pursued certain policies in the context of specific periods in the nation’s history. Kaufman focuses on the major actors involved in the making of foreign policy and the changing relationships among them. She also explains the major theoretical perspectives within international relations and contextualizes key foreign policy decisions as they fit these frameworks. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 496 Pages • 5 b/w figures, 16 textboxes HB 9798881806439 • £70.00 / $95.00 PB 9798881806446 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881867706 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881806453 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
14TH EDITION
BOR
Presidential Leadership Politics and Policy Making
George C. Edwards III, Kenneth R. Mayer & Stephen J. Wayne Long established as a leading introduction to the American presidency, Presidential Leadership, Fourteenth Edition, provides students with a comprehensive survey that addresses the capacity of chief executives to fulfill their tasks, exercise their powers, and utilize their organizational structures to affect the output of government. The authors examine all aspects of the presidency in rich detail, including presidential powers, presidential history, and the institution of the presidency. Edwards, Mayer, and Wayne analyze the institution and the presidents who hold the office through the key lens of leadership. The authors explain the leadership dilemma presidents face and their institutional, political, and personal capacities to meet it. Two models of presidential leadership help students understand the institution: one in which a strong president dominates the political environment as a director of change, and another in which the president performs a more limited role as facilitator of change. Each model provides an insightful perspectives to better understand leadership in the modern presidency and to evaluate the performance of individual presidents. With no simple formula for presidential UK February 2026 • US February 2026 664 Pages • 57 b&w figures HB 9798216391562 • £150.00 / $200.00 PB 9798216391555 • £64.99 / $89.95 ePDF 9798216391593 • £58.49 / $80.95 ePub 9798216391586 • £58.49 / $80.95 Bloomsbury Academic
success, and no partisan perspective driving the analysis, the authors help us understand that presidents and citizens alike must understand the nature of presidential leadership in a pluralistic system in which separate institutions share powers. The fourteenth edition is fully updated through the start of Trump’s second administration, with recent policy developments, the 2024 elections, changes to the media environment, and the latest data. In addition, material from the prior edition’s chapter on domestic and economic policy has been incorporated into other chapters for an overall briefer text.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
433
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
I Yell Because I Care
The Passion and Politics of John Burton, California's Liberal Warrior John Burton & Andy Furillo Profane, irascible, and beloved, California political icon John Burton has stood for nearly 60 years as the state Democratic Party's beating heart and one of its leading voices for social justice. As an assemblyman, congressman, state senator, party chairman and street-fighting activist from San Francisco, Burton as a blue-collar liberal has been at the forefront of the mainstream Democratic movement in its battles on behalf of the poor, against a disastrous foreign war, and in favor of the environment and working people from even before he ran and won his first elected office in 1964.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 336 Pages HB 9798881809089 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765156612 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9798881809096 • £27.00 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
In this book, Burton shows how he fought and won on behalf of working people, the environment, people of color, the peace movement, and most of all, for the poor and underprivileged. Hard-nosed and acerbic, Burton still shared a common humanity with his political adversaries, most notably Ronald Reagan. Despite his battles with conservatives, he occasionally earned their votes to pass his own bills that created the first special education program for autistic children in California and reformed the state's confiscatory police asset-seizure practices. His life's record provides a template to bridge the polarization of the current political era that his torn the country apart.
COLLECTIONS
Migrant Midwest
The Case for Immigration and Economic Growth in the American Heartland Jonathan Burkham The American heartland is poised for a demographic decline with very real consequences. Migrant Midwest tracks the history of population growth and its projected decline in the Midwest to highlight the need for increased international migration to the region. Burkham first illustrates how the forces of fertility and migration drove the development of the region’s agricultural and industrial economies, and how the region has more recently struggled with deindustrialization, outmigration, and declining fertility, a global trend. The Midwest is now the slowest-growing region in the country and has the lowest share of immigrants, contributing to stagnation at the national level. Burkham goes on to evaluate the impact of demographic decline on the regional labor market and its fiscal implications for cities, states, and the nation. His thoughtful analysis highlights global trends in fertility decline and raises doubts about the prospect of significantly boosting fertility in UK February 2026 • US February 2026 184 Pages • 7 b&w figures HB 9798216276098 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798216276111 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9798216276104 • £27.00 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
modern society. This timely book proposes a bipartisan model of immigration reform designed to replenish the region’s workforce and population, stabilizing communities and fueling a manufacturing renaissance.
COLLECTIONS
Overcoming Trumpism
How to Save American Democracy Larry N. Gerston, San Jose State University, USA Defining Trumpism as an ideology that preceded Trump's election and will outlast his political career, this book explores solutions to problems that have long plagued contemporary American democracy. Larry N. Gerston identifies deep-rooted pain points in U.S. governance that gave rise to and were exacerbated by Trumpism —bigotry, discrimination, voter disenfranchisement, and corruption—as well as key areas of government and society that Trumpism endangers—political institutions, civic culture and community, law and order, and public education.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 392 Pages HB 9798765128183 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765128176 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765128190 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798765128206 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
434
UK, Europe, ROW
Overcoming Trumpism offers a combination of solutions to preserve American democracy: repairing its battered institutions, assuring a free and responsible press, and restoring public participation in democratic society. Democracies are much more likely to disappear from imposition than war. As such, an invested and attentive public will be necessary to overcome Trumpism.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
The Folkways of Congress
Legislative Norms in an Era of Conflict Edited by Brian Alexander How are congressional norms changing, and what does their evolution mean for how Congress serves American democracy today? Political scientists have long looked to the role of traditional norms to signal a general attitude among lawmakers that cooperation is part of their identities as members of Congress. But in this age of heightened political and partisan conflict, many “folkways” such as courtesy and reciprocity seem to be eroding, while other new norms are emerging. This volume brings together leading congressional scholars to examine how norms have changed, what new norms are most prevalent in the modern Congress, and what effects norms have on the functioning of Congress in an era rife with political conflict. These essays address critical questions about how the U.S. Congress functions to serve American UK February 2026 • US February 2026 424 Pages HB 9780815740919 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780815740926 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9780815741084 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9780815740933 • £22.49 / $31.45 Brookings Institution Press
democracy and whether the functioning of Congress in the Twenty-first century is fundamentally different today from how the framers of the Constitution imagined it.
2ND EDITION
Modern Political Campaigns
How Professionalism, Technology, and Speed Have Revolutionized Elections Michael D. Cohen Dr. Michael D. Cohen, a 30+ year veteran of working on, teaching, and writing about political campaigns shows readers how campaigns are organized, explains state-of-the-art tools of the trade, and reveals how some of the most interesting people in politics got their big breaks. He combines academic insights and practical advice that will be of interest to practitioners and students considering careers in politics, and people interested in how elections are won. The second edition, updated to include a new chapter on how campaigns are using artificial intelligence and what that means for democracy, has been completely revised throughout to provide readers with an up-to-date understanding of how candidates succeed.
UK April 2025 • US April 2025 224 Pages HB 9781538195093 • £65.00 / $85.00 PB 9781538195109 • £19.99 / $29.00 ePDF 9798881842383 • £17.99 / $26.10 ePub 9781538195116 • £17.99 / $26.10 Rowman & Littlefield
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
435
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Real Regulatory Reform
The Need for Regular Order Today Daniel V. Flanagan Jr. The author, through his unique experience and recognition as a master coalition builder in the policy sphere, can attest to the many virtues of congressional regular order. The twelve chapters of this book provide examples and context for a number of major economic regulatory reform initiatives that Dan Flanagan was closely linked, and were seriously considered, with many passed by Congress within the regular order tradition of that 1970–2000 era. Dan Flanagan observed committee hearings, markups, and bills reported from committee on a bi-partisan, regular order basis, and recounts and editorializes them within his writing. For quality congressional legislation, important regulatory issues benefit from bipartisan legislation via regular order in the relevant congressional committees, otherwise partisan UK February 2026 • US February 2026 328 Pages HB 9780761892076 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9780761874812 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9780761880394 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9780761879152 • £21.59 / $29.65 Hamilton Books
rulemaking takes over, thus underscoring the lackluster performance of Congress these last twenty years. Rarely unanimous, the committee process was polite, informative, and positive during this period. The members were articulate, quite knowledgeable, and deferential to their colleagues. It would be nearly impossible today for Congress to pass the major regulatory reform measures that Flanagan describes in this book, without regular order reestablished and implemented.
COLLECTIONS
Campaigns Inc.
Leone Baxter, Clem Whitaker, and the Invention of Political Consulting Cayce Myers Set against the changing and turbulent politics of California from the 1930s through the 1950s, Campaigns Inc.: Leone Baxter, Clem Whitaker, and the Invention of Political Consulting examines the life and work of Leone Baxter and her husband Clem Whitaker. During this era, Baxter and Whitaker invented and refined the field of campaign consulting, a form of public relations practice that manages reputation, image, and communication during a political campaign. This book details their work and the development of their successful political consulting firm Campaigns Inc. They worked for mainly conservative and Republican clients, and it was through this work that Campaigns Inc. set the standard for how campaigns would be structured and run through the next century. The book begins with an overview of Baxter and Whitaker's core philosophy of communication, campaigns, and politics. Cayce Myers details their early work in California's Women in American Political History UK June 2025 • US June 2025 272 Pages PB 9781666905618 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666905595 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154625 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666905601 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Central Valley and their first big campaign against Democratic nominee Upton Sinclair who ran for California Governor in 1934. The book then examines Baxter and Whitaker's campaign for the successful 1942 Gubernatorial candidacy of Earl Warren. The Warren campaign served as a template for building a campaign around a candidate and not a party. Following that election, Baxter and Whitaker's work transformed to focus on defeating compulsory health insurance reforms. They successfully defeated healthcare reform initiatives by California Governor Earl Warren and later President Harry Truman by shaping public sentiment against the specter of "socialized medicine."
COLLECTIONS
Democracy on the Line
The Turbulent 2024 Presidential Election Edited by Benjamin R. Warner, University of Missouri, USA, Dianne G. Bystrom, Iowa State University, USA, Mitchell S. McKinney, University of Missouri, USA & Mary C. Banwart, University of Kansas, USA Leading scholars of political communication analyze the most defining and groundbreaking moments of the 2024 U.S. presidential election. With cutting-edge work on the ubiquitous presidency, a new theory of racial socialization, trailblazing theorizing on neurodiversity in political media coverage, and new conceptualizations of masculinity, this volume covers the key events and messages that defined 2024's polarizing election cycle. Chapters include analysis of some of the most significant presidential debates in the history of the United States; the replacement of Joe Biden with Kamala Harris on the Democratic UK June 2026 • US June 2026 304 Pages PB 9798765144978 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765144930 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765144947 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765144954 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
436
UK, Europe, ROW
presidential ticket; the memes that Harris’s surprise candidacy launched; the battle on the airwaves for message supremacy; broader discourses around threats to democracy, reproductive rights, and immigrants; and cultural conversations about race, gender, and sexuality. The book will include quantitative, qualitative, and rhetorical scholarship to provide a full picture of campaign communication that engages every corner of the field. The result is an essential collection for anyone seeking to understand modern campaign communication or anyone wishing to keep a permanent record of this historic election.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
The United States Government Manual 2025 Edited by National Archives and Records Administration For over eight decades, The United States Government Manual has been known as the official handbook of the federal government. This annual resource provides comprehensive information on the agencies of the legislative, judicial, and executive branches, as well as quasi-official agencies, international organizations in which the United States participates, boards, commissions, and committees. The Manual begins with reprints of the Declaration of Independence and the U.S. Constitution. Each agency's description consists of a list of principal officials heading major operating units; a summary statement of the agency's purpose and role in the federal government; a brief history of the agency, including its legislative or executive authority; and a description of consumer activities, contracts and grants, employment, and publications. The United States Government Manual is published as a special edition of the Federal Register. Its focus is on programs and United States Government Manual
activities.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 720 Pages PB 9798892050296 • £32.99 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Congressional Directory, 2025–2026, 119th Congress Joint Committee on Printing The official Congressional Directory, published by the United States Congress, is the official source for making the right connections to members of Congress, their key staff, and important contacts throughout the federal government. This authoritative and comprehensive reference source, designed for quick, easy access, is organized alphabetically by state congressional districts, committee, and federal agency. Political science graduate and undergraduate students, staff in think tanks, lobbying firms, businesses with congressional or lobbying personnel, general contractors working with the federal government, the general public, and the library market will find this Congressional Directory a key title in their reference collection. UK June 2026 • US April 2026 1258 Pages HB 9798892050784 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798892050777 • £15.99 / $37.95 ePDF 9798765165300 • £14.39 / $34.15 ePub 9798765162606 • £14.39 / $34.15 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The United States Government Internet Directory 2026 The United States Government Internet Directory serves as a guide to the changing landscape of government information online. The Directory is an indispensable guidebook for anyone who is looking for official U.S. government resources on the Web. The U.S. government's online information is massive and can be difficult to locate. The United States Government Internet Directory navigates the maze of data and locates the materials that you seek. The subject-based approach of this book allows you to browse for relevant sites in your field of interest rather than sift through hundreds of search results or try to guess which federal agency to consult.
The United States Government Internet Directory UK August 2026 • US April 2026 608 Pages PB 9798892050852 • £76.00 / $99.00 ePDF 9798765155271 • £68.40 / $89.10 ePub 9798892050869 • £68.40 / $89.10 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
437
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Art of Diplomacy
How American Negotiators Reached Historic Agreements that Changed the World Stuart E. Eizenstat Now with a substantive afterword covering the start of the second Trump administration! A riveting retelling of diplomatic history with praise from Bill Clinton, Hillary Clinton, Bertie Ahern (Ireland), Tony Blair (UK), Ehud Olmert (Israel), and more. Inside the greatest diplomatic negotiations of the past 50 years. Diplomat and negotiator Stuart E. Eizenstat covers every major international agreement, from the treaty to end the Vietnam War to the Kyoto Protocols and the Iranian Nuclear Accord. Eizenstat recounts the events that led up to the negotiation, the drama that took place around the table, and draws lessons from successful and unsuccessful strategies and tactics. Based on interviews with over 60 key figures in American UK February 2026 • US February 2026 552 Pages • 28 BW Photos HB 9781538167991 • £30.00 / $35.00 PB 9798216277651 • £14.99 / $21.95 ePDF 9798216332794 • £13.49 / $19.75 ePub 9781538168004 • £13.49 / $19.75 Rowman & Littlefield
diplomacy, including former presidents and secretaries of state, and major political figures abroad, Eizenstat provides an intimate view of diplomacy as today’s history. This book is an indispensable volume to understand American foreign policy and provide insights on the art of negotiation for anyone involved in government or business negotiations.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Unraveling
Reflections on Politics without Ethics and Democracy in Crisis Bob Bauer Now with a new foreword by Harvard Law Professor and former Assistant Attorney General Jack Goldsmith, and with a new concluding chapter from the author on the unprecedented ethical challenges in the first year of Trump 2.0. Part memoir, part rumination on the declining moral compass of the American political class, The Unraveling is the first book to place restoring political ethics at the center of the renewal of American democracy. Politics is a brutal game, but Bauer asks where does the line fall between the “hardball” of politics and attacks on the very foundation of democracy? Looking back on 46 years in the political arena, Bauer tries to better grasp what has gone wrong and to understand what shaped his UK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages • 10 BW Photos HB 9781538191842 • £19.99 / $26.00 PB 9798216367918 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9798216389996 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9781538191859 • £11.69 / $16.15 Rowman & Littlefield
own decisions and actions. He offers anecdotes, perspectives, and insights that are vitally relevant in our world today, including efforts in 2020 (and 2024) to defend our democratic system of elections from attack and distrust, and the struggles with social media, such as Meta, to combat disinformation in a post-truth politics. The expanded paperback edition includes a new concluding chapter highlighting the ethical failures of public institutions under the the second Trump administration— law firms, universities, and the media, as well as the Trump administration itself—and the imperative to do better in order to preserve the consent of the governed in American democracy.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Today's Civil Rights and Liberties Issues Democrats and Republicans
Kara E. Stooksbury, Carson-Newman University, USA This indispensable, one-stop resource examines where Democrats and Republicans stand on current civil rights and liberties issues related to voting, free speech, abortion and reproductive rights, guns, and other hot button topics. Both the Democratic and Republican parties claim that they have the best interests of the nation and its people at heart, and they are equally adamant that they have the best policy solutions to address the nation's problems and challenges. Each volume in the Across the Aisle reference series examines the stated policy positions and actual voting/legislative records of the two parties (they are not always the same) on important areas of public policy, both historically and in the present day. Across the Aisle
This volume sorts through the rhetorical clutter and partisan distortions that typify so many disputes between Republicans
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 400 Pages HB 9781440868344 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216375340 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440868351 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216172413 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
and Democrats and provides an accurate, balanced, and even-handed overview of the parties' attitudes and records on vital
438
UK, Europe, ROW
civil rights and liberties questions.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
5TH EDITION
Contemporary Mexican Politics Emily Edmonds-Poli & David A. Shirk This widely acclaimed book provides a comprehensive analysis of Mexico’s current, complex political landscape, up to the López Obrador administration and Claudia Sheinbaum’s 2024 election. Leading experts Emily Edmonds-Poli and David A. Shirk offer highly accessible coverage of Mexico’s political development over the course of the twentieth century and an insightful examination of some of the most important policy issues facing Mexico in the twenty-first century. The first half of the book provides an overview of Mexican history and political development, from the pre-Columbian era to the present. The second half of the book analyzes the structure of Mexican governance and key policy issues currently facing Mexican society, including macroeconomic growth and stability, poverty and inequality, the development of civil UK May 2026 • US May 2026 376 Pages • 5 bw illustration, 23 bw line art, society, drug trafficking, the rule of law, and foreign relations. 12 tables HB 9798881803131 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9798881803148 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9798881862336 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9798881803155 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The U.S.-Mexico Border A Reference Handbook
Michael C. LeMay, California State University-San Bernardino, USA This book offers answers to essential questions about the border between the United States and Mexico and connected issues that are accessible to readers interested in immigration, border security, and international relations. Readers will learn about the political, social, and economic contexts in which the border came to exist; the problems, controversies, and proposed solutions surrounding it; the major organizations and people who, as stakeholders in border politics, drive the agenda on the issue. The book presents data and documents on the topic, giving readers the ability to analyze the facts for themselves. Contemporary World Issues
Additional resources that the reader may wish to consult, such as books, journal articles, and films are provided. A detailed
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 392 Pages HB 9781440874796 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216396802 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440874802 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216158653 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
chronology of important events follows, and the book closes with a useful glossary and a comprehensive subject index.
COLLECTIONS
Sustainable Coffee in Costa Rica
Solutions for People, Economic Development, and Biodiversity Andrew P. Miller, Wilkes University & Jeffrey A. Stratford, Wilkes University The book examines the intersection of politics, economic development, and environmental sustainability of the coffee industry in Costa Rica. Ecological impacts of coffee production are analyzed through the lens of mitigating damage to the region's biodiversity. Sustainable Coffee in Costa Rica: Solutions for People, Economic Development, and Biodiversity analyzes the intersection of politics, economic development, and environmental sustainability in coffee production. Coffee has long been central to understanding Costa Rican politics and society. From the mid-19th century to the mid-20th century, coffee was the most important economic engine for the country and coffee growers held a great deal of political power. Beginning with the UK August 2025 • US August 2025 144 Pages • 3 tables PB 9798765189870 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666912791 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765155059 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666912807 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
historical and socio-economic importance of coffee in Costa Rica as well as the broader region, this book argues that longterm economic success for the Costa Rican coffee industry is enhanced and catalyzed by economic, social, political, and especially ecological sustainability. This book also explores the ecological effects of coffee growing, from creating plantations to the disposal of waste products, to examine how these effects can be mitigated to lessen the impact on the region's incredible biodiversity.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
439
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
State Lethality, Organized Crime, and Criminal Governance as a Political Agenda in Latin America Edited by Luiz D. Vazquez, Autonomous University of Mexico, Marcial A. Garcia Suarez & Marília Carolina B. de Souza, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Franca This edited collection proposes a cross-cutting discussion on the connection between three main focuses, namely, the State, Criminal Organizations, and Criminal Governance understood as an effect often seen in Latin America through the approach between the State and its public security agencies and the non-state violent actors. State Lethality, Organized Crime, and Criminal Governance as a Political Agenda in Latin America provides the public with an updated reading of the issue of criminal violence in Latin America from a comparative perspective, exploring both the actions of non-state violent actors and, primarily, state actions as promoters, regulators, and sometimes partners of criminal UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages • 25 tables PB 9781666956405 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666956382 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216201502 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978760295 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
actors at various levels and sectors of society and the State itself. This book presents eight chapters that aim to directly and carefully showcase distinct political, social, economic, and security scenarios in Latin America, where emblematic cases for the region are analyzed comparatively.
COLLECTIONS
Memories and Social Struggles in Contemporary Bolivia Platforms in Convulsive Times
Sue A. S. Iamamoto, Universidade Federal da Bahia (Brazil) Through investigation of three case studies in Bolivia, this book offers an innovative perspective to explain the role of collective memories in moments of intense social struggle and political change. Memories and Social Struggles in Contemporary Bolivia: Platforms in Convulsive Times examines social memories as functioning, powerful platforms that structure the experience of activists in convulsive times. The first case analyses how the inhabitants of the province of Omasuyos mobilized the memory of the anti-colonial rebellion of Tupac Katari and Bartolina Sisa during the so-called ‘Gas War’ in 2003. The second case concentrates on how activists in El Alto recalled the War of the Pacific to make sense of the same conflict. Thirdly, this book explores the civic strike in Potosí in 2010 and its relation to Social Movements in the Americas
the memory of the rise and fall of the Imperial City of Potosí. Sue A. S. Iamamoto argues these memories and narratives
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 192 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9798765189603 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964042 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154663 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666964059 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
have often experienced a path-dependent continuous remembrance through history which is both constitutive and instrumental for the activists claiming it.
COLLECTIONS
Changing Presidential Approval through Democratization in Mexico The Different Effects of Corruption Before and After the 2000 Transition Ricardo R. Gómez-Vilchis This book analyzes the trends of democratic transition in Mexico in relationship to presidential approval and argues that democratization alters approval in this form: after a democratic transition, corruption's effect on support for the president becomes stronger. During the process of democratic transition, corruption matters a lot for presidential approval because a negative performance of dealing with corruption leads to unpopularity. The temptation for an authoritarian return can eventually emerge in the political arena. Changing Presidential Approval through Democratization in Mexico examines approval at the individual, aggregate, and hierarchical levels by using extensive data. This book includes survey data with samples between UK September 2025 • US September 2025 216 Pages • 18 b&w diagrams and 32 Tables PB 9781666978490 • £28.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666978476 • £90.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216197614 • £81.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978768079 • £81.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
440
UK, Europe, ROW
1,000 and 3,000 respondents, which are representative at the national level. The analysis employs sixty-nine surveys from 1990 to 2018, more than 97,300 observations and includes a database of corruption provided by the Ministry of the Public Function in Mexico with 633,500 state complaints against government employees. The quality of the data allows the author to offer reliable and valid analysis with the focus on presidential approval, democratization and corruption.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 9TH EDITION
BOR
The Government and Politics of the European Union Neill Nugent, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK & Ariadna Ripoll Servent The definitive textbook on EU politics and governance, now in its 9th edition, has been thoroughly updated to take into account the ongoing developments and evolution of the EU. Major changes, recent developments, and the crises that have befallen the union in recent times are analysed within this context. By detailing the evolution of European integration, Nugent and Ripoll Servent give the necessary historical context to their exhaustive analysis of policies, process, institutions and treaties. In this revised edition, this has grown to include new chapters that detail both diverse theoretical perspectives and inter-institutional relations. In doing so, this book enables students with no prior knowledge of the EU to truly master the subject. With a new structure to increase readability, a broad range of pedagogical features - document excerpts, case studies, maps figures - and a fully developed companion website with resources for both students and lecturers, this text remains an essential for students new to EU studies.
The European Union Series UK May 2026 • US February 2026 512 Pages HB 9781350336599 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350336582 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9781350336605 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9781350336612 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
Understanding the European Council Desmond Dinan & Ralf Drachenberg This book examines the political dynamics and complexities of the European Council at a time of seemingly chronic crisis and rapid political change. Providing insight into the everyday workings of this critically important EU institution, it covers: why the European Council matters; its roles and responsibilities; its impact on the EU over time, including in response to the Russian War and the COVID-19 pandemic; and the role that the European Council might play in the EU’s uncertain future. Including pedagogical features such as boxes, tables and graphics to help study and revision, the book also covers underresearched areas such as: - The relationship and rivalry of the European Council President and the European Commission President - The role of European political parties in summits and debates The European Union Series UK May 2026 • US July 2026 472 Pages HB 9781350514041 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350514058 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9781350514027 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9781350514034 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Academic
- Communication around the European council, including the use of social media, doorstops, and press briefings - The background of members of the European Council - How national coalition government affects leaders’ participation in the European Council - The involvement of the European Council in the EU policy cycle - The changing nature and political significance of European Council meetings and conclusions
4TH EDITION
BOR
European Union Politics John McCormick, Indiana University, USA Reflecting the numerous recent shocks and challenges to the global system and to the EU’s place in that system, McCormick’s European Union Politics cuts through the myths and misunderstandings about EU politics. It explains the origins of the EU, the way in which its key institutions work, and its impact on policies as diverse as the economy, education, climate change, and the defence of Europe from new threats. This new edition covers critical recent developments, including the 2024 European Parliament elections, leadership changes within the European Commission and the European Council, the rise of right-wing political parties, developments in Ukraine and the Middle East, and the dramatic aftermath of the 2024 US presidential election. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 544 Pages HB 9781350517196 • £120.00 / $160.00 PB 9781350517202 • £37.99 / $51.95 ePDF 9781350517219 • £34.19 / $46.75 ePub 9781350517226 • £34.19 / $46.75 Bloomsbury Academic
Striking a balance between theoretical insights and practical content, the book ties the work of the EU to real-world events. With illustrations, maps, figures and tables, this text is ideal for those studying EU politics and policies, and a valuable resource for anyone wishing to deepen their knowledge of this critical actor in European and global affairs.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
441
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 2ND EDITION
Russian Foreign Policy Eric Shiraev, George Mason University, Fairfax, USA Authored by a leading scholar, this new edition of Russian Foreign Policy provides a comprehensive and updated exploration of Russian policy in the 21st century. Integrating both domestic and international perspectives, the text explores the historical development, key institutions and actors that shape Russia’s global influence. With fully revised content, including in-depth analysis of the Russia-Ukraine War and Russia-China relations, the book offers a thorough investigation of the principles and strategies driving Russia's actions on the global stage. Alongside this, the text introduces new theoretical frameworks and addresses emerging trends in international relations, such as cybersecurity, UK April 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages HB 9781350531888 • £120.00 / $160.00 PB 9781350531871 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9781350531895 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9781350531901 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
hybrid warfare, and the transformative impact of technology on diplomacy. With the addition of case studies and online resources—including supplementary readings, quizzes, discussion prompts, and video lectures—this text is designed to guide students of Russian foreign policy and those taking broader comparative foreign policy courses. Russian Foreign Policy remains a crucial resource for anyone seeking to understand the complexities of Russia's dynamic foreign policy landscape.
COLLECTIONS
7TH EDITION
Russia's Foreign Policy Change and Continuity Andrei P. Tsygankov This clear and comprehensive text explores the past thirty years of Soviet/Russian international relations, comparing foreign policy formation under Gorbachev, Yeltsin, Medvedev, and Putin. Challenging conventional views of Moscow’s foreign policy, Andrei Tsygankov shows that definitions of national interest depend on visions of national identity and is rooted both in history and domestic politics. Yet the author also highlights the role of the external environment in affecting the balance of power among competing domestic groups. Drawing on both Russian and Western sources, Tsygankov shows how Moscow’s policies have shifted under different leaders’ visions of Russia’s national interests. He gives an overview of the ideas and pressures that motivated Russian foreign policy in six different periods: the Gorbachev era of the late 1980s, the liberal “Westernizers” era under Kozyrev in the early 1990s, the relatively hardline statist policy under Primakov, the more UK June 2025 • US June 2025 328 Pages • 37 tables HB 9798881808600 • £77.00 / $100.00 PB 9798881808617 • £30.00 / $37.00 ePDF 9798765154847 • £27.00 / $33.30 ePub 9798881808624 • £27.00 / $33.30 Bloomsbury Academic
pragmatic course of limited cooperation under Putin and then Medvedev, and the assertive policy Putin has implemented since his return to power, most importantly in his invasion of Ukraine which began in 2022.
Failure. Russia Under Putin Edited by Harley D. Balzer & Steven A. Fisher Examines the significant failures Russia has faced under Vladimir Putin’s leadership and presents an important counterpoint to a broad range of studies emphasizing Russia’s resurrection, status as a persistent power, or successful military reform. Despite Putin’s claims of restoring Russia’s rightful place in the world, reviving the economic and industrial capacity destroyed in the 1990s, and improving living standards, data show that the gains from the oil price bonanza of 2000-2008 have long since vanished. The success Putin has achieved in centralizing power and repressing opposition now prevents any effective changes to address Russia’s long-term decline. Failures include the inability to diversify the economy, reduce corruption, reverse demographic and educational decline, alleviate poverty, or address social inequalities. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 496 Pages HB 9780815740827 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9780815740834 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780815741077 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780815740841 • £19.79 / $26.95 Brookings Institution Press
442
UK, Europe, ROW
This edited volume examines how Putin’s policy choices have led to Russia’s inexorable decline on the global stage. Depicting Russia’s inability under Vladimir Putin’s rule to improve critical spheres of its national life, aggravated by military belligerence and adventurism abroad, chapters detail how Putin's policies have severely limited Russia's development and institutional stability, leaving the country without a clear leadership transition mechanism or capacity to abandon flawed policies.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
On Top of the City
Youth Culture and Urban Resistance on the Rooftops of St Petersburg Abigail Karas St Petersburg - known for its horizontal skyline, with buildings of low and corresponding height, punctuated with the gold domes and spires that, along with its rivers and canals, have become iconic features of the city. Drawing on original, on-the-ground research, On Top of the City shines a unique spotlight on the hidden youth communities of St Petersburg, Russia, where space and power collide and co-exist. Focusing on urban exploration, Abigail Karas demonstrates how the city’s panoramas - especially its rooftops - contribute to the city’s fascinating underground culture and the formation of a local St Petersburg identity where young people turn the rooftops into safe spaces, where they can resist the encroaching political repression of Putin’s Russia. Arguing that young Petersburgers’ skyline trespassing is a way for them to reclaim their rights - over themselves and the UK June 2026 • US June 2026 320 Pages PB 9781350512894 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350512856 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350512870 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350512887 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
city - On Top of the City invites readers to look upwards, at what these young communities create, as well as downwards, to the social and political control they are trying to escape.
COLLECTIONS
International Cooperation in the Post-Soviet Space
Former Soviet Republics and Theories of International Politics Farhad Huseynov, Baku State University The book examines relations between the post-Soviet countries to detect opportunities and limitations of cooperation between them. Existing bilateral and multilateral cooperation are analyzed against the background of security issues. International Cooperation in the Post-Soviet Space: Former Soviet Republics and Theories of International Politics defines models of international cooperation through application of the main theories of international politics. It is often claimed that complex regional relations are subject to transformation due to constantly changing geopolitical environment. Aggressive policies under such conditions cannot contribute to regional stability and cooperation. From this position, Farhad Huseynov asserts the incorrectness of the main postulate of offensive realism, that security can be achieved through domination and regional hegemony. In the region domination had provoked counterbalancing behavior and aggression met resistance thereby worsening the situation. This book argues that the security, which is vital for cooperation to take place, has been UK October 2025 • US October 2025 176 Pages PB 9781666935530 • £26.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666935516 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154472 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666935523 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
attained when the regional states maintain moderate and reserved policies according to defensive realist approach.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
443
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Russia’s Arctic
Climate Change, Domestic Policy, and Geopolitics Marlene Laruelle, The George Washington University, USA & Jean Radvanyi, National Institute for Oriental Languages and Civilizations, France This book provides a comprehensive overview of Russia’s Arctic policies since the 2022 war with Ukraine began. It reflects on how, with more than half of the circumpolar territories, Russia’s Arctic regions generate between 10 and 15% of Russia's GDP and a quarter of its exports, with the yet-to-be-explored reserves of the Arctic continental shelf also offering immense potential. Russia’s Arctic analyses the growth of hydrocarbon deposits in the far north of Siberia and nearby offshore areas and how this has contributed to the rapid development of the Northern Sea Route. Marlene Laruelle and Jean Radvanyi examine the Russian Shorts
long-term importance of the region for Russia, regardless of internal political developments and the state of relations with the
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 160 Pages HB 9781350552579 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781350552562 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781350552586 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781350552593 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Academic
West. Long a place for science diplomacy and transborder dialogue, the region has once again become a hotspot for geostrategic tensions and a new interface between an expanded NATO and Russia. While the West is imposing increasingly broad sanctions specifically targeting Arctic hydrocarbon development projects, the Russian government is striving to circumvent or mitigate their effects with countermeasures by relying on their allies, most of whom are Asian.
COLLECTIONS
The Age of Change
How Urban Youth Are Transforming African Politics Michelle D. Gavin Africa is in the midst of a historically unprecedented demographic surge that has skewed the median age in most countries to below twenty years old. This demographic moment coincides with three factors likely to amplify the political agendas of African youth: rapid urbanization, dramatically increased digital connectivity, and increasing recognition that old political narratives are no longer fit for purpose. Michelle D. Gavin argues that these clear trends will result in an increase in political volatility. Anti-government movements will continue to find new expression, incumbents will be more vulnerable, honeymoon periods for new leaders will be shorter, and transfers of power and leadership will be more frequent. Citizens frustrated by the status quo will show more willingness UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages • 10 BW Photos HB 9781538194584 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765152416 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538194591 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
to experiment with different forms of government and different external partnerships, all with significant implications for those hoping for a global democratic resurgence. This book explores growing dissatisfaction and desire for change as the political through line emerging on a diverse continent.
COLLECTIONS
Current Issues in Northern Africa Edited by Arda Özkan, Pinar Yürür & Levent Kirval Conflict areas and thematic issues of different states of North African are studied in this book. All chapters deal with a wide range of intra-state and inter-state issues. Some of the chapters focus on the domestic problems related to consociationalism in different states whereas some of them shed light on minority problems and territorial conflicts or maritime disputes within and between regional states. The scope of the book is comprehensive that many issue areas are being examined in different chapters. In addition, while focusing on the different perspectives of international relations (IR), current problems are evaluated in the axis of both classic and post-modern security theories. Particularly, the chapters on different countries of the region will be an important contribution to the existing academic works and broad analyses about the region will be beneficial to the reader. Also, the political relations of the North African countries with the European, Middle Eastern and Asian countries will be analysed in the book and this will be another important benefit of the book to IR UK May 2030 • US May 2026 304 Pages PB 9781666975109 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666975086 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781666975093 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978770782 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
444
UK, Europe, ROW
literature.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 4TH EDITION
Contemporary China Kerry Brown, Lau China Institute, King's College London, UK The fourth edition of this concise textbook offers students a comprehensive introduction to the politics, economy, culture and society of modern China, while grounding all of these areas in the context of China’s recent history in the 19th and 20th centuries. Fully up to date, this accessible text examines key developments that are shaping China's place in the world today, including the Xi Jinping era, a complete update on the position of Hong Kong, international relations with the US and Latin America, and Chinese outward investment and financial internationalisation. Authored by a highly-regarded expert on the topic, the book is an ideal introductory text for undergraduate and postgraduate courses on China studies and contemporary China, regardless of whether students approach the topic from a political, historical, sociological, cultural or geographical viewpoint. It can also be used on modules focussing more specifically on
Contemporary States and Societies Chinese politics, Chinese history or Chinese society. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 256 Pages HB 9781350518414 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350518407 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9781350518421 • £26.99 / $36.85 ePub 9781350518438 • £26.99 / $36.85 Bloomsbury Academic
New to this edition: - Coverage of the pandemic and recent protests - A brand new chapter on China's environmental challenges - Attention to the management of Xinjiang - Full updates on the impact of the Russia–Ukraine war and the conflict in the Middle East
COLLECTIONS
Tsai Ing-wen and Taiwan
An Assessment of the First Administration, 2016-2020 Edited by Sabella Ogbobode Abidde Tsai Ing-Wen and Taiwan: An Assessment of the First Administration, 2016-2020 critically examines the public policy and presidency of Taiwan’s first female president, Tsai Ing-wen, who first came into office in 2016 and completed a second term in 2024. Enough time has passed since the end of Tsai’s first term in office for scholars, commentators, and observers to have a clear view and understanding of her presidency. Tsai Ing-Wen and Taiwan analytically appraises her first term in office vis-a-vis her economic, social, and political agenda and policies and, ultimately, the implications of those agendas and policies on the national interest of Taiwan and its 24 million citizens. The book answers the many questions concerning whether the president kept the promises she made during the campaign, whether she was able to overcome the challenges her administration faced. Tsai Ing-Wen and Taiwan also looks at her government’s ability to balance the hostilities emanating UK April 2026 • US March 2026 288 Pages • 18 figures and 16 tables PB 9781666979244 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666979220 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216265580 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978762343 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
from the other side of the Taiwan-Strait (China) and the demands and ambiguities of US foreign policy. Finally it assesses whether her administration was in tune with the changing undercurrents of an increasingly shifting society, and if her government’s policies resulted in the better economic outlook of the average Taiwanese.
COLLECTIONS
China in the World Bank, IMF, and WIPO
Understanding Trends in Global Governance Behavior James Frick Previously one of the least connected states in the world, China is taking on a considerable role as a leading global power. It has participated and benefited from international organizations (IOs) while also influencing their institutional behavior, but it has also demonstrated limited compliance at times. China’s behavior has shifted from following the rules to a desire to make and set the rules. China in the World Bank, IMF, and WIPO: Understanding Trends in Global Governance Behavior explores 40 years of China’s participation within these organizations, drawing on in-depth interviews and analysis of annual reports, meeting minutes, consultations, and transcripts obtained from archived records to argue how China views its behavior can achieve its desired interests. James Frick paints a detailed picture to illustrate that in the context of relative shifts in power, variation in China’s IO behaviors is predicated by the extent to which IOs conform to China’s national interests. This rational UK August 2025 • US August 2025 264 Pages • 5 tables, 24 figures PB 9781666963397 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666963373 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765154304 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666963380 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
behavior approach (RBA) outlines four strategies: rule-taking, rule-breaking, rule-changing, and rulemaking. As China’s relative power increases over time, so does its bargaining power, leading to a more assertive rule-changing behavior as it attempts to adapt the organization to allow its ascendancy as a rule-maker.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
445
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
North Korea and South Korea
Monopolizing Nationalism in a Divided Peninsula Qingming Huang, Institute for International Affairs, the Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shenzhen The autocratic regimes in both North Korea and South Korea attempted to legitimize their rule through efforts in nationbuilding but achieved different results. North Korea and South Korea: Monopolizing Nationalism in a Divided Peninsula seeks to answer: How did these regimes’ nation-building strategies through a variety of tools and venues differ in the process of regime development? How was nationalism utilized to construct a regime-legitimizing founding myth? What implications did these varied efforts have on authoritarian legitimacy and state-society relations under authoritarian rule? Focusing on the period from the end of the Second World War and the start of the Korean War to South Korea’s democratic transitions in the 1980s and North Korea’s crises in the 1990s, Qingming Huang examines the authoritarian regimes’ efforts in monopolizing the narratives of nationalism and constructing the founding myths of the regimes through textbooks and Bloomsbury Studies on Korea's Place in International Relations UK February 2026 • US February 2026 184 Pages • PB 9798216391975 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666962680 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216258902 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978765177 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
other myth-making venues. Huang argues that the North Korean regime’s monopoly of nationalism helped it construct the founding myth of the party-state as an essential source of regime legitimacy. In contrast, the autocratic regimes in South Korea failed to eliminate the competing narratives about the nation and were unable to monopolize nationalism. As a result, South Korea struggled to construct a founding myth to buttress the regimes and became more vulnerable to domestic challenges.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
North Korea, Nuclear Risk-Taking, and the United States Kim Il Sung, Kim Jong Il, and Kim Jong Un Jihwan Hwang Jihwan Hwang analyzes Pyongyang’s nuclear policy changes over the last three decades under Kim Il Sung, Kim Jong Il and Kim Jong Un. Why did a weaker North Korea take the risk of standing up against the much stronger U.S. with its nuclear weapons program, even escalating the crisis to the point of a war? Later, why did North Korea change its course of action amid the crisis even though the security environment remained essentially the same? Hwang draws on the main tenets of prospect theory in international relations and argues that Pyongyang becomes either risk-acceptant or risk-averse toward the U.S., depending on the situation it faces. When Pyongyang perceived the status quo to be deteriorating, it framed its situation as a loss and chose a risk-acceptant of confrontation to restore the status quo. Equally, when Pyongyang perceived the situation to be improving, it chose a risk-averse engagement in the domain of gain. In contrast, when Pyongyang Bloomsbury Studies on Korea's Place in International Relations UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages • 13 tables; HB 9781793650269 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781793650283 • £22.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881881832 • £20.69 / $35.95 ePub 9781793650276 • £20.69 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
perceived an extreme loss such as military confrontation against the United States, it would rather choose a risk-averse policy to avoid the catastrophic outcome of war. The issues of risk are central to an understanding of Pyongyang’s nuclear policy decision-making.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Strategies of Survival
North Korean Foreign Policy under Kim Jong-un Edited by Jun Taek Kwon & Weiqi Zhang The North Korean nuclear issue has been one of the most significant challenges to international peace and security in the 21st century. The failure to peacefully resolve the issue could trigger regional instability or even nuclear warfare in the worst scenario. Since its first successful nuclear test in 2006, North Korea has repeatedly defied the international community regarding its nuclear program despite the effort and resources that the international community has focused on the issue. Many consider Pyongyang decision-makers irrational or simply crazy. Nonetheless, since early 2018, North Korea has drastically changed its foreign policy and actively pursued rapprochement. How to understand DPRK foreign policy, its past, and future? How will the nuclear issue develop under a possibly new Bloomsbury Studies on Korea's Place in International Relations UK February 2026 • US February 2026 176 Pages • 5 b/w illustrations; 1 tables; HB 9781666922318 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781666922332 • £22.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978772366 • £20.69 / $35.95 ePub 9781666922325 • £20.69 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
446
UK, Europe, ROW
paradigm of North Korean foreign policy? This book seeks to provide readers with a comprehensive analysis of North Korean foreign relations. As the existing analysis and literature on North Korean foreign relations focus primarily on China, the United States, South Korea, and Japan, but such analysis ignores the DPRK’s relations with many other states and organizations that not only interact with North Korea nevertheless also play important roles in its strategy of surviving in the international systems.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
A Hard Freedom
The Dreams and Trauma of North Korean Refugees Dan Chung Over the past 20 years, 33,000 North Korean refugees have escaped to South Korea, though their plight in South Korea is largely unknown to the Western World. These North Korean refugees who have made it to freedom are struggling. Within South Korea, North Koreans find themselves in a land of plenty but can’t seem to move on. For many, they are not in danger for the first time in decades but cannot turn off the traumatic memories from their lives in North Korea and the peril they faced during their escape. After fleeing North Korea, refugees travel the 6,000 mile modern day underground railroad in UK July 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages • 8 BW Illustrations HB 9781538191729 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9798881855253 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9781538191736 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
China and other Asian countries. Gathered from the author's work with the NGO, Crossing Borders, this book shares the real life stories of North Koreans trapped under the weight of lingering trauma, depression, and discrimination in South Korea. These stories help us to imagine what the future might hold for North Korea and North Korean refugees in a changing world.
COLLECTIONS
Climate Change, Environmental Refugees, and Human Rights in the Middle East Mahmood Monshipouri This in-depth and readable text introduces students to the current and historical impacts of climate change on the region. The Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region has experienced more frequent droughts, heat waves, and other extreme weather events than the rest of the world. Flooding has forced human migration and displacement in Egypt, Iran, and Tunisia in 2020, while wildfires have spread in Lebanon, Syria, and Turkey. The author, a specialist in the MENA region, unpacks the implications of several developments that have triggered large-scale migration from rural to urban areas in the developing world, and Middle East, and North Africa, and threaten to destabilize the region. These include, among other things, widespread famine, population displacement, and the growing decline of agricultural productivity. Digging deep into key terminology and frameworks such as the 1951 Refugee Convention, climate–human rights nexus, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 328 Pages HB 9781538169124 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798216376576 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216376590 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216376583 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
climate-related protest, environmental politics, green investment, and climate governance, the author demonstrates how human rights and climate change are inextricably intertwined and provides additional context to support student learning. This books examines the environmental threats and history of individual countries, including a broad and detailed survey of how the issues of climate change, forced migration, and human rights interface with socioeconomic, political, and legal perspectives.
COLLECTIONS
The Crisis of Israel's Democracy, 1948–2025 Origins, Developments, and Consequences Ilan Peleg & Ruth Amir The Crisis of Israel’s Democracy, 1948 - 2025: Origins, Developments, and Consequences focuses on Israeli democracy, its deep historical origins, development over seven decades, long-term consequences, and possible resolutions. While most commentaries on Israel’s crisis focus on the proposals for judicial reform by the Netanyahu government, this study focuses on what it identifies as the fundamental problems of the Israeli regime—its ethnonational (rather than liberal-democratic) form, its lack of a written constitution undermines the country’s deeply divided society, the greatly dysfunctional relations between the secular majority and the sizeable Orthodox minority, and above all the seemingly permanent occupation of the Palestinian-inhabited West Bank. Peleg and Amir offer a broad perspective on these causes, covering the historical failures of the country’s founders, an analysis of Israel’s constitutional order and regime type, commentary on sociopolitical UK August 2025 • US August 2025 280 Pages • 3 tables PB 9781666977141 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666977127 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765155127 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666977134 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
cleavages and the dominant social psychology of Israelis, and analysis of the charismatic populism of longtime Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu. The volume concludes with analyzing future scenarios and possible solutions for Israel’s democratic crisis. The Crisis of Israel’s Democracy offers the most comprehensive analysis of Israel’s democratic backsliding to date, comparing it to similar worldwide processes.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
447
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Colonial Cyprus A Cultural History
Edited by Maria Hadjiathanasiou, University of Nicosia, Cyprus, Andreas Karyos, University of Nicosia, Cyprus & Emilios A. Solomou, University of Nicosia, Cyprus An original, innovative, and timely study on the cultural history of Cyprus under British rule, offering a new interpretative framework for studying the island’s colonial past. The book focuses on the often-overlooked cultural dimensions of the island’s colonial experience and demonstrates the crucial role culture played in shaping its historical trajectory and future. This is the first volume to explore various aspects of the island’s cultural life from 1878, when it transitioned from Ottoman to British rule, until the establishment of the Republic of Cyprus in 1960. It features a series of thematic chapters by female authors, focusing on photography, architecture, literature, theatre, art and collecting, cultural policy, advertising, fashion, antiquities and archaeology, public gardens, and sports clubs. Individual chapters bring to light previously unpublished UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages HB 9780755640638 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780755640676 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780755640652 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780755640645 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
source material in Greek and English, both written and visual, from state and private archives. Using cross-disciplinary analytical tools from fields such as imperial and colonial history, politics, cultural studies, and media and communication studies, the authors provide new insights.
COLLECTIONS
The Spectral Palestinian Presence before Politics
John Randolph LeBlanc, University of Texas at Tyler Long before October 7, 2023, Palestinians haunted the West and its political categories. In this work of political theory, John Randolph LeBlanc reads works by Raja Shehadeh, Sari Nusseibeh, and Mahmoud Darwish to track the manifold ways existing political language and norms (e.g., rule of law, human rights, international law, the nation-state) failed to capture and address the experience of a people living permanently under conditions of occupation/domination. The Spectral Palestinian: Presence before Politics finds that their periodic use of the language of ghosts and haunting signals the relationship between Palestinian experience and the ‘promise’ of Western political language and its institutions. LeBlanc argues that this resulting sense of ‘spectrality’ constitutes an underexplored form of Palestinian self-awareness and agency. Initially, the specter is the product of the others’ fear, that is, nearly disembodied sites of violence carrying the threat of non-being. While reading the UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages • PB 9798216397250 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666962147 • £85.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216264675 • £76.50 / $108.00 ePub 9781978760066 • £76.50 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
accounts of these Palestinians’ frustrating confrontations with the apparatuses and language of Western politics, LeBlanc finds the latent possibility of Palestinians taking hold of the specter’s power. Turning the spectral on its authors, the Palestinian defies a political language that has abandoned them and rejects the accompanying stigmas by standing fast in their spaces and fully appearing in the demand for human dignity.
COLLECTIONS
Inside the Belly of the Whale Islamism in the Jewish State Suheir Abu Oksa Daoud Inside the Belly of the Whale: Islamism in the Jewish State explores the rise of Islamism in Israel and the challenges faced by the Islamist movement as it navigates the intersection of Islam as a universal faith with the principles of democracy, nationalism, and Zionism. It examines how the movement leverages religion to shape the cultural, political, economic, and social realities of the Palestinian Arab minority and the broader Israeli landscape. Additionally, it raises compelling questions about whether the movement remains aligned with the principles of political Islam or has it evolved into a democratic Islamic party functioning within a Jewish state with limited democratic practices. The discussion situates the rise of Islamism within the historical context that saw Palestinians—once the majority and indigenous inhabitants of Palestine—reduced to a minority under the governance of the Jewish state since 1948. UK July 2026 • US June 2026 384 Pages • 15 tables, 1 figure, 1 Map PB 9798216387916 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666955484 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216257028 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978769540 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
448
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Patriotism to the Earth
A Quest for Humane Global Governance Richard A. Falk Should national security still be our biggest priority on a burning planet? And does it matter that a policy is feasible if it fails to produce an outcome that is necessary and desirable? Political realists responsible for formulating foreign policy would say yes, but in this book Richard Falk and Sasha Milonova favor reorienting our loyalties away from increasingly militarized and nationalist states towards a system of governance that gives priority to global ecological resilience. They trace the deficiencies of the existing international order from the emergence of the Westphalian framework to its entrenchment in the institutions created after World War II, and again after the Cold War, and show why it has consistently failed to generate the international cooperation and political imagination required to stall, let alone reverse, biodiversity loss, UK April 2025 • US April 2025 348 Pages HB 9781538196878 • £81.00 / $105.00 PB 9781538196885 • £30.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798881866136 • £27.00 / $31.50 ePub 9781538196892 • £27.00 / $31.50 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
war, wealth inequality, and other challenges that credibly threaten the security of the entire planet. This book offers an original approach to international relations that adds to the management of power the distinctive issues present in the prudent management of the ‘the global commons.’ The work of several visionary thinkers is considered, as is crucial relevance of inter-cultural dialogue, a critical appreciation of the limits of rationality and modernity, and an ethos of compassion for the suffering of all others who cohabit the earth.
6TH EDITION
International Ethics
Concepts, Theories, and Cases in Global Politics Mark R. Amstutz Through case studies and careful arguments, this book shows that moral values are an essential element of foreign policy and that ethical analysis is indispensable to the study of international relations. Mark Amstutz explores two distinct dimensions of international political morality: the role of moral norms in foreign affairs and the ethical foundation of the rules, institutions, and structures of global society. Amstutz illustrates the role of moral norms in global politics through twenty-six case studies, assessing the nature, role, and impact of political morality on international relations. The cases address six major global issues: migration, human rights, war, irregular war, foreign intervention, and international economic relations. The book’s third section examines justice among states and the challenge of pursuing global justice. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 384 Pages • 4 tables; 26 textboxes HB 9798881806514 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881806521 • £29.99 / $54.00 ePDF 9798765148884 • £26.99 / $48.60 ePub 9798881806538 • £26.99 / $48.60 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Reemergent Commons
Land Loss, Emigration, and the Immigrant Diaspora David Toohey Introduces a theoretical perspective on the loss of communal lands and subsequent migration, with a focus on how media can help sustain diaspora communities' culture and their relation to land amidst such crises. Through an exploration of the impact of land loss on emigration and immigration, this book lays out the permanent consequences of land loss and how these consequences have been explored and conceptualized in post-World War II cinema, literature, and visual art. A historical understanding of the loss of rural and urban common land helps illuminate violent anti-immigrant, and, surprisingly, anti-emigrant practices. This book considers immigration and emigration from both impoverished and wealthy countries, and offers a combined theorization of cultural artefacts and reference to historical UK April 2026 • US April 2026 234 Pages PB 9798765166536 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765166543 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765166581 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765166598 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
context and current facts. Examples in this book illuminate immigration and emigration in South America, Central America, North America, and Asia.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
449
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Algerian Independence and the British Left
Solidarities and Resistance in a Decolonising World Mélanie Torrent Based on archives from governments, parties, organisations and individuals, this book investigates the relationship between the British left and Algerian liberation movements during the Algerian War of Independence (1954-1962). It explores the presence of representatives of the Mouvement national algérien (MNA) and the Front de libération nationale (FLN) in London, where they actively sought support for peace, independence from France and the global end of European domination. By surveying their interactions with individuals and groups in the anticolonial left, including prominent Labour MPs, and Trotskyist groups, Asian and African associations and students’ unions, Torrent shows how and why solidarity was interpreted differently across the left, and in relation to Britain’s own end-of-empire conflicts. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 616 Pages HB 9781784537890 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781350474918 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781788318419 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781788318426 • £90.00 / $121.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Tracing connections across Europe and beyond, this book demonstrates how the war influenced conceptions of socialism, communism and internationalism in Britain, what being European meant, and what place the Commonwealth should have in a world where armed struggle and liberation diplomacy disrupted boundaries.
COLLECTIONS
Education Realities for Sexual and Gender Minorities in the Caribbean Possibility and Progress in the Twenty-First Century
Edited by Andrew B. Campbell, University of Toronto, R. Anthony Lewis, University of Technology, Jamaica & Kaschka R. Watson, Brock University The edited collection addresses the complexities, challenges—including antipathies—that continue to harm but also facilitate the progress of sexual and gender minority groups in education systems in the Caribbean. Education Realities for Sexual and Gender Minorities in the Caribbean is a collection of perspectives that challenge the commonly held view in academic and activist circles in the Global North that the Caribbean are dangerous and “unsafe” regions for sexual and gender minorities. Compounding this narrative is the underrepresentation of Caribbean people who do not conform to normative heterosexual patterns of behaviour or gender expression in various social domains and the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 15 tables PB 9798216278399 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666967463 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216254171 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978772014 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
reinforcement of negative stereotypes about their experiences by the media and education systems. Despites the persistence of negative stereotypes and stigma levelled against sexual and gender minorities, there are noteworthy possibilities and progress to be highlighted. The collection will cover these through the lenses of a variety of scholarly perspectives.
COLLECTIONS
The Asian Caribbean in the Caribbean Diaspora
Essays on Migration, Identity, and Literary and Cultural Representations Edited by Aleah N. Ranjitsingh, Brooklyn College, City University of New York (CUNY) This book expands notions of the Caribbean diaspora, which is often cast in very specific ways, so as to account for the Asian as part of the Caribbean and Caribbean diaspora. It seeks to be descriptive, while also countering a limited discourse on the Caribbean diaspora. The Asian Caribbean in the Caribbean Diaspora is grounded in the very histories and legacies of indentureship, contract labor, later migrations to the region, and encounter. The Asian presence has long been felt in the greater Caribbean – the result of colonial powers which necessitated labor on Caribbean plantations against the backdrop of empire and burgeoning capitalist structures; and later migrations as "free" migrants compelled by emigration schemes and economic opportunity. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 296 Pages • 18 b&w figures PB 9781666968507 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666968484 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216262602 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978760868 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
450
UK, Europe, ROW
This work is descriptive, while also countering a limited discourse on the Caribbean diaspora. Its collection of interdisciplinary chapters which center the Chinese, Indian, Japanese and Javanese in and outside of the Caribbean, reveal migration narratives, encounters on Caribbean plantations and in diasporic urban centers, notions of homeland and experiences of return, family histories, identity formation and subjectivity, the ways in which Caribbean people create and convey meaning about these histories, experiences and self, and the contributions of Caribbean people of Asian descent to the framing of the Caribbean and Asian diasporas.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Manuel Colom Argueta and the Democratic Collapse of the Central American Cold War, 1954–1979 Rodrigo Véliz Estrada Manuel Colom Argueta and the Democratic Collapse of the Central American Cold War, 1954–1979 reconstructs the political career of one of Guatemala’s most important and understudied Cold War democrats. Drawing on archival research across six countries, this volume offers a detailed account of how Colom Argueta and his political movement navigated a polarized landscape shaped by authoritarian rule, guerrilla insurgency, and international pressure. Focusing on Colom’s efforts to advance democratic socialism through institutional means, this book navigates Colom's political philosophy and direction emphasizing urban policy, popular participation, and inter-municipal cooperation. It explores the multiple political strategies he employed, including alliances with military and guerrilla sectors, and situates them within broader Central American patterns of failed democratic transitions. Colom’s assassination in 1979, shortly after achieving legal recognition for his party, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 192 Pages PB 9798216375289 • £28.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666969566 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216254812 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978771239 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
marked a critical turning point in Guatemala’s descent into widespread political violence. Rather than treating political violence as inevitable, this monograph underscores how political alternatives were systematically dismantled by domestic elites and international actors. Through the lens of biography, we're offered a new interpretation of the Central American Cold War, showing how political moderates were excluded, targeted, and ultimately eliminated. Colom’s life provides a compelling entry point into the history of lost democratic possibilities in the region.
COLLECTIONS
Culture, Cash, and Class in Jamaica's Carnival Edited by Alpha Obika, Caribbean School of Media and Communication & Yvette Rowe, Caribbean School of Media and Communication The collection details the development and cultural and economic significance of Jamaica’s Carnival. The publication is a useful resource that openly explores emerging trends and debates in the carnival sector while mapping a course for its sustainable future. The critique of Jamaica’s Carnival is solidly framed in scholarly theory and robust methodologies to derive empirically an sound analysis and adds value to understanding this cultural phenomenon. In addition to full chapters on the critical topics, this publication features interviews from pioneers at the forefront of the development of carnival in Jamaica: including carnival band owners, event promoters, and politicians. Contributors to this volume include academics, cultural researchers and carnival arts practitioners. Despite the festival’s existence for almost 75 years, this will be the first scholarly publication UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 10 tables PB 9781666971958 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971934 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216253433 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978770768 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
dedicated to the comprehensive documentation and critique of Jamaica’s Carnival. It is therefore a pioneering project that will lay a foundation for the future study and analysis of the festival.
COLLECTIONS
The Other in Contemporary Arab Culture and Society Longing to Belong
Dalya Cohen-Mor, Independent Scholar This book by Dalya Cohen-Mor explores the issue of the Other in Arab culture and society as reflected in modern Arabic literature. Drawing on insights from identity studies, cultural studies, and women's studies, and analyzing in depth a large body of works from modern Arabic literature, this book provides a vivid account of how otherness is produced, experienced, and contested in Arab society.
The Other in Contemporary Arab Culture and Society: Longing to Belong offers a comparative study of both internal and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 234 Pages PB 9798765164358 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765164310 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765164334 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765164327 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
external Others in Arab society, uses the concept of the Other to shed light on the parameters of Arab identity and selfdefinition, and focuses on the relationship with the Other to explore the dynamics of Arab culture and society. The selection of literary works includes autobiographical novels, novels, novellas, short stories, and poems by contemporary Arab writers, both male and female, from across the Middle East. The analysis highlights the ways in which literary texts critique, complicate, or modify stereotypical representations of the Other, illustrates the values and orientations of Arab society, and assesses the agency of literature and its power to raise public awareness and shape reality.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
451
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
8TH EDITION
Citizen Politics and Democracy
Public Opinion and Political Parties in Advanced Industrial Societies Russell J. Dalton & Timothy Hellwig Since its first edition in 1988, Citizen Politics and Democracy has provided a concise examination of citizens’ political behavior and politicians’ responses in advanced industrial democracies. It communicates findings from state-of-the-art research on parties, public opinion, and voters in a way that is at once accessible and comprehensive. It argues that ordinary people do, in fact, have what it takes to meet the demands of their roles as citizens in representative democracies. Informed by evidence from cross-national public opinion surveys, past editions of the book offered a tone of moderation—or perhaps guarded optimism—that leans against the more extreme, attention-grabbing approach of the 24-hour news cycle. The eighth edition will continue in this vein. The text will focus on opinion, voter choice, and political representation by UK April 2026 • US March 2026 376 Pages • 64 b/w illustrations; 27 tables HB 9798881800314 • £95.00 / $125.00 PB 9798881800321 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9798881855673 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9798881800338 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
comparing recent elections in the UK, France, Germany, and the United States. This four-nation comparison strikes the right balance between depth and breadth and does so in the space of 300 pages.
COLLECTIONS
Strong Mayors and Leadership Capital New York, London, and Amsterdam
Max W. Stafford, The University of Southampton, UK Examining how local leadership has evolved by comparing the mayoralties of New York, London, and Amsterdam, this book uniquely focuses on Michael Bloomberg (2002–2014), Ken Livingstone (2000–2008), Boris Johnson (2008–2016), and Job Cohen (2002–2010) to reveal the cultural and operational contrasts that shaped their approaches to governance. Drawing on the Leadership Capital Index (LCI) - a recent innovation in political leadership studies, Stafford offers a fresh perspective on the strong-mayor model, not only evaluating the strengths and limitations of the LCI but also advancing the debate on what makes effective urban leadership. Original and insightful, this book redefines how we understand mayors as pivotal political actors. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages PB 9781350498099 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350498051 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350498075 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350498082 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Covidocracy
Do Pandemics Defend Dictatorships and Challenge Democracies? Nicolai Due-Gundersen In December 2019, China reported the first COVID cases to the World Health Organization going on to impose lockdowns as early as January 2020. Saudi Arabia announced national curfews after only a few hundred cases, under threat of fines and jailtime. By mid-March, the UK too, went into its first lockdown. But how did COVID-19 go on to impact different political regimes - did it support authoritarianism and did it erode democracy? In this book, Due-Gundersen discusses what elements of political legitimacy world leaders drew on to justify COVID restrictions. It traces the history of how China, Saudi Arabia, Britain and the United States responded to previous pandemics and to what extent leaders in power attempted to centralize their authority in the years leading up to COVID. Through analysis of public discourse given in response to COVID and to vaccine development, Due-Gundersen uses novel methodology to measure political legitimacy and political persuasion to UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages HB 9781350581241 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350581258 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350581272 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350581265 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
452
UK, Europe, ROW
reveal how COVID affected democratic and non-democratic legitimacy.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Radically Reframing Climate Change A Guide to Saving Ourselves
Will Hackman, The Pew Charitable Trusts, US An inspirational guide to discussing and fighting climate change for millennial and GenZ voters that cuts through the usual myths and scare tactics to provide practical advice. In Radically Reframing Climate Change: A Guide to Saving Ourselves, Will Hackman identifies three main obstacles to solving climate change: polarization, paralysis, and stale, ineffective messaging. He empowers readers to turn their anxiety or apathy into passion, and anger into action at the personal, community, and government levels. The climate rallying cries to “Save the Planet” no longer work in our hyper-partisan world, nor do images of polar bears on melting glaciers. The problem isn’t scientific, fact-based, or even technological. It’s political, emotional, and ideological. Hackman provides a path UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages HB 9798881842666 • £20.00 / $27.95 ePDF 9798765155684 • £18.00 / $25.15 ePub 9798765155677 • £18.00 / $25.15 Bloomsbury Academic
forward for engagement and voter mobilization that combats apathy, dread, and resentment, and builds greater issue identification. Hackman reframes the climate crisis as a humanity crisis, arguing that we must change how we think and talk about climate change, both in our conversations with non-believers and among those who care. Assuring humanity’s place on a changing planet will require a near universal level of public support we will never reach if we keep making the same mistakes. We know how to do this. But the stakes have never been higher and time is running out.
COLLECTIONS
Climate Diplomacy at the Crossroads A Multidisciplinary Perspective Edited by Suay Nilhan Açikalin Climate diplomacy is one of the main priorities in agenda setting of actors in international relations. Scope and aims of climate diplomacy has been under transformation, which evolved, to multidisciplinary as its nature to respond to multidimensional challenges. In this respect, Climate Diplomacy at the Crossroads: A Multidisciplinary Perspective will offer fresh insight to understand how climate diplomacy is changed and will change in light of advances and potential challenges under three dimensions that from theory to practice, tools and actors and governance.
Environment and Society UK January 2026 • US January 2026 288 Pages PB 9798216387114 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978230 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216252757 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978768291 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Crisis and Human Rights Literary and Cultural Representations
Edited by Joyjit Ghosh, Samit Kumar Maiti & Sk Tarik Ali Environmental Crisis and Human Rights: Literary and Cultural Representations engages with the human rights implications of anthropogenic environmental crisis through a critical reading of a wide spectrum of literary and cultural texts from different parts of the world. The Introduction and the eighteen theoretically informed essays included in the collection highlight how race, caste, class, gender and ethnicity contribute to and complicate human experiences of environmental degradation. The essays address a broad range of issues involving environmental human rights such as climate migration, climate injustice, resource extraction, neo-colonial intervention, politics of development, dam-induced displacement and the violation of the indigenous usufruct rights to the environment. The volume illustrates that the Anthropocene is not a unitary concept, rather a fractured discourse; and environmental crisis, far from being monolithic in nature, is determined by socio-economic Environment and Society
particularities and cultural specificities of different human communities across the globe.
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 352 Pages • 2 b/w illus PB 9798216387411 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666969351 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216252733 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978768277 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
453
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
World Oceans
A Reference Handbook David E. Newton, Independent Scholar, USA This handbook offers an in-depth discussion of the world's oceans. It discusses the marine life that is dependent on the sea as well as the problems threatening the health of the ocean and its wildlife. This book opens with an overview of the history of human knowledge and understanding of the oceans and cryosphere, along with related scientific, technological, social, political, and other factors. It presents and discusses about a dozen major problems facing the Earth's oceans today, along with possible solutions. Readers are given an opportunity to express their thoughts and ideas on today's ocean issues, and are provided with additional resources, such as a bibliography, chronology, and glossary, to assist in further study of the issue. Contemporary World Issues UK November 2025 • US November 2025 360 Pages • 7 bw illus HB 9781440875434 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216392774 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440875441 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216168416 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Tech Tides
How Innovation Shapes Global Power Edoardo Giglio In this thought-provoking book, Edoardo Giglio, a leading expert in cyber and strategic risk management, delves into the transformative power of innovation strategies in shaping the modern geopolitical landscape. As traditional military might gives way to technological prowess, this book reveals how countries can compete and collaborate within the global innovation ecosystem. Through detailed case studies, Giglio explores the innovation strategies of over a dozen countries, examining their successes and failures. The book also highlights the dire consequences for countries that remain outside this ecosystem, using North Korea and certain African nations as cautionary tales. UK October 2025 • US October 2025 152 Pages • 3 bw illus, 1 bw photo HB 9781538198766 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9798765150948 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9781538198773 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
Giglio makes the case that belonging to the global innovation ecosystem is crucial for rapid modernization and international relevance. He showcases how small countries can rival major powers through strategic investment in technology, research, and education. The book is informed by Giglio's extensive experience advising top international organizations and governments. Each chapter is packed with insights on the integration of innovation strategies into national policies, offering readers practical lessons on navigating the information age.
COLLECTIONS
Beyond the Populist Moment
Perspectives on Democracy's Crisis Edited by Abdelwahab El-Affendi Populism has had a transformative impact on the global political landscape, but is it invigorating and restoring modern democratic politics, or is it destroying it? This landmark study explores this question from cross-continental perspectives, with contributions from leading scholars including Chantal Mouffe, Azmi Bishara and Hamid Dabashi, engaging in this lively, multiregional and multi-disciplinary debate. Featuring a broad conversation on the rising and fast changing impact of populism on world politics, this volume tackles one of the most pressing and stimulating political and philosophical questions of our time. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages PB 9781350574793 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350574755 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350574779 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350574762 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
454
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS BOR
Essentials of Global Politics For Edexcel A-level Politics
Vicki Sutton, Laurie Huggett-Wilde & Joanna Wilcox Designed to align perfectly with the new Edexcel Politics A-Level specification, this new essential textbook offers students everything they need to succeed in their Global Politics exam in component 3 of the A-level course. It covers all of the core topics in global politics, from the impact of globalisation to the different areas of global governance, and shows students how to apply the relevant IR theories and perspectives to these topics. With a focus on exam success throughout, the book offers: - Exam-focused pedagogical features - including exam tips, exam-style questions, summaries of key questions and debates, and timelines of key historical events - Perfect alignment with the Edexcel specification, with a specification checklist at the beginning of each chapter and key Essentials of… for Edexcel A-level Politics UK March 2026 • 392 Pages HB 9781350353565 • £75.00 PB 9781350353572 • £25.99 / $28.99 ePDF 9781350353541 • £23.39 / $32.39 ePub 9781350353558 • £23.39 / $32.39 Bloomsbury Academic
specification terms highlighted and defined throughout - Lots of case studies based on significant recent events, with more available to download from the companion website - A separate exam skills chapter, offering advice on exam technique, including best practice examples, explaining the new assessment objectives and showing how to incorporate these into essays - An extensive companion website with essay planning templates, a specification matching chart, downloadable cases and questions, revision planning resources and much more. Essentials of Global Politics brings this fascinating subject to life, enabling students to engage with the key debates in the area and providing them with the necessary skills, tools and knowledge to perform their best in their exams.
6TH EDITION
Essentials of UK Politics and Government For Edexcel A-level Politics
Kathy Schindler & Andrew Heywood, Freelance author, UK The must-have textbook for A-level Politics The updated sixth edition of Essentials of UK Politics and Government covers everything you need to know about UK Politics for the Pearson Edexcel specification. It will show you how politics works in the real world, and help you to think critically about the subject through examples, debates and case studies. A wealth of features helps to explain and cement your learning for the Edexcel specification, such as specification checklists, key terms from the Edexcel specification, and exam style essay and source questions in every chapter. Kathy Schindler brings this edition right up to date with every chapter being reviewed and updated including: Essentials of… for Edexcel A-level Politics UK September 2026 • US June 2026 380 Pages • 32 tables, 86 figures, 37 photos HB 9781350540125 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350540118 • £26.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9781350540149 • £24.29 / $33.25 ePub 9781350540132 • £24.29 / $33.25 Bloomsbury Academic
- coverage of the 2024 general election and 2025 mayoral elections; - extended material on devolution; - detailed analysis of the changing nature of Parliament and the way it fulfils its scrutiny function; and - brand new or updated case studies in every chapter A companion website provides extra material for students such as flashcards for key terms and definitions and tips for planning and organising revision. Teachers can also access further resources, bonus case studies, specification matching tables and example student answers.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
455
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
In Pursuit of Moral Political Leadership Edited by Glen M. E. Duerr, Cedarville University, Mark Caleb Smith, Cedarville University & Justin D. Lyons, Cedarville University This book examines political leadership utilizing a worldview centered on the Bible. There are eleven substantive case study chapters that cover a wide swath of famous political leaders across multiple centuries and in several different national contexts within systems that diverge widely. In Pursuit of Moral Political Leadership sets the objective of investigating moral leadership knowing that every human being has their flaws and shortcomings yet pursues strong leadership for the betterment of their respective polities. Notably, each author assesses the strengths and weaknesses of each leader but also analyzes the institutional constraints on their decision making that help to provide a fuller picture of their leadership legacies. Utilizing diverse scholars from Cedarville University’s Department of History and Government, the book features chapters on Oliver Cromwell, Edmund Burke, George Washington, Winston Churchill, Syngman Rhee, J. Edgar Hoover, Martin Luther UK September 2025 • US September 2025 320 Pages PB 9781666959970 • £29.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666959956 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798881866679 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978769953 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
King Jr, Margaret Thatcher, Benjamin Netanyahu, as well as two comparative chapters on i) Jimmy Carter and Ronald Reagan, and ii) George W. Bush, Tony Blair, and Stephen Harper.
COLLECTIONS
Between Liberty and Stability
John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, and the Enduring Difficulty of Building and Maintaining a Regime Bruce A. Hunt Jr. & Robert E. Ross John Adams’s and Thomas Jefferson’s political careers spanned the most formidable times of the early republic. They worked together to draft the Declaration of Independence only to become bitter political rivals, serving as the candidates of the first American political parties and competing in the first competitive presidential election. Most accounts of their relationship tend to focus on their political rivalry and the politics of the Federalists and Republicans. Between Liberty and Stability: John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, and the Enduring Difficulty of Building and Maintaining a Regime shows how their decades-long intellectual relationship shaped their political aims and informed their distinct understanding of how to establish a functional liberal political order. Beyond their politics are important philosophic discussions of human nature, constitutionalism, and statesmanship that can help readers today to understand and reevaluate many of the contemporary UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages • n/a PB 9798765189030 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765189023 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765189054 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765189047 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
commitments that are commonly associated with a liberal political order.
COLLECTIONS
Reimagining the Post-Conflict State Eric N. Budd To achieve peace and reconciliation, the post-conflict states must reimagine itself, changing power dynamics and incorporating new voices into the national narrative. While the literature on post-conflict states has focused on state-building, it has been largely silent when it comes to nationbuilding. In this work, the author argues that these states need to fundamentally reimagine themselves—who they are and who is part of their “imagined community.” On both the macro and micro levels, this book explores whether post-conflict states have fundamentally changed—altered their power dynamics, incorporated the voices of all societal groups in the national narrative, and acknowledged the disparate memories of the past, including its “inconvenient truths.” Through an indepth exploration of the peace agreements that ended the conflicts, as wells as of the nations’ constitutions and efforts at UK May 2026 • US May 2026 152 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9798216369257 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216369219 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216369233 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9798216369226 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
456
UK, Europe, ROW
constitutional change, their educational systems, curriculum reform efforts, and the history textbooks used after the conflict ends, this book examines the challenges post-conflict states face as they try to transcend their violent past and achieve peace and reconciliation.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Conspiracy Theories A Reference Handbook
Jeffrey B. Webb, Huntington University, USA Provides a comprehensive guide to the history and current shape of conspiracy theories in American life, including the findings of research seeking to understand their origins, type, function, and widespread appeal. This all-in-one resource provides an accessible overview of conspiracy theories past and present in all their many forms. Taking an even-handed, scholarly approach, the book outlines the longer history of conspiracy theories, starting with Ancient Greece and Rome and continuing the story up to the present day, including analysis of 9/11, anti-vaccine, COVID, and QAnon theories. It surveys an array of current books and articles to try to understand why people believe in and act on outlandish and evidence-free conspiracy theories. Contemporary World Issues UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 8 bw illus HB 9781440877704 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765118665 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440877711 • £54.00 / $72.00 ePub 9798216171065 • £54.00 / $72.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Notably, this resource also outlines the problems created by untrue conspiracy theories in terms of their negative impact on public debate, trust in others, and efforts to nurture an informed and educated citizenry. Instead, many conspiracy claims have become sources of misinformation, cynicism, and polarization. This book will benefit anyone who seeks a pathway through our current "epistemic crisis" in which the lines between fact and fiction—and between truth and falsehood—have become blurred.
COLLECTIONS
Life at the Bottom
The Worldview that Makes the Underclass 25th Anniversary Edition Theodore Dalrymple This 25th anniversary edition features a foreword from bestselling author Rob Henderson of the Manhattan Institute and a brand new postscript from Dalrymple. Theodore Dalrymple, a British psychiatrist who treats the poor in a slum hospital and a prison in England, has seemingly seen it all. Yet, in listening to and observing his patients, he is continually astonished by the latest twist of depravity that exceeds even his own experience. Dalrymple’s key insight in Life at the Bottom is that long-term poverty is caused not by economics but by a dysfunctional set of values, one that is continually reinforced by an elite culture searching for victims. This culture persuades those at the bottom that they have no responsibility for their actions and are not the molders of their UK April 2026 • US March 2026 248 Pages PB 9798216390701 • £12.99 / $17.95 ePDF 9798216390725 • £11.69 / $16.15 ePub 9798216390718 • £11.69 / $16.15 Bloomsbury Academic
own lives. Drawn from the pages of the cutting-edge political and cultural quarterly City Journal, Dalrymple's book draws upon scores of eye-opening, true-life vignettes that are by turns hilariously funny, chillingly horrifying, and all too revealing-sometimes all at once. And Dalrymple writes in prose that transcends journalism and achieves the quality of literature.
COLLECTIONS
At Play in a Post-Work World
AI, Mass Resignation, and the Future of Work Fetishization Micah J. Fleck, Columbia University, USA The COVID-19 pandemic fundamentally shifted our relationship with work. After years of lockdown, and with many employees working from home, this was the first time in nearly two centuries that people below the class divide found themselves with just as much time for leisure, recreation, and quality time with loved ones as those above. The time away from work changed priorities and opened minds across the working-class, and new demands were now being made in much higher numbers and in far more workplaces than ever. In cases where bosses refused to comply with these demands, a large quantity of the workers quit their jobs, giving way to a movement now referred to as “The Great Resignation.” In this book, Micah J. Fleck questions whether work will ever go back to the way it was, or whether this fundamental change Autonomy and Automation
could lead to us completely rethinking our approach to labor. Exploring also the rise in the use of A.I. to replace jobs, Fleck's
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350563681 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350563674 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350563704 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350563698 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
book dives into the culture and concept of “work” as a virtue to determine how we see "work" today, whether it was an organic evolution of a system of labor, and how much of it has been enforced by an outdated and crumbling economic status quo.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
457
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 5TH EDITION
Women and Politics
Paths to Power and Political Influence Julie Dolan, Melissa M. Deckman, Michele L. Swers & Paru Shah Women and Politics: Paths to Power and Political Influence examines the role of women in politics from the early women's movement to the female politicians in power today. Focusing on women whose stories have not yet been told, this book includes new analysis and scholarship on the experiences and viewpoints of conservative women, women of color, LGBT women, and millennial women. Students will gain historical insight into how women have achieved political power and how they have influenced the American political system at the state, local, and national levels, in each branch of government. Engaging profiles of the key players who have shaped our political system are interwoven with an analysis of the most recent election data to provide a comprehensive and unbiased introduction to the study of women and politics. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 384 Pages • 3 tables, 23 figures, 36 bw photos HB 9781538178584 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781538178591 • £29.99 / $59.95 ePDF 9798765155363 • £26.99 / $53.95 ePub 9781538178607 • £26.99 / $53.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Transgender Rights in Flux From Progress to Regress Susan Gluck Mezey Transgender rights in the United States are under attack. While transgender equality expanded during the Obama and Biden years, it was significantly eroded in the two Trump administrations, especially in the second term. Susan Gluck Mezey details how, beginning in 2020, there was an upsurge of anti-transgender bills, especially aimed at transgender youth, in many GOP-led state legislatures. The laws included barring entry to public bathrooms on the basis of gender identity, monitoring transgender-related material in public schools and libraries, and limiting transgender students’ rights to privacy. By 2025, over half the states had adopted policies restricting access to athletics and gender-affirming health care. UK April 2026 • US March 2026 232 Pages HB 9781538196502 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781538196519 • £25.99 / $35.95 ePDF 9798881858544 • £23.39 / $32.35 ePub 9781538196526 • £23.39 / $32.35 Bloomsbury Academic
Transgender Rights in Flux assesses the role of federal, state, and local authorities in determining the rights of the U.S. transgender community.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Women and Politics Global Lives in Focus
Edited by Malliga Och, Idaho State University, USA Focusing on the distinct identities and diverse lived experiences of women in a wide range of countries and cultures, this book provides a comprehensive overview of women in local, regional, and national politics around the world. Women and Politics takes on the historical challenges women have and continue to face, and the victories they have achieved, in political cultures and structures around the world. The introduction walks readers through the key issues, pressing concerns, and foremost questions that researchers confront in their studies of women in various political roles across the globe. The remainder of the book, divided into eight chapters, covers such topics as women's suffrage, the status of women in politics today, women as national leaders, barriers to women's political representation, and others. Leading Women and Society around the World UK February 2026 • US February 2026 328 Pages • 9 bw illus HB 9781440871900 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216453529 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440871917 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216184461 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
458
UK, Europe, ROW
experts and emerging scholars come together in this volume to ask and provide answers to the question of why gender parity is so important in politics. They answer that only women, who as a group have a distinct identity and lived experiences that differ from men's collective identities and interests, can accurately represent themselves both at home and on the world stage.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 5TH EDITION
States Versus Markets
Understanding the Global Economy Herman Mark Schwartz, USA The book covers some of the most exciting concepts in world politics – how to connect the production of goods and services in one region to the markets for those goods, and how this can lead to conflicts among states that try to create, enhance or subdue these markets. Fundamentally, it seeks to answer an enduring question in world politics – which has more power, states or markets? This fifth edition examines globalization as a recurrent process by which markets have periodically redistributed economic activity. It links the regional production of goods and services with markets located elsewhere, showing how this can lead to conflicts among states. Taking into account the Covid-19 pandemic and the consequences of the recent revival of industrial UK February 2026 • US February 2026 496 Pages HB 9781350458352 • £120.00 / $160.00 PB 9781350458369 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9781350458338 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9781350458345 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
policy, as well as the both Chinese and American efforts to redefine the Washington consensus, this book offers coverage of the latest developments in global political economy.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Deweaponizing Interdependence
Bringing the Idea of International Clearing Union into the Twenty-First Century Edited by Jamie Morgan & Heikki Patomaki, University of Helsinki, Finland Offering an excellent overview of critical approaches to international payment systems, this open access volume reintroduces the contemporary relevance, origins and aims of the International Clearing Union (ICU), a concept associated with J. M. Keynes and with debates of continued contemporary importance to global political economy. This volume focuses on how ICU proposals interact with economic theory and normative principles of ethics and politics. It examines key contemporary political issues including de-dollarisation, development, overcoming nationalism, principles of fairness in trade and finance, commodity pricing, fixed vs. floating exchange rates, capital controls, the need for planning, and global public investments, as well as urgent issues of climate emergency and ecological breakdown. As such, this UK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages HB 9781350574809 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350574847 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350574823 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350574816 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
important volume provides a wide range of perspectives from both the Global North and Global South, as well as from different disciplines including politics, economics and political theory. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The University of Helsinki.
COLLECTIONS
Less Is Not Enough
Minimalist Desires and Postgrowth Politics Miriam Meissner, Maastricht University, The Netherlands Less Is Not Enough examines the rise of minimalist self-help, showing how it depoliticizes middle-class frustrations with capitalist exploitation, and proposes a cultural strategy to channel minimalist desires into a more radical, postgrowth politics. In the past decade minimalist self-help has exploded, from tidying guides to media detoxes which promise to help affluent middle classes navigate a world of excess—too much clutter, stress, and distraction. Here, Miriam Meissner exposes the limits of minimalism in addressing both middle-class overload and the environmental crisis. Through a critical analysis of self-help books, TV shows, and online communities, she argues that while minimalism is UK April 2026 • US April 2026 304 Pages HB 9781350587809 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350587793 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350587823 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350587816 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
well-intended, it ultimately distracts from the root causes of the very problems it seeks to alleviate. Trends like decluttering and mindfulness depoliticize middle-class frustrations with the capitalist exploitation of labour, attention, and ecology for profit. In an era where climate justice and class struggle are inseparable, this book proposes an eco-political strategy that refuses to pit middle-class interests against the demands of a just green transition.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
459
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Developing Consciousness for the Post-Capitalist Commons Gregory Wilpert Why do so many socialist movements fail to deliver on their promises, even after gaining state power? Gregory Wilpert argues that the answer lies not only in class politics or economic missteps, but in a deeper challenge: social-political consciousness. Building on Jürgen Habermas’s integration of developmental psychology into social theory, Wilpert updates and radicalizes this approach for today’s world. He explores how neoliberal digital capitalism has triggered a profound crisis - political, economic, social, and psychological, and makes the case for cultivating a new ‘commonist consciousness’ that can emerge out of the hyper-capitalism in which we currently find ourselves. This vision points toward post-capitalist institutions rooted in shared resources and collective decision-making: the post-capitalist commons. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages HB 9781350592421 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350592414 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350592445 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350592438 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Provocative and timely, this book offers a bold framework for rethinking socialist strategy in the age of digital capitalism.
COLLECTIONS
Bitcoin Bros
Masculinity, Cryptocurrency, and the Future of Men Dan Cassino, Fairleigh Dickinson University Crypto, NFTs, meme stocks and other digital currency investments are seen as either a transparent Ponzi scheme or the future of finance. But what all of these new ways of investing – and generally losing – money have in common is that they’re almost entirely held by young men. Using survey data and research into cryptocurrency and masculinity, Dan Cassino shows that these novel financial instruments are being embraced less as a way to make money than as a way to shore up threatened masculinities. Changes in how society sees masculinity, and the impossible standards that men feel they need to attain in order to prove their masculinity, can be seen as 'pushing' men towards all sorts of risky behaviors. Young men have turned to digital UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350508095 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350508088 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350508118 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350508101 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
investments as a way to demonstrate their manhood to themselves and others, trying to find a short cut to the money and respect they think they deserve, while burning down the structures they think are holding them back. Looking at why they buy these products gives us a glimpse into the online communities these men inhabit, the crisis of masculinity facing young men, and the very real costs these dubious investments have on their lives.
COLLECTIONS
Farewell Addresses by US Presidents and Other Notable Leaders Parting Words Before the Political Afterlife
John R. Vile, Middle Tennessee State University, USA This collection prints and analyzes the 12 formal presidential farewell addresses in U.S. history, situating them within the context of biblical, classical, and other literary antecedents. Presidential farewell addresses are an invaluable glimpse into not only the figure who gave it but also the larger political landscape. Chapters detail the evolution of the presidential farewell address, documenting how the genre has shifted and ultimately become more institutionalized over time.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 294 Pages PB 9798216387732 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216387695 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216387701 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216387718 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
460
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
On Common Interests A Political Philosophy John Ryder This book develops an original theory that grounds political principles and practices in common interests among citizens and residents of a country. This theory differs from most prevalent political philosophies in that they focus on common ideas which emphasize how we might think rather than how we actually live, or on competing or conflicting interests for the purpose of balancing or advancing one set of interests over another. On Common Interests offers principles, possible structures, and practices that enable government to help us advance the interests we share. As a political philosophy, it values cooperation and collaboration over conflict and competition.
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 368 Pages HB 9798765143490 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798765143537 • £10.95 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765143513 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765143506 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Politics of Liberty
Essays on Montesquieu Sharon R. Krause Politics of Liberty: Essays on Montesquieu brings together a series of essays that shine new light on the meaning, conditions, and effects of freedom. Montesquieu’s work embodies in a wholehearted way the liberal commitment to protection of all people from arbitrary power, and it offers specific recommendations for how to establish this protection. Yet his politics of liberty is a highly variegated phenomenon, meaning politics in the plural – not one form of political order or singular system, but many. And while freedom is the end or purpose of the politics of liberty, Montesquieu’s understanding of freedom is more nuanced than that of many other liberals, allowing for a richer moral psychology, a deeper sociality, and deeper respect for cultural diversity than one might expect. In all these ways, Montesquieu’s work challenges the conviction, present in much of democratic theory today, that liberalism is a thing of the past, and should be left there. Politics of Liberty returns us to Montesquieu’s mindful liberalism for the purpose of showing liberalism’s past in a new light, illuminating its value in the present, and making a case for its future. UK October 2025 • US October 2025 288 Pages • 0 tables HB 9781666945775 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781666945799 • £27.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765154717 • £25.19 / $35.95 ePub 9781666945782 • £25.19 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
461
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Mapping, Connectivity, and the Making of European Empires Edited by Luis Lobo-Guerrero, Laura Lo Presti & Filipe dos Reis This volume seeks to collectively explore how maps can be used to understand the making of European empires, how the epistemological practices embedded in them can be approached to understand European imperial space-making, and how maps can be seen as representations of imaginaries of connectivity. Rehearsing mapping’s past and its multifarious relations with European imperial orders is not merely an historical exercise to contribute to a global history of cartography. What binds the several interventions is rather an awareness that looking at a particular moment of the past with composite methodologies and interdisciplinary gazes may harbour potential discoveries on the context-embedded relations between mapping, connectivity, and European empire to which we are not yet attuned. Global Epistemics UK September 2025 • US September 2025 236 Pages • 24 b/w illustrations; 5 b/w photos; HB 9781538146392 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538199169 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881856731 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781538146415 • £26.09 / $35.95 Rowman & Littlefield
By exploring the imaginaries of the world in the mapping of Western modern empires, the book also links to the burgeoning literature on the history of international relations and empire. The emphasis on empires serves here as an important corrigendum for IR’s state centrism and Eurocentrism and contributes to further erode the myth of Westphalia.
COLLECTIONS
Commons and Public Partnership
Legitimizing a Commons Political Sphere Torange Khonsari Commons and Public Partnership reimagines the commons as a dynamic third political sphere, one that bridges the gap between the household and the state. Torange Khonsari shows how cultural practices can activate communities, creating neighbourhood-based commons systems that challenge conventional governance. Drawing on local experiences, Khonsari addresses pressing societal issues, from citizen apathy and institutional distrust, to the lack of awareness around creative practices that can transform political engagement. By repositioning the neighbourhood as a decentralized arena for decision-making, this book advocates for a commons/public partnership model in place of the dominant private/public paradigm. In Common UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages • 40 b/w images PB 9781350446359 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350446311 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350446335 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350446328 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Rich in theory and grounded in practice, Commons and Public Partnership blends insights from urbanism, public art, architecture, psychology, politics, anthropology, and sociology with practical design methodologies—offering a bold, interdisciplinary framework for rethinking civic life.
COLLECTIONS
An Accidental Pope
Essays on Frederick Rolfe’s Hadrian the Seventh Edited by Miroslaw Aleksander Miernik, University of Warsaw The novel Hadrian the Seventh has received critical attention in the past, there remain significant gaps in the scholarship regarding Frederick Rolfe’s novel which this collection of essays aims to fill, particularly in terms of its political, religious, philosophical, and literary aspects. The topics discussed include the novel’s place in literary history, both in terms of bridging Decadence with modernism as well as drawing on the Victorian literary tradition inspiring later authors, as well as its genre, offering new perspectives, casting Frederick Rolfe’s novel as a humorous book in the Decadent tradition, and engaging in camp aesthetics. Political issues, frequently connected with religious matters owing to the book’s subject matter, are represented by contributions discussing the role of the Catholic Church in the 20th century, engaging in discussion with Leo XIII’s conciliatory, modernist approach. The issues addressed include the tension between temporal and spiritual power, and Politics, Literature, & Film
the Vatican’s role in international policymaking. Some chapters focus on specific scenes, such as the conclave and the
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 168 Pages PB 9781666941449 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666941425 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216255215 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978771437 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Pope’s visit to St. Andrew’s College provide insight into the protagonist’s dislike of established Vatican politics.
462
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Reforming Communism, Refusing Capitalism The Rise and Fall of the Concept of “Socialist Market” Edited by János Mátyás Kovács Reforming Communism, Refusing Capitalism: The Rise and Fall of the Concept of "Socialist Market" focuses on the concept of “socialist market,: a cornerstone of political economy in Soviet-type societies undergoing economic reforms from the 1950s onward. Encouraged by the success of non-capitalist mixed economies, market reformers (also called ’market socialists’) offered the communist ruling elites a remedy for the persistent crises of the planned economy. Besides optimal planning and pluralization of social ownership, this was the third major attempt under existing socialism to revise the communist utopia of a centrally planned economy free from private property and the market. The authors trace the rise and fall of marketization theories in the communist era in eight countries of Eastern Europe (including the Soviet Union) and China, describing why the mission of mixing the planned economy and the market, while Revisiting Communism: Collectivist refusing large-scale private ownership and accepting one-party rule, was doomed to fail. The protagonists of the socialist Economic and Political Thought in market contributed to the rehabilitation of certain liberal doctrines in economic research and policy in the Soviet empire and Historical Perspective UK June 2026 • US June 2026 472 Pages • 4 b/w tables PB 9798216391548 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781793631800 • £90.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216260417 • £81.00 / $117.00 ePub 9781978763425 • £81.00 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
beyond, which did not develop into a coherent liberal (let alone, neoliberal) program.
COLLECTIONS
Islamic Liberalism
A Theory of Impossibility Based on the Lockean Tradition Halil Ibrahim Canbegi In Islamic Liberalism: A Theory of Impossibility based on the Lockean Tradition, Halil Ibrahim Canbegi investigates the inherent inconsistencies of Islamic liberalism by examining the philosophical and theological foundations of both liberalism and Islam. Canbegi draws on Lockean liberalism, asserting that John Locke's emerging liberalism is deeply rooted in theological concepts such as covenant theology, natural law, and the distinctive nature of Christianity itself. In contrast, the author argues that Islam lacks the necessary theological and intellectual framework to develop a coherent version of liberalism, often termed Islamic liberalism. Canbegi maintains that this concept merely represents a superficial juxtaposition of Islam and liberalism, rather than a genuine synthesis. Ultimately, the author concludes that Islamic liberalism is merely a heterogeneous amalgamation of Islamic and liberal ideas, which do not combine into a unified whole. This critical analysis UK July 2025 • US July 2025 230 Pages • 0 tables PB 9781666967005 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966985 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154496 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666966992 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
challenges prevailing notions and invites readers to reconsider the complex relationship between these two influential systems of thought.
COLLECTIONS
Eurasian Authoritarianism Origins, Structure, and Legacy Kuanysh S. Sazan Eurasian Authoritarianism: Origins, Structure, and Legacy presents a bold analysis of the enduring patterns of authoritarian rule across Eurasia. Kuanysh S. Sazan argues that the modern autocratic regimes in Russia, China, and Central Asia are not deviations from global norms , but continuations of deeply entrenched governance models shaped by centuries of militarized statehood. Tracing a derivation from the Mongol Empire through the Tsardom of Russia and Imperial China, the book reveals how centralized control, strategic coercion, and elite-managed power transitions have remained defining features of governance in the region. Rather than viewing these regimes as reactive or purely ideological, Eurasian Authoritarianism demonstrates how these structures reflect an inherited logic of rule, where state power is inseparable from military and bureaucratic dominance. The UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages • PB 9798216390336 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666977783 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216251514 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978766570 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
study challenges Western frameworks that assume a natural trajectory toward democratization, arguing instead that Eurasian autocracies evolve within their own historical and geopolitical imperatives. Sazan provides a compelling perspective on why these regimes survive and remain an enduring threat striving for dominance in global politics by unveiling the evolution mechanisms of these regimes. Essential reading for scholars, policymakers, and anyone seeking to understand the resilience of Autocracy in the modern world.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
463
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
The Political Thought of Fidel Castro Renzo Llorente Fidel Castro (1926-2016) was, without question, a major figure in international politics during the second half of the twentieth century and early years of the twenty-first. Undisputed leader of the Cuban Revolution, influential statesman within the international Communist movement, inspiration for generations of Latin American revolutionaries and tribune for developing countries, Castro played a key role in many historic political events from the late 1950s to the early 2000s, from the Cuban Revolution itself to the peace process in Colombia. Yet, while much has been written about Fidel Castro’s role in these and countless other events, Castro’s political thought—as expressed in articles, essays, books, interviews and well over a thousand speeches—has received relatively little attention. This book provides thorough, reliable accounts of Castro’s distinctive views on a variety of topics, including revolution and counterrevolution; socialism and communism; anti-imperialism; human rights; the collapse of socialism in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe; the viability of Cuban socialism in a post-Soviet world; and the major challenges (e.g., the UK April 2026 • US March 2026 224 Pages PB 9798216446873 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781786616364 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798881866969 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781786616388 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
environmental crisis) facing humanity today. It also situate Castro’s ideas within the context of, on the one hand, the Marxist theoretical tradition and, on the other, Latin American revolutionary thought in general, and Cuban revolutionary thought. In doing so it explore both the affinities and dissimilarities between Castro’s views on certain fundamental questions and the views represented by such figures as Marx, Lenin, José Martí, Julio Antonio Mella and Ernesto Che Guevara. The Political Thought of Fidel Castro takes Castro’s thought as seriously as his deeds. Offering a comprehensive exposition and assessment of the fundamental elements of Fidel Castro’s political outlook, it will be essential reading for those who seek to understand the ideas that shaped the Cuban Revolution and influenced revolutionaries around the world.
COLLECTIONS
Random Dictatorships
Unpredictability of Authoritarian Politics in Eurasia Alexander Libman, Freie Universität Berlin Post-Soviet Eurasia continues to puzzle observers, defying expectations of experts. Most Russia watchers failed to predict the full-scale invasion against Ukraine in 2022, and this failure triggered intensive debates and multiple rounds of selfreflection. Random Dictatorships: Unpredictability of Authoritarian Politics in Eurasia argues that the supposedly unexpected turns of Eurasian politics are a manifestation of a deeper phenomenon – researchers’ limited ability to predict the policymaking in authoritarian regimes in general. Alexander Libman identifies three main factors making authoritarian politics difficult to predict: mistakes of authoritarian leaders, untransparent competition of elite factions, and omnipresent secrecy cultivated by autocrats. While scholars oscillate between two visions of authoritarian regimes – their presentation as highly rational and capable to adapt and as highly inefficient and doomed to poor performance – Libman suggests that many autocracies alternate between these two extremes in a difficult-to-predict fashion. The book explores three important cases from the post-Soviet Eurasia, when autocracies of this region defied expectations of external observers – Russia’s UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages • 2 figures and 5 tables PB 9798216391791 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666960556 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216260219 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764729 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
464
UK, Europe, ROW
annexation of Crimea in 2014, the Bloody January in Kazakhstan in 2022 and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022. It discusses the reasons for the apparent unpredictability of autocracies in each of these cases, and identifies implications for how authoritarian regimes should be studied.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
The Triumph of Economic Freedom
Debunking the Seven Great Myths of American Capitalism Phil Gramm & Donald J. Boudreaux Since the dawn of the Industrial Revolution, capitalism has unleashed unimaginable growth in opportunity and prosperity. And yet, at key points in American history, economic disruption has led to a greater role for government, ostensibly to protect against capitalism’s excesses. Today, government regulates, mandates, subsidizes and controls a growing share of the American economy. In this book, Phil Gramm, one of America’s premier public policy advocates, and noted economist Donald J. Boudreaux look at the seven events and issues in American history that define, for most Americans, the role of government and how the 21st century world works. To many Americans, these 5 periods of American history—the Industrial Revolution, Progressive Era, UK May 2025 • US May 2025 280 Pages • 14 b/w illustrations HB 9798881808365 • £25.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881858643 • £22.50 / $27.00 ePub 9798881808372 • £22.50 / $27.00 Rowman & Littlefield
Great Depression, decline of America’s postwar preeminence in world trade, and the Great Recession--along with the existing levels of income inequality and poverty, represent strong evidence for expanding government in American life. Gramm and Boudreaux argue that the evidence points to a contrary verdict: government interference and failed policies pose the most significant threat to economic freedom. Setting up each topic with a “just the facts” approach that defies partisanship, Gramm and Boudreaux provide a compelling and highly readable powerful reassessment that will challenge open-minded readers to rethink the conventional wisdom and the policies that spring from them.
6TH EDITION
BOR
Public Management and Administration An Introduction
Owen E. Hughes, Faculty of Business and Economics, Monash University, Australia and Deputy Dean, Australia and New Zealand School of Government, Australia Why do we need a public sector? What are the drivers of public sector change? What threat does authoritarianism pose to the public sector? This overview of the scope and scale of government covers competing approaches to public sector management and the key topics in the area, including strategic management, leadership and performance management. Setting out the key theoretical perspectives on public management, this book equips you with the key concepts and tools that you need to make sense of contemporary public management from different perspectives. With case studies and examples from Europe, Asia and Latin America, it reflects the latest changes to how public sectors are operated right across UK May 2026 • US May 2026 336 Pages HB 9781350373433 • £120.00 / $160.00 PB 9781350373426 • £37.99 / $51.95 ePDF 9781350373440 • £34.19 / $46.75 ePub 9781350373457 • £34.19 / $46.75 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
the world. Visuals, data and summaries allow you to see the practical application of ideas discussed.
2ND EDITION
Understanding Urban Politics
Institutions, Representation, and Policies Timothy B. Krebs & Arnold Fleischmann In Understanding Urban Politics: Institutions, Representation, and Policies, Timothy B. Krebs and Arnold Fleischmann introduce a framework that focuses on the role of institutions in establishing the political “rules of the game,” the representativeness of city government, the influence of participation in local democracy, and how each of these features influences the adoption and implementation of public policies. Part 1 lays the groundwork by exploring the many meanings of “urban,” analyzing what local governments do, and providing a concise history of American urban development. Part 2 examines the organizations and procedures that are central to urban politics and policy making: intergovernmental relations, local legislatures, and the local executive branch. Part 3 looks UK May 2026 • US March 2026 368 Pages • 30 bw illus; 25 bw photos; 30 tables; 30 textboxes HB 9781538197318 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9781538197325 • £32.99 / $68.00 ePDF 9798765160596 • £29.69 / $61.20 ePub 9781538197332 • £29.69 / $61.20 Bloomsbury Academic
at elections and voting, local campaigns, and non-electoral forms of participation. The four chapters in Part 4 focus on the policy process and the delivery of local services, local government finances, “Building the City,” and policies affecting the quality of life.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
465
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 5TH EDITION
The Basics of Public Budgeting and Financial Management A Handbook for Academics and Practitioners Charles E. Menifield Connecting budgetary theory with practical tools, Charles E. Menifield carefully examines the key areas that every budgeting and financial management student needs to know in order to be a successful budgeteer in a local government, nonprofit, or state-level budget office. From the perspective of a bureaucrat, students examine various concepts and then work through in-class and out-of-class exercises and problems to reinforce those concepts and ideas through practical applications. Menifield provides an overview of the basic budgeting concepts, types, and techniques to orient students, along with discussion of budget cycles and the actors involved in the process. Chapters unfold to present personal services, operating, and capital budgets, as well as the various ways to fund public budgets. Students will gain an understanding of budgeting UK April 2025 • US April 2025 250 Pages • 13 BW Illustrations, 57 Tables, 39 Textboxes HB 9781538184028 • £123.00 / $160.00 PB 9781538184035 • £53.00 / $69.00 ePDF 9798881859312 • £47.70 / $62.10 ePub 9781538184042 • £47.70 / $62.10 Rowman & Littlefield
techniques and analytical models, but also how these methods are useful in answering important policy questions. Other topics include cash management, risk management, procurement, debt management, incentivizing economic development, and cutback management strategies. Menifield concludes with an examination of different data sources, data quality and appropriateness, and the different ways to communicate budget data effectively using charts, graphs, and slides.
Governing With AI
How the Public Sector Can Use Artificial Intelligence to Improve Performance Mark Fagan & Ben Gillies A practitioner guide for national, state, and local government managers who are looking for help in understand how they can adopt AI to generate public benefits while minimizing risks. AI is constantly in the news. How can it help your agency deliver more public value? With the current focus on efficiency in government, AI is ever more important. This book provides the foundational knowledge to be comfortable discussing AI, and then explains a step-by-step process for identifying use cases that are appropriate for organizations at the national, state, and local level. Using best practices for AI adoption and illustrative case studies, this book is an invaluable tool for anyone seeking to integrate AI into their workflow while mitigating risk. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 208 Pages • 23 b&w images HB 9798216369325 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216369318 • £22.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216369349 • £20.69 / $26.95 ePub 9798216369332 • £20.69 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Advancing Health Equity and Psychological Wellness in the Shadows of Colonialism Reflections from Indigenous Psychology
Arthur W. Blume, Washington State University, USA Examining the inequities that continue to impede health equity and those who champion it, this book advocates a new framework for global health and wellness based on Indigenous American psychology and culture. Throughout history, intergenerational detriments to health, including colonialism, environmental degradation, poverty, racism, unrestrained materialism, and violence, have impeded efforts to advance global health equity. The COVID-19 pandemic has only capitalized on these inequities and exposed considerable weaknesses in addressing collective, global health concerns. Using an Indigenous American framework, this book promotes a new understanding of how to reclaim and sustain health UK March 2026 • US March 2026 294 Pages PB 9798765129425 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765129388 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765129395 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798765129401 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
466
UK, Europe, ROW
equity. An Indigenous paradigm views the natural world as inextricably connected and envisions a holistic model of health linked to egalitarian relationships with others and the environment. This book presents students and practitioners with a new method of addressing health equity—one which does not operate under the same cultural assumptions that created widespread inequities in the first place.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Subversive Mothers, Disturbing Domesticity Making Visible the Politics of Home Clare Gallagher Home is a word brimming with emotion, expectation and contradiction. It is where love and comfort are sought, yet it can also feel oppressive or unreachable. Subversive Mothers, Disturbing Domesticity unpacks the many dimensions of what it means to inhabit this space – physically, emotionally, and socially. Is home a sanctuary, a workplace, or a battleground for equality? Far from a simple haven, home carries the weight of invisible labor, tension, and even danger. It is shaped by routines and rhythms, often dismissed as mundane or unproductive, yet requiring vast effort. Through engaging with these complexities, this book challenges the simplistic binaries that reduce home to a private, insignificant space. By turning towards the discomfort produced by our encounters there with dirt, disorder, and ambiguity – aspects most Experiments/On the Political
associated with mothers and domestic work – we uncover how home embodies power dynamics and acts of resistance.
UK December 2025 • US December 2025 176 Pages • 20 Photographs PB 9798881897918 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666951929 • £90.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216262084 • £73.64 / $99.00 ePub 9781978760417 • £73.64 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Subversive Mothers, Disturbing Domesticity invites readers to rethink this deeply familiar yet elusive space, recognizing the hidden histories, emotions, and struggles that exist within its walls. Thoughtful and compelling, it sheds light on why home is never just a place, but a profound experience that both shapes us and is shaped by us.
COLLECTIONS
Economic Report of the President, January 2025
Together with the Annual Report of the Council of Economic Advisers Edited by Executive Office of the President The Economic Report of the President provides valuable information about the present state of the U.S. economy and its future course. The Economic Report is issued by the Executive Office of the President and the Council of Economic Advisers and transmitted to Congress no later than 10 days after the submission of the Budget of the United States Government. For more than 70 years, the Economic Report has provided a nearly contemporaneous record of how administrations have interpreted economic developments, the motivation for policy actions, and the results of those interventions. Included in the Economic Report of the President is the Annual Report of the Council of Economic Advisers. Each year, the Economic Report of the President UK December 2025 • US December 2025 464 Pages PB 9798892050722 • £49.99 / $74.95 Bloomsbury Academic
Council of Economic Advisers submits this report on its activities during the previous calendar year in accordance with the requirements of the Congress as set forth in section 10(d) of the Employment Act of 1946 as amended by the Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978.
Integrating Intelligence
Strengthening Sub-Federal National Security Darren E. Tromblay This book will explore how the present, ad hoc U.S. federal, state, and local intelligence enterprise developed and its prospects for continued evolution. It will examine the types of threats that have warranted information sharing, the structures through which this information is shared, and areas where the current enterprise can be strengthened to make all levels of government more effective against threats to national security. This book will provide a baseline knowledge of how the federal, state, and local domestically-oriented intelligence enterprise has reached its current organization and provide a common point of reference for stakeholders and students (i.e. future stakeholders) to assess the enterprise’s effectiveness and shortcomings. This book will be a valuable resource for both academic and practitioner audiences. Intelligence, criminal justice, and public policy programs at the undergraduate and graduate levels grapple with aspects of ensuring that the right UK June 2026 • US April 2026 368 Pages • 20 b/w illustrations HB 9781538189511 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781538189528 • £39.99 / $54.95 ePDF 9798881860677 • £35.99 / $49.45 ePub 9781538189535 • £35.99 / $49.45 Bloomsbury Academic
information is shared and acted on in furtherance of national security. Additionally, practitioners – especially those responsible for developing the architecture for information sharing as well as those seeking a better understanding of the architecture they are using daily – will benefit from a resource that explains how and why the current system has developed and what course corrections are necessary to ensure that information can be exploited by federal, state, and local authorities to achieve a unified approach to national security.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
467
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 3RD EDITION
Counterintelligence Theory and Practice Hank Prunckun A comprehensive revision with the latest insights into counterintelligence practices. Counterintelligence Theory and Practice, Third Edition, is the most comprehensive and authoritative overview of this area of intelligence studies. More than just an update, the third edition is a comprehensive reconsideration of counterintelligence in the face of twenty-first century challenges—with revisions for currency, expanded content, new case studies, and a new chapter on cybersecurity, this text provides readers with the latest insights into counterintelligence practices. From cyber-espionage threats to the intricacies of human intelligence gathering, Hank Prunckun covers not just the “how” but also the “why” behind counterintelligence operations and frames the subject in broader historical, social, and ethical contexts.
Security and Professional Intelligence Education Series UK May 2026 • US April 2026 424 Pages • 53 b&w photos HB 9781538194492 • £110.00 / $140.00 PB 9781538194508 • £33.99 / $45.00 ePDF 9798216200741 • £30.59 / $40.50 ePub 9781538194515 • £30.59 / $40.50 Bloomsbury Academic
4TH EDITION
Methods of Inquiry for Intelligence Analysis Hank Prunckun In the dynamic and rapidly evolving field of intelligence, staying abreast of the latest methodologies and practices is crucial. Methods of Inquiry for Intelligence Analysis, Fourth Edition is an essential guide for seasoned practitioners and aspiring analysts. This edition not only continues the legacy of its predecessors but also addresses the new challenges in intelligence analysis using the scientific approach to research.
Security and Professional Intelligence Education Series UK May 2026 • US March 2026 352 Pages HB 9798881802950 • £115.00 / $155.00 PB 9798881802967 • £36.99 / $50.00 ePDF 9798765160435 • £33.29 / $45.00 ePub 9798881802974 • £33.29 / $45.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
The Rowman & Littlefield Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies Perspectives from the Global South
Edited by Siddharth Tripathi & Solveig Richter Peace and Conflict Studies were broadly founded in the Northern Hemisphere, which strongly influenced how scholars understand patterns of peace or violence in Africa, Latin America and South-East Asia. This has proven to provide practitioners not only with false promises about external intervention, but even strengthened asymmetric colonial power structures in the way knowledge was and is produced. This handbook is the first of its kind with a comprehensive and inclusive agenda for the field of peace and conflict studies: It engages in a thorough academic discussion not only about the Global South(s) but includes perspectives from the Global South(s). It reflects productive discussions with scholars from the Global South(s) that constitute the majority of authors Bloomsbury Handbooks UK December 2025 • US December 2025 632 Pages • 4 bw illus, 5 tables HB 9781538147344 • £123.00 / $160.00 ePDF 9798765149744 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781538147351 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
468
UK, Europe, ROW
in this handbook. In addition, while the handbook is a scholarly knowledge product, it is also an ongoing process for scholars, students and practitioners from both South(s) and North(s) with diverse backgrounds and positionalities. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Leipzig University.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Critical Minerals and the Future of the U.S. Economy Edited by Gracelin Baskaran & Duncan Wood Safeguarding the minerals supply chains for advanced technologies in strategic industries is an economic and national security imperative. Yet significant vulnerabilities continue to exist in the supply chain, despite the ongoing efforts by government and businesses to address them. Policymakers now face the immense task of fortifying supplies of everything from lithium and graphite for advanced battery chemistries to tungsten and rare earth elements for the next generation of warfighting technologies. The United States will need to strengthen both its mission clarity and its execution with a comprehensive strategy focused on domestic resource development, advanced processing and recycling technologies, international partnerships, and sustainable practices.
CSIS Reports UK February 2026 • US February 2026 168 Pages PB 9798765198360 • £32.99 / $44.95 ePDF 9798765198384 • £29.69 / $40.45 ePub 9798765198377 • £29.69 / $40.45 Bloomsbury Academic
This edited volume brings together the analysis and policy recommendations of 15 experts, led by editors Dr. Gracelin Baskaran and Dr. Duncan Wood, to bolster U.S. competitiveness and leadership in these areas. It is intended to be a resource for policymakers in the new U.S. administration and Congress. The volume shows that resilient mineral chains have never been more important for U.S. security than at this critical juncture.
North Korea's Sea-Based WMD Capability The Second Leg of the Nuclear Triad
Joseph S. Bermudez, Ellen Kim & Victor D. Cha Utilizing the first-ever linguistic analysis of North Korean nuclear doctrine, this definitive study of North Korea’s nuclear ballistic submarine and missile programs fills in important information and intelligence gaps regarding the nation's nuclear capabilities. North Korea’s ongoing development of submarine forces and sea-based ballistic missile capabilities indicates that the country is striving to achieve the second leg of the nuclear triad. If successful, this will present a new national security challenge to the United States by enabling North Korea to boast a survivable nuclear weapons force. This book offers the most definitive study of North Korea’s ballistic missile submarine (SSB), submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM), and CSIS Reports
submarine-launched cruise missile (SLCM) programs, filling in important information and intelligence gaps regarding these
UK June 2025 • US June 2025 312 Pages HB 9798765198322 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798765198339 • £36.99 / $49.95 ePDF 9798765198353 • £33.29 / $44.95 ePub 9798765198346 • £33.29 / $44.95 Bloomsbury Academic
capabilities, their origins, and sources of technology, as well as the current stage of these programs. This study investigates the strategic doctrine surrounding these programs by employing the first-ever data-scraping linguistic text analysis experiment of 26 years of North Korean statements and documents about their nuclear programs.
Global Terrorism Threat Assessment 2025 Alexander Palmer, Riley McCabe, Daniel Byman & Skyeler Jackson Terrorism remains a threat to U.S. citizens, assets, and interests despite the national security community's decreasing focus on counterterrorism. In 2025, domestic terrorism represents a greater threat to the United States than do international terrorist organizations. Most domestic terrorist attacks in the United States are carried out by lone actors or small groups who believe in a wide range of ideologies, such as white supremacy, partisan extremism, and Salafi-jihadism. In the Middle East, the Al Qaeda core, Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, and the Islamic State remain committed to conducting attacks against the U.S. homeland as well as U.S. interests, although all three are weaker than they were during their heydays. Israel has degraded CSIS Reports UK July 2025 • US July 2025 72 Pages PB 9798765198421 • £25.99 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765198445 • £23.39 / $31.50 ePub 9798765198438 • £23.39 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Hezbollah’s and Hamas’s capabilities, while the Houthis have become a more active regional threat. Africa remains the most active theater for Salafi-jihadist organizations, but the continent’s groups are mostly tertiary priorities for the United States, with the exception of East Africa’s Al Shabaab. This report consists of three regional assessments of the threat from terrorist groups and movements in the United States, the Middle East (including Afghanistan), and Africa. The purpose of this assessment is to help U.S. national security policymakers, intelligence and law enforcement professionals, and military decision-makers prioritize among different terrorist threats.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
469
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
Maneuver is Dead
Land Warfare in the Twenty-First Century Amos C. Fox Considering the failure of Western states, coalitions, and alliances to succeed in their post-9/11 wars, Maneuver is Dead goes beyond the accepted norms and practices of strategic and military thought to examine what warfare looks like today with battlegrounds transformed by technology and old methods of warfare quickly becoming extinct. In doing so, Amos Fox seeks to overturn many of the long-standing shibboleths of strategic and military thought, including concepts such as the primacy of maneuver warfare, centers of gravity, and decisive battle, replacing those concepts with modern ideas that account for the realities of the international system, industrialized states, networked militaries, and new technology. Providing an alternative vision of the future of land warfare, Fox uses his on-the-ground experience, as well as a dynamic selection of case studies from contemporary wars including the Russo-Ukrainian War, Israel-Hamas and the Syrian Civil War, to Studies in Contemporary Warfare
demonstrate how positional warfare has overcome maneuver as the most useful form of warfare, illustrating how wars of
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages PB 9781350530867 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350530850 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350530881 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350530874 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
attrition will remain the norm in the 21st Century.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Confronting China
US Defense Policy in an Era of Great Power Competition Edited by James H. Anderson, Marine Corps University, USA & Daniel R. Green, U.S. Navy Reserves, USA Informed by senior policymakers with extensive expertise in defense policy, this book provides a comprehensive regional and functional perspective on US policy toward the People’s Republic of China. Confronting China addresses the central security questions of our generation: How best can the United States deter Chinese aggression and win the peace? China’s pursuit of global hegemony reflects a patient yet determined effort to reshape the international order in its favor. Deterring Chinese aggression and winning the peace necessitates an integrated approach that draws upon all instruments of US national power. Praeger Security International
Drawing on the insightful analysis of eleven senior national security practitioners, chapters discuss the China challenge from
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 384 Pages HB 9781440879661 • £100.00 / $135.00 PB 9798765121818 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440879678 • £90.00 / $121.50 ePub 9798216170648 • £90.00 / $121.50 Bloomsbury Academic
multiple perspectives. Contributors examine the different dimensions of China’s growing power and assess how well they
COLLECTIONS
advance the Chinese Communist Party’s political ambitions and what must be done to counter them. Drawing upon each writer’s particular areas of expertise, chapter authors provide concrete, strategy-based, and resource-informed policy recommendations.
3RD EDITION
Debating Terrorism and Counterterrorism
Conflicting Perspectives on Causes, Contexts, and Responses Edited by Stuart Gottlieb This innovative text, now in its third edition, focuses students on engaging and informative debates on the most crucial issues in the field of terrorism and counterterrorism. Leading scholars, practitioners, and think-tank experts provide original essays that juxtapose pro and con arguments on hotly contested topics of clear importance to the understanding of the past, present, and future of terrorism and counterterrorism. These include: disagreements over the evolving nature of terrorist organizations, whether terrorism is ever justified, the role of poverty as a root cause of terrorism, whether militant jihadism or far-right extremism poses the greater terror threat, the likelihood of nuclear terrorism, whether military or non-military solutions should lead counterterrorism efforts, the utility of international organizations in helping to combat terrorism, and whether trade-offs with civil liberties are necessary to protect national security in an age of mass-casualty terrorism. UK April 2025 • US April 2025 450 Pages • 11 b/w illustrations; 4 tables HB 9781538189481 • £96.00 / $125.00 PB 9781538189498 • £38.00 / $49.00 ePDF 9798881862473 • £34.20 / $44.10 ePub 9781538189504 • £34.20 / $44.10 Rowman & Littlefield
470
UK, Europe, ROW
The book’s editor frames all twelve debate chapters (six each for terrorism and counterterrorism) with incisive headnotes providing historical context and highlighting the critical stakes involved for each topic. By the book’s end, readers will have a sophisticated grasp of the terrorism challenges, conundrums, and counter-options being considered and contested in academic departments and policy circles in the United States and around the world.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
POLITICS & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLECTIONS
The Making of Boko Haram An Essential History
Akali Omeni, University of St Andrews, UK An essential and timely exploration of Boko Haram, a terror group whose violence has surpassed every other modern terror group including that of Daesh, al Qaeda and Al-Shabaab. This key volume constitutes a vital resource on Boko Haram’s ideology, history, leadership, and pivot towards violence. With particular emphasis on the events, personalities, radical histories and Islamic discourses that shaped Boko Haram’s rise, the volume examines the movement’s formative years under Muhammad Yusuf and its evolution into one of the world’s most violent terror groups. Delving into the traditions, institutional structures and politicisation of shari‘a (Islamic law) in Northern Nigeria, this ground-breaking volume offers crucial insights into Boko Haram as a social movement that exploits political UK January 2026 • US January 2026 296 Pages HB 9781350541061 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350541078 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9781350541092 • £26.99 / $36.85 ePub 9781350541085 • £26.99 / $36.85 Bloomsbury Academic
Islam towards deadly ends.
COLLECTIONS
Havana Syndrome
A Threat to National Security Armin Krishnan, East Carolina University Havana Syndrome is most likely caused by unknown types of directed energy weapons, either of the acoustic or electromagnetic variety. The technology for such weapons has been under development since at least the 1960s. The first covert attacks on U.S. diplomats may go back to that time when the phenomenon was called the “Moscow Signal.” Havana Syndrome: A Threat to National Security covers the history of anti-personnel directed-energy weapons (DEW) from the Soviet psychotronic weapons that were rumored to exist since the 1970s to the nonlethal weapons developed in the West in the 1980s onward. The book examines the publicly known details of Havana Syndrome and provides some analysis of the U.S. government investigations into Havana Syndrome with respect to what has been declassified. The most likely perpetrators are the Russian or Chinese governments, as some incidents seem to be related to their strategic interests, and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages • 3 tables PB 9781666950861 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666950847 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216277026 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781666950854 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
as both would have the technology to carry out such sophisticated attacks. Havana Syndrome establishes a connection between the Anomalous Health Incidents and what NATO analysts have termed cognitive warfare to speculate about the true purpose of these mysterious attacks.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
9/11
The Essential Reference Guide Edited by Stephen E. Atkins, Texas A&M This important reference work is essential reading for students attempting to understand the horrific events of September 11, 2001, and the impact the devastating terrorist attack had on the United States. The World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks of September 11, 2001, continue to have a major impact on the United States. The deadliest day in modern U.S. history reverberates in numerous ways, as its influence is felt in such areas as civil liberties, foreign policy, immigration, and presidential powers. This essential guide features illuminating essays written by top scholars that discuss in detail the impact of 9/11 in these critical areas, as well as how it has changed the lives of Muslim Americans in the 21st century. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 368 Pages • 20 bw illus HB 9781440873027 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216277521 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440873034 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216041290 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
The core of this reference work are the 74 A–Z entries on all of the key groups, individuals, and events surrounding the 9/11 terrorist attacks, including the first responders, the heroes of United Airlines Flight 93, the Osama bin Laden raid, and the 9/11 Commission Report. In addition, the book offers a carefully curated group of primary source documents essential to understanding the 9/11 attacks. This resource concludes with a detailed chronology and an annotated bibliography.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
471
PSYCHOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Shameful Sciences
Eugenics and Social Darwinism in American Psychology Oksana Yakushko Shameful Sciences documents varied forms of problematic biased theorizing influencing early Western and American psychology. The book brings to light ideologies promoted by key U.S. psychology leaders, specifically those grounded in social Darwinism and eugenics. The book also traces the influence of eugenics in creation of American psychology epistemological/disciplinary practices, including the comparisons of humans to caged animals, extensive testing of “fitness,” focus on moral and behavioral control of human beings, and on exclusive focus on “positive” emotions.
UK April 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages HB 9781538154915 • £70.00 / $140.00 PB 9781538154922 • £22.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9798881864064 • £20.69 / $36.85 ePub 9781538154939 • £20.69 / $36.85 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Assessing Psychometric Fitness of Intelligence Tests Toward Evidence-Based Interpretation Practices Edited by Gary L. Canivez Assessing Psychometric Fitness of Intelligence Tests: Toward Evidence-Based Interpretation Practices addresses issues and concerns regarding appropriate ethical and scientific underpinnings for the appropriate interpretation of intelligence tests. Ethical test interpretation requires test users to consider the empirical evidence for individual and all test score comparisons and to make appropriate clinical decisions accordingly. This requires test users to have competencies in advanced psychometric principles. The chapters in this edited volume present a variety of topics, including the intersection of ethical principles, test standards, and psychometric properties that guide evidence-based interpretation; surveys of empirical evidence in the literature for qualifying major intelligence test interpretations, and psychological measurement topics that impact psychometric understanding of what current intelligence tests can and cannot do. This critical discussion has UK March 2025 • US March 2025 390 Pages • 36 BW Illustrations, 36 BW Illustrations, 23 Tables HB 9781538145715 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781538145722 • £38.00 / $49.00 ePDF 9798881855239 • £34.20 / $44.10 ePub 9781538145739 • £34.20 / $44.10 Rowman & Littlefield
implications for basic undergraduate and graduate instruction, as well as supervision in clinical and research applications.
COLLECTIONS
About Human Goodness
Essays on Emergent Psychoanalytic Literature Glebs Troscenkovs Human goodness and the associated psychic phenomena are essential trajectories of mental health and well-being, towards which an ethical psychoanalytic work should ultimately strive. This book attempts to bring together the relatively limited and scattered psychoanalytic literature on these phenomena; to synthesize, analyze, and narrate the main ideas of that literature; and to discuss these ideas with personal reflections on each topic. It presents twelve essays, each on a book that related to an aspect of goodness: Kindness, Gentleness, Commitment, Passion, Love, Forgiveness, Happiness, Dignity, Playfulness, Spontaneity, Curiosity, and Faith, with an outro on Gratitude. This book will be of interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists, professionals and students in mental health, and, more broadly, to readers in psychology, sociology, philosophy, and other humanitarian sciences. UK August 2025 • US August 2025 184 Pages PB 9798216374527 • £22.99 / $30.95 HB 9798881803827 • £70.00 / $95.00 ePDF 9798765154168 • £63.00 / $85.50 ePub 9798881803834 • £63.00 / $85.50 Bloomsbury Academic
472
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PSYCHOLOGY
An Analyst in Training
Psychoanalytic Candidacy Amid Covid and Other Distractions Graeme Daniels Written for aspiring and prospective psychoanalysts and psychotherapists, this book provides an in-depth exploration of what psychoanalytic training entails and what motivates one to undergo this extensive training. Analytic training is rigorous, expensive, and time-consuming, yet despite the prestige it may afford, provides little or no assurance of professional success. An Analyst in Training follows the experience of author Graeme Daniels, a mid-career psychotherapist, who has undergone training in San Francisco, California, USA while maintaining an ongoing consultation practice with a training candidate in Lisbon, Portugal. It covers institutional policies (and politics), program graduation requirements, and training standards, as well as their interplay with COVID-era restrictions and diversity, equity, and inclusion issues. Daniels brings an international and historical flavor to these topics, with his distinctively satirical yet sincere voice. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 144 Pages HB 9798881806408 • £60.00 / $85.00 PB 9798881806415 • £18.99 / $34.00 ePDF 9798765154199 • £17.09 / $30.60 ePub 9798881806422 • £17.09 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
When Thinking Is a Problem About and Beyond Thinking Edited by Charles Eigen When Thinking is a Problem examines the activity of thinking and how it is a primary factor in suffering at the individual as well as at the collective level, while at the same time, a necessary function that is often taken for granted and misused. When Thinking is a Problem is unique in helping the reader to see the activity of thinking from a variety of different perspectives provided by writers representing diverse backgrounds. It contains essays, contemplations, and dialogues by eighteen teachers, all of them leaders in their fields. In these chapters, the mechanics and dynamics of thinking are discussed by well-known teachers from the Buddhist and Advaita traditions, as well as from noted neuroscientists, psychologists, philosophers, academics, and prominent writers. In its focus on thinking as it relates to suffering, whether by its presence or absence, the writers discuss the need to honor both thinking as well as the dimension or reality beyond UK April 2025 • US April 2025 198 Pages • 1 b/w illustration; HB 9798881800574 • £65.00 / $85.00 PB 9798881800581 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881865184 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9798881800598 • £27.00 / $34.20 Rowman & Littlefield
conscious thought.
COLLECTIONS
Developing Identity in Adolescence
African American Youth Navigating Race-Ethnicity Celina Chatman Nelson, Columbia University, Stephen C. Peck, Oksana Malanchuk, University of Michigan & Jacquelynne S. Eccles, University of California, Irvine Explores racial/ethnic identity development as a life-long process of negotiating self, context, and others’ perceptions and behaviors from early adolescence to adulthood. Guided by early foundational and recent compelling theories on race/ethnicity and identity development across the lifespan, Celina Chatman Nelson, Stephen C. Peck, Oksana Malanchuk, and Jacquelynne S. Eccles provide a detailed analysis of their collected research on the Maryland Adolescent Development in Context Study (MADICS) to demonstrate the diversity of racial/ethnic identity profiles and how they change over time. MADICS began with nearly 1500 7th graders and their UK September 2025 • US September 2025 216 Pages • 4 b/w illustrations & 4 tables PB 9781793633200 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781793633187 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978759206 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781793633194 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
families in the early 1990s, following many of them into their early 30s at the turn of the millennium. Using mixed-method research involving case studies and interview data, this book demonstrates racial/ethnic identity as multidimensional, contextualized, and idiosyncratic, within a bidirectional, iterative, and nuanced process. Through the presentation of their research findings on Prince George’s County youth, the authors encourage families, schools, and communities to have an open dialogue about race/ethnicity to promote active reflection not only among developing youth, but also within the world we live in today.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
473
PSYCHOLOGY
BDSM in Therapy
What Psychotherapists Need to Know About Working with Kinky People and Communities Richard A. Sprott & Ryan Witherspoon This comprehensive book combines empirical research with clinically relevant insights to teach mental health professionals (social workers, marriage and family therapists, psychologists, and counselors) what they need to know to develop cultural competence to work with those in the consensual kink and BDSM communities.
Diverse Sexualities, Genders, and Relationships UK April 2026 • US April 2026 240 Pages • 10 BW Illustrations HB 9781538136324 • £45.00 / $59.00 PB 9781538136331 • £21.99 / $29.00 ePDF 9798765160213 • £19.79 / $26.10 ePub 9781538136348 • £19.79 / $26.10 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Managing Psychodynamic Processes Inside an Organization Development, Leadership, and Systems
Edited by Bernd Huppertz, Coaching Consulting Huppertz Bernd Huppertz brings together psychologists in organizational psychology to examine and address the psychology components of organizations. This book examines systems of psychodynamic institutions at work, the history of organizations, leadership and group relations, and how to promote healthier dynamics.
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 284 Pages • 12 tables PB 9781666916591 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666916577 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781666916584 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764491 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Personality Disorders
Elements, History, Examples, and Research Vera Sonja Maass Details each of the 10 personality disorders, in a format that makes locating information easy. Personality Disorders systematically explores 10 personality disorders. Each chapter presents a comprehensive and indepth picture of a particular disorder and its effects, not only on those who suffer from it but also on family, friends, and colleagues as well as the community at large. Chapters focus on important parameters such as symptoms, diagnosis, incidence, history, development, causes, effects, and costs. Relevant case histories and Up Close sections illustrate how the disorder may manifest in different environments and Health and Psychology Sourcebooks UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages HB 9781440860454 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798765151198 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781440860461 • £22.49 / $40.90 ePub 9798216127901 • £22.49 / $40.90 Bloomsbury Academic
474
UK, Europe, ROW
reveal how the disorder can affect a person's interactions within society, at work, and in personal relationships. Research and theories about each particular disorder are also included. Every chapter closes with a discussion of various treatment approaches and a brief list of references, providing for a meaningful presentation for readers at the undergraduate student level and beyond.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
PSYCHOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Psychosocial Peacebuilding
A Guide into the Heart of Sustainable Peace Katrien Hertog Psychosocial Peacebuilding places the lived experience of individuals at the center of peace efforts. This timely and engaging book offers a clear, practical, and inspiring guide to understanding and applying psychosocial approaches to peacebuilding theory and practice. It provides both a much-needed conceptual framework to understand and address the broad range of psychosocial factors that shape conflict dynamics and peacebuilding outcomes, and hands-on tools drawn from more than 25 years of global field experience. It looks at how conflict affects psychosocial realities, and how those realities, in turn, influence the trajectory of peace or violence. Dr. Katrien Hertog explores the what, why, how, and who of psychosocial peacebuilding through case studies, scientific UK February 2026 • US February 2026 368 Pages • 10 bw HB 9798216368403 • £105.00 / $140.00 PB 9798216368410 • £32.99 / $44.95 ePDF 9798216368434 • £29.69 / $40.45 ePub 9798216368427 • £29.69 / $40.45 Bloomsbury Academic
insights, lived experiences, and practical exercises. She introduces an integrated model developed by the International Association for Human Values (IAHV) and the Art of Living as a rare example of a conceptual framework for psychosocial peacebuilding that uses evidence-based practices and is implemented with success around the globe in a variety of settings with huge multiplication possibilities. This model exemplifies intra-personal transformation as the cornerstone and foundation for peacebuilding, while at the same time addressing structural change, engaging with behavioral and relational dimensions of peacebuilding, and strengthening underlying human and peace-promoting values.
COLLECTIONS
Dismantling Racism in the United States
Rooted in Slavery and the Fabric of American Society Shawn Blue, Thomas Jefferson University Unveiling the ways racist ideologies were deliberately constructed to sanction economic, emotional, and physical exploitation of Black Americans, this book examines how these stereotypes have been reinforced generationally. Shawn Blue, a specialist in trauma, diversity, and health and wellness studies, examines the structural foundation and psychological makeup of the transatlantic slave trade and its formation of a system of racial hierarchy that created and perpetuated multiple biases and stereotypes of Black Americans in contemporary society. Slavery, as an institutional concept, has created systemic inequities that shaped and continue to exert power in American society today. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 1 b/w illus and 4 tables PB 9781666949360 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666949346 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781666949353 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764699 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Blue offers recommendations for societal systems that create spaces for equitable care and treatment, provides necessary healing interventions for Black Americans, and reinforces a commitment to psychological theories that acknowledges the oppressed histories of Black LGBTQIA+ communities. She highlights changes that need to occur in order to restructure the scientific research field and enlist support from the practices of bystander-and-ally training, advocacy, and activism.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Psychological Borders in Europe and the United States Contemporary Nationalism, Nativism, and Populism Maria del Mar Fariña Psychological Borders in Europe and the United States: Contemporary Nationalism, Nativism, and Populism presents an integrative sociopolitical and psychological analysis model to examine contemporary sociopolitical rising ideologies in Europe and the United States; specifically, nationalism, nativism, and populism. Further, this book explores processes involved in the construction and sociopolitical mobilization of large, group identities. Political psychology is introduced to discuss the formation of national and psychological borders and their manifestations, including dynamics of identity driven aggression. The connection between the rise of ideologies, such as nativism and populism, and historical collective traumas is discussed, highlighting the role of social re-enactments, identity transformation, and large collective mourning to contemporary sociopolitical dynamics in Europe and the United States. Ethnic, racial, and intergroup conflict, and the role of UK January 2026 • US January 2026 210 Pages HB 9781793610614 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798216442028 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216212157 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781793610621 • £19.79 / $26.95 Lexington Books
immigration and asylum policy in maintaining, changing, and transforming existing collective identities is discussed, to then examine the war between Russia and the Ukraine. This book includes specific case applications to European countries and the United States, where nationalism, nativism, and populism have been on the ascendant.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
475
PSYCHOLOGY
Understanding and Affirming Autistic Clients A Primer for Mental Health Professionals Chris Dabbs & Audrey Scaer This book is an accessible primer focused on the provision of neuro-affirming clinical care for autistic clients, written from the perspective of autistic clinicians. In eight chapters, this book provides actionable steps without the assumption of expert autism knowledge. It first builds foundational knowledge for understanding what autism is and how to talk about it using current language practices. This book then explains how to recognize and assess for autism, alongside overviewing cooccurring mental health concerns among this population. This book also includes strategies for effective communication and interventions with autistic individuals, supporting autistic individuals day-to-day, and maintaining ethical clinical practices. Broadening beyond individual clients, this book additionally outlines strategies for supporting families and caregivers of autistic individuals, with an emphasis on the importance of understanding the impact that autism may have on family UK September 2025 • US September 2025 160 Pages • 12 bw illus; 4 bw photos HB 9798881806798 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9798881806804 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798765155301 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798881806811 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
dynamics. This book is the answer for clinicians asking themselves how they can better serve their autistic clients.
COLLECTIONS
Center of the Universe
Transforming the 27 Types of Narcissism from the Inside Out Sterlin L. Mosley Center of the Universe: Transforming the 27 Types of Narcissism from the Inside Out offers readers a practical guide for recognizing the 27 narcissistic subtypes at the individual, relational, collective, and systemic levels of human life. Through integral analysis, Center of the Universe utilizes pop-culture examples, interview excerpts, and the latest research on the rise of collective narcissism to provide readers with a practical guide on how to navigate an increasingly more narcissistic world and employ strategies for mitigating and transforming toxic egotism at every level of their lives.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 256 Pages • 12 BW Photos HB 9781538186435 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798765154298 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538186442 • £22.50 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
476
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Love Is a Journey
The Inspiring Life and Legacy of Pope John Paul I Mo Guernon Love is a Journey is the remarkable story of Albino Luciani, known to the world as Pope John Paul I, from his harrowing birth to his tragic death just 33 days into his 1978 pontificate - the shortest pontificate in history. After years of dedicated archival research, and after interviewing dozens of figures in the Catholic hierarchy, as well as Pope John Paul I's niece, author Mo Guernon explores Luciani's family history, personality, and character to reveal the very essence of the man who became known as the Smiling Pope. Guernon analyzes Luciani's major public pronouncements and his most significant writings, which shed considerable light on his fundamental beliefs and worldview. In the concluding chapters of the book Guernon assesses Pope John Paul I's legacy and journey toward sainthood - and the beguiling question of how the Catholic Church might have evolved had his pontificate endured through the 1980s and beyond. Guernon paints a multi-dimensional portrait UK May 2025 • US May 2025 352 Pages • 32 BW Photos HB 9781538190708 • £30.00 / $36.00 ePDF 9798881854782 • £27.00 / $32.40 ePub 9781538190715 • £27.00 / $32.40 Sheed & Ward
of the man that prominently displays his virtues and shortcomings, successes and failures, heroic deeds and personal doubts about his own courage. He highlights Luciani's progressive views of issues of his time, the crises in his personal and priestly life, his discomfort with the spotlight and his anxiety about succeeding the popular Pope Paul VI, the relative simplicity of his inauguration as pope, and the unprecedented power he wielded on those with whom he came into contact both personally and through the mass media. Above all, Guernon attempts to capture the pope's mysterious ability to engender love among people of all faiths, and nonbelievers too, with his inimitable humility and almost divine smile.
COLLECTIONS
A Synodal Church
The Christian Faithful on Pilgrimage Susan K. Wood Beyond the occasional events of synods in the Catholic church, and beyond practices of synodality, stands a church that is synodal in its very nature. This ecclesial identity has its roots in baptism and the formation of the people of God prior to any subsequent division into laity and clergy. These baptismal roots also point to the missional orientation of the church, indicating that a synodal church is not self-referential, but serves the proclamation of God’s saving mercy to a world thirsty for hope and healing. A synodal church is a church on pilgrimage, a church in movement that finds its path by drawing on the accumulated wisdom UK March 2025 • US March 2025 160 Pages HB 9781538183168 • £45.00 / $58.00 PB 9781538183175 • £14.99 / $19.00 ePDF 9798881854812 • £13.49 / $17.10 ePub 9781538183182 • £13.49 / $17.10 Sheed & Ward
of the whole people of God as they journey together. This book shows that the path forward only becomes clearer step by step through a process of dialogue, conversion, and co-responsibility. The journey takes place in different locales and different contexts, consequently requiring adaptation to accommodate the circumstances of local churches. Yet, this diversified and de-centered church also requires structures to keep it in communion and unity. Any reform of church structures, including practices of synodality, serves the communion and mission of the church.
COLLECTIONS
Fulfill Thy Ministry
Three Episcopal Clergymen, Race, and the Civil War Era Loren B. Mead & J. Michael Martinez Race and enslavement were the major issues confronting the Christian Church in the United States throughout the nineteenth century. During the antebellum era, churches debated whether their scriptures condoned race-based slavery. Following the Civil War and Emancipation, white church leaders in the South had three options: (1) Should formerly enslaved persons be welcomed into the segregated church and afforded the opportunity to choose their own leaders as well as make decisions about their congregations? (2) Should these freed people be allowed to join a segregated church governed by white clergy and lay leaders? (3) Should freed people be denied admission altogether? Of course a fourth option should have been an invitation for freed Blacks to join white churches as full members—but owing to the rampant racial discrimination of the time, and social mores, that was simply not considered, even by the most “liberal” Southern clergy. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 328 Pages • 15 b&w images HB 9798881803544 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9798881803551 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881868000 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881803568 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
To understand better how these Southern churches evaluated and made their choices in postwar nineteenth-century America, this book examines the lives and careers of three white Episcopal clergy from South Carolina: Peter Fayssoux Stevens (1830-1910), A. Toomer Porter (1828-1902), and William Porcher DuBose (1836-1918). These men present illuminating case studies because they were contemporaries and their early lives were remarkably similar, yet their responses to how the Southern church welcomed or rejected freed Blacks significantly diverged following the Civil War.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
477
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Building World Order
How the Christian Faith Fosters Global Peace, Prosperity, and Justice Mark R. Amstutz International relations theorist Amstutz describes how values and perspectives from Christianity can help advance a more humane global order. After highlighting key features of the nation-state and of global society, he illustrates the role of Christian values in international relations with case studies exploring three contemporary global problems—migration, development, and climate change. Amstutz contends that a Christian worldview, focused on the dignity and rights of the individual, as well as an emphasis on the common good, can contribute to peace, prosperity, and justice in the international community. The topic of global order is now more important than ever, given that the rules-based global order established at the end of World War II is under great stress. Amstutz argues that the advance of international justice and global order needs to be based on the nation-state, the basic building block of our contemporary international community. Most initiatives UK March 2025 • US March 2025 208 Pages HB 9798881805623 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9798881805630 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881865719 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9798881805647 • £27.00 / $34.20 Rowman & Littlefield
to improve the international community are rooted in political idealism or utopian thought and presume a shift from state sovereignty towards world governance. This study, by contrast, assumes that any improvement in world order will necessarily depend on the ongoing role of the sovereign state. In advancing global peace and prosperity, three tasks are vital: first, strengthen weak, fragile states; second, increase the number of constitutional, democratic states; and third, strengthen international cooperation in addressing shared global problems. Christian values and perspectives, Amstutz claims, can contribute to a better world by helping to structure the moral analysis of issues and by inspiring action that advances the common good.
COLLECTIONS
The Transformation of Missions in the Twenty-First Century Cross-Cultural Partnership without Syncretism Carrie A. Miles Drawing on interviews with founders of independent missions, field work in Africa, India, and Haiti, and her experience as director of an independent mission, Carrie A. Miles explores the challenges and strengths of missions built on interpersonal relationships and spiritual capital. This book examines the rise of a new movement within Global Christianity: the independent mission. Once death-defying, residential, lifelong commitments, undertaken and supported by career professionals, a growing number of international missions are now small agencies operating without institutional support, and undertaken by volunteers who travel occasionally to the mission field but who live and work at home. Focusing on the importance of culturally respectful UK August 2025 • US August 2025 192 Pages PB 9781666953329 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666953305 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765155257 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666953312 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
collaborations with national partners, this book also deals with the harm caused by missionaries who do not share that orientation. In a compelling example, Miles recounts her discovery that early missionaries to East Africa taught that God cursed humankind in Creation. Making no attempt to understand the meaning of curses in traditional religions, however, the missionaries created a devastating syncretism that persists to this day. The Transformation of Missions in the Twenty-First Century: Cross-Cultural Partnership without Syncretism argues that, in requiring cross-cultural awareness to operate, the constraints of working independently are also its strengths.
COLLECTIONS
Harmony and Reconciliation in Christianity and Daoism Alleviating Identity-Based Suffering
Michael M. Tophoff, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands This book presents an analytical investigation of the Christian concept of reconciliation and the Daoist concept of harmony. It poses the question whether Christian reconciliation and Daoist harmony could be operationalized in ways to ease human suffering caused by interpersonal, intergroup, national, and international conflicts. Christianity and Daoism both describe the loss of harmonious connections with fellow humans, nature, and the sacred, but they also point to ways of reconciliation, to returning to harmony through re-connection. As an interreligious dialogue between Daoism and Christianity has hardly ever been described before, this study focuses on the question—within a hermeneutical context of singularity, difference, and concordance—whether early Daoist views on harmony and early Christian views on reconciliation could be operationalized relevantly in order to contribute to endeavors towards a resolution of interpersonal and intergroup conflicts. UK October 2025 • US October 2025 136 Pages • 1 table PB 9781978716940 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978716926 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781978749368 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978716933 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
478
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
José Martí and the Intersection of Empires and Economics Miguel A. De La Torre, Iliff School of Theology, USA This volume looks beyond the myth of José Martí by critically exploring economic thoughts found in his writings; specifically, how they developed and how they were influenced by his position between a declining Spanish empire and a rising US empire. This book demonstrates how Martí is among the few who transcended regional and national borders, thus belonging to all of humanity. Miguel A. De La Torre argues that Martí envisioned a way of being – specifically a Cuban way of being beyond Spain and the United States. His writing was among the first in history to put into prose his dream of a postcolonial existence. More than simply an intellectual exercise; he was among that breed of scholar-activists who attempted to create, con un cuchillo Latine Religion, Identity, and Culture UK November 2025 • US November 2025 320 Pages • 2 bw illus PB 9781350556706 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350556669 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350556676 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350556683 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
en la boca, a postcolonial existence through a life-long dedication to praxis. He also was among the first to see and warn the Américas of the growing and unquenchable covetous appetite of the United States. This book argues that the major struggles and aspirations which the Américas face today can be summarized as everything predicted and written by Martí, who gave voice to the dream of the disenfranchised. This was established by calling for the construction of a liberated society based on social economic justice, racial harmony, labor rights, and self-determination. De La Torre provides insight to Martí’s ethical way of being which facilitated tackling the wider political world from an unapologetic Cuban social location.
COLLECTIONS
Real Presence
The Sacramentality of the Present Moment Michael Hickey Broadening the scope of God’s real presence in the world, this work examines the principle that God is continually revealing Godself to humanity in many other ways than only the Eucharist. Because Christ is revealing Himself through the power and presence of the Holy Spirit within us, each moment can be seen as a “Sacrament of the present moment.” The book continues to discuss the principle of sacramentality and how each moment we are alive on this earth is a sacramental moment involving more than we can be mortally aware of. This moment is not only a moment in time, but a reflection of the timelessness of all of eternity. Christ continues to reveal his presence to us not only through the Eucharistic Banquet, but Christ attempts to encounter us UK September 2025 • US September 2025 144 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9780761880714 • £14.99 / $19.95 ePDF 9780761880738 • £13.49 / $17.95 ePub 9780761880721 • £13.49 / $17.95 Hamilton Books
with his presence throughout all created reality. Because Christians believe in faith that after the crucifixion, death, and resurrection of Jesus, the Holy Spirit of Jesus Christ we received in Baptism is in us as the Body of Christ. Because the resurrected Christ is now the universal Christ, throughout all of creation, the entire universe has become “Christocentric.” Therefore, all created reality, now being imbued with the presence of Christ at its center can prove to be a potential encounter with the “REAL PRESENCE” of Christ, a greater interest not only to Catholics, but because of its universality, to Christians of all denominations.
COLLECTIONS
Sonship in Colossians
A Study of Christ and Believers’ Filial Relation to God Peter Christian Moore Amidst the steady increase of studies on believers as sons of God in Paul's letters, Colossians' important development of this concept has been unexplored. Redressing the neglect of Colossians, this study investigates the character and function of believers' sonship in the letter, particularly as that is related to Christ's own filial identity and shaped by the Old Testament hope for Israel’s redemption and creation’s renewal. Following a survey of sonship to God in the Old Testament and Judaism, Peter Christian Moore examines Christ's sonship in UK February 2026 • US January 2026 336 Pages PB 9781978717152 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978717138 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216354765 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978717145 • £85.50 / $117.00 Fortress Academic
the opening thanksgiving of Colossians, the poetic praise of 1:15–20, and the reference to circumcision in 2:11. Building on this filial Christology, Moore traces the letter’s development of believers' sonship to God, showing how Colossians routinely ties their sonship to Christ, the Son, conditions it by a similar complex of Old Testament promises, and employs it for believers’ protection and perseverance.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
479
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Tongues of Fire
How Charismatic Prayer Changes Evangelical Brains and Inspires Spirit-Filled Activism Josh Brahinsky In Tongues of Fire, anthropologist Joshua Brahinsky embarks on an 18-year journey into the mind-body practices of charismatic evangelicals—Christians known for their exuberant worship and the enigmatic practice of speaking in tongues. With nearly half a billion followers worldwide, this movement has profoundly shaped both spiritual and political landscapes. Through immersive fieldwork—including attending revivals, missionary training schools, and church services—Brahinsky investigates the deep pull of tongues prayer through conducting extensive interviews, participating in worship, and even scanning practitioners’ brains in MRI machines, capturing the interplay of mind, body, and faith in real-time. Tongues on Fire examines a high-energy practice that blends spiritual release with empowerment. Speaking in tongues generates a suggestive certainty—fueling not only personal transformation but also large-scale social activism. Charismatic UK March 2026 • US March 2026 320 Pages HB 9798881804985 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798765163207 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798881804992 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
leaders like Pat Robertson, Jerry Falwell, and Paula White-Cain have harnessed this fervor to reshape U.S. politics, merging faith with ideological movements. This interdisciplinary study—spanning anthropology, neuroscience, and religious studies—offers the most extensive exploration of tongues prayer to date. Tongues on Fire reveals how this practice cultivates both submission and power, creating a force that inspires hope while also driving some of the most polarizing political movements of our time.
COLLECTIONS
Becoming Evangelical
Life and Liminalities in Christian Youth Groups Rob Barward-Symmons, Durham University, UK Drawing upon 12 months of ethnographic fieldwork in an evangelical youth group in London, this book investigates the practices used in church contexts to bring about evangelical transformation, how these are experienced and interpreted by young people, and what this process can tell us about evangelicalism more widely. Rob Barward–Symmons argues for the significance of the adolescent experience within evangelicalism, and explores how adult experience and subjectivity forms in these overlooked spaces. Through the lens of ritual and rites of passage theory, the book argues that the youth group period can be understood as one of sustained liminality for group members, enabled through spatial and structural separation between the youth and adult evangelical contexts. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 8 bw illus PB 9781350532502 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350532489 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350532472 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350532496 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Grounded in the case study, each of the chapters begin with an extended ethnographic vignette, with other fieldwork reflections and first-hand interview quotes incorporated through the analysis. The book raises important questions about whether the rite of becoming an evangelical subject is truly complete, and whether adult evangelical spaces can accommodate the lingering liminality fostered in youth group spaces.
COLLECTIONS
Faith, Media, and Persuasion
How Evangelicals Win in a Religious Free Market Adam Bajan Faith, Media, and Persuasion explores how non-denominational evangelical organizations orchestrate commercial-grade entertainment media to amplify religious rhetoric. Providing an in-depth look at the unique socio-technical situation facing evangelicals, this book analyzes the unique methods of persuasion that independent churches rely on to maintain their congregant base and recruit new members in a crowded religious marketplace. Scholars of media ecology, media studies, rhetoric, and sociology of religion will find this book of particular interest.
UK June 2025 • US June 2025 170 Pages • 10 tables PB 9781666955866 • £26.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666955842 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154502 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666955859 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
480
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Sevenfold Path
A Traveler’s Guide to Jewish Wisdom Shira Milgrom & David M. Elcott The sense of the sacred is as critical to the human experience as any of the conventionally primary senses of touch, sound, and sight. In this traveler’s guide to spiritual practice, Milgrom and Elcott bring the reader to many paths that seekers of the sacred walk. What is the universal sevenfold path? Recognizing a spark of the divine; honoring the covenant with all living things; engaging in healing and growth; opening our lives to the divine presence; seeing where we are as a sacred place; seeking and pursuing justice; and taking time to enjoy a sabbath. They illuminate these paths through inspiring stories, both inherited and personal, drawn from a richly lived Jewish life and encounters with faith communities around the world. For while the universe emerged from one pinpoint of energy and life, it is only in its infinite diversity where God can be UK January 2026 • US January 2026 192 Pages HB 9798881842628 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9798765163900 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9798765163894 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
found. Indeed, “there is no place devoid of the Presence,” even in the everyday. The Sevenfold Path is, above all, an invitation to a richer, fuller, and more joyful life.
COLLECTIONS
Ministry in the Anglican Tradition The Twentieth Century John L. Kater This book offers a global perspective on how Anglican ministry evolved throughout a century marked by radical upheavals and dramatic changes in theological, social, and political perspectives. That history begins with the end of the Victorian era, when Anglicanism had spread around the world but was deeply enmeshed with colonialism and it was assumed that it was shaped and defined by its North Atlantic history. Kater explores how the Anglican Way became rooted in widely different contexts and identifies the many pressures and movements that challenged that history—including two world wars, a global Depression, anti-colonialism and the struggles against the many forms of oppression and discrimination that marked the century. This book is the story of how Anglican ministry has been broadened and deepened by its constantly growing diversity even as that diversity has brought new challenges. Anglican Studies UK September 2025 • US September 2025 328 Pages PB 9781978716490 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978716476 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781978749405 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978716483 • £85.50 / $117.00 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Anglican Church in the Anglophone Caribbean Historical and Cultural Perspectives Edited by Chris Fauske This book highlights the Church’s significant cultural, social, and political presence across the Anglophone Caribbean. Individual authors collectively provide a series of readings of historical and contemporary issues negotiated by the Anglican Church in the Caribbean that capture the complex, integral role the church played in shaping the individual identities of the islands while seeking also to be a pan-national voice for a shared set of global values and aspirations expressed regionally. The volume offers religious and secular readers an opportunity to better understand the role and history of the Anglican Church in the region. It acknowledges historical failures, challenges the notion that the church is "colonial," and highlights the Anglican Studies
continuing importance of the Church to individual lives and regional aspirations. Combining examination of the church’s
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 224 Pages • 9 bw illus; 1 table PB 9781978717541 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978717527 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216262565 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216354604 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
complicated relationship with history and a variety of personal engagements with Anglicanism in the Caribbean, The Anglican Church in the Anglophone Caribbean demonstrates the continuing significance of the Anglican Church in the development and contemporary life of the region.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
481
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Introduction to Religions of the African Diaspora Stephanie Y. Mitchem The text draws on over thirty years of the author’s experience studying and teaching African and African Diasporan spiritualities and is informed by the recognition that many students arrive in the classroom with limited understanding of cultural and historical contexts—often carrying preconceived notions about Africa and Black people. The author, a Black U.S. scholar, approaches these topics with both personal insight and academic rigor, having personally navigated many of these same misconceptions. This perspective enriches the material, incorporating the history of Black Studies to challenge prevailing assumptions about the African continent and its diasporas. The book thoughtfully engages with both Western European and U.S. cultural norms, bringing them into conversation with the worldviews and values embedded within African and Diasporan religious traditions. By offering these comparative UK February 2026 • US February 2026 240 Pages • 12 b/w photos HB 9798881806729 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798881806736 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798881867621 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9798881806743 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
insights, the text serves as a valuable resource for students across disciplines, including religious studies, international studies, and history. This book is ideal for undergraduate courses and provides clear definitions and contextual explanations to support student comprehension. Each chapter is framed with an inclusive lens and acknowledges the diversity of student backgrounds by providing them the critical tools needed for thoughtful engagement with African and diasporic communities.
COLLECTIONS
African Pentecostalism in Catholic Belgium Interculturality, Plurality, and Dialogue in Flanders Joseph Bosco Bangura This book explores the recent rise of African Pentecostalism and its rejuvenation of the Protestant-Evangelical minority religion in a secular and liberal (Flemish) Belgium. Beginning with an overview of developments within African Pentecostalism, the author discusses how, after arriving in Belgium African Pentecostals are using pneumatic mission theologies to establish ‘migrant churches’ that interculturally engage the needs of the African diaspora in a secular Flemish Belgium. The author argues that, despite their position of marginality, followers of African Pentecostalism have attempted to dialogue with a heterogeneously diverse minority Protestant-Evangelicalism through implementing a myriad of liturgical practices reflective of the African Christian imagination. By deploying Pentecostal mission theologies, the author pivots the intercultural contributions that African Pentecostalism makes towards solidifying peaceful coexistence, respect, and dialogue UK September 2025 • US September 2025 192 Pages PB 9781666978162 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978148 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216201304 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767096 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
in a secular, plural, and liberal (Flemish) Belgium.
OPEN ACCESS
Cosmologies of Mental Health
Pentecostal Prayer Camps and Indigenous Knowledge of Healing Mental Illness in Ghana Francis Ethelbert Kwabena Benyah, University of Copenhagen This open access book is based on a unique body of data on a hitherto understudied field of Pentecostal prayer camps and mental health in Ghana. It investigates and presents empirically grounded cases of persons with mental illness and how they deploy religious resources at prayer camps in Ghana in dealing with their illness. Particularly, the book explores perceived causes of mental illness and how such perceptions influence health seeking behaviours. Through Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of in-depth-interviews with persons afflicted with mental illness and practitioners, this book points out the varied ways in which prayer camps have become a source of authoritative knowledge in Ghana’s medical pluralistic society, serving as an “informal” health sector in the provision of health care to persons with Bloomsbury Advances in Religious mental illnesses. It further highlights the network of relationships between prayer camps and hospitals as new ground of Studies training in “cultural competence” for clinicians in their field of practice in psychiatry. The book proposes the intermediate
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9781350463516 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350463479 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350463486 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350463493 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
482
UK, Europe, ROW
continuum approach as a new framework for examining the role of religion and culture in mental health care. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Åbo Akademi University.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Inventing the New Dispensation in Zimbabwe The Religious Dimension
Edited by Ezra Chitando, University of Zimbabwe, Zimbabwe, Lovemore Togarasei, Zimbabwe Open University, Zimbabwe & Joram Tarusarira, University of Groningen, the Netherlands How does a regime, whose members have been actively involved in the previous one, appropriate and deploy religious ideas and rhetoric to cast itself as ‘born-again’ and attractive? Exploring intersections between politics, religion and economics, this book examines invention of Zimbabwe’s ‘New Dispensation,’ the regime of Emmerson D. Mnangagwa, and how it has aimed to separate itself from the previous regime of Robert G. Mugabe. Bloomsbury Studies in Black Religion and Cultures UK May 2026 • US May 2026 248 Pages HB 9781350363892 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350363939 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350363908 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350363915 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Utilizing the concept of ‘invention’, contributors reflect on how Mnangagwa and his publicists deploy religious ideas, concepts and rhetoric in the quest for legitimacy in a heavily contested political field. The book also reflects on the ways opposing political actors have utilized the same template in their quests to secure power. The contributors interrogate the use of time, theological ideas and religious practices to separate Mnangagwa’s regime from Mugabe’s. This book provides insight into how religious rhetoric is used not only to gain, but also to contest legitimacy in Zimbabwe’s political sphere.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Living and Dying in Mesopotamia Alhena Gadotti, Towson University, USA & Alexandra Kleinerman, Independent Scholar, USA Exploring life, death, and the afterlife in Mesopotamia, Alhena Gadotti and Alexandra Kleinerman examine how life and death experiences continually developed over the course of nearly three millennia of Mesopotamian history. To achieve this, the book follows the life cycle of the people of the Tigris and Euphrates River valleys from 3000 BCE to 300 BCE, from birth, through death, and beyond. This book is the first to interrogate the relationships between living and dying through case studies and primary evidence. Including letters written by both women and men, the book allows readers to enter the minds of the ancients. First, the authors focus on life through topics such as the rituals surrounding birth, marriage, and religion. The authors then examine the common causes of death, the rituals associated with death, and the Mesopotamian views of the netherworld, its UK June 2026 • US June 2026 312 Pages • 22 bw illus HB 9781350301870 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350301917 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350301887 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350301894 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
gods, and inhabitants. Concepts of gender fluidity, both in life and death, are considered alongside evidence from epigraphic data. Illustrating daily life as a multifaceted subject affected by time, space, location, socioeconomics, and gender, this book creates a window into the conditions and concerns of the Mesopotamian people.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Ritual Performance in Early Chinese Thought A Dramaturgical Perspective
Thomas Radice, Southern Connecticut State University, USA Examining early Chinese ritual discourse during the Warring States and early Western Han Periods, this book reveals how performance became a fundamental feature of ritual and politics in early China. Through a dramaturgical lens, Thomas Radice explores the extent to which performer/spectator relationships influenced all aspects of early Chinese religious, ethical, and political discourse. Arguing that the Confucians conceived ritual as primarily a dramaturgical matter, this book demonstrates not only that theatricality was necessary for expression and deception in a community of spectators, but also how a theatrical ‘presence’ ultimately became essential to all forms of public life in early China. Thomas Radice illuminates previously unexplored UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages HB 9781350358966 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350359000 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350358973 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350358980 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
connections between early Chinese texts, aesthetics, and traditions.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
483
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Rabbinic Scholarship in the Context of Late Antique Scholasticism The Development of the Talmud Yerushalmi
Catherine Hezser, SOAS University of London, UK Based on an understanding of scholasticism as a cross-cultural phenomenon, undertaken by rabbinic, Graeco-Roman, and Christian scholars in late antiquity, this book examines the development of Palestinian rabbinic compilations from socialhistorical and literary-historical perspectives. The book focuses on the compilation of the Talmud Yerushalmi in the context of late antique scholarly practice aimed at preserving past knowledge for future generations. Beginning with the social, educational, and legal contexts that generated rabbinic knowledge. Catherine Hezser goes on to investigate the oral and written transmission of rabbinic traditions to eventually examine the compilation of the Talmud Yerushalmi with a comparative and redaction-historical approach. Education, Literary Culture, and Religious Practice in the Ancient World UK June 2026 • US June 2026 360 Pages HB 9781350420984 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350421028 • £33.99 / $46.95 ePDF 9781350420991 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781350421004 • £99.00 / $135.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Integrating Palestinian rabbinic education and scholarship into the context of late antique Graeco-Roman and Byzantine Christian scholarly practices, Catherine Hezser demonstrates how rabbinic compilatory techniques resembled but also differed from those of Hellenistic, Roman, and Christian scholars. Overall, Hezser argues that rabbinic scholarship was an integral part of late antique intellectual life in the Near Middle East and should be recognized as an Eastern equivalent to Western, paideia-based forms of scholarship in the Roman-Byzantine period and beyond.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
A Thousand Eruptions
Charismatic Revival and the Quest for Metaphysical Security in Melanesia 1970-1980 Fraser Macdonald, University of Waikato, New Zealand The charismatic revival movements of the 1970s in Melanesia were the most significant religious development in the region’s history, but until now there has been no full-scale look at the regional upheaval or of why it occurred. As this book shows, many of the most influential anthropological studies of Christianity in Melanesia are built upon the revival movements of this period. In this untold story in the history of global charismatic Christianity, Fraser Macdonald utilises the conceptual framework of Deleuze and Guattari, which guides this study of an emergent Indigenous Christianity. Macdonald shows how the religious context of colonialism, missionisation, and political independence jointly lead to intense eruptions of a new localised Christianity, which was articulated as an ecstatic pursuit of the Second Coming. New Directions in the Anthropology of Christianity UK May 2026 • US May 2026 232 Pages • 17 bw illus HB 9781350497481 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350497528 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350497498 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350497504 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Macdonald offers a case study of the global spread of charismatic Christianity and demonstrates how a new ontological directive was set in motion by the rise and fall of colonialism in Melanesia. The work looks at how each movement was formed through the mobilisation of existing local, regional, and transnational cultural elements in pursuit of a common goal, and discusses how the revivals radically and permanently transformed the religious landscape of the region.
COLLECTIONS
Religion and Identity in the Indian Ocean World Edited by Mark Fielding & Joshua Esler This is a ground-breaking volume on the role of religion as a major force of cohesion across the Indian Ocean region. A diverse range of experts present a case for conceptualizing religion as an enabler of not only shared religious identities throughout the Indian Ocean world, but multiple shared identities mediated through religion, particularly as religion intersects with other manifestations of human society in this part of the world. This theme is explored through six major religious traditions, many of which originated in the Indian Ocean region, and all of which have played major roles throughout its history and to the present day. These traditions include Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Jainism, and Buddhism. With this breadth and coverage of these traditions and their role in unifying communities from East Africa to Western Australia (including those belonging to nations north of that expanse of ocean), this book is a pioneering work on the multi-religious UK September 2025 • US September 2025 450 Pages • 34 bw illus; 3 tables PB 9781666970784 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666970760 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765166000 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978771246 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
484
UK, Europe, ROW
identities of the region.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Islam and Constructive Interreligious Engagement Adis Duderija, Griffith University, Australia How does the Islamic tradition create space for, and resist, constructive inter-religious dialogue? In this book, Adis Duderija considers the conditions necessary for inter-religious dialogue, comparative theological learning, and theological growth within an Islamic context. Applying the writings of Catherine Cornille, Duderija presents fresh discussions of the Qur'an, hadith, and orthodox Islamic doctrines (takfir, tashabbuh bi-l-kuffar, bid‘a, and al wala’ wal bara’) from the perspective of comparative theology. Primarily focusing on Islamic dialogue with Christianity and Buddhism, Duderija juxtaposes the work of foundational Islamic scholars, revealing how each promote various forms of inter-religious dialogue.
Bloomsbury Studies in Islamic Thought UK April 2026 • US April 2026 280 Pages PB 9798216445388 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666972771 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216257004 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978769533 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Islam and the Drive to Global Justice
Principles of Justice Beyond Dominant Ethnic and Religious Communities Edited by Louay M. Safi Islam and the Drive to Global Justice: Principles of Justice Beyond Dominant Ethnic and Religious Communities contributes to the current debate over Islam in a globalizing world by drawing on the contemporary and historical justice discourse within the Islamic traditions, and by examining policies and practices of global powers towards Muslim populations in the Global South. The discussions aim at bringing insights from Islamic authoritative sources and scholarly literature, and to enrich the current deliberation on the universality of modern values and the relevance of the Islamic traditions to advancing more inclusive notion of global justice. The book examines in particular several models rooted in the monotheistic traditions, crucial for overcoming three interrelated challenges facing the dispensation of justice in contemporary society: inclusivity, disparity, and selectivity. The book uses the normative framework it outlines to analyze the connection between European Faith and Politics: Political Theology in a New Key UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages • 4 tables HB 9781666954029 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781666954043 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798216284758 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666954036 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
powers and the autocratic regimes in the MENA region. Several chapters in the book illustrate how supporting Arab autocracy contributes to the rise of religious extremism and has already produced failed states in Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Yemen that undermine both national and global peace and stability.
COLLECTIONS
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Hindu Ethics Edited by Pratap Kumar Penumala, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa & Arvind Sharma, McGill University, Canada Presenting diverse responses to important ethical questions, the contestations and debates, this book offers a critical appraisal of Hindu ethics by engaging with classical and contemporary perspectives. With the plurality of Hinduism in mind, this book focuses on the human, sociological and situational ethical framework underpinning Hindu ethics. Chapters go beyond the traditional classical sources — such as the Vedas, epics, mythological narratives and Dharmasastra texts — to include lesser known vernacular based moral texts, as well as contemporary sources from organizations, intellectuals and movements of religious, social and political nature. As the handbook goes beyond only theological and philosophical discussions to present a multidisciplinary approach to Bloomsbury Handbooks UK April 2026 • US April 2026 552 Pages PB 9781350457294 • £42.99 / $58.95 HB 9781350457218 • £140.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9781350457225 • £126.00 / $171.00 ePub 9781350457232 • £126.00 / $171.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Hindu ethics, the book also benefits scholars and students outside of religious studies and philosophy, including those from sociology, history, theology, law, anthropology and literature.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
485
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Upanisads as They Are
Brhadaranyaka, Chandogya, Aitareya, Taittiriya, Kausitaki James D. Ryan, California Institute of Integral Studies This book argues that the early classical Upanisads constitute a “field of wildflowers” of insight that later Vedanta has tried to fashion into a proper garden. These Upanisads (c. 800-300 BCE) are almost always read from the point of view of the later Vedantins, but they do not share in the neatly tailored characteristics of the mature Vedantic philosophies, representing, instead, divergent, variegated and even conflicting narratives. The author focuses on the earliest of these Upanisads: B?hadara?yaka, Chandogya, Aitareya, Taittiriya and Kau?itaki Upani?ads. These Upani?ads are read “as they are,” emphasizing aspects of these texts that are often completely overlooked, among them: their Vedic approach to contradiction, their frequent acceptance of Explorations in Indic Traditions: Theological, Ethical, and Philosophical UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages PB 9798765159019 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765158975 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765158999 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798765158982 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
means other than gnostic knowledge of or veneration of atman/brahman as a means for liberation, their positing of entities/realities other than atman or brahman as totalistic, and their frequent depiction of the human body or embodied human as a microcosm of or in identity with the universe. In course, the interpretations of the Upani?adic view, the Vedantic view, for each of these Upani?ads, of Sa?karacarya (c. 800 CE) and Ramanujacarya (c. 1100 CE), as primary examples in the range of Upani?adic interpreters, will be examined and often refuted.
COLLECTIONS
New Religions, Spiritualities, and Popular Music Edited by Christopher Partridge, University of Lancaster, UK & Tom Wagner, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK This is the first volume to examine the relationship between new religions, alternative spiritualities, and popular music, whether in theatrical productions, such as The Book of Mormon, or in the ways in which an organization such as Scientology uses music. The internationally recognized scholars examine both the ways in which devotion to a band can lead to the establishment of a new religion, such as the Grateful Dead and the Church of Ultimate Devotion, and the ways in which new religions use popular music evangelistically, ritualistically, and as a source of income. It also looks at the significance of popular music for ‘cult leaders,’ such as Charles Manson, and the extent to which new religious beliefs shape the work of particular musicians and groups. What emerges is a picture in which religious beliefs and popular music cultures cross-fertilize each other in Bloomsbury Studies in Religion and unexpected and fascinating ways. Popular Music UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 9 b&w illus PB 9781350500082 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350500044 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350500051 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350500075 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The volume covers popular music in relation to groups that stem from world religions, such as Mormonism; alternative spiritualities, such as the New Age Movement; and new religions linked to particular musicians and groups. Interdisciplinary in its approach, this book draws on work from the study of new religions, the sociology of religion, popular music studies, ethnomusicology, and critical musicology.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Germanic and Slavic Paganisms Security Threats and Resiliency
Edited by Kaarina Aitamurto, University of Helsinki, Finland & Ross Downing, Affiliated Research Officer, Inform, UK Providing an intensive and up-to-date analysis of far-right, ethno-purist and nationalistic currents as well as the inclusive visions for social and ecological change, this book explores the complexities of contemporary Slavic and Germanic Paganisms. This timely volume re-evaluates what we know about contemporary Paganism, particularly addressing the social threat and impact of radicalism. In light of the war in Ukraine, the authors deconstruct heritage narratives that are at the heart of current geopolitical and nationalist social tensions in Central and Eastern Europe including the West versus East problem. With suggestions on how we can mitigate and overcome the potential security threats connected to radical forms of Paganisms, Religion at the Boundaries UK June 2026 • US June 2026 328 Pages HB 9781350423916 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350423954 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350423923 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350423930 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
486
UK, Europe, ROW
this book shows how minority groups are advancing solutions to global challenges. Exploring multiple perspectives through a diverse blend of contributors, this volume bridges the gap between academia, governmental institutions and Pagan communities, providing a rich resource for all parties. Highlighting broader religious and security issues, this volume is the first to consider the dialogue between ethno-exclusivist and inclusivist positioning within contemporary Slavic and Germanic Paganisms.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Poverty Abolitionists
Faith, Activism, and Hope for Difficult Times David Beckmann Poverty is not inevitable. In fact, we have already made historic progress in reducing it—both globally and in the United States. In Poverty Abolitionists, economist, pastor, and activist David Beckmann shows that with collective will, effective strategy, and renewed moral vision, we can virtually eliminate poverty in our generation. Drawing on decades of leadership at the World Bank and as president of Bread for the World, Beckmann distills five essential insights and ten strategies to reinvigorate the fight against hunger and deprivation. He highlights data that proves poverty is solvable, confronts the big political setback that has reversed progress, and calls for a new poverty abolition movement—similar in scale and determination to the movement that ended enslavement. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 192 Pages • 5 b&w images HB 9798216275893 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9798216275916 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9798216275909 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
At the heart of this book is hope: hope grounded in evidence, history, and the countless efforts of communities and advocates who continue to push for justice. Beckmann insists that the movement to abolish poverty is not only political but also spiritual. He invites people of faith, seekers, and skeptics alike to deepen their solidarity with those in need and with a threatened planet.
COLLECTIONS
American Dominion
The Rise and Radicalization of a New Christendom Keri Ladner For decades, the politics of the evangelical movement were predictable: they were pro-life, concerned about public morality, and advocates for traditional “family values.” So how did they become so closely aligned with Donald Trump, a man who never embodied any of these values? The answer, according to Keri Ladner, is about more than political expediency. In this new book she describes how a few strains of evangelical belief with deep roots in American history came together to create a potent form of radical evangelicalism known as dominionism. Dominionists have a troubling relationship to democracy, one that is rooted in their understanding of the Bible and an unprecedented disregard for democracy that is rooted in their religious beliefs. They UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages HB 9798216275763 • £25.00 / $35.00 ePDF 9798216275787 • £22.50 / $31.50 ePub 9798216275770 • £22.50 / $31.50 Bloomsbury Academic
provide a strong and growing religious rationalization for the radicalization of the Republican Party. Ladner documents the rise of a religiously radical— masquerading as “conservative”—religious counterculture that equipped believers with a worldview shaped by a curriculum that moved from homeschooling into more and more public-school systems. She explores the world in which this ideology now lives: a network of vibrant and growing megachurches that promise a closer connection to God in ways that promise to tap into the power of Pentecost—but threaten to upend America’s traditional relationship to democratic norms in the process.
COLLECTIONS
Science, Religion, and Secularity The View from Relations
Edited by Ashley Lebner, Wilfrid Laurier University & Yunus Dogan Telliel, Worcester Polytechnic Institute Increasing antagonism towards science and scientists in the twenty-first century is often explained simplistically by pointing to the rise of religiously-underpinned right-wing movements – a narrative that reinforces the idea of an age-old and inevitable clash between science and religion. This book shows that engaging the concept of secularity, which has been understudied in this context, in scholarship on science and religion helps take the scholarly debate into productive new directions. Focusing on contemporary issues in the study of science and religion the contributions in this volume consider how people support, reject and grapple with common secularist ideas. They argue that the conditions of secularity both produce and are produced through relationships – those between humans as well as those that humans have with animals, matter and the Religion and Science as a Critical Discourse UK May 2026 • US March 2026 304 Pages • 8 bw illus PB 9798216383802 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216383758 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216383772 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216383789 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
divine. Moving beyond the individualism that is typically privileged in the West, this relational perspective assumes that the web of secularity, religion and science is open to constant negotiation and transformation: people and knowledge keep changing in relation to the world. In foregrounding relationships and their capacity for change, this volume raises important questions about the political dimension of research on science, religion and secularity.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
487
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Religion and War Exploring the Issues
Timothy J. Demy, U.S. Naval War College, Newport, Rhode Island, USA. & Gina Granados Palmer Ph.D., U.S. Naval War College, Newport, Rhode Island, USA There is a long and deep relationship between religion, politics, and war in U.S. history. While there is a constitutional and legal separation of religion and the state in American society, religion has been and remains a potent force in American culture and politics affecting many aspects of life, including perspectives on war and peace and the experience of war in U.S. history. From the American Revolution to the wars of the 21st century, religious values have informed and influenced American attitudes toward war and peace and have provided rationale for support and non-support of American participation in conflicts. Religion in Politics and Society Today UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages HB 9781440873904 • £34.00 / $45.00 PB 9798216374688 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440873911 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216182894 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
An overview essay surveys the background and significance of religion in American culture and provides historical context for discussions of contemporary topics. A timeline highlights key events related to wars and conflicts. The volume then includes more than 50 topical essays that discuss specific wars as well as religious themes within culture and politics, ultimately providing a detailed overview of the intersection of religion, war, and politics in contemporary America.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Religion in the Classroom Exploring the Issues
Jonathan M. Golden, Drew University, USA & Joseph J. McCallister, Drew University, USA An indispensable resource for understanding religion's place in American schools and in matters concerning the separation of church and state in the United States. There are few places where the tension between freedom of religion and separation of church and state is more salient than in America’s public schools. This book serves as a point of reference for many of the most important instances of this tension, including the court cases, laws and legal documents, policies, and principles involved. Approximately 50 reference entries are included, covering topics such as the American Civil Liberties Union, school dress Religion in Politics and Society Today UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages HB 9781440872761 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216374763 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440872778 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216172277 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
code, and the Scopes Trial. The entries provide cross references and suggestions for further reading, and the volume closes with an annotated bibliography.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Atheism and Agnosticism Exploring the Issues
Peter A. Huff, Benedictine University Explore the background and significance of atheism and agnosticism in modern society through 50 reference entries covering some of the most extraordinary people, events, and ideas of all time. This is the age of atheism and agnosticism. The number of people living without religious belief and practice is quickly and dramatically rising. Some experts call nonreligion, after Christianity and Islam, the third largest "religion" in the world today. Understanding the origins, history, variations, and impact of atheism and agnosticism is crucial to getting a grasp of the meaning of the present and gaining a glimpse of the future. Religion in Politics and Society Today UK September 2025 • US September 2025 288 Pages HB 9781440870828 • £34.00 / $45.00 PB 9798216374473 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440870835 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216050582 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
488
UK, Europe, ROW
This book provides a fair, comprehensive, and engaging survey of all aspects of contemporary atheism and agnosticism. An overview essay discusses the background and social and political contexts of unbelief, while a timeline highlights key events. Some 50 reference entries follow, with each providing fundamental, objective information about particular topics, events, and people, from Sigmund Freud to the Amsterdam Declaration, along with cross-references and suggestions for further reading. The volume closes with an annotated bibliography of the most important resources on atheism and agnosticism.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
A History of Catholic Political Philosophy Michael J. Sweeney, Xavier University & Timothy Sean Quinn, Xavier University, USA At different points in its history, Catholicism has been accused either of lacking any genuine interest in political philosophy or of advancing a monolithic and authoritarian program. The overall goal of all three volumes is not to defend Catholic thought against these charges, but to raise the question: What is a Catholic political philosophy? Or, more radically: Is there a Catholic political philosophy? Are there many Catholic political philosophies? Each of the three volumes treats a different period in the history of Catholic political philosophy with an eye to these questions: the first, from Augustine to Marsilius of Padua; the second, from Thomas More to Leo XIII; and the third, from the early papal statements of the twentieth century to Pope Francis. Each volume seeks to present the principal works of these authors for reconsideration by contemporary readers, in order to urge an encounter with the originality of their contribution to political philosophy. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 HB 9798216277538 • £150.00 / $200.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Battle for Immortality of the Soul in Early Christianity Tatian's Versus Greek Concepts of the Soul in Context Jeremiah Mutie How has humanity in general and Judeo-Christianity in particular dealt with the question of the immortality of its soul in history? In this book, Jeremiah Mutie digs deep into the pages of history to answer this central question. The book traces the preTatian Greek philosophical concepts of the soul to argue that compared to the various Greek views on the soul (especially the Platonic and the Middle Platonic views), and with some caveats, Tatian’s views come closest to the Old and New Testament fate of the human soul. This book participates in an ongoing discussion on the fate of the human soul and explores Tatian’s battle with the Greeks about the immortality of the human soul. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages PB 9798216445401 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666967340 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216262657 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978760882 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Sacred Laughter
Humor and Laughter in Religious, Cultural, and Mythic Traditions Edited by Michael K. Cundall Jr. This anthology explores the intersection of humor and laughter with various faith, religious, and mythic traditions. Each chapter covers a unique case where humor and laughter have intersected with some part of a religious, cultural, or mythic tradition and explores how and why laughter and humor are important in those stories. The contributors also explore how the role of humor and laughter shaped and influenced the various religions, cultures, or myths and what that might mean to the parent society. Each author also adds a bit of reflection on how they think their work is relevant to issues of humor in our modern world. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages • 13 bw illus PB 9781666973068 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666973044 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216261100 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978770270 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
489
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Representing Jerusalem in World Literature and Art Sacred Space and Sacred History Edited by Elena V. Shabliy This volume explores the historical and cultural dimensions of Jerusalem through the lens of world literature and art. Jerusalem inspired creation of various world literary works, spanning different time periods and contributing to various angles of views. This volume emphasizes Jerusalem’s spiritual significance in the world culture, literature, history, and global society. Preservation of this Holy City is not a duty of one, two, three nations—it is a duty of all humanity. The chapters of this book contribute to the significance of the cosmic city as one of the most important destinations of human journey. The UK March 2026 • US March 2026 224 Pages • 12 bw illus PB 9798216441069 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666977998 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216260622 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978763678 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
ultimate destination of many pilgrims is Jerusalem—the Holy City that unites all faithful and agnostics. Journey to the Holy City is the fulfillment of a sacred dream of believers.
COLLECTIONS
Indigenous Heritage in Siberia The Power of Objects
Edited by Nadezhda Mamontova, University of Birmingham, UK & Dmitriy Oparin, University of Bordeaux, France This book explores the culturally significant objects of various Indigenous peoples in Siberia by considering the power, agency, use and evolving meanings of these objects over time. It acknowledges that top-down conceptualizations of heritage, in Russia as anywhere, are only one element of a complex story that is negotiated by multiple actors. The book further explores the shifting politics and spirituality of material objects and their role in the construction of heritage across this vast multi-ethnic region from Indigenous perspectives. The regional case studies consider human–non-human interactions involving objects, which are more-than-things, such as ritual rugs, Buddhist relics, shamanic figurines and wooden carvings in contemporary Indigenous communities as well as in Bloomsbury Studies in Material Religion UK April 2026 • US April 2026 328 Pages • 16 bw illus PB 9781350507203 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350507166 • £90.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350507173 • £81.00 / $103.50 ePub 9781350507180 • £81.00 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
museum contexts. The overarching dominance of the Soviet state and now modern Russia, which had – and continues to have – conflicted bureaucratic views towards Indigeneity and heritage management, provides a crucial backdrop for the assessment of the resilience of Siberian Indigenous peoples. Through the lens of critical heritage studies and decolonial methodologies, this book sheds new light on numerous cultural, political, social and economic processes that are currently unfolding in Siberia and in the wider Indigenous world beyond.
COLLECTIONS
Reaching the Religiously Disaffiliated
Comparative Strategies to Engage the Nones Brian H. Smith The book addresses the growing number of Americans who no longer identify with any religious tradition, or the Nones. By 2022 Nones reached 27% of the population. They constitute 31 % of the millennials between 25 and 40, and 33% of the adults in Generation Z between 18 and 25. The author examines survey data on the growth of the Nones and the reasons they give for leaving, or never joining churches. Their exodus has caused concern by religious leaders since the future viability of organized Christianity is at stake given the large numbers of young Americans leaving religion. The author analyzes strategies to engage the Nones by recruiting efforts of Evangelical Christian megachurches, educational initiatives by the US Catholic Bishops, and methods of the Nuns & Nones movement which include dialogs, meals, meditations and shared living experiences between Catholic sisters and the religiously unaffiliated. This approach involves spiritually UK October 2025 • US October 2025 168 Pages PB 9781666953596 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666953572 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798881866709 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978764767 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
490
UK, Europe, ROW
accompanying Nones rather than efforts to proselytize or educate them. The concluding chapter explores ways for churches to engage Nones based on spiritual accompaniment approaches of the Nuns & Nones movement.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Solidarity and Power
Feminist Approaches to Religious Ethics Edited by Rosemary Kellison & Shannon Dunn This volume illuminates the voices of a diverse group of contemporary feminist scholars from a wide range of religious traditions to demonstrate the value and necessity of feminist contributions to the field of ethics. Contributors explore questions and debates that have long perplexed religious ethicists, such as the relationship between descriptive (“how do we act?”) and normative (“how should we act?”) inquiry, and how those can be productively addressed by drawing on resources from feminist work. In addition to contributing to these scholarly conversations, the book highlights a number of case studies from different religious communities on various moral issues to actively demonstrate the ways in which feminist approaches enhance religious ethics’ contribution to religious studies, support the decolonization of religious Religion in the Modern World UK June 2025 • US June 2025 384 Pages • 4 BW Photos HB 9781538187579 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781538187586 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765154908 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781538187593 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
ethics, and provide resources for innovative responses to these contemporary questions and debates. The themes of solidarity and power are the connecting threads throughout the volume. Historically, solidarity has been an essential aspect of justice-oriented political projects, but feminists’ critical attention to power and difference simultaneously raises questions regarding the possibility of genuine solidarity. The book explores the tensions and debates that arise from these considerations, suggesting that a feminist ethical approach enables scholarship that accounts for all of these concerns.
COLLECTIONS
Responding to Climate Crisis Hope at the Margins
Edited by Carol J. Dempsey, OP & Norah A. Martin Earth and all its communities of life are experiencing a climate crisis, a phrase broadly understood here as the disruption of the Earth’s systems. This disruption, caused by social, political, economic, cultural, and ecological turmoil, upheaval, and violence, negatively affects the atmosphere in which life exists. In the midst of such disruption, how can we have hope? And, if we can, where can we find it and keep it alive? This edited collection brings together the work of thirteen theologians, philosophers, and scientists from disparate parts of our shared Earth to continue the efforts of Thomas Berry in arguing that hope can be found even in the midst of global crises. Though each essay offers a different vision of hope, they agree with Berry’s vision of shifting to an Earth-centered world from a Dispatches from the New Diaspora UK February 2026 • US February 2026 248 Pages PB 9798216390695 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978715578 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216260660 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216354413 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
human-centered one. Through this radical shift, we see ourselves as not alone but rather woven within a network of living communities equally affected by devastating changes. By collaborating with other-than-human communities on this planet, the scholars herein reconceptualize hope, thereby challenging traditional ways of thinking about and solutions for today’s multi-layered issues. When those on the margins of life are seen, heard, respected, cherished, and listened to, then hope flourishes and all life recovers its vibrancy.
COLLECTIONS
A Practical Guide to Critical Religion Edited by Alexander Henley, Institute of Islamic Studies, UK Making critical theory on ‘religion’ accessible to students and skeptics, this Practical Guide showcases its relevance and usefulness for research and teaching on all sorts of contemporary subjects. Why do many scholars now doubt that ‘religion’ is a useful concept for understanding aspects of our world? What’s wrong with describing things as ‘religious’ or ‘non-religious’? Why does it matter, and what can we do about it? The book begins with a toolkit of concepts and methods for doing Critical Religion. Part I provides a roadmap to navigate this critical turn in religious studies and its implications across disciplines. In Part II, we hear from three influential theorists on the Critiquing Religion: Discourse, Culture, Power UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages HB 9781350256460 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350256477 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350256484 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350256491 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
importance of being critical about ‘religion’ and the ‘secular’, and what it means to them. Then in Part III we see these insights put into practice: eight pioneering scholars present case studies that show how they have applied critical approaches in their own fields. Each case highlights ways in which Critical Religion has enriched their empirical research or how they think about teaching. Through a diverse sample of cutting-edge scholarship, this book demonstrates what Critical Religion means in action. It includes perspectives on history, anthropology, sociology, political science and education, with cases representing research in contexts from Japan to the Middle East to Europe and North America.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
491
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Struggles for Hindu Sacred Space in the Netherlands Affect and Absence
Priya Swamy, National Museum of World Cultures, the Netherlands This book asks us to consider what is absent, rather than what is present, when studying religions. Priya Swamy argues that absent religious spaces are in themselves abstract locations that painfully memorialize feelings of shame, oppression and marginalization. She shows that these ‘traumas of absence’ – the complex, entwined and emotional responses to absent spaces – can be articulated through mob violence and destruction, but also anticolonial struggles or human rights issues. This study focusses on the absence of temples across the global Hindu diaspora, taking the tumultuous narrative of the Devi Dhaam community in Amsterdam Southeast as a central location to detail the over thirty-year struggle to build a Hindu temple in a neighbourhood of vibrant mosques and churches. In 2010, their makeshift space was pulled away from them, Bloomsbury Studies in Religion, Space and Place UK April 2026 • US April 2026 192 Pages HB 9781350079069 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350372566 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350079076 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350079083 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
provoking tears among elderly devotees, rage among board members and devastation in the wider community. By exploring the ways in which the trauma of absent religious spaces has become a formative aspect of localized but also globalized Hindu identity, this book rethinks the way that empty lots, piles of rubble and abandoned buildings around the world are themselves powerful monuments to the trauma of absent temple spaces that mobilize campaigns for Hindu spaces.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Studying Religion, Past and Present Essays in Honor of Panayotis Pachis
Edited by Nickolas P. Roubekas, University of Vienna, Austria, Dimitris Xygalatas, University of Connecticut, USA, Luther H. Martin, University of Vermont, USA & Donald Wiebe, University of Toronto, Canada Celebrating the contributions of Panayotis Pachis to the field, this book discusses the past, present, and future of the study of religion in antiquity and modernity. Panayotis Pachis has dedicated his celebrated career at the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki to the study of various aspects of ancient religions. The contents of this book reflect Pachis' conviction that the study of religious ideas and practices should be focused on three pillars: the study of history, the formulation and application of theoretical frameworks, and the utilization of traditional as well as innovative methodological tools. Scientific Studies of Religion: Inquiry and Explanation UK April 2026 • US April 2026 280 Pages • 9 bw illus HB 9781350339996 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350340039 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350340008 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350340015 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Chapters range from the scientific study of Roman-Graeco religions, cultural evolution, and neurocognitive theories in the history and study of religion, to a look at why we need an integrative approach to study religion, past and present.
COLLECTIONS
Ecocosmological Spirituality of Southern Queer Black Women (Re)Membering and Reconnecting Identity Tomeka C. Jacobs This book argues for the positionality of the spirituality of queer Black women through the construction of an ecocosmological spiritual framework. Conceptualizing the decolonial, Tomeka C. Jacobs travels through space, place, and time to rediscover the parts of queer Black women that have been quieted due to cisheteronormative, patriarchal, hegemonic, misogyny, and misogynoir systems of domination. She reflects on what it means to engage the decolonial through a theological and interdisciplinary lens, which includes epistemology, pedagogy, and ontology. Ecocosmological Spirituality of Southern Queer Black Women: (Re)Membering and Reconnecting Identity serves as a love letter to queer Black women who have often been overlooked in Postcolonial and Decolonial Studies both academic and cultural milieus. Using queer autoethnography and decolonial methods, this book takes the reader on a in Religion and Theology journey of becoming. Jacobs presents themes of belonging, identity, healing, pain, joy, disconnection, reconnection, and the UK August 2025 • US August 2025 136 Pages PB 9781666975161 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666975147 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765154403 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781666975154 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
492
UK, Europe, ROW
practice of (re)membering in the ecocosmological sphere. As an art form, she relies on scholars from disciplines beyond the scope of theology to address theological concerns and conscious positioning. This book is a call to unlearn, disconnect, deconstruct, and then (re)member, reconnect, and construct in life-giving, life-affirming, and life-altering ways.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Black Prophetic Patriotism
Reverend Jeremiah Wright, Jr.’s, Message, Ministry, and Legacy Edited by Jonathan Chism & LaMont Johnson This volume critically and constructively examines Jeremiah Wright Jr.’s life and legacy, focusing on his patriotic promotion of inclusion within the church and society. The mainstream media disrespectfully reduced Wright to a viral soundbite. The condemnation of Wright and the devaluing of his name and contributions testify to how black liberation theology and black prophetic witness and activism have been misunderstood by Christians in the United States across racial lines. The contributors offer a nuanced discussion of Wright’s sermons, ministry, and legacy. By revisiting Wright’s controversial sermons in the context of racial injustices during the presidencies of Barack Obama and Donald Trump, we contend that Wright exemplified a commitment to prophetic patriotism and courageously spoke the truth about national sins despite the costs. Prophetic patriotism has been and remains Religion and Race
necessary to inspire America to strive to fulfill its noble democratic ideals.
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 240 Pages • 1 bw illus; 4 tables PB 9781666956221 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666956207 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765154250 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781666956214 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Force, Religion, and the Quest for African American Justice A Study of the Black Just War Tradition Daniel A. Morris This study argues that Black calls for force in the struggle against white supremacy have echoed concepts and principles in the Western just war tradition. After establishing that just war theory has ignored Black calls for force and that the Trans-Atlantic Slave Trade relied on just war ethics for its justification, this book turns to African American resistance rhetoric in three crucial periods of U.S. history. In the antebellum period, the Civil Rights movement, and the era of mass incarceration, African American thinkers have drawn on ideas and forms of logic that run parallel to just war ethics. This makes Black rhetoric of forceful resistance morally normal, rather than radical or extremist. Figures in the Black just war tradition such as David Walker, Henry Highland Garnet, Religion and Race
Harriet Tubman, Huey Newton, Bree Newsome, and others should be included in the discipline of just war ethics, and white
UK June 2025 • US June 2025 264 Pages PB 9781498549226 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781498549202 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765155400 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781498549219 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
American Christians should recognize that their endorsements of force are consistent with widely accepted moral positions.
COLLECTIONS
Rowdy Girl
Confessions of a Vegan Cattle Rancher Renee King-Sonnen Unable to reconcile the cruel realities of her husband Tommy’s business, Renee King-Sonnen begins to question some of society’s most basic assumptions about the animals we eat and the food systems we uphold. These questions spark a profound transformation—and a determination to save the very cattle her husband’s livelihood depends on. The couple’s opposing worldviews lead to escalating conflict, pushing their marriage to the brink. Seeking support, KingSonnen connects with online vegan communities and launches a secret Facebook diary, The Vegan Journal of a Cattle Rancher’s Wife. With a growing following, she rallies support for an ambitious plan: buy Tommy’s herd, take over the ranch, and transform it into an animal sanctuary. The suspense peaks in December 2014, when Tommy agrees to sell her the cattle UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages • 13 b&w photos HB 9798216278351 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798216278375 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798216278368 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
for $30,000—if she can raise the funds before they’re sent to slaughter. More than a memoir, Rowdy Girl is a story of spiritual awakening and ethical transformation. It reveals the shared ground between ranchers and vegans—a commitment to compassion, tradition, and sustainability—while challenging the foundations of animal agriculture.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
493
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COLLECTIONS
How to Plant a Billion Trees
A Memoir of Childhood Trauma and the Healing Power of Nature Nicole Walker, Northern Arizona University, USA When Nicole Walker was molested and had an abortion at age 11, the distance between her and the world grew until she couldn’t imagine a future place for her anywhere. In How to Plant a Billion Trees, Walker tries to understand why her whole life didn’t fall apart, as was predicted. As she pieces together her story, she finds that it was thanks in no small part to her mother, her sisters, her friends who did not let the sexual abuse to define her. In this candid portrayal of a young girl, Nicole Walker writes about how, thanks to her family, her friends, and the mountains of the Wasatch, Cascades, and San Francisco Peaks, she reknit herself into the fabric of a supportive culture.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages HB 9798216278870 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798216278894 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798216278887 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
Employing the forest as a model to understand how to reconnect her life with the world, Nicole studies the way that ecosystems anticipate, react, and support each small part of the whole. As she learns more about ecology, she discovers that in a healthy forest, even the gritty, decaying elements contribute to the health of the forest. The process of rebuilding the self into a community parallels the process of a forest’s growth. To apply that lesson to the human ecosystem, Nicole realizes that even the hard-to-stomach stories need to be told, and, with air, that grit is transformed into something alive and new.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Emplantation of Catholicism in Pre-modern Korea Texts, Teachings and Gender Relations
Kevin N. Cawley, University College Cork, Ireland Tracing the development of Catholic ideas in Japan and China during the late sixteenth and early seventeenth century, this book provides an overview of the evolution of the missionary strategy in East Asia while focusing on the early emplantation of Catholicism in Korea. Kevin Cawley recreates the tumultuous period for gender relations and explores interreligious interactions between Confucians and Catholics. Highlighting the textual production this period inspired, this book examines writings such as the catechism of the Italian Jesuit, Matteo Ricci (1552-1610), which went on to convert a group of elite Confucian scholars to the new religion. It also underscores the importance of the vernacular catechism written by Chong Yakchong (1760–1801), a Bloomsbury Studies in Religion, Gender, and Sexuality UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages • 10 bw illus HB 9781350236011 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350236059 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350236028 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350236035 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
convert from a prominent Confucian family, who was eventually executed. Chong's text made Catholicism easily understandable for women, as well as men from lower social classes, who eventually converted in significant numbers effecting real social change. Outlining the shift from rejection to acceptance of new texts composed by early Korean converts, this book explores emergent Catholicism in Japan, China and Korea, as well as the various challenges encountered and how the mission strategy changed as a result.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Women and Religion Global Lives in Focus
Edited by Susan M. Shaw, Oregon State University A 2022 Choice Outstanding Academic Title This volume offers students a broad examination of the impact of religion on the lives of women around the world, focusing on differences among women, Indigenous religions, the impact of religion in colonization, and resistance to religious oppression. This volume is organized into eight chapters, each focusing on a different region of the world, including North America, Latin America and the Caribbean, Europe, North Africa and the Middle East, Sub-Saharan Africa, Central and East Asia, South Women and Society around the World UK February 2026 • US February 2026 352 Pages HB 9781440871962 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216453246 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440871979 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216166320 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
494
UK, Europe, ROW
and Southeast Asia, and Oceania. Chapters cover women's status and experiences in the religions of each region, including Indigenous religions and such major world religions as Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, and Hinduism. Additionally, they cover issues of religion for women, such as women in religious leadership, women in sacred texts, LGBTQ issues in religion, the intersections of religion and politics for women, the legacy of Christian missionaries on the colonial project, religious violence against women, and women's resistance to religious oppression.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
RESEARCH METHODS COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Qualitative Research Ethics Research Methods
Rose Wiles, University of Southampton, UK & Richard Chenhall, University of Melbourne, Australia This book provides a concise and easily-digested overview of the field of research ethics, highlighting the key issues and everyday ethical dilemmas that researchers are likely to face in different contexts. Covering a range of methods, the book provides clear guidance for researchers on how to identify an approach that fits with their moral and intellectual framework. It explores ethical issues relating to 'traditional' research methods as well as to new and emerging methods and approaches - particularly visual and online methods. Chenhall builds on the success of the first edition by providing an international focus, including examples, resources and Bloomsbury Research Methods
regulations from around the world and updating current and relevant regulations, guides and ethics statements from
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages HB 9781350425033 • £55.00 / $75.00 PB 9781350425026 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9781350425040 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781350425057 • £16.19 / $22.45 Bloomsbury Academic
countries including Australia, New Zealand, the UK and the US. In addition, the book includes updates to current issues in qualitative research ethics, covering key contemporary topics such as ethical issues raised by emerging approaches in qualitative research, qualitative research in online environments, Indigenous methodologies and data governance for Indigenous/First Nation populations, and institutional ethics requirements. The book also contains new sections on data sharing and big data, data sovereignty and artificial intelligence.
COLLECTIONS
Visual Methodologies and Methods for Caribbean Research Enacting Epistemic Freedom
Edited by Joyanne De Four-Babb, University of Belize, Belize & Sheron Fraser-Burgess, Ball State University, USA This book provides a wealth of insights for research in the Caribbean and the global South more broadly. Its premise - that the specifics of life in these parts of the world are essential in observing, documenting, and transmitting knowledge in and about them - challenges Western-centric approaches and expands visual research methodologies for Caribbean-specific contexts. Visual research methods offer a pathway to documentation and representation of phenomena across multiple domains in various genres of experiences. This compendium of conceptual/theoretical, arts-based and non-arts based empirical research makes the case for visual modality in those research methodologies. The chapters document research in the small countries in the Greater and Lesser Antilles and those that are adjacent to the Caribbean Sea, such as Belize and Bermuda. Altogether, they provide qualitative insight into the human story of sub-populations as well the usefulness of visual UK January 2026 • US January 2026 272 Pages • 10 bw illus PB 9781350474123 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350474086 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9781350474093 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350474109 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
tools in representing, documenting, and expressing the meaning and meaning-making that resides there.
COLLECTIONS
Qualitative Narratives of Space and Gender Perspectives from India
Jagriti Gangopadhyay, Manipal Institute of Social Sciences Humanities and Arts, Manipal Academy of Higher Education, Manipal, India This edited volume brings together the works of researchers who are working on diverse contemporary themes of space and gender through qualitative narratives with a specific focus on India. It is unique with respect to its methodology as every chapter relies on different qualitative approaches such as archival, empirical, observational and analysis of visual mediums to interrogate questions of space and gender through research administered in different parts of India. The chapters investigating the questions of space shed light on mental health narratives in relation to medical institutions, forests as spaces of conservation, representation of caste and linguistic identity through the medium of cinema as a space and locating caste narratives in temple inscriptions. On the other hand, the chapters exploring the questions of gender discuss ideas of UK April 2026 • US July 2026 272 Pages HB 9789361317569 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9789361318948 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9789361310485 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic India
masculinity in the feminist retellings of the epic Ramayana, auto-ethnographic accounts of performances in kitchen spaces and empirical findings on challenges of STEM mothers who are working in Indian academia and examining the perceptions of childfree women regarding the stigma associated with their status. In addition to addressing these two themes of space and gender through a narrative-based approach, the chapters of this volume also touch upon and discuss some of the United Nations 2030 focus on sustainable development by creating the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) such as Good Health and Well-Being, Gender Equality and Sustainable cities and communities.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
495
SLAVIC & EASTERN EUROPEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Noncommitment in Moscow Conceptualism The Tactics of Shimmering
Daniil M. Leiderman, University of Pittsburgh This book focuses on an artistic tactic from the late Soviet underground called “shimmering,” characterized by rapid shifts between various opposing perspectives and ideologies, with the artist embracing all and betraying all in turn. The Moscow Conceptualists designed shimmering to avoid repeating what they saw as the fatal flaw of the Soviet avantgarde: the collusion between artistic and political authority. Shimmering was intended to prevent artists from ever slipping into authoritarianism, making their words, works and selves slippery instead. Inspired by American Pop Art’s nonchalant critique of the hegemonic visuality of capitalism, Moscow Conceptualists forged shimmering to similarly represent Soviet official culture. Daniil Leiderman traces how shimmering developed from experiments with painterly space exploring the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 30 b/w photos PB 9781666923292 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666923278 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216266396 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978768536 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
contentious legacy of the Soviet avant-garde, to re-negotiations of the artist’s relationship to their own authority, ultimately becoming a model for constructing new social collectives, outside the norms of Soviet society. The author argues that shimmering remains an important tactic for dismantling hierarchical power in contemporary Russian protest art.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
East–South Women Internationalism at the Cold War Periphery Coming Together in Tashkent, Havana, and Beyond Yulia Gradskova, Södertörn University (Sweden) East–South Women Internationalism at the Cold War Periphery examines women’s gatherings, internationalism, political travel, and networks through questioning established geopolitical categories. While female “political tourists” coming to cities like Tashkent and Havana cannot be seen as free from neither the superpowers’ open and hidden confrontational agendas nor from Cold War surveillance and pressures, Gradskova demonstrates that they significantly contributed to the advancement of transnational women’s rights. Simultaneously, East-South Women Internationalism at the Cold War Periphery contributes to the growing field of decolonial criticism regarding the “second world” emancipation project by detailing how its vision of progress hindered many other voices and visions of the future from being heard. Gradskova’s attention to the mundane problems and pleasures of traveling, coming together, and writing letters allows for distinguishing UK September 2025 • US September 2025 312 Pages PB 9798765161951 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666943436 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765154397 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781666943443 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
implicit details of curiosity, emotional attachment as well as (self) censorship and hierarchies; in turn, helping to reconstruct parts of women’s robust and complex participation in the building of the transnational connectivity trespassing the Cold War division lines. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond.
COLLECTIONS
Lessons From the Revolutions of 1989 in East Central Europe So You Say You Want a Revolution?
Edited by David S. Danaher, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Barbara J. Falk, Royal Military College of Canada & Delia Popescu This book explores the lessons that can be gleaned through a look from the East Central European experience of dissent for dissent and resistance as general modern phenomena. Lessons from the Revolutions of 1989 in East Central Europe has a two-fold purpose: (1) to teach about, in an accessible way, the East Central European culture of dissent, and (2) to explore connections between that time and place and our own post-1989 globalized world where dissent and resistance are more prominent and necessary than ever. Scholars of the pre1989 East Central European culture of dissent do not, as a matter of course, look for lessons in their subject, and the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages PB 9781666968088 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666968064 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216257653 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978769847 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
496
UK, Europe, ROW
scarcity of scholarly literature that explores this angle only confirms our point. At the same time, this avoidance, perhaps for good methodological reasons, does seem rather odd. Why not try to draw lessons—for us in the here and now—from studying the cultural-historical space of pre-1989 East Central Europe? This question seems especially important given that the intellectual dissidents did not think that what was happening in their time and place was isolated from the modern world as a whole: they thought that there were lessons to be drawn for the "West" from the experience of the "East."
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SLAVIC & EASTERN EUROPEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Voices of War
The Russian Experience, Kievan Rus to the Nineteenth Century Edited by Donna Orwin Voices of War: The Russian Experience is a collection of historical literature containing pieces that focus on the mentality of warriors and observers of war in Russian culture over time, and the attitude of society toward war and warriors. The first volume of this two volume series includes records from the Kievan Rus to the nineteenth century, providing a wealth of understanding about how Russians viewed their experience of war.
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 344 Pages PB 9798765166529 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798881800741 • £90.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765155325 • £81.00 / $117.00 ePub 9798881800758 • £81.00 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Voices of War
The Russian Experience, The Napoleonic Wars to the Twenty-First Century Edited by Donna Tussing Orwin Voices of War: The Russian Experience is an extensive collection of historical literature containing pieces that focus on the mentality of warriors and observers of war in Russian culture over time, and the attitude of society toward war and warriors. The second volume of this two-volume series includes records from the Napoleonic Wars to the twenty-first century, providing a wealth of understanding about how Russians viewed their experience of war.
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 416 Pages PB 9798765166628 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798881800765 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765155332 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798881800772 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
55TH EDITION
Russia and Eurasia 2025–2026 Navruz Nekbakhtshoev, University of Nebraska The World Today Series: Russia and Eurasia 2025–2026 provides historical background on East & Southeast Asia to help readers gain a thorough understanding of contemporary developments in this region. Broad introductory chapters are followed by sections on each country in the region. The combination of factual accuracy and up-to-date detail make this an outstanding resource for researchers, practitioners in international development, media professionals, government officials, potential investors, and students to understand the immediate background of contemporary developments.
World Today UK December 2025 • US December 2025 368 Pages PB 9798881802530 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798881859749 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802547 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
497
SLAVIC & EASTERN EUROPEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Belarus in the Time of Crisis
External and Internal Factors of Political Dynamics Edited by Andrei V. Korobkov, Middle Tennessee State University & Grigory V. Ioffe, Radford University Since the mid-1990s, the perspective on Belarus that Western authors have been guided by has been the promotion of democracy and the perceived necessity to fight the authoritarian regime. However, repeated failure in this area has called attention to the inadequacy of the research informing this approach. This book considers the fundamental issue of handling society pervaded by a schism or fundamental disunion in terms of values and geopolitical issues. Belarus in the Time of Crisis considers the societal split between the pro-Russian and pro-Western Belarusians, the relationships between these two segments of society, and the Belarusian political regime to be the internal factors of political change in Belarus. In contrast, the COVID-19 pandemic, Russia’s war in Ukraine, and the Western sanctions imposed on Belarus are the external factors. As a relatively small country squeezed between the two centers of power, Russia and the UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 10 b/w photos PB 9781666955262 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666955248 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216251750 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978766259 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
European Union, Belarus has always stood out for the exceptional role of external influences on all aspects of its existence.
COLLECTIONS
Nuremberg Principles and Ukraine
The Contemporary Challenges to Peace, Security and Justice Edited by Marshall J. Breger & Herbert R. Reginbogin In this book, contributors go in-depth to analyze the ‘crime of aggression', 'crimes against humanity’ and their applicability in the context of the invasion of Ukraine. The ongoing Russian invasion of Ukraine brings the principles of Nuremberg to the forefront of discussions on justice, raising questions about the feasibility of Nuremberg-style accountability. The book touches upon the abduction of Ukrainian children and the destruction of Ukrainian cultural heritage. Contributors also discuss the topic of war crime tribunals after Nuremberg, including Timor and former Yugoslavia, as well as tribunals in Rwanda, Sierra Leone, and others leading up to the International Criminal Court (ICC). Including essays by Oleksandra Matviichuk, the Ukrainian Nobel Laureate, and Ambassador Dr. Anton Korynevych, Ukrainian minister and specialist in international law, this book considers the UK October 2025 • US October 2025 600 Pages • 2 b/w lineart images PB 9781666960785 • £24.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666960761 • £110.00 / $135.00 ePDF 9798765159125 • £99.00 / $121.50 ePub 9781666960778 • £99.00 / $121.50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
contemporary relevance of the Nuremberg principles in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine.
2ND EDITION
Building Hegemonic Order Russia's Way
Chasing International but Not Regional Multipolity Michael O. Slobodchikoff As Russia challenges the US-led Global Order, Moscow had to create its own version of regional order. From the ashes of the Soviet Union, Moscow had to rebuild its relations with each of the former Soviet states. To do so, Russia had to overcome both mistrust and power asymmetry. While some of the states have chosen not to cooperate with Russia, other states have chosen to cooperate with Russia to create a regional architecture and order. Many argue that Russia is a coercive power in the region that forces other states to act in only its own interests. While recognizing Russia’s power Michael O. Slobodchikoff maintains that it is not able to simply force states to behave as it wants them to. Instead, Russia must use bilateral and multilateral cooperation for both Russia as the hegemon and the weaker powers in the region. Russia has been successful at creating regional order. While it has worked to achieve global multipolarity, it has built regional Russian, Eurasian, and Eastern European Politics
unipolarity, putting its global strategy at odds with its regional goals.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 176 Pages • 43 tables; 8 figures PB 9781666978582 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978568 • £80.00 / $105.00 ePDF 9798765154267 • £72.00 / $94.50 ePub 9781666978575 • £72.00 / $94.50 Bloomsbury Academic
498
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SLAVIC & EASTERN EUROPEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Queen Marie of Romania's Fashion, Diplomacy, and Enduring Legacy Reigning in Style
Simona Preda, University of Bucharest This book offers an unprecedented exploration of a remarkable historical figure, Queen Marie of Romania, through the unique lens of her fashion, style, and jewelry. By situating Queen Marie's fashion within the broader historical and political context, Queen Marie of Romania's Fashion, Diplomacy, and Enduring Legacy provides a comprehensive understanding of her role in Romanian society, her personality, and her broader impact on European culture and politics. This book is not just a biography; it's a study of the interplay between fashion, politics, and culture in the early 20th century. It highlights the significance of fashion and jewelry as tools of soft power and diplomacy, offering insights into the intersections between personal style, literary and artistic expressions, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 20 tables PB 9781666968170 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666968156 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216260103 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764613 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
and historical roles. The interdisciplinary nature of this book integrates insights from history, art history, fashion studies, and cultural studies. It is grounded in extensive archival research, including Queen Marie's personal diaries, letters, memoirs, and photographs, complemented by material culture analysis of surviving garments and jewelry.
COLLECTIONS
Practicing Communities in South-Slavic Theatre and Performance Edited by Leo Rafolt, Josip Juraj Strossmayer University This edited collection contextualizes South Slavic performance as a response to Yugoslavia’s socio-political disintegration and the crisis of self-management. The volume explores how theatre and performance became powerful tools for community-building, activism, and reimagining identity in post-Yugoslav societies through critical, site-specific, and participatory artistic practices. Practicing Communities in South Slavic Theatre and Performance, edited by Leo Rafolt, sets the stage for a comprehensive exploration of performance practices in the former Yugoslav region. Framed by the expression “Jugoslavija je okružena brigama”, authors of this volume contextualize different performances within the socio-political, cultural, and ideological tensions of the post-transition era. The texts highlight how the contextt of post-Yugoslavia’s unique post-communal model, UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 40 tables PB 9781666971446 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971422 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216259794 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764040 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
rising nationalism, and economic instability create a fertile ground for politically charged, community-oriented artistic practices. The volume brings together essays examining diverse performance forms, ranging from avant-garde art, street protests, contemporary dance pieces, traditional forms, storytelling, and site-specific interventions to contemporary postdramatic theatre and applied theatre. These practices are presented as tools for memory work, social critique, and identity negotiation in a fragmented post-Yugoslav context. Through case studies and theoretical frameworks, this book reveals how artists reimagine belonging and reclaim public space, positioning performance as an active force in shaping cultural memory, political discourse, and collective identity.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Nijinsky's Feeling Mind
The Dancer Writes, The Writer Dances Nicole Svobodny Nijinsky's Feeling Mind: The Dancer Writes, The Writer Dances is the first in-depth literary study of Vaslav Nijinsky's lifewriting. Through close textual analysis combined with intellectual biography and literary theory, Nicole Svobodny puts the spotlight on Nijinsky as reader. She elucidates Nijinsky's riffs on Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and Nietzsche, equating these intertextual connections to "marking" a dance, whereby the dancer uses a reduction strategy situated between thinking and doing. By exploring the intersections of bodily movement with verbal language, this book addresses broader questions of how we sense and make sense of our worlds. Drawing on archival research, along with studies in psychology and philosophy, Svobodny emphasizes the modernist contexts from which the dancer-writer emerged at the end of World War I. Nijinsky began his life-writing—a book he titled Feeling—the day after the Paris Peace Conference opened, and the same Crosscurrents: Russia's Literature in Context UK April 2026 • US April 2026 386 Pages • 16 b/w photos; HB 9781793653536 • £100.00 / $130.00 PB 9781793653550 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978792814 • £90.00 / $117.00 ePub 9781793653543 • £90.00 / $117.00 Lexington Books
day he performed his "last dance." Nijinsky's Feeling Mind begins with the dancer on stage and concludes as he invites readers into his private room. Illuminating the structure, plot, medium, and mode of Feeling, this study calls on readers to grapple with a paradox: the more the dancer insists on his writing as a live performance, the more he points to the material object that entombs it.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
499
SLAVIC & EASTERN EUROPEAN STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Warburg, Kandinsky, and Shestov on Renewal of Art and Humanity Artistic, Philosophical, and Psychoanalytic Perspectives Marina G. Ogden, University of Glasgow This book explores the meanings of the concept of renewal in the work of the three twentieth-century innovators of European culture. Aby Warburg’s, Wassily Kandinsky’s, and Lev Shestov’s rethinking of the meanings of art and culture transcended temporal and disciplinary boundaries, which led to the reframing of the traditional bonds between pictorial reality and different forms of art. Drawing on intercultural and interdisciplinary perspectives, Marina G. Ogden brings the pioneering thoughts of the three twentieth-century innovators of European culture together. Making a compelling case for affirming the concept of renewal as the foremost idea galvanizing cultural advancement in Europe at the beginning of the twentieth century as well as for its continued contemporary relevance, Ogden argues that the work of Warburg, Kandinsky and Shestov redefined the relationship between expression and perception, perception and memory, artist and artwork, and between artistic UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages • 4 b&w photos PB 9781666964967 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666964943 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216262039 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978760370 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
500
UK, Europe, ROW
expression and form. By engaging Sigmund Freud’s, William James,’ John Ruskin’s, Karl Jaspers,’ Maurice MerleauPonty’s and other thinkers’ insights into philosophy, art and the nature of creativity with those of Warburg, Kandinsky and Shestov, the exploratory perusal of the concept of renewal evokes interconnections between artistic, philosophical, and psychoanalytic viewpoints.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIAL WORK & SOCIAL WELFARE
Aboriginal Social Work Voices Edited by Bindi Bennett, University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia & Jacob Prehn, University of Tasmania, Australia Understanding and respectfully engaging with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities is vital for the future of social work in Australia. Authored by an all-Aboriginal Australian team, this book offers a ground-breaking collection of writings to develop a toolkit for culturally responsive practice. Structured in three parts, Aboriginal Social Work Voices explores key contemporary issues in social work, including allyship, anti-racist practice and the ubiquity of whiteness in Australian social work. This book will help you to: - Deepen your understanding of the histories, cultures and ongoing struggles of Aboriginal communities in Australia - Critically reflect on your role in social work and how you can contribute to social justice and the advancement of Aboriginal rights UK April 2026 • US April 2026 358 Pages • 20 illustrations HB 9781350463653 • £170.00 / $230.00 PB 9781350463318 • £54.99 / $74.95 ePDF 9781350463301 • £49.49 / $67.45 ePub 9781350463325 • £49.49 / $67.45 Bloomsbury Academic
- Build the cultural responsiveness needed to engage respectfully and meaningfully with Aboriginal peoples - Foster a more inclusive and compassionate approach to social work practice With reflective questions and further reading at the end of each chapter, this book centres Aboriginal voices to enrich your understanding of both the challenges and the resilience within Aboriginal communities.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Foster Care in America A Reference Handbook
Christina G. Villegas, California State University, San Bernardino, USA America's foster care system has a noble goal — to care for children that for various reasons can no longer be cared for by their families — but years of inattention and inadequate funding have left many foster youth in a precarious state. This resource provides a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the American foster care system. Areas of coverage include the scaffolding of foster care systems in the various states (each of which operate their own unique systems through their social service agencies); conditions under which children are taken out of their families of origin and placed in foster care; the experiences of both young children and older teens in foster homes; challenges for foster children who "age out" of the system; and proposals to reform and improve foster care across the nation. Geared for students, this book contains chapters devoted to the background and history of foster care in America; the Contemporary World Issues UK December 2025 • US December 2025 320 Pages HB 9781440874291 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216396789 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440874307 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216086420 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
system's problems, controversies, and solutions; original essay contributions exploring various facets of the system; profiles of leading foster care activists and organizations; governmental data and excerpts of primary documents on the topic; and an annotated list of important books, scholarly journals, and nonprint sources for further research. It closes with a detailed chronology, glossary of terms, and subject index.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
501
SOCIOLOGY 2ND EDITION
Queer Theory Now
From Foundations to Futures Hannah McCann, University of Melbourne, Australia & Whitney Monaghan, Monash University, Australia What is the past, present and future of queer theory? How does it relate to real-world issues such as the current antiLGBTQ+ backlash and the global rise of right-wing politics? This textbook provides an introduction to queer theory, including key terms, concepts, debates, and applications across a range of academic disciplines and to contemporary life more generally. The authors engage with a wide range of developments in queer theory thinking, including discussions of identity politics, transgender theory, intersectionality, postcolonial theory, Indigenous studies, disability studies, affect theory, and more. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 312 Pages HB 9781350415300 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350415317 • £26.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9781350415287 • £24.29 / $33.25 ePub 9781350415294 • £24.29 / $33.25 Bloomsbury Academic
This new edition: - Makes difficult theory easy to understand, with clear ‘Key Terms’ boxes and ‘Queer Theory in Practice’ to show how theory applies to real life - Provides an historically-informed approach to understanding queer theory, including how activism has shaped theory - Helps you to engage further with theory through discussion questions, further readings and film recommendations - Is thoroughly updated to engage with the latest scholarship in this fast-moving field, and includes new coverage of issues
Understanding Reproduction in Social Contexts A Reader
Caitlin Killian In today’s post-Roe world, U.S. maternal mortality is on the rise and laws regarding contraception, involuntary sterilization, access to reproductive health services, and criminalization of people who are gestating are changing by the minute. Using a reproductive justice framework, Understanding Reproduction in Social Contexts walks students through the social landscape around reproduction through the life course. Chapters by cutting-edge reproductive scholars, practitioners, and advocates address the social control of fertility and pregnancy, the promises and perils of assisted reproductive technologies, experiences of pregnancy, miscarriage, abortion, and birth, and how individuals make sense of and respond to UK June 2025 • US June 2025 560 Pages • 7 bw illus, 5 tables HB 9798881801533 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9798881801540 • £34.99 / $55.00 ePDF 9798881801557 • £31.49 / $49.50 ePub 9798881854737 • £31.49 / $49.50 Bloomsbury Academic
the cultural, social, and political forces that condition their reproductive lives. The book takes an intersectional approach and considers how gender, sexuality, fatness, disability, class, race, and immigration status impact both an individual’s health and the healthcare they receive. The inclusion of timely topics such as increased legal limitations on abortion, transpeople and reproduction, and new developments in assisted reproduction and family formation, speaks to the current generation of students. An essential text for undergraduate and graduate courses on families, gender, public health, reproduction, and sexuality.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Queer in a Wee Place
Small Nations, Sexuality & Scotland Edited by Yvette Taylor, University of Strathclyde, UK Building on interdisciplinary sexualities scholarship, activism, creative practices, as well as legislative and cultural critique, this open access book examines the past, present and future imaginings of queerness in Scotland, as a ‘wee place’. With cases covering law, policies, cultural institutions, education, and everyday life, this collection offers an in-depth analysis of Scottish queer experience, showing how ‘wee places’ reflect and inflect global dynamics – revealing tensions between national pride, visibility and exclusion. Scotland’s national claims about being world-leading in the advancement of LGBTQ+ rights often re-invoke a global UK April 2026 • US April 2026 344 Pages HB 9781350513037 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350513020 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350513051 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350513044 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
502
UK, Europe, ROW
hierarchy of places to be queer. The under-resourcing of and backlash against equality, diversity and inclusion initiatives, and colliding legislation such as hate crime laws and the UK Supreme Court ruling, expose a more complicated truth. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com Open access was funded by UKRI.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Technofeminist Resistance
Aesthetics and Strategies of Dissent from the Streets to the Screens Christina Grammatikopoulou, University of Macedonia, Greece Technofeminist Resistance unveils how feminist resistance is evolving in the digital age, transforming from street protests to viral online movements. It focuses on how feminist ‘artivists’ are reshaping technology to challenge gender inequalities, and how feminist groups, especially in Greece and the Global South, are creatively using technology not just as a tool, but as a weapon against the systemic oppressions of the technocolonial world. Moreover, it provides an insight into how technofeminist movements are intertwined globally through shared aesthetics and strategies. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 232 Pages PB 9781350520868 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350520844 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350520820 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350520837 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
The book illuminates the complex relationship between gender and technology, bringing to light the innovative ways in which feminist principles are being integrated into technological advancements, in the context of activist and artistic practices. With its focus on both local and global views, the book aims to be an essential guide into the ways in which technology, gender, and society are being co-mediated and co-produced.
COLLECTIONS
DanceSport’s Economy of Desire A Queer-Feminist Perspective
Val Meneau, University of Vienna, Austria DanceSport’s Economy of Desire examines how the DanceSport dispositive shapes its actors’ opportunities, desires, and choices to reproduce the heteronormative gender binary, focusing on the DanceSport dispositive, a network of power that spans over and influences objects (such as clothes or competition halls), discourses (such as federations’ competition regulations, syllabus books, judging criteria), and practices (dancing or choreographing). Meneau argues that the DanceSport dispositive constrains what Latin dance can look like, despite resistance and countermovements, by excluding or invisibilising queerness and objectifying and sexualising female dancers. This shows in all elements that affect or constitute dancers’ performances on the (competition) dance floor; that includes registration, clothing, UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages PB 9781350531673 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350531680 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350531703 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350531697 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
coupling, partnering, moving, judging. This book helps readers understand how the heteronormative gender binary works, how it plays out in all the elements that influence or make up dance, and how it manages to remain hegemonic. It demonstrates how the DanceSport dispositive affects and influences all its actors, all the time – how we think, decide, move, perceive others, or incorporate knowledge that shapes our bodies according to norms and productive power.
COLLECTIONS
Talking Bodies IV
Rage and Care Against the Machine Edited by Elisabeth Lechner, University of Vienna, Austria & Holly F. Royle, University of Chester, UK Talking Bodies IV: Rage and Care Against the Machine is a bold intervention against global antifeminism. In their contributions, scholars, artists and activists from around the world - with their specific embodied perspectives - expose systems of oppression they come up against with despair, fear, exhaustion and rage. Instead of fixing what’s trying to break them, they call out violent norms in order to make them assailable and ultimately overcome them. Emerging from a global community that first came together at Talking Bodies, an international, interdisciplinary project with a biennial conference, this new volume continues the ethos of this community, striving to improve equality and equity for different bodies, by exploring how we move through and negotiate with the world around us. UK May 2026 • US May 2026 242 Pages PB 9781350551510 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350551473 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350551497 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350551480 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
503
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Progressive Laws in Patriarchal Societies Lessons from Pakistan Sara Malkani Over the last two decades, Pakistan has seen major legislative changes in the area of gender-based violence. This book explores the impact and ongoing influence of these changes. A frequent refrain in political and social commentary in Pakistan is that these laws, while transformative on paper, have not translated to actual change in the lives of women and girls because of poor implementation. Through analysis of court cases, data on criminal proceedings, and interviews with activists and survivors, this book demonstrates how the impact of progressive laws is influenced by entrenched social norms and structural flaws in state institutions, especially the criminal justice system. Sara Malkani sheds light on limitations of the formal justice system while showing how law reform can create openings for activists to pursue gender justice. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 184 Pages PB 9781666917161 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666917147 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765192948 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765192955 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
A Multi-Disciplinary Approach to Studying Involuntary Celibacy Understanding Incels
Edited by Christian A. I. Schlaerth, Aaron M. Puhrmann & Laura L. Finley While public attention has often centered on the most visible and violent expressions of incel ideology, this volume offers a deeper analysis, moving beyond reductive narratives to explore the complex social, psychological, and communicative dimensions of inceldom. Drawing on expertise from sociology, psychology, communication studies, and conflict resolution, contributors explore the historical development of incel ideology, the formation of incel identity, gendered aspects inceldom, the relationship between involuntary celibacy and violence, and the emergence of femcels and queer incel communities. The volume concludes by exploring avenues for disengagement from incel ideology, while offering concrete proposals for future research into the evolving dynamics of online radicalization and gendered alienation. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 12 bw figures, 21 tables PB 9798216448372 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966503 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216269113 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978767560 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Thinking Cis
Cisgender, Heterosexual Men, and Queer Women's Roles in Anti-Trans Violence alithia zamantakis The fear many women have for their physical safety when out in public is often heightened for trans women of color. Scholars have long examined what it means to be transgender in a cisgender society, how transgender people experience everyday life and violence, and how transgender people make sense of and cope with that violence. However, to understand what causes anti-trans violence, it is necessary to turn to those most likely to perpetrate it: cisgender people. Through extensive interviews and focus groups with cisgender-heterosexual men and cisgender-lesbian, bisexual, and queer women, Thinking Cis examines how cisgender people make sense of gender, attractions to transgender women, and the murders of Black trans women. It also analyzes how the social construction of cisness shapes how we think about race, gender, sexuality and who we consider worthy of living. alithia zamantakis pushes readers to rethink prominent UK November 2025 • US November 2025 224 Pages • 26 b/w photos; 18 tables HB 9781538177624 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9798216389804 • £21.99 / $27.95 ePDF 9798216292760 • £19.79 / $25.15 ePub 9781538177631 • £19.79 / $25.15 Rowman & Littlefield
504
UK, Europe, ROW
understandings of anti-trans violence and in doing so, argues that it is not simply transphobia that gives rise to murders of trans women but a fear and hatred for what it means to love and desire transgender women.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY 4TH EDITION
BOR
Sociology of Religion
Contemporary Developments Kevin J. Christiano, Peter Kivisto & William H. Swatos, Jr. Sociology of Religion, Fourth Edition introduces students to the nature and function of religious institutions and practices while asking sociological questions about the changing role of religion in today’s “post-traditional” world. Broken into three parts, the book opens with the basics of religious history and a review of key theories for its study. Part II, “Religion and Social Differentiation,” examines the intersections of ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality with spirituality today, and Part III, “Religion, Culture, and Change,” explores religious inspirations for, or impediments to, social change. Throughout the text, boxes illuminate key concepts and suggestions for further reading allow for ongoing exploration of key themes and topics. New to the Fourth Edition: · Chapter 9, “Politicized Religion and Conflict,” presents a comparative look at religious extremism and its global risks
UK March 2025 • US March 2025 408 Pages • 39 BW Photos, 6 Tables, 4 BW · Updated and expanded content on ethnicity and religion aids students in better understanding increasingly diverse Illustrations, 32 Textboxes societies HB 9781538137970 • £123.00 / $160.00 · Greater focus on religion’s significance in current debates over gender roles and sexuality offers a framework for exploring PB 9781538137987 • £60.00 / $78.00 ePDF 9798881863883 • £54.00 / $70.20 contemporary conflicts ePub 9781538137994 • £54.00 / $70.20 Rowman & Littlefield
COLLECTIONS
7TH EDITION
Fair and Foul
Beyond the Myths and Paradoxes of Sport D. Stanley Eitzen & Cheryl Cooky Fair and Foul explores our love of sport, just as it reveals sport’s darker side—the influence of big business, corruption, price gouging, political maneuvering, gender bias, media grandstanding, and more. Broken into two parts, Part I, “Sport is Fair, Sport is Foul,” discusses issues of social class, race, gender, and health as well as the opportunities and demands of youth sports. Part II, “Sports as a Microcosm of Society,” examines issues stemming from the media, college athletics, professional sports franchises, and whether it’s possible to bring about change for a better and brighter future. New to the Seventh Edition: · New Chapter 3, “Sports Includes, Sports Excludes,” discusses Title IX and how barriers to sport continue to persist despite UK April 2025 • US April 2025 228 Pages • 10 b/w photos HB 9781538197790 • £73.00 / $95.00 PB 9781538175668 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881861988 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9781538175675 • £27.00 / $34.20 Rowman & Littlefield
an expansion of opportunities. · New content on athlete activism tied to social and racial justice reflects the current state of politics in the U.S, especially anti-trans bills, which exclude trans athletes from participating in sports. · Expansion of Chapter 4, “Sport is Healthy, Sport is Destructive,” includes new discussion of mental health issues faced by athletes to reflect current issues and conversations in sports as well as a key concern for this generation of athletes. · New coverage of the role of social media and streaming platforms in sports coverage reflects changes in the media production and consumption of sports
COLLECTIONS
The Current State of College Football Losing My Religion Joshua Coleman Examining changes in American football fan culture in the technological age uncovers similar patterns in American religion and politics. The Current State of College Football explores changes in football fan culture over the past thirty to forty years, specifically regarding who is viewed as a worthy leader, whether a coach or player. With focus on the Deep South, these changes parallel the move from a religious, story-telling culture to a technological one. The latter provides immediate statistical updates and constant visual access from a phone, a reality that cuts off any slowly developing character arc within football fandom. As a result, the former ability to perceive presence in leaders by the average fan is no longer exercised. As stories UK February 2026 • US February 2026 176 Pages HB 9780761873402 • £40.00 / $55.00 ePDF 9780761880271 • £36.00 / $49.50 ePub 9780761879138 • £36.00 / $49.50 Hamilton Books
give way to statistics, any potential “prophets” of the game are either ignored or lauded for things having nothing to do with presence, the perception of which was homed in a specific religious context and was once a common religious perception. This cultural change is mirrored in the current political realm, the inability to recognize and choose leaders largely the result of losing this ability to enter the narrative arc and discern authentic characters. Those who we now view as unique are often the most predictable parts of the system itself while feigning to be above it. Because our muscles of perception now lie dormant, we more easily fall prey to them.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
505
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Why the Magic Matters
Discovering Disney as a Laboratory for Learning Edited by Alexis Franzese & Jill Peterfeso As education, entertainment, or "edutainment" (as Walt called it), Disney offers its consumers and guests a wealth of opportunities for learning. In Why the Magic Matters, top Disney scholars and teachers unpack what, why, and how Disney maintains its overwhelming cultural significance in the global entertainment industry. Broken into four parts, "Magic and Strategy," "Authenticity and Simulation," "Nostalgia and Innovation," and "Leisure and Labor," the book offers a framework that juxtaposes ideas found in Disney products, properties, and experiences. From art, film, and television history to Indigenous, disability, and religious studies, each chapter contextualizes Disney within a greater cultural landscape. Students, teachers, and fans will gain insights on what Disney can teach us about pop culture and fresh perspectives on why the magic really does matter. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 304 Pages • 2 bw photos, 6 line art HB 9798881802653 • £70.00 / $105.00 PB 9798881802660 • £27.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9798765155349 • £25.19 / $35.95 ePub 9798881802677 • £25.19 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Paranormal Britain
Belief in the Uncanny in England, Scotland, and Wales Tom Clark, University of Sheffield, UK, Christopher D. Bader, Chapman University, USA & Joseph O. Baker, East Tennessee State University, USA Paranormal Britain is the most systematic study available of the nature and scope of paranormal beliefs, experiences, and subcultures in contemporary Britain. Using original survey data from British citizens regarding their beliefs and experiences with UFOs, ghosts, psychics and other paranormal phenomena, this open access book details the prevalence and patterns of paranormalism in the U.K. In addition to presenting original findings based on novel data, the authors also engaged in extensive ethnographic fieldwork with different paranormal subcultures. Among other adventures, readers get to ride along as they spend the night with the UK April 2026 • US April 2026 248 Pages • 45 bw illus HB 9781350561656 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350561649 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350561670 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350561663 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
‘most violent poltergeist in history,’ participate in the high ritual of a UFO cult, search for Nessie and werewolves, visit crop circles, learn to read Tarot, talk with alien abductees, and go on shamanic vision quests. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Chapman University.
COLLECTIONS
Competitive Junior Golf in America A Physical Cultural Study
Ryan King-White, Matthew Hawzen & Marty Clark This book offers a critical, interdisciplinary exploration of junior golf in twenty-first century America, positioning it as a rich site for examining broader questions about identity, access, culture, and power within youth sport. Drawing from sport sociology, cultural studies, and sport management, the authors interrogate how structures of race, class, gender, and institutional governance shape participation in junior golf, while also attending to the lived experiences, aspirations, and pressures that define young athletes’ journeys. Beyond this primary focus, the book offers insight into how sport operates as a cultural and material force that reflects—and reproduces—deeply embedded social values. In capturing the contradictions of a sport steeped in tradition yet shaped by contemporary pressures, this book bridges empirical research and critical theory, inviting readers to rethink how we structure, value, and understand youth sport in an increasingly stratified Social Justice and Equity in Contemporary Sport
and performance-driven world.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages • 20 bw illus, 3 tables HB 9781666958485 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216257875 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978769281 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
506
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
The Image of Africa in Italian Music From Objecthood to a New Subjectivity Luca Bussotti The Image of Africa in Italian Music proposes an innovative, fresh, provocative study, delving inside the common mentality of Italians, through their popular music and the way it has represented Africa and Africans. Italian music has largely followed national history, representing Africa as a mere object, from an inferior and inferiorized land of conquest to a slow process of decolonization of this image, which began around the 1980s and culminated with the irruption of second-generation AfroItalian rappers into the Italian music scene. Through a careful analysis of the lyrics that is never detached from the historical context and sociological implications, the author shows how it was only with second-generation Afro-Italian rappers that provincial Italy had to come to terms with its present and its past. This musical movement gave rise to cultural, social and political debates that went far beyond the mere fact of music, involving other types of art, as well as proposing changes The Frankfurt School in New Times such a new citizenship law - that are still struggling to take hold. Far beyond the image of ‘Italians as good people’, these UK October 2025 • US October 2025 224 Pages PB 9781666971743 • £25.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971729 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216201557 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978761216 • £67.50 / $90.00 Bloomsbury Academic
rappers challenge us on a complex and slippery terrain: the construction of a new Italianness, overcoming clichés and stereotypes that one part of the country stubbornly continues to defend.
COLLECTIONS
Adorno and the Question of Theology Religion and Reason Beyond Foundations Rachel R. Rosner Adorno and the Question of Theology: Religion and Reason Beyond Foundations begins with a pressing question: can we move beyond the religious–secular divide and live together ethically in a shared political world? This book argues that Theodor W. Adorno—one of the twentieth century’s most influential yet often misunderstood thinkers—shows that we can. Adorno mobilizes theological language together with secular categories of thought to develop a way of thinking beyond the foundations of these traditions. At the center of this approach is the concept of constellation: a mode of thought that brings concepts into relation without subsuming them under a fixed system. Such thinking resists the rigid opposition of “religious” and “secular” by showing how meaning can emerge without appeal to ultimate grounds. The Frankfurt School in New Times Positioning itself against influential “inverse theology” and “negative theology” interpretations, this study shows how Adorno’s
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 184 Pages PB 9798216396253 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666980332 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216269854 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978767751 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
theological language functions as a model for thinking critically beyond the given. Through close readings of Dialectic of Enlightenment, Negative Dialectics, and Aesthetic Theory, it demonstrates how Adorno reconfigures both reason and theology to confront the fragmentation of modern life. In doing so, the book challenges current paradigms in social theory, moves past long-standing impasses in Adorno scholarship, and provides new orientation for contemporary critical theory, political thought, and philosophy of religion.
COLLECTIONS
The Sociology of School
Studies of Social Interaction in Education Ingrid Bosseldal & Anders Persson This book examines schools as dynamic social arenas where everyday interactions are shaped by broader institutional conditions. Drawing on sociological theory - particularly Erving Goffman’s interactionism and dramaturgical perspective - Ingrid Bosseldal and Anders Persson analyze how teachers and students perform and negotiate roles within the classroom while also considering the school as a politically governed institution with overlapping dimensions of organization, institution, and seminar. By connecting micro-level interactions with wider structural frameworks, the authors offer analytical tools for understanding schools not only as sites of learning but also as arenas where social order is enacted, contested, and reshaped. This book will be of value to sociologists, educators, and policymakers seeking deeper insight into the complex UK June 2026 • US June 2026 160 Pages PB 9781666977325 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666977301 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216264637 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978762503 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
social processes that underlie everyday school life.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
507
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary World Issues
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 336 Pages PB 9798216441014 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666943856 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216262251 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978761438 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9798765116630 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9781440880766 • £55.00 / $75.00 ePDF 9781440880773 • £49.50 / $67.50 ePub 9798765116616 • £49.50 / $67.50 Bloomsbury Academic
Taking American Citizenship Seriously
Unaccompanied Children in America
David R. Upham
Robert G. Hasson III, Providence College, USA
In this ambitious volume, professor David R. Upham offers a comprehensive account of the original understanding of the Fourteenth Amendment, shedding new light on its often-overlooked Privileges or Immunities Clause. Drawing on a close textual reading as well as a wide range of primary sources— some newly discovered—Upham argues that the framers intended the amendment as a transformative measure designed to strengthen constitutional protections for enduring rights connected to both human personhood and American citizenship. Upham contends that the amendment secures for all individuals the basic rights to life, liberty, and property through guarantees of due process and equal protection, while also reaffirming the birthright principle that grants citizenship to nearly all born on U.S. soil. Moreover, it safeguards longstanding privileges and immunities of citizenship, including the rights to travel, engage in commerce, speak freely, bear arms, and enjoy protection from racial discrimination and other forms of civic exclusion. By recovering the Amendment’s original meaning, this book reshapes our understanding of constitutional rights and citizenship, with far-reaching implications for contemporary legal and political debates.
How many unaccompanied children enter US territory every year? What challenges, dangers, and risk factors are they most likely to face on their migration journeys? What immigration policies and laws determine how their cases are treated in America? Are most unaccompanied children fleeing political violence? What agencies and programs in the USA are responsible for housing these children, processing their cases, and determining their legal status? This all-in-one resource provides insights into every facet of the debates surrounding unaccompanied immigrant children and their experiences on both sides of the US border.
The Recovery of the Fourteenth Amendment
A Reference Handbook
COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 368 Pages • 25 bw illus PB 9798765112502 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781440880810 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781440880827 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798765112496 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 176 Pages • 25 tables; HB 9781793610409 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781793610423 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978759114 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781793610416 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
Youth Activism in America
W. E. B. Du Bois
Edited by Bobbi Gentry, Bridgewater College, USA & Shamira Gelbman,
Robert A. Wortham
Wabash College, USA
W. E. B. Du Bois: Pioneer American Sociologist highlights the contributions of W. E. B. Du Bois on the field of sociology. Robert A. Wortham shines a light on Du Bois’s role in shaping the scientific scope of the sociological perspective through his pioneering contributions in the areas of demography, urban and rural sociology, Southern Black Belt studies, and religion and society. This book provides a journey through the extensive sociological investigations of one of the key figures in the development of sociology in the United States and globally.
An Encyclopedia of Ideals in Action
Pioneer American Sociologist
Explore the past, present, and future of political activism and engagement of American youth in this illuminating encyclopedia. In addition to exploring and explaining the beliefs, actions, and lives of key individuals, groups, and movements, Youth Activism in America also considers the impact of young activists on dialogue and debates surrounding such important and controversial issues as climate change, voting rights, gun policy, women's rights, education, LGBTQ+ rights, human rights, and US foreign policy. This in-depth coverage is further supplemented with introductory essays that survey different facets of youth activism in the USA.
508
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Unlearn Power
Strengthening Communities in the Age of Environmental Crisis Lemir Teron Unlearn Power: Strengthening Communities in the Age of Environmental Crisis examines how environmental inequality undermines ecosystems and the livelihoods of inhabitants while weighing approaches to resistance and advancing community security. Prefaced on the figurative and literal question "what's under the hood?", the text explores a range of contemporary disparities and threats - endemic across environments and societies - rooted in socioeconomic inequality and systemic racism. Building on the author's work in urban forestry, environmental planning, and energy policy, Unlearn Power applies a range of analysis approaches, frameworks, and case studies to make its case for the democratization of environmental decisionEnvironmental Justice and Power: Studies in Knowledge, Health, Sustainability, and Inequality UK May 2026 • US June 2026 216 Pages • 5 b/w PB 9798216447856 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666978445 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216265832 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978761827 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
making through the centering of marginalized communities and elevating labor as focal points. As serious questions persist related to how the potential of energy and environmental transitions can be reached, without rooting restorative justice and life cycle analysis in environmental governance, the objectives of pro-climate and environmental movements will be deficient. The book ultimately calls for the rethinking of power - including both energy systems and political structures - to advance ecological and human well-being.
COLLECTIONS
Gratifying Transitions
Maintaining Wellbeing in the Face of Climate Change Søren Harnow Klausen Concerns for future human wellbeing play a central role in climate change debate and policy making but have received scarce attention in climate change ethics. Gratifying Transitions: Maintaining Wellbeing in the Face of Climate Change remedies this by considering whether and how we can live a good and satisfying life under constraints caused by climate change. Drawing on behavioral psychology and theories of self-cultivation, the author argues that green transition requires that we work actively with wellbeing, as moral beliefs, knowledge about climate change, or new understandings of the relationship between humans and nature are unlikely to bring about the necessary changes in behavior. Contrary to a widespread view, the author further argues that subjective wellbeing rather than basic needs satisfaction is the most appropriate notion of wellbeing for addressing climate change issues. The book contains both detailed philosophical Key Issues in Climate Change and Sustainability: Ethics, Politics and Policy
arguments and concrete guidelines for how to foster a transition to more sustainable, but still sufficiently rewarding, ways of living, individually as well as collectively.
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 240 Pages PB 9798216396178 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666914412 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216266792 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978764149 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS
Interdisciplinary Approaches to Environmental Identity and Portrayal Edited by Mohamed Mliless, Independent Researcher, Morocco, Diego Luis Forte, University of Buenos Aires, Argentina & Mohammed Moubtassime Interdisciplinary Approaches to Environmental Identity and Portrayal explores the complex relationship between humans and environment through diverse disciplinary perspectives. It examines how we construct environmental identities and represent our surroundings across multiple domains. The book begins with food production narratives and animal welfare implications before exploring the military's unexpected role in climate change mitigation. Linguistic analyses reveal how language frames landscapes as sentient entities, while technological chapters investigate digital innovation in conservation. Legal examinations cover hazardous waste regulations, sustainable development, and water rights, with Morocco serving as a case study. Historical analyses of forest management in India provide context alongside studies of hunted animal UK January 2026 • US January 2026 352 Pages • 32 b/w illus PB 9798216376781 • £21.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666980219 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765165126 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765159880 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
portrayals on social media. Psychological dimensions explore how nature shapes identity and social structures, while critical chapters address environmental crises in relation to postcolonialism and gender inequality in the Global South. Feminist perspectives on conservation and literary representations of environmental issues are examined, concluding with nature's therapeutic potential through ecotherapy practices. This resource offers insights for scholars, policymakers, and anyone seeking to understand our environmental relationships.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
509
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Mexican Gray Wolves, Courts, and the Border Wall Lobo Returns from Limbo Edward A. Fitzgerald This book provides an in-depth analysis of the reintroduction and recovery of the Mexican wolf in the American Southwest, with a particular focus on the role of the Federal judiciary. Edward A. Fitzgerald contends that federal courts have played a critical role in facilitating the species’ return, primarily through their interpretation of statutory law - most notably, the Endangered Species Act (ESA). The courts rejected challenges from the livestock industry, reaffirmed Federal authority over the recovery process, and struck down certain Federal regulations that hindered effective wolf management. However, Fitzgerald argues that the judiciary also made significant missteps. Federal courts upheld revised Mexican wolf management regulations and recovery plans that failed to meet the ESA’s requirement to rely on the “best available science.” Additionally, the courts issued inconsistent rulings UK June 2026 • US June 2026 218 Pages PB 9781666912845 • £28.99 / $29.95 HB 9781666912821 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216267065 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978765757 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
concerning the construction of border barriers. While they blocked the Trump administration’s unauthorized transfer of funds for wall construction, they repeatedly and erroneously upheld the Secretary of Homeland Security’s waiver authority. This authority permitted border wall construction to proceed in violation of Federal, state, and local laws - actions Fitzgerald claims exceeded statutory limits and violated the nondelegation doctrine. Providing a comprehensive and detailed examination of the legal challenges surrounding the Endangered Species Act and the recovery of the Mexican gray wolf, this book will be of interest to legal scholars, policymakers, and conservation advocates.
COLLECTIONS
Concrete Mirage
Governance, Equity, and Sustainable Cities in the United States Southwest Erin Heinz Daily headlines of wildfires, drought, and record-breaking heat waves have brought climate change into our cities. The urgent challenge is to build cities that can adapt and thrive in the tumult of climate change. This is especially critical for growing cities in the Southwestern United States where rising temperatures and water scarcity threaten sustainability. Concrete Mirage is a timely discussion for those who have ever wondered, “what does it mean to be a sustainable desert city?” Erin Heinz critically examines sustainability as a goal, certification, and a consoling narrative shaping the future of desert cities. Drawing on interviews with sustainability experts from Arizona, New Mexico, and Nevada, Concrete Mirage reveals how economic primacy touted by third party governance and city decision-making falls short in fostering long-term viability. By confronting the mirage of sustainable development, it delivers a stark message: desert cities must adopt Environment and Society
strategies of collective austerity if they hope to survive.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 192 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9798216370956 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666959802 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765165065 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765159798 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
One by Walking
Transdisciplinary Mobilities and Methodologies Edited by Camilla Brudin Borg, Hanna E. Åberg, Roger Norum, Suzanne Österlund- Pötzsch & John Martin More than just a way to get from place to place, walking is a powerful method of sensing, reflecting, and engaging–with ourselves, with others, and with the environments we move through. Whether as a meditative act, a research tool, or a response to global crises, walking opens new routes to understanding and more mindful ways of living. This groundbreaking, interdisciplinary collection brings together voices from the social sciences, humanities, and the arts to explore walking as both method and metaphor. From mobility and sustainability to embodied experience and ecological connection, these essays uncover the rich, often overlooked dimensions of walking–how it links us to landscapes, histories, and communities, and how it helps shape our place in the world. Born out of the international research network One by Walking: Transdisciplinary Mobilities and Methodologies offers fresh, thought-provoking insights into walking as a creative, intellectual, Environment and Society
and political practice. For scholars, educators, artists, and walkers of all kinds, this book is an invitation to step into deeper
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 368 Pages • 43 b/w illus PB 9798216365631 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216365624 • £80.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216351986 • £72.00 / $117.00 ePub 9798216351979 • £72.00 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Academic
ways of thinking–one footfall at a time.
510
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Korean Immigrants in Latin America Home Away from Home Edited by Kyeyoung Park Korean Immigrants in Latin America: Home Away from Home is a multidisciplinary volume exploring the evolution of transnational Korean communities, tracing migration experiences, processes of cultural adjustment, and the formation of new identities across varied Latin American settings. Bringing together scholars from diverse countries and academic fields, the book uses historical, ethnographic, and qualitative methods to analyze how Korean immigrants have navigated identity, integration, and community-building in Argentina, Mexico, Paraguay, and Brazil. Topics include migration history, intra-ethnic diversity, economic and cultural development, acculturation, and globalization. Addressing key questions about why Koreans migrated, how they integrated and prospered, and how they've negotiated identity, culture, and relationships with local societies and states, this collection Korean Communities across the World
offers richly textured insights into Korean diaspora experiences and transnational community dynamics.
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 256 Pages • 6 bw illus PB 9798216367543 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666975772 • £85.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216257356 • £76.50 / $108.00 ePub 9781978769687 • £76.50 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Return Journeys of Koryo Saram Tracing Roots and Routes Jinhye Lee This book offers a critical examination of the migration and settlement of Koreans in the former Soviet region, situating the Koryo Saram within the broader context of the Korean diaspora. Tracing their complex history from Imperial Russia through the Soviet era and into the present, Jinhye Lee investigates how policies of assimilation, socio-political transformations, and shifting geopolitical landscapes have shaped their identities and mobility. Lee brings the Koryo Saram from the margins to the center of diaspora studies by foregrounding the diversity of their experiences and examining their integration within host societies. Through in-depth analysis, the book offers insights into the challenges and possibilities of coexistence in increasingly pluralistic settings, while contributing a valuable case study of migration and integration that proposes a broader framework for understanding diasporic identity and promoting Korean Communities across the World
diversity in contemporary societies.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 128 Pages • 4 tables PB 9798216438809 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666957822 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216257370 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978769700 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Globalizing Legal Sector in Korea
Legal Education, Legal Profession, and Jury System Edited by Joong-Hwan Oh & Jeong-Chul Kim A deep look at how global influences reshaped South Korea’s legal system—blending foreign models with local traditions and sparking new inequalities. Examining how globalization has reshaped South Korea’s legal institutions while deepening old hierarchies, the contributors show that reforms in legal education, the legal profession, and the jury system were not simple adoptions of foreign models but complex hybridizations that combined global ideals with entrenched local practices. By analyzing the “Americanization” of law schools, restructuring of the legal profession, and experiments with citizen participation in trials, the book exposes the tensions inherent in legal reform within a rapidly globalizing society. South Korea’s experience illustrates how efforts to modernize often collide with cultural norms, state agendas, and structural inequalities, producing uneven and occasionally Korean Communities across the World UK June 2026 • US June 2026 258 Pages • 4 bw figures, 46 tables PB 9798216277736 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216277699 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216277712 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216277705 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
conflicting outcomes. This volume offers fresh insights for scholars of law and society, comparative legal studies, and East Asian politics, as well as for policymakers navigating the challenges of global reform.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
511
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Reclaiming Humanity
Revolutionary Pathways to Beloved Community Beth Roy Both theoretical and narrative, the book draws on the author’s long experience as a mediator and counselor to examine the ways in which members of society are dehumanized by institutional oppression and contribute to that system. At the place where personal identity and institutional oppression meet there lie reasons beyond morality for all people, especially those with apparent privilege, to resist inequities based in race, gender, class or generation. Reclaiming Humanity explores the psychological and political ways modern individuals become dehumanized, even as we are recruited into systems that dehumanize others. Through stories of personal exploration and learning, the book delves into dynamics by which we consent to systems that deprive us of well-being. Reclaiming Humanity then moves beyond understanding how UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages HB 9798216374770 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9798216374787 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9798216374800 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216374794 • £19.79 / $26.95 Association for Conflict Resolution
profoundly we’ve lost the art of community connection to open up creative visions of a truly humane social order. Through these narratives and explorations, the work discusses practical directions for mediators, activists, and other seekers after justice.
COLLECTIONS
Custodians of Salvation
Last Rites and Cremation in Banaras Sarita K. Kashyap This book critically examines the paradoxical status of Doms, as both essential facilitators of salvation and as a community positioned outside the varna hierarchy. Through an ethnographic study of daily interactions among various service castes at the cremation ghats of Banaras, the book explores the structural and spatial dynamics of this highly spiritualised domain. Furthermore, the study interrogates the evolving intersections between tradition and modernity within the death industry. It examines how different specialist castes collaborate in contemporary funeral practices and how technological advancements, particularly the introduction of electric crematoria, challenge deeply ingrained religious beliefs surrounding last rites. The analysis highlights the ongoing tension between modern cremation technologies and traditional funeral practices, revealing the socio-religious resistance to mechanised cremation and its implications for the livelihoods of those UK March 2026 • US March 2026 272 Pages HB 9789361319105 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9789361315299 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9789361313219 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Academic India
engaged in the death economy. Additionally, the book addresses the unprecedented disruptions brought by the COVID-19 pandemic, which led to a state of normlessness at cremation sites. It provides an in-depth examination of the pathological conditions during the crisis, the adaptive strategies employed by communities to navigate the 'new normal' in death rites, and the broader socio-economic consequences for the Dom, mourners, and other stakeholders. Lastly, it critically evaluates the role of the state in managing the crisis and its impact on funeral practices in Banaras.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Homelessness in America A Reference Handbook
Michele Wakin, Bridgewater State University, USA A one-stop resource for understanding the crisis of homelessness in the United States, this book covers risk factors for homelessness, societal attitudes about the homeless, and public and private resources designed to prevent homelessness and help those in need. There are a number of questions to be answered when addressing the subject of homelessness in the United States. What are the primary causes of homelessness? What are the economic and socioeconomic factors that have an impact on homeless people? What demographic trends can be identified in homeless populations? Is the United States addressing the needs and concerns of homeless people adequately? Where are the areas with the highest homeless populations? What Contemporary World Issues UK December 2025 • US December 2025 400 Pages • 7 bw illus HB 9781440874857 • £55.00 / $68.00 PB 9798216396796 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781440874864 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9798216098805 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Academic
512
UK, Europe, ROW
can be done to help homeless people who live with mental illness and/or addiction problems? Homelessness in America: A Reference Handbook answers all of these questions and more. It thoroughly examines the history of homelessness in the United States, shining a light on the key issues, events, policies, and attitudes that contribute to homelessness and shape the experience of being homeless.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
On Bigotry
Twenty Lessons on How Bigotry Works and What to Do About It Nicholas Ensley Mitchell We like to believe that bigotry is a product of ignorance and that if we educate people enough, they will become immune to bigotry. But what if bigotry isn’t a lack of education, but rather a moral code that people live by? What if bigotry is a common code of hate to which no community is immune? On Bigotry is a field guide for understanding how bigots think and teach others to think, how bigotry disguises itself, how bigotry teaches people to act politically, and, most importantly, what individuals and communities can do about it. This is an essential read for anyone interested in challenging the spread of bigotry in society, regardless of who engages in it and why. UK July 2025 • US July 2025 248 Pages HB 9781538189764 • £30.00 / $30.00 ePDF 9798765154977 • £27.00 / $27.00 ePub 9781538189771 • £27.00 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Inequality, Identity, and the Politics of Northern Ireland Challenges of Peacebuilding and Conflict Transformation Curtis C. Holland Inequality, Identity, and the Politics of Northern Ireland examines how the politics of threat and resentment, undergirded by persistent poverty and class and gender inequalities across Catholic and Protestant communities, shape dynamics of political conflict, while simultaneously giving way to critical subjectivities at the community level through which more transformative visions of “peace” may emerge.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 248 Pages • 1 table HB 9781793648822 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781793648846 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978795075 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781793648839 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Practical Symbolic Interactions in the Shrine of the South Conversations with a Damn Yankee John F. Cataldi Practical Symbolic Interactions in the Shrine of the South: Conversations with a Damn Yankee finds that LexingtonRockbridge, VA, community sentiments toward Southern symbols such as the Confederate Battle Flag and Robert E. Lee are not necessarily reducible to a racial divide. John F. Cataldi uses data to demonstrate that most black and white respondents navigate a social balance between the extremes of conservation and progress as a way to productively coexist and unify as a community rather than maintain an insular posture or cause division based solely on symbolic ideology. These findings challenge conventional sociological and media-provided paradigms and broaden the discussion of what tolerance and situational context mean for a large spectrum of community members who live in the milieu of Confederate symbols every day. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 232 Pages • 1 b/w illustration;15 b/w photos; 4 tables HB 9781666923698 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781666923711 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978777682 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666923704 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
513
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Bound by BDSM
Unexpected Lessons for Building a Happier Life Alicia M. Walker & Arielle Kuperberg Why are BDSM practitioners so happy? It turns out, BDSM isn’t just about whips and chains. With engaging stories and a warm, conversational tone, Bound by BDSM: Unexpected Lessons for Building a Happier Life reveals how BDSM practitioners use clear boundaries, enthusiastic consent, open dialogue, and a strong community to create fulfilling relationships and build richer, more intentional lives. Drawing on research from the largest scientific study of BDSM ever conducted, Alicia Walker and Arielle Kuperberg demonstrate that the BDSM community’s approach to trust and vulnerability offers a valuable model for building intimacy and fostering authentic connections. BDSM also allows UK August 2025 • US August 2025 176 Pages HB 9798881803025 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798765158036 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798881803032 • £22.50 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
practitioners to exercise their creativity and break the mold - whether it comes to trying out new practices in the bedroom or bending ideas about gender. Whether you’re vanilla, kinky, or just here for the life advice, this book —packed with humor and insight—is a refreshingly open-minded guide to building stronger relationships, deeper intimacy, and a more intentional approach to connection.
COLLECTIONS
Critical Explorations of Media and Inequality Edited by Majka Ryan, Martin J. Power & Eoin Devereux Media discourses play a powerful role in shaping public understanding of inequality—yet they often obscure, distort, or individualize its causes. Critical Explorations of Media and Inequality examines how mainstream media systems reproduce and legitimize unequal social structures by marginalizing, sensationalizing, or blaming those most affected. Bringing together leading and emerging scholars, this edited collection explores the persistent gaps, tensions, and ideological forces at work in media representations of class, poverty, homelessness, welfare, and immigration across diverse global contexts. Organized around the themes of changing media work practices, authoritative voices, representations, and implications, the chapters interrogate how neoliberalism and shifting journalistic norms continue to shape—and limit—the public conversation on Discourse, Power and Society UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages • 5 b/w figures, 2 tables PB 9781666968200 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666968187 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216253334 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978768420 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
inequality. Through rich empirical analysis and interdisciplinary insight, this volume offers a timely intervention into the politics of media framing and the structural silences that sustain social injustice.
COLLECTIONS
The Sociology of the Stranger
Dramaturgical, Phenomenological, and Ethnomethodological Perspectives Kwang-ki Kim The Sociology of the Stranger examines estrangement as a pervasive human experience, arguing that the figure of the stranger has been insufficiently theorized as a central social type. By drawing on phenomenology, ethnomethodology, dramaturgical analysis, Kwang-ki Kim reinterprets the stranger as a key to understanding contemporary dynamics such as globalization, dislocation, and social adaptation. Rather than being marginal, the stranger is shown to be constitutive of both social life and sociological inquiry, offering a model for authenticity, reconciliation, and homecoming. Highlighting how sociologists themselves often occupy the stranger’s position, this book is essential reading across the humanities and social sciences, revealing how the figure of the stranger illuminates dynamics of dislocation, adaptation, and the search for home in an age of transformation. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 290 Pages PB 9798216379942 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216379904 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216379935 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216379928 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
514
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Labor Precarity, Social Exploitation, and Trade Union Engagement Critical Approaches to Work from Spain and Portugal Edited by Nuria Sánchez Madrid & Pablo López Álvarez Labor Precarity, Social Exploitation, and Trade Union Engagement: Critical Approaches to Work from Spain and Portugal collection provides some normative interpretations of the labor crisis’ effects on both Spain and Portugal, focusing on how digital platforms and gig economy have altered patterns of labor relations and trade union membership in Spain and Portugal. While for a time, labor appeared to have lost its centrality within critical theory and social philosophy, recent years have disproved this. The evolution of advanced neoliberal societies has shown the extent to which labor is crucial for understanding a wide array of concepts such as domination and exploitation, modes of subjectivity, health and diseases, UK November 2025 • US November 2025 272 Pages PB 9798216365532 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798216365525 • £80.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216351924 • £72.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216351917 • £72.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
gender relations, and the organization of democracy. Labor is a privileged space for understanding the profoundly active and constructive nature of neoliberalism. In contrast with characterizations emphasizing its laissez-faire policies of deregulation, labor is one area in which the interventionist activism of neoliberalism has been most intense, provoking changes in work processes, legislation, production models, and individualization. Moreover, many of today’s social conflicts unfold in relation to work and its conditions: new forms of trade unionism, associationism and activism renew the language and practices of resistance in a situation demonstrating a new relationship between business corporations, trade unions and the State.
COLLECTIONS
Shaping Doctoral Experiences Nurturing the Relational
Edited by Damien Lyons, Jane Southcott, Monash University, Australia & Kanwarjeet Singh This book argues that meaningful relational connections are central to effective doctoral journeys. In the neoliberal era, doctoral supervision is too often framed through performance metrics and rigid production timelines. This edited collection demands an urgent reimagining of doctoral relationships—one that reclaims supervision as a dynamic space for scholarly growth, creative inquiry, and research integrity. Centering relationality, this book adopts a perspective of resistance: asserting agency, amplifying voices, and highlighting the vitality of human connection in cultivating a holistic and growth-oriented doctoral journey. Bringing together insights from scholars across the globe, the book explores diverse approaches to supervision and the relational practices that shape doctoral education in profound ways. It fosters a generous and critical dialogue, inviting readers to engage with new pedagogies, ideas, and practices that can nourish the relational UK February 2026 • US February 2026 328 Pages • 21 bw figures, 2 tables PB 9781666974201 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666974188 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216261421 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978763173 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Academic
fabric of supervision and, in doing so, transform the contemporary doctoral experience.
COLLECTIONS
Sociologists Making Change
Public Engagement for Social Justice Edited by Dale Wimberley & Jon Shefner This book explores how sociologists participate in political action by drawing on their scholarly understandings of the problems they confront and the social contexts in which these struggles are embedded.
UK October 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages • 6 bw figures HB 9781666981322 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216261704 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978760547 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
515
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Happy Stepcouple
How Couples with Stepchildren Can Strengthen Their Relationships Rachelle Katz Navigate the challenges of a blended family with children to fortify your marriage for lasting happiness and understanding. The Happy Stepcouple is a comprehensive and practical book designed to help couples with children from prior relationships thrive despite the complexities of stepfamily life. Utilizing the most current research in attachment theory, psychology, communication, and marriage and family therapy, Rachelle Katz offers a grounded approach to overcoming common stepfamily problems. She shows stepcouples how to establish realistic stepfamily expectations as well as identify and modify UK April 2025 • US April 2025 240 Pages • 3 tables HB 9781538130643 • £26.00 / $35.00 PB 9798881806286 • £16.99 / $22.00 ePDF 9798765155172 • £15.29 / $19.80 ePub 9781538130650 • £15.209 / $19.80 Rowman & Littlefield
harmful communication patterns—essential elements needed to strengthen the family bond. Drawing on the insights and strategies developed from Katz’s 30-plus years as a marriage and family therapist specializing in treating stepfamilies, The Happy Stepcouple also includes personal accounts from stepcouples who describe the problems they have faced and how they handled them. It gives couples everything they need to navigate stepfamily dynamics with confidence and kindness, allowing families to build a happy, fulfilling life together.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Marriage and Divorce in America Issues, Trends, and Controversies
Edited by Jaimee L. Hartenstein, University of Central Missouri, USA This wide-ranging resource will help readers understand the history and current state of marriage and divorce in the United States, including their many cultural, economic, political, legal, and religious facets. Coverage includes information and insights on broad trends in relationships that are changing the landscape of American society, such as childcare, delayed marriages, blended families, and prevalence of marriage and divorce among various socioeconomic groups. In addition, the encyclopedia features in-depth entries covering high-interest issues that are shaping the character of UK February 2026 • US February 2026 528 Pages HB 9781440868368 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798216452188 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781440868375 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9798216171973 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Academic
marriage, divorce, relationships, and family life in the 21st century, including economic/legal topics (child support, prenups, divisions of assets in divorce, the wedding industry, no-fault divorce, legal representation in divorce, and economic independence as a factor in separations/divorce); other divorce factors (infidelity, parenthood, illness, domestic abuse, and child abuse); and a host of other legal/cultural issues, factors, and phenomena, both current and historical.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Social Brain
Sociological Foundations Sal Restivo The Social Brain: Sociological Foundations introduces the concept of the social brain, including a detailed conceptual model of the social brain networked in the world. The idea that our brains are social has its roots in nineteenth-century social thought and primate research initiated in the 1950s. It was introduced into the neuroscience literature in 1990 as a challenge to the traditional view of the isolated bio-medical brain, a view that still dominates the scientific, media, and public imaginations. Sal Restivo’s foundational thesis is that humans arrive on the evolutionary stage always, already, and everywhere social. We have social selves, social brains, and social genes. He argues the “I” is a grammatical illusion reflecting the myth of individualism. The unique feature of this book is the amount of space devoted to constructing the sociological scaffolding needed to understand what the author means by the social self, the social mind, and the social brain. UK September 2025 • US September 2025 206 Pages • 1 b/w illustrations; HB 9781666927054 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781666927078 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978759077 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666927061 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
516
UK, Europe, ROW
The approach leads to new ways of thinking about socialization, consciousness, and creativity as networked phenomena. The result is a novel way of integrating the social self, the biological self, and the neurological self and erasing the classical boundaries between brain, mind, and body.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The 53
Rituals, Grief, and a Titan II Missile Disaster Jason S. Ulsperger On August 9, 1965, 53 men died in the impoverished hills of rural Arkansas. Their final breaths came in a government facility deep underground while their loved ones were at home expecting their return. The incident at Launch Complex 3734 remains the deadliest accident to occur in a U.S. nuclear facility. The 53: Rituals, Grief, and a Titan II Missile Disaster analyzes the event. It looks at causes but more importantly at how the mishap has affected daughters and sons for nearly six decades. It gives new sociological insight on technological disasters and the sorrow following them. The book also details how surviving family members managed themselves and each other while benefiting from the support of friends and strangers. It describes how institutions blame the powerless, and how powerful organizations generate distrust and secondary trauma. With an analysis of the event and post-disaster life, their children share stories on what went wrong and how they keep moving forward.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 216 Pages • 3 b/w photos; 7 tables; HB 9781793609748 • £85.00 / $110.00 PB 9781793609762 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978759107 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781793609755 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
517
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES COLLECTIONS
The World Cup
A History of the Planet's Biggest Sporting Event, 2026 Edition Clemente A. Lisi, Journalist, editor Every four years, the world’s best national soccer teams compete for the World Cup. Billions of people tune in from around the world to experience the remarkable games unfolding live. From Diego Maradona’s first goal against England at the 1986 World Cup to Nelson Mandela’s surprise appearance at the 2010 final in South Africa, these unforgettable World Cup moments have helped to create a global phenomenon. In The World Cup: A History of the Planet's Biggest Sporting Event, 2026 Edition, veteran soccer reporter Clemente A. Lisi chronicles the tournament from 1930 to today, including a preview of the 2026 World Cup co-hosted by the United States, Mexico, and Canada. Lisi provides vivid accounts of individual games, details the innovations that impacted the sport across UK March 2026 • US March 2026 416 Pages • 30 bw photos, 9 textboxes PB 9798216275275 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9798216275299 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9798216275282 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Academic
the decades, and offers biographical sketches of greats such as Pelé, Maradona, and Lionel Messi. In addition, Lisi includes objective coverage of off-field controversies such as the FIFA corruption case, making this book the only complete and impartial history of the tournament.
COLLECTIONS
A Dynasty Interrupted
The Rise and Fall of the 1980s Atlanta Braves Patrick Montgomery, Author, media relations manager The Braves have a long and storied history, taking them from Boston to Milwaukee and then finally to Atlanta. Some of baseball’s most accomplished ballplayers were part of the Braves organization at some point, but amazingly, World Series titles did not materialize in Atlanta for years. In A Dynasty Interrupted, Patrick Montgomery tells the story of the Atlanta Braves as the franchise meteorically rose from a losing team to an exciting one—making the postseason in 1982 and contending in 1983 and 1984—only to have the team sink back to the depths of the National League for the rest of the decade. Montgomery examines the franchise’s move from Milwaukee to Atlanta before diving into their years building the team around Dale Murphy and Bob Horner alongside Phil UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages • 9 bw photos, 2 textboxes HB 9798881842567 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798881854485 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9798881854478 • £22.50 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
Niekro, with billionaire maverick team owner Ted Turner starting to bring joy back to the Braves. The team exploded on the World Series contender radar with strong finishes in the early 1980s, but could never make the jump from good to great. With original interviews from players and managers of the 1980s—including Dale Murphy, Bob Horner, Joe Torre, and others —A Dynasty Interrupted explores what happened to a franchise so full of potential.
COLLECTIONS
The Heyday of Willie, Duke, and Mickey
New York City Baseball's Golden Age amid Integration Robert C. Cottrell, Writer, retired professor In the golden age of baseball, three Major League Baseball teams in New York City vied for supremacy on the diamond, with the New York Giants, Brooklyn Dodgers, and New York Yankees each winning at least one World Series. Too often overlooked, the Negro Leagues had five teams in the city fighting for primacy in the sport: the Brooklyn Royal Giants, the New York Lincoln Giants, the New York Black Yankees, the New York Cubans, and, albeit very briefly, the Brooklyn Eagles. In The Heyday of Willie, Duke, and Mickey: New York City Baseball's Golden Age amid Integration, Robert Cottrell highlights a unique period in history when New York City baseball was at its height of dominance, spanning over a decade in postwar America. Cottrell includes detailed coverage of the three years in succession when the Giants, Dodgers, and Yankees won UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages • 21 bw photos HB 9798881842574 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881854454 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9798881854447 • £27.00 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
the World Series in the 1950s, featuring star players Willie Mays, Duke Snider, and Mickey Mantle. He also examines the major Black teams of the era, melding the story of New York City baseball with that of the Negro Leagues, Jackie Robinson and the Great Experiment, and the remarkable Black athletes who braved racism and threats to integrate the game. New York City baseball flourished in the postwar years, but its era of dominance wound to a close amid struggles to transform playing fields and America itself. The Heyday of Willie, Duke, and Mickey is a fascinating perspective on the city’s teams, players, and integration of the sport.
518
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES COLLECTIONS
Baseball's Outcast
The Story of Ron LeFlore Adam Henig, Author When twenty-three-year-old Ron LeFlore played his first organized baseball game, it was in a yard at the State Prison of Southern Michigan where he was serving five to fifteen years for armed robbery. An extraordinary athlete, the Detroit native had luck on his side: his coach, a convicted felon, had connections to the Detroit Tigers. Within three-and-a-half years, Ron went from a prison inmate to a Tiger centerfielder. In Baseball’s Outcast: The Story of Ron LeFlore, Adam Henig tells for the first time in full the unbelievable life and career of Ron LeFlore. Blessed with blinding speed and a powerful swing, Ron shed his jailbird past to become one of the game’s premiere hitters and its most dangerous base stealer during the latter half of the 1970s. But the good times did not last. Less UK April 2026 • US April 2026 320 Pages • 30 BW photos HB 9781538194959 • £25.00 / $34.00 ePDF 9798216377931 • £22.50 / $30.60 ePub 9781538194966 • £22.50 / $30.60 Bloomsbury Academic
than a decade after making his Major League debut, Ron was finished with baseball. Baseball’s Outcast is not just another book about the rise and fall of a troubled athlete. Henig goes deeper, tracing the star player’s family roots, exploring the segregated world that Ron was raised in, examining the criminal justice system he was subjected to, and revealing how childhood trauma shaped his success and downfall.
COLLECTIONS
Battlefields
The Chicago White Sox and the Great War Jim Leeke, Author All sixteen clubs in Major League Baseball faced challenges and obstacles during World War I, the Chicago White Sox more so than many. Though owner Charles Comiskey supported military preparedness throughout the American League in 1917, the team was soon losing players to the war effort and floundering, despite winning the first wartime World Series that fall. In Battlefields, Jim Leeke provides the first detailed examination of how World War I affected the team. Leeke recounts how, during the 1918 season, stars suddenly abandoned their team for jobs and spots on company baseball teams in essential industries, while others enlisted and still more were lost to the military draft. During the war-shortened season, Comiskey and the White Sox struggled to keep a competitive team on the field, fans in the seats, and black ink in the account books amid UK February 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages • 20 BW Photos HB 9798881802288 • £23.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881866198 • £20.70 / $28.80 ePub 9798881802295 • £20.70 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
soaring prices and wartime taxes. The White Sox emerged from the war in good shape, ready again to capture the first postwar American League pennant. But, as Leeke deftly shows, the problems and divisions that simmered during 1918 ultimately led to the infamous “Black Sox” scandal and the club’s fall into disgrace.
COLLECTIONS
Dangerous Danny Gardella
Baseball's Neglected Trailblazer for Today's Millionaire Athletes Robert Elias The first-ever biography of an unlikely baseball pioneer. While baseball’s postwar years are often called the “Golden Age” of the sport, it was also an era when the reserve clause bound players to their teams and suppressed their rights and wages. Into these conditions came Danny Gardella, who openly resisted this bondage and launched the legal fight against the reserve clause that set the stage for Curt Flood and Marvin Miller’s challenge two decades later. In Dangerous Danny Gardella: Baseball’s Neglected Trailblazer for Today’s Millionaire Athletes, Robert Elias tells the story of this little-known yet remarkable ballplayer who stood up to Major League Baseball and laid the foundation for free agency. Elias recounts Gardella’s humble beginnings, his struggles to establish himself as a professional baseball player, his entertaining antics on and off the field, and his jump from Organized Baseball to the Mexican League that was the spark not only for challenging UK April 2025 • US April 2025 352 Pages • 25 b/w photos HB 9798881804756 • £30.00 / $39.00 ePDF 9798881856410 • £27.00 / $35.10 ePub 9798881804763 • £27.00 / $35.10 Rowman & Littlefield
the reserve clause, but for creating America’s most powerful labor union, the MLB Player’s Association. Gardella was an unlikely working-class hero: a Renaissance man who played ball and wrote poetry; who quoted Shakespeare, Freud, and Dewey; who was an acrobat and Golden Gloves boxer; who was an opera, vaudeville, and Broadway singer; and who became a weight training and nutrition pioneer. His remarkable life, full of twists and turns, tells the hidden history of the struggle against the reserve clause, delivering a new perspective on America’s Golden Age of Baseball and the origins of free agency.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
519
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES COLLECTIONS
Warm Summers and Cold Winters How Baseball Survived the Korean War Steven P. Gietschier, Historian, author Although baseball’s history in the immediate post-World War II years has sometimes been characterized as a “golden age,” such was not the case. By the time North Korean troops crossed the 38th parallel in June 1950, Organized Baseball was still struggling to re-integrate returning veterans into its labor force, fight off an attempt at unionization, and deal with a competing major league south of the border. In Warm Summers and Cold Winters, historian Steven P. Gietschier carefully examines four baseball seasons—1950, 1951, 1952, and 1953—set against the background of Cold War America and the Korean War, a “forgotten war” that is often overlooked and underappreciated for its impact on US and baseball history. These four seasons saw exciting pennant races, UK April 2026 • US April 2026 288 Pages • 20 b/w photos; HB 9781538193884 • £25.99 / $36.00 ePDF 9798216391678 • £23.39 / $32.40 ePub 9781538193891 • £23.39 / $32.40 Bloomsbury Academic
the success of the Philadelphia Phillies’ Whiz Kids in 1950; the “shot heard ‘round the world” in 1951; the debuts of Willie Mays and Mickey Mantle; and the tenure of Bill Veeck as owner of the St. Louis Browns. On the warfront, the hostilities in Korea stand as the first time the United States tried to fight a war with one hand tied behind its back, attempting to fight a limited war without disrupting civilian life. Simultaneously, the United States’ limited military commitment meant that the war imposed peculiar challenges and uneven pressures upon individuals and institutions throughout American society, including Organized Baseball.
COLLECTIONS
The Great Game
A Tale of Two Footballs and America's Quest to Conquer Global Sport Andrés Martinez, Professor at Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication, editorial director of Future Tense, newspaper columnist The United States is the only major nation on earth that can’t compete against others in its favorite spectator sport because no one else plays it. But as the world’s game of football keeps growing in popularity in the United States and the nation prepares to co-host the 2026 FIFA World Cup, the two footballing worlds are converging. In The Great Game, Andrés Martinez looks at how a generation of sporting billionaires, tech and media conglomerates, women players propelled by Title IX, computer game enthusiasts, and immigrants have sought to end America’s sports isolationism--not by continuing to expand the reach of “their” games, but by turning their country into an unexpected power in UK April 2026 • US April 2026 304 Pages HB 9798881801823 • £24.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798216201588 • £21.60 / $28.80 ePub 9798216201571 • £21.60 / $28.80 Bloomsbury Academic
the other, international, football. It’s a story of America’s changing cultural customs and demography, as well as a tale of shifting business philosophies driven by technology. The Great Game is a fascinating examination of the evolving state of US sporting interests, as those with money, power, and celebrity seek to prevail in a global sport, eager to extend their reach, set the rules of play worldwide, and connect Americans to the outside world like never before.
COLLECTIONS
The Beautiful Game?
The Stories Shaping the Future of Soccer Nicholas M. Watanabe, Professor Soccer isn’t just a sport anymore. It’s a 24/7 obsession, a global business empire, a land of have and have-nots, a spectacle that most of the world is in love with. Yet, despite this obsession, most fans remain relatively unaware of the inner workings of the sport. In The Beautiful Game? The Stories Shaping the Future of Soccer, Nicholas M. Watanabe poses thought-provoking questions about the state of soccer, blending storytelling with detailed investigations to uncover the hidden machinery behind the world’s most popular sport. Each chapter focuses on a unique soccer topic that has important implications for the entire sport, ranging from the business of soccer and financial management—as seen through an examination of what led Messi to UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages HB 9798216376002 • £27.99 / $38.00 ePDF 9798216376026 • £25.19 / $34.20 ePub 9798216376019 • £25.19 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
Miami—to player welfare—explored through a critical look at the knee injury crisis in women’s soccer. Other issues include the Saudi World Cup, players competing in too many games, analytics, technology, American investors, and more. The Beautiful Game? is a multifaceted view of modern soccer that promises to challenge, enlighten, and occasionally unsettle readers. Whether you’re a die-hard fan or a casual observer, Watanabe offers a fresh perspective on this truly global sport, revealing the complex ecosystem that underpins the beautiful game.
520
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES COLLECTIONS
The Cost of Winning
An Insider's Perspective on Exploitation and Greed in College Sports Gerald S. Gurney An unapologetic insider's account of the corruption and greed within college athletics. College sports may have begun as a benign attraction, but it has since morphed into quasi-professional athletic leagues that exploit higher education, taxpayers, and students. A foremost expert in ethics in intercollegiate athletics, Dr. Gerald Gurney spent his career fighting the greed, collusion, and corruption among college presidents, athletic directors, and coaches, playing a pivotal role in the movement for athlete well-being and academic integrity. The Cost of Winning: An Insider's Perspective on Exploitation and Greed in College Sports is Dr. Gurney's candid memoir, covering his 40-plus years working directly with athletes as they struggled to achieve the dream of a meaningful college degree and a chance at a professional athletic career. He saw firsthand the exploitation of these athletes and the blatant disregard for their education, even as universities touted the educational and UK April 2025 • US April 2025 176 Pages • 18 BW Photos, 11 Textbox HB 9798881801465 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881863500 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9798881801472 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
character-building values of intercollegiate athletics. Dr. Gurney reveals how academic fraud works at too many NCAA Division I institutions, the lengths individuals and entire programs will go to in order to win, and the unsustainable path in athletic spending. More than a memoir, The Cost of Winning is an honest, brave, and fascinating account of some of the most remarkable triumphs and disasters in college sports history - an unapologetic depiction of the well-sheltered inner workings of major college athletic programs and prospects for change.
COLLECTIONS
A Beautiful Shame
One Team's Fight for Survival in a New Era of College Sports Ryan Swanson A major shift in college athletics began in 2018. That year, the NCAA launched its transfer portal. NIL would soon follow. Title IX directives were sending athletic departments into compliance crises. Conference realignment rumors swirled. A revolution in college sports proceeded at a rapid pace in just a few short years. In A Beautiful Shame: One Team's Fight for Survival in a New Era of College Sports, Ryan Swanson follows one team’s final season to reveal the impact of these reforms in their early days. The University of New Mexico men’s soccer team was a nationally prominent program, with a legendary coach, conference titles, top national rankings, NCAA tournament successes, and more Academic All-Americans than any other school in the nation in its sport. Yet, in the summer of 2018, it UK July 2025 • US July 2025 272 Pages • 20 BW Photos PB 9781538195260 • £17.99 / $24.00 ePDF 9798765154083 • £16.19 / $21.60 ePub 9781538195277 • £16.19 / $21.60 Bloomsbury Academic
was announced that the program would be discontinued. Ryan Swanson’s behind-the-scenes account reveals how, even with their successes, the Lobos soccer program was not immune to the changes swirling around college sports. This team, this crisis, is indicative of a much broader story playing out across the country. The recent changes to college athletics have put an even greater focus on high-revenue sports, to the detriment of many smaller programs, and A Beautiful Shame provides a deeply personal, firsthand perspective on its impact.
COLLECTIONS
A Life's Calling
The Voice Behind the World's Greatest Horse Races Tom Durkin, Author, retired sportscaster, Paul Volponi, Author, journalist, educator & Lenny Shulman, Author, television and film writer Sports have become indelibly linked to the voices that describe the action, from Al Michaels at the Olympics to baseball’s Vin Scully and basketball’s Marv Albert. In horseracing, perhaps no single voice did as much to reshape, modernize, and improve the soundtrack of the sport as Tom Durkin. In A Life’s Calling: The Voice Behind the World’s Greatest Horse Races, Tom Durkin, alongside longtime turf writers Paul Volponi and Lenny Shulman, shares his fascinating story. Readers will revel in his tales of life in the backwater stops of the Midwest learning horse racing among rickety grandstands and local hustlers, and of the day when he called the first UK May 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages • 10 bw photos, 6 textboxes, 39 sidebars, 1 table HB 9798881842598 • £22.99 / $30.00 ePDF 9798881854423 • £20.69 / $27.00 ePub 9798881854416 • £20.69 / $27.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Breeders’ Cup and ended up at an after-party surrounded by Frank Sinatra, Elizabeth Taylor, and Cary Grant. Durkin also candidly recounts how the pressure to describe each race with flawless accuracy became too much, leading him to step away from the spotlight while still at his prime. Durkin’s life is as colorful as his description of a come-from-behinder weaving his way through horses toward a photo finish. A Life’s Calling is a must-read for anyone wanting to learn more about the voice behind many of horse racing’s greatest calls.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
521
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES COLLECTIONS
Active Mom
Your Guide to Feeling Strong and Confident in Pregnancy, Postpartum, and Beyond Ashley Reid, Exercise physiologist, wellness practitioner, founder of Active Mom Fitness An invaluable guide for moms who want to feel strong and stay active through all stages of pregnancy and motherhood. Moms are told to stay active but often left to figure out how on their own. With conflicting advice and few resources designed for the realities of motherhood, exercise can feel confusing, intimidating, or overwhelming—but it doesn’t have to be that way. In Active Mom, exercise physiologist, award-winning pre/postnatal wellness practitioner, and mom Ashley Reid provides a UK April 2026 • US April 2026 280 Pages • 10 bw images, 23 textboxes, 4 tables HB 9798881808099 • £20.00 / $28.00 ePDF 9798216374749 • £18.00 / $25.20 ePub 9798881808105 • £18.00 / $25.20 Bloomsbury Academic
clear, customizable path to improved strength, energy, and confidence. Whether preparing for labor, navigating postpartum healing, or trying to make time for movement in a busy day, this book offers practical tools, encouragement, and expert guidance every step of the way. Rooted in the Core, Function, and Fitness® method, Reid helps readers rebuild core strength and function, move with confidence through the physical demands of everyday life, and create flexible fitness plans that reflect their recovery, energy, and available time.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Mind Game
An Inside Look at the Mental Health Playbook of Elite Athletes Julie Kliegman In growing numbers, athletes are speaking up about their struggles with mental illness—including high-profile stars such as Michael Phelps, Kevin Love, Simone Biles, and Naomi Osaka. More disclosures are surely on the way, as athletes recognize that their openness can help others and inspire those around them. In Mind Game: An Inside Look at the Mental Health Playbook of Elite Athletes, Julie Kliegman offers insight into how elite athletes navigate mental performance and mental illness—and what non-athletes can learn from them. Kliegman explores the recent mental health movement in sports, the history and practice of sport psychology, the stereotypes and stigmas that lead athletes to keep their troubles to themselves, and the ways in which injury and retirement can throw wrenches in their UK October 2025 • US October 2025 272 Pages HB 9781538168066 • £25.00 / $34.00 PB 9798216378051 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9798216330035 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781538168073 • £15.209 / $20.65 Rowman & Littlefield
mental states. Kliegman also examines the impacts of depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and more, with a keen eye toward moving forward with acceptance, progress, and problem-solving. Featuring insightful interviews with Olympians Chloe Kim, McKayla Maroney, and Adam Rippon, NBA players Kevin Love and DeMar DeRozan, former U.S. Open tennis champ Bianca Andreescu, and many other athletes and experts, Mind Game breaks down the ongoing, heartening movement of athletes across sports coming forward to get the care they need and deserve.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Open Question
Ben Hogan and Golf's Most Enduring Controversy Peter May In 1942, the United States Golf Association (USGA) cancelled its four golf tournaments for the duration of World War II. But then it did something different in only that year—it sponsored the Hale-America National Open on the same weekend as the cancelled US Open. The great Ben Hogan won that tournament and went to his grave believing he had therefore won a record five US Open titles. In The Open Question, Peter May turns his attention to this controversial, colorful Hale-America National Open of 1942. While providing an in-depth look at the tournament itself, May champions Hogan’s claim to five US Open titles and debunks some questionable assertions that the tournament was not worthy of a US Open. Set against the backdrop of World War II, UK August 2025 • US August 2025 224 Pages • 20 b/w photos HB 9781538137093 • £18.99 / $24.95 PB 9781538199091 • £13.99 / $18.95 ePDF 9798765155202 • £12.59 / $17.05 ePub 9781538137109 • £12.59 / $17.05 Rowman & Littlefield
522
UK, Europe, ROW
May also tells the stories of other professional golfers in the tournament and the impact of the war on all their lives. The USGA has never recognized the Hale-America Tournament as an official US Open and remains firm in its stance. It was a decision that bothered Ben Hogan for the rest of his life. The Open Question shows how dominant Ben Hogan was against some of the biggest names in golf, and reveals why he deserves to be recognized as a five-time US Open winner.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Mixed Martial Arts
A History from Ancient Fighting Sports to the UFC L.A. Jennings Mixed Martial Arts (MMA) is an international phenomenon, with a fascinatingly diverse and complex history that stems from fighting sports around the world. In Mixed Martial Arts: A History from Ancient Fighting Sports to the UFC, L.A. Jennings explores the vast global history of martial arts—including Asian martial arts, African fighting sports, European pugilism and wrestling, and the fighting styles of North, Central, and South Americas—and how they gave rise to the modern sport of MMA. Jennings shares some of the most famous moments in fighting history alongside stories of the fighters themselves, such as the infamous 1976 fight between Muhammad Ali and Antonio Inoki. When the Ultimate Fighting Championship premiered in 1993, it introduced the world to the controversial “cage fighting” at a UK September 2025 • US September 2025 264 Pages • 27 b/w photos HB 9781538141953 • £36.00 / $44.00 PB 9798881806309 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9798765154922 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9781538141960 • £16.19 / $22.45 Rowman & Littlefield
scale never seen before. With the assistance of technological innovations and globalization, MMA has become the fastest growing sport on earth, the culmination of thousands of years of fighting for sport. Featuring fascinating stories and photographs of fighters from around the world, Mixed Martial Arts reveals the long and captivating history of this oftenmisunderstood sport.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
523
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Making a Life
Catholic Social Teaching and the Meaning of Work Kate Ward Work shouldn’t be this hard—or this unfulfilling. Burnout, low wages, gig labor, layoffs, and the struggle to balance purpose with pay have made many of us question what work is, and what it could be--and should be. Ethicist Kate Ward offers a fresh, timely perspective rooted in Catholic social teaching. She explores work not only as a paid job but as purposeful human activity, examining it through five lenses: purpose, care, food, art, and pay. Caregiving, often undervalued yet essential to every life, reminds us that work extends beyond the workplace. Food and art reveal how creative and repetitive labor shape our satisfaction, meaning, and sense of contribution. And pay exposes the persistent gaps between society’s valuation of labor and the real costs of living. UK February 2026 • US January 2026 192 Pages HB 9780567726933 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9780567726926 • £17.99 / $24.95 ePDF 9780567726957 • £16.19 / $22.45 ePub 9780567726940 • £16.19 / $22.45 T&T Clark
Ward draws on the Church’s centuries-long reflection on work, justice, and human dignity, showing how its teachings speak directly to the frustrations and potential of modern labor. This first book devoted to Catholic social thought on work illuminates how communities and societies can better recognize, support, and value meaningful human activity. Making a Life encourages readers to rethink what work is for, who it serves, and how it can nurture human flourishing. Whether you are a student, a professional, or someone simply seeking more purpose in daily life, Ward provides a compelling roadmap for understanding work as a path to both personal meaning and the common good.
COLLECTIONS
Human Dignity
Its Roots and Challenges in Western Thought John Loughlin, University of Oxford, UK Human Dignity: Its Roots and Challenges in Western Thought is a bold reappraisal of the concept of human dignity through the lens of Catholic tradition. Drawing on the biblical notion that human beings are made in the image and likeness of God (Imago Dei), John Loughlin traces the development of this idea from antiquity to modernity. He examines key moments of continuity and rupture—from the Church Fathers to the Renaissance, the Reformation to Enlightenment secularism, and 20th-century renewal to today's contested bioethical landscape. Integrating theology, philosophy, and political thought, the book engages contemporary moral debates while presenting a constructive Catholic anthropology. This is a timely and provocative contribution for scholars, students, and general readers concerned with the future of human dignity in a fragmented world. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 256 Pages HB 9780567726414 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9780567726407 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780567726438 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780567726421 • £19.79 / $26.95 T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
Medieval Catholic Political Philosophy
A History of Catholic Political Philosophy: Volume I Michael J. Sweeney, Xavier University & Timothy Sean Quinn, Xavier University, USA Medieval Catholic political philosophy was born in an age of crisis, with the collapse the Roman Empire, and the ensuing vacuum created in the wake of its demise. The goal of Medieval Catholic Political Philosophy: A History of Catholic Political Philosophy: Volume I is to show the alternatives for restoration of a genuine political philosophy inspired by Catholic thought that could revive notions of citizenship, of nationhood, and of a fruitful relationship between Church and state. Beginning with Augustine and culminating in the thought of Marsilius of Padua, one sees the evolution of a plurality of answers to these fundamental political questions. Confronting this history is valuable in its own right, but also because it sets a course for Catholic political reflection during the modern period, and throughout the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. UK January 2026 • US January 2026 240 Pages PB 9798216277460 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798216277422 • £60.00 / $80.00 ePDF 9798216277446 • £54.00 / $72.00 ePub 9798216277439 • £54.00 / $72.00 Bloomsbury Academic
524
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Modern Catholic Political Philosophy
A History of Catholic Political Philosophy: Volume II Timothy Sean Quinn, Xavier University, USA & Michael J. Sweeney, Xavier University Modern Catholic political philosophy begins with a crisis within Christendom. The Wars of Religion ignited by the Protestant Reformation forced upon medieval Christendom a revaluation of the relationship between Church and State, and a reconsideration of the nature of sovereignty and of the relationship between citizens and regimes. Modern Catholic Political Philosophy: A History of Catholic Political Philosophy: Volume II begins with Thomas More and ending with Pope Leo XIII, this volume seeks to show how this sense of crisis shaped Catholic political thought from the sixteenth through the nineteenth centuries. Many of the writers treated in this volume have fallen in obscurity. Nonetheless, they are responsible for many of ideas that have become commonplace in modern political thought: division of political alternatives into “liberal” and “conservative”; notions of strong executive power; the centrality of social justice on behalf of international organization, UK January 2026 • US January 2026 232 Pages PB 9798216196754 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798216196716 • £65.00 / $80.00 ePDF 9798216196730 • £58.50 / $72.00 ePub 9798216196723 • £58.50 / $72.00 Bloomsbury Academic
all claim antecedent origins in the forgotten Catholic thinkers of this period. Together, they constitute a secret history of political thought that influences the main direction political thought takes in the twentieth century, and without which the political alternatives confronted in that century cannot be adequately understood.
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Catholic Political Philosophy A History of Catholic Political Philosophy: Volume III
Michael J. Sweeney, Xavier University & Timothy Sean Quinn, Xavier University, USA Contemporary Catholic Political Philosophy: A History of Catholic Political Philosophy: Volume III considers two distinct strands of Catholic political thought arising in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries that were made especially urgent by two extra-philosophical factors: the forced retreat of papal authority from the temporal sphere and the rising tide of political ideologies. One strand is the formulation of Catholic social thought by the papal magisterium, which was not meant to become a philosophy; rather, it was meant to provide parameters within which Catholic political philosophy should develop. Nevertheless, as papal encyclicals added more and more detail to Catholic social thought, it often became an authoritative substitute for Catholic political philosophy. The protagonists of the other strand were laymen or priests outside the papal magisterium, and they represent various ways of conceiving Church-state relations and economic issues in light of UK January 2026 • US January 2026 184 Pages PB 9798216196815 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9798216196778 • £60.00 / $80.00 ePDF 9798216196792 • £54.00 / $72.00 ePub 9798216196785 • £54.00 / $72.00 Bloomsbury Academic
the growth of the nation-state. Jacques Maritain, Yves Simone, John Courtney Murray, all represent attempts to weave together elements of classical political philosophy, especially the Thomistic, with different directions in twentieth century philosophy, for example, Personalism. Economic solutions to political problems, on the other hand, cleaved Catholic thinkers between the twin alternatives of Marxism and Capitalism. Gustavo Gutierrez and Leonardo Boff (who also offers a view of Marxist social justice as inseparable from ecology) speak on behalf of the former, while Michael Novak is a proponent of the latter. Theirs is a dialectical relation to modernity, transforming not only their philosophical sources but the direction of Catholic reflection on political matters as well.
COLLECTIONS
Hans Urs von Balthasar and Theological Style Sketching the Masters Christopher Myers In this book, Christopher Myers uses Hans Urs von Balthasar's concept of theological style to "sketch" the characteristics of foundational theology in distinctly aesthetic terms. Reflecting on von Balthasar's twelve exemplars of theological style, spanning from Irenaeus to Charles Péguy, this book demonstrates how a given theological style results from the confluence of three factors: the glory of divine revelation, the Church’s reception and interpretation of that revelation, brought to expression by the particular charism of the theologian. Myers argues that in expositing these theologians, von Balthasar seeks to "sketch" each of them, determining and defining each theological style. By defining theological style, this book illuminates an under-explored section of von Balthasar's UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages • 10 tables PB 9780567728005 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666976014 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216255888 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978770492 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
Herrlichkeit, providing a context for reading Balthasar on his own terms and offering a fresh assessment of his strengths and weaknesses as a theologian.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
525
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
The Character of a Nation
John Witherspoon and the Moral Foundation of the United States James Calvin Davis What can the life and thought of an eighteenth-century clergyman and college president tell us about the political crises that threaten American democracy today, including institutional racism? The Character of a Nation explores the political ethics of American Founding Father and theologian John Witherspoon (1723–1794) and his ideals and failures, asking how a chastened understanding of this important historical figure might inform struggles over American political character in our day. Reflecting the influence of two intellectual traditions, orthodox Calvinism and the Scottish Enlightenment, Witherspoon understood political virtue asa commitment to natural rights, benevolent other-regard, and the common good. Witherspoon UK January 2026 • US January 2026 264 Pages HB 9780567726575 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780567726568 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9780567726599 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9780567726582 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Academic
thought good political character was essential to American independence and the health of the new republic, and he argued that religious, political, and educational institutions shared a vital responsibility to cultivate character in the nation’s citizens. For all his talk about human rights and benevolent virtue, however, Witherspoon was gravely inconsistent in his allegiance to his ideals, for he was complicit in the enslavement of Black Americans. As a result of this hypocrisy, Witherspoon personifies the mixed moral legacy of the nation he helped birth.
COLLECTIONS
Christian Theological Education and the Response to the Crisis in Zimbabwe Edited by Bekithemba Dube & Gift Masengwe The book offers an incisive examination of the governing philosophy of the Zimbabwe African National Union-Patriotic Front (ZANU-PF), referred to as Zanupfism, characterizing it as marked by callousness and malevolence towards dissenting voices from civil society and opposition factions. This pernicious application of power extends beyond mere verbal aggression to encompass militaristic actions, engendering a profound generational crisis within Zimbabwe. The contributors explore the compelling juxtaposition between President Emmerson Mnangagwa and the biblical Nebuchadnezzar II, a ruler notorious for his autocratic reign and expansive ambitions. Further, critically scrutinizing the complicity of neo-Pentecostal prophets in the book reveals how these religious figures promote an esoteric understanding of the divine, diverging from a theology rooted in justice, thereby enabling the oppressive regime's practices. This critique underscores the imperative for prophets to recalibrate their theological perspectives, urging them to move beyond magical interpretations of faith toward an UK October 2025 • US October 2025 224 Pages PB 9781666966251 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966237 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567724779 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768161 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
authentic engagement with a personal God who champions justice. The book further encompasses the complex interplay of political and religious narratives, examining how church leaders either bolster or undermine Mnangagwa’s political ideology, highlighting the tendency among certain religious factions to deify political authority, ultimately exacerbating societal inequities. In advocating for a transformative theological discourse in Zimbabwe, the book asserts that religious narratives must serve as instruments for fostering democracy, social justice, and equity, rather than sustaining a status quo that entrenches authoritarian governance. The necessity for unified, principled resistance, grounded in the collective agency of the populace, emerges as a salient theme in the quest for meaningful political and social reform.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Engaging Werner G. Jeanrond's Theological Thinking Starting Points
Edited by Ulrich Schmiedel, University of Edinburgh, UK, Ola Sigurdson, University of Oslo, Norway & Jayne Svenungsson, Lund University, Sweden This edited collection offers the first engagement with Werner G. Jeanrond’s theological thinking, spanning from hermeneutics through systematic theology to politics. Available open access and featuring more than twenty renowned scholars with a global reach, this work tackles one of Jeanrond’s key questions: “How can theological thought begin today, in the midst of a confusing plurality of methods?” The problem of the starting point requires a critical and self-critical theological reflection. The academics in this book embark on a journey which takes us through five different fields of study, each of which capture a strand of Jeanrond’s far-reaching UK May 2026 • US May 2026 376 Pages PB 9780567719300 • £29.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567719270 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9780567719287 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9780567719294 • £0.00 / $0.00 T&T Clark
526
UK, Europe, ROW
body of work. From hermeneutics to politics to moral virtues and spirituality, this volume provides a comprehensive look at the thought of one of the most influential systematic theologians of the twentieth century. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Lund University.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Mortality, Ontology and Ethics in Twentieth-Century Theologies of Person The Rule of Death
Alex Michael Trew, The King's University, Canada This book considers what it means to die. Trew achieves this through the prism of two significant twentieth century thinkers: Dietrich Bonhoeffer and Christos Yannaras. In doing so, he continues an esteemed tradition of works considering the theology and philosophy of death, including Karl Rahner’s On the Theology of Death and Martin Heidegger’s Being and Time. However, Trew is also breaking new ground: this is the first English language book to compare the late Christos Yannaras with major western theologians, making this an innovative and ecumenical work. Different as they are, both Bonhoeffer and Yannaras are well-known for their robustly relational views of human existence. Trew elegantly guides us through a systematic unfolding of how they both believe that, in and through Christ and his church, T&T Clark Studies in Systematic Theology UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages PB 9780567722607 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567722591 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567722614 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567722621 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
human life stands newly formed and empowered before the radical individuation of death. Bonhoeffer and Yannaras both see in the means for modern theological anthropology to address the asymmetrical togetherness of historical existence and divine transcendence. Trew highlights how this is crucial for a redescription of what individual death might mean in the context of the church as ‘communion’. In doing so, he constructively recasts Heidegger’s best insights about anticipating death with Bohoeffer and Yannaras.
COLLECTIONS
The Fatherhood of God
The Divine Father in Fourth-Century Pro-Nicene Trinitarian Theology D. Blair Smith, Reformed Theological Seminary, USA This work explores what the formative writers of the fourth century said about divine fatherhood in order to address a key subject in Trinitarian debate in modern theology. D. Blair Smith examines the Father within classical Trinitarian thought. The question of the fatherhood of God occupied several 20th – 21st century theologians who sought to retrieve fourth-century Trinitarian developments in order to inform their systematic concerns. Smith explores the foundational period and engages with a number of the formative ‘pro-Nicene’ voices of Athanasius of Alexandria, Hilary of Poitiers, Gregory of Nazianzus, and Basil of Caesarea. This book then examines the crucial theological space given to eternal generation of the Son, divine simplicity, the coinherence of the T&T Clark Studies in Systematic Theology UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages PB 9780567725226 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567725189 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567725196 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567725219 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
persons, inseparability of operations, and even the Holy Spirit in order to understand the distinctiveness of the Father within the Trinity. Smith argues Basil represents the most integrative pro-Nicene account of divine fatherhood, providing sharpness to the mature pro-Nicene Trinitarian categories emerging within this era and critically applies insights gleaned from the pro-Nicene development to questions raised by modern readings of the ‘first’ person of the Trinity as well as identify trailhead for further inquiry on the fatherhood of God within contemporary Trinitarian thought.
COLLECTIONS
The Trinitarian Theology of John Webster Brent Rempel, Stark College & Seminary, USA This work traces the contours, shape, and development of Webster’s Trinitarian theology and subsequently enliven debates in contemporary systematic theology. Rempel deftly takes us from Webster’s engagement with Eberhard Jüngel and Karl Barth to his later concerns with Trinity, economy and Christian Distinction. This journey allows Rempel to identify Webster’s contributions to contemporary systematic theology with a retrieval of divine perfection as well as a reframing of the doctrines of revelation and election. This work also highlights how Webster’s work interacts with and diverges from other major theologians, such as Thomas Aquinas and Robert Jenson. This, ultimately, leaves a work that brings Webster’s theology to bear on several debated issues in contemporary systematic theology. T&T Clark Studies in Systematic Theology UK June 2026 • US August 2027 232 Pages PB 9780567726988 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567726971 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567726995 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567727015 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
527
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Theology and the Christian Life Essays on Dietrich Bonhoeffer
Philip G. Ziegler, University of Aberdeen, UK Edited by Corey Tuttle, University of Aberdeen, UK Offering a series of studies on key aspects of the Bonhoeffer’s theology, this book emphasizes the biblical texture and dogmatic depth of his work and its continuing legacy. The first part of the volume explores Bonhoeffer’s work in Christology, Theology proper, and related doctrines. Ziegler argues that Bonhoeffer’s fundamental orientation in theology and ethics is best captured and expressed when he is understood as theology of the Word of God. He offers an exposition of the commonly neglected Part II of Nachfolge, in its treatment of Pauline New Testament texts, as well as Bonhoeffer’s promeity compared with the work of Kierkegaard. Ziegler examines Bonhoeffer’s extended essay and biblical study on the theme of temptation, and concentrates on the role of eschatological T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer’s Theology and Ethics UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages PB 9780567727510 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567693099 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780567693105 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780567693129 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
concepts and themes in the Letters and Papers from Prison. In its second part, the book explores elements of Bonhoeffer’s ethical and political thinking, emphasizing throughout the deeply dogmatic substance and orientation of his work in these fields. This part offers explicit discussion of Bonhoeffer’s ethics and his interpretation of soteriology, his reading and understanding of the Decalogue for Christian life and ethics, his views of the political service of the church and of Christians; and sustained reading and reflection on one of Bonhoeffer’s final prison poems, Voices in the Night.
COLLECTIONS
Between Resistance and Submission
Bonhoeffer, Luther, and Christian Witness as Political Theology Claire Hein Blanton Is there a place for Bonhoeffer’s political theology within contemporary society? With the continued interest in Bonhoeffer’s theology and life there has been an emergence of divergent voices claiming that our political climate has created a series of Bonhoeffer Moments. But what, precisely, is a Bonhoeffer Moment and does it signal that Bonhoeffer’s political theology is of continued use? These questions form the centre of Blanton's project. Bonhoeffer’s theology combines his specific historical context alongside the influence of Luther’s theology. Blanton deftly analyses Bonhoeffer's political writings with these influences in the background. T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer’s Theology and Ethics UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages PB 9780567713858 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567713865 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567713872 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567713896 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
Ultimately, Blanton highlights how Bonhoeffer’s political theology falls somewhere between resistance and collaboration. Bonhoeffer’s political responsibility is distinctly rooted in the willingness to live into God’s command and bear responsibility for the neighbour. It is a qualified action that does not easily lend itself to full-scale action or adoption, but in its emphasis on individual responsibility, does have a place in the modern political discourse.
COLLECTIONS
Bonhoeffer and the Voice of the Other
Critical Essays on Bonhoeffer's Theology in a World of Struggle Edited by Anthony G. Reddie, University of Oxford, UK, Alison Walker, Ripon College Cuddeson, UK & Tim Judson, University of Oxford, UK This wide-ranging book examines Bonhoeffer through the prism of problems facing the modern world. Our digital and globalised era has facilitated multiple and instantaneous connections between individuals and communities. Yet rather than drawing us closer together, the rise of political extremism and mental health conditions in the Western world suggests that many people are becoming increasingly isolated and disenfranchised, unable to listen and understand one another in genuine, mutual freedom. These basic aspects of human life, which are necessary for everyone’s flourishing, indicate part of what is crucial for Christians who seek to live “for others” today, as God in Christ is “for us”. T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer’s Theology and Ethics UK May 2026 • US May 2026 232 Pages PB 9780567717283 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567717252 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567717269 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567717276 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
528
UK, Europe, ROW
Tackling these issues are essays by contributors who have an established academic career, as well as others who offer creative insights to the Bonhoeffer guild, which would benefit from these fresh voices, lest Bonhoeffer’s legacy is turned in on itself, when like the church, it should exist “for others”.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Pentecostal Political Theology
Toward a Charismatic and Apocalyptic Political Theology Ruben Binyet, HET-PRO and ICF Church, Switzerland A healthy and fruitful political theology is essential for the future of Pentecostal and Charismatic movements worldwide. This book offers crucial reflections on how to develop this area of theology. First, Binyat presents a central debate in political theology: the rift between neo-traditional and liberal Augustinianism. This debate helps situating the emerging voices of Pentecostal and Charismatic scholarship within the field of political theology, revealing the diversity, creativity, and significant potential of Pentecostal and Charismatic approaches to politics. Second, this incisive work provides a constructive proposal for the development of Pentecostal and Charismatic political T&T Clark Systematic Pentecostal and Charismatic Theology UK March 2026 • US March 2026 296 Pages PB 9780567723260 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567723253 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567723277 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567723284 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
theology. This analysis is grounded in the underlying conviction that Pentecostal and Charismatic spirituality is inherently political, and that political theology should begin with the ecclesial practices of Pentecostalism. Binyet advocates for a critical yet radical embrace of Pentecostal and Charismatic spirituality, particularly its charismatic and apocalyptic dimensions, as a means to engage fruitfully with the political realm.
COLLECTIONS
Systematic Theology and Pentecostal Experiences John Daniel L. Andersen, Norwegian School of Leadership and Theology, Norway Over the past century, the Pentecostal and Charismatic movements have transformed the global Christian landscape with their emphasis on personal encounters with God. In this rigorous work, Andersen explains how Pentecostal experiences can also serve as a genuine source for Christian theology. Theology tends to draw upon traditional sources, those of Scripture, tradition and reason. Andersen brilliantly highlights how all these sources relate to the religious experiences, and how they all influence each other reciprocally in systematic theology. Through developing key criteria of how to evaluate these experiences, this book examines in detail what positive role T&T Clark Systematic Pentecostal and Charismatic Theology UK May 2026 • US May 2026 208 Pages PB 9780567723499 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567723482 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567723505 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567723512 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
Christian affections play in theological work and reflection processes. Highlighting the interplay between emotions and beliefs, the author combines Pentecostal theology of Christian affections with neuroscience and the somatic marker hypothesis. Finally, the book makes a cumulative case for the reliability of Pentecostal experiences of God. It synthesises arguments from the philosophy of religion to suggest a nuanced proposal of their distinct theological contribution as manifestation beliefs that represent relational and personal knowledge of God.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
T&T Clark Handbook of the Doctrine of Creation Edited by Jason Goroncy, University of Divinity, Australia The T&T Clark Handbook of the Doctrine of Creation provides an expansive range of resources introducing the doctrine of creation as understood in Christian traditions. It offers an examination of: how the Bible and various Christian traditions have imagined creation; how the doctrine of creation informs and is informed by various dogmatic commitments; and how the doctrine of creation relates to a range of human concerns and activities. The Handbook represents a celebration of, fascination with, bewilderment at, lament about, and hope for all that is, and serves as a scholarly, innovative, and constructive reference for those interested in attending to what Christian belief has to contribute to thinking about and living with the mysterious existence named ‘creation’. T&T Clark Handbooks UK April 2026 • US April 2026 1016 Pages HB 9780567686473 • £155.00 / $220.00 PB 9780567714640 • £44.99 / $60.95 ePDF 9780567686480 • £139.50 / $198.00 ePub 9780567686497 • £139.50 / $198.00 T&T Clark
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
529
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Stand-up Comedy, Theology, and Ethics Jacob D. Myers & Nicole Graham Bringing together the distinct but connected disciplines of theology and ethics, Stand-up Comedy, Theology, and Ethics adds to the growing field of humor and religion. Beginning by re-considering what we know about jokes and laughter, the authors propose that more attention needs to be paid to the quasi-sacramental, magical quality of jokes and the ways laughter can shift the affective states of an audience. They then turn their attention to key issues and debates within stand-up comedy. First, is the comical legitimacy or illegitimacy of comedians who employ humor ambiguously so that we are not sure at who or what they are “punching”. Second, is the phenomenon of canceling comedians for their behavior off stage. Third, is the sociopolitical possibilities of stand-up. Ultimately, the authors argue that there is theological, religious, and ethical significance to contemporary stand-up Theology, Religion, and Pop Culture
comedy.
UK September 2025 • US September 2025 176 Pages PB 9798881866686 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978714762 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978749412 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978714779 • £72.00 / $99.00 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
Theology, Religion, and Twin Peaks Edited by John Anthony Dunne & Kris Song Like the series’ trademark pie, John Anthony Dunne and Kris Song’s exploration into David Lynch’s Twin Peaks leaves you hungry for more. This volume investigates the religious, theological, spiritual, and supernatural elements across the series’ two original seasons (ABC, 1990), the Twin Peaks: Fire Walk with Me (1992) film, and its third and final season, often referred to as The Return (Showtime, 2017). Zooming in on iconic aspects like the Log Lady, the Red Room, and Laura Palmer’s catalyzing murder, the contributors present fresh, thought-provoking insights into the oft-discussed cult classic. This volume’s subjects, like Twin Peaks itself, frustrates and compels at the same time, inviting deeper exploration into the series’ religious and theological significance. Theology, Religion, and Pop Culture UK January 2026 • US January 2026 280 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9798216388661 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978716711 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216265191 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9798216354499 • £85.50 / $117.00 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Esoteric Theology of Philip K. Dick Edited by George J. Sieg & Michael C. Barros This volume collects chapters written to commemorate the 50th anniversary of Philip K. Dick's transformative 1974 mystical experiences, through which he ultimately contextualized his influential and posthumously much-adapted science-fiction and speculative fiction. Contributing authors here examine the enduring significance of Philip K. Dick and his work, drawing on diverse scholarly perspectives that engage seriously with his self-understanding as Christian, gnostic, mystic, and theologian. Including contextual introduction and overviews, individual chapters focusing on specific works of PKD (as well as some of their adaptations), critical analysis, and examination of their significance within the life and worldview of PKD and his milieu, this collection continues foundational work that has characterized PKD's contributions to science fiction and speculative fiction as significant to its increasingly gnostic trajectory, as well as opening new avenues of exploration that situates PKD's impact Theology, Religion, and Pop Culture within the broader appeal of esoteric worldviews as they have continued to propagate through the counterculture into the UK January 2026 • US January 2026 264 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9781978716674 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978716650 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216201533 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978772236 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
530
UK, Europe, ROW
mainstream. PKD's commitment and dedication to Christian belief, faith, and practice, as well as Christian gnosis and mystical experience, are foci of particular interest, and this volume challenges the frequent misconception of PKD as exclusively relevant to Gnostic counter-cultural mysticism. Instead, his esoteric Christian gnosis is identified and analyzed as the basis of his ultimately moral and consistently humanistic theology.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Maximus and the Trinity Christian Life and Doctrine Eric L. Lopez This book explores Maximus’s Trinitarian theology, starting with his early works and then moving through the various stages of his writing to analyze how his theology developed in its Late Antique context. While Maximus’s Trinitarian theology is inextricably linked with his Christology, this book offers a more nuanced account of their relationship and demonstrates how a broad set of traditions, concerns, and controversies gave a Trinitarian shape to his vision of Christian life and doctrine.
UK February 2026 • US January 2026 304 Pages PB 9798216389972 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978700093 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216258155 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216353911 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
Race, Preaching, and Ricoeur Edited by David Schnasa Jacobsen & Scott Donahue-Martens This book encourages preaching to address our twenty-first-century, multifaceted reality of racialization across a diverse set of communities by means of a deep exploration of theory in dialogue with practices of preaching. The book consists of essays by a diverse group of scholars and sermons by a diverse group of preachers who aim to bridge theories that animate their work and practices that can speak the truth differently to ecclesial communities. Along the way, these scholars reference the work of philosopher Paul Ricoeur who integrates a hermeneutic of texts with a hermeneutic of the self so that preaching can interpret texts and recognize the selves who find themselves graciously empowered to resist racism and its harms for the long haul.
UK November 2025 • US November 2025 248 Pages PB 9781978716971 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978716957 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216201472 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216201465 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
Thinking About Justice Through the Ministry of John M. Perkins A Trinitarian Ethic RaShan Frost This book argues that within Perkin’s ministry methodology, one can see an underlying ethical conception of justice that is grounded within the Trinity and that grounding informs Christian theological, sociological, and political practices. Perkins’ 3R ministry strategy of reconciliation, relocation, and redistribution center the role of justice in theological, sociological, and political practice, respectively. The book explores what informs Perkins’ theology and ethic of justice and how his view of justice should shape and inform how we view justice as Christians.
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 128 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216390381 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978717497 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216265238 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216354598 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
531
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Empowering Hybrid Agency in Christian Education A Postcolonial and Poststructural Approach Moon Jung Choi However small we may feel, the agency within every single one of us is a greatly undermined and underappreciated power that can change the world for better or worse. Presenting narratives of diverse individuals and marginalized people, this book asks the reader to reflect on how they use their own inherent power in their daily lives, community, faith, and social and cultural contexts. As both influencers and followers of our societal, religious and cultural norms and the perceived world around us, we re/create new norms in our own right, while at the same time un/consciously allowing ourselves to be subservient to existing and prevalent norms around us. Agency, as explored by Dr. Moon Jung Choi throughout this book, bestows upon us the power of choice, action, and UK February 2026 • US February 2026 144 Pages PB 9781978717305 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978717282 • £65.00 / $90.00 ePDF 9798216354703 • £58.50 / $81.00 ePub 9781978717299 • £58.50 / $81.00 Fortress Academic
reformation. Through theoretical and contextual explorations in the fields of theology, philosophy, and psychology, this book works to identify critical and unexplored areas of agency as the means of passionately engaging our individual and collective will to transform our perspective and the norms of our time. Out of a myriad of choices, we can choose/act to be destructive, opt for maintaining the status quo, or decide to use our power to bring about profound transformation. With its accessible language and memorable analogies, both biblical and contemporary, this book shines a light on the power of our agency with practical and theoretical suggestions to ensure readers have a guided pathway to a new future.
COLLECTIONS
Analogy of the Wound
A Theology of Communication for Healing and Social Transformation Kevin P. Considine This book argues that communication can be a way of salvation for the sinned-against, sinners, and all of creation through an analogy of the wound. Rooted in Jesus' praxis of healing, this theology can assist in recognizing, understanding, and interpreting the harmful residue that remains in the aftermath of violence to repair human dignity and work for the common good. The author weaves together insights from methods of contextual theologies, the wisdom of Black and Womanist Theologies, Korean diaspora theologies of 'han', psychologies of trauma and moral injury, and the Catholic tradition of analogy to arrive at a unique synthesis: moments of salvation can be found in carefully communicating woundedness in the midst of building beloved community. Although the dissimilarities in our woundedness may always be greater than our similarities, the similarities convey truth and meaning and hold the possibility of the church living as Christ’s wounded and UK September 2025 • US September 2025 152 Pages PB 9781498552066 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781498552042 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567724786 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978766815 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
resilient Body. We aid each other’s healing in right relationship.
COLLECTIONS
Interpretive Virtue, Ecclesial Context, and Social Location in Theological Interpretation of Scripture Iriann Marie Irizarry This study examines contemporary Theological Interpretation of Scripture, focusing on the portrayal of the virtuous reader within an ecclesial context. By comparing the approaches of Ephraim Radner and Richard B. Hays, it highlights the differing emphases on interpretive virtues: humble receptivity (Radner) and poetic attentiveness (Hays). The study then incorporates an explicitly contextual Latina theological perspective (supported by Latina Evangélica voices), emphasizing the importance of incorporating marginalized voices in theological interpretation to enrich the understanding of interpretive virtues and, by extension, the UK February 2026 • US February 2026 192 Pages PB 9798765150795 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765150788 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216197539 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798765150818 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
532
UK, Europe, ROW
church as a whole.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Moral Luck and Christian Philosophical Theology A Molinist Perspective Mark Anderson Can we be held responsible for factors beyond our control? Would a just God judge us differently because of luck, or even divine manipulation? Can a fair and just evaluation of humanity result in a universally failing grade? Moral Luck and Christian Philosophical Theology: A Molinist Perspective engages these questions by tackling the intersection of Christian theology and the moral luck dispute. The solution it offers, building upon the work of Michael Zimmerman, is to develop a counterfactual account of moral responsibility, which eliminates all forms of moral luck. Anderson argues that this solution will carry two metaphysical commitments associated with the molinist model of divine UK February 2026 • US February 2026 232 Pages • 10 tables PB 9780567726919 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666960105 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216269106 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767553 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
providence: counterfactuals of libertarian freedom and a haecceity view of personal identity. He then develops the account from a moral perspective, examining how we can meaningfully engage the luck-bound world around us without the burden of moral luck. Finally, he examines the theological ramifications of the view, explaining how it is that all human persons may be inescapably and deeply culpable (suffering from original sin) in a way that is consistent with God’s justice and love, and how we yet remain capable of a kind of moral restoration. Anderson’s suggestion is a radical one, but it offers new avenues for Christian theology while preserving the essential core of the Christian tradition.
COLLECTIONS
Alternative Attitudes Toward Suicide and Its Survivors Contesting the Darkness of Conventional Stigmas
Edited by Gordon Brubacher, Nicolae Roddy & Christopher J. Krall To better understand and address the needs of suicide loss survivors and those at risk of suicide, this volume offers a multifaceted, multidisciplinary approach based on the natural and social sciences with the personal and spiritual needs of this vulnerable population in mind. The volume’s twelve chapters are organized in a phased, threefold way that demythologizes suicide; dealing first with the general thrust of the volume’s intended purpose, then addressing suicidal ideology specifically among marginalized populations and cultures, and concluding with varied theological resources for further reflection on suicide. While primarily focusing on suicide loss, the volume presents a wider-ranging exploration of suicide in different social, psychological, and literary contexts as well. The contributors and the editors unite in a fervent hope that readers will find something of value to UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages PB 9780567726889 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666977547 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216251064 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978767218 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
equip them in the ongoing struggle to push back against the darkness and despair of suicide loss.
COLLECTIONS
Moral and Theological Virtues of the Oppressed Practicing Salim in the Face of Violence Wonchul Shin This book focuses on discovering particular moral and theological virtues of the oppressed, embodied in their daily practices of survival, resistance, and flourishing. Wonchul Shin calls for a holistic vision of flourishing, including both individual and social flourishing, from an explicitly Korean cultural and historical context. Specifically, Shin considers the victims of political violence during the Korean regimes under Park Chung-hee and Chun Doo-hwan in the 1970s and 1980s and concurrent “family” resistance movements. In questioning virtues of sacrifice for a greater cause, this book argues that conventional Christian virtue discourse, which uplifts Jesus’ UK January 2026 • US January 2026 208 Pages • 1 bw illus PB 9798216390282 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978710986 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216260684 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216354222 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
total sacrifice unto death, can reinforce unjust sociocultural structures that sustain structural and cultural violence against the oppressed. Shin uses the sacrifice and resistance of these Korean mothers and wives to suggest an alternative moral virtue, “the virtue of salim,” which envisions a particular virtue of the oppressed through resistance against oppression and celebrates the virtue of daily practices of survival, resistance, and flourishing
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
533
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Christians and Violence Jean Lasserre Edited by Steve Hickey, Alaska Christian College, USA This marks the first English translation of renowned peace theologian Jean Lasserre’s seminal work on non-violence. With introductory remarks from Frédéric Rognon and the author’s daughter, Christiane Lasserre, this book provides English readers a window into a powerful, yet accessible, text on Christian ethics. In this classic essay, Lasserre turns to the problem of physical violence and murder, tackling it with a focus on morality and scripture. Writing in the aftermath of the Second World War and the Algerian War, Lasserre also deftly examines the ethics of military violence and warfare. The Church told men for years that one could be an honourable Christian and a solider; this book delves into the two opposing realities of this sentiment with a powerful case for pacifism. T&T Clark Enquiries in Theological Ethics UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages HB 9780567714541 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567714558 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567714565 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567714589 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Sovereign Human Being
Carl Schmitt, Dietrich Bonhoeffer and Responsible Decision-Making Valentin Jeutner, Lund University, Sweden and The University of Oxford, UK Sovereign is who decides; and who decides is responsible. The book develops these two arguments by comparing Carl Schmitt's and Dietrich Bonhoeffer's theories of sovereignty. Carl Schmitt was an influential jurist of Nazi Germany. Dietrich Bonhoeffer was a Lutheran priest hanged for his involvement in a plot to assassinate Adolf Hitler. In many ways, the two men could not be more different. But they both struggled with the question of how to maintain order and how to prevent violence at times of crisis. In this considered work, Jeutner brings these two thinkers into careful dialogue. They both agreed that order is established T&T Clark Enquiries in Theological not by appealing to existing norms or general principles but by an individual's sovereign decision. Ascribing sovereignty to Ethics individuals communicates that they always have a choice and that they are always responsible for these choices.
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 184 Pages HB 9780567717047 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567717085 • £27.99 / $37.95 ePDF 9780567717054 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567717078 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
This exploratory work reveals that, by making sovereign decisions, ordinary individuals, too, can work towards the peaceful resolution of conflicts or reduce their carbon footprint. Making such sovereign decisions is not easy for individuals who are taught to follow orders and norms. For this reason, this book supplements the comparative analysis of Schmitt and Bonhoeffer with an action-guiding decision-making framework.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Spirit of the Corporation A Theological History
Michael T. Black, Independent Scholar The modern corporation began its life as a religious institution - first as the nation of Israel and subsequently as the Christian Church. Long before its official recognition in law, the corporation had been an identifiable and unique form of human association. Its only essential characteristic is the voluntary and collective submission of individual interests to the interests of a Name, its own living Spirit. The corporation is thus ‘invited’ into existence as a presence independent of its members, and through which the Spirit provides both its unity and its continuity. In this fascinating, interdisciplinary text, Michael T. Black reveals how the modern corporation has become a parody of itself. It is a travesty of the opportunity it offers, namely the opportunity to engage in a continuous search for the good, the criteria T&T Clark Enquiries in Theological of right action, in other words, the practical pursuit of the divine, in and through our daily lives with others. Ethics In a sweeping historical analysis, Black highlights how The Name has been obscenely turned into a Brand, which sells but UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages HB 9780567717092 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567717122 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567717108 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567717115 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
534
UK, Europe, ROW
does not inspire; how the plethora of manipulative management techniques and authoritarian corporate structures are merely ineffectual, compensatory attempts to create corporate unity in the absence of the Spirit. This is the spiritual spoilt. This work hopes to provide an alternative to the jargon-filled, self-justifying, and ultimately futile conceptions of the corporate institution which are used to justify its current spiritual aridity.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
The Origins of Natural Evil
Christian Perspectives Through History John Adair This book presents a historical overview of how Christians have described the causes of natural evils in the world. While earlier Christians emphasize the role of personal sin, institutional sin, and spiritual powers as direct causes of natural evil, the thinking within the historical Christian community displays a marked shift over time. The increasing nuance around the question of the source of natural evils through late antiquity, the Scholastic turn toward rational explanation of doctrinal conviction, and finally, the turn inward at the Enlightenment leads Christians increasingly to attribute the source of natural evil toward God and further from the created realm than it had ever been before. This move occurs as pastors and theologians seek to make sense of God’s sovereignty and providence relative to evil occurrences in the world, though the UK April 2026 • US April 2026 184 Pages PB 9798216441144 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966688 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216252627 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978768192 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
approach includes some potentially unintended consequences that alleviate human responsibility for evil and undermine God’s fundamental goodness and transcendence, drawing him into the created realm as one more potential cause.
COLLECTIONS
Disability in the Greek Patristic Tradition Edited by Petre Maican, Radboud University, The Netherlands This book explores the profound ways in which key thinkers from the Greek Christian East engaged with the realities of human frailty, impairment, and divine purpose. Edited by Petre Maican, the collection features essays on figures such as Irenaeus of Lyon, Origen, the Cappadocians, John Chrysostom, Maximus the Confessor, and John Damascene. Each contribution brings these voices to life for a modern audience, offering fresh perspectives that illuminate their relevance to contemporary conversations within disability theology. This volume bridges the ancient and the modern, fostering dialogue and creativity.
UK October 2025 • US October 2025 208 Pages PB 9781978717091 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978717077 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978749375 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978717084 • £72.00 / $99.00 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
Leibniz on the Nature of the Church Avelino González-Ferrer Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646–1716), one of the most prominent figures in both the history of philosophy and the history of mathematics, but also one of the greatest advocates of Christian unity of the early modern period, may just have the solution to divisions within the Church with his unique understanding of the nature of the Church. Leibniz’s unique theological metaphysics and pioneering thought on the centrality of the concept of person, makes his ideas on the nature of the Church particularly promising. The book presents how Leibniz's ideas are formed by history and meetings with extraordinary figures, and how these ideas mature and develop through time into a theological-metaphysics, and much later as a philosophy of personalism that secures Leibniz's place as an early pioneer of the philosophical movement of personalism. Leibniz on the Nature of the Church presents a historical, systematic, and provocative reading of UK September 2025 • US September 2025 384 Pages • 4 tables PB 9781666971088 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971064 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798765154618 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781666971071 • £85.50 / $117.00 T&T Clark
these (until now) overlooked ideas.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
535
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
The Covert Magisterium
Theology, Textuality, and the Question of Scripture David Dault The Christian church in America stands at a crossroads. It can continue to follow the path of incarceration, or it can choose the path of abolition and liberation. For too long, the church has been a site of violence and exclusion, despite its language of love and redemption. David Dault offers a timely and provocative analysis of an unspoken crisis affecting all forms of Christianity, particularly in the American context. In the wake of rampant sex abuse and a leadership increasingly wedded to the interests of right-wing and reactionary politics, the rise of covert mechanisms of authority and decision making threaten to undermine what little trust remains in the leadership. The Covert Magisterium offers a fresh analysis of theological identities, hinging on the choice UK April 2026 • US April 2026 160 Pages PB 9781978715110 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978715097 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9798216354680 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9781978715103 • £67.50 / $90.00 Fortress Academic
between a Christianity that defines itself through forms of incarceration, and a Christianity that sets itself on the path of abolition, inviting believers to become (in the words of the late Pope Francis) “the dignified agents of their own destiny.” The book concludes with a vision of the synodal magisterium, a process of decision-making in which everyone, especially the “least of these,” has a voice.
COLLECTIONS
The 1837 Debate on Roman Catholicism Between Bishop John Purcell and Alexander Campbell The World Is Large Enough for Us All Herbie Miller In January 1837, a remarkable event unfolded in a small Baptist church in Cincinnati, Ohio: the Catholic Bishop John Purcell and the Protestant minister Alexander Campbell engaged in a weeklong public debate that captivated the community. Against a backdrop of intense anti-Catholic sentiment in America, these two towering religious leaders participated in a civil yet passionate dialogue on theology, politics, and the role of Catholicism in America. Over seven propositions, they dissected contentious topics such as apostolic succession, the authority of Scripture, and the Catholic Church’s compatibility with American republicanism. This book delves into the story of this unprecedented debate, exploring its historical context, the lives of its participants, and its lasting impact on American religious discourse. More than a clash of ideologies, the UK October 2025 • US October 2025 216 Pages • 7 bw illus PB 9781978715981 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978715967 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216201526 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9798216201519 • £76.50 / $103.50 Fortress Academic
debate became a “third space” where religious and cultural boundaries were crossed, fostering mutual respect and understanding. This book offers a compelling narrative of one of the most significant religious debates in American history, illustrating how two leaders with profound disagreements created a model of dialogue and civility that remains relevant today.
COLLECTIONS
Theologians in Conversation
Formation and Vision in Continental Philosophical Theology Edited by Judith Wolfe, University of St Andrews, UK In this astounding collection of interviews, the leading philosophical theologians of our time answer questions about their own formation and their vision of the field. They focus particularly on the philosophical voices that contributed most to their own development, and on how these voices shaped their understanding of what philosophical theology can achieve and how. They suggest important research questions that philosophical theologians should engage over the next few years, and describe significant methods or approaches that might support such engagement. The book is both a moving collection of personal memoirs and a crisp snapshot of philosophical theology in the early 21st century. It will help theologians, philosophers, and intellectual historians understand how we got here and where we might be UK June 2026 • US June 2026 176 Pages HB 9780567724168 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780567724120 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780567724137 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780567724144 • £19.79 / $26.95 T&T Clark
536
UK, Europe, ROW
heading, as they are asked what research questions should be addressed in the future. In doing so, they muse on the typical failure modes in philosophical theology and divulge who were the most important philosophical voices to them.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
A Womanist Pastoral Theology of Black Girlhood A Womanist Pastoral Theology Kishundra D. King What can Black girls teach us about God and God’s activity in the world? Since its inception, womanist pastoral theology has carefully attended to the lived experiences of being Black and female and have centered those interlocking experiences as primary sources in womanist pastoral theologizing and reflection. Yet, the actual voices and lived experiences of Black girls have been noticeably absent. In this book, Kishundra D. King gives voice to the rich experiences of Black girlhood, expanding the scope of womanist pastoral theology and disrupting histories of Black girlhood erasure in society at large. King demonstrates how the lived experiences of Black girls inform theologies Emerging Perspectives in Pastoral Theology and Care
and practices of care important for all.
UK April 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216441137 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666956412 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216257950 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978769328 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
Decolonial Pentecostalism
A PostNicene Theology from Africa Chammah J. Kaunda, Oxford Centre of Mission Studies, UK The book presents a bold and transformative exploration of how Pentecostal theology can be revitalized by critically engaging with the Nicene Creed through the lens of African spirituality and decolonial thought. In an era marked by profound cultural exchanges and theological diversification, Kaunda challenges traditional Nicene faith and calls for a new approach that reflects the pluralistic realities of the 21st century. Rooted in the rich metaphysical and philosophical traditions of the Bemba people of Zambia, the book critiques the classical dualistic interpretations of Christian theology, which have long emphasized divisions between the sacred and secular, material and spiritual, human and nonhuman. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 336 Pages PB 9780567722751 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567722744 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780567722768 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780567722775 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
Through a decolonial framework, this powerful work seeks to dismantle these entrenched dualisms and reintroduce an integrated approach to faith, one that embraces the interconnectedness of all things. African indigenous concepts are central to this reimagining of Nicene Christianity. It demonstrates how Pentecostalism, with its emphasis on the Spirit’s dynamic presence, can speak powerfully to issues such as gender relations, ecological crises, power dynamics, and the lived realities of African communities. Grounding theological reflection in the lived experiences and cultural contexts of African Pentecostal believers, Kaunda reveals a more holistic, contextually resonant, and responsive form of Christian theology.
COLLECTIONS
Community and Catastrophe
An Ecclesio-Political Reading of the Schleitheim Confession Marius van Hoogstraten This book examines, from a contemporary perspective, one of the most influential document in Anabaptist tradition: the Schleitheim Confession. Van Hoogstraten develops seven constructive readings of the Confession’s articles, each of which discuss practices to shape the church community. Written in the wake of defeat at the Peasants’ rising in 1527, the Confession represents the attempt by radical reformers to outline collective, nurturing practices in the wake of external catastrophe. Van Hoogstraten sets loose a lively conversation with this text that illuminates a sense of life and togetherness in trying times. In the of this hands sophisticated and interdisciplinary scholar, the Confession becomes a vital source for constructive theology and ethics in the Anabaptist T&T Clark Studies in Anabaptist Theology and Ethics UK December 2025 • US December 2025 176 Pages HB 9780567724564 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780567724526 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780567724533 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780567724540 • £19.79 / $26.95 T&T Clark
tradition. This fresh take on the Confession is sure to be of interest to Anabaptist theologians as well as students of the wider fields of political theology, Continental philosophy and ecclesiology.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
537
THEOLOGY
The Weak Church
Becoming an Imperfectly Perfect Community Peter Ahn Within the heart of the modern church, a quiet crisis brews: the steady decline in church attendance—a trend acutely visible among the Gen Z cohort, who holds a deep-seated yearning for authentic connection and an aspiration to thrive within a transparent community. Enter the world of The Weak Church—a groundbreaking narrative that shuns the conventional pursuit of mega-sized congregations and toxic masculinity, inviting instead a resurgence of vibrant, genuine communities through a ministry philosophy of weakness. The essence of this book reaches far beyond the realm of numerical growth. It is grounded by a singular objective—to unravel the threads connecting our culture's obsession with strength, while arming church leaders with a radical philosophy of weakness. This philosophy holds the profound potential to redefine every facet of the church. As the pages unfold, you'll encounter the resounding proclamation, “My grace is sufficient for you, for my power UK August 2025 • US August 2025 184 Pages HB 9781538199671 • £48.00 / $65.00 PB 9781538199688 • £15.99 / $18.95 ePDF 9798765155288 • £14.39 / $17.05 ePub 9781538199695 • £14.39 / $17.05 T&T Clark
is made perfect in weakness” (2 Corinthians 12:9), echoing through the corridors of transformation.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Reparations and the Theological Disciplines
Prophetic Voices for Remembrance, Reckoning, and Repair Edited by Michael Barram, St. Mary's College of California, USA, Drew G. I. Hart, Gimbiya Kettering & Michael J. Rhodes Historically, many churches and theologians defended and supported race-based slavery and subsequent forms of racial hierarchy and violence. The essays in Reparations and the Theological Disciplines argue that it is urgent that the theological disciplines engage the issue of reparations by revisiting Scripture and our theological traditions. The time is now for remembrance, reckoning, and repair.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 340 Pages • 1 b/w photos; 1 tables; HB 9781666922462 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781666922486 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781978759053 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781666922479 • £26.09 / $35.95 Lexington Books
COLLECTIONS
Models of Liturgy in an Ecumenical Age
A Paradigm Shift from Transubstantiation to the Heavenly Sanctuary Karl Tsatalbasidis What role has transubstantiation played in historical and contemporary liturgical conflicts? How might liturgical definitions of the divine presence open space for, or deny, meaningful interdenominational interaction? The primary goal of this book is to explore interpretations of the divine presence in liturgy, specifically how God’s presence connects with and impacts other key liturgical components. In contrast to the widely accepted Sacramental, Kerygmatic, and Charismatic Models, Karl Tsatalbasidis offers something new: the Biblical Sanctuary Model. Applying a phenomenological exegesis to selected Old and New Testament passages, the Biblical Sanctuary Model reveals that the Biblical view of the divine presence temporally grounds the relationship between all the components of liturgy and, in doing so, points to a UK February 2026 • US February 2026 448 Pages • 3 bw illus PB 9780567726902 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666972924 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9798216258384 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978765986 • £85.50 / $117.00 T&T Clark
538
UK, Europe, ROW
unified liturgy.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
A Peircean Reimagining of Thomas Moore's Spirituality Pragmatic Soul Nathan Garcia Thomas Moore’s psycho-spirituality offers many practical insights for people to cultivate their soulfulness. Underlying his program is the internal dichotomy between imaginal soul and intellectualizing spirit. Moore prioritizes soul and privileges its mystical worldview, which can lead to exaggerating introspectiveness and difficulty bridging a world of imagination with a world of fact. This book devises a pragmatic model of spirituality to serve as an alternative to Moore’s Platonically inspired soul program. This model draws from Moore’s vibrant character of soul and redirects it toward a critical social dialogue, scientific inquiry, and elevated political participation. Drawing from the Pragmatism of Charles Sanders Peirce, this book uses his famous Three Categories and Modes of Inference to reinterpret Moore’s concepts of soul and spirit. Peirce’s metaphysical categories situate soul in distinct relationship with the world, while the epistemological modes guide spirit to UK September 2025 • US September 2025 160 Pages PB 9781666948011 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666947991 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798765154144 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781666948004 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
educate soul through experience. The concluding tripartite model is called a soulful anthropology, a nascent foundation for a 21st-century American theological anthropology dedicated to the needs and charisms of today’s culture.
COLLECTIONS
A Vernacular Theology of Diaspora
Everyday Speech, Street-Smart Spirituality, and the Christian Maum So Jung Kim This book explores how language-in-use shapes the soul, identity, and spirituality of Asian American Christian women in diaspora, focusing on the theological and semiotic significance of language. In employing an interdisciplinary framework cutting across Christian theology, linguistic anthropology, and feminist theory, the author suggests the concept of street-smart spirituality—a form of everyday mysticism embodied in vernacular speech acts. Focusing on the Korean term maum (heart–mind–soul), the book argues that everyday utterances, gestures, and vocal practices convey qualia—textured signs of internal experience—that articulate Christian subjectivity beyond institutional UK April 2026 • US April 2026 208 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216440062 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666948653 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9798216261858 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978760509 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
orders or dominant linguistic norms. Tracing the rhetorical tradition of sermo humilis and vernacularity from Augustine to Dante, and placing it in conversation with Marguerite Porete and Yi Suni, the book reveals how Christian vernaculars have functioned as vehicles of resistance, intimacy, and transformation. In grappling with the racialized demands of “standard” American English, this work affirms the power of fragile, diasporic, and accented speech as a site of divine encounter and theological agency. The book invites readers to rethink what makes language “Christian,” what renders a person “American enough,” and how voice becomes a sacred medium of becoming.
COLLECTIONS
Power and Right
Divine Dominion and Moral Economy in John Owen Timothy Robert Baylor, Calvin University, USA In this compelling work, Baylor draws on the works of John Owen to address critiques of a Reformed theology of God’s power and right. Modern outlooks on the world often encourage individuals to think of themselves as free and selfpossessed sovereigns, rather than as subjects responsible to some higher authority. Christian responses to this have rightly sought to re-assert the creature’s dependence upon God, often focusing criticism on modernity’s possessive moral logic, and its disenchanted view of the world. However, Protestant theology is frequently caught in the crossfire, because many argue that the disenchantment of the modern world is driven by a Protestant vision of God’s rule as absolute and arbitrary. This rigorous study shows that Reformed theology has the resources to answer these criticisms and offer a compelling T&T Clark Explorations in Reformed account of God’s rule. Baylor turns to Owen’s theology of divine “dominion”, an attribute that sought to integrate reflection on Theology God’s power and justice. By tracing Owen’s richly textured vision of the creature’s relation to God, Baylor shows that
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 224 Pages PB 9780567714138 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567714121 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567714107 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567714114 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
Reformed theology sought to condition our notions of God's power by the forms of the creature's dependence upon God within God’s moral economy. In doing so, this book offers a nuanced account of God’s relation to creatures, and a powerful rebuttal to contemporary critics that depict Reformed visions of God’s power as arbitrary and tyrannical.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
539
THEOLOGY COLLECTIONS
Grace Unbound
The Sacred Activism of an Orthodox Bishop Bishop Demetrios C. Kantzavelos & Patra McSharry Sevastiades The first step of any great journey can be the riskiest one of all. It is 1992, and the nation is reeling from the AIDS pandemic. When Fr. Demetri, a newly ordained Chicago-born priest, visits Bob—a man dying from complications due to AIDS, abandoned by his own parish priest out of fear—his life takes an unexpected turn. That single act of compassion sparks a deeper calling to social activism, setting him on a path he never anticipated. Yet nothing prepared the hard-nosed priest for a face-to-face encounter with a convicted murderer years later. Andrew, who is scheduled to be executed in less than three weeks, maintains his innocence regarding the grisly crime. But when the governor of the state—the inmate’s last hope— refuses to show mercy, the priest must again face the true cost of his calling. UK May 2025 • US May 2025 224 Pages • 13 BW Photos HB 9781538194478 • £25.00 / $32.00 ePDF 9798881857240 • £22.50 / $28.80 ePub 9781538194485 • £22.50 / $28.80 Rowman & Littlefield
In this gripping true story of faith, justice, and redemption, one priest's mission to save a single life becomes a fight to transform an entire system.
COLLECTIONS
Missional Theology in Context
Globality, Empire, and a Wounded World Edited by Buhle Mpofu This book discusses Missional Theology from trans-disciplinary and diverse angles from which scholars unpack ‘missional theologies’ which emerge out of their different contexts spanning from countries such as Thailand, South Korea, Taiwan, Netherlands, Switzerland Uganda, South Africa and Zimbabwe. This diversity of contexts and scholarly approaches underscore the notion of ‘globality’ which is at the heart of ‘subverting Empire’; explored through the intersecting themes of environmental justice, social and economic justice, addressing poverty, migration challenges and dealing with all forms of discrimination such as gender and racism. Central to the approach of this book is the notion that ‘subverting Empire’ requires an urgent and transformational shift from traditional approaches to creative and missional approaches grounded on human dignity and life affirming values as opposed to the death dealing effects of the current global architecture which thrives on UK October 2025 • US October 2025 256 Pages PB 9781666975376 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666975352 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9780567724762 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781978765849 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
exploitation of the poor and marginalized communities.
3RD EDITION
Governance and Ministry Rethinking Board Leadership Dan Hotchkiss Amid the tectonic shifts in institutional religious life in the United States, Governance and Ministry has proven to be an indispensable guide for leaders and clergy on how to work together to lead congregations. Veteran congregational consultant and minister Dan Hotchkiss draws on governance research from business, non-profits, and churches, as well as deep experience in a variety of denominations and congregations to help readers determine the governance model that best fits their needs.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 296 Pages • 16 b/w photos HB 9798881804145 • £60.00 / $80.00 PB 9798881804152 • £18.99 / $25.95 ePDF 9798881867973 • £17.09 / $23.35 ePub 9798881804169 • £17.09 / $23.35 T&T Clark
540
UK, Europe, ROW
The third edition has been streamlined and reorganized to better help readers think through leadership models and the process of change. It also features appendices with a style guide for policymakers and a unified example of a board policy book. To enhance the book’s value, Dan offers online resources at www.danhotchkiss.com.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
THEOLOGY
Diversity-Oriented Churches
A Comprehensive Guide to Leading Ministries of Reconciliation A. Brian Leander Exploring the transformative movement of Diversity-Oriented Churches (DOC) in the United States, this book analyzes and assesses contemporary societal and denominational shifts, aligns with the values of biblical reconciliation, and provides practical guidance for navigating challenges and developing leaders and ministries. The book opens by highlighting the fluctuating landscape of churches in the twenty-first century, driven by globalization, immigration, and the impact of social media. It contends that the emergence of Diversity-Oriented Churches is a response to an informed, global-minded, multicultural society challenging divisive social constructs. Drawing on fifteen years of field research, the author articulates the characteristics of DOC, the motivations of leaders driving organizational change, and the specific leadership practices that foster inclusivity. The book explores the relationship between cultural intelligence, openness to diversity, and leadership practices within DOC through quantitative and qualitative methodologies. The book's heart lies in examining critical elements that support the development of Diversity-Oriented Churches. These elements include a clear biblical mandate, UK April 2025 • US April 2025 208 Pages • 10 tables; 2 textboxes HB 9798881804664 • £52.00 / $68.00 PB 9798881804671 • £17.99 / $23.00 ePDF 9798881862626 • £16.19 / $20.70 ePub 9798881804688 • £16.19 / $20.70 Rowman & Littlefield
culturally competent leadership, collaborative organizational strategies, conflict resolution policies, and intergenerational leadership development. The author shares insights from research studies, drawing from personal experiences as a pastor, church planter, and leadership scholar. Through a careful blend of academic rigor and practical experience, the author provides a roadmap for churches seeking to navigate the transformative journey toward becoming a genuinely inclusive ministry of reconciliation. This practical perspective bridges the gap between theory and implementation, offering valuable lessons for leaders in traditional churches and church planters who are oriented toward biblical reconciliation. This book is a timely resource for those grappling with the tension between tradition and the call for a more diverse, equitable, and inclusive expression of the Gospel in the modern era.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
541
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Paul, Democracy, and the Corinthians L. L. Welborn, Fordham University, USA In this short and remarkable book L.L. Welborn outlines the complex and contested nature of ‘democracy’ in the Greek cities of the Roman East, where the apostle Paul established Christ groups, showing that writings of Paul and the development of Christianity reveal a strong and radical form of democracy that holds ever-greater relevance in today’s political landscape. Welborn begins by showing how, paradoxically, language around the concept of democracy is largely absent from political thinkers in the first century. By contrast, we learn that Paul’s Corinthian correspondence is full of vocabulary associated with democracy, not only the term we know as “Church” (ekkesia) or “people’s assembly”, which the Christ-group adopted as a self-designation, but other terms with a democratic history and resonance such as eleutheria (“freedom”), paressia (“freedom of speech”), koinomia (“partnership”), isotes (“equality”). Moreover, as Welborn shows, several passages give evidence of UK March 2026 • US March 2026 240 Pages HB 9780567725295 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9780567725332 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9780567725301 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9780567725318 • £19.79 / $26.95 T&T Clark
democratic practices, such as voting (2 Cor. 2:6-8). Especially significant is the revelation that women were praying and prophesying in the assembly (1 Cor. 11:5), enacting a radical extension of the democratic-egalitarian ethos. In these chapters Welborn assesses the complex evidence of Paul’s Corinthian epistles in an attempt to answer the question: How “democratic” was the assembly of Christ followers at Corinth? If, as Welborn suggests, the answer is exceptionally “democratic,” at least in comparison with the political regime of first-century Roman Corinth, what consequence might this discovery have for those who are concerned about the failure of democracy today?
COLLECTIONS
The Role of Emotion in Philippians Discerning Affections
Isaac D. Blois, Biola University, USA Isaac D. Blois demonstrates the many ways that Paul attempted to shape the emotional orientation of his friends at Philippi, thereby constructing a multifaceted Christian identity that went beyond mere doctrinal content. While Paul famously instructs the Philippian believers to “think” among themselves the same thing that is also “in Christ”, Blois suggests that English translations have missed crucial aspects by focusing too much on the logo-centric, intellectual elements of the key term phroneo, while missing the emotional resonance behind this concept. Rather, in order to guide their behaviour, Paul first had to form their affections, training them to feel appropriately toward Christ and his world, so that then they might be able to believe rightly and act correctly within it. The Library of New Testament Studies UK March 2026 • US March 2026 200 Pages PB 9780567711007 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567710963 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780567710970 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780567710994 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
Blois analyses six key emotions arising within the discourse: three positive emotions (joy, pride, and hope), and then three negative emotions (grief, shame, and fear). By situating each emotion within its Greco-Roman cultural context, along with highlighting its Scriptural resonances, the versatility of the apostle emerges, in that Paul could both draw on common cultural scripts while simultaneously changing them so as to morph them around the new and radical Christ paradigm. Ultimately, Blois stresses that Paul deftly weaves together a tapestry of emotions that unifies the Philippian believers around a shared way of feeling, enabling them to first experience Christ communally and then present him powerfully and winsomely to the pagan world around them.
COLLECTIONS
The Politics of Peace in Romans
Postcolonial Intertextuality and the Double-Voiced Discourse of Scripture and Roman Imperialism Dain Alexander Smith This volume explores Paul’s use of Scripture and Roman imperialism, finding hermeneutical and theoretical clarity and a fresh understanding of peace in Romans. Dain Alexander Smith interprets Romans with postcolonial intertextuality to reveal that Romans employs a consistent textual strategy for discussing the gospel, justice, and peace. Smith thus focuses on 12:17–13:14 and 14:17–19, to provide the reader with fresh interpretive insights on the text of Romans. Smith proposes that Romans presents a political theology of peace that is intertextually “double-voiced", that the pairing of peace and justice in Romans is primarily informed by the political discourses of LXX Isaiah and LXX Psalms, but suggesting that this pairing is also presented in contrast to the Roman Empire’s political ideals, as exemplified in the Pax Romana. The Library of New Testament Studies UK March 2026 • US March 2026 248 Pages PB 9780567723758 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567723710 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780567723727 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780567723741 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
542
UK, Europe, ROW
Ultimately, Smith argues that placing Romans in postcolonial-intertextual dialogue reveals that Paul’s ethics construct a community that represents the justice and peace of God’s eschatological kingdom in contrast to the justice and peace of the Roman Empire.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
John’s Interpretation of Mark
Composition as Exegesis in the Fourth Gospel William B. Bowes, North Point Bible College, USA William B. Bowes investigates the Fourth Gospel as a creative reworking of Mark, situating John within the vibrant literary culture of late Second Temple Judaism. Rather than treating John as an isolated voice, Bowes argues that the Evangelist adopts compositional practices akin to Jewish texts categorized as Rewritten Scripture—works that extend authoritative tradition through interpretive rewriting. This approach reframes John not as independent but as an inspired interpreter who reshapes Mark for a later context and audience. Bowes begins by reviewing scholarly paradigms on John’s use of Mark and mapping these against Jewish methods of source reuse. Bowes then offers five detailed case studies comparing Johannine episodes with their Markan counterparts The Library of New Testament Studies UK April 2026 • US April 2026 264 Pages PB 9780567727060 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9780567727022 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780567727039 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780567727053 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
and with analogous Jewish texts. These include John 1’s portrayal of John the Baptist alongside Jubilees 1; the Temple disturbance in John 2 with Mark 11 and the Temple Scroll; the feeding of the five thousand in John 6 with Mark 6 and the Genesis Apocryphon; the Bethany anointing in John 12 with Mark 14 and Philo’s De Vita Mosis; and the Roman trial narrative in John 18–19 with Mark 15 and Josephus’ Jewish Antiquities. Through these comparisons, Bowes demonstrates how John employs additions, omissions, rearrangements, and theological reframing, all techniques characteristic of Jewish exegetical rewriting.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Priesthood and Temple in John’s Apocalypse Constructing the Sanctuary Timothy B. Tse Timothy B. Tse argues that, while John uses language drawn from the Hebrew Bible’s descriptions of YHWH’s dwelling place, scholarship has overlooked the importance of his spatial transformation of that language. Tse thus uses theories relating to Relevance, Resistance Theory, Critical Space Theory, and Conceptual Metaphor, to demonstrate that a significant part of John’s apocalyptic strategy of resistance is to re-present his vision to his audience spatially, so that they can experience a divinely ordained alternative to the world in which they live. Tse first demonstrates John's attempts to relegate his audience’s experience of space to his own revelation; John’s description of the visionary world creates the metaphors “the earth is a Sanctuary” and “the Saints are its priests.” Tse The Library of New Testament Studies UK May 2026 • US May 2026 184 Pages HB 9780567716095 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567716132 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567716101 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567716125 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
argues that, under this view, life on earth must be evaluated according to the concerns of the Sanctuary, which by definition requires the removal of everything impure, and the Saints (namely all Christians in both the historic and visionary worlds) must take priestly responsibility for the earth. John therefore portrays the Saints joining in the removal of all impurity upon the earth by fighting, as priests, in God and the Lamb’s war against Satan, Babylon, and all her impurities. Tse concludes that overall, John means to realign the church’s experience of space, so that they understand themselves as priests of the Sanctuary, and live according to that reality.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Paul, the Temple, and Building a Metaphor David Anthony Basham, Ashland University, USA David Anthony Basham argues that Paul and the Corinthians share a “system of associated commonplaces” about the Jerusalem temple. Basham proposes that when Paul applies temple language to the Corinthians by calling them naos theou (“God’s temple”), he sparks a creative process of interaction between the temple and the Corinthian assembly — a process of selecting, emphasizing, and organizing information from the source domain (temple) to see the target domain (the Corinthians) in a new light. Basham suggests that, in understanding Paul’s fraught relationship with certain institutions of Second Temple Judaism and his conception of gentile inclusion, we can appreciate the creative ways in which he employs cultic imagery to describe his The Library of New Testament Studies UK May 2026 • US May 2026 184 Pages HB 9780567718327 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567718365 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567718334 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567718358 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
ministry and the ritual life of early gentile believers. By exploring the construction of metaphor, the depiction of the Jerusalem temple in Paul’s letters, and Judaean religion among gentiles, Basham demonstrates that Paul’s temple metaphor speaks to a new cultic reality for gentiles-in-Christ that is linked to Israel’s worship, though detached from its actual expression in Jerusalem.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
543
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Mark 1-4
A Critical and Exegetical Commentary Craig S. Keener Craig S. Keener provides an in-depth critical and exegetical commentary of the first four chapters of Gospel of Mark in this first of four volumes of commentary on the Markan text. Keener brings together all the relevant aids to exegesis - linguistic, textual, archaeological, historical, literary and theological - to provide a complete overview and understanding of this crucial Christian document. Keener incorporates new evidence available in the field and applies new methods of studies. As is a hallmark of the series, the volumes on Mark are not bound by a single theological or critical approach. Keener's own distinctive approach brings great erudition and scholarly expertise International Critical Commentary UK February 2026 • US February 2026 776 Pages HB 9780567668356 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9780567668349 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9780567668363 • £67.50 / $90.00 T&T Clark
with careful and comprehensive consideration of every aspect of the text. This first volume of commentary covers the start of Mark's Gospel, the commissioning of the twelve disciples, the baptism of Jesus, and gives full attention to the teaching of Jesus in parables, and the culmination of this section of the Gospel in the calming of the storm.
COLLECTIONS
Mark 5-9
A Critical and Exegetical Commentary Craig S. Keener In this second volume of his four volume work on the text of Mark's Gospel Craig S. Keener provides an in-depth critical and exegetical commentary on Mark chapters 5-9. As befits an ICC volume Keener brings together all the relevant aids to exegesis - linguistic, textual, archaeological, historical, literary and theological - to provide a complete overview and understanding of these chapters. Keener provides a close reading of the text and incorporates the wealth of secondary scholarship in providing readers with a highly comprehensive commentary that offers new insights into the meaning and development of the text. International Critical Commentary UK February 2026 • US February 2026 904 Pages HB 9780567668387 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9780567668394 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9780567668400 • £67.50 / $90.00 T&T Clark
The text covered in this volume focuses largely on the healings of Jesus including the raising of Jairus' daughter, the Canaanite woman's daughter, the deaf mute and the man born blind. Also featured are the feeding of the 5000, Peter's confession of faith, and Jesus' predictions of his death. This part of the Gospel finishes with the Transfiguration.
COLLECTIONS
Mark's Gospel
Critical Excursuses Craig S. Keener Craig S. Keener provides a rich volume of critical excurses on the gospel of Mark, providing valuable contextual material to his exhaustive commentary on the text of Mark. The volume provides detailed background for many passages in Mark, taking readers through the whole gospel and expanding on many points found in the commentary. The volume includes many of the Keener's most distinctive contributions to Markan research stemming from his commentary work. Whilst it is arranged by passage, many of the topics covered make many of the excursuses relevant to multiple passages throughout the gospel and to the study of ancient Christianity and its world. Such topics include marriage and divorce, ancient medicine and healing, ancient conceptions of anger, hospitality, baptism, the emotions, feasting and International Critical Commentary
viticulture, as well as fascinating insights into the use of Aramaic in the world of Jesus and linguistic comments on biblical
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 840 Pages HB 9780567728821 • £75.00 / $100.00 ePDF 9780567728852 • £67.50 / $90.00 ePub 9780567728838 • £67.50 / $90.00 T&T Clark
Hebrew and Greek.
544
UK, Europe, ROW
The volume will be an indispensable companion for anyone studying the world of Mark's gospel, and is a perfect complement to Keener's commentary on the text.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Gospels and the Roman Empire Edited by Jillian D. Nelson & Adam Winn This edited collection explores how the New Testament, specifically the four canonical Gospels, negotiate the Roman imperial world. Within this volume, scholars from a variety of interdisciplinary contexts come together, examining a particular aspect of the New Testament’s complex relationship with the Roman Empire. By incorporating literary studies, gender criticism, Jewish studies, and disability studies into their analysis, the essays herein provide fresh readings of these foundational texts. Jillian D. Nelson and Adam Winn demonstrate through this collection that the Roman imperial world functions as a critical context for scholarship on the New Testament, yielding new and exciting perspectives on the Gospel narratives. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 2 bw illus PB 9780567726896 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666966114 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216269977 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978761148 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
Grasping for Power from the Tree of Life A Visual Reading of Revelation 22 Amy E. Meverden This book examines the biblical Tree of Life in Revelation 22—and its roots in Genesis 2–3—as a potent symbol of kingship and power by connecting it with ancient Southwest Asian and Roman imperial iconography of sacred trees. Through a tripart methodology of intertextuality, visual exegesis, and metonymy, Grasping for Power from the Tree of Life: A Visual Reading of Revelation 22 explores how sacred trees reflect power dynamics, particularly in the context of empire. Amy E. Meverden analyzes the Tree of Life in Revelation 22 alongside Roman imperial vegetation symbolism in the Ara Pacis Augustae (9 BCE) and the Genesis Tree of Life alongside ancient Southwest Asian iconography in the Ashurbanipal Garden frieze (669–631 BCE). These symbols underscore the emperor’s authority as the divine’s earthly representative, with UK October 2025 • US October 2025 202 Pages • 28 bw photos PB 9798216442769 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978709393 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781978749399 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978709409 • £72.00 / $99.00 Fortress Academic
vegetation serving as a visual extension of dominance and resource control. This book argues that the Tree of Life not only critiques power abuses but also has the metonymic potential to inspire visions of life beyond oppressive systems while also risking the re-imposition of empire through interpretation. In this way, the Tree of Life stands as a complex symbol of both resistance to and reinforcement of imperial power.
COLLECTIONS
Cultural Translation and Receptions of Paul in the First Four Centuries Edited by František Ábel There are two overlapping themes which serve as the focus of Cultural Translation and Receptions of Paul in the First Four Centuries : (a) “reception” of the apostle Paul in subsequent Christian traditions, and (b) the hypothesis that while Paul himself continued to think as a Jew, he was subsequently re-interpreted by non-Jews in non-Jewish and anti-Jewish ways: the so-called “Paul within Judaism” school. The distinctive focus of this volume is on the dynamic of “cultural translation,” meaning, for example, the translation from the cultural world of Diaspora Judaism and its Septuagint to Greek philosophical and Greek Christian categories. The contributions to the book are diverse, ranging from younger to more senior scholars from both North America and Europe.
UK July 2025 • US July 2025 542 Pages • 13 bw illus, 6 tables PB 9781978717633 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978717619 • £95.00 / $130.00 ePDF 9781978749382 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781978717626 • £85.50 / $117.00 Fortress Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
545
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Intertextuality Between Biblical Texts and Contemporary Culture Essays in Honour of Caroline H. C. M. Vander Stichele
Edited by Frank G. Bosman, Archibald L.H.M. van Wieringen & Maurits J. Sinninghe Damsté This edited collection argues that the Bible remains culturally relevant within our contemporary, secular society. Frank G. Bosman, Maurits J. Sinninghe Damsté, Archibald L.H.M. van Wieringen, and their contributors trace how biblical imagery and phrasing are not only traceable but immanent in understanding our present-day cultural and spiritual status quo. Mapping numerous examples of these intertextual relationships, the essays herein compare, at the one hand, biblical texts and, at the other, cultural expressions in the 20th and 21st centuries. Zooming in on artifacts like The Book of Clarence (2023), Caroline Street's painting "Creation: Sixth Day," and the videogame Legion, the contributors discuss the nascent UK June 2026 • US April 2026 336 Pages • 41 bw illus PB 9798765163719 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765163702 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765163733 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765163726 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
religious elements of these arguably "secular" texts. What sets this volume apart from similar, religious-based cultural analyses is its focus on what these intertextualities between religious and secular culture communicate about ourselves, the Bible, and society as a whole.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
1 Corinthians, A Social Identity Commentary A Social Identity Commentary
J. Brian Tucker, Moody Theological Seminary, USA Paul’s first letter to the Corinthians deals with key aspects of the formation of the Christian community at Corinth. Paul uses his correspondence with the Corinthians to address issues of morality, of community structure, of ritual and of religious behaviour. The letter is a key document for understanding the development of Christianity and for understanding Christianity in its earliest context. In this Social Identity Commentary, J. Brian Tucker provides a comprehensive coverage of the issues and concerns related to 1 Corinthians from the perspective of social identity. Tucker outlines his interpretation of the theoretical issues concerned, and then applies this to provide a clear overview of historical and critical issues related to the study of 1 Corinthians. This T&T Clark Social Identity Commentaries on the New Testament
provides a clear engagement with the text that will serve as a useful resource for scholars, students, clergy, and people interested in the formation and purpose of the letter.
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 488 Pages HB 9780567669483 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9780567718587 • £38.99 / $52.95 ePDF 9780567669506 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9780567718594 • £99.00 / $135.00 T&T Clark COLLECTIONS
Trauma and Survival in the Hebrew Bible A Womanist Reading of Esther Kamilah Hall Sharp This book integrates womanist biblical interpretation with trauma theory while closely examining survival and the language of survival in the Hebrew Bible. While survival is often a theme lifted when exploring Esther, the focus is typically on Jewish survival. This books centers the experiences of non-Jewish women and girls, specifically the virgin girls taken with Esther and Zeresh, the wife of Haman, amplifying their presence and reading their narratives alongside the autobiographies of Maya Angelou and Lezley McFadden to create a survival narrative that allows the reader to reimagine these often-overlooked girls and women. Feminist Studies and Sacred Texts UK February 2026 • US February 2026 184 Pages • 10 tables PB 9798216389514 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666971453 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216265535 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978762275 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
546
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
The Place of Court Tales in the Hebrew Bible and Early Jewish Literature Form, Development, and Function Andrew Knight-Messenger Andrew D. Knight-Messenger offers a fresh reassessment of a long-neglected genre within ancient Jewish literature in this volume. Focusing on the literary form known as the “court tale”, narratives centered on Jewish figures navigating life in foreign royal courts, this study integrates newly available texts from the Dead Sea Scrolls into the broader corpus of Second Temple Jewish writings. These tales, which include well-known stories like those of Daniel and Esther, are reexamined here not merely as historical curiosities, but as theological and literary responses to the experience of exile. Knight-Messenger argues that these narratives do more than recount survival in diaspora; they articulate diverse visions of restoration, divine sovereignty, and the reimagining of Jewish identity under foreign rule. By analyzing themes of sin, The Library of Second Temple Studies UK May 2026 • US May 2026 240 Pages • 12 tables PB 9780567727909 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666980936 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216253259 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781978768369 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
punishment, exile, and restoration, Knight-Messenger reveals how court tales challenged prevailing assumptions about exile as divine punishment, instead portraying it as a space for divine action and renewal. The volume also explores how these tales anticipate apocalyptic motifs, contributing to the emergence of Jewish eschatological thought. Structured around a literary and historical analysis of both canonical and non-canonical texts, Knight-Messenger includes comparative insights from other ancient Near Eastern and Mediterranean traditions. The volume also traces the development and eventual decline of the genre, situating it within the broader evolution of Jewish literature.
COLLECTIONS
Politics in the Book of Haggai A Jamesonian Reading Malutafa Faalili Politics in the Book of Haggai: A Jamesonian Reading applies the textual theory of American Marxist Fredric Jameson for a critical reading of the book of the prophet Haggai. It attempts to show that the text not only represents the tensions of the past but has a greater function where it endeavors to resolve the issues on an imaginary level—this is a unique feature of Jameson’s theory. Furthermore, the book argues that the contradictions and conflicts in the text—at the historical level— occur amongst the golah community, specifically amongst its leaders. The book commences with a discussion of Jameson’s textual theory, highlighting its importance within the realm of Marxist discussion. The main content of the book is the appropriation of the three-tier method to critically read the book of the prophet Haggai. The book closes by discussing its conclusions within the realms of Marxism, the prophet Haggai, and island hermeneutics. UK February 2026 • US January 2026 208 Pages PB 9798216389958 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781978713505 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798216268987 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798216279099 • £81.00 / $108.00 Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Adoption in the Hebrew Bible Edited by Ekaterina Kozlova, London School of Theology, UK & Cat Quine To remedy a scholarly lacuna on the study of adoption in the Hebrew Bible, chapters in this volume examine this topic from a variety of perspectives, including trauma, transfers of children, motives for adoption, the performance of parenthood, and studies of metaphor and practice. Divided into three sections, part one highlights the absence of specific adoption terminology and demonstrates the need for deeper considerations of methodological approaches and the categories we—as modern readers—bring to the texts. Part two considers the practices and language that we do see around ancient adoptions, and focuses on the actions and implications of transferring children or parentage. Finally, part three focuses on divine adoption and metaphors and motifs that speak to the dual themes of loss and gain that are entwined in adoption.
The Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages HB 9780567705358 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567705389 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567705365 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
As a whole, Adoption in the Hebrew Bible highlights the prevalence of adoptive practices and draws attention to the fluidity underlying constructions of ‘family’ in the Hebrew Bible and also the wider ancient Near East. The theme of adoption centres both parents and children, thereby complicating scholarly constructions of families in ancient societies and reminding readers of the fragility, strength, and importance of belonging in a family.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
547
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Ancient Near Eastern Iconography and the Bible Erwin Panofsky and Othmar Keel in Dialogue
Edited by Hans Ulrich Steymans, University of Fribourg, Switzerland Examines the dilemma of whether ancient Near Eastern images – while providing unique aspects of the world-views of the cultures from which the Bible arose – can be interpreted in a way that traceably relates them to the biblical text. To avoid the danger of using images merely as illustrations for concepts found in the Bible, one first needs to behold the image with its own right to been seen. The essays within this volume describe the methods developed by Othmar Keel for bringing imagery into a dialogue with texts from the ancient Orient and their own interpretation, including previously unpublished material from Keel. The contributions begin with an overview of the scholarly work of Keel and the development of his aims and methods, The Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 344 Pages • 15 b&w illus HB 9780567691835 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567714664 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567691842 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567715661 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
including a revision of an article dealing with semiology in the interpretation of art. The book proceeds to address the research history of iconology in art history, presenting the methodology of Erwin Panofsky and one of his influential predecessors, Charles Clermont-Ganneau, in contrast with Keel’s three methodological steps leading from iconographic analysis to iconology. Contributors then present two case studies of how Keel’s method can be applied to interpret Egyptian and Mesopotamian images, allowing insights into the worldview of an ancient culture and the aim of iconology. The book concludes with a report about how iconographic analysis and iconology is taught on University level.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Tracing the Ritual Body
Catherine Bell and Rituals of the Ancient Biblical World Edited by Ada Taggar Cohen, Richard E. DeMaris & Jonathan Schwiebert This volume utilizes Catherine Bell’s ritual theory to shed new light on the many rituals reflected in ancient Mediterranean texts. In recent decades scholars of religion have come to realize that ritual and bodily practices are just as important for religion as beliefs and doctrine. With the development of ritual studies in the 1990s there arose a critical framework for investigating ritual and practice. Only recently, however, has Bell’s theorizing been employed to study the rituals portrayed in ancient texts. This cross-disciplinary examination assesses the utility of Bell’s theorizing for studying the textual evidence for rituals of the ancient Near East, the Hebrew Bible, the Dead Sea Scrolls, the New Testament, and other early Christian literature. The contributors to this volume illustrate a path away from regarding rituals as inert and fixed and toward a more complex The Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies UK April 2026 • US April 2026 224 Pages • 6 black and white images HB 9780567710550 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780567710581 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567710567 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
and vibrant interactive model of ritual behaviour. In this volume, as each scholar works to recover the traces of long-past rituals in a particular set of materials, these and other concepts are consciously employed to guide or challenge the investigation, pushing beyond previous conclusions about ancient rituals. The contributors’ attention to theory, and especially the social context, practical function, and symbolic interpretation, set this collection apart from studies that consider the rituals in more traditional textual ways.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Violence against Women and Children in the Hebrew Bible Between Trauma and Resilience
Edited by Kristine Henriksen Garroway, Hyun Chul Paul Kim, Methodist Theological School in Ohio, USA & John W. Martens, St. Mark's College at UBC, Canada What did violence against women and children mean for ancient audiences and how do modern audiences hear and process the meaning of violence in the texts of the Hebrew Bible? The rape of Tamar, the sacrifice of Jephthah’s daughter, babes ripped from the womb during war—texts such as these are hardly fodder for Sunday School classes; yet we are left with the reality that the Bible is a violent text full of war, murder, genocide, and destruction, often carried out at the behest of God. The essays in this volume explore ways in which the Hebrew Bible uses and abuses women and children to make indelible points concerning the people of Israel, the lived realities of the Israelite society, and God’s relationship to His people. Where The Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies UK April 2026 • US April 2026 216 Pages HB 9780567704696 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9780567704726 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567704702 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
548
UK, Europe, ROW
other works turn to the study of the violence itself, or to the divine nature of violence, this volume focuses in on the human component. As a result, these studies are reminders that women and children born out of trauma are at once vulnerable and valuable, fragile and resilient.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Zephaniah
An Earth Bible Commentary Nicholas R. Werse, Baylor University, USA With astute attention to Zephaniah’s intertextual relationships with other biblical texts, Nicholas R. Werse explores the implications of Zephaniah as a book in perpetual conversation with other biblical cosmologies and conceptions of the human place in relationship with creation. Werse guides readers to critically examine Zephaniah’s ancient worldview and subsequent legacy in dialog with the world’s modern ecological crises. Werse argues that Zephaniah begins and ends with the land. It begins with the removal of all life from the land and ends with a proclamation returning the exiles to their ancestral home. Along this journey, all three chapters of Zephaniah systematically reverse language and imagery from Gen 1-11 and draw deeply from the language of earlier prophets to depict the 6th Earth Bible Commentary UK April 2026 • US April 2026 168 Pages HB 9780567705532 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567705570 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567705549 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567705563 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
century BCE destruction of Jerusalem as nothing short of the unravelling of creation. While remaining suspicious of Zephaniah’s distinctively androcentric worldview, Werse traces Zephaniah’s rhetorical journey from the deconstruction of creation and the nations, to its proclamations of hope for the future.
COLLECTIONS
Artificial Intelligence for Bible Translation and Interpretation Edited by Douglas Estes This book examines key features of the current relationship between Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Bible translation and interpretation. The volume contains three sections, broadening outward. First, the contributors explore AI in Bible translation using four case studies on the current use of AI and its promises and perils. Second, the book touches on AI and Bible translation using five perspectives on the meaning of AI for Bible translation. Finally, the book explores AI and Bible interpretation with four examples showing the tensions between AI and human interpretations of the Bible.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 288 Pages • 11 bw illus PB 9798765163450 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9798765163412 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765163436 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765163429 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Handbook of Sexualities in the Bible and its Reception Edited by Caroline Blyth, University of Auckland, New Zealand & Christopher Greenough This volume explores the range and richness of sexualities evoked in the biblical texts and their reception history. Contributors utilise theoretical and hermeneutical approaches to engage with different aspects of sexualities in/and the Bible, including the beliefs, behaviours, and bodies that haunt both the texts and their interpretive traditions. The contributors cover themes that have previously been subject to much debate in biblical scholarship, such as LGBTQI+ identities, heterosexuality, marriage, sexual violence, and circumcision, but it also engages with issues that tend to receive less scholarly attention, including asexuality, homoeroticism, voyeurism, sex work, masturbation, menstruation, pornography, disability, mental health, and reproductive justice. Written from a diversity of disciplinary perspectives, including T&T Clark Handbooks
biblical studies, sexuality studies, theology, religious studies, gender studies, cultural studies, disability studies, psychology and philosophy, each chapter offers fresh, and at times surprising, insights about sexualities in/and the Bible and its
UK March 2026 • US March 2026 reception history. 432 Pages PB 9780567712400 • £39.99 / $54.95 HB 9780567712363 • £140.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9780567712370 • £126.00 / $171.00 ePub 9780567712394 • £126.00 / $171.00 T&T Clark
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
549
BIBLICAL STUDIES COLLECTIONS
Language and Identity in Hellenistic Judaism Essays in Memory of James K. Aitken
Edited by William A. Ross, Reformed Theological Seminary, USA, Marieke Dhont, University of Cambridge, UK & Christopher J. Fresch This volume honours the life and scholarship of James K. Aitken (1968–2023), a distinguished scholar of Hebrew and Early Jewish Studies at the University of Cambridge. Bringing together fourteen original essays by colleagues, students, and friends, the collection explores themes central to Aitken’s work. Contributors examine the interplay between language and identity in ancient Jewish communities, with particular attention to the Septuagint and its place within the history of Greek. Aitken’s intellectual legacy is reflected in the breadth of topics covered, from lexical studies and syntactic analysis to sociolinguistic phenomena and historical context. The essays build on his pioneering research and continue conversations he began, offering fresh insights into the lived realities of Jews in the Hellenistic world. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 304 Pages PB 9780567715128 • £29.99 / $40.95 HB 9780567715081 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9780567715098 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9780567715104 • £81.00 / $108.00 T&T Clark
More than a scholarly tribute, this volume is a testament to Aitken’s collegial spirit and mentorship. The editors—William A. Ross, Marieke Dhont, and Christopher Fresch—were all shaped by his guidance and friendship, and have curated a collection that reflects both his academic influence and personal impact. With contributions from leading international scholars, this book stands as a fitting memorial to a beloved teacher, collaborator, and friend.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Bibles in Popular Cultures Edited by Rebekah Welton & Zanne Domoney-Lyttle, Individual scholar, UK Supporting the theory that there is no singular ‘Bible’, and the idea that biblical literacy is demonstrated in a multitude of ways beyond confessional interpretations of biblical texts, the contributors of this volume explore how multiple ‘Bibles’ coexist simultaneously in popular cultures. By interrogating popular television, music, and film, biblical retellings are identified which variously perpetuate, challenge or subvert biblical narratives and motifs. The topics discussed are gathered around three themes: depictions of sex and gender, troubling representations, and subversions of biblical authority. This volume offers new studies on retellings of biblical texts which seek to interrogate, perpetuate and challenge dominant cultural ideas of who can interpret biblical texts, what forms this might take, and the influence of biblical interpretations in our societies. The Library of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 232 Pages HB 9780567702203 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9780567702234 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9780567702210 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9780567719119 • £76.50 / $103.50 T&T Clark
550
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Architecture COLLECTIONS
Servant of Beauty
Landmarks, Secret Love, and the Unimagined Life of an Unsung New York Hero Anthony C. Wood Servant of Beauty: Landmarks, Love, and the Unimagined Life of an Unsung New York Hero is the true story of the interplay between the two all-consuming passions of this unheralded civic champion: his love of beauty in the public realm that would forever change New York City, and his love for a younger man that would forever change Bard. Albert Sprague Bard (18661963) fought for cities to have the right to protect their beauty, propelling him into a David versus Goliath combat with Robert Moses and paving the way, after four decades of advocacy, for New York City's Landmarks Law (1965). Today the law protects over 37,000 buildings, mostly in historic neighborhoods, and it has inspired cities across the nation. Bard was delighted and disappointed by his two enduring loves: one for a troubled younger man, the other for the beauty of New York City. Persevering against the odds, resilient in the face of disappointment, and a man who became embroiled in a spy UK May 2025 • US May 2025 324 Pages • 42 BW Photos HB 9781538194201 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798881864040 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9781538194218 • £27.00 / $34.20 Rowman & Littlefield
scandal at the same time as he served as a stand-in father to three, Bard is an uncelebrated renaissance man and civic hero whose story will inspire and inform generations of citizens who continue his battle to preserve the beauty of the places they love.
COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionary of Francesco Borromini Lilian H. Zirpolo, Independent Art Historian Francesco Borromini was one of the most notable architects of the 17th century, and though he fell into disfavor by the end of the following century, today he is classified as one of the most innovative architects in history. Although Borromini enjoyed a highly successful career, he was already subjected to intense criticism during his lifetime. Criticism continued well after Borromini’s death, when the most often used word to assess his work was bizarre. Critics begrudged the fact that, in their view, Borromini ignored the traditional rules of architecture that had been established by the ancients and revived during the Renaissance era. They did not recognize that Borromini was indeed an avid student of both ancient and Renaissance architecture, and that he often borrowed elements from these two eras but then applied them to his structures in new and inventive ways. It was not until art historians began assessing Borromini’s architecture in a sober and nonjudgmental manner in the late 19th century that he was finally given his proper place in the history of architecture. This book assesses Historical Dictionaries of Literature Borromini’s individual commissions following the proper scholarly methodology, as well as his biographical details, artistic and the Arts development, relationship with his protectors and patrons, and external circumstances that might have determined his artistic UK July 2025 • US July 2025 352 Pages output. HB 9781538191583 • £150.00 / $190.00 ePDF 9798765156124 • £135.00 / $171.00 ePub 9781538191590 • £135.00 / $171.00 This book emphasizes the innovations Borromini introduced to the field of architecture and how these influenced later Bloomsbury Academic
artists.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Architectural Encounters in Asia Pacific
Built Traces of Intercolonial Trade, Industry and Labour, 1800s-1950s Edited by Amanda Achmadi, Paul Walker & Soon-Tzu Speechley, University of Melbourne, Australia Architectural Encounters in Asia Pacific explores the architecture of colonial trade and industry, revealing a complex network of transnational connections across the built heritage of the world’s most dispersed and culturally diverse region. A wide-ranging collection of case studies uncover these forgotten connections, drawing together stories of migratory architects, imperial commodities, and indentured labour. From Iran to Tasmania, Japan to Java, and Imperial China to the Pacific Islands, the chapters reveal how remnants of colonial trade and industry shed light on the many multi-faceted mobilities of the imperial age, and their enduring legacy in the postcolonial built environments of Australasia, the Pacific, Southeast Asia and beyond. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 272 Pages • 16 colour and 47 bw illus HB 9781350421363 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350421400 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350421370 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350421387 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
The chapters also reveal deep strands of cultural influences and material imprints long neglected by national histories of architecture, and showcase new methodologies to analyse the interconnectivities and bordering practices which are shaping our experiences of the 21st century.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
551
Interior Design & Interior Architecture 3RD EDITION
BOR
Estimating and Costing for Interior Designers with STUDIO
Diana Allison, University of the Incarnate Word Estimating and Costing for Interior Designers, Third Edition, provides interior design students with a systematic method to calculate accurately, correctly, and on budget for everything from floor-to-ceiling materials. With introductory, intermediate, and advanced level exercises this text teaches readers at all levels a logical process for calculating materials and estimating the costs of installed products based on their math calculations. Utilizing step-by-step examples and worksheets, this text simplifies the math used in the interior design field. Sample problems and exercises take the calculations of quantities needed and apply material and labor costs, to discover the installed costs of the specified products. Covering wall and ceiling treatments, window treatments, soft fabrications, upholstery, flooring, and cabinetry and countertops, this book is applicable to both commercial and residential design projects. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 448 Pages • 300 bw illus PB 9798765121580 • £74.99 / $100.00 ePDF 9798765121597 • £67.49 / $90.00 ePub 9798765121603 • £67.49 / $90.00 Fairchild Books
New to This Edition: - Metric measurements included in all step-by-step examples, activity worksheets, tables, exercises, and exercise answers - A solid understanding of referencing appropriate codes when working is specified, especially the commercial field -A variety of interior design disciplines (such as commercial, office, healthcare, and hospitality) with examples incorporated throughout the text -Addressing sustainable materials and how costs may vary according to materials selected, utilized, and installed - New images, floorplans, and tables are included for accuracy and currency
5TH EDITION
BOR
Interior Design Materials and Specifications with STUDIO
Lisa Godsey, International Academy of Design & Technology, USA Written from the viewpoint of the working designer, Interior Design Materials and Specifications, Fifth Edition, describes each material’s characteristics and shows students how to evaluate, select, and specify materials, while considering code compliance, building standards, human needs, and bidding processes. Students will learn how to communicate with suppliers and vendors to achieve the results they envision and how to avoid some of the pitfalls common to material selection and specification. The fifth edition engages students in larger picture thinking with a particular attention to globalization, user experience, and sustainability. New to this Edition - Emerging materials discussed in “On the Horizon” sections of chapters UK February 2026 • US January 2026 432 Pages • 420 colour illus PB 9798765122433 • £74.99 / $100.00 ePDF 9798765122440 • £67.49 / $90.00 ePub 9798765122457 • £67.49 / $90.00 Fairchild Books
- Updated web search and personal activities for additional research - Includes wellness considerations when discussing material viability Instructor Resources; Instructor's Guide provides suggestions for planning the course and using the text in the classroom, supplemental assignments, and lecture notes; PowerPoint® presentations include images from the book and provide a framework for lecture and discussion.
Revit Architecture 2026 for Designers Douglas R. Seidler, Marymount University, USA Revit is rapidly replacing AutoCAD as the digital drawing tool of choice for architects and interior designers. Revit Architecture 2026 for Designers aims to help design students master Revit as a tool in the design studio and in practice. Revit Architecture 2026 for Designers provides a thorough primer for new learners and advanced instruction for designers. Packed with visual models and written specifically for architecture and interior design students, the progressive introduction of concepts (chapters build on previous chapters), digital exercises, and professional examples make this book easy to follow for learners new to Revit. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 320 Pages • 430 colour illus PB 9798765149553 • £59.99 / $79.95 ePDF 9798765149560 • £53.99 / $71.95 ePub 9798765149577 • £53.99 / $71.95 Fairchild Books
552
UK, Europe, ROW
New to This Edition -Addresses user interface and command updates to the software since the previous (2024) edition -New breakdown of Building Information Modeling (BIM) -Demonstration of how Revit facilitates collaboration in team environments -Updated instructions on creating stairs and perspectives
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Interior Design & Interior Architecture COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
In Private
Interior Design as Lifestyle in the 1970s Home Joanne Turney, Winchester School of Art, University of Southampton, UK The 1970s is often considered the period that design forgot. In Private sets out to challenge this view, offering a cultural history of domestic interior design in Britain and America over the course of a decade that shaped the contemporary relationship between fashion and interiors. With each chapter dedicated to a different room in the house, this book explores style, design and socio-cultural influence from the sitting room to the sauna, and from the kitchen to the conservatory. Considering the key critical discourses which arise from the style and function of each space, In Private looks at how the public sphere informed the decorating styles, furniture and furnishing of the private home, from shag pile carpets to Swedish duvets. Demonstrating how the cultural environment of the 1970s sparked the ideas, styles and practices that have become UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 29 bw images HB 9781350062122 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350508071 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350062139 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350062146 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
common currency in today’s interior design, the book examines questions of sensuality, tactility, fashion, fantasy and gender. Illustrated throughout and packed with original research, it provides an insight into 1970s innovation and eclecticism in fashion, textiles and the domestic interior.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
553
Art & Visual Culture COLLECTIONS
There's a Criminal Touch to Art
How Ulay Stole Hitler's Favorite Painting and Redefined Performance Art Noah Charney, Art historian, author On December 12, 1976, German conceptual artist Ulay stole Hitler’s favorite painting from the Neue Nationalgalerie in Berlin. It was art theft as conceptual artwork. He hung the painting on the wall of a working-class immigrant family’s home, then phoned the museum to let them know where they could retrieve it. Told from three perspectives, this unique and groundbreaking book tells the complete story of this art theft and explores what made Ulay’s iconic artistic action one of the most famous performance artworks in history. While Ulay passed away in 2020, he recorded his own first-person account of the action in conversation with art historian Noah Charney, allowing readers to engage with a never-before-seen narrative of the theft in Ulay’s own words. The theft as artwork was conceived and undertaken with the help of Ulay’s partner at the time, Marina Abramovic, who is among the most famous living artists in the world. Her account of the action will follow Ulay’s in UK February 2026 • US February 2026 144 Pages • 22 bw images HB 9798765163047 • £20.00 / $27.00 ePDF 9798765163061 • £18.00 / $24.30 ePub 9798765163054 • £18.00 / $24.30 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
this book. Finally, Noah Charney will contextualize Ulay and Abramovic’s artistic action within the history of art as well as highlight this fascinating incident's importance to the history of art theft.
OPEN ACCESS
Grassroots Artmaking
Political Struggle and Activist Art in the UK, 1960–Present Edited by Maryam Ohadi-Hamadani, Edinburgh College of Art, UK, Catherine Spencer, University of St Andrews, UK & Amy Tobin, University of Cambridge, UK This open-access, pioneering survey compiles diverse studies, artist interviews, case studies, and roundtable discussions to explore how UK-based art activism has moulded contemporary art over six decades. Addressing political turmoil in the UK since the 1960s this timely book traces the evolution of grassroots artistic self-organization as a means of resistance. Contextualizing the importance of this work in relation to recent seismic events such as austerity, Brexit, Covid, Grenfell, and BLM, the book brings contemporary and historical realities into dialogue with a uniquely cross-media perspective, covering photography and film-making, as well as multiple forms of organizing and artistic practice; from curating, archiving, and UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 68 colour illus. HB 9781350453630 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350453661 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350453647 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350453654 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
administration, to studio management, poster production and institution building. Richly illustrated with archival material from a wide range of sources, Grassroots Artmaking provides a lively, visually enticing account of the formative connections between grassroots activism and art practice. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.
COLLECTIONS
Michelangelo's Puzzle Rebecca Jelbert, De Montfort University For fans of art crime, art history, astronomy, and puzzles, Michelangelo’s Puzzle expands on Rebecca’s article published in Journal of Art Crime (2019), in which she argued that the Vatican’s Laocoön Group was created by Michelangelo as a forged antiquity. Drawing on the traditional link between Laocoön and the constellation of Ophiuchus, Michelangelo was able to depict the famous sculpture within the context of a hidden star map on the Sistine Chapel ceiling. The foreword has been written by Noah Charney, founder of the Association for Research into Crimes against Art (ARCA). This book is unique as it has been written by a professional artist who combines creative insight with rigorous research.
Association for Research into Crimes Against Art UK August 2025 • US August 2025 320 Pages • 50 bw images HB 9798765158449 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765158463 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765158456 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
554
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Art & Visual Culture COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
NEW IN PB
Organic Modernism
From the British Bauhaus to Cybernetics Charissa N. Terranova, University of Texas at Dallas, USA The first book to trace the story of British "organic modernism", this ground-breaking open access study tells the story of a collective culture of artists, scientists, and designers in 20th century united by a holistic understanding of the organic world and devoted to collaboration, cooperation, and cross-pollination of the arts and biological sciences. Tracing how artists, scientists, and designers cooperated in various capacities from the Great Depression to postwar cybernetics, this book follows the evolution of philosophical organicism from the British Bauhaus, modern architecture, and surrealism; through to post-war socialism, the welfare state, epigenetics, biology-based art exhibitions; robotic art and design, cybernetics and ecology in art. Reacting against blunt reductionism, organic modernists implemented organicist and Biotechne: Interthinking Art, Science and Design UK May 2026 • US May 2026 304 Pages • 16 colour & 71 bw illus HB 9781350227538 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350227576 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350227545 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350227552 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
emergentist philosophies in scientific labs, design studios, and art ateliers, embracing complexity to solve problems in various scales and arenas, from cells to socialism. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Edith O'Donnell Institute of Art History.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Jewish Dealers and the European Art Market, c. 1860–1940 Negotiating Cultural Modernity
Edited by Silvia Davoli, Strawberry Hill House and Garden, UK & Tom Stammers, University of Durham, UK Before the tragedy of the Holocaust, many of the leading art and antiques dealers across Europe were Jewish, establishing dynamic cross-Channel, international and transatlantic networks. Aside from a few famous examples, however, we are only at the beginning of exploring the diversity of Jewish dealers' commercial and cultural worlds, and reflecting on the particular conditions that made possible their dramatic expansion within the profession. Adopting a wider geography than any previous study, this book brings together a team of distinguished international contributors to consider Jewish art dealers as an interconnected cohort, tied together by common strategies and a shared vulnerability. After an extended historiographical introduction, the volume presents case studies and trends from 1860-1940, Contextualizing Art Markets UK June 2026 • US June 2026 336 Pages • 12 colour illus & 80 bw illus HB 9781350473683 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350473690 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350473706 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350473713 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
including: Jewish family businesses in Western Europe; the role of Jews as mediators of art from East Asia; the antisemitism and suspicion faced by Jewish dealers; Jews as theorists, exhibition makers and promoters of modern art ; and the geographical mobility and professional reinvention of Jewish dealers in times of economic and political crisis. With a wide variety of illustrations, including paintings, decorative arts, historic photographs and archival material, the volume adopts a mix of methodological approaches to analyse a key chapter in Jewish cultural history and in the history of the international art market.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Social World of Galleries
Contemporary Art, the Market and Internationalization Alain Quemin, Paris 8 University, France Translated by Keara Engelhardt This book presents the first detailed study of the place of contemporary art galleries and gallerists, especially within the art markets of Europe and the United States. Based on the author’s field research carried out for over a decade, and combining ethnographic material with quantitative data, the book reveals the major role galleries play in the creation of art value. Despite being pillars of the art market, there has been very little in-depth research on galleries, especially when compared with the analysis of artists, critics, and dealers. Written by a sociologist who has spent a decade as an art critic, the book builds on work conducted by art historian and sociologist Raymonde Moulin from the 1960s to the 1990s. Drawing on ethnographic observations and interviews with those working in the field today, it provides a thorough and up-to-date Contextualizing Art Markets
analysis of what contemporary art galleries really are: the spaces they occupy both physically and online; their position within
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 472 Pages • 6 maps HB 9781350370920 • £110.00 / $150.00 PB 9781350370968 • £29.99 / $40.95 ePDF 9781350370937 • £99.00 / $135.00 ePub 9781350370944 • £99.00 / $135.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
gallery ‘districts’; their relation to art fairs and biennials; and how friendship with clients is built and trends within the business, in turn illuminating the hierarchized structure of the sector. The Social World of Galleries is essential reading for scholars and students of art sociology, art history and art business, as well as gallerists, collectors or art lovers, and artists themselves.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
555
Art & Visual Culture COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Relational Art A Guided Tour
Craig Smith, University of Florida, USA Taking place in the skies over London, the plazas of Rotterdam, and the hallways of museums worldwide, a new kind of art has emerged since the 1990s. Known as Relational Art, this conceptual practice features audience participation in ways never before realised, often using new media and social networking. In this book, academic and artist Craig Smith outlines a rigorous theory of Relational Art, explaining why audience interaction and collective art production has become so relevant. Tracing the development of the movement, from its beginnings with the 1996 Traffic exhibition in Bordeaux and Nicolas Bourriaud's treatise Relational Aesthetics, to the diverse and international scope of Relational Art today, this provocative book explores the foundational impact this movement has had on contemporary art and exhibition making. UK April 2026 • US April 2026 176 Pages • 25 bw illus HB 9781780762555 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350499393 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350201910 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781350201927 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Taking the reader through a range of case studies, such as Olafur Eliasson's iconic Weather Project at Tate Modern, and uniting ideas from artists, art critics, curators, philosophers and audience members, it reveals the practices integral to the movement and how these have affected aesthetic, theoretical and economic forces in the art world. Through a guided tour of thought-provoking and influential works, he demonstrates that Relational Art has permanently altered the nature of art and its global audiences.
COLLECTIONS
Intersecting Threads
Art, Cloth and Intersectional Feminism Julia Skelly, Concordia University, Canada Examining the significance of cloth in the work of contemporary feminist artists, Intersecting Threads: Art, Cloth and Intersectional Feminism draws on Black feminist theories, queer theories, and anti-colonial theories such as opacity, as well as scholarship on the nonhuman turn in the humanities. In a world where intersectional feminist approaches are increasingly important, this book adds to the growing literature on contemporary feminist art, making a significant contribution to discussions on queer, feminist and anti-racist artists and their work. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 192 Pages • 39 images total, including 8 colour (in a 1 x 8pp plate section) PB 9781350422261 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350422223 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350422230 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350422247 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Through a close reading of both the art and writing of feminist artists including Faith Ringgold, Louise Bourgeois, Elisabeth Perrault, Tau Lewis, and Candice Lin, Julia Skelly shows how their work may be productively analysed through Black feminist scholar and activist Kimberlé W. Crenshaw’s theoretical framework of intersectional feminism. Writing as a Black feminist legal scholar, Crenshaw’s framework is dedicated to illuminating the different kinds of violence that women of colour experience, but it has become an indispensable analytic tool for feminist art historians concerned not only with gender, but also with race, class, and sexuality.
What Art Is Now
Creativity in the Age of AI Michael E. Jones, University of Massachusetts & Michael Caballes, Freelance photography What Art is Now: Creativity in the Age of AI explores one of the most urgent questions of our time: What happens to human creativity when machines can generate music, paintings, poetry, and design? This thought-provoking book examines how artificial intelligence is reshaping the way we define, create, and experience art. Blending philosophy, law, neuroscience, and cultural history, the authors investigate how AI challenges traditional notions of authorship, originality, and artistic value. Written for a broad audience—from artists and educators to tech developers and curious thinkers—What Art is Now invites readers into a conversation that spans centuries of creative thought and confronts the promises and perils of machine-made imagination. Can AI be truly creative, or is it only mimicking the human mind? Will artists be replaced, or will they find new UK February 2026 • US February 2026 272 Pages HB 9798765151761 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9798765151822 • £32.99 / $45.00 ePDF 9798765151921 • £29.69 / $40.50 ePub 9798765151914 • £29.69 / $40.50 Bloomsbury Academic
556
UK, Europe, ROW
ways to collaborate with algorithms? And what rights do humans have over works produced in partnership with machines? Timely, accessible, and deeply interdisciplinary, this book offers a roadmap for understanding the rapidly shifting terrain of art and technology. At stake is more than just the future of the arts—it’s how we understand ourselves as creative beings in a world where intelligence is no longer uniquely human.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Art & Visual Culture COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Transformative Objects and the Aesthetics of Play Louise Bourgeois’s Sculpture, 1947–2000 Lynn M. Somers, Drew University, USA This book considers the sculpture of Louise Bourgeois (1911-2010) in light of psychoanalyst D. W. Winnicott’s (1896-1971) radical ideas regarding transitional objects, potential space, and play, offering a model for exploring the complex and psychologically evocative work Bourgeois produced from 1947 to 2000. Critical concepts from British object relational theories – destruction, reparation, integration, relationality and play – drawn from the writings of Winnicott, Melanie Klein, Marion Milner, and Christopher Bollas, among others, bear upon the decades-long study of psychoanalysis Bourgeois brought to her sculptural production that was symbolic, metaphorical, and most importantly, useful. The book demonstrates how Bourgeois’s transformative sculptural objects and environments are invested in object relations, New Encounters: Arts, Cultures, Concepts UK June 2026 • US June 2026 328 Pages • 95 bw illus HB 9781350378865 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350378902 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350378872 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350378889 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
both psychical and tangible, and explores Bourgeois’s contention that the observer physically engage with the intricate sculptural objects and architectural spaces she produced. This book addresses critical relationships among Bourgeois’s work and that of other artists. It brings together practical, archival, and theoretical material, offering close examinations of historically situated objects and analyses of their complex affects and spatiality.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Picturing Peace
Photography, Conflict Transformation, and Peacebuilding Edited by Tom Allbeson, Cardiff University, UK, Pippa Oldfield, Teesside University, UK & Jolyon Mitchell, University of Durham, UK How can photographers, curators, and editors convey narratives of peace and not just stories of war? Providing interdisciplinary and international perspectives on timely debates, Picturing Peace explores humanitarianism and visual culture, community collaboration, collective memory, and imagined futures for creating and sustaining of civil societies. How things look and are perceived are not superficial issues; when it comes to war and conflict, photography is vitally relevant not only to documenting violence, but also to rebuilding peaceful societies. The volume examines the intersecting issues of visual culture and peacebuilding, including: the genealogies of photography New Encounters: Arts, Cultures, Concepts UK June 2026 • US June 2026 352 Pages • 32 colour & 61 bw illus. HB 9781350258853 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781350258891 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350258860 • £85.50 / $117.00 ePub 9781350258877 • £85.50 / $117.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
and conflict, decolonisation and the gaze, the significance of archival material, as well as recent peacebuilding initiatives. Exploring multiple forms of peace photography, the volume offers a range of voices from preeminent international scholars, as well as interviews with practicing photographers who have experience of working with post-conflict communities. As such, the book provides a timely investigation into the politics of representation, questioning how photographers might help foster social relationships, transform conflicts, and reconcile communities in the image-oriented cultures.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Material Selves
Object Biographies and Identities in Motion Edited by Alex Burchmore, the Australian National University, Australia Establishing new connections between people and things via artistic media and material culture, this highly interdisciplinary volume brings together both established and emerging scholars in the fields of art history, material culture, museum and heritage studies and literary studies to investigate the intersection of the personal with the material. Raising vital questions of cultural identity, belonging and selfhood, Material Selves is the first book of its kind to consider the relationship between people and things across transcultural and transhistorical contexts. It employs innovative methodologies across ten chapters and critically expands on current models for understanding the dynamic relationship between people and things by tracing the central role objects have played in the construction, creation and performance of identity throughout history. Material Culture of Art and Design UK May 2026 • US May 2026 256 Pages • 65 bw illus HB 9781350416444 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350416482 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350416451 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9781350416468 • £81.00 / $108.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Structured around four key sections exploring biography and narrative; adornment and ornament; reclamation and intervention; and subjects and objects, the volume presents a global selection of case studies that explore, amongst other things, Margaret Olley’s enduring fame, the significance of the Khil’a in Safavid Persia and early modern Europe, and 17thcentury French painter Charles LeBrun’s royal portraiture. Fusing these with contemporary theories of identity, the contributors provide analyses informed by posthumanism, the environmental humanities, race and gender. At the same time, they confront vital questions of identity, agency, and materiality, and highlight the way in which we use objects to tell stories, construct myths and make sense of our place in the world.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
557
Design COLLECTIONS
Craft and War
Makers, Users, and Craft Practices since the 19th Century Edited by Jennifer Way, University of North Texas, USA, Heather Smith, Independent Curator, Canada & Alida Jekabson, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA Examining the diverse ways in which craft has participated in wars from the mid-19th century to the present day, this book brings together a wealth of scholarship to redress an understudied area of modern craft history. Craft and War explores issues of fabrication, makers, objects, uses and users throughout conflicts across the world to provide a critical understanding of the relationship between craft and contexts of war. Chapters look at the impact of colonization on making practices and acts of preserving cultural heritage in times of dislocation and migration. Authors provide insights into repurposing tools of oppression and the appropriation of material UK June 2026 • US June 2026 352 Pages • 59 colour illus. HB 9781350345485 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350345478 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350345508 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350345492 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
culture as a device of warfare, in addition to embroidery and tactics of resistance, and the role of craft and folk art in international feminist peace activism. Organized into four thematic sections, this book reveals how craft developed in different regions during and after armed conflicts, including research on trench art and objects, quilts and rugs commissioned in wartime, and ceramics and the art of commemoration. Craft and War also provides a breadth of analysis on crafting as a rehabilitative activity and traces government initiatives across different countries for postwar healing involving crafts.
COLLECTIONS
Pitchers of American Life Art Within Reach
Ezra Shales, Massachusetts College of Art and Design, USA Through an exploration of the tactile pleasures of drinking vessels, Pitchers of American Life traces the role of these objects as representative art and collective tools—episodes of American history that resonate today in our everyday lives and yearnings for sociability and communion. Generously illustrated, and richly woven with personal memoir, discussion ranges from vessels within ancient cultures and religious and family rituals to the growth of mass production and contemporary consumer culture. Shales blends the social histories of art/artifacts with memories of working on a museum installation crew, as an educator, and as a shopper; in each UK May 2026 • US January 2026 288 Pages • 200 colour illus HB 9781350386716 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350386709 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350386730 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350386723 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
chapter he interprets a single object as a revealing time capsule.
COLLECTIONS
Visual Ecologies of Placemaking Place, Performance, Identity
Edited by Leslie Atzmon, Eastern Michigan University, USA & Pamela Stewart, Eastern Michigan University, USA Contributing to a growing discourse in spatial humanities, this collection of essays provides a unique, critical insight into how place is shaped through visual and sensory practices. By looking at a range of natural, built, and digital environments, across historical and contemporary contexts, Visual Ecologies of Placemaking offers an in-depth study into place as a spatial, social and cultural construct. Essays explore public and private spaces, cities, gardens, sacred settings and domestic scenes, and particularly consider human beings’ relationships to place at times when places are undergoing radical shifts due to occurrences such as global pandemics, changing climates and widespread social unrest. This timely volume features a range of case studies that UK May 2026 • US May 2026 296 Pages • 75 bw illus PB 9781350239289 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350224858 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350224865 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350224872 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
explore places from storage units to city streets, performances from sacred pilgrimages to drag shows, and identities from secessionists to imperial authorities. Essays also contribute to emerging areas of inquiry, such as queer and decolonial studies and the digital humanities. Visual Ecologies of Placemaking offers a broad examination of the performative aspects of place and identity, and yields new ways of thinking about how places are shaped and negotiated.
558
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Design COLLECTIONS
Surface, Textile, and German Material Culture Bodies, Interiors, and Architecture, 1830-1914
Didem Ekici, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA This volume explores the intersections between the body, textiles, clothes, soft furnishings and architectural surfaces in the German-speaking world from 1830 to 1914. While the continuum from bodies to clothing to architecture was present in popular culture across Europe and North America, it assumed a particularly influential role within German disciplines such as philosophy, cultural history, art history, linguistics, and hygiene. By bringing these disciplinary discourses into a dialogue with popular conceptions and practices surrounding fashion, fabrics, textile embellishments, and dress, the book offers a narrative of textile materiality that conflated bodies, interiors, and architecture. From architect Gottfried Semper to cultural historian Jacob von Falke, hygienist Max von Pettenkofer, designer Margarethe Cultural Histories of Design
von Brauchitsch, and many others discussed in this book, the modern surface was largely conceived in terms of textile
UK January 2026 • US January 2026 248 Pages • 82 bw illus PB 9781350541207 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350529182 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350529199 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350529205 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
materiality. Different facets of this materiality—including textile fibers, tactility, crafting techniques, ornamentation, tailoring, and function—became central to modern art and architectural discourses, shaping debates on topics ranging from style, fashion, gender, and ornament to tectonics, health, mechanization, and abstraction.
COLLECTIONS
Alternative Narratives in Ceramic History
Intermediaries and the Anglo-American Ceramic Trade Neil Ewins, Jingdezhen Ceramic University, China Introducing new insights into the history of ceramic design and consumption, Neil Ewins departs from the focus on manufacturers and producers and presents a third perspective that puts the multifaceted lives of the merchants, importers and dealers at the centre. Challenging the notion that intermediaries involved in the Anglo-American ceramic trade from the late 18th into the 19th century were simply motivated by maximizing profits and widespread market demands, Ewin’s alternative approach demonstrates the value of taking their culture, identity and conscience into account. The geographic gap between the British manufacturer and the American consumer meant that those involved in mercantile activities assumed a highly significant role. Ewins analyses a range of sources including city directories, advertisements, UK January 2026 • US January 2026 304 Pages • 130 bw illus, 13 tables PB 9781350543935 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350538337 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350538344 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350538351 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
newspapers and family trees to identify those involved in the ceramic trade, supplemented by archival material relating to the Wainwright and Ovington families. Illustrated with examples of ceramics and engravings, chapters explore how the intermediaries commissioned and marketed ceramics for different reasons, influenced by their political, social, religious and moral views. Ewins investigates how culture and a strong sense of identity, the abolition movement, kinship and family ties, religious beliefs and community, and the interracial experience all played a part in the manufacture, distribution and consumption of ceramics in the US market.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
International Design Organizations Histories, Legacies, Values
Edited by Jeremy Aynsley, University of Brighton, UK, Alison J. Clarke, University of Applied Arts Vienna, Austria & Tania Messell, University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland (FHNW) This innovative volume brings together international design scholars to address the history and present-day status of national and international design organizations, working across design disciplines and located in countries including Argentina, Turkey, Estonia, Switzerland, Italy, China and the USA. In the second half of the 20th century, many non-governmental organizations were created to address urgent cultural, economic and welfare issues. Design organizations set out to create an international consensus for the future direction of design. This included enhancing communication between professionals, educators and practitioners, raising standards for UK February 2026 • US February 2026 352 Pages • 65 bw illus HB 9781350112513 • £95.00 / $130.00 PB 9781526697127 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350112537 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781350112520 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
design, and creating communities of designers across linguistic, national and political borders. Shared needs and agendas were identified and categories of design constantly defined and re-defined, often with overt cultural and political intents. Drawing on an impressive range of original research, archival sources and oral testimony, this volume questions the aims and achievements of national and international design organizations in light of their subsequent histories and their global remits. The Cold War period is central to the book, while many chapters draw on post-colonial perspectives to interpret how transnational networks and negotiations took place at events and congresses, and through publication.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
559
Design COLLECTIONS
Philosophy through Design
Rethinking Design Practice for a Changing World Brian Dixon, Ulster University, UK Philosophy through Design proposes a new approach to design practice grounded in a philosophical reflection in and on action, with alignments being drawn to the democratic pragmatism of John Dewey and Jane Addams as well as key contemporary philosophic perspectives. Throughout, Dixon stresses the need for designers to engage critically, ethically and reflectively as they seek to meet the complex challenges of the 21st century. The key argument is that design practice can itself become a mode of philosophical inquiry, supporting designers’ efforts to experiment, reflect and act responsibly and make and remake the ever-evolving future as potential ‘designer philosophers’.
Designing in Dark Times UK February 2026 • US February 2026 264 Pages • 4 bw images HB 9781350423398 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781350423381 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781350423411 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781350423404 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
(Designing) Beyond the Modern Limits, Dialectic, and Potentialities
Edited by Eduardo Staszowski, Parsons School of Design, USA & Virginia Tassinari, TU Delft, the Netherlands (Designing) Beyond the Modern is the second volume in a trilogy by Eduardo Staszowski and Virginia Tassinari, following Designing in Dark Times: An Arendtian Lexicon (2020). This book is a provocation: how can we begin to move beyond the modern when so much of how we think and make remains entangled in its logic? Among the forces that have both shaped and been shaped by the modern project, design occupies a central role. Rather than treating it as a neutral tool, this book approaches design as a practice deeply implicated in modernity’s extractive, colonial, and anthropocentric foundations. The parenthesis in the title signals an ambivalence about whether “designing” can remain a relevant or viable practice. Without offering a conclusion, the book confronts the Beyond the Modern
legacy of the Modern and calls for a caesura: a rupture, a pause, or an interval where a critical praxis, whether called design
UK June 2026 • US May 2026 216 Pages HB 9781350164437 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781350164390 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781350164420 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781350164413 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
or not, might begin to take shape. Drawing on philosophy, decolonial thought, and design theory, it challenges the logics that continue to shape modern institutions and imaginaries.
COLLECTIONS
Contrapractice
Action Against Defuturing Tony Fry, University of Tasmania, Australia Building on his foundational work on ‘defuturing,’ a deconstructive method that exposes historically the unsustainability of a great deal of design practice and its products, Tony Fry now offers a powerful response. There is no shortage of analysis of the current state of the world. Climate change impacts are increasing, environmental destruction will follow, populations and settlements will be displaced, food security will become critical, geopolitical instability and escalating dangers of conflict will grow. Such an entangled complexity threatens life itself more seriously than at any time since the Ice Age. Against the real threats to life on Earth, what are the world’s political leaders doing? The answers sit between nothing and very little. Beyond the Modern UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages HB 9781350448506 • £50.00 / $68.00 PB 9781350448490 • £16.99 / $22.95 ePDF 9781350448520 • £15.29 / $20.65 ePub 9781350448513 • £15.209 / $20.65 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
560
UK, Europe, ROW
So, what is to be done? There is no immediate or simple answer. But what Contrapractice acknowledges is that nothing changes unless practices change. The intent is for the process to take on a life of its own by the many people who care about securing a viable future. It does not provide template solutions, but the ability to act. Every reader is viewed as a communicator of its message and a change agent of their own practice. Fry’s dialogue in the book with Dulmini Perera is a prompt for the book to be an object of discussion.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Design COLLECTIONS
Drawing as Placemaking
Environment, History and Identity Edited by Jill Journeaux, Coventry University, UK & Simon Woolham, University of Huddersfield, UK Using a combination of articles and interviews, the book introduces nine contemporary drawing projects that embrace an expansive definition of the discipline, and use their drawing practice to consider how place is understood and made. Drawing as Placemaking focuses on how drawings and drawing processes can examine and articulate our relationships to placemaking, to our concepts of home, to historical and memorial sites, to our personal histories, and to imagined and actual places. The contributing artists (from the USA, Canada, Portugal, Germany, Turkey, Japan, New Zealand, Australia and the UK) use Drawing In
expanded drawing approaches to present different perspectives on how drawings are made, and how they can be used to
UK April 2026 • US February 2026 280 Pages • 79 B&W illus PB 9781350468030 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350457041 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350457058 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350457065 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
describe, analyse, reimagine, transform and to make new actual, historical, and psychological places. The artist-authored chapters and the conversations with artists are interwoven to facilitate broader conversations about our human interactions with place, through all our senses; what we can see, touch, feel and hear, alongside what we know, theorise or imagine. The re-evaluation of placemaking from a range of cultural perspectives highlights new stories whilst reconsidering older ones.
COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Design Philosophy after the Technology Turn Edited by Fernando Secomandi, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands & Peter-Paul Verbeek, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands Taking stock of recent changes in technology – including recently emerging digital tools like AI – the authors look to expand the discussions that draw upon both design philosophy and technological developments. The editors of the book argue that we are already a long way from the conventional interpretation of design philosophy as a ‘philosophy of design’, where philosophers remained distant from the practice of design itself. They maintain that designers must welcome cross-fertilisations between disciplines that make possible alternative interpretations of design philosophy, for example, as ‘a designerly way of doing philosophy’ or as ‘designing things philosophically’, perhaps even as ‘the design of philosophy’. UK February 2026 • US February 2026 216 Pages • 18 B&W illus, 1 table PB 9781350542204 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350494411 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350494435 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350494466 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the TU Delft Open Access Fund.
COLLECTIONS
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Global Typography Edited by Paul Luna, University of Reading, UK, Fiona Ross, University of Reading, UK, Aaris Sherin, St John's University, New York, USA, Sue Walker, University of Reading, UK & Vaibhav Singh, University of Reading, UK This new handbook takes the broadest possible view of typography, defining it as ‘design for reading’. It considers all kinds of reading matter and visual communication systems; digital, environmental, printed, and produced by hand. By offering a rich collection of texts that are genuinely international in authorship and in scope, it seeks to rebalance the Western bias of so many books on the subject. It gives space to new voices and emerging standpoints about the global nature of design, the needs of particular communities of readers, and about the need for inclusivity and historical understanding in design practice and research. Thirty-seven chapters by forty-three contributors show the interdisciplinary range of research in typography today, Bloomsbury Visual Arts Handbooks exemplifying the relationship between history, theory, and practice that is at the heart of the discipline. They feature over 500
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 528 Pages • 350 colour illus HB 9781350336384 • £130.00 / $175.00 ePDF 9781350336391 • £117.00 / $157.50 ePub 9781350336407 • £117.00 / $157.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
illustrations, mostly in colour, and full bibliographic references. Topics include: Typography and sociolinguistics; Frameworks for considering scripts and multilingual documents; Historical and contemporary Arabic-script typographic practice; Designing fonts for marginalized communities in Asia, Africa, and North America; The earliest movable type in China in the tenth century; Understanding Japanese and Korean typography; The type design industry today; Typography in the environment.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
561
Design COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Upcycling Research
Global Perspectives on Product, Fashion and Theory Edited by Kyungeun Sung, De Montfort University, UK & Richie Moalosi, University of Botswana, Botswana Upcycling is a design, business and social practice and - when done with care - it can reduce solid wastes, increase resource and material efficiency, and lower industrial energy consumption, with an aim to transiting towards net zero. Despite the wide-ranging benefits, upcycling remains a niche practice, calling for scaling up in order to realise the full potential of upcycling. Research and real-world interventions that promote increased upcycling necessarily bring together theories and disciplinary practices from design, manufacturing, business studies, sustainable development, consumer studies, and politics. This book presents the key findings of the International Upcycling Research Network (IURN), which is at the forefront of upcycling research, practice, and opinion in the world, and expands our understanding of current upcycling research and practice across industries, disciplines, and countries, and develops new cross-industry, multidisciplinary, international UK February 2026 • US February 2026 344 Pages • 69 bw illus, 25 tables PB 9781350524637 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350496316 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350496323 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350496330 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
562
UK, Europe, ROW
collaborative research projects, and initiatives. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by AHRC.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Fashion COLLECTIONS
3RD EDITION
Pattern Cutting
The Architecture of Fashion Pat Parish, Chichester College/Northbrook College and London College of Contemporary Arts, UK Drawing on over 38 years teaching fashion design, Pat Parish gives an accessible approach to translating imaginative 2D designs into exciting 3D womenswear. By combining technical pattern cutting with a more creative approach focussing on shape and line, she provides an overview that reflects how designers actually think and encourages students to move beyond sticking closely to pattern blocks. Designed to inspire creativity with transferrable techniques for any garment, each technique features troubleshooting tips and tricks to help students apply them to their own designs. The guide’s clear structure makes it easy to follow in the studio, with technical drawings alongside step-by-step instructions throughout. Over 50 new photographs including toiles, catwalk images, and garments, case studies and interviews from young designers help you visualise the concepts in 3D and inspire your own designs. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 272 Pages • 400 colour illus PB 9781350332829 • £34.99 / $47.95 ePDF 9781350332836 • £31.49 / $43.15 ePub 9781350332843 • £31.49 / $43.15 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
This third edition brings pattern putting up to date for modern fashion industry with two new chapters on draping and geometry, and updated information on sustainable practices, reflecting new directions in design, pattern cutting and material use. Redesigned with an even clearer layout and now featuring imperial and metric conversions throughout.
2ND EDITION
BOR
The Fundamentals of Digital Fashion Marketing Clare Harris, The University of Sussex, UK, Karen Edwards, University of South Carolina, USA & Donna Watts, University of South Carolina, USA How can judicious use of online marketing, social media, video, mobile and in-store technologies help fashion brands reach and engage with their audience? The Fundamentals of Digital Fashion Marketing uses industry examples, including Burberry and creative agency ODD, to demonstrate how creative digital marketing practices can build vibrant, loyal communities. Covering the vital roles of influencers, analytics, pop-up stores and user-generated content, Harris, Edwards and Watt offer a practical guide to building a successful fashion brand online. Fundamentals UK June 2026 • US June 2026 208 Pages • 160 color illus PB 9781350168695 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350168701 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781350168718 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
This revised edition includes two new chapters on reaching underserved markets, including people with disabilities and mature consumers, and a guide to legal issues like managing consumer data & privacy. Each chapter also now concludes with a project to help you build an e-commerce website to start experimenting with your own online marketing campaigns.
5TH EDITION
BOR
Going Global
The Textile and Apparel Industry with STUDIO Elena E. Karpova, University of North Carolina Greensboro, USA, Grace I. Kunz, Professor Emerita, Iowa State University, USA & JuYoung Lee Going Global, Fifth Edition offers a comprehensive framework and approach to understanding the global textile and apparel industries, trade, and markets worldwide. Holistically examining the market in three sections: Embarking on a Global Adventure, The Global Supply Chain, and Trading Partners aids in understanding the international markets, examines up-todate intercontinental rules and regulations, and focuses on different countries integral to textile and apparel industries. New to this Edition Comprehensive updates on global supply chain disruptions and the pandemic, emerging technologies, and current trade UK April 2026 • US March 2026 456 Pages • 125 bw illus PB 9798765113868 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798765113875 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9798765113882 • £72.00 / $99.00 Fairchild Books
regulations; A new chapter “Textile and Apparel Industry Development” introduces and expands the relationship between a country's economic development and the role of textile and apparel industries; Includes new features called “Career Profiles” of industry interviews and “Project Assignments” bringing key concepts to life through firsthand applications; All new case studies help readers apply concepts to real-world scenarios.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
563
Fashion BOR
Global Perspectives
Dress and Fashion in the 20th and 21st Centuries - with STUDIO José Blanco F., Fashion Institute of Technology, USA This book frames the history of modern and contemporary dress and fashion in a global and diverse context, broadening the traditional dominance placed on European and American (“The West”) design by including examples from every continent. Students will explore fashion as a global phenomenon through a series of relevant and connected case studies. The text invites readers to reflect on their own experiences and points of view, explore their own location and identity, and develop critical thinking skills to interpret and analyze complex issues such as colonialism, post-colonialism, globalization, and cultural appropriation and how this has affected the perception of modern and contemporary fashion history.
UK February 2026 • US February 2026 448 Pages • 300 colour illus PB 9781501392061 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9781501392085 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781501392078 • £72.00 / $99.00 Fairchild Books
COLLECTIONS
Fashioning the Asian Century
Sustainability, Aesthetics, and Popular Culture in the New Millennium Edited by Amanda Sikarskie, University of Michigan, USA If the 21st century can be described as the Asian century, what does this Pan-Asian ascendency mean for fashion? Fashioning the Asian Century offers various compelling perspectives on this fascinating and urgent question. Exploring the influence of Asian fashion both within and beyond China, India, Japan, Korea and Thailand, this collection of essays is written by contributors from across the globe. Fashioning the Asian Century covers an exciting range of topics from the work of Asia’s fashion designers to fashion shows and fashion weeks that take Asia as their stage, as well as from consumer behaviour and popular cultural trends across Asia to sustainability and greenwashing in Asian fashion. Fashion, Media and Culture
Together, these diverse perspectives address, interrogate, unpack and celebrate Asia’s ever-growing significance – from
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 248 Pages • 32 colour illus HB 9781350460850 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350460843 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350460867 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350460874 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
creation to consumption – as a center for fashion in the 21st-century.
COLLECTIONS
Dressays
An Anthology of Writing about Clothing Edited by Rosie Findlay, City University of London, UK Dressays is an anthology of thought-provoking essays exploring how clothing can reveal the complex, deeply felt bonds we have with ourselves, our communities and the worlds through which we move. These deeply personal narratives demonstrate how, whether saturated with emotion or charged with political significance, dress both bears and shapes meaning. Collectively, they show how dress is as inextricable from shared cultures and histories as we are from the garments we wear. The contributions in this anthology articulate what is often felt but not seen when it comes to dress: how it ties us to other people, how it hides us even as it makes us visible, and how it helps us navigate and participate in our communities. They UK May 2026 • US July 2026 256 Pages HB 9781350473256 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350473249 • £21.99 / $29.95 ePDF 9781350473270 • £19.79 / $26.95 ePub 9781350473263 • £19.79 / $26.95 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
564
UK, Europe, ROW
offer insight into a wide spectrum of human experiences, including how clothes relate to experiences of disability, chronic illness, religious faith, self-alienation and grief; of caring for a loved one, of being racialised, of coming to terms with one’s sexuality, and of custodianship of the natural world. By revealing how garments and accessories form the threshold of our experience of the world, these essays show just how entangled with both they are.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Introducing
FASHION IN ACTION Change the future of fashion
Edited by Regina A. Root & Hazel Clark
9781350369979 | £11.99
9781350258037 | £11.99
9781350253391 | £11.99
A new series of short books on key global issues in fashion, guiding readers to rethink conventions and help shape a conscious, inclusive and sustainable future for all. COMING MAY 2026 @bloomsburyfashion
Fashion COLLECTIONS
Slow Hazel Clark, Parsons School of Design, USA What if we took 'slow' as an ethical strategy and practice for fashion, rather than considering ‘slow fashion’ as another passing fashion movement? Part of the Fashion in Action series of short books on global issues in fashion, calling on readers to become active participants in its future, Hazel Clark explores fashion's cultural role as a potential force for, not against, sustainability. Against a backdrop of massive waste, intensive energy use, human exploitation and overconsumption of fast fashion, Slow offers a thoughtful, practical, sustainable approach to fashion for businesses, educators and ordinary wearers of clothes, speaking to more mindful, caring and humanitarian attitudes and practices. Divided into 3 sections, the argument is framed by neoliberalism, and the increased attention to fashion around the globe, Fashion in Action UK May 2026 • US May 2026 120 Pages • 20 bw illus PB 9781350253391 • £11.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350253407 • £10.79 / $14.35 ePub 9781350253414 • £10.79 / $14.35 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
set alongside growing interest in eco design, the slow food movement, second hand clothes and the emergence of ethical brands. The book begins with ‘where we are now,’ focussing on the emergence and huge impact of fast fashion. The next section looks at the way a slow discourse developed for fashion – in practice, in academia and in public. More mindful and slow approaches are set against greater global connectivity, digital communications, climate change and activism. This leads to a third and final section which seeks for a redefinition of fashion through the lens of slow approaches, ending with an urgent call to action.
COLLECTIONS
Appropriation Benjamin Linley Wild, The Manchester Fashion Institute, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK What is cultural appropriation in fashion and how can understanding its causes, consequences and reoccurrences help us to challenge it in the future? As part of the Fashion in Action series of short books aimed at rallying readers on global issues in fashion, Benjamin Linley Wild highlights the long and complicated history of appropriation, guiding us on the pressing question of where we go next. Chapter one considers where we have been - what are the words we have used and what theories continue to frame and potentially hinder discussions about appropriation within the fashion industry? Chapter two moves on to where we are now what does appropriation look like in the fashion industry and how can understanding this help both educators and consumers overcome the circularity of the current debates? Chapter three draws together the theories and their potential implications to Fashion in Action UK May 2026 • US May 2026 128 Pages • 20 bw illus PB 9781350258037 • £11.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350258044 • £10.79 / $14.35 ePub 9781350258051 • £10.79 / $14.35 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
unravel the riddle of appropriation and enable us to look to the future with suggested calls for action. This timely book equips readers with the tools to navigate and reshape the conversation around cultural appropriation, encouraging meaningful action for a more conscious and inclusive fashion industry.
COLLECTIONS
Failure Nick Rees- Roberts, Paris-Sorbonne Nouvelle, France Fashion thrives on fame and success, capitalism and culture. But beneath the luster and hype, fashion is also inevitably about failure – an essential part of its history and evolution. In his contribution to the Fashion in Action series of short books rallying readers to tackle pressing issues in fashion, Nick Rees-Roberts unravels the relationship between forms of creative and commercial failure to consider how we might begin to address the systemic failings of the fashion industry today. Positing failure as a speculative way to rethink fashion and focussing on the checkered histories of a number of designers and brands, Rees-Roberts explores how forms of commercial failure within a capitalist framework might actually be productive, enabling designers to retain independence and balance by potentially opting out of the fashion establishment, if Fashion in Action UK May 2026 • US May 2026 120 Pages • 20 bw illus PB 9781350369979 • £11.99 / $15.95 ePDF 9781350369986 • £10.79 / $14.35 ePub 9781350369993 • £10.79 / $14.35 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
566
UK, Europe, ROW
not of the system altogether. He then goes on to look at the broader systemic failures of the 21st-century fashion industry, arguing that rather than keep focussing on doing and making, we should be undoing and remaking the idea of fashion itself in order to rethink design outside of the framework of a hyper-globalized industry. By applying failure as a critical mode of inquiry, this book invites readers to consider a new direction for the future of fashion – one that values resilience and reinvention over the relentless pursuit of the next big success.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Fashion COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Adorned in Dreams Fashion and Modernity
Elizabeth Wilson, Independent Scholar, UK When Adorned in Dreams was first published in 1985, Angela Carter described the book as ‘the best I have read on the subject, bar none.’ From haute couture to haberdashery, and ‘deviant’ dress to Dior, Elizabeth Wilson traces the social and cultural history of fashion and its complex relationship to modernity. She also discusses fashion’s vociferous opponent, from the ‘dress reform’ movement to certain strands of feminism. Wilson delights in the power of fashion to mark out, or subvert, identity. This well-established fashion classic brings the story Foundations of Fashion Studies
of fashionable dress up to date, exploring the grunge look inspired by bands like Nirvana, the ‘boho chic’ of the mid 90s, and
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 314 Pages • 17 bw illus HB 9781350399730 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350399747 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350399761 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350399754 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
retrodressing. It also explores meanings of dress, from the veil to David Beckham’s pink-varnished toenails.
COLLECTIONS
Re-issued for contemporary readers, Adorned in Dreams now also includes a new preface and afterword by the author, as well as an updated further reading list.
2ND EDITION
Dress and Morality Aileen Ribeiro, The Courtauld Institute of Art and The University of London, UK In 747, Saint Boniface declared that wide stripes and scarlet borders in dress were a dangerous incitement of lust and ruination of the soul. A thousand years later the Jesuit Father Bernard Vaughan, in his book The Sins of Society, claimed that immodest dress led to paganism, while the popular v-shaped necklines of fashionable tops (referred to by some doctors as 'pneumonia necklines') were denounced as immoral by religious critics, along with short skirts. For many years dress and morality have been intertwined, while moralists throughout history have raged against fashions for being too short, too long, too tight, too loose, or too costly. In this enlightening and entertaining book, Aileen Ribeiro looks at fashion extremes over the centuries – from codpieces to Foundations of Fashion Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 302 Pages • 106 bw HB 9781350400566 • £65.00 / $90.00 PB 9781350400559 • £19.99 / $26.95 ePDF 9781350400580 • £17.99 / $24.25 ePub 9781350400573 • £17.99 / $24.25 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
corsets – revealing how dress has functioned as a vehicle of righteousness or turpitude, and as an expression of sexuality, class or social status. With sharp wit and lavish illustrations, Dress and Morality offers an in-depth exploration of the comical vanities and social etiquettes associated with dress in the past. This foundational fashion classic has been re-issued with a new preface, afterword and further reading list – remaining an essential and entertaining read.
COLLECTIONS
Don We Now Our Gay Apparel
Gay Men's Dress in the Twentieth Century Shaun Cole, Winchester School of Art, University of Southampton, UK Re-issued as part of the Foundations of Fashion Studies series, Shaun Cole’s seminal text is an important study of the development and history of gay men’s dress – from the subcultural world of the early 20th century to the clubs and bars of the 80s and 90s. Drawing upon first-hand interviews conducted with men across the UK and US, the author analyzes the trends in dress adopted by gay men as well as the challenge gay style as has posed to mainstream men’s fashion. Other sources such as contemporary magazines shed further light on the culture and discourse influencing gay men’s dress and, in the newly extended reading list, the author situates his own writing among the landscape of recent writing on queer and gay men’s Foundations of Fashion Studies UK June 2026 • US June 2026 264 Pages • 25 b&w illustrations HB 9781350462069 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350462052 • £23.99 / $32.95 ePDF 9781350462076 • £21.59 / $29.65 ePub 9781350462083 • £21.59 / $29.65 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
style. A new preface and afterword also reflect on the value of the research methodology employed by Don We Now Our Gay Apparel as well as the changes in studies related to the central focus of Cole’s text. This re-issued text is a vital introduction for readers interested in gay men’s fashion over the last 100 years, whether approaching from a fashion studies, LGBTQ+ studies or sociology background.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
567
Fashion COLLECTIONS
2ND EDITION
Fashioning London
Clothing and the Modern Metropolis Christopher Breward, National Galleries of Scotland, UK Over the past three centuries, London has established itself as one of the world’s most inventive fashion capitals. City life and fashion have always been intertwined, but nowhere has this relationship been more excitingly expressed than on the streets of London. Fashioning London explores how particular styles of dress became emblematic of this leading international city, ultimately challenging the fashion dominance of Paris, Milan, and New York. From the ballrooms and boxing rings of the 18th century, through the Victorian extremes of poverty and conspicuous consumption, to the flamboyant explosions of subcultural taste that defined the late modern capital, Londoners have constantly offered an idiosyncratic reading of fashionability that has profoundly influenced the nature of style in other parts of the world. Foundations of Fashion Studies
In this book, Christopher Breward constructs an original history of clothing in London, through its manufacture, promotion,
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 288 Pages • 61 bw illus HB 9781350400283 • £80.00 / $110.00 PB 9781350400276 • £26.99 / $36.95 ePDF 9781350400306 • £24.29 / $33.25 ePub 9781350400290 • £24.29 / $33.25 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
and cultural significance, while examining how issues of space, architecture and performance impinge on notions of fashionability. Drawing on a range of sources, including paintings, street photography, maps, tourist guides, literature, stage and press representations, Fashioning London paints a vivid and definitive portrait of London's iconoclastic style.
COLLECTIONS
Power, Grit and Glamour The Women Behind Halston Tamara Sturtz-Filby, journalist One of the greatest fashion designers of all time, Halston defined and dominated the 1970s. Power, Grit and Glamour: The Women Behind Halston highlights the entourage of models, often known as the “Halstonettes,” who not only worked with, accompanied, and supported Halston at every turn, but were fiercely loyal and loved him deeply. Beginning with Eleanor Lambert, the ‘Godmother of Fashion,’ Tamara Sturtz-Filby charts the rise of Halston from every socialite’s hatmaker to creating his own named label, introducing readers to the women who guided him every step of the way to fame and stardom. He had loyal friendships with Liza Minnelli and Elizabeth Taylor. His close confidantes were Elsa Peretti and Pat Ast, as well as models and actresses including Bianca Jagger, Marisa Berenson, Lauren Hutton and Margaux Hemingway. He had invaluable relationships with Vogue editors Diana Vreeland and Grace Mirabella, and a long-term collaboration with UK May 2026 • US May 2026 272 Pages • 15 color photos HB 9798881842413 • £30.00 / $38.00 ePDF 9798765153994 • £27.00 / $34.20 ePub 9798765153987 • £27.00 / $34.20 Bloomsbury Academic
America’s doyenne of dance, Martha Graham. These are just a few of the women Sturtz-Filby profiles. Power, Grit and Glamour is broken into three parts and features exclusive interviews and quotes from those who worked with and knew Halston, as well as fifteen color photographs that visually transport the reader into the world of 1970s fashion. Each and every one of these women played their part in the success that was Halston, and he was acutely aware that he would have been nothing without these women by his side. They were his muses, his inspiration, his soul mates, his audience, his devotees, his everything. This is the story of those women, without whom there would be no ‘Halston’.
COLLECTIONS
The Women Who Clothed the Stuart Queens
Gender and Work in the Royal Wardrobe and the Fashion Marketplace Sarah A. Bendall, Australian Catholic University, Australia This study explores – for the first time – the changing professions and roles of the women who worked to clothe six Stuart queens between 1603–1714: Anna of Denmark, Henrietta Maria, Catherine of Braganza, Mary of Modena, Queen Mary II and Queen Anne. Beautifully illustrated in full colour throughout, and using a wide range of written, visual and material sources, this book explores how changing patterns of work and consumption saw women become key producers, retailers and consumers of fashion during the 17th century, and illuminates the strong connections between the royal courts and London’s fashion marketplace. UK June 2026 • US June 2026 360 Pages • 100 colour illus HB 9781350407343 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350407312 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350407350 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781350407367 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
568
UK, Europe, ROW
From royal wardrobes, workrooms and laundries to workshops and retail premises in London’s bustling streets, Sarah A. Bendall highlights the integral role that women of multiple backgrounds played in the creation and maintenance of elite dress. The patronage of queens and elite women was integral to supporting and promoting women’s rise in the fashion trades as celebrated silkwomen, tirewoman, milliners and mantua makers.
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Fashion COLLECTIONS
Fashion and Beauty
Case Studies in Innovation Denise Hardesty Sutton In the fashion and beauty industries—where relevance is everything—innovation is critical to survival and is often shaped by specific historical, cultural, economic, and sociological contexts. This book identifies the various factors that define innovation, and innovation theories such as Schumpeter’s, using a case study approach to explore innovative events in fashion and beauty ranging from the creation of maternity and plus-size women’s apparel (Lane Bryant) and new textiles (DuPont’s Kevlar) to the development of luxury streetwear (Dapper Dan), creative upcycling (feed sacks), and new markets in cosmetics (Fashion Fair) and business models in beauty (Weleda, Dr. Hauschka). The case studies incorporate salient contextual elements that factor into innovative developments as well as the entrepreneurial impulse both inside and outside of traditional economic systems. UK March 2026 • US March 2026 208 Pages PB 9798216446675 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781666912227 • £80.00 / $110.00 ePDF 9798216266679 • £72.00 / $99.00 ePub 9781978771314 • £72.00 / $99.00 Bloomsbury Academic
Sutton explores case studies of moments in history where innovation has initiated fundamental change, including recognition of new market segmentation (the rise of streetwear, beauty’s turn to inclusivity), trends that turn into classics (athleisure wear), the creation of entirely new categories of apparel (maternity, plus-size), the use of technology for convenience and efficiency (e-commerce and social media), product improvement (advances in science of skin care), and as part of potential solutions to current fashion industry challenges (plant-based/upcycled products). Ultimately, each chapter considers the historical, political, and social context of each innovation along with its cultural meaning and impact.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
Shirts, Shifts and Sheets of Fine Linen
British Seamstresses from the 17th to the 19th centuries Pam Inder, Independent Scholar, UK Shirts, Shifts and Sheets of Fine Linen explores how the jobs of the ‘seamstress’ evolved in scope, and status, between 1600-1900. In the 17th and early 18th centuries, seamstressing was a trade for women who worked in linen and cotton, making men’s shirts, women’s chemises, underwear and baby linen; some of these seamstresses were consummate craftswomen, able to sew with stitches almost invisible to the naked eye. Few examples of their work survive, but those that do attest to their skill. However, as the ready-to-wear trade expanded in the 18th century, women who assembled these garments were also known as seamstresses, and by the 1840s, most seamstresses were outworkers for companies or entrepreneurs, paid UK January 2026 • US January 2026 308 Pages • 8 colour and 52 bw illus HB 9781350252967 • £90.00 / $120.00 PB 9781350253001 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350252974 • £26.09 / $35.95 ePub 9781350252981 • £26.09 / $35.95 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
unbelievably low rates per dozen for the garments they produced, notorious examples of downtrodden, exploited womenfolk. Drawing on a range of original and hitherto unpublished sources, including business diaries, letters and bills, Shirts, Shifts and Sheets of Fine Linen explores the seamstress’s change of status in the 19th century and the reasons for it, hinting at the resurgence of the trade today given so few women today are skilled at repairing and altering clothes.
COLLECTIONS
Documenting Fashion
Dress and Visual Culture in 1920s and 1930s America Rebecca Arnold From illustrations to editorial spreads, and amateur snapshots to Hollywood film, Documenting Fashion considers how American fashion was represented and created by visual culture. The chapters comprise thematic case studies of interconnected images that build to create a discussion of fashion as embodied experience, foregrounding the way that all viewers are also wearers, consuming magazines and other types of images, just as they purchase clothing and accessories. Examining how mediums constructed and impacted the meaning of fashion during the 1920s and 1930s, the book tracks interconnections between technologies that developed in, for example, handheld cameras and Technicolor and Kodachrome color film. Aspects of photography itself are also considered such as hybrid and manipulated images, as well as light, UK February 2026 • US February 2026 256 Pages • 47 color illus HB 9781350172463 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350603790 • £24.98 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350172470 • £18.74 / $31.45 ePub 9781350172487 • £18.74 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
shadow and colour’s impact on depictions of fashion and the body. Newspapers, fashion and women’s magazines such as Vogue and The Delineator are analysed alongside examples from the Black media, including Abbott’s Monthly Magazine and The Afro-American. Conceived as a revisionist history, diverse types of images of Black, white and Chinese Americans are analysed to argue for a more rounded examination of the ways dress, style and self-image were represented in still and moving images and how such imagery created a particularly American vision of vernacular modernity.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
569
Fashion COLLECTIONS
Fashion in Late Ottoman Istanbul
Photography and Identity in a Global City Nancy Micklewright This dynamic exploration of two key modes of visual culture - fashion and photography - in 19th-century Istanbul contributes to an expanding body of research on fashion and the dressed body outside the Euro-American context. Based on meticulous analysis of visual, written and material objects, it focuses on women's lived experience during a time of dramatic change in the Ottoman Empire. Over the 19th century, the women of Istanbul gradually transformed their appearance, adopting European dress and new modes of self-fashioning, including photographs. The book reconstructs a complex fashion history, and the dramatic changes that took place in women’s lives in this period, and given the diverse population of Istanbul in terms of ethnicity, Dress Cultures
class, race and religion, attends to the differing clothing habits of the women of the city. The book focuses particularly on elite
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 224 Pages • 71 colour and 30 bw illus HB 9781350454859 • £75.00 / $100.00 PB 9781350454842 • £24.99 / $34.95 ePDF 9781350454866 • £22.49 / $31.45 ePub 9781350454873 • £22.49 / $31.45 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
women as fashion tastemakers and on the dress of enslaved and working women. Appealing to scholars across a range of fields, including fashion history, Ottoman studies, women’s and gender history, visual culture and photography history, Fashion in Late Ottoman Istanbul provides a fascinating insight into women's histories, writing and dress practices in a rapidly changing Istanbul.
COLLECTIONS
NEW IN PB
The Women of 'Little Paris' Fashion in Interwar Bucharest
Sonia-Doris Andras, Independent scholar Filling a gap in Eastern European fashion studies, this book presents middle-class women consuming fashion in the symbolic ‘Little Paris’ of interwar Bucharest, and examines how their material and cultural means supported the city’s modernisation. Combining archival research with personal archaeology, this interdisciplinary work explores Romania’s reinvention as a modern state, focusing on middle-class women as they lived their lives - walking through the streets, at lavish events, at cafes and clubs, shopping, and working. Analysing largely unseen, unused written and visual texts, The Women of 'Little Paris' encourages exploration of new avenues for research, uniting scholars of Romanian culture, history and fashion and Dress Cultures
guiding readers through a forgotten, little explored world and, in so doing, adds to our understanding and knowledge of the
UK June 2026 • US June 2026 256 Pages • 95 bw illus HB 9781350294455 • £85.00 / $115.00 PB 9781350294493 • £28.99 / $39.95 ePDF 9781350294462 • £76.50 / $103.50 ePub 9781350294479 • £76.50 / $103.50 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
global image of interwar fashion cultures and the emerging field of Romanian fashion studies.
Digital Rendering for Fashion and Costume Lalon Alexander & Theresa Alexander Digital Rendering for Fashion and Costume is the most up-to-date text on fashion illustration and costume rendering. The text includes both artistic and technical perspectives to ensure readers receive a holistic understanding of digital rendering. Students will learn not only the technical skills of Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop and Adobe InDesign, but will also be guided and encouraged to hone their creative style and portfolios. Each lesson will have companion videos, exercise files, additional assignments, and discussion questions to incorporate student opinions and encourage creativity. STUDIO Features Include: -Study smarter with self-quizzes featuring scored results and personalized study tips -Watch companion videos with each lesson UK February 2026 • US February 2026 544 Pages • 700 bw illus PB 9798765103685 • £90.00 / $120.00 ePDF 9798765103692 • £81.00 / $108.00 ePub 9798765103708 • £81.00 / $108.00 Fairchild Books
-Review concepts with flashcards of essential vocabulary -Gallery of professional industry examples to inspire students' own work Instructor's Resources: -Instructor's Guide provides suggestions for planning the course and using the text in the classroom, supplemental assignments, and lecture notes -PowerPoint® presentations include images from the book and provide a framework for lecture and discussion
570
UK, Europe, ROW
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
Fashion COLLECTIONS
OPEN ACCESS
Knitting in Scotland
Culture, Craft and Industry Lynn Abrams, University of Glasgow, UK, Sally Tuckett, Marina Moskowitz, Roslyn Chapman & Lin Gardner The story of Scottish knitting: the first critical history and analysis of a local craft turned international icon. From Fair Isle patterning to Pringle jumpers, Scottish knitwear is internationally renowned and instantly recognisable. This open access study unpicks the distinctive place of knitting in the Scottish landscape, economy, and culture from the 19th century to today. Recent reappraisals of the industrial revolution and traditional craft economies, and the recent revival of hobby knitting during the Covid-19 pandemic, have raised new questions about the roles of social communities, sustainability and women’s domestic work in the textile industries. Tracing its story from raw material to final product, from home-spun clothes and crafts to luxury markets and industrial-scale production, Knitting in Scotland investigates the Scottish knitting trade’s UK June 2026 • US June 2026 344 Pages • 34 colour and 35 bw illus PB 9781350361751 • £28.99 / $39.95 HB 9781350361713 • £85.00 / $115.00 ePDF 9781350361720 • £0.00 / $0.00 ePub 9781350361737 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Visual Arts
remarkable survival across two centuries of economic and cultural modernisation. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.
USA, Canada, Latin America
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
571
MAJOR REFERENCE WORKS The Cultural Histories Series Each multi-volume set in the critically-acclaimed Cultural Histories series looks in depth at a subject through the lens of six historical periods, broadly: Antiquity | The Medieval Age | The Early Modern Age |17th & 18th Centuries | 19th Century | The Modern Age Each volume covers the same topics so readers can either dive deeply into a particular era or follow a theme across history. Sets are available first in print for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a one-off purchase and tangible reference for their shelves, and subsequently added to Bloomsbury Cultural History online as part of a fully-searchable digital library available to institutions by annual subscription or perpetual access (see www.bloomsburyculturalhistory.com).
A Cultural History of Craft Volumes 1-6
Edited by Clive Edwards, Loughborough University, UK Craft has a complex past. It is woven into the histories of materials, techniques and technologies, but also the histories of gender, class, politics, production, and consumption. The distinctions between craft practices – from the studio to the trade to the amateur - and the relationship of craft with art, design and technology have also altered the history of its practice. A Cultural History of Craft presents the first comprehensive history of the subject. Themes (and chapter titles) across each volume are: concepts and perceptions of craft; society and politics; trade and exchange; fibres, textiles & dress; building and construction; ceramics and glass; woodworking and furniture; metal and jewelry; painting, graphics, printing and paper; representations of crafts The page extent for the pack is approximately 1,900 pp. Each volume opens with notes on contributors and an introduction and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index.
The Cultural Histories Series
Special introductory offer (valid up to 3 months after publication): £395 / $550 (full price from September 2026: £440 / $610)
UK May 2026 • US May 2026 6 vols • 1916 pp • 300 b/w illus HB Pack • 9781350165342 • £395 / $550 Bloomsbury Academic
A Cultural History of Poverty Volumes 1-6
Edited by Steven M. Beaudoin, Centre College, USA and Richard D. Axtell, Centre College, USA What have been the causes and consequences of poverty in society through the ages? How has poverty been portrayed and understood? And how has this understanding differed according to time and place? In a work that spans 2,500 years these ambitious questions are addressed by 55 experts, each contributing their overview of a theme applied to a period in history. With the help of a broad range of case material, they illustrate trends and nuances of the culture of poverty in world history from antiquity to the present. Individual volume editors ensure the cohesion of the whole, and to make it as easy as possible to use, chapter titles are identical across each of the volumes. This gives the choice of reading about a specific period in one of the volumes, or following a theme across history by reading the relevant chapter in each of the six. Themes (and chapter titles) are: defining poverty; poverty, charity, and spirituality; representations of need and want; poverty, race, and ethnicity; poverty and gender; community and exclusion; poverty and economic thought; and poverty and the body politic. The Cultural Histories Series UK February 2026 • US February 2026 6 vols • 1728 pp • 240 b/w illus HB Pack • 9781350110663 • £395 / $550 Bloomsbury Academic
572
UK, Europe, ROW
The page extent for the pack is approximately 1,700pp. Each volume opens with notes on contributors and an introduction and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index. Special introductory offer (valid up to 3 months after publication): £395 / $550 (full price from June 2026: £440 / $610)
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
MAJOR REFERENCE WORKS NEW IN PB
A Cultural History of Fairy Tales Volumes 1-6
Edited by Anne E. Duggan, Wayne State University, USA How have the fairy tales of different cultures changed over the centuries? What do they tell us about our fears and hopes? In a work that spans 2,500 years these ambitious questions are addressed by over 50 experts, each contributing their overview of a theme applied to a period in history. With the help of a broad range of case material they illustrate broad trends and nuances of the fairy tale in Western culture from antiquity to the present. Themes (and chapter titles) are: forms of the marvelous; adaptation; gender and sexuality; humans and non-humans; monsters and the monstrous; spaces; socialization; and power. The page extent for the pack is approximately 2,000pp. Each volume opens with notes on contributors and an introduction and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index.
The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 6 vols • 2000 pp • 300 b/w illus PB Pack • 9781350594098 • £130 / $175 Bloomsbury Academic
Also available as an HB pack 9781350095731 and as 6 individual PB volumes: A Cultural History of Fairy Tales in Antiquity • 9781350593862 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Fairy Tales in the Age of the Marvelous • 9781350594128 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Fairy Tales in the Long Eighteenth Century • 9781350594135 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Fairy Tales in the Long Nineteenth Century • 9781350594142 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Fairy Tales in the Middle Ages • 9781350593879 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Fairy Tales in the Modern Age • 9781350594159 • £25.99 / $35.95
NEW IN PB
A Cultural History of Furniture Volumes 1-6
Edited by Christina M. Anderson, University College London, UK Furniture is an artifact so what can it tell us about culture? Through 60 chapters written by 70 experts in 6 volumes, this authoritative survey explores 4,500 years of furniture, setting it in its physical, social and cultural context. Themes (and chapter titles) are: design and motifs; makers, making, and materials; types and uses; the domestic setting; the public setting; exhibition and display; furniture and architecture; visual representations; and verbal representations. Each volume opens with a series preface, an introduction, and notes on contributors and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index. The total extent of the pack is 1,792 pages. Each volume opens with a series preface, an introduction, and notes on contributors and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index.
The Cultural Histories Series UK January 2026 • US January 2026 6 vols • 1792 pp • 208 colour and 228 b/w illus PB Pack • 9781350595743 • £130 / $175 Bloomsbury Academic
USA, Canada, Latin America
Also available 6 individual PB volumes: A Cultural History of Furniture in Antiquity • 9781350595484 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Furniture in the Middle Ages and Renaissance • 9781350595545 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Furniture in the Age of Enlightenment • 9781350595712 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Furniture in the Age of Exploration • 9781350595699 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Furniture in the Age of Empire and Industry • 9781350595729 • £25.99 / $35.95 A Cultural History of Furniture in the Modern Age • 9781350595736 • £25.99 / $35.95
www.bloomsbury.com
888-330-8477
customerservice@mpsvirginia.com
573
REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS & DISTRIBUTORS Bloomsbury Publishing Plc 50 Bedford Square London, WC1B 3DP UK T +44 (0)20 7631 5600 F +44 (0)20 7631 5800 E academicsalesUK@bloomsbury.com
ADOPTION SALES: Northern Europe Cristian Vlug Sales Manager Bloomsbury Publishing Plc E cristian.vlug@bloomsbury.com
Orders & Customer Services Hachette UK Distribution Hely Hutchinson Centre Milton Road Didcot OX11 7HH T +44 (0)1235 759555 E academic@hachette.co.uk
Middle East and North Africa Jennifer Ebende International Sales Executive Bloomsbury Publishing Plc E jennifer.ebende@bloomsbury.com
UK, Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Asia E OnlineSalesUK@bloomsbury.com
Rest of Africa Tula Publishing Ltd Wychwood House, 14 Hanborough Business Park Witney, OX29 8LH, UK T +44 (0)1993 886719 E julian@tulapublishing.co.uk
Madiha Qureshi UK & Ireland Sales Assistant Bloomsbury Publishing Plc E madiha.qureshi@bloomsbury.com
ASIA UK AND IRELAND Chris Cheung International Sales Manager Bloomsbury Publishing Plc E chris.cheung@bloomsbury.com
Sarah Ailsby Head of UK & Ireland Sales Bloomsbury Publishing Plc M +44 (0)7824 435717 E sarah.ailsby@bloomsbury.com
China April Zheng International Sales Representative Bloomsbury Publishing Plc T +86 135 2056 3987 E april.zheng@bloomsbury.com
ADOPTION SALES: South East of England and London Susannah Spillman E susannah.spillman@bloomsbury.com ADOPTION SALES: South West of England, Midlands, and Wales Francesca Jenkinson E francesca.jenkinson@bloomsbury.com
Jasmin Atkins International Sales Manager Bloomsbury Publishing Plc T +44 (0)2076 315865 E jasmin.atkins@bloomsbury.com Scandinavia Fazi Ramjhun International Sales Manager Bloomsbury Publishing Plc T +44 (0)770 832 4291 E fazi.ramjhun@bloomsbury.com Central and Eastern Europe Jacek Lewinson Nowogrodzka 18m.20 PL-00-511 Warszawa Poland M +48 (0)502 603290 E jacek@jaceklewinson.com Austria, Cyprus, Greece, and Israel Phil Tyers Tyers Book Sales Ltd Kioutachias 7 14231 Nea Ionia, Athens, Greece T +30 6977 558872 E philip@ptyers.com Spain, Portugal, and Gibraltar Charlotte Prout Iberian Book Services Sector Islas, 12, 1B 28760 Tres Cantos Madrid, Spain T +34 91 8034918 F +34 91 8035936 E cprout@iberianbookservices.com
574
UK, Europe, ROW
Australia and New Zealand E OnlineSalesANZ@bloomsbury.com BLOOMSBURY OFFICES WORLDWIDE
Southern Africa (Lesotho, Botswana, Namibia, Republic of South Africa, and Swaziland) Jonathan Ball Publishers PO Box 33977 Johannesburg 2043 South Africa T +27 21 469 8900 F +27 21 469 8901 E academic@jonathanball.co.za
Aline Bischof Sales Administrator Bloomsbury Publishing Plc E aline.bischof@bloomsbury.com
EUROPE
North and South America E OnlineSalesUS@bloomsbury.com
AFRICA
Matthew Emery Academic & Professional Sales Director, UK and Export Bloomsbury Publishing Plc M +44 (0)7979 524704 E matthew.emery@bloomsbury.com
ADOPTION SALES: North of England and Scotland Stephanie Roberts E stephanie.roberts@bloomsbury.com
DIGITAL RESOURCES – INSTITUTIONAL SALES
Pakistan M. Anwer Iqbal Book Bird Lower Ground 36B Abdalians Society Nazaria - e - Pakistan Avenue Lahore 54770, Pakistan T +92 42 3595 6161 M +92 313 846 4747 E anwer.bookbird@gmail.com South Korea Information and Culture Korea 49, Donggyo-ro 13-gil, Mapo-gu Seoul 03997 South Korea T +822 3141 4791 F +822 3141 7733 E cs.ick@ick.co.kr Philippines CRW Marketing Services for Publishers, Inc 01 Topaz Road, Greenheights, Barangay San Isidro Taytay, Rizal, Philippines 1920 T +63 (0)2584 8448 / +63 2660 5480 E crwmarketing@pldtdsl.net Mongolia Internom LLC Inter Office, Amar’s street-4 Sukhbaatar district, 14200 Ulaanbaatar Mongolia T +97 (0)6757 77700 E service@internom.mn LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN Jim Papworth itsabook Ltd T +44 7802848778 E james.papworth@itsabook.com ADOPTION SALES: Latin America, the Caribbean, and Mexico Kirby Pendergast Higher Education Sales Representative T + 1 212 419 5354 C + 1 646 369 3348 E kirby.pendergast@bloomsbury.com
www.bloomsbury.com
+44 (0)1235 759555
India, Bangladesh, Nepal, and Sri Lanka Bloomsbury Publishing India Pvt. Ltd. DDA Complex, LSC, Building No. 4, 2nd Floor, Pocket C-6&7, Vasant Kunj New Delhi 110070 India T +91 11 4057 4957 / +91 11 4057 4954 E academic-in@bloomsbury.com Australia and New Zealand Bloomsbury Publishing Pty Ltd Level 6 387 George St Sydney 2000 NSW Australia T +61 (0)288 204900 E au@bloomsbury.com USA Bloomsbury Publishing 1385 Broadway, 5th Floor New York, NY, 10018 USA T +1 (0)2124 195407 E askacademic@bloomsbury.com Canada Login Canada 300 Saulteaux Crescent Winnipeg, MB R3J 3T2 Canada E custserv@lb.ca T + 1-800-665-1148 For examination copies in Canada, please contact askacademic@ bloomsbury.com For all other international queries please contact exportorders@ bloomsbury.com RIGHTS Joanna Sharland Rights Director E joanna.sharland@bloomsbury.com Isabel López Ruiz Senior Rights Manager China simplified and complex, Spain and Latin America, Portugal and Brazil E Isabel.LopezRuiz@bloomsbury.com Alison Faulkner Rights Manager Germany, France, Netherlands, Italy, Scandinavia, Balkans, Poland, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Hungary, Greece, Slovenia, Romania, TV and Dramatisation E alison.faulkner@bloomsbury.com Isabelle Cowles Rights Manager Japan, South East Asia, Central and South Asia, US, Canada and English language globally, Digital E isabelle.cowles@bloomsbury.com Izabella Pearson Rights Executive Turkey, West Asia incl Middle East, Baltics, Ukraine, Africa E izabella.pearson@bloomsbury.com Noelle Lee Rights Assistant Korea, Permissions and General Inquiries, Rowman & Littlefield E noelle.lee@bloomsbury.com Sophie Flint Vázquez Rights Assistant Permissions and General Inquiries E sophie.flintvazquez@bloomsbury.com
hukdcustomerservices@hachette.co.uk
E X PLO R E O UR
Academic Blog! With a new article each Friday, we bring you: Original thought from our insightful authors Teaching & research tips Writing & publishing advice Book excerpts & interviews
And much more!
There’s plenty to discover including: Our new Marvel Age of Comics series - why do
these stories continue to resonate?
Ruby Cline’s top tips for setting undergraduates up for success What AI really means for the future of architecture and wider design practices What’s behind China’s transformation to global superpower
bloomsbury.com/academicblog
PAGE 5
PAGE 20
PAGE 42
PAGE 73
PAGE 130
PAGE 143
PAGE 152
PAGE 212
PAGE 237
PAGE 350
PAGE 355
PAGE 363
@BloomsburyAcad Bloomsbury Academic
www.bloomsbury.com